Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 23, 2018.

Registration No. 333-            


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Michigan
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  6022
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  71-1015624
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

32991 Hamilton Court
Farmington Hills, Michigan 48334
(248) 737-0300

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)



David C. Walker
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Level One Bancorp, Inc.
32991 Hamilton Court
Farmington Hills, Michigan 48334
(248) 737-0300
(Name, address, including zip code and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)



Copies to:
John E. Freechack
William C. Fay
Barack Ferrazzano Kirschbaum & Nagelberg LLP
200 West Madison Street
Chicago, Illinois 60606
(312) 984-3100
  Dave M. Muchnikoff
Silver, Freedman, Taff & Tiernan LLP
3299 K Street, N.W. Suite 100
Washington, DC 20007
(202) 295-4500

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

          If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.     o

          If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

          If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

          If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definition of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," "smaller reporting company" and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer  o   Accelerated filer  o   Non-accelerated filer  ý
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company  o

Emerging growth company  ý

          If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  o



CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

       
 
Title of each class of securities
to be registered

  Proposed maximum
aggregate offering
price(1)(2)

  Amount of
registration fee

 

Common Stock, no par value per share

  $25,000,000.00   $3,112.50

 

(1)
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(2)
Includes the aggregate offering price of additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase.



           The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

   


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We and the selling shareholders may not sell these securities until the Registration Statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED MARCH 23, 2018

PROSPECTUS

                     Shares

LOGO

Common Stock

        This is the initial public offering of shares of common stock of Level One Bancorp, Inc. We are the bank holding company of Level One Bank, a Michigan state-chartered bank headquartered in Farmington Hills, Michigan. We are offering                        shares of our common stock and the selling shareholders named herein are offering                         shares of our common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sales of shares by the selling shareholders.

        Prior to this offering, there has been no established public market for our common stock. We anticipate that the public offering price of our common stock will be between $            and $            per share. We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol "LEVL."

         Investing in our common stock involves risk. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 13.

        We are an "emerging growth company" under the federal securities laws and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. See "Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company."

           
   
 
  Per Share
  Total
 
   

Public offering price

  $   $    
   

Underwriting discounts(1)

           
   

Proceeds to us, before expenses

           
   

Proceeds to the selling shareholders, before expenses

           

 

 
(1)
See "Underwriting" for additional information regarding underwriting compensation.

        The underwriters have an option to purchase up to an additional            shares from us at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

        Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

        Shares of our common stock are not savings accounts or deposits and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.

        The shares of common stock will be ready for delivery on or about                        , 2018.

RAYMOND JAMES Keefe, Bruyette & Woods

A Stifel Company

Piper Jaffray

The date of this prospectus is            , 2018.


Table of Contents


TABLE OF CONTENTS



Prospectus Summary

  1

The Offering

  9

Summary Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data

  11

Risk Factors

  13

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

  48

Use of Proceeds

  50

Dividend Policy

  51

Capitalization

  52

Dilution

  53

Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data

  55

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

  59

Business

  86

Management

  98

Executive Compensation

  106

Principal and Selling Shareholders

  121

Description of Capital Stock

  124

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

  127

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

  129

Supervision and Regulation

  131

Material United States Federal Income Tax Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders

  141

Underwriting

  145

Legal Matters

  149

Experts

  149

Where You Can Find More Information

  149

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-1




About this Prospectus

        You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus that we authorize to be delivered to you. We, the selling shareholders and the underwriters have not authorized anyone to provide you with different or additional information. If anyone provides you with different or additional information, you should not rely on it. We, the selling shareholders and the underwriters are not making an offer of these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer is not permitted. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front of this prospectus. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

        Unless we state otherwise or the context otherwise requires, references in this prospectus to "we," "our," "us" or "the Company" refer to Level One Bancorp, Inc., a Michigan corporation, and our consolidated subsidiaries. References to "Level One Bank" or "Bank" refer to our banking subsidiary, Level One Bank, a Michigan state chartered bank.


Market and Industry Data

        Although we are responsible for all of the disclosures contained in this prospectus, this prospectus contains industry, market and competitive position data and forecasts that are based on industry publications and studies conducted by independent third parties. The industry publications and third-party studies generally state that the information that they contain has been obtained from sources

i


Table of Contents

believed to be reliable, although they do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information. Although we believe that the market position, market opportunity and market size information included in this prospectus is generally reliable, we have not verified the data, which is inherently imprecise. The forward-looking statements included in this prospectus related to industry, market and competitive data position may be materially different than actual results.


Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

        As a company with less than $1.07 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an "emerging growth company" under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of reduced reporting requirements and is relieved of certain other significant requirements that are otherwise generally applicable to public companies. As an emerging growth company:

        In this prospectus we have elected to take advantage of the reduced disclosure requirements and other relief described above, and in the future we may take advantage of any or all of these exemptions for so long as we remain an emerging growth company. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (i) the end of the fiscal year during which we have total annual gross revenues of $1.07 billion or more, (ii) the end of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt and (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a "large accelerated filer" under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act.

        In addition to the relief described above, the JOBS Act permits us an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards affecting public companies. We have elected to use this extended transition period, which means that the financial statements included in this prospectus, as well as any financial statements that we file in the future, will not be subject to all new or revised accounting standards generally applicable to public companies for the transition period for so long as we remain an emerging growth company or until we affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period under the JOBS Act. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of public companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards on a non-delayed basis.

ii


Table of Contents



PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

         This summary highlights selected information contained in this prospectus. It does not contain all the information that you should consider before making an investment decision. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the "Risk Factors" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" sections, and the historical financial statements and accompanying notes.

Company Overview

        Level One Bancorp, Inc. is the bank holding company for Level One Bank, headquartered in Farmington Hills located in Oakland County, Michigan. We have grown rapidly since our founding in 2007, and Level One Bank is one of the largest locally-headquartered commercial banks in southeastern Michigan. This growth has been driven primarily by our entrepreneurial culture, our experienced management team and by the economic strength of our core market area in Oakland County, which has the twelfth highest median income in the United States of counties with over one million residents. As of December 31, 2017, we had $1.30 billion in assets, $1.03 billion in loans, $1.12 billion in deposits and total shareholders' equity of $108.0 million. We generated net income of $9.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, or $1.49 per diluted common share, and $11.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, or $1.69 per diluted common share.

        In our ten years of operation, we have grown to 14 offices, including 10 banking centers (our full-service branches) in Oakland County, one banking center in each of Detroit and Grand Rapids, Michigan's two largest cities, one banking center in Sterling Heights, and one mortgage loan production office in Ann Arbor. In addition to our organic growth, we have completed four acquisitions since 2009, including two FDIC-assisted transactions and two whole-bank acquisitions. Our vision is to continue that growth, primarily through organic growth, but supplemented by opportunistic acquisitions that are additive to our franchise value, and we believe we have the management team, systems and culture to achieve that goal.

        Our organic loan growth is reflected in the chart below, which depicts total loans outstanding at each period end, including both originated loans and acquired loans, representing a compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, of 28.8% for originated loans and 24.2% for total loans from December 31, 2012 through December 31, 2017.


Loan Growth

GRAPHIC

1


Table of Contents

        We have supplemented our organic loan growth with acquisitions, including the purchase of certain assets and liabilities of Michigan Heritage Bank in 2009 and Paramount Bank in 2010, which helped strengthen our foundation in commercial banking, retail banking and mortgage lending while expanding our product suite and staffing levels. Most recently, we acquired Lotus Bank in the first quarter of 2015 and Bank of Michigan in the first quarter of 2016, enhancing our footprint in our core market.

        We also recently opened new banking centers in market areas where we see long-term strategic opportunity, including the 2016 opening of our banking center in downtown Detroit, where we believe we will have the opportunity to capture a share of the city's economic redevelopment and to enhance the Level One brand, and our November 2016 opening of our Grand Rapids banking center, marking our expansion into western Michigan and the second largest metropolitan area in Michigan. Our commitment to the Grand Rapids market is demonstrated by our hiring of three senior commercial lenders, a small business lender and a mortgage origination officer in 2017. Most recently, in the third quarter of 2017, we opened our second location in Bloomfield Township located in Oakland County.

        We plan to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including to increase capital levels to support further organic growth, including the planned opening of two new banking centers in 2019 and 2020, and, potentially, to fund future acquisitions (although we do not have any current plans, arrangements or understandings to make any such acquisitions at this time). See "Use of Proceeds."

Level One Products and Services

        We offer a broad and growing set of lending products and related services, including commercial mortgages; commercial and industrial loans with lines of credit, term loans and owner occupied mortgages to small businesses; loans under the U.S. Small Business Administration (SBA) lending program; residential real estate loans; construction and land development loans; and consumer loans including home equity loans, automobile loans and credit card services. We target our services to owner-managed businesses, professional firms, real estate professionals, not-for-profit businesses and consumers within our geographic markets who meet our underwriting standards.

        We focus primarily on originating commercial and industrial loans, owner occupied commercial real estate loans and, to a lesser extent, non-owner occupied commercial real estate loans in our primary market areas, which include Oakland County, the Detroit metropolitan area and the Grand Rapids metropolitan area. We have lenders dedicated to targeting mid-sized businesses with between $5.0 million and $50.0 million of annual revenue, but we also target small businesses with revenue of less than $5.0 million.

        The following chart summarizes the composition of our loan portfolio as of December 31, 2017.

2


Table of Contents


Loan Portfolio Composition

GRAPHIC

        In addition to our lending business, we generate non-interest income through the sale of one- to four-family residential mortgages on the secondary market, which contributed revenues of $1.7 million and $2.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. In addition, we generate depository service fees, which contributed revenues of $2.5 million and $1.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. A growing component of this fee income is through our money services business (MSB) which provides cash management services for small, locally-owned cash intensive businesses. We intend to continue to grow this line of business, which we acquired in 2016 in our Bank of Michigan acquisition.

        We offer commercial depository (treasury management) services, specialty deposit accounts and other solutions to serve the needs of our institutional depositors, and offer mobile banking services, savings and checking accounts, money market accounts, certificates of deposit and other customary products and services to our retail depositors.

3


Table of Contents

        The following chart summarizes the composition of our deposits as of December 31, 2017.


Deposit Composition

GRAPHIC

Our Market Areas

        Our primary market is Oakland County, which is the second-largest county in Michigan with a total population of over 1.2 million people and a median household income of over $76 thousand, according to S&P Global Market Intelligence. Because we have few locally-based competitors in Oakland County, with our regional banking expertise, local credit decision making and high touch service, we are able to compete with larger regional and national banking competitors to increase our market share and grow our loan portfolio. Oakland County benefits from a skilled workforce, including both engineering and research and development employees related to the automotive industry, and nearly 4,700 life science and health care firms employing over 100,000 individuals, according to Oakland County.

        We also serve the Detroit metropolitan area, which is the largest metropolitan statistical area (MSA) in Michigan with a population of over 4.2 million people, according to S&P Global Market Intelligence, a major center of the U.S. automotive industry and a regional healthcare hub. With our new banking center that opened in 2016, our market area also includes the Grand Rapids metropolitan area, which is the second largest MSA in Michigan with a population of over 1.0 million people, according to S&P Global Market Intelligence.

4


Table of Contents

        We believe the demographics of our market areas provide strong growth opportunities for our loan portfolio and deposits. We prefer the larger urban market centers and surrounding communities in which our market share is small but growing. This strategy provides abundant opportunity to expand where our brand messaging is strongest. The following chart, which is based on data from S&P Global Market Intelligence, shows our share of the deposits in our market areas as of June 30, 2017, which is the most recent data available.

GRAPHIC

Key Strengths

        As we look to continue our growth trajectory, we believe we will benefit from the following strengths:

        Entrepreneurial Culture.     Since starting our bank in 2007, we believe the experience, relationships and entrepreneurial culture of our management team, our customer-focused commercial lending team, as well as our board of directors have been and will continue to be key drivers of our growth. In August 2017, we were named to American Banker's list of the 60 "Best Banks to Work For" for the second year in a row. In 2017, we were also named by the National Association of Business Resources as one of the "101 Best and Brightest Companies to Work For" in metro Detroit for the fifth year in a row and by the SBA as "Export Lender of the Year" for the third year. We believe these attributes are hallmarks of many leaders in the financial services industry, and have deliberately built our lending and operations teams and systems to achieve excellence in these areas. While our future growth plans can be expected to introduce new complexities and challenges for our business, we intend to continue to focus on refining our business model to help ensure a solid foundation for success.

        Experienced, Growth-Oriented Management Team.     Our executive leadership team averages 30 years of financial industry experience, including experience at leading national and regional banks. Further, the leaders of our lending team have an average of over 20 years serving the Michigan communities in which we operate. We believe the combination of this leadership experience and our start-up profile has allowed us to build the right bank, with the right team, the right way. Together, our management team has overseen our recent bank acquisitions and integration, led the Company through our prior rounds of capital raising, and achieved earnings growth from $0.97 per diluted common share for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $1.49 for the year ended December 31, 2017, representing a CAGR of 9.0%.

5


Table of Contents

        As we prepare for the next phase of our growth, we believe the following members of our management team will be critical to our success:

    Patrick J. Fehring—President and Chief Executive Officer.   Prior to founding the Bank, Mr. Fehring spent 27 years with Fifth Third Bancorp or its affiliates, most recently as President of Fifth Third Bank, Eastern Michigan.

    Gregory A. Wernette Executive Vice President and Chief Lending Officer . Prior to joining the Bank at inception, Mr. Wernette spent 21 years with Comerica Bank, most recently as First Vice President and Group Manager in Middle Market Banking.

    David C. Walker—Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer.   Mr. Walker, who joined us in October 2009, previously served as Group Vice President of Detroit-based GMAC LLC, where he spent 24 years in various financial disciplines, including seven years as Chief Financial Officer of GMAC's Mortgage Group and two years as GMAC's Treasurer.

    Timothy R.    Mackay—Executive Vice President, Consumer Banking Officer . With 26 years of experience in bank leadership, including 21 years in various capacities at Fifth Third Bank in Michigan and Florida, Mr. Mackay joined us in February 2013. Prior to joining Level One Bank Mr. Mackay was Senior Vice President- Retail Executive with direct oversight of 63 banking centers in South Florida. Mr. Mackay is responsible for the strategic leadership of the Consumer Banking Division, including branch banking, small business banking, residential mortgage and marketing.

    Eva D. Scurlock—Executive Vice President, Risk Management Officer.   With over 17 years of experience in the banking industry, including most recently as Credit Training Manager and Commercial Lender at LaSalle Bank and its predecessors, Ms. Scurlock, who joined us at inception, is responsible for the strategic leadership of enterprise risk management, including credit and compliance risk. Ms. Scurlock was selected by Crain's Detroit Business as a "40 Under 40" honoree in 2013.

    Melanie C. Barrett—Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer.   With 38 years of experience in banking at Comerica Bank and Flagstar Bank, Ms. Barrett, who joined us in January 2018, is responsible for human resources activity including staffing, compensation, training, leadership development, and team member benefits.

        Platform for Organic and Acquisition-Driven Growth.     Prior to the fourth quarter of 2014, we were, as a de novo bank, subject to operational restrictions on our business plan. While these restrictions limited our ability to grow, we took the opportunity to invest in the leaders, technology, systems and facilities for the next stage of our growth, including our new corporate headquarters. We believe these investments are capable of supporting a bank several times our current size with relatively modest incremental expense, and will help us achieve operational efficiencies with any future acquisitions that we complete. We have demonstrated our ability to leverage this platform with the four acquisitions we completed and the three new banking center locations we introduced since inception.

Strategies for Growth

        Our primary objective is to achieve quality long-term returns for our shareholders by focusing on being a well-capitalized, profitable community banking organization, with balanced growth. In particular, we intend to focus on the following:

        Continue to Drive Organic Growth in Loans, Core Deposits and Earnings.     While we expect to be able to grow our loan portfolio, earnings and deposit base within our existing footprint, we intend to continue opening new full-service banking centers in communities with favorable economic and demographic characteristics to help drive long-term growth. In addition to our recently opened banking

6


Table of Contents

centers in Grand Rapids, Detroit and Bloomfield Township, we plan to open a total of two new banking centers in 2019 and 2020. We believe our recently completed investments in information technology and personnel provide us with the foundation upon which we can significantly grow our operations.

        Pursue Acquisitions in Existing and Adjacent Markets.     We believe that consolidation of community banks will continue and that, with the additional capital from this offering and our approach to credit management, we will be well-positioned to take advantage of opportunities in our market areas and in adjacent markets within Michigan. We believe that our entry into new adjacent markets will help diversify our loan portfolio, our funding base and our overall risk exposure. We have successfully completed four acquisitions to date, including two FDIC-assisted transactions and two whole-bank acquisitions that expanded our footprint, were accretive to earnings, and generated many new clients for our bank. We continue to evaluate opportunities for acquisitions but do not have any current plans, arrangements or understandings to make any acquisitions at this time.

        Leverage Our Entrepreneurial Bank Philosophy.     We operate with a community banking philosophy in metropolitan areas where we seek to develop broad customer relationships based on service and convenience while maintaining a conservative approach to lending which results in strong asset quality. We are a full-service commercial bank with an emphasis on providing commercial and private banking services for businesses, professionals and individuals. Due to large banking organizations moving their focus to large corporate clients rather than customers in our local communities, we believe that our emphasis on personal service and our willingness to lend will enhance our ability to compete successfully and capitalize on dissatisfaction among customers of larger financial institutions.

        Maintain Strong Asset Quality.     We strive to maintain the quality of our assets, and have developed a credit approval structure that has enabled us to maintain strong asset quality while achieving our investment objectives. As a result of our underwriting standards, loan approval authority levels and procedures, experienced loan officers (averaging over 15 years of experience per loan officer) with an intimate knowledge of the local market, and diligent monitoring of the loan portfolio, our asset quality continues to remain well-controlled. Our nonperforming assets as a percentage of total assets were 1.1% and 1.4% as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. We had net charge-offs on loans of $792 thousand and $726 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, which represented 0.08% of average loans in each such period.

Growth History

        Our organic growth has focused on expanding market share in our existing and contiguous markets by attracting new customers with our personalized service and our ability to tailor commercial, consumer and specialized loans closely to local needs, particularly with respect to loan structure. We can then generate stable core deposits from these customers. We believe that our focus on and strong relationships in our market areas will provide long-term opportunities for organic growth, particularly in an improving economic environment.

        Our acquisition activity complements our organic growth strategy and has primarily focused on strategic acquisitions in or around our core market. As we evaluate potential acquisition opportunities in the future, we believe there are many banking institutions that would benefit by partnering with Level One to enhance operating scale, solve capital or liquidity issues, and broaden management expertise to continue to compete effectively in the marketplace. Our management team has a long history of identifying targets, assessing and pricing risk, and executing acquisitions in a creative, yet disciplined, manner. We seek acquisitions that provide meaningful financial benefits, long-term organic growth opportunities and expense reductions, without compromising our risk profile. Additionally, we seek to enter banking markets with favorable competitive dynamics and potential consolidation opportunities.

7


Table of Contents

        Since inception, Level One Bank has experienced significant growth, both organically and through acquisitions. Below are a few of our notable milestones:

    October 2007—Chartered as a de novo financial institution with an initial capitalization of $16.2 million from local investors and sophisticated institutional investors.

    April 2009—Completed the FDIC-assisted acquisition of $13.5 million in assets and $95.9 million in liabilities of Michigan Heritage Bank, strengthening and expanding the Bank's deposit market position and providing funds for loan growth.

    June and December 2010—Raised $21.0 million in capital primarily from local investors and sophisticated institutional investors.

    December 2010—Completed the FDIC-assisted acquisition of certain assets and liabilities of Paramount Bank assuming approximately $173.0 million in deposits and purchasing approximately $206.4 million in loans and other assets. This acquisition strengthened and expanded the Bank's position within the desirable and competitive market of Oakland County with the addition of more than 6,000 new customers.

    September 2012—Raised $14.0 million in capital primarily from sophisticated institutional investors.

    March 2015—Acquired Lotus Bank in Novi, Michigan for $17.1 million, expanding our reach to western Oakland County. At the time of our acquisition, we acquired $78.0 million in loans and $96.8 million of deposits.

    March 2016—Completed the acquisition of Bank of Michigan for $16.5 million, acquiring $94.6 million in deposits and $91.7 million in loans. We also acquired Bank of Michigan's MSB operations, which significantly increased our depository fee service income.

Summary Risk Factors

        There are a number of risks that you should consider before investing in our common stock. These risks are discussed more fully in the section titled "Risk Factors," beginning on page 13, and include, but are not limited to, the following:

    if general business and economic conditions do not continue to improve, particularly within our market area, our growth and results of operations could be adversely affected;

    economic, market, operational, liquidity, credit and interest rate risks associated with our business could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition;

    competition within the financial services industry, nationally and within our market area, both for customers and employees, could limit our ability to grow and could adversely affect the pricing and terms that we are able to offer to our customers;

    if we do not effectively manage our credit risk, we may experience increased levels of delinquencies, nonperforming loans and charge-offs, which could require increases in our provision for loan losses; and

    we are subject to extensive state and federal financial regulation, and compliance with changing requirements may restrict our activities or have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

Corporate Information

        Our principal executive office is located at 32991 Hamilton Court, Farmington Hills, Michigan, and our telephone number is (248) 737-0300. Our website address is www.levelonebank.com. The information contained on our website is not a part of, nor incorporated by reference into, this prospectus.

8


Table of Contents

 


THE OFFERING

Common stock offered by us

              shares of common stock

Common stock offered by the selling shareholders

 

            shares of common stock

Underwriters' purchase option

 

            shares of common stock from us

Common stock outstanding after completion of this offering

 

            shares of common stock (or            shares of common stock if the underwriters exercise their purchase option in full)

Use of proceeds

 

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses, will be approximately $            million (or approximately $            million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares from us in full), based on an assumed public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. We plan to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including to increase capital levels to support further organic growth, including the planned opening of two new banking centers in 2019 and 2020, and, potentially, to fund future acquisitions (although we do not have any current plans, arrangements or understandings to make any such acquisitions at this time). We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling shareholders. See "Use of Proceeds."

Dividends

 

On March 15, 2018, we declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.03 per share for shareholders of record on March 31, 2018, payable on April 15, 2018, but we had not historically declared or paid dividends prior to that date. We have no obligation to pay dividends, and we may change our dividend policy at any time without notice to our shareholders. Any future determination to pay dividends on our common stock will be made by our board of directors and will depend upon our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements, regulatory and contractual restrictions, our business strategy and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant. Subject to those considerations, we currently expect that our board of directors will continue to declare a quarterly cash dividend following the completion of this offering. See "Dividend Policy."

Risk Factors

 

Investing in shares of our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 13 for a discussion of certain factors you should consider carefully before deciding to invest.

Nasdaq symbol

 

We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the trading symbol "LEVL."

9


Table of Contents

Reserved share program

 

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 10.0% of the shares offered by this prospectus for sale to the directors, senior management, certain existing shareholders, certain employees of the Company and the Bank, and other persons having relationships with us. If these persons purchase reserved shares, it will reduce the number of shares available for sale to the general public. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares offered by this prospectus.

        Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus relating to the number of shares of common stock to be outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering is based on 6,583,676 shares outstanding as of March 1, 2018 and:

    includes 60,421 shares of restricted stock that had not vested as of March 1, 2018;

    excludes 386,318 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options outstanding at March 1, 2018 at a weighted average exercise price of $15.33 per share;

    excludes 250,000 shares of common stock available for future awards under our 2018 Equity Incentive Plan, which we expect to be approved by shareholders prior to the completion of this offering, 6,000 of which will be the subject of restricted stock awards to be granted to certain of our employees at the time of the pricing of this offering; and

    assumes the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase up to            additional shares from us.

10


Table of Contents



SUMMARY SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

        The following table sets forth summary selected historical consolidated financial data as of the dates and for the periods shown. The summary selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 and income statement data for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 2015, has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements that do not appear in this prospectus.

        You should read the following financial data in conjunction with the other information contained in this prospectus, including under "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and in the audited financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  As of and for the years ended
December 31,
 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
  2017   2016   2015  

Earnings Summary

                   

Interest income

  $ 55,607   $ 52,903   $ 41,335  

Interest expense

    8,078     5,832     3,792  

Net interest income

    47,529     47,071     37,543  

Provision for loan losses

    1,416     3,925     1,359  

Noninterest income

    6,502     6,407     7,214  

Noninterest expense

    36,051     32,407     24,888  

Income before income taxes

    16,564     17,146     18,510  

Income tax provision

    6,723     6,100     5,982  

Net income

    9,841     11,046     12,528  

Less: Preferred stock dividends

            112  

Net income attributable to common shareholders

    9,841     11,046     12,416  

Per Share Data

                   

Basic earnings per common share

  $ 1.54   $ 1.74   $ 1.97  

Diluted earnings per common share

    1.49     1.69     1.92  

Book value per common share

    16.78     15.21     13.57  

Tangible book value per share(1)

    15.21     13.59     12.75  

Shares outstanding (in thousands)

    6,435     6,351     6,310  

Average basic common shares (in thousands)

    6,388     6,341     6,307  

Average diluted common shares (in thousands)

    6,610     6,549     6,463  

Selected Period End Balances

                   

Total assets

  $ 1,301,291   $ 1,127,531   $ 924,663  

Securities available-for-sale

    150,969     100,533     116,702  

Total loans

    1,034,923     953,393     759,718  

Total deposits

    1,120,382     924,924     784,115  

Total liabilities

    1,193,331     1,030,960     839,029  

Total shareholders' equity

    107,960     96,571     85,634  

Tangible shareholders' equity(1)

    97,906     86,283     80,438  

11


Table of Contents

 
  As of and for the years ended
December 31,
 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
  2017   2016   2015  

Performance and Capital Ratios

                   

Return on average assets(2)

    0.82     1.05     1.43 %

Return on average equity(3)

    9.45     11.93     13.56  

Net interest margin (fully taxable equivalent)(4)

    4.18     4.73     4.60  

Total shareholders' equity to total assets

    8.30     8.56     9.26  

Tangible shareholders' equity to tangible assets(1)

    7.58     7.72     8.75  

Common equity tier 1 capital ratio

    9.10     8.72     10.28  

Tier 1 leverage ratio

    7.92     7.95     8.89  

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

    9.10     8.72     10.28  

Total risk-based capital ratio

    11.55     11.28     13.14  

Asset Quality Ratios

                   

Net charge-offs (recoveries) to average loans

    0.08     0.08     (0.14 )%

Nonperforming assets as a percentage of total assets

    1.13     1.36     0.18  

Nonperforming loans as a percentage of total loans

    1.36     1.58     0.21  

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of period-end loans

    1.13     1.16     1.04  

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of nonperforming loans

    83.38     73.76     484.94  

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of nonperforming loans, excluding allowance allocated to loans accounted for under ASC 310-30

    75.68     68.13     444.99  

(1)
See section entitled "GAAP Reconciliation and Management Explanation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures" on page 57.

(2)
The return on average assets for 2017 excluding the one-time additional expense of $1.3 million relating to the revaluation of our deferred tax asset would have been 0.92%. This adjusted percentage for 2017 is a non-GAAP financial measure. See section entitled "GAAP Reconciliation and Management Explanation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures" on page 57.

(3)
The return on average equity for 2017 excluding the one-time additional expense of $1.3 million relating to the revaluation of our deferred tax asset would have been 10.69%. This adjusted percentage for 2017 is a non-GAAP financial measure. See section entitled "GAAP Reconciliation and Management Explanation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures" on page 57.

(4)
Tax-exempt securities are presented on a tax equivalent basis using a 35% tax rate for all periods presented

12


Table of Contents


RISK FACTORS

         Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Before you decide to invest, you should carefully consider the risks described below, together with all other information included in this prospectus. We believe the risks described below are the risks that are material to us. Any of the following risks, as well as risks that we do not know or currently deem immaterial, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects. In that case, you could experience a partial or complete loss of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

A decline in general business and economic conditions and any regulatory responses to such conditions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations and growth prospects.

        Our business and operations are sensitive to general business and economic conditions in the United States, generally, and particularly in our market areas in the state of Michigan. If the national, regional and local economies experience worsening economic conditions, including high levels of unemployment, our growth and profitability could be constrained. A decline in local economic conditions may have a greater effect on our earnings and capital than on the earnings and capital of larger financial institutions whose real estate loan portfolios are geographically diverse. Weak economic conditions are characterized by, among other indicators, deflation, elevated levels of unemployment, fluctuations in debt and equity capital markets, increased delinquencies on mortgage, commercial and consumer loans, residential and commercial real estate price declines, and lower home sales and commercial activity. All of these factors are generally detrimental to our business. Our business is significantly affected by monetary, trade and other regulatory policies of the U.S. federal government, its agencies and government-sponsored entities. Changes in any of these policies are influenced by macroeconomic conditions and other factors that are beyond our control, are difficult to predict and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations and growth prospects.

If we do not effectively manage our credit risk, we may experience increased levels of delinquencies, nonperforming loans and charge-offs, which could require increases in our provision for loan losses.

        There are risks inherent in making any loan, including risks inherent in dealing with individual borrowers, risks of nonpayment, risks resulting from uncertainties as to the future value of collateral and cash flows available to service debt and risks resulting from changes in economic and market conditions. We cannot guarantee that our credit underwriting and monitoring procedures will reduce these credit risks, and they cannot be expected to completely eliminate our credit risks. If the overall economic climate in the United States, generally, or our market areas, specifically, declines, our borrowers may experience difficulties in repaying their loans, and the level of nonperforming loans, charge-offs and delinquencies could rise and require further increases in the provision for loan losses, which would cause our net income, return on equity and capital to decrease.

Our allowance for loan losses may prove to be insufficient to absorb potential losses in our loan portfolio.

        While conditions in the housing and real estate markets and economic conditions in our market areas have recently improved, if slow economic conditions return or real estate values and sales deteriorate, we may experience higher delinquencies and credit losses. As a result, we could be required to increase our provision for loan losses and to charge-off additional loans in the future. If charge-offs in future periods exceed the allowance for loan losses, we may need additional provisions to replenish the allowance for loan losses.

        We maintain our allowance for loan losses at a level that management considers adequate to absorb probable incurred loan losses based on an analysis of our portfolio and market environment.

13


Table of Contents

The allowance contains provisions for probable losses that have been identified relating to specific borrowing relationships, as well as probable incurred losses inherent in the loan portfolio and credit undertakings that are not specifically identified. The amount of this allowance is determined by our management through periodic reviews and consideration of a variety of factors, including an analysis of the loan portfolio, historical loss experience and an evaluation of current economic conditions in our market areas.

        The determination of the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses inherently involves a high degree of subjectivity and requires us to make significant estimates of current credit risks and future trends, all of which may undergo material changes. Deterioration in economic conditions affecting borrowers, new information regarding existing loans, identification of additional problem loans and other conditions within our markets, which may be beyond our control may require an increase in the allowance for loan losses.

        As of December 31, 2017, our allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans was 1.1% and as a percentage of total nonperforming loans, excluding the allowance allocated to loans accounted for purchased credit impaired loans accounted for pursuant to ASC 310-30, was 75.7%. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Results of Operations—Provision for Loan Losses" for further information about ASC 310-30. Although management believes that the allowance for loan losses is adequate to absorb losses on any existing loans that may become uncollectible, we may be required to take additional provisions for loan losses in the future to further supplement the allowance for loan losses, either due to management's decision to do so or because our banking regulators require us to do so. Bank regulatory agencies will periodically review our allowance for loan losses and the value attributed to nonaccrual loans and may require an increase in the provision for possible loan losses or the recognition of further loan charge-offs, based on judgments different than those of management. If charge-offs in future periods exceed the allowance for loan losses, we may need additional provisions to replenish the allowance for loan losses. Any increases in the allowance for loan losses will result in a decrease in net income and, most likely, capital, and may have a material negative effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

        The acquisition method of accounting requires that acquired loans are initially recorded at fair value at the time of acquisition, and therefore no corresponding allowance for loan losses is recorded for these loans at acquisition because credit quality, among other elements, was considered in the determination of fair value. To the extent that our estimates of fair value are too high, we will incur losses associated with the acquired loans.

        In addition, in June 2016, the FASB issued a new accounting standard that will replace the current approach under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or GAAP, for establishing the allowance for loan losses, which generally considers only past events and current conditions, with a forward-looking methodology that reflects the expected credit losses over the lives of financial assets, starting when such assets are first originated or acquired. Under this standard, referred to as Current Expected Credit Loss, or CECL, credit losses will be measured based on past events, current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts of future conditions that affect the collectability of financial assets. The new standard is expected to generally result in increases to allowance levels and will require the application of the revised methodology to existing financial assets through a one-time adjustment to retained earnings upon initial effectiveness, which may be material. As an emerging growth company, this standard will be effective for us for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020 and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2021.

14


Table of Contents

Because a significant portion of our loan portfolio is comprised of real estate loans, a decline in real estate values and liquidity could impair the value of collateral securing our real estate loans and result in loan and other losses.

        At December 31, 2017, approximately 63.4% of our loan portfolio was comprised of loans with real estate as a primary or secondary component of collateral. As a result, adverse developments affecting real estate values in our market areas could increase the credit risk associated with our real estate loan portfolio. The market value of real estate can fluctuate significantly in a short period of time as a result of market conditions in the area in which the real estate is located. Adverse changes affecting real estate values and the liquidity of real estate in one or more of our markets could increase the credit risk associated with our loan portfolio, significantly impair the value of property pledged as collateral on loans and affect our ability to sell the collateral upon foreclosure without a loss or additional losses, which could result in losses that would adversely affect profitability. Such declines and losses would have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations and growth prospects.

Many of our loans are to commercial borrowers, which have a higher degree of risk than other types of loans.

        At December 31, 2017, we had $889.4 million of commercial loans, consisting of $511.8 million of commercial real estate loans and $377.6 million of operating commercial loans for which real estate is not the primary source of collateral. Of the $511.8 million of commercial real estate loans, $37.4 million consisted of commercial construction and land development loans. Commercial loans represented 85.9% of our total loan portfolio at December 31, 2017. These loans typically involve higher principal amounts than other types of loans, and some of our commercial borrowers have more than one loan outstanding with us. In addition, at December 31, 2017, $343.4 million, or 33.2% of our total loan portfolio, consisted of loans secured by non-owner occupied commercial real estate properties. Consequently, an adverse development with respect to one loan or one credit relationship can expose us to a significantly greater risk of loss compared to an adverse development with respect to a one- to four-family residential mortgage loan. Because payments on such loans are often dependent on the cash flow of the commercial venture and the successful operation or development of the property or business involved, repayment of such loans is often more sensitive than other types of loans to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the general business climate and economy. Repayments of loans secured by non-owner occupied properties depend primarily on the tenant's continuing ability to pay rent to the property owner, who is our borrower, or, if the property owner is unable to find a tenant, the property owner's ability to repay the loan without the benefit of a rental income stream. Accordingly, a downturn in the real estate market or a challenging business and economic environment may increase our risk related to commercial loans. In addition, many of our commercial real estate loans are not fully amortizing and require large balloon payments upon maturity. Such balloon payments may require the borrower to either sell or refinance the underlying property in order to make the payment, which may increase the risk of default or non-payment. Our commercial and industrial loans are primarily made based on the identified cash flow of the borrower and secondarily on the collateral underlying the loans. The borrowers' cash flow may prove to be unpredictable, and collateral securing these loans may fluctuate in value. Most often, this collateral consists of accounts receivable, inventory and equipment. In the case of loans secured by accounts receivable, the availability of funds for the repayment of these loans may be substantially dependent on the ability of the borrower to collect amounts due from its customers. Inventory and equipment may depreciate over time, may be difficult to appraise, may be illiquid and may fluctuate in value based on the success of the business. If the cash flow from business operations is reduced, the borrower's ability to repay the loan may be impaired.

15


Table of Contents

The level of our commercial real estate loan portfolio may subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny.

        The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or the Federal Reserve, and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency have promulgated joint guidance on sound risk management practices for financial institutions with concentrations in commercial real estate lending. Under this guidance, a financial institution that, like us, is actively involved in commercial real estate lending should perform a risk assessment to identify concentrations. A financial institution may have a concentration in commercial real estate lending if, among other factors (i) total reported loans for construction, land development and other land represent 100% or more of total capital, or (ii) total reported loans secured by multi-family and non-farm non-residential properties, loans for construction, land development and other land, and loans otherwise sensitive to the general commercial real estate market, including loans to commercial real estate related entities, represent 300% or more of total capital. The particular focus of the guidance is on exposure to commercial real estate loans that are dependent on the cash flow from the real estate held as collateral and that are likely to be at greater risk to conditions in the commercial real estate market (as opposed to real estate collateral held as a secondary source of repayment or as an abundance of caution). The purpose of the guidance is to guide banks in developing risk management practices and capital levels commensurate with the level and nature of real estate concentrations. The guidance states that management should employ heightened risk management practices including board and management oversight and strategic planning, development of underwriting standards, risk assessment and monitoring through market analysis and stress testing. We have concluded that we have a concentration in commercial real estate lending under the foregoing standards because our balance in commercial real estate loans at December 31, 2017 represented greater than 300% of total capital. While we believe we have implemented policies and procedures with respect to our commercial real estate loan portfolio consistent with this guidance, bank regulators could require us to implement additional policies and procedures consistent with their interpretation of the guidance that may result in additional costs to us.

Our high concentration of large loans to certain borrowers may increase our credit risk.

        Our growth over the last several years has been partially attributable to our ability to originate and retain large loans. We have established an informal, internal limit on loans to one borrower, principal or guarantor. Our limit is based on "total exposure" which represents the aggregate exposure of economically related borrowers for approval purposes. However, we may, under certain circumstances, consider going above this internal limit in situations where management's understanding of the industry and the credit quality of the borrower are commensurate with the increased size of the loan. Many of these loans have been made to a small number of borrowers, resulting in a high concentration of large loans to certain borrowers. As of December 31, 2017, our 10 largest borrowing relationships accounted for approximately 10.9% of our total loan portfolio, the largest of which totaled $14.2 million. Along with other risks inherent in these loans, such as the deterioration of the underlying businesses or property securing these loans, this high concentration of borrowers presents a risk to our lending operations. If any one of these borrowers becomes unable to repay its loan obligations as a result of economic or market conditions, or personal circumstances, such as divorce or death, our nonaccruing loans and our provision for loan losses could increase significantly, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

The small to midsized businesses that we lend to may have fewer resources to weather adverse business developments, which may impair a borrower's ability to repay a loan, and such impairment could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

        We target our business development and marketing strategy primarily to serve the banking and financial services needs of small to midsized businesses, which we define as commercial borrowing

16


Table of Contents

relationships at the Bank of less than $10.0 million in aggregate loan exposure. These businesses generally have fewer financial resources in terms of capital or borrowing capacity than larger entities, frequently have smaller market shares than their competition, may be more vulnerable to economic downturns, often need substantial additional capital to expand or compete and may experience substantial volatility in operating results, any of which may impair a borrower's ability to repay a loan. In addition, the success of a small and medium-sized business often depends on the management talents and efforts of one or two people or a small group of people, and the death, disability or resignation of one or more of these people could have a material adverse impact on the business and its ability to repay its loan. If general economic conditions negatively impact the markets in which we operate and small to medium-sized businesses are adversely affected or our borrowers are otherwise affected by adverse business developments, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

Our lending limit may restrict our growth and prevent us from effectively implementing our growth strategy.

        We are limited in the total amount we can loan to a single borrower or related borrowers by the amount of our capital. The Bank is a Michigan chartered bank and therefore all branches, regardless of location, fall under the legal lending limits of the laws, rules and regulations applicable to banks chartered in the state of Michigan. Michigan's legal lending limit is a safety and soundness measure intended to prevent one person or a relatively small and economically related group of persons from borrowing an unduly large amount of a bank's funds. It is also intended to safeguard a bank's depositors by diversifying the risk of loan losses among a relatively large number of creditworthy borrowers engaged in various types of businesses. Under Michigan law, total loans and extensions of credit to a borrower may not generally exceed 15% of the Bank's capital stock and surplus, subject to certain exceptions. Additionally, the Bank has an internal lending policy that limits total loans and extensions of credit to any individual borrower to no more than $10.0 million. Based upon our current capital levels, the amount we may lend to one borrower is significantly less than that of many of our larger competitors, which may discourage potential borrowers who have credit needs in excess of our lending limit from doing business with us. While we seek to accommodate larger loans by selling participations in those loans to other financial institutions, this strategy may not always be available. If we are unable to compete for loans from our target clients, we may not be able to effectively implement our business strategy, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

Greater seasoning of our loan portfolio could increase risk of credit defaults in the future.

        As a result of our rapid growth, a significant portion of our loan portfolio at any given time is of relatively recent origin. Typically, loans do not begin to show signs of credit deterioration or default until they have been outstanding for some period of time (which varies by loan duration and loan type), a process referred to as "seasoning." As a result, a portfolio of more seasoned loans may more predictably follow a bank's historical default or credit deterioration patterns than a newer portfolio. The current level of delinquencies and defaults may not represent the level that may prevail as the portfolio becomes more seasoned. If delinquencies and defaults increase, we may be required to increase our provision for loan losses, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

Construction loans are based upon estimates of costs and values associated with the complete project. These estimates may be inaccurate, and we may be exposed to significant losses on loans for these projects.

        Construction and land development loans totaled $51.4 million, or 4.97%, of our total loan portfolio as of December 31, 2017, of which $37.4 million were commercial real estate construction loans and $14.0 million were residential real estate construction loans. These loans involve additional

17


Table of Contents

risks because funds are advanced upon the security of the project, which is of uncertain value prior to its completion, and costs may exceed realizable values in declining real estate markets. Because of the uncertainties inherent in estimating construction costs and the realizable market value of the completed project and the effects of governmental regulation of real property, it is relatively difficult to evaluate accurately the total funds required to complete a project and the related loan-to-value ratio. Changes in demand for new housing and higher than anticipated building costs may cause actual results to vary significantly from those estimated. For these reasons, this type of lending also typically involves higher loan principal amounts and may be concentrated with a small number of builders. A downturn in housing, or the real estate market, could increase delinquencies, defaults and foreclosures, and significantly impair the value of our collateral and our ability to sell the collateral upon foreclosure. Some of the builders we deal with have more than one loan outstanding with us. Consequently, an adverse development with respect to one loan or one credit relationship can expose us to a significantly greater risk of loss. In addition, during the term of some of our construction loans, no payment from the borrower is required since the accumulated interest is added to the principal of the loan through an interest reserve. As a result, construction loans often involve the disbursement of substantial funds with repayment dependent, in part, on the success of the ultimate project and the ability of the borrower to sell or lease the property, rather than the ability of the borrower or guarantor to repay principal and interest. If our appraisal of the value of the completed project proves to be overstated or market values or rental rates decline, we may have inadequate security for the repayment of the loan upon completion of construction of the project. Because construction loans require active monitoring of the building process, including cost comparisons and on-site inspections, these loans are more difficult and costly to monitor. Increases in market rates of interest may have a more pronounced effect on construction loans by rapidly increasing the end-purchaser's borrowing costs, thereby possibly reducing the homeowner's ability to finance the home upon completion or the overall demand for the project. Properties under construction are often difficult to sell and typically must be completed in order to be successfully sold which also complicates the process of working our problem construction loans. If we are forced to foreclose on a project prior to or at completion due to a default, we may not be able to recover all of the unpaid balance of, and accrued interest on, the loan as well as related foreclosure and holding costs. In addition, we may be required to fund additional amounts to complete the project and may have to hold the property for an unspecified period of time while we attempt to dispose of it. Further, in the case of speculative construction loans, there is the added risk associated with identifying an end-purchaser for the finished project. Loans on land under development or held for future construction also pose additional risk because of the lack of income being produced by the property and the potential illiquid nature of the collateral. At December 31, 2017, all construction loans were performing in accordance to their repayment terms. Any material increase in our nonperforming construction loans could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operation.

Our business may be adversely affected by credit risk associated with residential property.

        At December 31, 2017, $102.1 million, or 9.9% of our total loan portfolio, was secured by first liens on one- to four-family residential loans. In addition, at December 31, 2017, our home equity lines of credit totaled $27.2 million. A portion of our one- to four-family residential real estate loan portfolio consists of jumbo loans that do not conform to secondary market mortgage requirements, and therefore are not saleable to Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac because such loans exceed the maximum balance allowable for sale (generally $453,100 - $679,650 for single-family homes in our market area), exposing us to increased risk. We will continue to face this risk even if we become an approved lender under Fannie Mae's and Freddie Mac's mortgage seller programs.

        In addition, one- to four-family residential loans are generally sensitive to regional and local economic conditions that significantly impact the ability of borrowers to meet their loan payment obligations, making loss levels difficult to predict. A decline in residential real estate values resulting

18


Table of Contents

from a downturn in the housing market in our market areas may reduce the value of the real estate collateral securing these types of loans and increase our risk of loss if borrowers default on their loans. Recessionary conditions or declines in the volume of real estate sales and/or the sales prices coupled with elevated unemployment rates may result in higher than expected loan delinquencies or problem assets, and a decline in demand for our products and services. These potential negative events may cause us to incur losses, adversely affect our capital and liquidity and damage our financial condition and business operations.

        Further, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (TCJA) enacted in the fourth quarter of 2017 could negatively impact our customers because it lowers the existing caps on mortgage interest deductions and limits the state and local tax deductions. These changes could make it more difficult for borrowers to make their loan payments, and could also negatively impact the housing market, which could adversely affect our business and loan growth.

To meet our growth objectives we may originate or purchase loans outside of our market area which could affect the level of our net interest margin and nonperforming loans.

        In order to achieve our desired loan portfolio growth, we anticipate that we may, from time to time, opportunistically originate or purchase loans outside of our market area either individually, through participations, or in bulk or "pools." In the past, we have also originated loans outside of our market areas as an accommodation to current customers and acquired loans outside of our market areas through our acquisitions of other financial institutions. We will perform certain due diligence procedures and may re-underwrite these loans to our underwriting standards prior to purchase, and anticipate acquiring loans subject to customary limited indemnities, however, we may be exposed to a greater risk of loss as we acquire loans of a type or in geographic areas where management may not have substantial prior experience and which may be more difficult for us to monitor. Further, when determining the purchase price we are willing to pay to acquire loans, management will make certain assumptions about, among other things, how borrowers will prepay their loans, the real estate market and our ability to collect loans successfully and, if necessary, to dispose of any real estate that may be acquired through foreclosure. To the extent that our underlying assumptions prove to be inaccurate or the basis for those assumptions change (such as an unanticipated decline in the real estate market), the purchase price paid may prove to have been excessive, resulting in a lower yield or a loss of some or all of the loan principal. For example, if we purchase "pools" of loans at a premium and some of the loans are prepaid before we anticipate, we will earn less interest income on the acquired loans than expected. Our success in increasing our loan portfolio through loan purchases will depend on our ability to price the loans properly and on general economic conditions in the geographic areas where the underlying properties or collateral for the loans acquired are located. Inaccurate estimates or declines in economic conditions or real estate values in the markets where we purchase loans could significantly adversely affect the level of our nonperforming loans and our results of operations.

Our real estate lending also exposes us to the risk of environmental liabilities.

        In the course of our business, we may foreclose and take title to real estate, and we could be subject to environmental liabilities with respect to these properties. We may be held liable by a governmental entity or by third persons for property damage, personal injury, investigation and clean-up costs incurred by these parties in connection with environmental contamination, or may be required to investigate or clean up hazardous or toxic substances, or chemical releases at a property. The costs associated with investigation or remediation activities could be substantial. In addition, as the owner or former owner of a contaminated site, we may be subject to common law claims by third parties based on damages and costs resulting from environmental contamination emanating from the property. If we ever become subject to significant environmental liabilities, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

19


Table of Contents

The occurrence of fraudulent activity, breaches or failures of our information security controls or cybersecurity-related incidents could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

        As a bank, we are susceptible to fraudulent activity, information security breaches and cybersecurity-related incidents that may be committed against us or our clients, which may result in financial losses or increased costs to us or our clients, disclosure or misuse of our information or our client information, misappropriation of assets, privacy breaches against our clients, litigation or damage to our reputation. Such fraudulent activity may take many forms, including check fraud, electronic fraud, wire fraud, phishing, social engineering and other dishonest acts. Information security breaches and cybersecurity-related incidents may include fraudulent or unauthorized access to systems used by us or our clients, denial or degradation of service attacks and malware or other cyber-attacks.

        In recent periods, there continues to be a rise in electronic fraudulent activity, security breaches and cyber-attacks within the financial services industry, especially in the commercial banking sector due to cyber criminals targeting commercial bank accounts. Moreover, in recent periods, several large corporations, including financial institutions and retail companies, have suffered major data breaches, in some cases exposing not only confidential and proprietary corporate information, but also sensitive financial and other personal information of their customers and employees and subjecting them to potential fraudulent activity. Some of our clients may have been affected by these breaches, which could increase their risks of identity theft and other fraudulent activity that could involve their accounts with us.

        Information pertaining to us and our clients is maintained, and transactions are executed, on networks and systems maintained by us and certain third-party partners, such as our online banking, mobile banking or accounting systems. The secure maintenance and transmission of confidential information, as well as execution of transactions over these systems, are essential to protect us and our clients against fraud and security breaches and to maintain the confidence of our clients. Breaches of information security also may occur through intentional or unintentional acts by those having access to our systems or the confidential information of our clients, including employees. In addition, increases in criminal activity levels and sophistication, advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries, vulnerabilities in third-party technologies (including browsers and operating systems) or other developments could result in a compromise or breach of the technology, processes and controls that we use to prevent fraudulent transactions and to protect data about us, our clients and underlying transactions, as well as the technology used by our clients to access our systems. Our third-party partners' inability to anticipate, or failure to adequately mitigate, breaches of security could result in a number of negative events, including losses to us or our clients, loss of business or clients, damage to our reputation, the incurrence of additional expenses, disruption to our business, additional regulatory scrutiny or penalties or our exposure to civil litigation and possible financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

We depend on information technology and telecommunications systems of third parties, and any systems failures, interruptions or data breaches involving these systems could adversely affect our operations and financial condition.

        Our business is highly dependent on the successful and uninterrupted functioning of our information technology and telecommunications systems, third-party servicers, accounting systems, mobile and online banking platforms and financial intermediaries. We outsource to third parties many of our major systems, such as data processing and mobile and online banking. The failure of these systems, or the termination of a third-party software license or service agreement on which any of these systems is based, could interrupt our operations. Because our information technology and telecommunications systems interface with and depend on third-party systems, we could experience

20


Table of Contents

service denials if demand for such services exceeds capacity or such third-party systems fail or experience interruptions. A system failure or service denial could result in a deterioration of our ability to process loans or gather deposits and provide customer service, compromise our ability to operate effectively, result in potential noncompliance with applicable laws or regulations, damage our reputation, result in a loss of customer business or subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny and possible financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects. In addition, failures of third parties to comply with applicable laws and regulations, or fraud or misconduct on the part of employees of any of these third parties, could disrupt our operations or adversely affect our reputation.

        It may be difficult for us to replace some of our third-party vendors, particularly vendors providing our core banking and information services, in a timely manner if they are unwilling or unable to provide us with these services in the future for any reason and even if we are able to replace them, it may be at higher cost or result in the loss of customers. Any such events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

        Our operations rely heavily on the secure processing, storage and transmission of information and the monitoring of a large number of transactions on a minute-by-minute basis, and even a short interruption in service could have significant consequences. We also interact with and rely on retailers, for whom we process transactions, as well as financial counterparties and regulators. Each of these third parties may be targets of the same types of fraudulent activity, computer break-ins and other cyber security breaches described above, and the cyber security measures that they maintain to mitigate the risk of such activity may be different than our own and may be inadequate.

        As a result of financial entities and technology systems becoming more interdependent and complex, a cyber incident, information breach or loss, or technology failure that compromises the systems or data of one or more financial entities could have a material impact on counterparties or other market participants, including ourselves. As a result of the foregoing, our ability to conduct business may be adversely affected by any significant disruptions to us or to third parties with whom we interact.

Our use of third-party vendors and our other ongoing third-party business relationships is subject to increasing regulatory requirements and attention.

        Our use of third-party vendors for certain information systems is subject to increasingly demanding regulatory requirements and attention by our federal bank regulators. Recent regulations require us to enhance our due diligence, ongoing monitoring and control over our third-party vendors and other ongoing third-party business relationships. In certain cases we may be required to renegotiate our agreements with these vendors to meet these enhanced requirements, which could increase our costs. We expect that our regulators will hold us responsible for deficiencies in our oversight and control of our third-party relationships and in the performance of the parties with which we have these relationships. As a result, if our regulators conclude that we have not exercised adequate oversight and control over our third-party vendors or other ongoing third-party business relationships or that such third parties have not performed appropriately, we could be subject to enforcement actions, including civil money penalties or other administrative or judicial penalties or fines, as well as requirements for customer remediation, any of which could have a material adverse effect our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

We are subject to certain operational risks, including, but not limited to, customer or employee fraud and data processing system failures and errors.

        Employee errors and employee and customer misconduct could subject us to financial losses or regulatory sanctions and seriously harm our reputation. Misconduct by our employees could include

21


Table of Contents

hiding unauthorized activities from us, improper or unauthorized activities on behalf of our customers or improper use of confidential information. It is not always possible to prevent employee errors and misconduct, and the precautions we take to prevent and detect this activity may not be effective in all cases. Employee errors could also subject us to financial claims for negligence.

        We maintain a system of internal controls and insurance coverage to mitigate against operational risks, including data processing system failures and errors and customer or employee fraud. If our internal controls fail to prevent or detect an occurrence, or if any resulting loss is not insured or exceeds applicable insurance limits, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We must keep pace with technological change to remain competitive.

        Financial products and services have become increasingly technology-driven. Our ability to meet the needs of our customers competitively, and in a cost-efficient manner, is dependent on the ability to keep pace with technological advances and to invest in new technology as it becomes available, as well as related essential personnel. In addition, technology has lowered barriers to entry into the financial services market and made it possible for financial technology companies and other non-bank entities to offer financial products and services traditionally provided by banks. The ability to keep pace with technological change is important, and the failure to do so, due to cost, proficiency or otherwise, could have a material adverse impact on our business and therefore on our financial condition and results of operations. Because the nature of the financial services business involves a high volume of transactions, we face significant operational risks.

Our strategy of pursuing growth via acquisitions exposes us to financial, execution and operational risks that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations and growth prospects.

        As part of our general growth strategy, we have recently expanded our business through acquisitions. We acquired Lotus Bank in 2015 and Bank of Michigan in the first quarter of 2016, adding a total of three banking locations within our existing market footprint, and we intend to continue pursuing this strategy. Although our business strategy emphasizes organic expansion, we continue, from time to time in the ordinary course of business, to engage in preliminary discussions with potential acquisition targets. There can be no assurance that, in the future, we will successfully identify suitable acquisition candidates, complete acquisitions and successfully integrate acquired operations into our existing operations or expand into new markets. The consummation of any future acquisitions may dilute shareholder value or may have an adverse effect upon our operating results while the operations of the acquired business are being integrated into our operations. In addition, once integrated, acquired operations may not achieve levels of profitability comparable to those achieved by our existing operations, or otherwise perform as expected. Further, transaction-related expenses may adversely affect our earnings. These adverse effects on our earnings and results of operations may have a negative impact on the value of our stock.

        Our acquisition activities could require us to use a substantial amount of cash, other liquid assets, and/or incur debt. In addition, to the extent our costs of an acquisition exceed the fair value of the net assets acquired, goodwill will be recorded in connection with the acquisition. As discussed below, we are required to assess our goodwill for impairment at least annually, and any goodwill impairment charge could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial conditions during the period in which the impairment was recognized.

22


Table of Contents

        Acquiring banks, bank branches or businesses involves risks commonly associated with acquisitions, including:

    We may incur time and expense associated with identifying and evaluating potential acquisitions and negotiating potential transactions, resulting in management's attention being diverted from the operation of our existing business;

    We are exposed to potential asset and credit quality risks and unknown or contingent liabilities of the banks or businesses we acquire. If these issues or liabilities exceed our estimates, our earnings, capital and financial condition may be materially and adversely affected;

    Higher than expected deposit attrition;

    Prices at which acquisitions can be made fluctuate with market conditions. We have experienced times during which acquisitions could not be made in specific markets at prices we considered acceptable and expect that we will experience this condition in the future;

    The acquisition of other entities generally requires integration of systems, procedures and personnel of the acquired entity. This integration process is complicated and time consuming and can also be disruptive to the customers and employees of the acquired business and our business. If the integration process is not conducted successfully, we may not realize the anticipated economic benefits of acquisitions within the expected time frame, or ever, and we may lose customers or employees of the acquired business. We may also experience greater than anticipated customer losses even if the integration process is successful;

    To finance an acquisition, we may borrow funds or pursue other forms of financing, such as issuing voting and/or non-voting common stock or convertible preferred stock, which may have high dividend rights or may be highly dilutive to holders of our common stock, thereby increasing our leverage and diminishing our liquidity, or issuing capital stock, which could dilute the interests of our existing shareholders;

    We may be unsuccessful in realizing the anticipated benefits from acquisitions. For example, we may not be successful in realizing anticipated cost savings. We also may not be successful in preventing disruptions in service to existing customer relationships of the acquired institution, which could lead to a loss in revenues;

    To finance an acquisition, we may borrow funds, thereby increasing our leverage and diminishing our liquidity, or raise additional capital, which could dilute the interests of our existing shareholders; and

    We have completed various acquisitions in the past few years that enhanced our rate of growth. We may not be able to continue to sustain our past rate of growth or to grow at all in the future.

        In addition to the foregoing, we may face additional risks in acquisitions to the extent we acquire new lines of business or new products, or enter new geographic areas, in which we have little or no current experience, especially if we lose key employees of the acquired operations. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in overcoming these risks or any other problems encountered in connection with acquisitions. Our inability to overcome risks associated with acquisitions could have an adverse effect on our ability to successfully implement our acquisition growth strategy and grow our business and profitability.

23


Table of Contents

If the goodwill that we recorded in connection with a business acquisition becomes impaired, it could require charges to earnings, which would have a negative impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

        Goodwill represents the amount by which the cost of an acquisition exceeded the fair value of net assets we acquired in connection with the purchase. We review goodwill for impairment at least annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the asset might be impaired.

        We determine impairment by comparing the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. Any such adjustments are reflected in our results of operations in the periods in which they become known. As of December 31, 2017, our goodwill totaled $9.4 million. There can be no assurance that our future evaluations of goodwill will not result in findings of impairment and related write-downs, which may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We may not be able to continue growing our business, particularly if we cannot make acquisitions or increase loans through organic loan growth, either because of an inability to find suitable acquisition candidates, constrained capital resources or otherwise.

        We have grown our consolidated assets from $1.13 billion as of December 31, 2016, to $1.30 billion as of December 31, 2017, and our deposits from $924.9 million as of December 31, 2016, to $1.12 billion as of December 31, 2017. While we intend to continue to grow our business through strategic acquisitions coupled with organic loan growth, because certain of our market areas are comprised of mature, rural communities with limited population growth, we anticipate that much of our future growth will be dependent on our ability to successfully implement our acquisition growth strategy. A risk exists, however, that we will not be able to identify suitable additional candidates for acquisitions. In addition, even if suitable targets are identified, we expect to compete for such businesses with other potential bidders, many of which may have greater financial resources than we have, which may adversely affect our ability to make acquisitions at attractive prices. Furthermore, many acquisitions we may wish to pursue would be subject to approvals by bank regulatory authorities, and we cannot predict whether any targeted acquisitions will receive the required regulatory approvals. In light of the foregoing, our ability to continue to grow successfully will depend to a significant extent on our capital resources. It also will depend, in part, upon our ability to attract deposits, identify favorable loan and investment opportunities and on whether we can continue to fund growth while maintaining cost controls and asset quality, as well on other factors beyond our control, such as national, regional and local economic conditions and interest rate trends.

The required accounting treatment of loans we acquire through acquisitions, including purchased credit impaired loans, could result in higher net interest margins and interest income in current periods and lower net interest margins and interest income in future periods.

        Under GAAP, we are required to record loans acquired through acquisitions, including purchased credit impaired loans, at fair value. Estimating the fair value of such loans requires management to make estimates based on available information and facts and circumstances on the acquisition date. Actual performance could differ from management's initial estimates. If these loans outperform our original fair value estimates, the difference between our original estimate and the actual performance of the loan, or the discount, is accreted into net interest income. Thus, our net interest margins may initially increase due to the discount accretion. We expect the yields on our loans to decline as our acquired loan portfolio pays down or matures and the discount decreases, and we expect downward pressure on our interest income to the extent that the runoff on our acquired loan portfolio is not replaced with comparable high-yielding loans. This has resulted in higher net interest margins in historical periods and could result in lower interest income and net interest margins in current and

24


Table of Contents

future periods. For example, the total loan yield for the year ended December 31, 2017 was 5.35%, which included 46 basis points from excess accretion related to purchased credit impaired loans. As of December 31, 2017, we had a remaining accretable yield of $14.5 million. As a result of the foregoing, we are unlikely to be able to replace loans in our existing portfolio with comparable high-yielding loans and without a larger volume of high-yielding loans, we could be adversely affected. We could also be materially and adversely affected if we choose to pursue riskier higher-yielding loans that fail to perform.

We are highly dependent on our management team, and the loss of our senior executive officers or other key employees could harm our ability to implement our strategic plan, impair our relationships with customers and adversely affect our business, results of operations and growth prospects.

        Our success is dependent, to a large degree, upon the continued service and skills of our executive management team, particularly Mr. Patrick J. Fehring, our President and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Gregory A. Wernette, our Executive Vice President and Chief Lending Officer, and Mr. David C. Walker, our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer.

        Our business and growth strategies are built primarily upon our ability to retain employees with experience and business relationships within their respective market areas. The loss of Mr. Fehring, Mr. Wernette, Mr. Walker or any of our other key personnel could have an adverse impact on our business and growth because of their skills, years of industry experience, knowledge of our market areas, the difficulty of finding qualified replacement personnel and any difficulties associated with transitioning of responsibilities to any new members of the executive management team. In addition, although we have non-competition agreements with each of our seven executive officers and with several others of our senior personnel, we do not have any such agreements with other employees who are important to our business, and in any event the enforceability of non-competition agreements varies across the states in which we do business. While our mortgage originators and loan officers are generally subject to non-solicitation provisions as part of their employment, our ability to enforce such agreements may not fully mitigate the injury to our business from the breach of such agreements, as such employees could leave us and immediately begin soliciting our customers. The departure of any of our personnel who are not subject to enforceable non-competition agreements could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations and growth prospects.

Our ability to retain bankers and recruit additional successful bankers is critical to the success of our business strategy and any failure to do so could impair our customer relationships and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

        Our ability to retain and grow our loans, deposits and fee income depends upon the business generation capabilities, reputation and relationship management skills of our lenders. If we were to lose the services of any of our bankers, including successful bankers employed by banks that we may acquire, to a new or existing competitor or otherwise, we may not be able to retain valuable relationships and some of our customers could choose to use the services of a competitor instead of our services.

        Our success and growth strategy also depends on our continued ability to attract and retain experienced loan officers and support staff, as well as other management personnel. We may face difficulties in recruiting and retaining lenders and other personnel of our desired caliber, including as a result of competition from other financial institutions. Competition for loan officers and other personnel is strong and we may not be successful in attracting or retaining the personnel we require. In particular, many of our competitors are significantly larger with greater financial resources, and may be able to offer more attractive compensation packages and broader career opportunities. Additionally, we may incur significant expenses and expend significant time and resources on training, integration and business development before we are able to determine whether a new loan officer will be profitable or

25


Table of Contents

effective. If we are unable to attract and retain successful loan officers and other personnel, or if our loan officers and other personnel fail to meet our expectations in terms of customer relationships and profitability, we may be unable to execute our business strategy and our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects may be negatively affected.

Fluctuations in interest rates may reduce net interest income and otherwise negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations.

        Shifts in short-term interest rates may reduce net interest income, which is the principal component of our earnings. Net interest income is the difference between the amounts received by us on our interest-earning assets and the interest paid by us on our interest-bearing liabilities. The impact on earnings is more adverse when the slope of the yield curve flattens, that is, when short-term interest rates increase more than long-term interest rates or when long-term interest rates decrease more than short-term interest rates.

        Interest rate increases often result in larger payment requirements for our borrowers, which increases the potential for default. At the same time, the marketability of the underlying property may be adversely affected by any reduced demand resulting from higher interest rates. In a declining interest rate environment, there may be an increase in prepayments on loans as borrowers refinance their mortgages and other indebtedness at lower rates. At December 31, 2017, total gross loans were 83.0% of our total earning assets and exhibited a positive 8.24% sensitivity to rising interest rates in a 100 basis point parallel shock.

        A sustained increase in market interest rates could adversely affect our earnings. A significant portion of our loans have fixed interest rates and longer terms than our deposits and borrowings. As a result of the relatively low interest rate environment, an increasing percentage of our deposits have been comprised of certificates of deposit and other deposits yielding no or a relatively low rate of interest having a shorter duration than our assets. At December 31, 2017, we had $345.8 million in certificates of deposit that mature within one year and $676.9 million in non-interest bearing, NOW checking, savings and money market accounts. We would incur a higher cost of funds to retain these deposits in a rising interest rate environment. Our net interest income could be adversely affected if the rates we pay on deposits and borrowings increase more rapidly than the rates we earn on loans. In addition, a substantial amount of our residential mortgage loans and home equity lines of credit have adjustable interest rates. As a result, these loans may experience a higher rate of default in a rising interest rate environment.

        Changes in interest rates also can affect the value of loans, securities and other assets. An increase in interest rates that adversely affects the ability of borrowers to pay the principal or interest on loans may lead to an increase in nonperforming assets and a reduction of income recognized, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows. Further, when we place a loan on nonaccrual status, we reverse any accrued but unpaid interest receivable, which decreases interest income. Subsequently, we continue to have a cost to fund the loan, which is reflected as interest expense, without any interest income to offset the associated funding expense. Thus, an increase in the amount of nonperforming assets would have an adverse impact on net interest income.

        Rising interest rates will result in a decline in value of the fixed-rate debt securities we hold in our investment securities portfolio. The unrealized losses resulting from holding these securities would be recognized in other comprehensive income (loss) and reduce total shareholders' equity. Unrealized losses do not negatively impact our regulatory capital ratios; however, tangible common equity and the associated ratios would be reduced. If debt securities in an unrealized loss position are sold, such losses become realized and will reduce our regulatory capital ratios.

        If short-term interest rates return to their historically low levels for a prolonged period, and assuming longer term interest rates fall further, we could experience net interest margin compression as

26


Table of Contents

our interest earning assets would continue to reprice downward while our interest-bearing liability rates could fail to decline in tandem. This would have a material adverse effect on our net interest income and our results of operations.

Liquidity risks could affect operations and jeopardize our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

        Liquidity is essential to our business. An inability to raise funds through deposits, borrowings, the sale of loans and/or investment securities and from other sources could have a substantial negative effect on our liquidity. Our most important source of funds consists of our customer deposits, including escrow deposits held in connection with our commercial mortgage servicing business. Such deposit balances can decrease when customers perceive alternative investments, such as the stock market, as providing a better risk/return tradeoff, or, in connection with our commercial mortgage servicing business, third parties for whom we provide servicing choose to terminate that relationship with us. If customers move money out of bank deposits and into other investments, we could lose a relatively low cost source of funds, which would require us to seek wholesale funding alternatives in order to continue to grow, thereby increasing our funding costs and reducing our net interest income and net income.

        Other primary sources of funds consist of cash from operations, investment maturities and sales, and proceeds from the issuance and sale of our equity and debt securities to investors. Additional liquidity is provided by brokered deposits, repurchase agreements and the ability to borrow from the Federal Reserve Bank and the Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis (FHLB). We also may borrow from third-party lenders from time to time. Our access to funding sources in amounts adequate to finance or capitalize our activities or on terms that are acceptable to us could be impaired by factors that affect us directly or the financial services industry or economy in general, such as disruptions in the financial markets or negative views and expectations about the prospects for the financial services industry.

        Any decline in available funding could adversely impact our ability to continue to implement our strategic plan, including originate loans, invest in securities, meet our expenses, pay dividends to our shareholders or to fulfill obligations such as repaying our borrowings or meeting deposit withdrawal demands, any of which could have a material adverse impact on our liquidity, business, financial condition and results of operations.

We depend on non-core funding sources, which causes our cost of our funds to be higher when compared to other financial institutions.

        We use certain non-core, wholesale funding sources, including brokered deposits and FHLB advances. As of December 31, 2017, we had approximately $87.8 million of brokered deposits, which represented approximately 7.8% of our total deposits, and $45.0 million of FHLB advances. Unlike traditional deposits from our local clients, there is a higher likelihood that the funds wholesale deposits provide will not remain with us after maturity. For example, depositors who have deposited funds with us through brokers are a less stable source of funding than typical relationship deposit clients. Although we are increasing our efforts to reduce our reliance on non-core funding sources, we may not be able to increase our market share of core-deposit funding in our highly competitive market area. If we are unable to do so, we may be forced to increase the amounts of wholesale funding sources. The cost of these funds can be volatile and may exceed the cost of core deposits in our market area, which could have a material adverse effect on our net interest income. Under FDIC regulations, in the event we are deemed to be less than well-capitalized, we would be subject to restrictions on our use of brokered deposits and the interest rate we can offer on our deposits. If this happens, our use of brokered deposits and the rates we would be allowed to pay on deposits may significantly limit our ability to use these deposits as a funding source. If we are unable to participate in the national brokered deposit

27


Table of Contents

market for any reason in the future, our ability to replace these deposits at maturity could be adversely impacted. In addition, our maximum borrowing capacity from the FHLB is based on the amount of mortgage and commercial loans and securities we can pledge. As of December 31, 2017, our advances from the FHLB were collateralized by $316.5 million of real estate and related loans. If we are unable to pledge sufficient collateral to secure funding from the FHLB, we may lose access to this source of liquidity that we have historically relied upon. If we are unable to access any of these types of funding sources or if our costs related to them increases, our liquidity and ability to support demand for loans could be materially adversely affected.

Municipal deposits are one important source of funds for us and a reduced level of such deposits may hurt our profits.

        Municipal deposits are an important source of funds for our lending and investment activities. At December 31, 2017, $181.0 million, or 16.2%, of our total deposits were comprised of municipal deposits, including public funds deposits from local government entities primarily domiciled in the State of Michigan. Given our use of these high-average balance municipal deposits as a source of funds, our inability to retain such funds could have an adverse effect on our liquidity. In addition, our municipal deposits are primarily demand deposit accounts or short-term deposits and therefore are more sensitive to changes in interest rates. If we are forced to pay higher rates on our municipal deposits to retain those funds, or if we are unable to retain those funds and we are forced to turn to borrowing sources for our lending and investment activities, the interest expense associated with such borrowings may be higher than the rates we are paying on our municipal deposits, which could adversely affect our net income.

Our liquidity is dependent on dividends from the Bank.

        The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank. A substantial portion of our cash flow, including cash flow to pay principal and interest on any debt we may incur, comes from dividends the Company receives from the Bank. Various federal and state laws and regulations limit the amount of dividends that the Bank may pay to the Company. For example, Michigan law only permits banks to pay dividends if the bank will have a surplus amounting to not less than 20% of its capital after the payment of the dividend, and banks may pay dividends only out of net income then on hand, after deducting its bad debts. Under federal law, the Bank's ability to pay dividends may be restricted if the Bank does not meet the capital conservation buffer requirement. As of December 31, 2017, the Bank had the capacity to pay the Company a dividend of up to $23.0 million without the need to obtain prior regulatory approval. Also, the Company's right to participate in a distribution of assets upon a subsidiary's liquidation or reorganization is subject to the prior claims of the subsidiary's creditors. In the event the Bank is unable to pay dividends to us, we may not be able to service any debt we may incur, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

We may need to raise additional capital in the future, and if we fail to maintain sufficient capital, whether due to losses, an inability to raise additional capital or otherwise, our financial condition, liquidity and results of operations, as well as our ability to maintain regulatory compliance, would be adversely affected.

        We face significant capital and other regulatory requirements as a financial institution. Although management believes that funds raised in this offering will be sufficient to fund operations and growth initiatives for at least the next eighteen to twenty-four months based on our estimated future operations, we may need to raise additional capital in the future to provide us with sufficient capital resources and liquidity to meet our commitments and business needs, which could include the possibility of financing acquisitions. In addition, the Company, on a consolidated basis, and the Bank, on a stand-alone basis, must meet certain regulatory capital requirements and maintain sufficient

28


Table of Contents

liquidity. Importantly, regulatory capital requirements could increase from current levels, which could require us to raise additional capital or contract our operations. Our ability to raise additional capital depends on conditions in the capital markets, economic conditions and a number of other factors, including investor perceptions regarding the banking industry, market conditions and governmental activities, and on our financial condition and performance. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that we will be able to raise additional capital if needed or on terms acceptable to us. If we fail to maintain capital to meet regulatory requirements, our financial condition, liquidity and results of operations would be materially and adversely affected.

Our securities portfolio may be negatively impacted by fluctuations in market value and interest rates.

        Our securities portfolio may be impacted by fluctuations in market value, potentially reducing accumulated other comprehensive income and/or earnings. As of December 31, 2017, the fair value of our securities portfolio was approximately $151.0 million. Factors beyond our control can significantly influence the fair value of securities in our portfolio and can cause potential adverse changes to the fair value of these securities. Changes in interest rates can have an adverse effect on our financial condition, as our available-for-sale securities are reported at their estimated fair value, and therefore are impacted by fluctuations in interest rates. For example, fixed-rate securities acquired by us are generally subject to decreases in market value when interest rates rise. Additional factors include, but are not limited to, rating agency downgrades of the securities or our own analysis of the value of the security, defaults by the issuer or individual mortgagors with respect to the underlying securities, and limited investor demand. Our securities portfolio is evaluated quarterly for other-than-temporary impairment. The process for determining whether impairment is other-than-temporary usually requires difficult, subjective judgments about the future financial performance of the issuer and any collateral underlying the security in order to assess the probability of receiving all contractual principal and interest payments on the security. If this evaluation shows impairment to the actual or projected cash flows associated with one or more securities, a potential loss to earnings may occur. We increase or decrease our shareholders' equity by the amount of change in the estimated fair value of the available-for-sale securities, net of taxes. There can be no assurance that the declines in market value will not result in other-than-temporary impairments of these assets, which would lead to accounting charges that could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

        The valuation of our investment securities also is influenced by additional external market and other factors, including implementation of SEC and FASB guidance on fair value accounting, default rates on residential mortgage securities and rating agency actions. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that future declines in the market value of our private label mortgage backed securities or other investment securities will not result in other-than-temporary impairment, or OTTI, of these assets and lead to accounting charges that could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

Downgrades in the credit rating of one or more insurers that provide credit enhancement for our state and municipal securities portfolio may have an adverse impact on the market for and valuation of these types of securities.

        We invest in tax-exempt state and local municipal securities, some of which are insured by monoline insurers. As of December 31, 2017, we had $53.2 million of municipal securities, which represented 35.3% of our total securities portfolio. Since the economic crisis unfolded in 2008, several of these insurers have come under scrutiny by rating agencies. Even though management generally purchases municipal securities on the overall credit strength of the issuer, the reduction in the credit rating of an insurer may negatively impact the market for and valuation of our investment securities. Such downgrade could adversely affect our liquidity, financial condition and results of operations. Of the $53.2 million of municipal securities held as of December 31, 2017, the Bank held 33 tax-exempt state and local municipal securities totaling $22.5 million backed by the Michigan School Bond Loan

29


Table of Contents

Fund (MSBLF). Each of these tax-exempt state and local municipal securities positions have an underlying credit of at least BBB or better by one of the Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organizations as well as explicit backing by the MSBLF. The MSBLF is currently rated AA– by Standard & Poor's, and AA1 by Moody's.

Our mortgage banking profitability could significantly decline if we are not able to originate and resell a high volume of mortgage loans.

        Mortgage production, especially refinancing activity, declines in rising interest rate environments. While we have been experiencing historically low interest rates over the last few years, this low interest rate environment likely will not continue indefinitely. Moreover, when interest rates increase further, there can be no assurance that our mortgage production will continue at current levels. Because we sell a substantial portion of the mortgage loans we originate, the profitability of our mortgage banking business also depends in large part on our ability to aggregate a high volume of loans and sell them in the secondary market at a gain. Thus, in addition to our dependence on the interest rate environment, we are dependent upon (i) the existence of an active secondary market and (ii) our ability to profitably sell loans or securities into that market. If our level of mortgage production declines, the profitability will depend upon our ability to reduce our costs commensurate with the reduction of revenue from our mortgage operations.

        Our ability to originate and sell mortgage loans readily is dependent upon the availability of an active secondary market for single-family mortgage loans, which in turn depends in part upon the continuation of programs currently offered by government-sponsored entities (GSEs) and other institutional and non-institutional investors. These entities account for a substantial portion of the secondary market in residential mortgage loans. Because the largest participants in the secondary market are Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, GSEs whose activities are governed by federal law, any future changes in laws that significantly affect the activity of these GSEs could, in turn, adversely affect our operations. In September 2008, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac were placed into conservatorship by the U.S. government. The federal government has for many years considered proposals to reform Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, but the results of any such reform, and their impact on us, are difficult to predict. To date, no reform proposal has been enacted.

        In addition, our ability to sell mortgage loans readily is dependent upon our ability to remain eligible for the programs offered by the GSEs and other institutional and non-institutional investors. Any significant impairment of our eligibility with any of the GSEs could materially and adversely affect our operations. Further, the criteria for loans to be accepted under such programs may be changed from time to time by the sponsoring entity, which could result in a lower volume of corresponding loan originations. The profitability of participating in specific programs may vary depending on a number of factors, including our administrative costs of originating and purchasing qualifying loans and our costs of meeting such criteria.

        When we sell or securitize mortgage loans in the ordinary course of business, we are required to make certain representations and warranties to the purchaser about the mortgage loans and the manner in which they were originated. Under these agreements, we may be required to repurchase mortgage loans if we have breached any of these representations or warranties, in which case we may record a loss. In addition, if repurchase and indemnity demands increase on loans that we sell from our portfolios, our liquidity, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

Our ability to maintain our reputation is critical to the success of our business, and the failure to do so may materially adversely affect our business and the value of our stock.

        We are a community bank, and our reputation is one of the most valuable components of our business. As such, we strive to conduct our business in a manner that enhances our reputation. This is

30


Table of Contents

done, in part, by recruiting, hiring and retaining employees who share our core values of being an integral part of the communities we serve, delivering superior service to our customers and caring about our customers and associates. If our reputation is negatively affected, by the actions of our employees or otherwise, our business and, therefore, our operating results and the value of our stock may be materially adversely affected.

Our accounting estimates and risk management processes and controls rely on analytical and forecasting techniques and models and assumptions, which may not accurately predict future events.

        Our accounting policies and methods are fundamental to the manner in which we record and report our financial condition and results of operations. Our management must exercise judgment in selecting and applying many of these accounting policies and methods so they comply with GAAP and reflect management's judgment of the most appropriate manner to report our financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, management must select the accounting policy or method to apply from two or more alternatives, any of which may be reasonable under the circumstances, yet which may result in our reporting materially different results than would have been reported under a different alternative.

        Certain accounting policies are critical to presenting our financial condition and results of operations. They require management to make difficult, subjective or complex judgments about matters that are uncertain. Materially different amounts could be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions or estimates. These critical accounting policies include policies related to the allowance for loan losses, securities, purchased credit impaired loans and income taxes. See Note 1 of the Company's audited consolidated financial statements included as part of this prospectus for further information. Because of the uncertainty of estimates involved in these matters, we may be required to do one or more of the following: significantly increase the allowance for loan losses or sustain loan losses that are significantly higher than the reserve provided, experience additional impairment in our securities portfolio or record a valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets. Any of these could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

        Our risk management framework is comprised of various processes, systems and strategies, and is designed to manage the types of risk to which we are subject, including, among others, credit, market, liquidity, interest rate and compliance. Our risk management processes, internal controls, disclosure controls and corporate governance policies and procedures are based in part on certain assumptions and can provide only reasonable (not absolute) assurances that the objectives of the system are met. Any failure or circumvention of our controls, processes and procedures or failure to comply with regulations related to controls, processes and procedures could necessitate changes in those controls, processes and procedures, which may increase our compliance costs, divert management attention from our business or subject us to regulatory actions and increased regulatory scrutiny. Any of these could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects. If our framework is not effective, we could suffer unexpected losses and our business, financial condition, results of operations or growth prospects could be materially and adversely affected. We may also be subject to potentially adverse regulatory consequences.

Changes in accounting standards could materially impact our financial statements.

        From time to time, the Financial Accounting Standards Board or the SEC may change the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of our financial statements. Such changes may result in us being subject to new or changing accounting and reporting standards. In addition, the bodies that interpret the accounting standards (such as banking regulators or outside auditors) may change their interpretations or positions on how these standards should be applied. These changes may be beyond our control, can be hard to predict and can materially impact how we

31


Table of Contents

record and report our financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, we could be required to apply a new or revised standard retrospectively, or apply an existing standard differently, also retrospectively, in each case resulting in our needing to revise or restate prior period financial statements.

The obligations associated with being a public company will require significant resources and management attention, which may divert from our business operations.

        As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The Exchange Act requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition with the SEC. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we establish and maintain effective internal controls and procedures for financial reporting. As a result, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not previously incur. We anticipate that these costs will materially increase our general and administrative expenses. Furthermore, the need to establish the corporate infrastructure demanded of a public company may divert management's attention from implementing our strategic plan, which could prevent us from successfully implementing our growth initiatives and improving our business, results of operations and financial condition.

        As an "emerging growth company" as defined in the JOBS Act, we intend to take advantage of certain temporary exemptions from various reporting requirements, including reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and an exemption from the requirement to obtain an attestation from our auditors on management's assessment of our internal control over financial reporting. When these exemptions cease to apply, we expect to incur additional expenses and devote increased management effort toward ensuring compliance with them. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur as a result of becoming a public company or the timing of such costs.

The financial reporting resources we have put in place may not be sufficient to ensure the accuracy of the additional information we are required to disclose as a publicly listed company.

        As a result of becoming a publicly listed company, we will be subject to the heightened financial reporting standards under GAAP and SEC rules, including more extensive levels of disclosure. Complying with these standards requires enhancements to the design and operation of our internal control over financial reporting as well as additional financial reporting and accounting staff with appropriate training and experience in GAAP and SEC rules and regulations.

        If we are unable to meet the demands that will be placed upon us as a public company, including the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, we may be unable to report our financial results accurately, or report them within the timeframes required by law or stock exchange regulations. Failure to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, when and as applicable, could also potentially subject us to sanctions or investigations by the SEC or other regulatory authorities. If material weaknesses or other deficiencies occur, our ability to report our financial results accurately and timely could be impaired, which could result in late filings of our annual and quarterly reports under the Exchange Act, restatements of our consolidated financial statements, a decline in our stock price, suspension or delisting of our common stock from the Nasdaq Global Select Market, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects. Even if we are able to report our financial statements accurately and in a timely manner, any failure in our efforts to implement the improvements or disclosure of material weaknesses in our future filings with the SEC could cause our reputation to be harmed and our stock price to decline significantly.

        In addition, the JOBS Act provides that, so long as we qualify as an emerging growth company, we will be exempt from the provisions of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which would require

32


Table of Contents

that our independent registered public accounting firm provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. We may take advantage of this exemption so long as we qualify as an emerging growth company.

Litigation and regulatory actions, including possible enforcement actions, could subject us to significant fines, penalties, judgments or other requirements resulting in increased expenses or restrictions on our business activities.

        Our business is subject to increased litigation and regulatory risks as a result of a number of factors, including the highly regulated nature of the financial services industry and the focus of state and federal prosecutors on banks and the financial services industry generally. This focus has only intensified since the financial crisis, with regulators and prosecutors focusing on a variety of financial institution practices and requirements, including foreclosure practices, compliance with applicable consumer protection laws, classification of "held for sale" assets and compliance with anti-money laundering statutes, the Bank Secrecy Act and sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury, or the Treasury.

        In the normal course of business, from time to time, we have in the past and may in the future be named as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions and other litigation, arising in connection with our current or prior business activities. Legal actions could include claims for substantial compensatory or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. We may also, from time to time, be the subject of subpoenas, requests for information, reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by governmental agencies regarding our current or prior business activities. Any such legal or regulatory actions may subject us to substantial compensatory or punitive damages, significant fines, penalties, obligations to change our business practices or other requirements resulting in increased expenses, diminished income and damage to our reputation. Our involvement in any such matters, whether tangential or otherwise and even if the matters are ultimately determined in our favor, could also cause significant harm to our reputation and divert management attention from the operation of our business. Further, any settlement, consent order or adverse judgment in connection with any formal or informal proceeding or investigation by government agencies may result in litigation, investigations or proceedings as other litigants and government agencies begin independent reviews of the same activities. As a result, the outcome of legal and regulatory actions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

We have a continuing need for technological change, and we may not have the resources to effectively implement new technology or we may experience operational challenges when implementing new technology.

        The financial services industry is undergoing rapid technological changes with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. In addition to better serving customers, the effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to reduce costs. Our future success will depend in part upon our ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands for convenience as well as to create additional efficiencies in our operations as we continue to grow and expand our market area. We may experience operational challenges as we implement these new technology enhancements, or seek to implement them across all of our offices and business units, which could result in us not fully realizing the anticipated benefits from such new technology or require us to incur significant costs to remedy any such challenges in a timely manner.

        Many of our larger competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. As a result, they may be able to offer additional or superior products to those that we will be able to offer, which would put us at a competitive disadvantage. Accordingly, a risk exists that we will not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing such products and services to our customers.

33


Table of Contents

        In addition, the implementation of technological changes and upgrades to maintain current systems and integrate new ones may also cause service interruptions, transaction processing errors and system conversion delays and may cause us to fail to comply with applicable laws. We expect that new technologies and business processes applicable to the banking industry will continue to emerge, and these new technologies and business processes may be better than those we currently use. Because the pace of technological change is high and our industry is intensely competitive, we may not be able to sustain our investment in new technology as critical systems and applications become obsolete or as better ones become available. A failure to successfully keep pace with technological change affecting the financial services industry and failure to avoid interruptions, errors and delays could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

Real estate market volatility and future changes in our disposition strategies could result in net proceeds that differ significantly from our other real estate owned fair value appraisals.

        As of December 31, 2017, we had $652 thousand of other real estate owned. Our other real estate owned portfolio consists of properties that we obtained through foreclosure or through an in-substance foreclosure in satisfaction of loans. We obtain updated valuations in the form of appraisals and broker price opinions when a loan has been foreclosed and the property taken in as other real estate owned and at certain other times during the asset holding period. Our net book value in the loan at the time of foreclosure and thereafter is compared to the updated market value of the foreclosed property less estimated selling costs (fair value). A charge-off is recorded for any excess in the asset's net book value over its fair value. Significant judgment is required in estimating the fair value of other real estate owned property, and the period of time within which such estimates can be considered current is significantly shortened during periods of market volatility. If our valuation process is incorrect, or if property values decline, the fair value of the investments in real estate may not be sufficient to recover our carrying value in such assets, resulting in the need for additional write-downs. Significant write-downs to our investments in real estate could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.

        In response to market conditions and other economic factors, we may utilize alternative sale strategies other than orderly disposition as part of our other real estate owned disposition strategy, such as immediate liquidation sales. In this event, as a result of the significant judgments required in estimating fair value and the variables involved in different methods of disposition, the net proceeds realized from such sales transactions could differ significantly from appraisals, comparable sales and other estimates used to determine the fair value of our other real estate owned properties. In addition, bank regulators periodically review our other real estate owned and may require us to recognize further write-downs. Any increase in our write-downs, as required by the bank regulators, may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.

Nonperforming assets take significant time to resolve and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition, and could result in further losses in the future.

        As of December 31, 2017, our nonperforming loans (which consist of nonaccrual loans and nonperforming loans modified under troubled debt restructurings) totaled $14.0 million, or 1.4% of our loan portfolio, and our nonperforming assets, which include other real estate owned, totaled $14.7 million, or 1.1% of total assets. In addition, we had $440 thousand of loans more than 90 days past due and still accruing and $6.7 million in accruing loans that were 31-89 days delinquent as of December 31, 2017.

        Our nonperforming assets adversely affect our net income in various ways:

    We do not record interest income on nonaccrual loans or nonperforming investment securities, except on a cash basis when the collectability of the principal is not in doubt.

34


Table of Contents

    We must provide for probable loan losses through a current period charge to the provision for loan losses.

    Non-interest expense increases when we must write down the value of properties in our OREO portfolio to reflect changing market values.

    Non-interest income decreases when we must recognize other-than-temporary impairment on nonperforming investment securities.

    There are legal fees associated with the resolution of problem assets, as well as carrying costs, such as taxes, insurance, and maintenance costs related to our OREO.

    The resolution of nonperforming assets requires the active involvement of management, which can distract them from more profitable activity.

        If we experience increases in nonperforming loans and nonperforming assets, our losses and troubled assets could increase significantly, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations as our loan administration costs could increase, each of which could have an adverse effect on our net income and related ratios, such as return on assets and equity. In addition to the nonperforming loans, there were $1.2 million in loans classified as performing troubled debt restructurings at December 31, 2017.

We depend on the accuracy and completeness of information provided by customers and counterparties.

        In deciding whether to extend credit or enter into other transactions with customers and counterparties, we may rely on information furnished to us by or on behalf of customers and counterparties, including financial statements and other financial information. We also may rely on representations of customers and counterparties as to the accuracy and completeness of that information. In deciding whether to extend credit, we may rely upon our customers' representations that their financial statements conform to GAAP and present fairly, in all material respects, the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the customer. We also may rely on customer representations and certifications, or other audit or accountants' reports, with respect to the business and financial condition of our clients. Our financial condition, results of operations, financial reporting and reputation could be negatively affected if we rely on materially misleading, false, inaccurate or fraudulent information.

New lines of business, products, product enhancements or services may subject us to additional risks.

        From time to time, we may implement new lines of business or offer new products and product enhancements as well as new services within our existing lines of business. There are substantial risks and uncertainties associated with these efforts, particularly in instances in which the markets are not fully developed. In implementing, developing or marketing new lines of business, products, product enhancements or services, we may invest significant time and resources, although we may not assign the appropriate level of resources or expertise necessary to make these new lines of business, products, product enhancements or services successful or to realize their expected benefits. Further, initial timetables for the introduction and development of new lines of business, products, product enhancements or services may not be achieved, and price and profitability targets may not prove feasible. External factors, such as compliance with regulations, competitive alternatives and shifting market preferences, may also affect the ultimate implementation of a new line of business or offerings of new products, product enhancements or services. Furthermore, any new line of business, product, product enhancement or service or system conversion could have a significant impact on the effectiveness of our system of internal controls. Failure to successfully manage these risks in the development and implementation of new lines of business or offerings of new products, product

35


Table of Contents

enhancements or services could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

We face strong competition from financial services companies and other companies that offer banking, mortgage, and leasing services and providers of SBA loans, which could harm our business.

        Our operations consist of offering banking and mortgage services, and we also offer SBA lending, trust and leasing services to generate noninterest income. Many of our competitors offer the same, or a wider variety of, banking and related financial services within our market areas. These competitors include national banks, regional banks and other community banks. We also face competition from many other types of financial institutions, including savings and loan institutions, finance companies, brokerage firms, insurance companies, credit unions, mortgage banks and other financial intermediaries. In addition, a number of out-of-state financial intermediaries have opened production offices or otherwise solicit deposits in our market areas. Additionally, we face growing competition from so-called "online businesses" with few or no physical locations, including online banks, lenders and consumer and commercial lending platforms, as well as automated retirement and investment service providers. Increased competition in our markets may result in reduced loans, deposits and commissions and brokers' fees, as well as reduced net interest margin and profitability. Ultimately, we may not be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors. If we are unable to attract and retain banking, mortgage, and leasing customers, we may be unable to continue to grow our business, and our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

        Our ability to compete successfully depends on a number of factors, including, among other things:

    the ability to develop, maintain and build long-term customer relationships based on top quality service, high ethical standards and safe, sound assets;

    the scope, relevance and pricing of products and services offered to meet customer needs and demands;

    the rate at which we introduce new products and services relative to our competitors;

    customer satisfaction with our level of service;

    the ability to expand our market position; and

    industry and general economic trends.

        Failure to perform in any of these areas could significantly weaken our competitive position, which could adversely affect our growth and profitability, which, in turn, could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        We also face competition for acquisition opportunities in connection with the implementation of our acquisition strategy. Because there are a limited number of acquisition opportunities in our target market, we face competition from other banks and financial institutions, many of which possess greater financial, human, technical and other resources than we do. Our ability to compete in acquiring target institutions will depend on our available financial resources to fund the acquisitions, including the amount of cash and cash equivalents we have and the liquidity and market price of our common stock. In addition, increased competition may also drive up the acquisition consideration that we will be required to pay in order to successfully capitalize on attractive acquisition opportunities.

36


Table of Contents

The success of our SBA lending program is dependent upon the continued availability of SBA loan programs, our status as a preferred lender under the SBA loan programs and our ability to comply with applicable SBA lending requirements.

        As an SBA Preferred Lender, we enable our clients to obtain SBA loans without being subject to the potentially lengthy SBA approval process necessary for lenders that are not SBA Preferred Lenders. The SBA periodically reviews the lending operations of participating lenders to assess, among other things, whether the lender exhibits prudent risk management. When weaknesses are identified, the SBA may request corrective actions or impose other restrictions, including revocation of the lender's Preferred Lender status. If we lose our status as a Preferred Lender, we may lose our ability to compete effectively with other SBA Preferred Lenders, and as a result we would experience a material adverse effect to our financial results. Any changes to the SBA program, including changes to the level of guaranty provided by the federal government on SBA loans or changes to the level of funds appropriated by the federal government to the various SBA programs, may also have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

        Historically we have sold the guaranteed portion of our SBA 7(a) loans in the secondary market. These sales have resulted in our earning premium income and have created a stream of future servicing income. There can be no assurance that we will be able to continue originating these loans, that a secondary market will exist or that we will continue to realize premiums upon the sale of the guaranteed portion of these loans. When we sell the guaranteed portion of our SBA 7(a) loans, we incur credit risk on the retained, non-guaranteed portion of the loans.

        In order for a borrower to be eligible to receive an SBA loan, the lender must establish that the borrower would not be able to secure a bank loan without the credit enhancements provided by a guaranty under the SBA program. Accordingly, the SBA loans in our portfolio generally have weaker credit characteristics than the rest of our portfolio, and may be at greater risk of default in the event of deterioration in economic conditions or the borrower's financial condition. In the event of a loss resulting from default and a determination by the SBA that there is a deficiency in the manner in which the loan was originated, funded or serviced by us, the SBA may require us to repurchase the previously sold portion of the loan, deny its liability under the guaranty, reduce the amount of the guaranty, or, if it has already paid under the guaranty, seek recovery of the principal loss related to the deficiency from us. We have not had any loss history to date with respect to the outstanding guaranteed portion of SBA loans and accordingly have not recorded a recourse reserve. Additions to a recourse reserve may materially decrease our net income, which may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We provide financial services to money services businesses, which include check cashers, issuers/sellers of traveler's checks, money orders and stored value cards, and money transmitters. Providing banking services to money service businesses exposes us to enhanced risks from noncompliance with a variety of laws and regulations.

        We provide financial services to the check cashing industry, offering currency, check clearing, monetary instrument, depository and credit services. We also provide treasury management services to money transmitters. Financial institutions that open and maintain accounts for money services businesses are expected to apply the requirements of the USA Patriot Act and Bank Secrecy Act, as they do with all accountholders, on a risk-assessed basis. As with any category of accountholder, there will be money services businesses that pose little risk of money laundering or lack of compliance with other laws and regulations and those that pose a significant risk. Providing treasury management services to money services businesses represent a significant compliance and regulatory risk, and failure to comply with all statutory and regulatory requirements could result in fines or sanctions.

37


Table of Contents

Our branch network expansion strategy may negatively affect our financial performance.

        We recently opened banking centers in Grand Rapids, Detroit and Bloomfield Township, and we plan to open two new banking centers in 2019 and 2020. Our branch expansion strategy may not generate earnings, or may not generate earnings within a reasonable period of time. Numerous factors contribute to the performance of a new or acquired branch, such as a suitable location, each market's competitive environment, managerial resources, qualified personnel, and an effective marketing strategy. New branches require a significant investment of both financial and personnel resources. Additionally, it takes time for a new branch to generate sufficient favorably priced deposits to produce enough income, including funding loan growth generated by our organization, to offset expenses related to the branch, some of which, like salaries and occupancy expense, are considered fixed costs. Opening new branches in existing markets or new market areas could also divert resources from current core operations and thereby further adversely affect our growth and profitability. Finally, there is a risk that our new branches will not be successful even after they have been established.

Risks Related to the Business Environment and Our Industry

Legislative and regulatory actions taken now or in the future may increase our costs and impact our business, governance structure, financial condition or results of operations.

        The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the Dodd-Frank Act, among other things, imposed new capital requirements on bank holding companies; changed the base for FDIC insurance assessments to a bank's average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity, rather than upon its deposit base; permanently raised the current standard deposit insurance limit to $250,000; and expanded the FDIC's authority to raise insurance premiums. The Dodd-Frank Act established the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB) as an independent entity within the Federal Reserve, which has broad rulemaking, supervisory and enforcement authority over consumer financial products and services, including deposit products, residential mortgages, home-equity loans and credit cards and contains provisions on mortgage-related matters, such as steering incentives, determinations as to a borrower's ability to repay and prepayment penalties. Although the applicability of certain elements of the Dodd-Frank Act is limited to institutions with more than $10 billion in assets, there can be no guarantee that such applicability will not be extended in the future or that regulators or other third parties will not seek to impose such requirements on institutions with less than $10 billion in assets, such as the Bank.

        Compliance with the Dodd-Frank Act and its implementing regulations has and will continue to result in additional operating and compliance costs that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

        In addition, new proposals for legislation continue to be introduced in the U.S. Congress that could further substantially increase regulation of the bank and non-bank financial services industries and impose restrictions on the operations and general ability of firms within the industry to conduct business consistent with historical practices. Federal and state regulatory agencies also frequently adopt changes to their regulations or change the manner in which existing regulations are applied. Certain aspects of current or proposed regulatory or legislative changes to laws applicable to the financial industry, if enacted or adopted, may impact the profitability of our business activities, require more oversight or change certain of our business practices, including the ability to offer new products, obtain financing, attract deposits, make loans and achieve satisfactory interest spreads and could expose us to additional costs, including increased compliance costs. The current administration has indicated that it would like to see changes made to certain financial reform regulations, including the Dodd-Frank Act, which has resulted in increased regulatory uncertainty, and we are assessing the potential impact on financial and economic markets and on our business. Changes in federal policy and at regulatory agencies are expected to occur over time through policy and personnel changes, which could lead to

38


Table of Contents

changes involving the level of oversight and focus on the financial services industry. The nature, timing and economic and political effects of potential changes to the current legal and regulatory framework affecting financial institutions remain highly uncertain. These changes also may require us to invest significant management attention and resources to make any necessary changes to operations to comply and could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

As a result of the Dodd-Frank Act and rulemaking, we are subject to more stringent capital requirements.

        In July 2013, the U.S. federal banking authorities approved the implementation of the Basel III regulatory capital reforms, or Basel III, and issued rules effecting Basel III and certain changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act. These rules are applicable to all U.S. banks that are FDIC-insured as well as to bank and saving and loan holding companies, other than "small bank holding companies" (generally bank holding companies with consolidated assets of less than $1.0 billion). Basel III not only increased most of the required minimum regulatory capital ratios, it introduced a new common equity Tier 1 capital ratio and the concept of a capital conservation buffer. The rules also established additional criteria that capital instruments must meet to be considered additional Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital. In order to be a "well-capitalized," a depository institution under the new regime, an institution must maintain a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 6.5% or more; a Tier 1 capital ratio of 8% or more; a total capital ratio of 10% or more; and a leverage ratio of 5% or more. Institutions must also maintain a capital conservation buffer consisting of common equity Tier 1 capital. These Basel III capital rules became effective as applied to us and the Bank on January 1, 2015, with a phase-in period that generally extends through January 1, 2019 for many of the changes.

        The failure to meet applicable regulatory capital requirements could result in one or more of our regulators placing limitations or conditions on our activities, including our growth initiatives, or restricting the commencement of new activities, and could affect customer and investor confidence, our costs of funds and FDIC insurance costs, our ability to pay dividends on our common stock, our ability to make acquisitions, and our business, results of operations and financial conditions, generally.

Monetary policies and regulations of the Federal Reserve could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        In addition to being affected by general economic conditions, our earnings and growth are affected by the policies of the Federal Reserve. An important function of the Federal Reserve is to regulate the money supply and credit conditions. Among the instruments used by the Federal Reserve to implement these objectives are open market purchases and sales of U.S. government securities, adjustments of the discount rate and changes in banks' reserve requirements against bank deposits. These instruments are used in varying combinations to influence overall economic growth and the distribution of credit, bank loans, investments and deposits. Their use also affects interest rates charged on loans or paid on deposits.

        The monetary policies and regulations of the Federal Reserve have had a significant effect on the operating results of commercial banks in the past and are expected to continue to do so in the future. The effects of such policies upon our business, financial condition and results of operations cannot be predicted.

Federal and state regulators periodically examine our business, and we may be required to remediate adverse examination findings.

        The Federal Reserve, the FDIC, and the Michigan Department of Insurance and Financial Services periodically examine our business, including our compliance with laws and regulations. If, as a result of an examination, a banking agency were to determine that our financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, liquidity or other aspects of any of our

39


Table of Contents

operations had become unsatisfactory, or that we were in violation of any law or regulation, they may take a number of different remedial actions as they deem appropriate. These actions include the power to enjoin "unsafe or unsound" practices, to require affirmative action to correct any conditions resulting from any violation or practice, to issue an administrative order that can be judicially enforced, to direct an increase in our capital, to restrict our growth, to assess civil money penalties, to fine or remove officers and directors and, if it is concluded that such conditions cannot be corrected or there is an imminent risk of loss to depositors, to terminate our deposit insurance and place us into receivership or conservatorship. Any regulatory action against us could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to numerous laws designed to protect consumers, including the Community Reinvestment Act and fair lending laws, and failure to comply with these laws could lead to a wide variety of sanctions.

        The Community Reinvestment Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act and other fair lending laws and regulations prohibit discriminatory lending practices by financial institutions. The U.S. Department of Justice, and federal and state banking and other agencies, and other federal agencies are responsible for enforcing these laws and regulations. A challenge to an institution's compliance with fair lending laws and regulations could result in a wide variety of sanctions, including damages and civil money penalties, injunctive relief, restrictions on mergers and acquisitions activity, restrictions on expansion, and restrictions on entering new business lines. Private parties may also challenge an institution's performance under fair lending laws in private class action litigation. Such actions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

We face a risk of noncompliance and enforcement action with the Bank Secrecy Act and other anti-money laundering statutes and regulations.

        The Bank Secrecy Act, the USA Patriot Act and other laws and regulations require financial institutions, among other duties, to institute and maintain an effective anti-money laundering program and to file reports such as suspicious activity reports and currency transaction reports. We are required to comply with these and other anti-money laundering requirements. The federal banking agencies and Financial Crimes Enforcement Network are authorized to impose significant civil money penalties for violations of those requirements and have recently engaged in coordinated enforcement efforts against banks and other financial services providers with the U.S. Department of Justice, Drug Enforcement Administration and Internal Revenue Service. We are also subject to increased scrutiny of compliance with the rules enforced by the Office of Foreign Assets Control. If our policies, procedures and systems are deemed deficient, we would be subject to liability, including fines and regulatory actions, which may include restrictions on our ability to pay dividends and the necessity to obtain regulatory approvals to proceed with certain aspects of our business plan, including our acquisition plans.

        Failure to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing could also have serious reputational consequences for us. Any of these results could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

Regulations relating to privacy, information security and data protection could increase our costs, affect or limit how we collect and use personal information and adversely affect our business opportunities.

        We are subject to various privacy, information security and data protection laws, including requirements concerning security breach notification, and we could be negatively affected by these laws. For example, our business is subject to the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act which, among other things (i) imposes certain limitations on our ability to share nonpublic personal information about our clients with nonaffiliated third parties, (ii) requires that we provide certain disclosures to clients about our information collection, sharing and security practices and afford clients the right to "opt out" of any

40


Table of Contents

information sharing by us with nonaffiliated third parties (with certain exceptions) and (iii) requires that we develop, implement and maintain a written comprehensive information security program containing appropriate safeguards based on our size and complexity, the nature and scope of our activities and the sensitivity of client information we process, as well as plans for responding to data security breaches. Various state and federal banking regulators and states have also enacted data security breach notification requirements with varying levels of individual, consumer, regulatory or law enforcement notification in certain circumstances in the event of a security breach. Moreover, legislators and regulators in the United States are increasingly adopting or revising privacy, information security and data protection laws that potentially could have a significant impact on our current and planned privacy, data protection and information security-related practices, our collection, use, sharing, retention and safeguarding of consumer or employee information and some of our current or planned business activities. This could also increase our costs of compliance and business operations and could reduce income from certain business initiatives. This includes increased privacy-related enforcement activity at the federal level, by the Federal Trade Commission and the CFPB, as well as at the state level, such as with regard to mobile applications.

        Compliance with current or future privacy, data protection and information security laws (including those regarding security breach notification) affecting client or employee data to which we are subject could result in higher compliance and technology costs and could restrict our ability to provide certain products and services, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects. Our failure to comply with privacy, data protection and information security laws could result in potentially significant regulatory or governmental investigations or actions, litigation, fines, sanctions and damage to our reputation, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

The Federal Reserve may require us to commit capital resources to support the Bank.

        As a matter of policy, the Federal Reserve expects a bank holding company to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to a subsidiary bank and to commit resources to support such subsidiary bank. The Dodd-Frank Act codified the Federal Reserve's policy on serving as a source of financial strength. Under the "source of strength" doctrine, the Federal Reserve may require a bank holding company to make capital injections into a troubled subsidiary bank and may charge the bank holding company with engaging in unsafe and unsound practices for failure to commit resources to a subsidiary bank. A capital injection may be required at times when the holding company may not have the resources to provide it and therefore may be required to borrow the funds or raise capital. Any loans by a holding company to its subsidiary banks are subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of such subsidiary bank. In the event of a bank holding company's bankruptcy, the bankruptcy trustee will assume any commitment by the holding company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank. Moreover, bankruptcy law provides that claims based on any such commitment will be entitled to a priority of payment over the claims of the institution's general unsecured creditors, including the holders of its note obligations. Thus, any borrowing that must be done by the Company to make a required capital injection becomes more difficult and expensive and could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

41


Table of Contents

We may be adversely affected by the soundness of other financial institutions.

        Our ability to engage in routine funding transactions could be adversely affected by the actions and commercial soundness of other financial institutions. Financial services companies are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty, and other relationships. We have exposure to different industries and counterparties, and through transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry, including brokers and dealers, commercial banks, investment banks, and other institutional clients. As a result, defaults by, or even rumors or questions about, one or more financial services companies, or the financial services industry generally, have led to market-wide liquidity problems and could lead to losses or defaults by us or by other institutions. These losses or defaults could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects. Additionally, if our competitors were extending credit on terms we found to pose excessive risks, or at interest rates which we believed did not warrant the credit exposure, we may not be able to maintain our business volume and could experience deteriorating financial performance.

Risks Related to this Offering and an Investment in Our Common Stock

An active, liquid trading market for our common stock may not develop, and you may not be able to sell your common stock at or above the public offering price, or at all.

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. An active trading market for shares of our common stock may never develop or be sustained following this offering. If an active trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling your shares of common stock at an attractive price, or at all. The public offering price for our common stock will be determined by negotiations between us and the representative of the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market following this offering. Consequently, you may not be able to sell your common stock at or above the public offering price or at any other price or at the time that you would like to sell. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling our common stock and may impair our ability to expand our business by using our common stock as consideration in an acquisition.

The price of our common stock could be volatile following this offering.

        The market price of our common stock following this offering may be volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in price in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control including, but not limited to:

    general economic conditions and overall market fluctuations;

    actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly or annual operating results;

    operating and stock price performance of other companies that investors deem comparable to us;

    announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, dispositions, innovations or new programs and services;

    the public reaction to our press releases, our other public announcements and our filings with the SEC;

    changes in financial estimates and recommendations by securities analysts following our stock, or the failure of securities analysts to cover our common stock after this offering;

    changes in earnings estimates by securities analysts or our ability to meet those estimates;

    the trading volume of our common stock;

42


Table of Contents

    changes in business, legal or regulatory conditions, or other developments affecting participants in our industry, and publicity regarding our business or any of our significant customers or competitors;

    changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles; and

    future sales of our common stock by us, directors, executives and significant shareholders.

        The realization of any of the risks described in this "Risk Factors" section could have a material adverse effect on the market price of our common stock and cause the value of your investment to decline. In addition, the stock market experiences extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. These types of broad market fluctuations may adversely affect investor confidence and could affect the trading price of our common stock over the short, medium or long term, regardless of our actual performance. If the market price of our common stock reaches an elevated level following this offering, it may materially and rapidly decline. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company's securities, shareholders have often instituted securities class action litigation. If we were to be involved in a class action lawsuit, we could incur substantial costs and it could divert the attention of senior management and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

An investment in our common stock is not an insured deposit.

        An investment in our common stock is not a bank deposit and, therefore, is not insured against loss by the FDIC, any other deposit insurance fund or by any other public or private entity. Investment in our common stock is inherently risky for the reasons described herein, and is subject to the same market forces that affect the price of common stock in any company. As a result, if you acquire our common stock, you could lose some or all of your investment.

If equity research analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they do publish such reports but issue unfavorable commentary or downgrade our common stock, the price and trading volume of our common stock could decline.

        The trading market for our common stock could be affected by whether equity research analysts publish research or reports about us and our business. We cannot predict at this time whether any research analysts will publish research and reports on us and our common stock. If one or more equity analysts do cover us and our common stock and publish research reports about us, the price of our stock could decline if one or more securities analysts downgrade our stock or if those analysts issue other unfavorable commentary or cease publishing reports about us or our business.

        If any of the analysts who elect to cover us downgrades our stock, our stock price could decline rapidly. If any of these analysts ceases coverage of us, we could lose visibility in the market, which in turn could cause our common stock price or trading volume to decline and our common stock to be less liquid.

Shares of certain shareholders may be sold into the public market in the near future. This could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly.

        In connection with this offering, we, our directors, our executive officers and each of the selling shareholders have each agreed to enter into lock-up agreements that restrict the sale of their holdings of our common stock for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus. In addition, any shares purchased through the reserved share program described in this prospectus are subject to the same 180-day lockup period. The underwriters, in their discretion, may release any of the shares of our common stock subject to these lock-up agreements at any time without notice. In addition, after this offering, approximately            shares of our common stock that are currently issued and outstanding

43


Table of Contents

will not be subject to lock-up. The resale of such shares could cause the market price of our stock to drop significantly, and concerns that those sales may occur could cause the trading price of our common stock to decrease or to be lower than it might otherwise be.

        In addition, immediately following this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 registering under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, the shares of common stock reserved for issuance in respect of incentive awards issued under our equity incentive plans. If a large number of shares are sold in the public market, the sales could reduce the trading price of our common stock. These sales also could impede our ability to raise future capital.

Our management will have broad discretion as to the use of proceeds from this offering, and we may not use the proceeds effectively.

        We are not required to apply any portion of the net proceeds of this offering for any particular purpose. Accordingly, our management will have broad discretion as to the application of the net proceeds of this offering and could use them for purposes other than those contemplated at the time of this offering. A portion of the proceeds are expected to be used to provide additional capital as a cushion against minimum regulatory capital requirements, which may tend to reduce our return on equity as opposed to if such proceeds were used for further growth. Our shareholders may not agree with the manner in which our management chooses to allocate and invest the net proceeds. As part of your investment decision, you will not be able to assess or direct how we apply these net proceeds. We may not be successful in using the net proceeds from this offering to increase our profitability or market value and we cannot predict whether the proceeds will be invested to yield a favorable return. If we do not apply these funds effectively, we may lose significant business opportunities. Furthermore, our stock price could decline if the market does not view our use of the net proceeds from this offering favorably.

You will incur immediate dilution as a result of this offering.

        If you purchase common stock in this offering, you will pay more for your shares than our existing net tangible book value per share. As a result, you will incur immediate dilution of $            per share, representing the difference between the public offering price of $            per share (the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and our adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering. This represents      % dilution from the public offering price.

If a substantial number of shares of our stock become available for sale and are sold in a short period of time, the market price of our common stock could decline.

        If our existing stockholders sell substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market following this offering, the market price of our common stock could decrease significantly. The perception in the public market that our existing stockholders might sell shares of common stock could also depress our market price. Our amended and restated articles of incorporation authorize us to issue 20,000,000 shares of common stock, of which              are expected to be outstanding upon consummation of this offering (or            assuming the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), based on information as of March 1, 2018. This number includes            shares that we are selling in this offering (or            assuming the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), which will be freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act. Of the remaining                shares of our common stock outstanding,            shares of common stock held by our directors, executive officers, and the selling shareholders will be restricted from immediate resale under lock-up agreements with the underwriters, which generally provide for a lock-up period of 180 days following this offering (unless the representative of the underwriters waives such lock-up period), but may be sold in the near future. See "Underwriting" and "Shares Eligible for Future Sale." Following the expiration of the applicable

44


Table of Contents

lock-up period, all these shares of our common stock will be eligible for resale under Rule 144 of the Securities Act, subject to volume limitations and applicable holding period requirements.

        Following the completion of this offering, we also intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering            shares of our common stock that may be issued in the future under our equity incentive plans, as described further under "Executive Compensation—Long Term Incentive Plans." Accordingly, subject to certain vesting requirements, shares registered under that registration statement will be available for sale in the open market immediately by persons other than our executive officers and directors and immediately after the lock-up agreements expire by our executive officers and directors.

        We may issue shares of our common stock or other securities from time to time as consideration for future acquisitions and investments and pursuant to compensation and incentive plans. If any such acquisition or investment is significant, the number of shares of our common stock, or the number or aggregate principal amount, as the case may be, of other securities that we may issue may in turn be substantial. We may also grant registration rights covering those shares of our common stock or other securities in connection with any such acquisitions and investments.

Future equity issuances could result in dilution, which could cause our common stock price to decline.

        We are generally not restricted from issuing additional shares of our common stock, up to the 20 million shares of common stock authorized in our articles of incorporation, which could be increased by a vote of a majority of our shares. We may issue additional shares of our common stock in the future pursuant to current or future equity compensation plans, upon conversions of preferred stock or debt, upon exercise of warrants or in connection with future acquisitions or financings. If we choose to raise capital by selling shares of our common stock for any reason, the issuance would have a dilutive effect on the holders of our common stock and could have a material negative effect on the market price of our common stock.

We may issue shares of preferred stock in the future, which could make it difficult for another company to acquire us or could otherwise adversely affect holders of our common stock, which could depress the price of our common stock.

        Although there are currently no shares of our preferred stock issued and outstanding, our articles of organization authorize us to issue up to 50,000 shares of one or more series of preferred stock. The board also has the power, without shareholder approval, to set the terms of any series of preferred stock that may be issued, including voting rights, dividend rights, preferences over our common stock with respect to dividends or in the event of a dissolution, liquidation or winding up and other terms. In the event that we issue preferred stock in the future that has preference over our common stock with respect to payment of dividends or upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, or if we issue preferred stock with voting rights that dilute the voting power of our common stock, the rights of the holders of our common stock or the market price of our common stock could be adversely affected. In addition, the ability of our board of directors to issue shares of preferred stock without any action on the part of our shareholders may impede a takeover of us and prevent a transaction perceived to be favorable to our shareholders.

The holders of our debt obligations and preferred stock, if any, will have priority over our common stock with respect to payment in the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up and with respect to the payment of interest and dividends.

        Shares of our common stock are equity interests and do not constitute indebtedness. As such, our common stock ranks junior to all our customer deposits and indebtedness, and other non-equity claims

45


Table of Contents

on us, with respect to assets available to satisfy claims. As of December 31, 2017, we had $15.0 million aggregate principal amount of subordinated notes outstanding.

        As a result, holders of our common stock will not be entitled to receive any payment or other distribution of assets upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company until after all of our obligations to our debt holders have been satisfied and holders of any senior equity securities, including preferred shares, have received any payment or distribution due to them.

Provisions in our organizational documents and Michigan law may have an anti-takeover effect, and there are substantial regulatory limitations on changes of control of bank holding companies.

        Provisions of our organizational documents and the Michigan Business Corporation Act, or the MBCA, could make it more difficult for a third-party to acquire us, even if doing so would be perceived to be beneficial by our shareholders, which are further described under "Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Considerations and Special Provisions of Our Articles, Bylaws and Michigan Law." Furthermore, with certain limited exceptions, federal regulations prohibit a person or company or a group of persons deemed to be "acting in concert" from, directly or indirectly, acquiring more than 10% (5% if the acquirer is a bank holding company) of any class of our voting stock or obtaining the ability to control in any manner the election of a majority of our directors or otherwise direct the management or policies of our company without prior notice or application to and the approval of the Federal Reserve. Accordingly, prospective investors need to be aware of and comply with these requirements, if applicable, in connection with any purchase of shares of our common stock. Moreover, the combination of these provisions effectively inhibits certain mergers or other business combinations, which, in turn, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

We may not continue our plan to pay dividends on our common stock, so you may not receive funds without selling your common stock.

        We will pay our first quarterly dividend on our common stock on April 15, 2018. There can be no guarantee that we will continue to pay dividends in the future. Our ability to pay dividends on our common stock is dependent on the Bank's ability to pay dividends to us, which is limited by applicable laws and banking regulations. Our ability to pay dividends on our common stock may in the future be restricted by the terms of any debt or preferred securities we may incur or issue. Payments of future dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors after taking into account various factors, including our business, operating results and financial condition, current and anticipated cash needs, plans for expansion and any legal or contractual limitations on our ability to pay dividends. Accordingly, shares of common stock should not be purchased by persons who need or desire dividend income from their investment.

We are an "emerging growth company," and the reduced regulatory and reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make our common stock less attractive to investors.

        We are an "emerging growth company," as described in the JOBS Act. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of reduced regulatory and reporting requirements that are otherwise generally applicable to public companies. These include, without limitation, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced financial reporting requirements, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation, and exemptions from the requirements of holding non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation and golden parachute payments. The JOBS Act also permits an "emerging growth company" such as us to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We have elected to, and expect to continue to, take advantage of certain of these and other exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company.

46


Table of Contents

        In addition, even if we comply with the greater disclosure obligations of public companies that are not emerging growth companies immediately after this offering, we may avail ourselves of these reduced requirements applicable to emerging growth companies from time to time in the future, so long as we are an emerging growth company. We will remain an emerging growth company for up to five years, unless we earlier cease to be an emerging growth company, which would occur if our annual gross revenues exceed $1.07 billion, if we issue more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt in a three-year period, or if the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $700.0 million as of any June 30 before that time, in which case we would no longer be an emerging growth company as of the following December 31. Investors and securities analysts may find it more difficult to evaluate our common stock because we may rely on one or more of these exemptions, and, as a result, investors may find our common stock less attractive if we rely on the exemptions, which may result in a less active trading market, increased volatility in our stock price and investor confidence and the market price of our common stock may be materially and adversely affected

Because we have elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards for an emerging growth company, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with these accounting standards as of the public company effective dates.

        We have elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards under Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. This election allows us to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until those standards apply to private companies. As a result of this election, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with these accounting standards as of the public company effective dates. Because our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates, investors may have difficulty evaluating or comparing our business, financial results or prospects in comparison to other public companies, which may have a negative impact on the value and liquidity of our common stock. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we plan to rely on this exemption. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

Our principal shareholders and their affiliates own a substantial portion of our outstanding equity, and their interests may not always coincide with the interests of other holders.

        After giving effect to this offering, we expect that [     ·     ] of our current shareholders, including [     ·     ] members of our board of directors, will collectively hold shares representing approximately [     ·     ]% of our outstanding voting power (or [     ·     ]% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full). As a result, these shareholders could potentially have significant influence over all matters presented to our shareholders for approval, including election and removal of our directors and change in control transactions. The interests of such shareholders may not always coincide with the interests of the other holders of our common stock.

47


Table of Contents


CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This prospectus contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws. These forward-looking statements reflect our current views with respect to, among other things, future events and our financial performance. These statements are often, but not always, made through the use of words or phrases such as "may," "might," "should," "could," "predict," "potential," "believe," "expect," "continue," "will," "anticipate," "seek," "estimate," "intend," "plan," "projection," "goal," "target," "outlook," "aim," "would," "annualized" and "outlook," or the negative version of those words or other comparable words or phrases of a future or forward-looking nature. These forward-looking statements are not historical facts, and are based on current expectations, estimates and projections about our industry, management's beliefs and certain assumptions made by management, many of which, by their nature, are inherently uncertain and beyond our control. Accordingly, we caution you that any such forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks, assumptions, estimates and uncertainties that are difficult to predict. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable as of the date made, actual results may prove to be materially different from the results expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

        A number of important factors could cause our actual results to differ materially from those indicated in these forward-looking statements, including those factors identified in "Risk Factors" or "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" or the following:

    business and economic conditions, particularly those affecting the financial services industry and our primary market areas;

    our ability to successfully manage our credit risk and the sufficiency of our allowance for loan loss;

    factors that can impact the performance of our loan portfolio, including real estate values and liquidity in our primary market areas, the financial health of our commercial borrowers and the success of construction projects that we finance, including any loans acquired in acquisition transactions;

    compliance with governmental and regulatory requirements, including the Dodd-Frank Act and others relating to banking, consumer protection, securities and tax matters, and our ability to maintain licenses required in connection with commercial mortgage origination, sale and servicing operations;

    the impact of recent and future legislative and regulatory changes, including changes in banking, securities, tax and trade laws and regulations, and their application by our regulators;

    the occurrence of fraudulent activity, breaches or failures of our information security controls or cybersecurity-related incidents;

    interruptions involving our information technology and telecommunications systems or third-party servicers;

    risks related to our acquisition strategy, including our ability to identify suitable acquisition candidates, exposure to potential asset and credit quality risks and unknown or contingent liabilities, the time and costs of integrating systems, procedures and personnel, the need for capital to finance such transactions, our ability to obtain required regulatory approvals and possible failures in realizing the anticipated benefits from acquisitions;

    our ability to effectively execute our strategic plan and manage our growth;

    accounting treatment for loans acquired in connection with our acquisitions;

48


Table of Contents

    changes in our senior management team and our ability to attract, motivate and retain qualified personnel;

    governmental monetary and fiscal policies;

    interest rate risks associated with our business;

    liquidity issues, including our ability to raise additional capital, if necessary;

    fluctuations in the values of the securities held in our securities portfolio;

    the effectiveness of our risk management framework;

    the costs and obligations associated with being a public company;

    effects of competition within our market areas from a wide variety of local, regional, national and other providers of financial, investment and insurance services;

    our dependence on non-core funding sources and our cost of funds;

    our ability to maintain our reputation;

    the impact of any claims or legal actions to which we may be subject, including any effect on our reputation; and

    risks related to this offering.

        The foregoing factors should not be construed as exhaustive and should be read together with the other cautionary statements included in this prospectus. Because of these risks and other uncertainties, our actual future results, performance or achievement, or industry results, may be materially different from the results indicated by the forward-looking statements in this prospectus. In addition, our past results of operations are not necessarily indicative of our future results. You should not rely on any forward-looking statements, which represent our beliefs, assumptions and estimates only as of the dates on which they were made, as predictions of future events. Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which it is made, and we do not undertake any obligation to update or review any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise.

49


Table of Contents


USE OF PROCEEDS

        We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses, will be approximately $             million (or approximately $             million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares from us in full), based on an assumed public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed public offering price of $            per share would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $             million (or approximately $             million if the underwriters exercise their purchase option in full). We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling shareholders.

        We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including to increase capital levels to support further organic growth, including the planned opening of two new banking centers in 2019 and 2020, and, potentially, to fund future acquisitions. We do not have any current plans, arrangements, or understandings to make any acquisitions at this time. We estimate that the cost to open each new banking center will be approximately $750 thousand. We do not have any current specific plan for such remaining net proceeds, and do not have any current plans, arrangements or understandings to make any acquisitions. Our management will retain broad discretion to allocate the net proceeds of this offering. The precise amounts and timing of our use of the proceeds will depend upon market conditions, among other factors.

50


Table of Contents


DIVIDEND POLICY

General

        On March 15, 2018, we declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.03 per share for shareholders of record on March 31, 2018, payable on April 15, 2018, but we had not historically declared or paid dividends prior to that date. We have no obligation to pay dividends, and we may change our dividend policy at any time without notice to our shareholders. Any future determination to pay dividends on our common stock will be made by our board of directors and will depend upon our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements, regulatory and contractual restrictions, our business strategy and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant. Subject to those considerations, we currently expect that our board of directors will continue to declare a quarterly cash dividend following the completion of this offering.

Dividend Restrictions

        As a Michigan corporation, we are subject to certain restrictions on dividends under the Michigan Business Corporation Act, as amended. Generally, a Michigan corporation is prohibited from paying a dividend if, after giving effect to the dividend the corporation would not be able to pay its debts as the debts become due in the usual course of business, or the corporation's total assets would be less than the sum of its total liabilities plus the amount that would be needed if the corporation were to be dissolved at the time of the distribution to satisfy the preferential rights upon dissolution of shareholders whose preferential rights are superior to those receiving the distribution.

        In addition, we are subject to certain restrictions on the payment of cash dividends as a result of banking laws, regulations and policies. See "Supervision and Regulation—Regulation and Supervision of the Company—Dividend Payments." Because we are a bank holding company and do not engage directly in business activities of a material nature outside the Bank, our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders depends, in large part, upon our receipt of dividends from the Bank, which is also subject to numerous limitations on the payment of dividends under federal and state banking laws, regulations and policies. See "Supervision and Regulation—Regulation and Supervision of the Bank—Dividend Payments."

        Under the terms of our subordinated notes issued in December 2015, we are not permitted to declare or pay any dividends on our capital stock if an event of default occurs under the terms of the subordinated note, excluding any dividends or distributions in shares of, or options, warrants or rights to subscribe for or purchase shares of, any class of our common stock and any declaration of a dividend in connection with the implementation of a shareholders' rights plan. Additionally, under the terms of such notes, we are not permitted to declare or pay any dividends on our capital stock if we are not "well capitalized" for regulatory purposes immediately prior to the declaration of such dividend, except for dividends payable solely in shares of the Company's common stock.

51


Table of Contents


CAPITALIZATION

        The following table shows our capitalization, including regulatory capital ratios, on a consolidated basis, as of December 31, 2017, on an actual basis and on an as adjusted basis after giving effect to the net proceeds from the sale by us of            shares (assuming the underwriters do not exercise their overallotment option) at an assumed public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses.

        You should read the following table in conjunction with the sections titled "Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," and our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  As of December 31, 2017  
 
  Actual   As Adjusted  
 
  (dollars in thousands,
except share data)

 

Long-Term Debt:

             

Subordinated Notes(1)

  $ 14,844   $ 14,844  

Total Long-Term Debt

  $ 14,844   $ 14,844  

Shareholders' Equity:

   
 
   
 
 

Preferred Stock, No Par Value, 50,000 Shares Authorized; No Shares Outstanding Actual and As Adjusted

           

Common Stock, No Par Value, 20,000,000 Shares Authorized; 6,435,461 Shares Outstanding Actual; Shares Outstanding As Adjusted

  $ 59,511   $    

Retained Earnings

    49,232        

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Net of Tax

    (783 )      

Total Shareholders' Equity

  $ 107,960   $    

Total Capitalization

  $ 122,804   $    

Capital Ratios:

             

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital Ratio

    9.10 %     %

Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio

    9.10        

Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio

    11.55        

Tier 1 Leverage Ratio

    7.92        

Tangible Shareholders' Equity to Tangible Assets(2)

    7.58        

        (1)   Includes subordinated notes of $15.0 million and debt issuance costs of $156 thousand.

        (2)   Tangible Shareholders' Equity to Tangible Assets is a non-GAAP financial measure. For more information on this financial measure, including a reconciliation to the most directly comparable financial measure, see "Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data—GAAP Reconciliation and Management Explanation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures."

52


Table of Contents


DILUTION

        If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will experience immediate book value dilution to the extent the public offering price per share exceeds our net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering. Net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding.

        Our net tangible book value at December 31, 2017 was $97.9 million, or $15.21 per share based on the number of shares outstanding as of such date. After giving effect to our sale of            shares in this offering at an assumed public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses, our as adjusted net tangible book value at December 31, 2017 would have been approximately $             million, or $            per share. Therefore, under those assumptions this offering would result in an immediate increase of $            in the net tangible book value per share to our existing shareholders, and immediate dilution of $            in the net tangible book value per share to investors purchasing shares in this offering. The following table illustrates this per share dilution.

 
   
   
 

Assumed public offering price per share

        $    

Net tangible book value per share at December 31, 2017

  $ 15.21        

Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to this offering

             

As adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

             

Dilution in net tangible book value per share to new investors

        $    

        If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares from us in full, the as adjusted net tangible book value after giving effect to this offering would be $            per share. This represents an increase in net tangible book value of $            per share to existing shareholders and dilution of $            per share to new investors.

        A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our net tangible book value by $             million, or $            per share, and the dilution to new investors by $            per share, assuming no change to the number of shares offered by us as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses.

        The following table sets forth information regarding the shares issued to, and consideration paid by, our existing shareholders and the shares to be issued to, and consideration to be paid by, investors in this offering at an assumed public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the price range on the cover of this prospectus, before deducting underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses.

 
  Shares acquired   Total consideration    
 
 
  Number   Percent   Amount
(in thousands)
  Percent   Average price
per share
 

Shareholders as of March 1, 2018(1)

    6,583,676       % $ 60,423       % $ 9.29  

Investors in this offering

                               

Total

          100.0 % $       100.0 % $    

(1)
If all of our outstanding options are exercised, then the number and percent of shares acquired would increase to 6,890,709 and        %, respectively, and the amount and percentage of total

53


Table of Contents

    consideration would increase to $66,647 and        %, respectively, and the average price per share would increase to $9.67.

        The table above includes 60,421 shares of restricted stock that had not vested as of March 1, 2018, and excludes:

    386,318 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options outstanding at March 1, 2018 at a weighted average exercise price of $15.33 per share; and

    250,000 shares of common stock available for future awards under our 2018 Equity Incentive Plan, which we expect to be approved by shareholders prior to the completion of this offering, 6,000 of which will be the subject of restricted stock awards to be granted to certain of our employees at the time of the pricing of this offering.

        To the extent that any of the outstanding stock options are exercised, investors participating in this offering will experience further dilution. In particular, if all of such options were exercised, investors in this offering would experience dilution of $            in net tangible book value per share relative to our net tangible book value per share of $15.21 at December 31, 2017.

54


Table of Contents


SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

        The following table sets forth selected historical consolidated financial data as of the dates and for the periods shown. The selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 and income statement data for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 2015, has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements that do not appear in this prospectus.

 
  As of and for the years ended
December 31,
 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
  2017   2016   2015  

Earnings Summary

                   

Interest income

  $ 55,607   $ 52,903   $ 41,335  

Interest expense

    8,078     5,832     3,792  

Net interest income

    47,529     47,071     37,543  

Provision for loan losses

    1,416     3,925     1,359  

Noninterest income

    6,502     6,407     7,214  

Noninterest expense

    36,051     32,407     24,888  

Income before income taxes

    16,564     17,146     18,510  

Income tax provision

    6,723     6,100     5,982  

Net income

    9,841     11,046     12,528  

Less: Preferred stock dividends

            112  

Net income attributable to common shareholders

    9,841     11,046     12,416  

Per Share Data

                   

Basic earnings per common share

  $ 1.54   $ 1.74   $ 1.97  

Diluted earnings per common share

    1.49     1.69     1.92  

Book value per common share

    16.78     15.21     13.57  

Tangible book value per share(1)

    15.21     13.59     12.75  

Shares outstanding (in thousands)

    6,435     6,351     6,310  

Average basic common shares (in thousands)

    6,388     6,341     6,307  

Average diluted common shares (in thousands)

    6,610     6,549     6,463  

Selected Period End Balances

                   

Total assets

  $ 1,301,291   $ 1,127,531   $ 924,663  

Securities available-for-sale

    150,969     100,533     116,702  

Total loans

    1,034,923     953,393     759,718  

Total deposits

    1,120,382     924,924     784,115  

Total liabilities

    1,193,331     1,030,960     839,029  

Total shareholders' equity

    107,960     96,571     85,634  

Tangible shareholders' equity(1)

    97,906     86,283     80,438  

55


Table of Contents

 
  As of and for the years ended
December 31,
 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
  2017   2016   2015  

Performance and Capital Ratios

                   

Return on average assets(2)

    0.82 %   1.05 %   1.43 %

Return on average equity(3)

    9.45     11.93     13.56  

Net interest margin (fully taxable equivalent)(4)

    4.18     4.73     4.60  

Total shareholders' equity to total assets

    8.30     8.56     9.26  

Tangible shareholders' equity to tangible assets(1)

    7.58     7.72     8.75  

Common equity tier 1 capital ratio

    9.10     8.72     10.28  

Tier 1 leverage ratio

    7.92     7.95     8.89  

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

    9.10     8.72     10.28  

Total risk-based capital ratio

    11.55     11.28     13.14  

Asset Quality Ratios

                   

Net charge-offs (recoveries) to average loans

    0.08 %   0.08 %   (0.14 )%

Nonperforming assets as a percentage of total assets

    1.13     1.36     0.18  

Nonperforming loans as a percentage of total loans

    1.36     1.58     0.21  

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of period-end loans

    1.13     1.16     1.04  

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of nonperforming loans

    83.38     73.76     484.94  

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of nonperforming loans, excluding allowance allocated to loans accounted for under ASC 310-30

    75.68     68.13     444.99  

(1)
See section entitled "GAAP Reconciliation and Management Explanation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures" below.

(2)
The return on average assets for 2017 excluding the one-time additional expense of $1.3 million relating to the revaluation of our deferred tax asset would have been 0.92%. This adjusted percentage for 2017 is a non-GAAP financial measure. See section entitled "GAAP Reconciliation and Management Explanation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures" below.

(3)
The return on average equity for 2017 excluding the one-time additional expense of $1.3 million relating to the revaluation of our deferred tax asset would have been 10.69%. This adjusted percentage for 2017 is a non-GAAP financial measure. See section entitled "GAAP Reconciliation and Management Explanation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures" below.

(4)
Tax-exempt securities are presented on a tax equivalent basis using a 35% tax rate for all periods presented.

56


Table of Contents

GAAP Reconciliation and Management Explanation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

        Some of the financial measures included in this prospectus are not measures of financial performance recognized by GAAP. These non-GAAP financial measures include tangible shareholders' equity, tangible book value per share, the ratio of tangible shareholders' equity to tangible assets, adjusted return on average assets (excluding remeasurement due to tax reform), and adjusted return on average equity (excluding remeasurement due to tax reform). Our management uses these non-GAAP financial measures in its analysis of our performance, and we believe financial analysts and others frequently use these measures, and other similar measures, to evaluate capital adequacy. We calculate: (i) tangible shareholders' equity as total shareholders' equity less core deposit intangibles and goodwill; (ii) tangible book value per share as tangible shareholders' equity divided by shares of common stock outstanding; (iii) tangible assets as total assets, less core deposit intangibles, less goodwill; (iv) adjusted return on average assets (excluding remeasurement due to tax reform) as net income less the expense of remeasurement due to tax reform, divided by average assets; and (v) adjusted return on average equity (excluding remeasurement due to tax reform) as net income less the expense of remeasurement due to tax reform, divided by average equity.

        Our management, banking regulators, many financial analysts and other investors use these measures in conjunction with more traditional bank capital ratios to compare the capital adequacy of banking organizations with significant amounts of goodwill or other intangible assets, which typically stem from the use of the purchase accounting method of accounting for mergers and acquisitions. These non-GAAP financial measures and related measures should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for total shareholders' equity, total assets, book value per share, return on average assets, return on average equity or any other measure calculated in accordance with GAAP. Moreover, the manner in which we calculate these non-GAAP financial measures may differ from that of other companies reporting measures with similar names. The following presents these non-GAAP financial

57


Table of Contents

measures along with their most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP:

 
  As of and for the years ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
  2017   2016   2015  

Total shareholders' equity

  $ 107,960   $ 96,571   $ 85,634  

Less:

                   

Goodwill

    9,387     9,387     4,549  

Core deposit intangibles

    667     901     647  

Tangible shareholders' equity

  $ 97,906   $ 86,283   $ 80,438  

Shares outstanding

    6,435     6,351     6,310  

Tangible book value per share

  $ 15.21   $ 13.59   $ 12.75  

Total assets

  $ 1,301,291   $ 1,127,531   $ 924,663  

Less:

                   

Goodwill

    9,387     9,387     4,549  

Core deposit intangibles

    667     901     647  

Tangible assets

  $ 1,291,237   $ 1,117,243   $ 919,467  

Tangible shareholders' equity to tangible assets

    7.58 %   7.72 %   8.75 %

 

Adjusted ratios for 2017 Tax Reform
   
   
   
 

Net Income

  $ 9,841              

Remeasurement due to tax reform

    1,293              

Adjusted net income

  $ 11,134              

Average assets

  $ 1,203,955              

Average equity

    104,106              

Adjusted return on average assets (excluding remeasurement due to tax reform)

   
0.92

%
           

Adjusted return on average equity (excluding remeasurement due to tax reform)

    10.69 %            

58


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the "Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data" and our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Certain risks, uncertainties and other factors, including but not limited to those set forth under "Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements," "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus, may cause actual results to differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. We assume no obligation to update any of these forward-looking statements.

Overview

        Level One Bancorp, Inc. is a bank holding company headquartered in Farmington Hills, Michigan, with its primary branch operations in southeastern Michigan and Grand Rapids, Michigan. Through our wholly owned subsidiary, Level One Bank, we offer a broad range of loan products to the residential and commercial markets, as well as retail and business banking services.

        Since 2007, we have grown substantially through organic growth and a series of four successful acquisitions, all of which have been fully integrated into our operations. We have made significant investments over the last several years in hiring additional staff and upgrading technology and system security. In 2016, we opened our first branch in the Grand Rapids market and we plan on expanding our footprint in western Michigan in the future. In the third quarter of 2017, we opened our second location in Bloomfield Township located in Oakland County.

        As of December 31, 2017, the Company had total consolidated assets of $1.30 billion, total consolidated deposits of $1.12 billion and total consolidated shareholders' equity of $108.0 million. Total assets increased $173.8 million, or 15.4%, to $1.30 billion at December 31, 2017 from $1.13 billion at December 31, 2016, primarily resulting from growth in both our securities and loan portfolios.

        We continue to focus on growing our commercial business, commercial real estate and residential mortgage lending portfolios. At December 31, 2017, we had $1.03 billion in total loans. Of this amount $114.0 million, or 11.0%, consisted of loans we acquired (all of which were recorded to their estimated fair values at the time of acquisition), and $920.9 million, or 89.0%, consisted of loans we originated.

        We had net income of $9.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to $11.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. We had net income attributable to common shareholders of $11.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to $12.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015.

Critical Accounting Policies

        Our audited consolidated financial statements are prepared based on the application of accounting policies generally accepted in the United States. These policies require the reliance on estimates and assumptions, which may prove inaccurate or are subject to variations. Changes in underlying factors, assumptions, or estimates could have a material impact on our future financial condition and results of operations. The most critical of these significant accounting policies are discussed below.

        Securities.     Debt securities are classified as available for sale when they might be sold before maturity. Securities available for sale are carried at fair value, with unrealized holding gains and losses reported in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax. Interest income includes amortization of purchase premium or discount. Premiums and discounts on securities are amortized on the level-yield method. Gains and losses on sales are recorded on the trade date and determined using the specific identification method Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment at

59


Table of Contents

least on a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market conditions warrant such an evaluation.

        Purchased Credit Impaired Loans.     The Company purchases individual loans and groups of loans, some of which have shown evidence of credit deterioration since origination. These purchased credit impaired (PCI) loans are recorded at the amount paid or at fair value at acquisition in a business combination, such that there is no carryover of the seller's allowance for loan losses. After acquisition, losses are recognized by an increase in the allowance for loan losses.

        These PCI loans are accounted for individually or aggregated into pools of loans based on common risk characteristics such as, credit grade, loan type, and date of origination. The Company estimates the amount and timing of expected cash flows for each purchased loan or pool, and the expected cash flows in excess of amount paid is recorded as interest income over the remaining life of the loan or pool (accretable yield). The excess of the loan's or pool's contractual principal and interest over expected cash flows is not recorded (nonaccretable difference).

        Over the life of the loan or pool, expected cash flows continue to be estimated. If the present value of expected cash flows is less than the carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognized by establishing an allocation for the loan or pool in the allowance for loan losses. If the present value of expected cash flows is greater than the carrying amount, it is recognized, prospectively, as loan interest income.

        Allowance for Loan Losses.     The allowance for loan losses is a valuation allowance for probable incurred credit losses. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. Management estimates the allowance balance required using past loan loss experience, the nature and volume of the portfolio, information about specific borrower situations and estimated collateral values, economic conditions, and other factors. Allocations of the allowance may be made for specific loans, but the entire allowance is available for any loan that, in management's judgment, should be charged off.

        The allowance consists of specific and general components. The specific component relates to loans that are individually classified as impaired. A loan is impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower's prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed.

        Commercial and commercial real estate loans over $250 thousand are individually evaluated for impairment. If a loan is impaired, a portion of the allowance is allocated so that the loan is reported, net, at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan's existing rate or at the fair value of collateral if repayment is expected solely from the collateral. Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans, such as consumer and residential real estate loans, are collectively evaluated for impairment, and accordingly, they are not separately identified for impairment disclosures.

        Loans for which the terms have been modified resulting in a concession, and for which the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties, are considered troubled debt restructurings, are classified as impaired, regardless of size, and are measured for impairment based upon the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan's effective rate at inception or, if considered to collateral

60


Table of Contents

dependent, based upon the fair value of the collateral. For troubled debt restructurings that subsequently default, the Company determines the amount of reserve in accordance with the accounting policy for the allowance for loan losses.

        An allowance for loan losses for purchased credit impaired loans is recorded when projected future cash flows decrease. The measurement of impairment on these loans or pools of loans is based upon the excess of the loan or pool's carrying value over the present value of the projected future cash flows, discounted at the last accounting yield applicable to the loan or pool of loans.

        The general component covers non-impaired loans and is based on historical loss experience adjusted for current factors. The historical loss experience is determined by portfolio segment and is based on the actual loss history experienced by the Company over the most recent 36 months in addition to considering peer loss experience. This actual loss experience is supplemented with other economic factors based on the risks present for each portfolio segment. These economic factors include consideration of the following: levels of and trends in delinquencies and impaired loans; levels of and trends in charge-offs and recoveries; trends in volume and terms of loans; effects of any changes in risk selection and underwriting standards; other changes in lending policies, procedures, and practices; experience, ability, and depth of lending management and other relevant staff; national and local economic trends and conditions; industry conditions; and effects of changes in credit concentrations. The following portfolio segments have been identified:

        Commercial Real Estate.     Commercial real estate loans are secured by a mortgage lien on the real property. Owner-occupied real estate loans generally are considered to carry less risk than non-owner occupied real estate (properties) because regulators consider them to be less sensitive to the condition of the commercial real estate market. Repayment is based on the operations of the business. Investment real estate loans rely on rental income for loan repayment, which involves risk such as rent rollover, tenants going out of business, competitive properties in the area. Construction and land development loans generally are considered the riskiest class of commercial real estate, due to possible cost overruns, contractor/lien issues, loss of tenant, etc. Risk of loss is managed by adherence to standard loan policies that establish certain levels of performance prior to the extension of a loan to the borrower.

        Commercial and Industrial Loans.     Commercial and industrial loans have varying degrees of risk, but overall are considered to have less risk than commercial real estate. These loans are generally short-term in nature and are almost always backed by collateral. Unsecured commercial loans are supported by strong borrowers or guarantors in terms of liquidity, net worth, cash flow, etc. Collateral security of these loans is relatively liquid (i.e., accounts receivable, inventory, equipment) and readily available to cover potential loan loss. Credit risk is managed through standardized loan policies, established and authorized credit limits, portfolio management and the diversification of industries.

        Residential Real Estate and Consumer.     Our residential real estate and consumer loan portfolios, unlike commercial, tend to be composed of many relatively homogeneous loans. Loan repayment is based on personal cash flow. To assess the risk of a consumer loan request, loan purpose, collateral, debt to income ratio, credit bureau report, and cash flow/ employment verification are analyzed. A certain level of security is provided through liens on credits supported by collateral.

        Income Taxes.     Income tax expense or benefit is the total of the current year income tax due or refundable and the change in deferred tax assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are the expected future tax amounts for the temporary differences between carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities, computed using enacted tax rates. A valuation allowance, if needed, reduces deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. A tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is "more likely than not" that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur. The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that

61


Table of Contents

is greater than 50% likely of being realized on examination. For tax positions not meeting the "more likely than not" test, no tax benefit is recorded. The Company recognizes interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense.

        On December 22, 2017, the U.S government enacted the TCJA, a comprehensive tax legislation, which reduced the federal income tax rate for C corporations from 35% to 21%, effective January 1, 2018. As a result of the reduction in the U.S corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%, the Company remeasured its ending net deferred tax assets. The Company recognized a $1.3 million tax expense in the Consolidated Statement of Income for the year ended December 31, 2017 as a result of the TCJA, of which the expense recorded is primarily attributable to the remeasurement of net deferred tax assets. See Note 10 to the audited consolidated financial statements.

Material Trends and Uncertainties

        The results of our operations are highly dependent on the regulatory environment, economic conditions and market interest rates. As a result of regulatory changes, including the Dodd-Frank Act and Basel III, we are subject to restrictive capital requirements and heightened examination and reporting requirements. We also expect to face a more challenging environment for customer loan demand due to the increased costs that could be ultimately borne by borrowers. We also expect to incur increased costs to comply with these regulations, and with rules and regulations that will be newly applicable to us as a public company. These costs and uncertainties could have a detrimental impact on our ability to manage our business consistent with historical practices and cause difficulty in executing our growth plan. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business" and "Supervision and Regulation."

Results of Operations

Net Income

        We had net income for the year ended December 31, 2017 of $9.8 million, or $1.49 per diluted common share, compared to $11.0 million, or $1.69 per diluted common share, for the year ended December 31, 2016. The decrease of $1.2 million in net income attributable to common shareholders in 2017 primarily reflects an increase in noninterest expense of $3.7 million, partially offset by a decrease in provision for loan losses of $2.5 million.

        We had net income attributable to common shareholders of $11.0 million, or $1.69 per diluted common share, compared to $12.4 million, or $1.92 per diluted common share, for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The decrease of $1.4 million in net income attributable to common shareholders in 2017 primarily reflects an increase in noninterest expense of $7.5 million, an increase of $2.6 million in provision for loan losses and a decrease in noninterest income of $807 thousand, partially offset by an increase in net interest income of $9.5 million.

Net Interest Income

        Net interest income is the difference between interest income and yield-related fees earned on assets and interest expense paid on liabilities. The "Rate/Volume Analysis" tables describe the extent to which changes in interest rates and changes in volume of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities have affected our net interest income on a fully taxable equivalent (FTE) basis for the periods presented.

        We had net interest income of $47.5 million and $47.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The year ended December 31, 2017 included a $2.7 million increase in interest income as well as a $2.2 million increase in interest expense compared to 2016. The increase in interest income was primarily driven by an increase of $1.3 million in interest and fees on loans and an

62


Table of Contents

increase of $1.0 million in interest income from investment securities, whereas the increase in interest expense was primarily driven by an increase of $1.8 million in deposit interest expense. The change in interest and fees on loans and interest income from investment securities for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to 2016, was primarily driven by the growth in total loans and investment securities portfolios. The increase in deposit interest expense during the year ended December 31, 2017 was primarily due to an increase in deposits as well as higher average rates paid on deposits compared to 2016.

        Our net interest margin (FTE) for the year ended December 31, 2017 decreased 55 basis points to 4.18% from 4.73% for 2016. Our net interest margin benefits from discount accretion on our purchased credit impaired loan portfolios, a component of our accretable yield. The accretable yield represents the excess of the net present value of expected future cash flows over the acquisition date fair value and includes both the expected coupon of the loan and the discount accretion. The accretable yield is recognized as interest income over the expected remaining life of the purchased credit impaired loan. The difference between the actual yield earned on total loans and the yield generated based on the contractual coupon (not including any interest income for loans in nonaccrual status) represents excess accretable yield. The contractual coupon of the loan considers the contractual coupon rates of the loan and does not include any interest income for loans in nonaccrual status. For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, the average yield on total loans was 5.35% and 5.74%, respectively. The yield on total loans was impacted by 46 basis points and 83 basis points, respectively, due to the accretable yield on purchased credit impaired loans. Our net interest margin for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, benefited by 39 basis points and 73 basis points, respectively, as a result of the excess accretable yield. As of December 31, 2017, and December 31, 2016, our accretable yield was $14.5 million and $19.9 million, respectively, and our nonaccretable difference was $10.1 million and $12.0 million, respectively.

        Our net interest income was $47.1 million for 2016, an increase of $9.6 million from $37.5 million for 2015. The increase in net interest income in 2016 compared to 2015 resulted primarily from a $12.0 million increase in interest and fees on loans. The increase in interest income earned on loans during 2016 is reflective of the $200.6 million increase in average balance of loans between the two years.

        The net interest margin (FTE) increased 13 basis points to 4.73% in 2016, from 4.60% in 2015. For the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, the average yield on total loans was 5.74% and 5.67%, respectively. The yield on total loans was impacted by 83 basis points and 68 basis points, respectively, due to the accretable yield on purchased credit impaired loans. Our net interest margin for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, benefited by 73 basis points and 57 basis points, respectively, as a result of the excess accretable yield.

        The following tables set forth information related to our average balance sheet, average yields on assets, and average rates of liabilities for the periods indicated. We derived these yields by dividing income or expense by the average balance of the corresponding assets or liabilities. We derived average balances from the daily balances throughout the periods indicated. In these tables, adjustments are made to the yields on tax-exempt assets in order to present tax-exempt income and fully taxable income on a comparable basis.

63


Table of Contents

Analysis of Net Interest Income—Fully Taxable Equivalent

 
  For the year ended December 31,  
 
  2017   2016   2015  
(Dollars in thousands)
  Average
Balance
  Interest
Income/
Expense(1)
  Average
Rate/
Yield(2)
  Average
Balance
  Interest
Income/
Expense(1)
  Average
Rate/
Yield(2)
  Average
Balance
  Interest
Income/
Expense(1)
  Average
Rate/
Yield(2)
 

Interest-earning assets:

                                                       

Gross loans(3)

  $ 973,013   $ 52,043     5.35 % $ 883,702   $ 50,727     5.74 % $ 683,068   $ 38,740     5.67 %

Investment securities(4):

                                                       

Taxable

    84,899     1,746     2.06     67,160     1,431     2.13     81,016     1,674     2.07  

Tax-exempt

    38,935     955     3.57     19,198     441     3.37     29,261     674     3.41  

Interest-earning cash balances

    43,540     507     1.16     24,117     124     0.51     26,265     70     0.27  

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

    8,163     356     4.36     4,378     180     4.11     4,159     177     4.26  

Total interest-earning assets

    1,148,550     55,607     4.88     998,555     52,903     5.32     823,769     41,335     5.06  

Non-earning assets:

                                                       

Cash and due from banks

    18,590                 17,246                 13,505              

Premises and equipment

    14,576                 14,124                 11,650              

Goodwill

    9,387                 8,594                 3,831              

Other intangible assets, net

    789                 949                 685              

Bank-owned life insurance

    11,365                 6,475                 3,459              

Allowance for loan losses

    (11,466 )               (8,761 )               (6,491 )            

Other non-earning assets

    12,164                 10,762                 19,758              

Total assets

  $ 1,203,955               $ 1,047,944               $ 870,166              

Interest-bearing liabilities:

                                                       

Deposits:

                                                       

Interest-bearing demand deposits

  $ 59,274   $ 169     0.29 % $ 57,816   $ 148     0.26 % $ 47,577   $ 129     0.27 %

Money market and savings deposits

    259,449     1,605     0.62     255,513     1,123     0.44     218,232     876     0.40  

Time deposits

    373,762     4,493     1.20     311,283     3,228     1.04     266,168     2,507     0.94  

Subordinated notes

    14,813     1,014     6.85     14,761     1,015     6.88     451     28     6.21  

Borrowings

    80,283     797     0.99     40,961     318     0.78     49,070     252     0.51  

Total interest-bearing liabilities

    787,581     8,078     1.03     680,334     5,832     0.86     581,498     3,792     0.65  

Noninterest-bearing liabilities and shareholders' equity:

                                                       

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits

    301,971                 267,831                 190,418              

Other liabilities

    10,297                 7,179                 6,664              

Shareholders' equity

    104,106                 92,600                 91,586              

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

  $ 1,203,955               $ 1,047,944               $ 870,166              

Net interest income

        $ 47,529               $ 47,071               $ 37,543        

Interest spread

                3.85 %               4.46 %               4.41 %

Net interest margin(5)

                4.14 %               4.71 %               4.56 %

Tax equivalent effect

                0.04 %               0.02 %               0.04 %

Net interest margin on a fully tax equivalent basis

                4.18 %               4.73 %               4.60 %

(1)
Interest income is shown on actual basis and does not include taxable equivalent adjustments.

(2)
Average rates and yields are presented on an annual basis and include a taxable equivalent adjustment to interest income of $434 thousand, $205 thousand and $328 thousand on tax-exempt securities for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, using the statutory tax rate of 35%.

(3)
Includes nonaccrual loans.

(4)
For presentation in this table, average balances and the corresponding average rates for investment securities are based upon historical cost, adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts.

(5)
Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average total interest-earning assets.

64


Table of Contents

Rate/Volume Analysis

        The tables below present the effect of volume and rate changes on interest income and expense for the periods indicated. Changes in volume are changes in the average balance multiplied by the previous year's average rate. Changes in rate are changes in the average rate multiplied by the average balance from the previous year. The net changes attributable to the combined impact of both rate and volume have been allocated proportionately to the changes due to volume and the changes due to rate. The average rate for tax-exempt securities is reported on a fully taxable equivalent basis.

 
  2017 vs 2016  
 
  Increase
(Decrease) Due to:
   
 
 
  Net Increase (Decrease)  
(Dollars in thousands)
  Rate   Volume  

Interest-earning assets

                   

Gross loans

  $ (3,602 ) $ 4,918   $ 1,316  

Investment securities:

                   

Taxable

    (51 )   366     315  

Tax-exempt

    40     702     742  

Interest-earning cash balances

    234     149     383  

FHLB Stock

    12     164     176  

Total interest income

    (3,367 )   6,299     2,932  

Interest-bearing liabilities

                   

Interest-bearing demand deposits

    17     4     21  

Money market and savings deposits

    464     18     482  

Time deposits

    560     705     1,265  

Subordinated debt

    (5 )   4     (1 )

Borrowings

    108     371     479  

Total interest expense

    1,144     1,102     2,246  

Change in net interest income

  $ (4,511 ) $ 5,197   $ 686  

65


Table of Contents


 
  2016 vs 2015  
 
  Increase
(Decrease) Due to:
   
 
 
  Net Increase (Decrease)  
(Dollars in thousands)
  Rate   Volume  

Interest-earning assets

                   

Gross loans

  $ 476   $ 11,511   $ 11,987  

Investment securities:

                   

Taxable

    51     (294 )   (243 )

Tax-exempt

    (17 )   (339 )   (356 )

Interest-earning cash balances

    60     (6 )   54  

FHLB Stock

    (6 )   9     3  

Total interest income

    564     10,881     11,445  

Interest-bearing liabilities

                   

Interest-bearing demand deposits

    (8 )   27     19  

Money market and savings deposits

    88     159     247  

Time deposits

    269     452     721  

Subordinated notes

    3     984     987  

Borrowings

    113     (47 )   66  

Total interest expense

    465     1,575     2,040  

Change in net interest income

  $ 99   $ 9,306   $ 9,405  

Provision for Loan Losses

        We established an allowance for loan losses through a provision for loan losses charged as an expense in our consolidated statements of income. Management reviews the loan portfolio, consisting of originated loans and purchased loans, on a quarterly basis to evaluate the outstanding loans and to measure both the performance of the portfolio and the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses.

        Loans acquired in connection with acquisitions that have evidence of credit deterioration since origination and for which it is probable at the date of acquisition that we will not collect all contractually required principal and interest payments are accounted for under ASC Topic 310-30, Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality , or ASC 310-30. These credit-impaired loans have been recorded at their estimated fair value on the respective acquisition date, based on subjective determinations regarding risk ratings, expected future cash flows and fair value of the underlying collateral, without a carryover of the related allowance for loan losses. At the acquisition date, the Company recognizes the expected shortfall of expected future cash flows, as compared to the contractual amount due, as a nonaccretable discount. Any excess of the net present value of expected future cash flows over the acquisition date fair value is recognized as the accretable discount, or accretable yield. We evaluate these loans semiannually to assess expected cash flows. Subsequent decreases to the expected cash flows will generally result in a provision for loan losses. Subsequent increases in cash flows result in a reversal of the provision for loan losses to the extent of prior charges or a reclassification of the difference from nonaccretable to accretable with a positive impact on interest income. As of December 31, 2017, and December 31, 2016, our accretable yield was $14.5 million and $19.9 million, respectively, and our nonaccretable difference was $10.1 million and $12.0 million, respectively.

        The provision for loan losses was $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to $3.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The decrease of $2.5 million in provision for loan losses in 2017 was primarily due to approximately $1.7 million less provision provided for specific reserve and approximately $648 thousand less provision provided for general reserve related to originated loans due to slower loan growth during the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to

66


Table of Contents

2016. During the year ended December 31, 2017, we recorded $792 thousand in net charge-offs to our allowance for loan losses compared to $726 thousand in net charge-offs during the year ended December 31, 2016. In addition to charge-offs, during the year ended December 31, 2017, the $1.4 million of provision consisted of $511 thousand of general reserve recorded as well as $234 thousand of impairment reserve recorded related to the re-estimation of cash flows on the purchased credit impaired loans, partially offset by a release of a $121 thousand specific reserve. During the year ended December 31, 2017, the amount of our total nonaccrual loans decreased by $1.0 million as compared to an increase of $13.4 million in total nonaccrual loans during the year ended December 31, 2016.

        The provision for loan losses on loans was $3.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase of $2.5 million in the provision for loan losses during 2016 was primarily due to $1.7 million greater net charge-offs and $0.9 million greater specific reserves recorded related to originated loans. Our total nonaccrual loans increased to $15.0 million at December 31, 2016 compared to $1.6 million at December 31, 2015.

        The provision for credit losses on off-balance sheet items, a component of "other expense" in our Consolidated Statements of Income, reflects management's assessment of the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses on lending-related commitments. For a further discussion of the allowance for loan losses, refer to the "Allowance for Loan Losses" section of the management discussion and analysis included in this prospectus.

Noninterest Income

        The following table presents noninterest income for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.

 
  For the years ended
December 31,
 
(Dollars in thousands)
  2017   2016   2015  

Noninterest income

                   

Service charges on deposits

  $ 2,543   $ 1,885   $ 972  

Net gain on sale of securities

    208     926     280  

Net gain on sale of residential mortgage loans

    1,698     2,249     1,701  

Net gain on sale of commercial loans

    146         92  

Gain on FDIC loss share agreement

            3,117  

Other charges and fees

    1,907     1,347     1,052  

Total noninterest income

  $ 6,502   $ 6,407   $ 7,214  

        Noninterest income was $6.5 million and $6.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Noninterest income for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to the year ended December 31, 2016, benefited primarily from an increase in service charges on deposits of $658 thousand, and increases in gain on sale of real estate owned of $202 thousand and BOLI income of $147 thousand, which are included in other charges and fees in the table above. The increases to these items of noninterest income were offset in part by a decrease in net gain on sale of securities of $718 thousand and a decrease in net gain on sale of loans of $405 thousand. The increase in service charges on deposits was driven by deposit growth as well as higher income from MSB due to an increase in fees year over year. The decrease in net gain on sales of securities was due to fewer sales of securities during the year ended December 31, 2017 as a result of fewer market opportunities. The decrease in net gain on sale of loans was driven by a lower volume of loan sales during the year ended December 31, 2017 reflecting decreased loan originations due to reduced refinancing activity as a result of increased home mortgage rates throughout the year.

67


Table of Contents

        Noninterest income decreased $807 thousand to $6.4 million for the full year 2016, from $7.2 million for the full year 2015. The decrease in noninterest income in 2016 compared to 2015 was primarily due to the decrease in gain on FDIC loss share agreement of $3.1 million following the termination of that agreement in 2015, partially offset by an increase in service charges on deposits of $913 thousand, an increase in net gain on sale of securities of $646 thousand and an increase in net gain on sale of loans of $456 thousand. The increase in service charges on deposits in 2016 compared to 2015 was driven by deposit growth as well as increased income from MSB customers. The increase in net gain on sale of securities was primarily the result of higher market opportunities for gains on sale of securities. The increase in net gain on sales of loans was driven by higher volume of loans sales year over year.

Noninterest Expense

        The following table presents noninterest expense for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.

 
  For the years ended
December 31,
 
(Dollars in thousands)
  2017   2016   2015  

Noninterest expense

                   

Salary and employee benefits

  $ 21,555   $ 17,978   $ 14,663  

Occupancy and equipment expense

    4,208     3,370     2,792  

Professional service fees

    2,314     1,189     892  

Acquisition and due diligence fees

        2,684     722  

Marketing expense

    930     806     567  

Printing and supplies expense

    477     468     349  

Data processing expense

    1,912     2,023     1,350  

Other expense

    4,655     3,889     3,553  

Total noninterest expense

  $ 36,051   $ 32,407   $ 24,888  

        Noninterest expenses increased $3.7 million to $36.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, from $32.4 million for 2016. The increase in noninterest expense was primarily due to an increase in salary and employee benefits of $3.6 million, an increase in professional service fees of $1.1 million, and an increase in occupancy and equipment expense of $838 thousand, partially offset by decreases in acquisition and due diligence fees of $2.7 million, which is discussed further below. The increase in noninterest expense excluding acquisition and due diligence fees was $6.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to 2016. The increase in salary and employee benefits for the year ended December 31, 2017, as compared to 2016, resulted from an increase of 23 full-time equivalent employees, with a portion of the increase in headcount due to the opening of the Grand Rapids banking center. The increase in professional service fees was due primarily to regulatory and compliance services as a result of our growth and compliance related costs associated with our acquired MSB business. The increase in occupancy and equipment expense was primarily due to higher software maintenance costs to sustain the growth of the Company as well as higher building rent expense resulting from the opening of a new banking center in Grand Rapids during the year ended December 31, 2017.

        Noninterest expense increased $7.5 million to $32.4 million for the full year 2016, from $24.9 million for the full year 2015. The increase was primarily due to a $3.3 million increase in salary and employee benefits and a $2.0 million increase in acquisition and due diligence fees. The increase in noninterest expense year over year was also impacted by an increase in data processing expense of $673 thousand and an increase in occupancy and equipment expense of $578 thousand. The increase in salary and employee benefits year over year resulted from an increase of 47 full-time equivalent employees, primarily due to the acquisition of Bank of Michigan.

68


Table of Contents

        Acquisition and due diligence fees of $2.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 and $722 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2015 included severance expense, bank acquisition and due diligence fees and bonus payments related to our acquisitions of Bank of Michigan and Lotus Bank, respectively.

Income Taxes and Tax-Related Items

        During the year ended December 31, 2017, we recognized income tax expense of $6.7 million on $16.6 million of pre-tax income resulting in an effective tax rate of 40.6%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2016, in which we recognized an income tax expense of $6.1 million on $17.1 million of pre-tax income, resulting in an effective tax rate of 35.6%. The increase in income tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to 2016 primarily resulted from the Company recognizing an impairment on its deferred tax assets of $1.3 million related to the enactment of the TCJA.

        During the years ended December 31, 2016, and 2015 we recognized income tax expense of $6.1 million on pre-tax income of $17.1 million and $6.0 million on pre-tax income of $18.5 million, respectively. The effective tax rates for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 were 35.6% and 32.3%, respectively.

        On December 22, 2017, the U.S government enacted the TCJA, a comprehensive tax legislation, which reduced the federal income tax rate for C corporations from 35% to 21%, effective January 1, 2018. As a result of the reduction in the U.S corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%, the Company remeasured its ending net deferred tax assets. The Company recognized a $1.3 million tax expense in the Consolidated Statement of Income for the year ended December 31, 2017 as a result of the TCJA, of which the expense recorded is primarily attributable to the remeasurement of net deferred tax assets. Please refer to the income tax footnote in Note 10 to our audited financial statements for further discussion.

Financial Condition

        Total assets were $1.30 billion at December 31, 2017, an increase of $173.8 million compared to $1.13 billion at December 31, 2016. The increase in total assets of $173.8 million was primarily due to an increase of $81.5 million in gross loans, an increase of $50.5 million in securities available-for-sale and an increase in cash and cash equivalents of $44.5 million. The increase in loans was primarily driven by the growth in our commercial and industrial, residential real estate and commercial real estate portfolios. The increase in securities available-for-sale reflects management's decision to invest in liquid assets while retaining accessibility to the funds for potential liquidity needs. The increase in cash and cash equivalents was primarily due to a higher cash balance held with the Federal Reserve Bank at December 31, 2017 compared to the prior year end as a result of management's active efforts to increase cash and on-hand liquidity throughout the year. Management chose to increase cash levels by encouraging deposit inflows from both retail and wholesale sources throughout the fourth quarter of 2017.

        Total assets were $1.13 billion at December 31, 2016, an increase of $202.9 million from $924.7 million at December 31, 2015. The $202.9 million increase for December 31, 2016, compared to December 31, 2015 was primarily due to an increase of $193.7 million in total loans, $7.7 million increase in bank-owned life insurance, $6.2 million increase in loans held for sale and $4.8 million increase in goodwill, partially offset by a decrease in securities available-for-sale of $16.2 million. The increase in loans reflects the year over year loan growth in the Bank's portfolio primarily driven by growth in our commercial and industrial and commercial real estate portfolios, as well as $91.7 million of loans acquired through the Bank of Michigan acquisition. The increase in the bank-owned life insurance is as a result of the Company purchasing additional life insurance on certain officers. The

69


Table of Contents

increase in goodwill was due to the goodwill resulting from the acquisition of Bank of Michigan. The decrease in securities available-for-sale resulted from market opportunities for sales of securities.

Investment Securities

        The following table presents the fair value of the Company's investment securities portfolio, all of which were classified as available-for-sale as of December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015:

(Dollars in thousands)
  December 31,
2017
  December 31,
2016
  December 31,
2015
 

Securities available-for-sale:

                   

U.S. government sponsored entities and agencies

  $   $   $ 3,339  

State and political subdivision

    53,224     24,441     29,949  

Mortgage-backed securities: residential

    8,431     7,206     12,900  

Mortgage-backed securities: commercial

    9,819     4,889     4,564  

Collateralized mortgage obligations: residential

    19,221     24,473     26,593  

Collateralized mortgage obligations: commercial

    20,557     6,533     16,188  

US Treasury

    23,573     29,569     12,920  

SBA

    12,616     1,395     9,694  

Corporate Bonds

    3,528     2,027     555  

Total securities available-for-sale              

  $ 150,969   $ 100,533   $ 116,702  

        The composition of our investment securities portfolio reflects our investment strategy of maintaining an appropriate level of liquidity for both normal operations and potential acquisitions while providing an additional source of revenue. The investment portfolio also provides a balance to interest rate risk and credit risk in other categories of the balance sheet, while providing a vehicle for the investment of available funds, furnishing liquidity, and supplying securities to pledge as collateral. At December 31, 2017, total investment securities were $151.0 million, or 11.6% of total assets, compared to $100.5 million, or 8.9% of total assets, at December 31, 2016. The $50.5 million increase in securities available for sale from December 31, 2016 to December 31, 2017, primarily reflected increases in obligations of state and political subdivisions, collateralized mortgage obligations-commercial and SBA securities. Securities with a carrying value of $36.5 million and $23.0 million were pledged at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively, to secure borrowings and deposits.

        As of December 31, 2017, the Bank held 33 tax-exempt state and local municipal securities totaling $22.5 million backed by the MSBLF. Other than the aforementioned investments, at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, there were no holdings of securities of any one issuer, other than the U.S. Government and its agencies, in an amount greater than 10% of shareholders' equity.

        The securities available for sale presented in the following table are reported at amortized cost and by contractual maturity as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016. Actual timing may differ from contractual maturities if borrowers have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. Additionally, residential mortgage-backed securities and collateralized

70


Table of Contents

mortgage obligations receive monthly principal payments, which are not reflected below. The yields below are calculated on a tax equivalent basis.

 
  Maturity as of December 31, 2017  
 
  One year or less   One to five years   Five to ten years   After ten years  
(Dollars in thousands)
  Amortized
Cost
  Average
Yield
  Amortized
Cost
  Average
Yield
  Amortized
Cost
  Average
Yield
  Amortized
Cost
  Average
Yield
 

Securities available-for-sale:

                                                 

State and political subdivision

  $ 318     2.56 % $ 5,034     2.20 % $ 13,922     2.76 % $ 33,677     3.33 %

Mortgage-backed securities: residential

        0.00 %       0.00 %   525     1.45 %   8,164     2.34 %

Mortgage-backed securities: commercial

        0.00 %   2,837     1.87 %   7,042     2.57 %       0.00 %

CMO: residential

    56     2.75 %       0.00 %   429     3.09 %   18,819     2.70 %

CMO: commercial

        0.00 %   1,896     1.59 %   5,474     2.66 %   13,509     2.41 %

US Treasury

        0.00 %   24,283     1.32 %       0.00 %       0.00 %

SBA

        0.00 %       0.00 %       0.00 %   12,644     1.94 %

Corporate Bonds

        0.00 %   3,039     2.26 %   506     2.95 %       0.00 %

Total securities available-for-sale

  $ 374     2.59 % $ 37,089     1.57 % $ 27,898     2.68 % $ 86,813     2.75 %

 

 
  Maturity as of December 31, 2016  
 
  One year or less   One to five years   Five to ten years   After ten years  
(Dollars in thousands)
  Amortized
Cost
  Average
Yield
  Amortized
Cost
  Average
Yield
  Amortized
Cost
  Average
Yield
  Amortized
Cost
  Average
Yield
 

Securities available-for-sale:

                                                 

State and political subdivision

  $     0.00 % $ 4,292     2.87 % $ 10,834     2.88 % $ 9,706     3.88 %

Mortgage-backed securities: residential

        0.00 %       0.00 %   732     1.52 %   6,708     2.47 %

Mortgage-backed securities: commercial

        0.00 %   1,956     1.95 %   3,010     2.10 %       0.00 %

CMO: residential

        0.00 %   142     1.55 %   469     3.05 %   24,041     2.42 %

CMO: commercial

        0.00 %   2,988     1.60 %   1,158     1.50 %   2,454     1.92 %

US Treasury

        0.00 %   5,007     1.63 %   25,308     1.29 %       0.00 %

SBA

        0.00 %       0.00 %       0.00 %   1,417     1.46 %

Corporate Bonds

        0.00 %   1,536     1.98 %   507     2.95 %       0.00 %

Total securities available-for-sale

  $     0.00 % $ 15,921     2.03 % $ 42,018     1.81 % $ 44,326     2.69 %

Loans

        Our loan portfolio represents a broad range of borrowers comprised of commercial real estate, commercial and industrial, residential real estate, and consumer financing loans.

        Commercial real estate loans consist of term loans secured by a mortgage lien on the real property, such as office and industrial buildings, retail shopping centers and apartment buildings, as well as commercial real estate construction loans that are offered to builders and developers. Commercial real estate loans are then segregated into two classes: non-owner occupied and owner occupied commercial real estate loans. Non-owner occupied loans, which include loans secured by non-owner occupied and nonresidential properties, generally have a greater risk profile than owner-occupied loans, which include loans secured by multifamily structures and owner-occupied commercial structures.

        Commercial and industrial loans include financing for commercial purposes in various lines of businesses, including manufacturing, service industry and professional service areas. Commercial and industrial loans are generally secured with the assets of the company and/or the personal guarantee of the business owners.

        Residential real estate loans represent loans to consumers for the purchase or refinance of a residence. These loans are generally financed over a 15- to 30-year term and, in most cases, are extended to borrowers to finance their primary residence with both fixed-rate and adjustable-rate terms. Real estate construction loans are also offered to consumers who wish to build their own homes and are often structured to be converted to permanent loans at the end of the construction phase, which is

71


Table of Contents

typically twelve months. Residential real estate loans also include home equity loans and lines of credit that are secured by a first- or second-lien on the borrower's residence. Home equity lines of credit consist mainly of revolving lines of credit secured by residential real estate.

        Consumer loans include loans made to individuals not secured by real estate, including loans secured by automobiles or watercraft, and personal unsecured loans.

        The following table details our loan portfolio by loan type at the dates presented:

 
  As of December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)
  2017   2016   2015   2014   2013  

Commercial real estate:

                               

Non-owner occupied

  $ 343,420   $ 322,354   $ 240,161   $ 170,923   $ 157,470  

Owner occupied

    168,342     169,348     146,487     97,974     87,646  

Total commercial real estate

    511,762     491,702     386,648     268,897     245,116  

Commercial and industrial

    377,686     342,069     254,808     202,942     142,482  

Residential real estate

    144,439     118,730     116,734     91,252     64,048  

Consumer

    1,036     892     1,528     1,060     1,559  

Total loans

  $ 1,034,923   $ 953,393   $ 759,718   $ 564,151   $ 453,205  

        Total loans were $1.03 billion at December 31, 2017, an increase of $81.5 million from December 31, 2016. The total increase in loans of $81.5 million represented increases in commercial and industrial loans of $35.6 million, residential real estate loans of $25.7 million, commercial real estate loans of $20.1 million and consumer loans of $144 thousand. Long term, we expect to increase our concentration in both commercial and industrial and commercial real estate loans, with a goal of our overall loan portfolio mix to be approximately one-half commercial real estate, approximately one-third commercial and industrial loans and the remaining to be a mix of residential real estate and consumer loans. As of December 31, 2017, approximately 49.4% of our loans were commercial real estate, 36.5% were commercial and industrial, and 14.1% were residential real estate and consumer loans.

        Total loans were $953.4 million at December 31, 2016, an increase of $193.7 from $759.7 million at December 31, 2015. The total increase in loans of $193.7 million at December 31, 2016, compared to December 31, 2015, represented increases in commercial real estate loans of $105.1 million, commercial and industrial loans of $87.3 million and residential real estate loans of $2.0 million, slightly offset by a decrease in consumer loans of $636 thousand.

        We originate both fixed and adjustable rate residential real estate loans conforming to the underwriting guidelines of the Federal National Mortgage Association or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, as well as home equity loans and lines of credit that are secured by first or junior liens. Most of our fixed rate residential loans, along with some of our adjustable rate mortgages are sold to other financial institutions with which we have established a correspondent lending relationship. The Company anticipates establishing direct relationships with Fannie Mae (FNMA) and/or Freddie Mac (FHLMC) in late 2018 or early 2019.

72


Table of Contents

Loan Maturity/Rate Sensitivity

        The following table shows the contractual maturities of our loans as of December 31, 2017.

(Dollars in thousands)
  One year or
less
  After one but
within five
years
  After five
years
  Total  

December 31, 2017

                         

Commercial real estate

  $ 61,530   $ 297,439   $ 152,793   $ 511,762  

Commercial and industrial

    144,496     150,481     82,709     377,686  

Residential real estate

    3,088     11,485     129,866     144,439  

Consumer

    540     483     13     1,036  

Total Loans

  $ 209,654   $ 459,888   $ 365,381   $ 1,034,923  

Sensitivity of loans to changes in interest rates:

                         

Fixed interest rates

        $ 356,169   $ 172,946        

Floating interest rates

          103,719     192,435        

Total

        $ 459,888   $ 365,381        

Summary of Impaired Assets and Past Due Loans

        Nonperforming assets consist of nonaccrual loans and other real estate owned. We do not consider performing troubled debt restructurings (TDRs) to be nonperforming assets, but they are included as part of impaired assets. The level of nonaccrual loans is an important element in assessing asset quality. Loans are classified as nonaccrual when, in the opinion of management, collection of principal or interest is not expected according to the terms of the agreement. Generally, loans are placed on nonaccrual status due to the continued failure by the borrower to adhere to contractual payment terms coupled with other pertinent factors, such as insufficient collateral value.

        A loan is categorized as a troubled debt restructuring if a concession is granted, such as to provide for the reduction of either interest or principal due to deterioration in the financial condition of the borrower. Typical concessions include reduction of the interest rate on the loan to a rate considered lower than market and other modification of terms including forgiveness of a portion of the loan balance, extension of the maturity date, and/or modifications from principal and interest payments to interest-only payments for a certain period. Loans are not classified as TDRs when the modification is short-term or results in only an insignificant delay or shortfall in the payments to be received.

Credit Quality Indicators :

        The Company categorizes loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt such as: current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information, and current economic trends, among other factors. The Company analyzes loans individually by classifying the loans as to credit risk. This analysis includes nonhomogeneous loans, such as commercial and commercial real estate loans. This analysis is performed on an annual basis. The Company uses the following definitions for risk ratings:

        Pass.     Higher quality loans that do not fit any of the other categories described below. This category includes loans risk rated with the following ratings: cash/stock secured, excellent credit risk, superior credit risk, good credit risk, satisfactory credit risk, and marginal credit risk.

        Special Mention.     Loans classified as special mention have a potential weakness that deserves management's close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the loan or of the institution's credit position at some future date.

73


Table of Contents

        Substandard.     Loans classified as substandard are inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Loans so classified have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the institution will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

        Doubtful.     Loans classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified as substandard, with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable.

        Purchased credit impaired loans accounted for under ASC 310-30 are classified as performing, even though they may be contractually past due, as any nonpayment of contractual principal or interest is considered in the semi-annual re-estimation of expected cash flows and is included in the resulting recognition of current period loan loss provision or future period yield adjustments.

        Total classified and criticized loans as of December 31, 2017 were as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
  December 31,
2017
 

Classified loans:

       

Substandard

  $ 18,286  

Doubtful

    82  

Total classified loans

  $ 18,368  

Special mention

    16,609  

Total classified and criticized loans

  $ 34,977  

        A summary of nonperforming assets (defined as nonaccrual loans and other real estate owned), performing troubled debt restructurings and loans more than 90 days past due and still accruing, as of the dates indicated, are presented below.

 
  As of December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)
  2017   2016   2015   2014   2013  

Nonaccrual loans

                               

Commercial real estate

  $ 2,257   $ 147   $ 141   $ 343   $ 1,074  

Commercial and industrial

    9,024     13,389     309     656     450  

Residential real estate

    2,767     1,498     1,177     880     949  

Total nonaccrual loans(1)

    14,048     15,034     1,627     1,879     2,473  

Other real estate owned

    652     258     81     320     961  

Total nonperforming assets

    14,700     15,292     1,708     2,199     3,434  

Performing troubled debt restructurings

                               

Commercial real estate

        290              

Commercial and industrial

    961     1,018     1,069     794     846  

Residential real estate

    261     207     279     194     263  

Total performing troubled debt restructurings              

    1,222     1,515     1,348     988     1,109  

Total impaired assets, excluding ASC 310-30 loans

  $ 15,922   $ 16,807   $ 3,056   $ 3,187   $ 4,543  

Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing

  $ 440   $ 377   $ 883   $ 980   $ 3,042  

(1)
Nonaccrual loans include nonperforming troubled debt restructurings of $6.4 million, $5.8 million, $564 thousand, $636 thousand and $226 thousand at the respective dates indicated above.

74


Table of Contents

        During the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company recorded $75 thousand and $84 thousand of interest income on nonaccrual loans and performing TDRs, respectively.

        In addition to nonperforming and impaired assets, the Company had purchased credit impaired loans accounted for under ASC 310-30 which amounted to $9.7 million, $11.6 million, $17.6 million, $24.9 million and $28.3 million at December 31, 2017, 2016, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Allowance for Loan Losses

        We maintain the allowance for loan losses at a level we believe is sufficient to absorb incurred losses in our loan portfolio given the conditions at the time. Management determines the adequacy of the allowance based on periodic evaluations of the loan portfolio and other factors. These evaluations are inherently subjective as they require management to make material estimates, all of which may be susceptible to significant change. The allowance is increased by provisions charged to expense and decreased by actual charge-offs, net of recoveries.

    Purchased Loans

        The allowance for loan losses on purchased loans is based on credit deterioration subsequent to the acquisition date. In accordance with the accounting guidance for business combinations, there was no allowance brought forward on any of the acquired loans as any credit deterioration evident in the loans was included in the determination of the fair value of the loans at the acquisition date. For purchased credit impaired loans, accounted for under ASC 310-30, management establishes an allowance for credit deterioration subsequent to the date of acquisition by re-estimating expected cash flows on a semi-annual basis with any decline in expected cash flows recorded as provision for loan losses. Impairment is measured as the excess of the recorded investment in a loan over the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the pre-impairment accounting yield of the loan. For increases in cash flows expected to be collected, we first reverse any previously recorded allowance for loan losses, then adjust the amount of accretable yield recognized on a prospective basis over the loan's remaining life. These cash flow evaluations are inherently subjective as they require material estimates, all of which may be susceptible to significant change. For non-purchased credit impaired loans acquired in our acquisitions that are accounted for under ASC 310-20, the historical loss estimates are based on the historical losses experienced since acquisition. We record an allowance for loan losses only when the calculated amount exceeds the discount remaining from acquisition that was established for the similar period covered in the allowance for loan loss calculation. For all other purchased loans, the allowance is calculated in accordance with the methods used to calculate the allowance for loan losses for originated loans, as described below.

    Originated Loans

        The allowance for loan losses represents management's assessment of probable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The allowance for loan losses consists of specific components, based on individual evaluation of certain loans, and general components for homogeneous pools of loans with similar risk characteristics.

        Impaired loans include loans placed on nonaccrual status and troubled debt restructurings. Loans are considered impaired when based on current information and events it is probable that we will be unable to collect all amounts due in accordance with the original contractual terms of the loan agreements. When determining if we will be unable to collect all principal and interest payments due in accordance with the original contractual terms of the loan agreement, we consider the borrower's overall financial condition, resources and payment record, support from guarantors, and the realizable value of any collateral. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays

75


Table of Contents

and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower's prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed.

        All impaired loans are identified to be individually evaluated for impairment. If a loan is impaired, a portion of the allowance is allocated so that the loan is reported, net, at the discounted expected future cash flows or at the fair value of collateral if repayment is collateral dependent.

        The allowance for our nonimpaired loans, which includes commercial and industrial and commercial real estate loans that are not individually evaluated for impairment, begins with a process of estimating the probable incurred losses in the portfolio. These estimates are established based on our internal credit risk ratings and historical loss data. Internal credit risk ratings are assigned to each business loan at the time of approval and are subjected to subsequent periodic reviews by senior management, at least annually or more frequently upon the occurrence of a circumstance that affects the credit risk of the loan.

        As our operating history is limited and we have grown rapidly, the historical loss estimates for loans prior to 2017 were based primarily on the actual historical loss experienced by our peer banks combined with a small factor representing our own loss history. Starting in 2017, the Company modified its methodology on historical loss analysis to incorporate and fully rely on the Bank's own historical loss data, which did not have a material impact. The historical loss estimates are established by loan type including commercial and industrial and commercial real estate. In addition, consideration is given to borrower rating migration experience and trends, industry concentrations and conditions, changes in collateral values of properties securing loans and trends with respect to past due and nonaccrual amounts.

        The following table presents, by loan type, the changes in the allowance for loan losses for the periods presented.

 
  For the years ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)
  2017   2016   2015   2014   2013  

Balance at beginning of period

  $ 11,089   $ 7,890   $ 5,589   $ 5,119   $ 5,011  

Loan charge-offs:

                               

Commercial real estate

    (360 )       (26 )   (52 )   (182 )

Commercial and industrial

    (697 )   (943 )   (427 )   (2,540 )   (39 )

Residential real estate

    (85 )   (211 )   (50 )   (211 )   (604 )

Consumer

            (16 )       (1 )

Total loan charge-offs

    (1,142 )   (1,154 )   (519 )   (2,803 )   (826 )

Recoveries of loans previously charged-off:

                               

Commercial real estate

    17     53     552     61     37  

Commercial and industrial

    190     172     665     231     117  

Residential real estate

    141     201     181     178     188  

Consumer

    2     2     63     60     18  

Total loan recoveries

    350     428     1,461     530     360  

Net recoveries

    (792 )   (726 )   942     (2,273 )   (466 )

Provision for loan losses

    1,416     3,925     1,359     2,743     574  

Balance at end of period

  $ 11,713   $ 11,089   $ 7,890   $ 5,589   $ 5,119  

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans at period end

    1.13 %   1.16 %   1.04 %   0.99 %   1.13 %

Net loan recoveries as a percentage of average loans

    (0.08 )%   (0.08 )%   0.14 %   (0.47 )%   (0.12 )%

        Our allowance for loan losses was $11.7 million, or 1.1% of loans, at December 31, 2017, compared to $11.1 million, or 1.2% of loans, at December 31, 2016. The $624 thousand increase in the

76


Table of Contents

allowance for loan losses during the year ended December 31, 2017 was primarily due to a $511 thousand increase in general reserve driven by growth in the originated loan portfolio.

        Our allowance for loan losses was $11.1 million, or 1.2% of loans, at December 31, 2016, compared to $7.9 million, or 1.0% of loans, at December 31, 2015. The $3.2 million increase in the allowance for loan losses year over year was primarily due to additional allowance resulting from our semi-annual re-estimation of expected cash flows for our purchased credit impaired loans, the impact of organic loan growth and additional specific allowance component based on individual evaluation of certain loans.

        The following tables present, by loan type, the allocation of the allowance for loan losses for the periods presented.

(Dollars in thousands)
  Allocated
Allowance
  Percentage of loans
in each category
to total loans
 

December 31, 2017

             

Balance at end of period applicable to:

             

Commercial real estate

  $ 4,852     49.4 %

Commercial and industrial

    5,903     36.5 %

Residential real estate

    950     14.0 %

Consumer

    8     0.1 %

Total loans

  $ 11,713     100.0 %

December 31, 2016

             

Balance at end of period applicable to:

             

Commercial real estate

  $ 4,124     51.5 %

Commercial and industrial

    5,932     35.9 %

Residential real estate

    1,030     12.5 %

Consumer

    3     0.1 %

Total loans

  $ 11,089     100.0 %

December 31, 2015

             

Balance at end of period applicable to:

             

Commercial real estate

  $ 3,299     50.9 %

Commercial and industrial

    3,256     33.5 %

Residential real estate

    1,307     15.4 %

Consumer

    28     0.2 %

Total loans

  $ 7,890     100.0 %

December 31, 2014

             

Balance at end of period applicable to:

             

Commercial real estate

  $ 2,404     47.6 %

Commercial and industrial

    1,930     36.0 %

Residential real estate

    1,218     16.2 %

Consumer

    37     0.2 %

Total loans

  $ 5,589     100.0 %

December 31, 2013

             

Balance at end of period applicable to:

             

Commercial real estate

  $ 2,440     54.2 %

Commercial and industrial

    1,351     31.4 %

Residential real estate

    1,050     14.1 %

Consumer

    278     0.3 %

Total loans

  $ 5,119     100.0 %

77


Table of Contents

Deposits

        Total deposits were $1.12 billion at December 31, 2017 and $924.9 million at December 31, 2016, representing 93.9% and 89.7% of total liabilities at each year end, respectively. Deposit growth was $195.5 million between these dates. The growth in deposits was due to increases of $144.0 million in time deposits, $46.4 million in demand deposits, and $5.1 million in money market and savings deposits. Our interest-bearing deposit costs were 91 basis points and 72 basis points for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The increase in interest-bearing deposit costs year over year was impacted by the changing mix of deposit types, as well as by the modest increase in overnight market rates, as measured by the targeted federal funds rate. The federal fund rate targets rose 25 basis points in December 2016 and by 75 basis points during 2017, with additional increases expected, subject to economic conditions.

        Total deposits were $924.9 million at December 31, 2016 and $784.1 million at December 31, 2015, representing 89.7% and 93.5% of total liabilities at each period end, respectively. Deposit growth was $140.8 million between these dates. The growth in deposits was primarily due to increases of $73.1 million in demand deposits, $52.8 million in money market and savings deposits and $14.9 million in time deposits. Our interest-bearing deposit costs were 72 basis points and 66 basis points for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The increase in interest-bearing deposit costs year over year was impacted by the changing mix of deposit types, as well as by the modest increase in overnight market rates, as measured by the targeted federal funds rate. The federal fund rate targets rose 25 basis points in both December 2015 and December 2016.

        Brokered deposits.     Brokered deposits are marketed through national brokerage firms to their customers in $1,000 increments. For these brokered deposits, detailed records of owners are maintained by the Depository Trust Company under the name of CEDE & Co. This relationship provides a large source of deposits for the Bank. Due to the competitive nature of the brokered deposit market, brokered deposits tend to bear higher rates of interest than non-brokered deposits. At December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the Bank had approximately $87.8 million and $51.4 million in brokered deposits, respectively.

        Included in the brokered deposits total at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, was $3.3 million and $2.5 million, respectively, in Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service (CDARS) customer deposit accounts. CDARS customer deposit accounts are similar to other deposit accounts on the Company's books, except that the total deposit amount exceeds the FDIC deposit insurance maximum, and that the CDARS service places the excess funds above the insurance maximum into deposit accounts issued by other banks in the CDARS service, who may be placing their excess deposits above the insurance maximum back with the Bank.

        Management understands the importance of core deposits as a stable source of funding and may periodically implement various deposit promotion strategies to encourage core deposit growth, including recent promotions for time deposits, demand deposits and money market deposits. For periods of rising interest rates, management has modeled the aggregate yields for non-maturity deposits and time deposits to increase at a slower pace than the increase in underlying market rates, which results in net interest margin expansion and projections of an increase in net interest income.

78


Table of Contents

        The following tables set forth the distribution of average deposits by account type as of the dates indicated.

(Dollars in thousands)
  Average
Balance
  Percent   Average
Rate
 

For the year ended December 31, 2017

                   

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits

  $ 301,971     30.3 %   0.00 %

Interest-bearing demand deposits

    59,274     6.0     0.29  

Money market and savings deposits

    259,449     26.1     0.62  

Time deposits

    373,762     37.6     1.20  

Total deposits

  $ 994,456     100.0 %   0.63 %

For the year ended December 31, 2016

                   

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits

  $ 267,831     30.0 %   0.00 %

Interest-bearing demand deposits

    57,816     6.5     0.26  

Money market and savings deposits

    255,513     28.6     0.44  

Time deposits

    311,283     34.9     1.04  

Total deposits

  $ 892,443     100.0 %   0.50 %

For the year ended December 31, 2015

                   

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits

  $ 190,418     26.4 %   0.00 %

Interest-bearing demand deposits

    47,577     6.6     0.27  

Money market and savings deposits

    218,232     30.2     0.40  

Time deposits

    266,168     36.8     0.94  

Total deposits

  $ 722,395     100.0 %   0.49 %

        The following table shows the contractual maturity of time deposits, including CDARs and IRA deposits and other brokered funds, of $100 thousand and over that were outstanding as of the date presented.

(Dollars in thousands)
  December 31,
2017
 

Maturing in:

       

3 months or less

  $ 86,614  

3 months to 6 months

    130,395  

6 months to 1 year

    87,024  

1 year or greater

    77,677  

Total

  $ 381,710  

Borrowings

        Total debt outstanding at December 31, 2017 was $62.7 million, a decrease of $34.7 million from $97.4 million at December 31, 2016. The decrease in total borrowings was primarily due to a decrease of $34.5 million in FHLB advances.

        At December 31, 2017, FHLB advances were secured by a blanket lien on $316.5 million of real estate-related loans, and repurchase agreements were secured by collateralized mortgage obligations—residential with a fair value of $2.5 million. At December 31, 2016, FHLB Advances were secured by a blanket lien on $275.2 million of real estate-related loans, and repurchase agreements were secured by collateralized mortgage obligations—residential and commercial, with a fair value of $1.6 million.

79


Table of Contents

        As of December 31, 2017, the Company had outstanding $15.0 million of subordinated notes. The notes bear a fixed interest rate of 6.375% per annum, payable semi-annually through December 15, 2020. The notes will bear a floating interest rate of three-month LIBOR plus 477 basis points payable quarterly after December 15, 2020 through maturity. The notes mature December 15, 2025, and the Company has the option to redeem or prepay any or all of the subordinated notes without premium or penalty any time after December 15, 2020 or at any time in the event of certain changes that affect the deductibility of interest for tax purposes or the treatment of the notes as Tier 2 Capital.

        Selected financial information pertaining to the components of our short-term borrowings as of the dates indicated is as follows:

 
  For the years ended
December 31,
 
(Dollars in thousands)
  2017   2016   2015  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

                   

Average Daily Balance

  $ 971   $ 1,049   $ 1,682  

Weighted-average rate

    0.30 %   0.30 %   0.30 %

Amount outstanding at period-end

  $ 1,319   $ 1,331   $ 1,596  

Maximum month-end balance

  $ 1,533   $ 1,668   $ 2,493  

FHLB Advances

                   

Average Daily Balance

  $ 64,095   $ 11,154   $ 3,846  

Weighted-average rate

    0.96 %   0.58 %   0.32 %

Amount outstanding at period-end

  $ 45,000   $ 65,000      

Maximum month-end balance

  $ 120,000   $ 65,000   $ 35,000  

Capital Resources

        The following table summarizes the changes in our shareholders' equity for the periods indicated:

 
  For the years ended
December 31,
 
(Dollars in thousands)
  2017   2016   2015  

Balance at beginning of period

  $ 96,571   $ 85,634   $ 84,421  

Net income

    9,841     11,046     12,528  

Other comprehensive income (loss)

    343     (775 )   (55 )

Exercise of stock options, including tax benefit

    605     300     25  

Stock-based compensation expense, net of shares net settled

    600     366     114  

Preferred stock dividends

            (112 )

Preferred stock redemption

            (11,287 )

Balance at end of period

  $ 107,960   $ 96,571   $ 85,634  

        We strive to maintain an adequate capital base to support our activities in a safe and sound manner while at the same time attempting to maximize shareholder value. We assess capital adequacy against the risk inherent in our balance sheet, recognizing that unexpected loss is the common denominator of risk and that common equity has the greatest capacity to absorb unexpected loss.

        We are subject to various regulatory capital requirements both at the Company and at the subsidiary bank level. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements could result in certain mandatory and possible additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have an adverse material effect on our financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, we must meet specific capital guidelines that involve

80


Table of Contents

quantitative measures of our assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting policies. We have consistently maintained regulatory capital ratios at or above the well-capitalized standards.

        During the first quarter of 2015, regulations implementing the Basel III regulatory capital framework and the Dodd-Frank Act became effective, which include requirements that are subject to a multi-year phase-in period. These rules modified the calculation of the various capital ratios, added a new ratio, common equity tier 1, and revised the adequately and well capitalized thresholds. When fully phased in on January 1, 2019, the rules will require the Company to maintain a capital conservation buffer of common equity capital that exceeds by more than 2.5% the minimum risk weighted asset ratios. The capital conservation buffer requirement was 1.25% as of December 31, 2017 and 0.625% as of December 31, 2016, respectively, which is not reflected in the tables below.

        At December 31, 2017, the Company and the Bank met all the capital adequacy requirements to which they were subject.

        The summary below compares the actual capital ratios with the quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy:

 
  Capital
Adequacy
Regulatory
Requirement
  Capital
Adequacy
Regulatory
Requirement +
Capital
Conservation
Buffer(1)
  Well
Capitalized
Regulatory
Requirement
  Actual
Capital
Ratio
 

December 31, 2017

                         

Total risk-based capital

                         

Consolidated

    8.00 %   9.25 %   10.00 %   11.55 %

Level One Bank

    8.00 %   9.25 %   10.00 %   11.37 %

Tier 1 risk-based capital

                         

Consolidated

    6.00 %   7.25 %   8.00 %   9.10 %

Level One Bank

    6.00 %   7.25 %   8.00 %   10.29 %

Common equity tier 1 capital

                         

Consolidated

    4.50 %   5.75 %   6.50 %   9.10 %

Level One Bank

    4.50 %   5.75 %   6.50 %   10.29 %

Tier 1 leverage ratio

                         

Consolidated

    4.00 %   4.00 %   5.00 %   7.92 %

Level One Bank

    4.00 %   4.00 %   5.00 %   8.96 %

December 31, 2016

                         

Total risk-based capital

                         

Consolidated

    8.00 %   8.63 %   10.00 %   11.28 %

Level One Bank

    8.00 %   8.63 %   10.00 %   11.09 %

Tier 1 risk-based capital

                         

Consolidated

    6.00 %   6.63 %   8.00 %   8.72 %

Level One Bank

    6.00 %   6.63 %   8.00 %   9.99 %

Common equity tier 1 capital

                         

Consolidated

    4.50 %   5.13 %   6.50 %   8.72 %

Level One Bank

    4.50 %   5.13 %   6.50 %   9.97 %

Tier 1 leverage ratio

                         

Consolidated

    4.00 %   4.00 %   5.00 %   7.95 %

Level One Bank

    4.00 %   4.00 %   5.00 %   9.11 %

(1)
Reflects the capital conservation buffer of 1.25% and 0.625% applicable during 2017 and 2016, respectively.

81


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

        Contractual Obligations.     In the ordinary course of our operations, we enter into certain contractual obligations. The following table presents our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2017.

 
  Contractual Maturities as of December 31, 2017  
(Dollars in thousands)
  Less Than
One Year
  One to
Three Years
  Three to
Five Years
  Over
Five Years
  Total  

Operating lease obligations

  $ 925   $ 1,576   $ 1,095   $ 3,103   $ 6,699  

Short-term borrowings

    36,319                 36,319  

Long-term borrowings

            11,514         11,514  

Subordinated notes

                14,844     14,844  

Time deposits

    345,817     88,757     8,878         443,452  

Total

  $ 383,061   $ 90,333   $ 21,487   $ 17,947   $ 512,828  

        Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements.     In the normal course of business, the Company offers a variety of financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include outstanding commitments to extend credit, credit lines, commercial letters of credit and standby letters of credit. These are agreements to provide credit, as long as conditions established in the contract are met, and usually have expiration dates. Commitments may expire without being used. Off-balance sheet risk to credit loss exists up to the face amount of these instruments, although material losses are not anticipated. The same credit policies used for loans are used to make such commitments, including obtaining collateral at exercise of the commitment.

        We enter into forward commitments for the future delivery of mortgage loans when interest rate lock commitments are entered into in order to economically hedge the effect of changes in interest rates resulting from our commitments to fund the loans. These commitments to fund mortgage loans (interest rate lock commitments) to be sold into the secondary market and forward commitments for the future delivery of mortgage loans to third party investors are considered derivatives.

        We maintain an allowance to cover probable losses inherent in our financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk. At December 31, 2017, the allowance for off-balance sheet risk was $3 thousand, and included in "Other liabilities" on our consolidated balance sheet.

        A summary of the contractual amounts of our exposure to off-balance sheet risk is as follows.

 
  December 31, 2017  
(Dollars in thousands)
  Fixed Rate   Variable Rate  

Commitments to make loans

  $ 5,041   $ 8,837  

Unused lines of credit

    12,407     189,787  

Unused standby letters of credit

    3,584     1,411  

        Of the total unused lines of credit of $202.2 million at December 31, 2017, $29.1 million was comprised of undisbursed construction loan commitments.

Liquidity

        Liquidity management is the process by which we manage the flow of funds necessary to meet our financial commitments on a timely basis and at a reasonable cost and to take advantage of earnings enhancement opportunities. These financial commitments include withdrawals by depositors, credit commitments to borrowers, expenses of our operations, and capital expenditures. Liquidity is monitored and closely managed by our Asset and Liability Committee (ALCO), a group of senior officers from

82


Table of Contents

the finance, enterprise risk management, treasury, and lending areas. It is ALCO's responsibility to ensure we have the necessary level of funds available for normal operations as well as maintain a contingency funding policy to ensure that potential liquidity stress events are planned for, quickly identified, and management has plans in place to respond. ALCO has created policies which establish limits and require measurements to monitor liquidity trends, including modeling and management reporting that identifies the amounts and costs of all available funding sources. In addition, we have implemented modeling software that projects cash flows from the balance sheet under a broad range of potential scenarios, including severe changes in the economic environment.

        At December 31, 2017, we had liquid assets of $178.1 million, compared to $96.6 million at December 31, 2016. Liquid assets include cash and due from banks, federal funds sold, interest-bearing deposits with banks and unencumbered securities available-for-sale.

        Our bank is a member of the FHLB, which provides short- and long-term funding to its members through advances collateralized by real estate-related assets and other select collateral, most typically in the form of debt securities. The actual borrowing capacity is contingent on the amount of collateral available to be pledged to the FHLB. As of December 31, 2017, we had $45.0 million of outstanding borrowings from the FHLB. The advances were secured by a blanket lien on $316.5 million of real estate-related loans as of December 31, 2017. Based on this collateral and the Company's holdings of FHLB stock, the Company is eligible to borrow up to an additional $93.0 million. In addition, the Bank can borrow up to $117.0 million through the unsecured lines of credit it has established with nine other banks, as well as $5.0 million through a secured line with the Federal Reserve Bank.

        We also maintain relationships with correspondent banks which could provide funds on short notice, if needed. In addition, because Level One Bank is "well capitalized," it can accept wholesale deposits up to approximately $519.9 million based on current policy limits. Management believed that we had adequate resources to fund all of our commitments as of December 31, 2017.

        The following liquidity ratios compare certain assets and liabilities to total deposits or total assets.

 
  December 31,
2017
 

Investment securities available-for-sale to total assets

    11.60 %

Loans to total deposits

    92.37 %

Interest-earning assets to total assets

    95.80 %

Interest-bearing deposits to total deposits

    71.00 %

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

        Market risk is the risk of loss arising from adverse changes in the fair value of financial instruments due to changes in interest rates. Interest-rate risk is the risk to earnings and equity value arising from changes in market interest rates and arises in the normal course of business to the extent that there is a divergence between the amount of our interest-earning assets and the amount of interest-bearing liabilities that are prepaid/withdrawn, re-price, or mature in specified periods. We seek to achieve consistent growth in net interest income and equity while managing volatility arising from shifts in market interest rates. ALCO oversees market risk management, monitoring risk measures, limits, and policy guidelines for managing the amount of interest-rate risk and its effect on net interest income and capital. Our Board of Directors approves policy limits with respect to interest rate risk.

Interest Rate Risk

        Interest rate risk management is an active process that encompasses monitoring loan and deposit flows complemented by investment and funding activities. Effective interest rate risk management begins with understanding the dynamic characteristics of assets and liabilities and determining the

83


Table of Contents

appropriate interest rate risk position given business activities, management objectives, market expectations and ALCO policy limits and guidelines.

        Interest rate risk can come in a variety of forms, including repricing risk, basis risk, yield curve risk and option risk. Repricing risk is the risk of adverse consequences from a change in interest rates that arises because of differences in the timing of when those interest rate changes impact our assets and liabilities. Basis risk is the risk of adverse consequence resulting from unequal change in the spread between two or more rates for different instruments with the same maturity. Yield curve risk is the risk of adverse consequence resulting from unequal changes in the spread between two or more rates for different maturities for the same or different instruments. Option risk in financial instruments arises from embedded options such as options provided to borrowers to make unscheduled loan prepayments, options provided to debt issuers to exercise call options prior to maturity, and depositor options to make withdrawals and early redemptions.

        We regularly review our exposure to changes in interest rates. Among the factors we consider are changes in the mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, interest rate spreads and repricing periods. ALCO reviews, on at least a quarterly basis, our interest rate risk position.

        The interest-rate risk position is measured and monitored at the Bank using net interest income simulation models and economic value of equity sensitivity analysis that capture both short-term and long-term interest-rate risk exposure.

        Modeling the sensitivity of net interest income and the economic value of equity to changes in market interest rates is highly dependent on numerous assumptions incorporated into the modeling process. The models used for these measurements rely on estimates of the potential impact that changes in interest rates may have on the value and prepayment speeds on all components of our loan portfolio, investment portfolio, as well as embedded options and cash flows of other assets and liabilities. Balance sheet growth assumptions are also included in the simulation modeling process. Due to the current low interest rate environment, we assumed that market interest rates would not fall below 0% for the scenarios that used the down 100 basis point parallel shifts in market interest rates. The analysis provides a framework as to what our overall sensitivity position is as of our most recent reported position and the impact that potential changes in interest rates may have on net interest income and the economic value of our equity.

        Net interest income simulation involves forecasting net interest income under a variety of interest rate scenarios including instantaneous shocks.

        The estimated impact on our net interest income as of December 31, 2017, assuming immediate parallel moves in interest rates is presented in the table below.

 
  December 31, 2017  
 
  Following
12 months
  Following
24 months
 

+400 basis points

    14.3 %   13.7 %

+300 basis points

    11.7 %   11.4 %

+200 basis points

    8.5 %   8.5 %

+100 basis points

    4.7 %   4.8 %

–100 basis points

    (4.9 )%   (5.4 )%

        Management strategies may impact future reporting periods, as our actual results may differ from simulated results due to the timing, magnitude, and frequency of interest rate changes, the difference between actual experience, and the characteristics assumed, as well as changes in market conditions. Market based prepayment speeds are factored into the analysis for loan and securities portfolios. Rate sensitivity for transactional deposit accounts is modeled based on both historical experience and external industry studies.

84


Table of Contents

        We use economic value of equity sensitivity analysis to understand the impact of interest rate changes on long-term cash flows, income, and capital. Economic value of equity is based on discounting the cash flows for all balance sheet instruments under different interest rate scenarios. Deposit premiums are based on external industry studies and utilizing historical experience.

        The table below presents the change in our economic value of equity as of December 31, 2017 assuming immediate parallel shifts in interest rates.

 
  December 31,
2017
 

+400 basis points

    (34.6 )%

+300 basis points

    (25.6 )%

+200 basis points

    (16.5 )%

+100 basis points

    (7.4 )%

–100 basis points

    7.3 %

Operational Risk

        Operational risk is the risk of loss due to human behavior, inadequate or failed internal systems and controls, and external influences such as market conditions, fraudulent activities, disasters, and security risks. We continuously strive to strengthen our system of internal controls, enterprise risk management, operating processes and employee awareness to assess the impact on earnings and capital and to improve the oversight of our operational risk.

Compliance Risk

        Compliance risk represents the risk of regulatory sanctions, reputational impact or financial loss resulting from our failure to comply with rules and regulations issued by the various banking agencies and standards of good banking practice. Activities which may expose us to compliance risk include, but are not limited to, those dealing with the prevention of money laundering, privacy and data protection, community reinvestment initiatives, fair lending challenges resulting from the expansion of our banking center network and employment and tax matters.

Strategic and/or Reputation Risk

        Strategic and/or reputation risk represents the risk of loss due to impairment of reputation, failure to fully develop and execute business plans, failure to assess current and new opportunities in business, markets and products, and any other event not identified in the defined risk types mentioned previously. Mitigation of the various risk elements that represent strategic and/or reputation risk is achieved through initiatives to help us better understand and report on various risks, including those related to the development of new products and business initiatives.

85


Table of Contents


BUSINESS

Company Overview

        Level One Bancorp, Inc. is the bank holding company for Level One Bank, headquartered in Farmington Hills located in Oakland County, Michigan. We have grown rapidly since our founding in 2007, and Level One Bank is one of the largest locally-headquartered commercial banks in southeastern Michigan. This growth has been driven primarily by our entrepreneurial culture, our experienced management team and by the economic strength of our core market area in Oakland County, which has the twelfth highest median income in the United States of counties with over one million residents. As of December 31, 2017, we had $1.30 billion in assets, $1.03 billion in loans, $1.12 billion in deposits and total shareholders' equity of $108.0 million. We generated net income of $9.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, or $1.49 per diluted common share, and $11.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, or $1.69 per diluted common share.

        In our ten years of operation, we have grown to 14 offices, including 10 banking centers (our full-service branches) in Oakland County, one banking center in each of Detroit and Grand Rapids, Michigan's two largest cities, one banking center in Sterling Heights, and one mortgage loan production office in Ann Arbor. In addition to our organic growth, we have completed four acquisitions since 2009, including two FDIC-assisted transactions and two whole-bank acquisitions. Our vision is to continue that growth, primarily through organic growth, but supplemented by opportunistic acquisitions that are additive to our franchise value, and we believe we have the management team, systems and culture to achieve that goal.

        Our organic loan growth is reflected in the chart below, which depicts total loans outstanding at each period end, including both originated loans and acquired loans, representing a compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, of 28.8% for originated loans and 24.2% for total loans from December 31, 2012 through December 31, 2017.


Loan Growth

GRAPHIC

        We have supplemented our organic loan growth with acquisitions, including the purchase of certain assets and liabilities of Michigan Heritage Bank in 2009 and Paramount Bank in 2010, which helped

86


Table of Contents

strengthen our foundation in commercial banking, retail banking and mortgage lending while expanding our product suite and staffing levels. Most recently, we acquired Lotus Bank in the first quarter of 2015 and Bank of Michigan in the first quarter of 2016, enhancing our footprint in our core market.

        We also recently opened new banking centers in market areas where we see long-term strategic opportunity, including the 2016 opening of our banking center in downtown Detroit, where we believe we will have the opportunity to capture a share of the city's economic redevelopment and to enhance the Level One brand, and our November 2016 opening of our Grand Rapids banking center, marking our expansion into western Michigan and the second largest metropolitan area in Michigan. Our commitment to the Grand Rapids market is demonstrated by our hiring of three senior commercial lenders, a small business lender and a mortgage origination officer in 2017. Most recently, in the third quarter of 2017, we opened our second location in Bloomfield Township located in Oakland County.

        We plan to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including to increase capital levels to support further organic growth, including the planned opening of two new banking centers in 2019 and 2020, and, potentially, to fund future acquisitions (although we do not have any current plans, arrangements or understandings to make any such acquisitions at this time). See "Use of Proceeds."

        In addition, in July 2017, we formed a new subsidiary, Hamilton Court Insurance Company, or Hamilton Court, which is a wholly-owned insurance subsidiary of the Company that provides property and casualty insurance coverage to the Company and the Bank, and reinsurance to ten other third-party insurance captives for which insurance may not be currently available or economically feasible in the insurance marketplace. Hamilton Court was designed to insure the risks of the Company and the Bank by providing additional insurance coverage for deductibles, excess limits and uninsured exposures. We expect the premiums paid to this insurance subsidiary to result in better risk management for the Company.

Key Strengths

        As we look to continue our growth trajectory, we believe we will benefit from the following strengths:

        Entrepreneurial Culture.     Since starting our bank in 2007, we believe the experience, relationships, and entrepreneurial culture of our management team, our customer-focused commercial lending team as well as our board of directors have been and will continue to be key drivers of our growth. In August 2017, we were named to American Banker's list of the 60 "Best Banks to Work For" for the second year in a row. In 2017, we were also named by the National Association of Business Resources as one of the "101 Best and Brightest Companies to Work For" in metro Detroit for the fifth year in a row and by the SBA as "Export Lender of the Year" for the third year. We believe these attributes are hallmarks of many leaders in the financial services industry, and have deliberately built our lending and operations teams and systems to achieve excellence in these areas. While our future growth plans can be expected to introduce new complexities and challenges for our business, we intend to continue to focus on refining our business model to help ensure a solid foundation for success.

        Experienced, Growth-Oriented Management Team.     Our executive leadership team averages 30 years of financial industry experience, including experience at leading national and regional banks. Further, the leaders of our lending team have an average of over 20 years serving the Michigan communities in which we operate. We believe the combination of this leadership experience and our start-up profile has allowed us to build the right bank, with the right team, the right way. Together, our management team has overseen our recent bank acquisitions and integration, led the Company through our prior rounds of capital raising, and achieved earnings growth from $0.97 per diluted common share for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $1.49 for the year ended December 31, 2017, representing a CAGR of 9.0%.

87


Table of Contents

        As we prepare for the next phase of our growth, we believe the following members of our management team will be critical to our success:

    Patrick J. Fehring—President and Chief Executive Officer.   Prior to founding the Bank, Mr. Fehring spent 27 years with Fifth Third Bancorp or its affiliates, most recently as President of Fifth Third Bank, Eastern Michigan.

    Gregory A. Wernette—Executive Vice President and Chief Lending Officer.   Prior to joining the Bank at inception, Mr. Wernette spent 21 years with Comerica Bank, most recently as First Vice President and Group Manager in Middle Market Banking.

    David C. Walker—Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer.   Mr. Walker, who joined us in October 2009, previously served as Group Vice President of Detroit-based GMAC LLC, where he spent 24 years in various financial disciplines, including seven years as Chief Financial Officer of GMAC's Mortgage Group and two years as GMAC's Treasurer.

    Timothy R. Mackay—Executive Vice President, Consumer Banking Officer.   With 26 years of experience in bank leadership, including 21 years in various capacities at Fifth Third Bank in Michigan and Florida, Mr. Mackay joined us in February 2013. Prior to joining Level One Bank Mr. Mackay was Senior Vice President- Retail Executive with direct oversight of 63 banking centers in South Florida. Mr. Mackay is responsible for the strategic leadership of the Consumer Banking Division, including branch banking, small business banking, residential mortgage and marketing.

    Eva D. Scurlock—Executive Vice President, Risk Management Officer.   With over 17 years of experience in the banking industry, including most recently as Credit Training Manager and Commercial Lender at LaSalle Bank and its predecessors, Ms. Scurlock, who joined us at inception, is responsible for the strategic leadership of enterprise risk management, including credit and compliance risk. Ms. Scurlock was selected by Crain's Detroit Business as a "40 Under 40" honoree in 2013.

    Melanie C. Barrett—Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer.   With 38 years of experience in banking at Comerica Bank and Flagstar Bank, Ms. Barrett, who joined us in January 2018, is responsible for human resources activity including staffing, compensation, training, leadership development, and team member benefits.

        Platform for Organic and Acquisition-Driven Growth.     Prior to the fourth quarter of 2014, we were, as a de novo bank, subject to operational restrictions on our business plan. While these restrictions limited our ability to grow, we took the opportunity to invest in the leaders, technology, systems and facilities for the next stage of our growth, including our new corporate headquarters. We believe these investments are capable of supporting a bank several times our current size with relatively modest incremental expense, and will help us achieve operational efficiencies with any future acquisitions that we complete. We have demonstrated our ability to leverage this platform with the four acquisitions we completed and the three new banking center locations we introduced since inception.

Strategies for Growth

        Our primary objective is to achieve quality long-term returns for our shareholders by focusing on being a well-capitalized, profitable community banking organization, with balanced growth. In particular, we intend to focus on the following:

        Continue to Drive Organic Growth in Loans, Core Deposits and Earnings.     While we expect to be able to grow our loan portfolio, earnings and deposit base within our existing footprint, we intend to continue opening new full-service banking centers in communities with favorable economic and demographic characteristics to help drive long-term growth. In addition to our recently opened banking

88


Table of Contents

centers in Grand Rapids, Detroit and Bloomfield Township, we plan to open a total of two new banking centers in 2019 and 2020. We believe our recently completed investments in information technology and personnel provide us with the foundation upon which we can significantly grow our operations.

        To grow our business organically, we employ a strategy of "Owning Your Neighborhood." Upon opening a new banking center, our branch leaders, relationship bankers, and lenders reach out to establish relationships with local small businesses in the surrounding community. Our niche is to focus on small business relationship development and then cross promote our consumer products services. After establishing a relationship with these businesses, we focus on needs based selling efforts to provide other products and services to these clients to grow our core deposit base, uncover lending opportunities, and increase non-interest income.

        Pursue Acquisitions in Existing and Adjacent Markets.     We believe that consolidation of community banks will continue and that, with the additional capital from this offering and our approach to credit management, we will be well-positioned to take advantage of opportunities in our market areas and in adjacent markets within Michigan, which were home to 28 banking organizations with less than $1 billion in assets as of December 31, 2017. We believe that our entry into new adjacent markets will help diversify our loan portfolio, our funding base and our overall risk exposure. We have successfully completed four acquisitions to date, including two FDIC-assisted transactions and two whole-bank acquisitions that expanded our footprint, were accretive to earnings, and generated many new clients for our bank. We continue to evaluate opportunities for acquisitions but do not have any current plans, arrangements or understandings to make any acquisitions at this time.

        Leverage Our Entrepreneurial Bank Philosophy.     We operate with a community banking philosophy in metropolitan areas where we seek to develop broad customer relationships based on service and convenience while maintaining a conservative approach to lending which results in strong asset quality. We are a full-service commercial bank with an emphasis on providing commercial and private banking services for businesses, professionals and individuals. Due to large banking organizations moving their focus to large corporate clients rather than customers in our local communities, we believe that our emphasis on personal service and our willingness to lend will enhance our ability to compete successfully and capitalize on dissatisfaction among customers of larger financial institutions.

        Maintain Strong Asset Quality.     We strive to maintain the quality of our assets, and have developed a credit approval structure that has enabled us to maintain strong asset quality while achieving our investment objectives. As a result of our underwriting standards, loan approval authority levels and procedures, experienced loan officers (averaging over 15 years of experience per loan officer) with an intimate knowledge of the local market, and diligent monitoring of the loan portfolio, our asset quality continues to remain well-controlled. Our nonperforming assets as a percentage of total assets were 1.1% and 1.4% as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. We had net charge-offs on loans of $792 thousand and $726 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, which represented 0.08% of average loans in each such period.

        Our ability to achieve our primary objectives is subject to a number of risks that you should consider before investing in our common stock. These risks are discussed more fully in the section titled "Risk Factors," beginning on page 13, and include, but are not limited to, the following:

    if general business and economic conditions do not continue to improve, particularly within our market area, our growth and results of operations could be adversely affected;

    economic, market, operational, liquidity, credit and interest rate risks associated with our business could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition;

89


Table of Contents

    competition within the financial services industry, nationally and within our market area, both for customers and employees, could limit our ability to grow and could adversely affect the pricing and terms that we are able to offer to our customers;

    if we do not effectively manage our credit risk, we may experience increased levels of delinquencies, nonperforming loans and charge-offs, which could require increases in our provision for loan losses; and

    we are subject to extensive state and federal financial regulation, and compliance with changing requirements may restrict our activities or have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

Growth History

        Our organic growth has focused on expanding market share in our existing and contiguous markets by attracting new customers with our personalized service and our ability to tailor commercial, consumer and specialized loans closely to local needs, particularly with respect to loan structure. We can then generate stable core deposits from these customers. We believe that our focus on and strong relationships in our market areas will provide long-term opportunities for organic growth, particularly in an improving economic environment.

        Our acquisition activity complements our organic growth strategy and has primarily focused on strategic acquisitions in or around our core market. As we evaluate potential acquisition opportunities in the future, we believe there are many banking institutions that would benefit by partnering with Level One to enhance operating scale, solve capital or liquidity issues and broaden management expertise to continue to compete effectively in the marketplace. Our management team has a long history of identifying targets, assessing and pricing risk and executing acquisitions in a creative, yet disciplined, manner. We seek acquisitions that provide meaningful financial benefits, long-term organic growth opportunities and expense reductions, without compromising our risk profile. Additionally, we seek to enter banking markets with favorable competitive dynamics and potential consolidation opportunities.

        Since inception, Level One Bank has experienced significant growth, both organically and through acquisitions. Below are a few of our notable milestones:

    October 2007—Chartered as a de novo financial institution with an initial capitalization of $16.2 million from local investors and sophisticated institutional investors.

    April 2009—Completed the FDIC-assisted acquisition of $13.5 million in assets and $95.9 million in liabilities of Michigan Heritage Bank, strengthening and expanding the Bank's deposit market position and providing funds for loan growth.

    June and December 2010—Raised $21.0 million in capital primarily from local investors and sophisticated institutional investors.

    December 2010—Completed the FDIC-assisted acquisition of certain assets and liabilities of Paramount Bank assuming approximately $173.0 million in deposits and purchasing approximately $206.4 million in loans and other assets. This acquisition strengthened and expanded the Bank's position within the desirable and competitive market of Oakland County with the addition of more than 6,000 new customers.

    September 2012—Raised $14.0 million in capital primarily from sophisticated institutional investors.

    March 2015—Acquired Lotus Bank in Novi, Michigan for $17.1 million, expanding our reach to western Oakland County. At the time of our acquisition, we acquired $78.0 million in loans and $96.8 million of deposits.

90


Table of Contents

    March 2016—Completed the acquisition of Bank of Michigan for $16.5 million, acquiring $94.6 million in deposits and $91.7 million in loans. We also acquired Bank of Michigan's MSB operations, which significantly increased our depository fee service income.

Lending Activities

        We offer a broad and growing set of lending products and related services, including commercial mortgages; commercial and industrial loans with lines of credit, term loans and owner occupied mortgages to small businesses; loans under the SBA lending program; residential real estate loans; construction and land development loans; and consumer loans including home equity loans, automobile loans and credit card services. We target our services to owner-managed businesses, professional firms, real estate professionals, not-for-profit businesses and consumers within our geographic markets who meet our underwriting standards.

        We focus primarily on originating commercial and industrial loans, owner occupied commercial real estate loans and, to a lesser extent, non-owner occupied commercial real estate loans in our primary market areas, which include Oakland County, the Detroit metropolitan area and the Grand Rapids metropolitan area. We have lenders dedicated to targeting mid-sized businesses with between $5.0 million and $50.0 million of annual revenue, but we also target small businesses with revenue of less than $5.0 million.

        The following chart summarizes the composition of our loan portfolio as of December 31, 2017.


Loan Portfolio Composition

GRAPHIC

        Commercial Loans.     The commercial loans offered by the Bank include (i) commercial mortgages, (ii) commercial and industrial loans consisting of operating lines of credit and term loans, SBA-guaranteed loans and other guaranteed loan programs such as the Michigan Economic Development Corporation (MEDC) collateral support program and in the past the US Department of Agriculture (USDA) Business and Industry program; and (iii) commercial real estate construction loans. Targeted customer groups include small and mid-sized business owners and operators. Another target group is professionals who are likely to build and occupy facilities at their principal employment locations.

91


Table of Contents

        The Bank's commercial mortgages are used to provide construction and permanent financing for owner-occupied, retail and office buildings, and multi-family buildings. Commercial real estate secured loans are generally written on a five-year term, with amortizing periods ranging up to twenty-five years. Interest rates may be fixed for three to seven years, or adjustable. The Bank generally charges an origination fee for its services. We generally require personal guarantees from the principal owners of the property supported by a review by the Bank's management of the principal owners' personal financial statements. We attempt to limit our risk by analyzing the borrowers' cash flow and collateral value on an ongoing basis and by an annual review of rent rolls and financial statements. The loan-to-value ratio as established by an independent appraisal typically will not exceed 85%. Owner-occupied commercial real estate loans were $168.4 million or 16.3% of the total Company's loan portfolio and non-owner occupied commercial real estate/multi-family loans were $343.4 million or 33.2% of the Company's loan portfolio as of December 31, 2017. Commercial and industrial loans are generally made to small to medium sized businesses for business purposes and are supported by the cash flow of the underlying business as well as collateral of accounts receivable, inventory and/or equipment as collateral and personal guaranties from the business owners.

        SBA, MEDC, and USDA lending programs are utilized to enhance the credit quality of loans that already meet the requirements of the Company's rigorous credit underwriting policies and procedures. These programs have a further benefit to the Company in terms of liquidity and potential fee income, since there is an active secondary market which will purchase the guaranteed portion of these loans at a premium. Our operating lines of credit typically are limited to a percentage of the value of the assets securing the line. Lines of credit and term loans typically are reviewed annually. Commercial and industrial loans are primarily underwritten on the basis of the borrower's ability to service the loan from operating income. The terms of these loans vary by purpose and by type of underlying collateral. We typically make equipment loans for a term of five years or less at fixed or adjustable rates, with the loan fully amortized over the term. Loans to support working capital typically have terms not exceeding one year and are usually secured by accounts receivable, inventory and personal guarantees of the principals of the business. The interest rates charged on loans vary with the degree of risk and loan amount and are further subject to competitive pressures, money market rates, the availability of funds and government regulations. For loans secured by accounts receivable and inventory, principal is typically repaid as the assets securing the loan are converted into cash (monitored on a monthly or more frequent basis as determined necessary in the underwriting process), and for loans secured with other types of collateral, principal is typically due at maturity. As of December 31, 2017, commercial and industrial loans totaled approximately $377.7 million or 36.5% of the Company's loan portfolio.

        Construction loans include commercial projects (such as multi-family housing, industrial, office and retail centers). We do not have any early stage acquisition and development loans for land and lots. Permanent financing is typically offered for commercial properties under construction. These loans typically have a term of less than 18 months, floating interest rates and commitment fees. Construction loans for investment real estate are made to developers who have an established record of successful project completion and loan repayment. Loan repayment for owner occupied transactions is generally from permanent financing with either the Bank or a qualified mortgage lender. The loan-to-value ratio as established by independent appraisal typically will not exceed 85% and generally is limited to 80% or less for owner occupied and 75% or less for investment real estate. Loan proceeds are disbursed based on the percentage of completion and only after an experienced construction lender or third-party inspector has inspected the project with construction monitoring handled by the Bank's Credit Administration department, which ensures title policies are updated for each construction draw. At December 31, 2017, we had $51.4 million in construction loans outstanding, representing 5.0% of the Company's loan portfolio, with $29.1 million in undisbursed commitments.

        Residential Real Estate.     We originate both fixed-rate loans and adjustable-rate loans in our residential lending program. Generally, these loans are originated to meet the requirements of Fannie

92


Table of Contents

Mae, Freddie Mac, FHA, VA and jumbo loans for sale in the secondary market to investors. We typically sell both our long term fixed rate and adjustable loan originations. We generally underwrite our one- to four-family loans based on the applicant's employment, debt to income levels, credit history and the appraised value of the subject property. Generally, we lend up to 80% of the lesser of the appraised value or purchase price for one- to four-family residential loans. In situations where we grant a residential first mortgage loan with a loan-to-value ratio in excess of 80%, we generally require private mortgage insurance in order to reduce our exposure to 80% or less. Properties securing our one- to four-family loans are generally appraised by independent fee appraisers selected by our appraisal management companies conforming with appraisal independent compliance guidelines. We require our borrowers to obtain title and hazard insurance, and flood insurance, if necessary, in an amount equal to the regulatory maximum. Fixed rate loans generally are offered on a fully amortizing basis for terms ranging from 10 to 30 years at interest rates and fees that reflect current secondary market pricing. Most ARM products offered adjust annually after an initial period ranging from one to ten years, subject to a limitation on the annual change of 1.0% to 2.0% and a lifetime limitation of 5.0% to 6.0%. These ARM products most frequently adjust based upon the average yield on LIBOR or Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year plus a margin or spread above the index. Generally, ARM loans held in our portfolio do not allow for interest-only payments nor negative amortization of principal and carry allowable prepayment restrictions. The Bank also makes a limited amount of loans secured by second mortgages on residential real estate. Second residential mortgages may have a loan to value of up 80% when combined with the first mortgage, however exceptions can be made based on credit capacity, collateral and banking relationship. Also included in residential real estate loans are home equity lines of credit. Home equity lines of credit generally have a loan to value ratio of up to 80% at the time of origination when combined with the first mortgage. The majority of these loans are secured by a first or second mortgage on residential property. Home equity lines of credit allow for a 10-year draw period, with a 10-year repayment period, and the interest rate is generally tied to the prime rate as published by the Wall Street Journal and may include a margin. As of December 31, 2017, residential loans totaled approximately $144.4 million or 14.0% of the Company's loan portfolio, of which $27.2 million were home equity lines of credit.

        Consumer Loans.     Consumer loans offered by the Bank include personal installment and auto loans and credit cards through a third-party provider. Personal lines of credit generally have maturities from one to five years and variable interest rates. Personal unsecured loans are available to creditworthy bank customers with limits determined on a loan by loan basis. Credit reports and industry standard debt-to-income ratios of 35% or less are used to qualify borrowers. As of December 31, 2017, consumer loans totaled approximately $1.0 million or 0.1% of the Company's loan portfolio.

        Loan Policy and Approval.     Loan authority is delegated by the Directors Loan Committee. The Bank does not provide loan authority to any one individual, but takes a risk management approach based on aggregate credit exposure and risk grading. Aggregate exposure less than $2.0 million requires multi-signature approval. The Management Loan Committee has approval authority up to $5.0 million. The Directors Loan Committee has approval authority up to $7.5 million (or $10.0 million for lower risk rated credits). Aggregate exposure requests that exceed $10.0 million are approved by the Directors Loan Committee on an exception basis. It should be noted that each loan request requires some level of credit approval. Management will continue to seek Directors Loan Committee approval for higher committee loan authorities in conjunction with the increased capital levels that will result from this Offering. Under applicable federal and state law, the Bank's permissible loans to one borrower are also limited to $30.4 million in the aggregate, subject to two-thirds board approval. The Bank utilizes internal limits that may be less than or equal to the prevailing legal limits.

        Deposit Services.     The Bank offers a full range of deposit services insured by the FDIC, including (i) commercial checking and small business checking products, (ii) retirement accounts such as Individual Retirement Accounts (IRA), and (iii) retail deposit services such as certificates of deposits,

93


Table of Contents

money market accounts, savings accounts, checking account products and Automated Teller Machines (ATMs). The Bank also offers credit cards and internet banking.

        The Bank's business strategy concentrates heavily on the generation of "core" deposits generally defined as Demand Deposit Accounts, Money Market accounts, Negotiable Order of Withdrawal accounts, and time deposit accounts less than $100 thousand. The Bank focuses it deposit efforts on cash rich business such as insurance companies, insurance agents, trade associations, title and escrow companies, real estate offices, churches and professionals such as physicians, attorneys and other services providers. The Bank has implemented successful deposit gathering strategies and tactics to attract and retain deposits utilizing technology to deliver high quality treasury management services (e.g. remote deposit capture lock box, electronic bill payments) in addition to the traditional generation of deposit relationships in conjunction with its lending activities.

        The Bank offers a broad range of deposit services that are typically available from most banks and savings and loan associations, including checking accounts, NOW accounts, savings and other time deposits of various types, ranging from daily money market accounts to longer-term certificates of deposit. The transaction accounts and time certificates are tailored to the principal market area at rates competitive with those offered in the area. The Bank solicits these accounts from individuals, businesses, associations, organizations and government authorities. As of December 31, 2017, the Bank had $87.8 million of brokered deposits and deposits obtained through the use of internet listing services (approximately 7.8% of total deposits).

        In addition, we generate fee income through our MSB which provides cash management services for small, locally-owned cash intensive businesses. We intend to continue to grow this line of business, which we acquired in 2016 in our Bank of Michigan acquisition.

        We offer commercial depository (treasury management) services, specialty deposit accounts and other solutions to serve the needs of our institutional depositors, and offer mobile banking services, savings and checking accounts, money market accounts, certificates of deposit and other customary products and services to our retail depositors.

        The following chart summarizes the composition of our deposits as of December 31, 2017.


Deposit Composition

GRAPHIC

94


Table of Contents

Our Market Areas

        Our primary market is Oakland County, which is the second-largest county in Michigan with a total population of over 1.2 million people and a median household income of over $76 thousand, according to S&P Global Market Intelligence. Because we have few locally-based competitors in Oakland County, with our regional banking expertise, local credit decision making and high touch service, we are able to compete with larger regional and national banking competitors to increase our market share and grow our loan portfolio. Oakland County benefits from a skilled workforce, including both engineering and research and development employees related to the automotive industry, and nearly 4,700 life science and health care firms employing over 100,000 individuals, according to Oakland County.

        We also serve the Detroit metropolitan area, which is the largest MSA in Michigan with a population of over 4.2 million people, according to S&P Global Market Intelligence, a major center of the U.S. automotive industry and a regional healthcare hub. The Detroit MSA ranks as the 14th largest MSA in the United States based on gross domestic product. In recent years, there has been an increase in capital being invested in the city as the downtown Detroit area has been revitalized. Since 2006, the city of Detroit has experienced more than $12 billion in new investments for approximately 150 projects. In addition, the city of Detroit is an attractive place to live, with a cost of living below the national average, and to set up a business, with a flat corporate income tax rate of 6%.

        With our new banking center that opened in 2016, our market area also includes the Grand Rapids metropolitan area, which is the second largest MSA in Michigan with a population of over 1.0 million people, according to S&P Global Market Intelligence. The Grand Rapids "Medical Mile" is a renowned healthcare destination that has experienced over $2 billion in investment over the last two years. In addition, Grand Rapids is a growing area for the manufacturing, information technology and life sciences industries.

        We believe the demographics of our market areas provide strong growth opportunities for our loan portfolio and deposits. The following chart, which is based on data from S&P Global Market Intelligence, shows our share of the deposits in our market areas as of June 30, 2017, which is the most recent data available.

GRAPHIC

        We operate in our primary market of Oakland County, Michigan, which is a part of the Detroit MSA, and, since the fourth quarter of 2016, in our new market area of Grand Rapids, Michigan, which is part of the Grand Rapids MSA. Oakland County and the Detroit and Grand Rapids MSAs are large and growing markets, with total populations of over 1.2 million, 4.2 million and 1.0 million, respectively,

95


Table of Contents

according to S&P Global Market Intelligence. In addition, our Oakland County and Grand Rapids markets exceed the U.S. and Michigan averages for unemployment rate and median income.

Unemployment Rate as of November 2017   Median Household Income

GRAPHIC

 

GRAPHIC


 

Source: U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics   Source: S&P Global Market Intelligence

Competition

        The financial services industry is highly competitive as we compete for loans, deposits and customer relationships in our market. Competition involves efforts to retain current clients, make new loans and obtain new deposits, increase the scope and sophistication of services offered and offer competitive interest rates paid on deposits and charged on loans. Within our branch footprint, we primarily face competition from national, regional and other local financial institutions that have established branch networks throughout our market areas as well as new markets, giving them visible retail presence to customers.

        In mortgage banking, we face competition from a wide range of national financial institutions, regional and local community banks, as well as credit unions and national mortgage underwriters. In commercial banking, we face competition to underwrite loans to sound, stable businesses and real estate projects at competitive price levels that make sense for our business and risk profile. Our major commercial bank competitors include larger national, regional and local financial institutions that may have the ability to make loans on larger projects than we can or provide a larger mix of product offerings. We also compete with smaller local financial institutions that may have aggressive pricing and unique terms on various types of loans and, increasingly, financial technology platforms that offer their products exclusively through web-based portals.

        In retail banking, we primarily compete with national and local banks that have visible retail presence and personnel in our market areas. The primary factors driving competition in consumer banking are customer service, interest rates, fees charged, branch location and hours of operation and the range of products offered. We compete for deposits by advertising, offering competitive interest rates and seeking to provide a higher level of personal service. We also face competition from non-traditional alternatives to banks such as credit unions, money centers, money market mutual funds and cash management accounts.

        We believe our ability to provide a flexible, sophisticated product offering and an efficient process to our customers allows us to stay competitive in the financial services environment. Our local presence and hands-on approach enables us to provide a high level of service that our customers value.

96


Table of Contents

Employees

        As of December 31, 2017, we had 235 full-time equivalent employees. None of our employees are a party to a collective bargaining agreement. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good and have not experienced interruptions of operations due to labor disagreements.

Properties

        Our headquarters is located at 32991 Hamilton Court, Farmington Hills, Michigan. Including our headquarters building, we operate 14 offices, including 12 full-service banking centers located primarily in southeastern Michigan, and a mortgage loan production office in Ann Arbor, Michigan. We own our headquarters building and our branch office located in Novi and one branch office location in Farmington Hills, Michigan, and lease the remainder of our locations.

Legal Proceedings

        In the normal course of business, we are named or threatened to be named as a defendant in various lawsuits. Management, following consultation with legal counsel, does not expect the ultimate disposition of any or a combination of these matters to have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or growth prospects. However, given the nature, scope and complexity of the extensive legal and regulatory landscape applicable to our business (including laws and regulations governing consumer protection, fair lending, fair labor, privacy, information security and anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism laws), we, like all banking organizations, are subject to heightened legal and regulatory compliance and litigation risk.

Corporate Information

        Our principal executive office is located at 32991 Hamilton Court, Farmington Hills, Michigan, and our telephone number is (248) 737-0300. Our website address is www.levelonebank.com. The information contained on our website is not a part of, nor incorporated by reference into, this prospectus.

97


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT

Board of Directors

        Our board of directors currently consists of ten members. We expect all of our existing directors to continue to comprise our board of directors following the completion of this offering. Under our bylaws, each of our directors is elected each year for a one-year term. Our bylaws provide that our board is authorized to have not less than five nor more than 25 directors. The number of directors may be changed only by resolution of our board within the range set forth in our bylaws.

        The following table sets forth information as of the date of this prospectus regarding the members of our board of directors. Ages are given as of the date of this prospectus.

Name
  Age   Position
Patrick J. Fehring     60   Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
Barbara E. Allushuski     65   Director
Victor L. Ansara     59   Director
James L. Bellinson     57   Director
Michael A. Brillati     43   Director
Shukri W. David     58   Director
Thomas A. Fabbri     64   Director
Mark J. Herman     62   Director
Steven H. Rivera     55   Director
Stefan Wanczyk     57   Director

        The following is a brief discussion of the business and banking background and experience of each of our directors for at least the past five years. The biographies contain information regarding the person's experience, qualifications, attributes or skills that led to the conclusion that the person should serve as a director. No director has any family relationship, as defined in Item 401 of Regulation S-K, with any other director or with any of our executive officers.

        Patrick J. Fehring.     Mr. Fehring serves as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank. Prior to founding the Bank, Mr. Fehring spent 27 years with Fifth Third Bancorp or its affiliates, most recently as President of Fifth Third Bank, Eastern Michigan.

        Barbara E. Allushuski.     Ms. Allushuski is the President and Chief Executive Officer of Blue Heron Talent, LLC, an executive coaching firm. She also serves on the boards of the Detroit Regional Chamber and Skyline Club, on the advisory board for the Girl Scouts of Southeastern Michigan, and as a limited partner of Belle Capital. Ms. Allushuski earned a bachelor's degree in economics from Ohio University and a degree from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania. Our board considered Ms. Allushuski's business experience, her management experience as the President and Chief Executive Officer of a business and her knowledge of the business community in our market area in determining that she should be a member of our board and Compensation Committee.

        Victor L. Ansara.     Mr. Ansara is the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Ansara Restaurant Group, Inc., a restaurant and real estate company. Our board considered Mr. Ansara's experience as the chief executive officer of a local business and his knowledge and experience with real estate investment in determining that he should be a member of our board and Compensation Committee.

        James L. Bellinson.     Mr. Bellinson is the Managing Member and founder of Riverstone Communities, which owns and operates 85 manufactured housing communities in 11 states. In 2012, Mr. Bellinson co-founded Peas and Carrots Hospitality LLC, a restaurant holding company that owns restaurants in Michigan and Chicago. He previously served as President and Chief Operating Officer of

98


Table of Contents

Arcadia Services, Inc., a national health care provider in 21 states that was sold in 1997 to Integrated Health Services, Inc., a New York Stock Exchange company. In 2015, Mr. Bellinson co-founded Riverstone Growth Partners, which is a private equity group. Also in 2015, he co-founded Brilliant Detroit, a non-profit that buys homes in underserved Detroit neighborhoods and converts them to free early childhood learning centers. Mr. Bellinson is active in several other philanthropic organizations in the Detroit area. He graduated from the University of Michigan with a B.A. in Economics. He also earned his Juris Doctorate degree from the University of San Diego, College of Law, and became a bar-certified attorney in the State of Michigan. Our board considered Mr. Bellinson's knowledge of the business community in our market area and his overall extensive business and management level experience in determining that he should be a member of our board and Nominating and Governance Committee.

        Michael A. Brillati.     Mr. Brillati is Chief Executive Officer of Salus Group, a benefits and administration company. Our board considered Mr. Brillati's knowledge of the business community in our market area and his overall extensive business and management level experience in determining that he should be a member of our board and Compensation Committee.

        Shukri W. David.     Dr. David is a cardiologist and physician chair of the Cardiovascular Center of Excellence at St. John Providence Health System with cardiovascular service line responsibilities for Ascension Health Michigan. He has partial ownership of, and is chief medical officer for, Cardiovascular Therapeutics, and has partial ownership in Heart Cardiology Consultants, which is based in Southfield, Michigan. He completed cardiovascular training at Providence Hospital and Harper Hospital, Wayne State University. Dr. David currently serves on the Board of Visitors for the school of nursing at Oakland University. He earned his a medical degree from American University of the Caribbean and an MBA from Indiana University Business School. Our board considered Dr. David's business and management experience in determining that he should be a member of our board, Audit Committee, Nominating and Governance Committee and Compensation Committee.

        Thomas A. Fabbri.     Mr. Fabbri is the President and Chief Executive Officer of Aaro Companies, which provide maintenance and janitorial services for commercial buildings, and of Lakeview Hills Golf Resort. He previously served on the board of directors for Huntington Bank and the Detroit Athletic Club. Mr. Fabbri earned a bachelor's degree in commerce and finance from the University of Detroit. Our board considered Mr. Fabbri's experience on a bank's board of directors, his knowledge of the business community in our market area, and his overall extensive business and management level experience in determining that he should be a member of our board, Audit Committee and Nominating and Governance Committee.

        Mark J. Herman.     Mr. Herman is the President and Chief Operating Officer of ANYI Management Company, and commercial real estate company. He has 25 years of experience in the banking industry, primarily with Comerica Bank and Fifth Third Bank, which included management and executive management positions in the areas of commercial lending, trust and investments and private banking. Mr. Herman earned a bachelor's degree from Central Michigan University and an MBA from Michigan State University. Our board considered Mr. Herman's experience as the chief operating officer of a local business, his knowledge of and experience with real estate investment and development, and his experience in the banking industry in determining that he should be a member of our board and Audit Committee.

        Steven H. Rivera.     Mr. Rivera is the Managing Partner of Independent Emergency Physicians, P.C., President of the Medical Staff of Providence and Providence Park Hospitals, and partner of Detroit Entrepreneurs LLC. He also serves on the Southeastern Michigan Board of Directors of Ascension Health. Our board considered Mr. Rivera's management experience and knowledge of the business community in our market area in determining that he should be a member of our board, Nominating and Governance Committee and Compensation Committee.

99


Table of Contents

        Stefan Wanczyk.     Mr. Wanczyk is the President and Chief Executive Officer of Utica Enterprises, Inc., a holding company that owns and operates 12 subsidiaries in the automotive and transportation industry. He is also the Chief Executive Officer of Hour Media, LLC, which owns and operates 10 media companies in six states. Mr. Wanczyk also serves as a director and trustee of several foundations and non-profit organizations in the Detroit area. He graduated from Wayne State University with a bachelor's degree in accounting. Our board considered Mr. Wanczyk's management experience as a chief executive, his accounting acumen, and his knowledge of the business community in our market area in determining that he should be a member of our board, Audit Committee and Nominating and Governance Committee.

Executive Officers

        The following table sets forth certain information regarding our executive officers, including their names, ages and positions:

Name
  Age   Position
Patrick J. Fehring     60   Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank
Gregory A. Wernette     55   Executive Vice President, Chief Lending Officer and Corporate Secretary of the Company and the Bank
David C. Walker     57   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company and Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Bank
Timothy R. Mackay     48   Assistant Corporate Secretary of the Company and Executive Vice President, Consumer Banking Officer of the Bank
Eva D. Scurlock     40   Assistant Corporate Secretary of the Company and Executive Vice President, Risk Management Officer of the Bank
Melanie C. Barrett     59   Executive Vice President, Chief Human Resources Officer of the Company and the Bank

        The business experience of each of our executive officers is set forth below. No executive officer has any family relationship, as defined in Item 401 of Regulation S-K, with any other executive officer or any of our current directors. There are no arrangements or understandings between any of the officers and any other person pursuant to which he or she was selected as an officer.

        Gregory A. Wernette.     Mr. Wernette serves as Executive Vice President, Chief Lending Officer and Corporate Secretary of the Company and the Bank. Prior to joining the Bank at inception, Mr. Wernette spent 21 years with Comerica Bank, most recently as First Vice President and Group Manager in Middle Market Banking.

        David C. Walker.     Mr. Walker serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company and as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Bank. He has also served as a vice president and director of Hamilton Court Insurance Company since July 2017. Mr. Walker, who joined us in October 2009, previously served as Group Vice President of Detroit-based GMAC LLC, where he spent 24 years in various financial disciplines, including seven years as Chief Financial Officer of GMAC's Mortgage Group and two years as GMAC's Treasurer.

        Timothy R. Mackay.     Mr. Mackay serves as Assistant Corporate Secretary of the Company and as Executive Vice President, Consumer Banking Officer and Assistant Corporate Secretary of the Bank. With 26 years of experience in bank leadership, including 21 years in various capacities at Fifth Third Bank in Michigan and Florida, where he oversaw 63 banking centers, Mr. Mackay, who joined us in

100


Table of Contents

February 2013, is responsible for the strategic leadership of the Consumer Banking Division, including branch banking, small business banking, residential mortgage and marketing.

        Eva D. Scurlock.     Ms. Scurlock serves as Assistant Corporate Secretary of the Company and as Executive Vice President, Risk Management Officer and Assistant Corporate Secretary of the Bank. With over 17 years of experience in the banking industry, including most recently as Credit Training Manager and Commercial Lender at LaSalle Bank, Ms. Scurlock, who joined us at inception, is responsible for the strategic leadership of enterprise risk management, including credit and compliance risk. Ms. Scurlock was selected by Crain's Detroit Business as a "40 Under 40" honoree in 2013.

        Melanie C. Barrett.     Ms. Barrett serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer of the Company and the Bank. With 38 years of experience in banking at Comerica Bank and Flagstar Bank, Ms. Barrett, who joined us in January 2018, is responsible for human resources activity including staffing, compensation, training, leadership development, and team member benefits. Prior to joining the Company and the Bank, she served as senior vice president-director of human resource business partners of Flagstar Bank from April 2012 until July 2017. In this capacity, her primary responsibilities included the development of policies and practices for the organization, working with business leaders on organizational realignments and restructurings, overseeing the management of employee relations concerns, and overseeing the due diligence and integration of employees acquired through acquisitions.

Director Independence

        Under the rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market, independent directors must comprise a majority of our board of directors within one year of our listing date. The rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market, as well as those of the SEC, also impose several other requirements with respect to the independence of our directors.

        Our board of directors has evaluated the independence of its members based upon the rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market and the SEC. Applying these standards, and based on information provided by each director concerning his background, employment and affiliations, our board of directors has affirmatively determined that, with the exception of Mr. Fehring, each of our current directors is an independent director, as defined under the applicable rules. Because Mr. Fehring is an executive officer of the Company and the Bank, Mr. Fehring cannot be deemed to be independent under the rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market and the SEC. In making these determinations, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with the Company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our shares by each non-employee director, and the matters discussed under "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions."

Board Leadership Structure

        Our board of directors does not have a formal policy requiring the separation of the roles of Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer. It is our directors' view that rather than having a rigid policy, the board of directors, with the advice and assistance of the Nominating and Governance Committee, and upon consideration of all relevant factors and circumstances, will determine, as and when appropriate, whether the two offices should be separate. Since our formation, the positions of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer have been combined and held by Mr. Fehring. We believe this board leadership structure is the most appropriate because of the efficiencies achieved in having the role of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer combined, and because the detailed knowledge of our day-to-day operations and business that the Chief Executive Officer possesses greatly enhances the decision-making processes of the board of directors as a whole. As noted above, Mr. Fehring is not currently considered to be "independent" according to Nasdaq Stock Market rules.

101


Table of Contents

        Because the Chairman of the Board is not an independent director, we have a separate lead independent director who organizes and presides at sessions of our independent directors. Currently, Dr. David serves as our lead independent director. Consistent with Nasdaq listing requirements, the independent directors regularly have the opportunity to meet without Mr. Fehring present.

Board Committees

        Our board of directors has established standing committees in connection with the discharge of its responsibilities. These committees include an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and a Nominating and Governance Committee. Mr. Fehring is not a member of any of these committees. The responsibilities of these committees are described below. Our board of directors may also establish such other committees as it deems appropriate, in accordance with applicable law and regulations and our corporate governance documents. The following table summarizes the membership of each of the committees of the board of directors:

Director Name
  Audit
Committee
  Compensation
Committee
  Nominating and
Governance
Committee

Barbara E. Allushuski

      X (Chair)    

Victor L. Ansara

      X    

James L. Bellinson

          X

Michael A. Brillati

      X    

Shukri W. David

  X   X   X

Thomas A. Fabbri

  X       X (Chair)

Mark J. Herman

  X        

Steven H. Rivera

      X   X

Stefan Wanczyk

  X (Chair)       X

        Audit Committee.     Our board of directors has evaluated the independence of the members of our Audit Committee and has affirmatively determined that: (i) each of the members of our Audit Committee meets the definition of "independent director" under Nasdaq Stock Market rules; (ii) each of the members satisfies the additional independence standards under Nasdaq Stock Market rules and applicable SEC rules for Audit Committee service; and (iii) each of the members has the ability to read and understand fundamental financial statements. In addition, our board of directors has determined that Mr. Wanczyk has the required financial sophistication due to his experience and background, which Nasdaq Stock Market rules require at least one such Audit Committee member have. Our board has determined that Mr. Wanczyk also qualifies as an "audit committee financial expert," as that term is defined under applicable SEC rules.

        Our Audit Committee has adopted a written charter, which sets forth the committee's duties and responsibilities. The current charter of the Audit Committee will be available on our website at www.levelonebank.com upon completion of this offering. As described in its charter, our Audit Committee has responsibility for, among other things:

    selecting and reviewing the performance of our independent auditors and approving, in advance, all engagements and fee arrangements;

    reviewing the independence of our independent auditors;

    reviewing actions by management on recommendations of the independent auditors and internal auditors;

    meeting with management, the internal auditors and the independent auditors to review the effectiveness of our system of internal control and internal audit procedures;

102


Table of Contents

    reviewing our earnings releases and reports to be filed with the SEC;

    reviewing reports of bank regulatory agencies and monitoring management's compliance with recommendations contained in those reports;

    reviewing and approving transactions for potential conflicts of interest under the Company's conflict of interest policy; and

    handling such other matters that are specifically delegated to the Audit Committee by our board of directors from time to time.

        Compensation Committee.     Our board of directors has evaluated the independence of the members of our Compensation Committee and has affirmatively determined that all of the members of our Compensation Committee are "independent" under Nasdaq Stock Market rules and also satisfy the additional independence standards under Nasdaq Stock Market rules for compensation committee service.

        Our Compensation Committee has adopted a written charter, which sets forth the committee's duties and responsibilities. The current charter of the Compensation Committee will be available on our website at www.levelonebank.com upon completion of this offering. As described in its charter, our Compensation Committee has responsibility for, among other things:

    reviewing, monitoring and approving our overall compensation structure, policies and programs (including benefit plans) and assessing whether the compensation structure establishes appropriate incentives for our executive officers and other employees and meets our corporate objectives;

    determining the annual compensation of our Chief Executive Officer;

    reviewing the compensation decisions made by our Chief Executive Officer with respect to our other executive officers;

    overseeing the administration of our equity plans and other incentive compensation plans and programs and making recommendations to our board of directors relating to these matters;

    preparing the Compensation Committee report required by SEC rules to be included in our annual report; and

    handling such other matters that are specifically delegated to the Compensation Committee by our board of directors from time to time.

        Nominating and Governance Committee.     Our board of directors has evaluated the independence of the members of our Nominating and Governance Committee and has affirmatively determined that all of the members of our Nominating and Governance Committee are "independent" under Nasdaq Stock Market rules.

        Our Nominating and Governance Committee has adopted a written charter, which sets forth the committee's duties and responsibilities. The current charter of the Nominating and Governance Committee will be available on our website at www.levelonebank.com upon completion of this offering. As described in its charter, our Nominating and Governance Committee has responsibility for, among other things:

    recommending persons to be selected by our board of directors as nominees for election as directors or to fill any vacancies on our board of directors;

    developing and recommending to the board of directors a set of corporate governance guidelines applicable to the Company and reviewing these guidelines at least once a year;

103


Table of Contents

    reviewing the board of director's committee structure and composition and making recommendations to the board of directors regarding the appointment of directors to serve as members of each committee and committee chairmen annually; and

    handling such other matters that are specifically delegated to the Nominating and Governance Committee by our board of directors from time to time.

        In carrying out its nominating function, the Nominating and Governance Committee has developed qualification criteria for all potential director nominees, including incumbent directors, board nominees and shareholder nominees. These criteria include the following attributes:

    integrity and high ethical standards in the nominee's professional life;

    sufficient educational and professional experience, business experience or comparable service on other boards of directors to qualify the nominee for service to the board;

    evidence of leadership and sound judgment in the nominee's professional life;

    a willingness to abide by any published code of ethics for the Company; and

    a willingness and ability to devote sufficient time to carrying out the duties and responsibilities required of a board member.

        The committee also evaluates potential nominees to determine if they have any conflicts of interest that may interfere with their ability to serve as effective board members and to determine whether they are "independent" in accordance with Nasdaq Stock Market rules (to ensure that, at all times, at least a majority of our directors are independent).

        Prior to nominating an existing director for re-election to the board, the committee will consider and review the following attributes with respect to each existing director:

    board and committee attendance and performance;

    age and length of board service;

    experience, skills and contributions that the existing director brings to the board;

    independence and any conflicts of interest; and

    any significant change in the director's professional status or work experience, including the attributes considered for initial board membership.

Board Oversight of Risk Management

        Our board of directors believes that effective risk management and control processes are critical to our safety and soundness, our ability to predict and manage the challenges that we face and, ultimately, our long-term corporate success. Our board of directors, both directly and through its committees, is responsible for overseeing our risk management processes, with each of the committees of our board of directors assuming a different and important role in overseeing the management of the risks we face.

        Our full board of directors oversees our enterprise-wide risk management framework, which establishes our overall risk appetite and risk management strategy and enables our management to understand, manage and report on the risks we face. Our full board of directors also reviews and oversees policies and practices established by management to identify, assess, measure and manage key risks we face, including the risk appetite metrics developed by management. The Audit Committee of our board of directors is responsible for overseeing risks associated with financial matters (particularly financial reporting, accounting practices and policies, disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting). The Compensation Committee of our board of directors has primary responsibility for risks and exposures associated with our compensation policies, plans and practices,

104


Table of Contents

regarding both executive compensation and the compensation structure generally. In particular, our Compensation Committee reviews our incentive compensation arrangements to ensure these programs are consistent with applicable laws and regulations, including safety and soundness requirements, and do not encourage imprudent or excessive risk-taking by our employees. The Nominating and Governance Committee of our board of directors oversees risks associated with the independence of our board of directors and potential conflicts of interest.

        Our senior management team is responsible for implementing and reporting to our board of directors regarding our risk management processes, including by assessing and managing the risks we face, including strategic, operational, regulatory, investment and execution risks, on a day-to-day basis. Our senior management team is also responsible for creating and recommending to our board of directors for approval appropriate risk appetite metrics reflecting the aggregate levels and types of risk we are willing to accept in connection with the operation of our business and pursuit of our business objectives.

        The role of our board of directors in our risk oversight is consistent with our leadership structure, with the members of our senior management team having responsibility for assessing and managing our risk exposure, and our board of directors and its committees providing oversight in connection with those efforts. We believe this division of risk management responsibilities presents a consistent, systemic and effective approach for identifying, managing and mitigating risks throughout our operations.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

        None of the members of our Compensation Committee will be or has been an officer or employee of the Company. None of our executive officers serves or has served as a member of the board of directors, compensation committee or other board committee performing equivalent functions of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as one of our directors or on our Compensation Committee.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

        Our board of directors has adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our directors and employees. The code sets forth the standard of ethics that we expect all of our directors and employees to follow. Upon completion of this offering, our code of business conduct and ethics will be available on our website at www.levelonebank.com. Any amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website, as well as any other means required by Nasdaq Stock Market rules.

Corporate Governance Guidelines

        Our board of directors has adopted a set of corporate governance guidelines to assist our board of directors in the exercise of its fiduciary duties and to promote the effective functioning of our board and its committees. Upon the completion of this offering, our corporate governance guidelines will be available on our website at www.levelonebank.com.

105


Table of Contents


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

        As an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act, we have opted to comply with the executive compensation disclosure rules applicable to "smaller reporting companies" as such term is defined in the rules promulgated under the Securities Act, which permit us to limit reporting of compensation disclosure to our principal executive officer and our two other most highly compensated executive officers, which are referred to as our "named executive officers."

        The compensation reported in the Summary Compensation Table below is not necessarily indicative of how we will compensate our named executive officers in the future. We will continue to review, evaluate and modify our compensation framework to maintain a competitive total compensation package. As such, and as a result of our becoming a publicly traded company, the compensation program following this offering could vary from our historical practices.

        Our named executive officers for 2017, which consist of our principal executive officer and the Company's two other most highly compensated executive officers, are:

    Patrick J. Fehring, President and Chief Executive Officer

    Gregory A. Wernette, Executive Vice President and Chief Lending Officer

    David C. Walker, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Summary Compensation Table

        The following table sets forth information regarding the compensation paid, awarded to, or earned for our fiscal years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 for each of our named executive officers.

Name and Position
  Year   Salary
($)
  Stock
Awards(1)
($)
  Option
Awards(1)
($)
  Nonequity
Incentive Plan
Compensation(2)
($)
  Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings(3)
($)
  All Other
Compensation(4)
($)
  Total
($)
 

Patrick J. Fehring

    2017     346,154     80,850         84,984     15,434     77,385     604,807  

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

    2016     321,154         41,220     83,180     2,439     86,378     534,371  

Gregory A. Wernette

    2017     242,191     47,355         50,633     11,395     52,915     404,489  

Executive Vice President and Chief Lending Officer

    2016     234,470         28,625     54,474     1,829     60,967     380,365  

David C. Walker

    2017     213,385     41,580         43,736     10,130     46,700     355,531  

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

    2016     208,461         28,625     46,856     1,626     57,038     342,606  

(1)
The amounts set forth in the "Stock Awards" and "Option Awards" columns reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of stock and option awards for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The stock award amounts are based on fair market values of $23.10 for awards granted on February 16, 2017. The fair market value of shares was determined using an independent valuation. The assumptions used in calculating the option award amounts are set forth in Note 11 to our audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2017 and 2016.

(2)
Represents annual nonequity incentive plan awards paid as a result of the attainment of specific net income, return on average assets relative to peers, nonperforming assets relative to peers, and individual performance goals during the calendar year. The objective performance goals are set at the beginning of each year by the Compensation Committee and approved by the Board.

(3)
Consists of above market interest on deferred compensation under the SERP (as defined below, see "Benefits and Other Perquisites-Level One Bank Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan").

106


Table of Contents

(4)
"All Other Compensation" for the named executive officers during 2017 is summarized below.
Name
  Perquisites(i)
($)
  Company 401(k)
Match(ii)
($)
  Company
Contributions
to SERP
($)
  Total
"All Other
Compensation"
($)
 

Patrick J. Fehring

    12,907     8,100     56,378     77,385  

Gregory A. Wernette

    5,461     8,100     39,354     52,915  

David C. Walker

    4,428     7,627     34,645     46,700  

(i)
Amount reflects club dues and a length of service award granted for Messrs. Fehring and Wernette with a value of $1,279 and $1,033, respectively.

(ii)
Amount reflects Company matching contribution under the 401(k) Plan.

General

        We compensate our named executive officers through a combination of base salary, annual bonuses, equity awards, and other benefits including perquisites. Our Compensation Committee believes the executive compensation packages that we provide to our executives, including the named executive officers, should include both cash and equity compensation that reward performance as measured against established corporate goals. Each element of compensation is designed to achieve a specific purpose and to contribute to a total package that is competitive with similar packages provided by other institutions that compete for the services of individuals like our named executive officers.

Base Salary

        The Compensation Committee reviews and approves base salaries of our named executive officers and sets the compensation of our chief executive officer. In setting the base salary of each named executive officer, the Compensation Committee relies on market data provided by our internal human resources department and survey data from industry resources. The Compensation Committee also retains an independent consultant as it deems appropriate. Salary levels are typically considered annually as part of our performance review process and upon a promotion or other change in job responsibility.

        The Compensation Committee has retained Blanchard Consulting Group to provide independent counsel to the Compensation Committee on the design and market competitiveness of its executive compensation program. Blanchard Consulting Group gathers data from peer banks on base salaries, total cash compensation, equity grants, retirement payments, and perquisites creating benchmark information from which to compare the Company's programs. Blanchard Consulting Group also provided information on the design of various executive compensation programs to ensure the Company's programs are designed competitively to its peers. Blanchard Consulting Group also provided the Company with a market review of the board of directors' compensation which included review of retainers, meeting fees, and equity grants to directors.

Annual Performance Bonus

        Each named executive officer's employment agreement provides for an annual discretionary performance bonus to be determined by the Board based on attainment of performance criteria set forth in incentive compensation plans as may be in effect from time to time. Effective January 1, 2014, the Company established the Level One Executive Incentive Plan, or the Incentive Plan, to communicate expectations in terms of business goals and results, recognize and reward achievement of the Bank's annual business goals, motivate and reward superior performance, attract and retain talent, encourage teamwork and collaboration, and ensure incentives are appropriately risk balanced. Participation and payments under the Incentive Plan are recommended by the Compensation Committee and approved by the Board.

107


Table of Contents

        Pursuant to the terms of the Incentive Plan, participants are awarded a cash bonus based on attainment of Company and individual performance goals during each calendar year. Award opportunities and performance goals are approved by the Board at the beginning of each year. The Bank must achieve at least 65% of budgeted net income in addition to sustaining satisfactory regulatory requirements in order for awards to be paid under the Incentive Plan. However, the Compensation Committee has the ability to make discretionary awards to key performers if these requirements are not met.

        Each participant under the Incentive Plan is assigned an incentive award target and a series of weighted performance goals with threshold, target, and superior performance levels of achievement. If actual performance of a given metric is below the threshold level of performance there is no award payout for that metric. Performance at the threshold, target and superior performance levels results in payments equal to 50%, 100%, and 150% of the targeted incentive opportunity. Payouts for performance between the threshold and target or target and superior performance levels are interpolated to reward incremental improvement. For 2017, the incentive award targets for Messrs. Fehring, Wernette, and Walker were 35%, 30%, and 30% of base salary, respectively. Company and individual performance metrics established for the 2017 performance period included specific net income, return on average assets relative to a peer group, nonperforming assets relative to a peer group, and individual performance goals.

        Award payouts under the Incentive Plan are paid no later than March 15 following completion of the annual performance period provided that the participant remains employed at the time of payment. Participants are eligible for a prorated bonus in the event the participant ceases to be employed by the Bank due to disability or death. Additionally, individuals who retire on or after attainment of age 65 are eligible for an award payout if they are actively employed through October 1 st  of the performance period.

        Awards under the Incentive Plan may be reduced or eliminated if the Board considers it imprudent to provide awards after a review of the Bank's performance. Additionally, all awards under the Incentive Plan are subject to clawback for a three-year period following payment if an award payout is due to error, omission or fraud.

Equity Awards

        The equity awards reflected in the summary compensation table above all relate to restricted stock and stock option awards issued pursuant to our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2014 EIP, and our 2007 Stock Option Plan, or the 2007 Plan, which, as described more fully below, allow the Compensation Committee to establish the terms and conditions of the awards, subject to the plan terms.

Benefits and Other Perquisites

        The named executive officers are eligible to participate in the same benefit plans designed for all of our full-time employees, including health, dental, vision, disability and basic group life insurance coverage. We also provide our employees, including our named executive officers, with various retirement benefits. Our retirement plans are designed to assist our employees in planning for retirement and securing appropriate levels of income during retirement. The purpose of our retirement plans is to attract and retain quality employees, including executives, by offering benefit plans similar to those typically offered by our competitors.

        Level One Bank 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan and Trust.     The Level One Bank 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan and Trust, or the 401(k) Plan, is designed to provide retirement benefits to all eligible full-time and part-time employees of the Bank and its affiliates. The 401(k) Plan provides employees with the opportunity to save for retirement on a tax-favored basis. Named executive officers, all of whom were

108


Table of Contents

eligible during 2017, may elect to participate in the 401(k) Plan on the same basis as all other employees. Employees may defer up to 87% of their compensation to the 401(k) Plan up to the applicable IRS limit. We currently provide a safe harbor matching contribution on behalf of each eligible participant equal to 100% of the first 3% of compensation. The Company match is contributed in the form of cash and is invested according to the employee's current investment allocation. Although the Company has the ability to make discretionary contributions to the 401(k) Plan, no discretionary profit sharing contribution was made to the 401(k) Plan for 2017 or 2016.

        Level One Bank Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan.     We maintain the Level One Bank Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, or the SERP, for the benefit of certain senior executives. The SERP is designed to attract and retain the services of executives by providing deferred income to the executive. Under the SERP, eligible senior executives receive Company contributions equal to 10% of the Executive's base salary if the Company achieves its threshold net income goal and an additional 10% of the Executive's base salary if the Company achieves its target net income goal. Company contributions are discretionary and may not be made for a given year if the Board determines that there was a significant negative operational outcome outside of net income. Any contributions are credited to a plan account and earn interest based on the notional investment return of the Lipper Balanced Fund Index. Each Company contribution vests in 25% increments over the four-year period beginning with the year for which such contribution was made, provided that the executive remains employed by the Company or the Bank on the last day of such year. The vesting will be accelerated in the case of a change in control of the Company or the executive's death, disability or retirement after reaching age 62. Each executive will receive a distribution of his account balance in a lump sum no later than the first day of the month following 30 days after or coincident with his termination of employment.

        Health and Welfare Benefits.     Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in our standard health and welfare benefits program, which offers medical, dental, vision, life, accident, and disability coverage to all of our eligible employees. We do not provide the named executive officers with any health and welfare benefits that are not generally available to our other employees.

        Perquisites.     We provide our named executive officers with certain perquisites that we believe are reasonable and consistent with our overall compensation program to better enable us to attract and retain superior employees for key positions. The Compensation Committee periodically reviews the levels of perquisites and other personal benefits provided to named executive officers. Based on this periodic review, perquisites are awarded or adjusted on an individual basis. The perquisites received by our named executive officers in 2017 included the payment of country club dues for Mr. Fehring, the payment of Detroit Athletic Club dues for Messrs. Fehring, Wernette, and Walker, and length of service awards granted to Messrs. Fehring and Wernette.

Employment Agreements

        We have entered into employment agreements with each of our named executive officers, which generally describe the position and duties of each of the named executive officers, provide for a specified term of employment, describe base salary, bonus opportunity and other benefits and perquisites to which each executive officer is entitled, if any, set forth the duties and obligations of each party in the event of a termination of employment prior to expiration of the employment term and provide us with a measure of protection by obligating the named executive officers to abide by the terms of restrictive covenants during the terms of their employment and thereafter for a specified period of time.

        Mr. Fehring.     Our employment agreement with Mr. Fehring provides for an initial term of one year, with an automatic renewal for an additional one-year period commencing on the first anniversary of the effective date and each anniversary thereafter. Under the agreement, Mr. Fehring was entitled to

109


Table of Contents

a base salary of $350,000 in 2017, which amount is subject to annual review for increase but not decrease. Mr. Fehring's agreement also provides for a discretionary annual performance bonus as determined by the Board in accordance with the Company's incentive compensation plans; participation in the SERP; participation in the Company's employee welfare, retirement, paid time off, and other benefit plans on the same terms as officers of a similar rank; reimbursement of reasonable business expenses in accordance with the Company's policy; and the payment of country club and Detroit Athletic Club dues. Following Mr. Fehring's termination of employment, he will be subject to non-competition and non-solicitation restrictions for a period of 12 months. In the event Mr. Fehring's employment is terminated by the Company other than for cause (or by Mr. Fehring for good reason within 12 months following a change in control), he will be entitled to a payment equal to 200% of his base salary payable in 26 bi-weekly installments (or a lump sum if such termination is within 12 months following a change in control) as well as reimbursement of COBRA premiums for a period of 12 months.

        Mr. Wernette.     Our employment agreement with Mr. Wernette provides for an initial term of one year, with an automatic renewal for an additional one-year period commencing on the first anniversary of the effective date and each anniversary thereafter. Under the agreement, Mr. Wernette was entitled to a base salary of $243,280 in 2017, which amount is subject to annual review for increase but not decrease. Mr. Wernette's agreement also provides for a discretionary annual performance bonus as determined by the Board in accordance with the Company's incentive compensation plans; participation in the SERP; participation in the Company's employee welfare, retirement, paid time off, and other benefit plans on the same terms as officers of a similar rank; reimbursement of reasonable business expenses in accordance with the Company's policy; and the payment of Detroit Athletic Club dues. Following Mr. Wernette's termination of employment, he will be subject to non-competition and non-solicitation restrictions for a period of 12 months. In the event Mr. Wernette's employment is terminated by the Company other than for cause (or by Mr. Wernette for good reason within 12 months following a change in control), he will be entitled to a payment equal to 100% of his base salary payable in 26 bi-weekly installments (or a lump sum if such termination is within 12 months following a change in control) as well as reimbursement of COBRA premiums for a period of 12 months.

        Mr. Walker.     Our employment agreement with Mr. Walker provides for an initial term of one year, with an automatic renewal for an additional one-year period commencing on the first anniversary of the effective date and each anniversary thereafter. Under the agreement, Mr. Walker was entitled to a base salary of $214,000 in 2017, which amount is subject to annual review for increase but not decrease. Mr. Walker's agreement also provides for a discretionary annual performance bonus as determined by the Board in accordance with the Company's incentive compensation plans; participation in the SERP; participation in the Company's employee welfare, retirement, paid time off, and other benefit plans on the same terms as officers of a similar rank; reimbursement of reasonable business expenses in accordance with the Company's policy; and the payment of Detroit Athletic Club dues. Following Mr. Walker's termination of employment, he will be subject to non-competition and non-solicitation restrictions for a period of 12 months. In the event Mr. Walker's employment is terminated by the Company other than for cause (or by Mr. Walker for good reason within 12 months following a change in control), he will be entitled to a payment equal to 100% of his base salary payable in 26 bi-weekly installments (or a lump sum if such termination is within 12 months following a change in control) as well as reimbursement of COBRA premiums for a period of 12 months.

        Our obligation to pay any severance under each of the employment agreements is conditioned on the execution by the named executive officer of a general release and waiver of any and all claims with respect to his employment with the Company.

110


Table of Contents

Long Term Incentive Plans

        Equity based incentive awards are currently made though the Company's 2014 EIP and the 2007 Plan, or the Plans. Prior to the completion of this offering, we expect our shareholders to approve our 2018 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2018 EIP. Upon the effective date of the 2018 EIP, no further awards may be granted under the 2014 EIP or the 2007 Plan. However, any outstanding equity award granted under the 2014 EIP or 2007 Plan will remain subject to the terms of such plans until the time it is no longer outstanding.

Level One Bancorp, Inc. 2018 Equity Incentive Plan.

        General.     The 2018 EIP was adopted by our board on March 15, 2018, subject to approval by our shareholders prior to this offering. The 2018 EIP was designed to promote the Company's long term financial success by providing a means to attract, retain and reward individuals who can and do contribute to such success, and to further align their interests with those of the Company's shareholders. Pursuant to the 2018 EIP, the Compensation Committee is allowed to grant awards to eligible persons in the form of incentive and non-qualified stock options, stock awards, stock appreciation rights, and other incentive awards. Up to 250,000 shares of common stock are available for issuance under the 2018 EIP. All 250,000 shares remain available for issuance under the 2018 EIP, except for 6,000 shares which will be the subject of restricted stock awards to be granted to certain of our employees at the time of the pricing of this offering. Awards vest, become exercisable and contain such other terms and conditions as determined by the Compensation Committee and set forth in individual agreements with the participants receiving the awards. The 2018 EIP enables the Compensation Committee to set specific performance criteria that must be met before an award vests under the 2018 EIP. The 2018 EIP allows for acceleration of vesting and exercise privileges of awards at the discretion of the Compensation Committee. If a participant's job is terminated for cause, then all vested and unvested awards expire at the date of termination.

        Eligibility.     All employees and directors of, and certain service providers to, the Company and its subsidiaries are eligible to become participants in the 2018 EIP, except that non-employees may not be granted incentive stock options. The Compensation Committee will determine the specific individuals who will be granted awards under the 2018 EIP and the type and amount of any such awards.

        Options.     The Compensation Committee may grant incentive and non-qualified stock options to purchase stock at an exercise price determined under the award. Each stock option must be granted pursuant to an award agreement setting forth the terms and conditions of the individual award. Awards of stock options may expire no later than 10 years from the date of grant (and no later than five years from the date of grant in the case of a 10% shareholder with respect to an incentive stock option).

        The exercise price of an option generally may not be less than the fair market value of Company common stock on the date the option is granted. In addition, the exercise price of an incentive stock option granted to a 10% shareholder may not be less than 110% of the fair market value of the stock on the date the option is granted. The exercise price of an option may, however, be higher or lower than the grant date fair market value for an option granted in replacement of an existing award which was granted under the 2014 EIP or the 2007 Plan or that is held by an employee, director or service provider of a third party that is acquired by the Company or one of its subsidiaries. The exercise price of an option may not be decreased after the date of grant nor may an option be surrendered to the Company as consideration for the grant of a replacement option with a lower exercise price, except as approved by the Company's shareholders, as adjusted for corporate transactions, or in the case of options granted in replacement of existing awards granted under a predecessor plan.

        Options awarded under the 2018 EIP will be exercisable in accordance with the terms established by the Compensation Committee. Any incentive stock option granted under the 2018 EIP that fails to continue to qualify as an incentive stock option will be deemed to be a non-qualified stock option and

111


Table of Contents

the Compensation Committee may unilaterally modify any incentive stock option to disqualify it as an incentive stock option. The full purchase price of each share of stock purchased upon the exercise of any option must be paid at the time of exercise of the option. Except as otherwise determined by the Compensation Committee, the purchase price of an option may be paid (i) in cash; (ii) by personal, certified or cashiers' check; (iii) in shares of the Company's common stock (valued at fair market value as of the day of exercise) either via attestation or actual delivery; (iv) by other property deemed acceptable by the Compensation Committee; (v) by irrevocably authorizing a third party to sell shares of the Company's common stock and remit a sufficient portion of the proceeds to the Company to satisfy the exercise price and any tax withholding resulting from such exercise price; (vi) by payment through a net exercise such that, without the payment of any funds, the participant may exercise the option and receive the net number of shares equal in value to the number of shares as to which the option is exercised, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the fair market value less the exercise price, and the denominator of which is the fair market value,; or (vii) by any combination of the foregoing.

        Stock Appreciation Rights.     Stock appreciation rights, or SARs, entitle the participant to receive cash or stock equal in value to, or based on the value of, the amount by which the fair market value of a specified number of shares on the exercise date exceeds an exercise price established by the Compensation Committee. The exercise price for a SAR may not be less than the fair market value of the stock on the date the SAR is granted, provided, however, that the exercise price may be higher or lower than fair market value for a SAR granted in replacement of an existing award held by an employee or director of, or service provider to, a third party that is acquired by the Company or one of its subsidiaries. SARs shall be exercisable in accordance with the terms established by the Compensation Committee.

        Stock Awards.     A stock award is a grant of shares of the Company's common stock or a right to receive shares of the Company's common stock, an equivalent amount of cash or a combination thereof in the future. Such awards may include, but are not be limited to, bonus shares, stock units, performance shares, performance units, restricted stock, restricted stock units or any other equity-based award as determined by the Compensation Committee. The specific performance measures, performance objectives or period of service requirements are set by the Compensation Committee in its discretion.

        Cash Incentive Awards.     A cash incentive award is the grant of a right to receive a payment of cash, or the Company's common stock having a value equivalent to the cash otherwise payable, determined on an individual basis or as an allocation of an incentive pool that is contingent on the achievement of performance objectives established by the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee may grant cash incentive awards that may be contingent on achievement of a participant's performance objectives over a specified period established by the Compensation Committee. The grant of cash incentive awards may also be subject to such other conditions, restrictions and contingencies, as determined by the Compensation Committee.

        Forfeiture.     Unless specifically provided to the contrary in an award agreement, upon notification of termination of employment for cause, in the case of employees, and termination of service for cause, in the case of non-employee directors or other service providers, any outstanding award held by such employee, non-employee director or service provider will terminate immediately, the award will be forfeited and the participant will have no further rights thereunder.

        Further, except as otherwise provided by the Compensation Committee, if a participant breaches a non-competition, non-solicitation, non-disclosure, non-disparagement or other restrictive covenant in

112


Table of Contents

any agreement between the participant and the Company or a subsidiary, whether before or after the participant's termination of service, the participant will forfeit or pay the following to the Company:

    All outstanding awards granted to the participant under the 2018 EIP, including awards that have become vested or exercisable;

    Any shares held by the participant in connection with the 2018 EIP that were acquired after the participant's termination of service and within the 12-month period immediately preceding the participant's termination of service;

    The profit realized by the participant from the exercise of any stock options and SARs that the participant exercised after the participant's termination of service and within the 12-month period immediately preceding the participant's termination of service; and

    The profit realized by the participant from the sale or other disposition of any shares received by the participant in connection with the 2018 EIP after the participant's termination of service and within the 12-month period immediately preceding the participant's termination of service, where such sale or disposition occurs in such similar time period.

        Change in Control.     Unless otherwise provided in an award agreement, upon the occurrence of a change in control of the Company (as defined in the 2018 EIP), all stock options and SARs under the 2018 EIP then held by the participant will become fully exercisable immediately if, and all stock awards and cash incentive awards will become fully earned and vested immediately if, (i) the 2018 EIP is not an obligation of the successor entity following a change in control or (ii) the 2018 EIP is an obligation of the successor entity following a change in control and the participant incurs a termination of service without cause or for good reason following the change in control.

        If vesting of an outstanding award is conditioned upon the achievement of performance measures, then (i) if, at the time of the change in control, the established performance measures are less than 50% attained, then such award shall become vested and exercisable on a fractional basis with the numerator being the percentage of attainment and the denominator being 50% upon the change in control and (ii) if, at the time of the change in control, the performance measures are at least 50% attained, then such award shall become fully earned and vested immediately upon the change in control.

        In the event an award constitutes "deferred compensation" for purposes of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, and the settlement or distribution of benefits under such award are triggered by a change in control, such settlement or distribution will be subject to the change in control also constituting a "change in control event" under Section 409A of the Code.

        Amendment and Termination.     The 2018 EIP will remain in effect as long as any awards under it are outstanding; provided, however, that no awards may be granted after the 10-year anniversary of the effective date of the 2018 EIP. The Board may at any time amend or terminate the 2018 EIP or any award granted under the 2018 EIP, provided that no amendment or termination may impair the rights of any participant without the participant's written consent. The Board may not amend the provision of the 2018 EIP to materially increase the original number of shares that may be issued under the 2018 EIP (other than as provided in the 2018 EIP), materially increase the benefits accruing to a participant, or materially modify the requirements for participation in the 2018 EIP, without approval of shareholders. However, the Compensation Committee may amend the 2018 EIP or any award agreement at any time, retroactively or otherwise, to ensure that the 2018 EIP complies with current or future law without shareholder approval, and the Compensation Committee may unilaterally amend the 2018 EIP and any outstanding award, without participant consent, in order to avoid the application of, or to comply with, Section 409A of the Code, and applicable regulations and guidance thereunder.

113


Table of Contents

Level One Bancorp, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

        General.     The 2014 EIP was adopted by our board on October 16, 2014. The 2014 EIP was designed to ensure continued availability of equity awards that will assist the Company in attracting, retaining and rewarding key employees, directors and other service providers. Pursuant to the 2014 EIP, the Compensation Committee is allowed to grant awards to eligible persons in the form of non-qualified stock options and restricted stock awards. Up to 150,000 shares of common stock are available for issuance under the 2014 EIP. As of December 31, 2017, there were 100,986 shares available for issuance under the 2014 EIP. Upon the adoption of the 2018 EIP, no additional grants are to be made under the 2014 EIP. Awards vest, become exercisable and contain such other terms and conditions as determined by the Compensation Committee and set forth in individual agreements with the participants receiving the awards. The 2014 EIP enables the Compensation Committee to set specific performance criteria that must be met before an award vests under the 2014 EIP. The 2014 EIP allows for acceleration of vesting and exercise privileges of awards at the discretion of the Compensation Committee. If a participant's job is terminated for cause, then all vested and unvested awards expire at the date of termination.

        Eligibility.     All employees and directors of, and service providers to, the Company and its subsidiaries are eligible to become participants in the 2014 EIP. The Compensation Committee will determine the specific individuals who will be granted awards under the 2014 EIP and the type and amount of any such awards.

        Options.     The Compensation Committee may grant non-qualified stock options to purchase stock at an exercise price determined under the award. Each stock option must be granted pursuant to an award agreement setting forth the terms and conditions of the individual award. Awards of stock options may expire no later than 10 years from the date of grant.

        The exercise price of an option generally may not be less than the fair market value of Company common stock on the date the option is granted. The exercise price of an option may, however, be higher or lower than the grant date fair market value for an option granted in replacement of an existing award held by an employee, director or service provider of a third party that is acquired by the Company or one of its subsidiaries. The exercise price of an option may not be decreased after the date of grant nor may an option be surrendered to the Company as consideration for the grant of a replacement option with a lower exercise price, except as approved by the Company's shareholders, or as adjusted for corporate transactions.

        Options awarded under the 2014 EIP will be exercisable in accordance with the terms established by the Compensation Committee. The full purchase price of each share of stock purchased upon the exercise of any option must be paid at the time of exercise of an option. Except as otherwise determined by the Compensation Committee, the purchase price of an option may be paid (i) by means of a cashless exercise procedure approved by the Compensation Committee, including by means of a net exercise whereby the Company issues net shares and the remaining balance of the shares to satisfy the participant's tax withholding obligations; (ii) in the form of unrestricted shares of Company common stock already owned by the participant (based on the fair market value on the date of exercise); (iii) by any other form of consideration approved by the Compensation Committee; or (iv) by any combination of the foregoing.

        Restricted Stock Awards.     A restricted stock award is a grant of shares of Company common stock subject to certain restrictions. The specific conditions, including the performance measures, performance objectives or period of service requirements that may apply to restricted stock awards are set by the Compensation Committee in its discretion. Individuals have the right to receive dividends and to vote shares of restricted stock prior to the vesting of the restricted stock award.

114


Table of Contents

        Forfeiture.     Unless specifically provided to the contrary in an award agreement, upon notification of termination of employment for cause, in the case of employees, and termination of service for cause, in the case of non-employee directors or other service providers, any outstanding award held by such employee, non-employee director or service provider will terminate immediately, the award will be forfeited and the participant will have no further rights thereunder.

        Change in Control.     Unless otherwise provided in an award agreement, upon the occurrence of a change in control of the Company (as defined in the 2014 EIP), all outstanding stock options and restricted stock awards shall become fully vested, and if applicable, exercisable, the restrictions and forfeiture conditions applicable to such awards shall lapse, any performance conditions shall be deemed to be fully achieved, and each unexercised option shall be forfeited if not exercised immediately prior to the change in control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon a change in control of the Company, the Board may in its sole discretion, provide that all outstanding awards under the 2014 EIP will be assumed by the acquiring entity or substituted on an equitable basis with awards issued by the acquiring entity, or provide that such awards will be cancelled in exchange for a payment of cash or securities with an equal value. In the event an award constitutes "deferred compensation" for purposes of Section 409A of the Code, and the settlement or distribution of benefits under such award are triggered by a change in control, such settlement or distribution will be subject to the change in control also constituting a "change in control event" under Section 409A of the Code.

        Amendment and Termination.     The 2014 EIP will remain in effect as long as any awards under it are outstanding; provided, however, that no awards may be granted after the 10-year anniversary of the effective date of the 2014 EIP. The Company generally reserves the right to amend or terminate the 2014 EIP at any time provided that such amendment does not materially impair the rights of a participant with respect to outstanding awards without such participant's consent, except that, the Compensation Committee may not, without prior shareholder approval, exchange underwater options or otherwise modify the exercise or purchase price of any award that has the effect of being a repricing, provided, however, that the 2014 EIP may be amended at any time to conform to any present or future law, including but not limited to amendments to the 2014 EIP or outstanding awards in order to comply with, or to avoid the application of, Section 409A of the Code, and related regulations and guidance.

Level One Bancorp, Inc. 2007 Stock Option Plan.

        General.     The 2007 Plan was approved by the Board on October 17, 2007 and became effective upon approval by our stockholders on January 16, 2008. The 2007 Plan was subsequently amended on April 20, 2011, April 15, 2015, and August 29, 2017. The 2007 Plan was designed to help the Company attract and retain the services of employees, officers and directors upon whose judgement, initiative and efforts the Company is substantially dependent, and to provide those persons with further incentives to advance the interest of the Company. Pursuant to the 2007 Plan, the Compensation Committee is allowed to grant awards to eligible persons in the form of qualified and non-qualified stock options, however qualified stock options may no longer be granted under the 2007 Plan after October 17, 2017. Up to 630,265 shares of common stock are available for issuance under the 2007 Plan. As of December 31, 2017, there were 23,759 shares available for issuance under the 2007 Plan. Upon the adoption of the 2018 EIP, no additional grants are to be made under the 2007 Plan. Options vest, become exercisable and contain such other terms and conditions as determined by the Compensation Committee and set forth in individual agreements with the participants receiving the awards. The 2007 Plan allows for acceleration of vesting and exercise privileges provided that the total vesting period is not less than 3 years and no more than one third of the options subject to a single award vest in a given year. All outstanding options become vested upon the effective date of a change in control or the liquidation or dissolution of the Company. If a participant's job is terminated for cause, then all vested and unvested awards expire at the date of termination. Vested options remain exercisable for 90 days

115


Table of Contents

following a termination of employment other than for cause, death or disability and one year following the participant's death or disability.

        Eligibility.     All employees, officers, directors and organizers of, the Company and its subsidiaries are eligible to become participants in the 2007 Plan. The Compensation Committee will determine the specific individuals who will be granted options under the 2007 Plan and the amount of any such options.

        Options.     The Compensation Committee may grant non-qualified stock options to purchase stock at an exercise price determined under the option. Each stock option must be granted pursuant to an award agreement setting forth the terms and conditions of the individual award. Awards of stock options may expire no later than 10 years from the date of grant.

        The exercise price of an option generally may not be less than the fair market value of Company common stock on the date the option is granted.

        Options awarded under the 2007 Plan will be exercisable in accordance with the terms established by the Compensation Committee. The full purchase price of each share of stock purchased upon the exercise of any option must be paid at the time of exercise of an option. The purchase price of an option may be paid in cash or by check.

        Forfeiture.     Any outstanding option will be forfeited and a participant will have no further rights thereunder upon the earlier of (i) the participant's termination due to cause, (ii) 90 days after the participant's termination for any reason other than cause, death or disability, or (iii) one year after the participant's termination due to death or disability.

        Change in Control.     Unless otherwise provided in an award agreement, upon the occurrence of a change in control of the Company (as defined in the 2007 Plan), all outstanding stock options shall become fully vested and exercisable.

        Amendment and Termination.     The 2007 will remain in effect as long as any awards under it are outstanding; provided, however, that no qualified options may be granted after the 10-year anniversary of the adoption of the 2007 Plan by the Board of Directors. The Company generally reserves the right to amend or terminate the 2007 Plan at any time provided that such amendment does not materially impair the rights of a participant with respect to outstanding options without such participant's consent, except that, the Compensation Committee may not, without prior shareholder approval, increase the maximum total number of shares of stock that may be granted under the 2007 Plan or the number of shares that may be granted to one individual over the term of the 2007 Plan.

Tax Considerations.

        Section 162(m) of the Code.     Under Section 162(m) of the Code, the deduction for a publicly held corporation for otherwise deductible compensation to a "covered employee" (the principal executive officer, principal financial officer, and the next three most highly compensated executive officers (other than the principal executive officer or principal financial officer)) is limited to $1 million per year. However, in the case of a corporation that becomes a publicly held corporation in connection with an initial public offering, the $1 million per year deduction limit does not apply during a limited "transition period" to any remuneration paid pursuant to a compensation plan that existed during the period in which the corporation was not publicly held, if the prospectus accompanying the initial public offering disclosed information concerning those plans that satisfied all applicable securities laws then in effect.

        To the extent necessary and as available, the Company intends to rely on the transition relief described in the immediately preceding paragraph in connection with awards under each of the Plans until the earliest of the four following events with respect to each plan: (i) the expiration of such plan;

116


Table of Contents

(ii) the material modification of such plan; (iii) the issuance of all stock and other compensation that has been allocated under such plan; or (iv) the first meeting of the Company's shareholders at which directors are to be elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which the initial public offering of the Company's common stock occurs.

        U.S. Federal Income Tax Treatment.     Under present U.S. federal income tax laws, awards granted under the Plans generally should have the following tax consequences:

        Non-Qualified Stock Options.     The grant of a non-qualified option generally will not result in taxable income to the participant. The participant generally will realize ordinary income at the time of exercise in an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of the shares acquired over the exercise price for those shares and the Company will be entitled to a corresponding deduction. Gains or losses realized by the participant upon disposition of such shares generally will be treated as capital gains and losses, with the basis in such shares equal to the fair market value of the shares at the time of exercise.

        Incentive Stock Options.     The grant of an incentive stock option generally will not result in taxable income to the participant. The exercise of an incentive stock option generally will not result in taxable income to the participant provided that the participant was, without a break in service, an employee of the Company or a subsidiary during the period beginning on the date of the grant of the option and ending on the date three months prior to the date of exercise (one year prior to the date of exercise if the participant is disabled, as that term is defined in the Code).

        The excess of the fair market value of the shares at the time of the exercise of an incentive stock option over the exercise price generally will be an adjustment that is included in the calculation of the participant's alternative minimum taxable income for the tax year in which the incentive stock option is exercised. For purposes of determining the participant's alternative minimum tax liability for the year of disposition of the shares acquired pursuant to the incentive stock option exercise, the participant generally will have a basis in those shares equal to the fair market value of the shares at the time of exercise.

        If the participant does not sell or otherwise dispose of the shares within two years from the date of the grant of the incentive stock option or within one year after the transfer of such stock to the participant, then, upon disposition of such shares, any amount realized in excess of the exercise price generally will be taxed to the participant as capital gain. A capital loss generally will be recognized to the extent that the amount realized is less than the exercise price.

        If the foregoing holding period requirements are not met, the participant will generally realize ordinary income at the time of the disposition of the shares, in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the excess of the fair market value of the shares on the date of exercise over the exercise price, or (ii) the excess, if any, of the amount realized upon disposition of the shares over the exercise price and the Company generally will be entitled to a corresponding deduction. If the amount realized exceeds the value of the shares on the date of exercise, any additional amount will be capital gain. If the amount realized is less than the exercise price, the participant generally will recognize no income, and a capital loss generally will be recognized equal to the excess of the exercise price over the amount realized upon the disposition of the shares.

        Stock Appreciation Rights.     The grant of a SAR generally will not result in taxable income to the participant. Upon exercise of a SAR, the fair market value of shares received generally will be taxable to the participant as ordinary income and the Company will be entitled to a corresponding deduction. Gains and losses realized by the participant upon disposition of any such shares generally will be treated as capital gains and losses, with the basis in such shares equal to the fair market value of the shares at the time of exercise.

117


Table of Contents

        Restricted Stock Awards.     A participant who has been granted a restricted stock award generally will not realize taxable income at the time of grant, provided that the stock subject to the award is not delivered at the time of grant, or if the stock is delivered, it is subject to restrictions that constitute a "substantial risk of forfeiture" for U.S. federal income tax purposes and the participant has not filed a Code Section 83(b) election to be taxed at the time of grant. Upon the later of delivery or vesting of shares subject to an award (or the filing of a Code Section 83(b) election), the participant generally will realize ordinary income in an amount equal to the then fair market value of those shares and the Company will be entitled to a corresponding deduction. Gains or losses realized by the participant upon disposition of such shares generally will be treated as capital gains and losses, with the basis in such shares equal to the fair market value of the shares at the time of delivery or vesting (or the filing of a Code Section 83(b) election). Dividends paid to the participant during the restriction period, if so provided, generally will also be compensation income to the participant and the Company will be entitled to a corresponding deduction. In the case of stock awards settled in cash, the participant generally will realize taxable income at the time the cash is distributed and the Company will be entitled to a corresponding deduction.

        Stock Awards.     A participant who has been granted a stock award generally will not realize taxable income at the time of grant, provided that the stock subject to the award is not delivered at the time of grant, or if the stock is delivered, it is subject to restrictions that constitute a "substantial risk of forfeiture" for U.S. income tax purposes. Upon the later of delivery or vesting of shares subject to an award, the holder generally will realize ordinary income in an amount equal to the then fair market value of those shares and the Company generally will be entitled to a corresponding deduction. Gains or losses realized by the participant upon disposition of such shares generally will be treated as capital gains and losses, with the basis in such shares equal to the fair market value of the shares at the time of delivery or vesting. Dividends paid to the holder during the restriction period, if so provided, generally will also be compensation income to the participant and the Company will be entitled to a corresponding deduction.

        Cash Incentive Awards.     A participant who has been granted a cash incentive award generally will not realize taxable income at the time of grant, provided that no cash is actually paid at the time of grant. Upon the payment of any cash in satisfaction of the cash incentive award, the participant generally will realize ordinary income in an amount equal to the cash award received and the Company will be entitled to a corresponding deduction.

        Withholding of Taxes.     All issuances of stock under the Plans are subject to withholding of all applicable taxes and the Compensation Committee may condition the delivery of any shares or other benefits under the Plans on satisfaction of the applicable withholding obligations. Except as otherwise provided by the Compensation Committee, such withholding obligations generally may be satisfied through payment by the participant in cash or check, or with respect to awards under the 2018 EIP or 2014 EIP, through the surrender of shares of Company stock that the participant already owns or through the surrender of shares of Company stock to which the participant is otherwise entitled under the 2018 EIP or 2014 EIP. To the extent shares of Company stock are withheld from an award upon vesting under the 2018 EIP or 2014 EIP, such shares may not be used to satisfy more than (i) the maximum individual statutory tax rate for each applicable tax jurisdiction with respect to awards under the 2018 EIP, or (ii) the Company's applicable minimum statutorily required withholding tax rate with respect to awards under the 2014 EIP.

        Change in Control.     Any acceleration of the vesting or payment of awards under the Plans in the event of a change in control in the Company may cause part or all of the consideration involved to be treated as an "excess parachute payment" under Section 280G of the Code, which may subject the participant to a 20% excise tax and preclude deduction by the Company.

118


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End

        The following table provides information for each of our named executive officers regarding outstanding stock options and unvested stock awards held by the officers as of December 31, 2017. Market values are presented as of the end of 2017 (based on the assumed per share fair market value of our common stock of $24.80 on December 31, 2017) for outstanding stock awards, which include 2017 grants and prior-year grants.

 
  Option Awards   Stock Awards  
 
   
   
   
   
   
  Market
Value of
Shares or
Units of
Stock
That
Have
Not Vested
($)
 
 
  Number of Securities
Underlying Unexercised
Options(1)
   
   
  Number of
Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have
Not Vested(2)
(#)
 
 
  Option
Exercise
Price
($)
   
 
Name
  Exercisable
(#)
  Unexercisable
(#)
  Option
Expiration
Date
 

Patrick J. Fehring

    51,621         10.00     1/16/2018          

    5,000         10.00     3/17/2021          

    5,000         10.15     2/16/2022          

    4,500         10.82     5/16/2023          

    18,000         13.50     7/17/2024          

    12,000     6,000     17.15     7/16/2025          

    6,000     12,000     20.75     2/18/2026          

                    3,500     86,800  

Gregory A. Wernette

    9,000         10.00     1/16/2018          

    4,000         10.00     3/17/2021          

    4,000         10.15     2/16/2022          

    3,500         10.82     5/16/2023          

    12,500         13.50     7/17/2024          

    8,333     4,167     17.15     7/16/2025          

    4,166     8,334     20.75     2/18/2026          

                    2,050     50,840  

David C. Walker

    4,000         10.00     3/17/2021          

    4,000         10.15     2/16/2022          

    3,500         10.82     5/16/2023          

    8,000         13.50     7/17/2024          

    6,666     3,334     17.15     7/16/2025          

    4,166     8,334     20.75     2/18/2026          

                    1,800     44,640  

(1)
All options that remain subject to vesting vest in 33% increments on the first, second, and third anniversary of the date of grant. These options are accelerated and vest in full upon a change in control of the Company or the executive's death, disability or retirement.

(2)
All restricted stock awards vest 100% on the third anniversary of the date of grant. These restricted stock awards are accelerated and vest in full upon a change in control of the Company or the executive's death, disability or retirement.

119


Table of Contents

Director Compensation

        The following table sets forth information regarding 2017 compensation for each of our nonemployee directors. Mr. Fehring does not receive director's fees or other compensation for serving as a director.

Name
  Fees Earned or
Paid in
Cash(1)
($)
  Stock
Awards(2)
($)
  Total
($)
 

Barbara E. Allushuski

    31,000     7,993     38,993  

Victor L. Ansara

    33,495     7,993     41,488  

James L. Bellinson

    32,501     7,993     40,494  

Michael A. Brillati

    33,500     7,993     41,493  

Shukri W. David

    32,000     7,993     39,993  

Thomas A. Fabbri

    31,000     7,993     38,993  

Mark J. Herman

    25,000     7,993     32,993  

Steven H. Rivera

    34,996     7,993     42,989  

Stefan Wanczyk

    32,501     7,993     40,494  

(1)
Fees reported in this column with respect to Barbara Allushuski, Victor Ansara, James Bellinson, Thomas Fabbri, Steven Rivera and Stefan Wanczyk were paid in shares of Company stock based on a fair market value of $23.10 as of February 16, 2017.

(2)
The amounts set forth in the "Stock Awards" column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of restricted stock awards for the year ended December 31, 2017 in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The restricted stock award amounts are based on fair market value of $23.10 for awards granted on February 16, 2017. The fair market value of shares was determined using an independent valuation. In 2017, each non-employee director was granted 346 shares of restricted stock, which vested on December 21, 2017. As of December 31, 2017 Messrs. Ansara, Bellinson, Brillati, David and Rivera each held 10,000 stock options (5,999 of which were exercisable); Ms. Allushuski and Messrs. Fabbri and Herman each held 8,500 stock options (4,499 of which were exercisable); and Mr. Wanczyk held 5,668 stock options (1,667 of which were exercisable).

        For 2017, each non-employee director received an annual retainer fee of $25,000 for service on the Company and Bank boards of directors and additional annual retainers for service on each of the committees of the board. The retainers for board and committee service were payable in stock or cash at the election of each director. During 2017 each non-employee director was also granted a restricted stock award as described in the table above. The annual retainers for service on committees of the board during 2017 were as follows:

Committee
  Chairperson
Fee
  Non-
chairperson
Fee
 

Audit

  $ 6,000   $ 3,000  

Compensation

  $ 6,000   $ 2,500  

Nominating & Governance

  $ 3,000   $ 1,500  

Loan

    N.A.   $ 6,000  

120


Table of Contents


PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

        The following table sets forth information as of January 15, 2018 regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock, and as adjusted to reflect the completion of this offering:

    each shareholder known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding common stock;

    each of our directors;

    each of our named executive officers;

    all of our directors and executive officers as a group; and

    each selling shareholder.

        We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. These rules generally provide that a person is the beneficial owner of securities if such person has or shares the power to vote or direct the voting of securities, or to dispose or direct the disposition of securities, or has the right to acquire such powers within 60 days. For purposes of calculating each person's percentage ownership, common stock issuable pursuant to options exercisable within 60 days are included as outstanding and beneficially owned for that person or group, but are not deemed outstanding for the purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Except as disclosed in the footnotes to this table and subject to applicable community property laws, we believe that each person identified in the table has sole voting and investment power over all of the shares shown opposite such person's name.

        The percentage of beneficial ownership is based on 6,583,676 shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 1, 2018 and                        shares to be outstanding after the completion of this offering (or                                    shares if the underwriters exercise their purchase option in full). The table does not reflect any shares of common stock that may be purchased in this offering, including under the reserved share program.

121


Table of Contents

        Except as otherwise indicated, the address for each shareholder listed in the table below is: c/o Level One Bancorp, Inc., 32991 Hamilton Court, Farmington Hills, Michigan 48334.

 
   
   
   
  Shares
Beneficially Owned
After this Offering(1)
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
  If
Option
Exercised
in Full
 
 
  Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior to
this Offering(1)
   
   
  If
Option Not
Exercised
 
 
  Shares Offered    
 
Name
  #   %   #   %   %  

5% shareholders and selling shareholders:

                                     

Entities affiliated with Wellington Management Company, LLP and certain of its investment advisory clients(2)

    620,144     9.4 %       620,144       %     %

Entities affiliated with Banc Funds(3)

    500,000     7.6 %       500,000              

Mark L. Wilkie Living Trust

    152,500     2.3 %   45,000     107,500              

Directors and named executive officers:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Patrick J. Fehring(4)

    247,940     3.7 %       247,940              

Barbara E. Allushuski(5)

    19,660     *         19,660              

Victor L. Ansara(6)

    96,439     1.5 %   20,000     76,439              

James L. Bellinson(7)

    726,976     11.0 %       726,976              

Michael A. Brillati(8)

    30,334     *     7,500     22,834              

Shukri W. David(9)

    117,719     1.8 %   22,500     95,219              

Thomas A. Fabbri(10)

    721,010     10.9 %       721,010              

Mark J. Herman(11)

    225,945     3.4 %   123,235     102,710              

Steven H. Rivera(12)

    47,061     *     7,000     40,061              

Stefan Wanczyk(13)

    638,956     9.7 %       638,956              

Gregory A. Wernette(14)

    70,066     1.1 %   9,000     61,066              

David C. Walker(15)

    44,889     *         44,889              

All directors and executive officers as a group (15 persons)(16)

    3,044,606     44.7 %   189,235     2,855,371              

*
Indicates one percent or less.

(1)
If any of the selling shareholders determine to sell less than the full number of shares offered by them pursuant to this prospectus, then (i) the number of shares beneficially owned by them after the offering would increase by such amount, and (ii) the number of shares that the underwriters may purchase from us pursuant to their purchase option would decrease by 15% of such amount.

(2)
Consists of: (i) 162,819 shares held by Bay Pond Investors (Bermuda) L.P.; (ii) 268,863 shares held by Bay Pond Partners, L.P.; (iii) 57,394 shares held by Wolf Creek Partners, L.P.; (iv) 49,798 shares held by Wolf Creek Investors (Bermuda) L.P.; (v) 65,022 shares held by Ithan Creek Master Investors (Cayman) L.P.; and (vi) 16,248 shares held by Ithan Creek Master Investment Partnership (Cayman) II L.P. Wellington Management Company, LLP, or Wellington Management, is an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and serves as the advisor to these entities. Wellington Management, in such capacity, may be deemed to share beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of the shares held by its client accounts. The address for each of the above referenced entities is c/o Wellington Management Company, LLP, 280 Congress Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210.

(3)
Consists of: (i) 100,000 shares held by Banc Fund VII L.P.; and (ii) 400,000 shares held by Banc Fund VIII L.P. Banc Fund VII L.P. and Banc Fund VIII L.P. are directly or indirectly controlled by The Banc Funds Company, L.L.C. Charles J. Moore, member of The Banc Funds Company, L.L.C., may be deemed to have voting and investment power over these shares. The principal office address of

122


Table of Contents

    Banc Fund VII, L.P. and Banc Fund VIII, L.P. is 20 North Wacker Drive, Suite 3300, Chicago, Illinois 60606.

(4)
Consists of: (i) 70,190 shares held by Mr. Fehring individually; (ii) 67,500 shares held by the Patrick J. Fehring Trust; (iii) 25,000 shares held by Fifth Third Bank Trustee—FBO Patrick J Fehring SD IRA; (iv) 28,750 shares owned by the Joann M. Fehring Trust; and (v) 56,500 shares subject to stock options that are currently exercisable or are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2018. Mr. Fehring is the beneficiary of, and has voting and investment power over the shares held by, the Patrick J. Fehring Trust and Fifth Third Bank Trustee—FBO Patrick J Fehring SD IRA. Mr. Fehring has shared voting and investment power over the shares held by the Joann M. Fehring Trust.

(5)
Consists of: (i) 13,994 shares held by Ms. Allushuski; and (ii) 5,666 shares subject to stock options that are currently exercisable or are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2018.

(6)
Consists of: (i) 89,273 shares held by Mr. Ansara; and (ii) 7,166 shares subject to stock options that are currently exercisable or are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2018.

(7)
Consists of: (i) 721,310 shares held by Mr. Bellinson; and (ii) 5,666 shares subject to stock options that are currently exercisable or are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2018.

(8)
Consists of: (i) 24,668 shares held by Mr. Brillati; and (ii) 5,666 shares subject to stock options that are currently exercisable or are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2018.

(9)
Consists of: (i) 109,885 shares held by Shudun Holdings, LLC, Trustee Dr. Shukri David; (ii) 2,168 shares held by Dr. Shukri David individually; and (iii) 5,666 shares subject to stock options that are currently exercisable or are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2018. Dr. Shukri David is the beneficiary of, and has voting and investment power over the shares held by Shudun Holdings, LLC, Trustee Dr. Shukri David.

(10)
Consists of: (i) 709,797 shares held by TRSD Holdings, LP; (ii) 5,547 shares held by Mr. Fabbri individually; and (iii) 5,666 shares subject to stock options that are currently exercisable or are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2018. Mr. Fabbri is the general partner of, and has voting and investment power over the shares held by, TRSD Holdings, LP. Mr. Fabbri disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares owned by TRSD Holdings, LP, except to the extent of his pecuniary interests therein.

(11)
Consists of: (i) 12,880 shares held by Mr. Herman individually; (ii) 95,655 shares owned by MHBF, LLC, Trustee Mark Herman; (iii) 111,744 shares owned by VICI, LLC, Trustee Mark Herman; and (iv) 5,666 shares subject to stock options that are currently exercisable or are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2018. 11,174 shares are pledged as security for indebtedness. Mr. Herman disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares owned by MHBF, LLC and VICI, LLC, except to the extent of his pecuniary interests therein.

(12)
Consists of: (i) 39,895 shares held by Dr. Rivera; and (ii) 7,166 shares subject to stock options that are currently exercisable or are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2018.

(13)
Consists of: (i) 633,290 shares held by Mr. Wanczyk; and (ii) 5,666 shares subject to stock options that are currently exercisable or are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2018.

(14)
Consists of: (i) 19,400 shares held by Mr. Wernette individually; (ii) 10,000 shares held by FBO Gregory A. Wernette—First Clearing LLC; and (iii) 40,066 shares subject to stock options that are currently exercisable or are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2018. Mr. Wernette is the beneficiary of, and has voting and investment power over the shares held by, FBO Gregory A. Wernette—First Clearing LLC.

(15)
Consists of: (i) 7,500 shares held by the David Walker Trust; (ii) 2,890 shares held by Mr. Walker individually; and (iii) 34,499 shares subject to stock options that are currently exercisable or are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2018. Mr. Walker is the beneficiary of, and has voting and investment power over the shares held by, the David Walker Trust.

(16)
Includes an aggregate of 234,990 shares subject to stock options that are currently exercisable or are exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2018.

123


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

        The following is a summary of the material rights of our capital stock and related provisions of our articles of incorporation, or the articles, and our amended and restated bylaws, or the bylaws. The following description of our capital stock does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by, our articles and bylaws, which we have included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. We urge you to read these documents for a more complete understanding of shareholder rights.

        Our articles authorize the issuance of up to 20,000,000 shares of common stock, no par value per share, and up to 50,000 shares of preferred stock, no par value per share. At March 1, 2018, we had issued and outstanding 6,583,676 shares of our common stock and no shares of preferred stock. As of such date, we had reserved an additional 386,318 shares for issuance upon the exercise of stock options, and 250,000 shares remained available for future awards under our 2018 Equity Incentive Plan, except for 6,000 shares which will be the subject of restricted stock awards to be granted to certain of our employees at the time of the pricing of this offering.

Common Stock

        Governing Documents.     Holders of shares of our common stock have the rights set forth in our articles, our bylaws and Michigan law.

        Dividends and Distributions.     The holders of our common stock are entitled to share equally in any dividends that our board of directors may declare from time to time out of funds legally available for dividends, subject to limitations under Michigan law and any preferential rights of holders of our then outstanding preferred stock.

        Ranking.     Our common stock ranks junior with respect to dividend rights and rights upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company to all other securities and indebtedness of the Company.

        Upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of our common stock are entitled to share equally, on a per share basis, in all of our assets available for distribution, after payment to creditors and subject to any prior distribution rights granted to holders of any then outstanding shares of preferred stock.

        No Conversion Rights.     Our common stock is not convertible into any other shares of our capital stock.

        No Preemptive Rights.     Holders of our common stock do not have any preemptive rights.

        Voting Rights.     The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share on any matter to be voted on by the shareholders. The holders of our common stock are not entitled to cumulative voting rights with respect to the election of directors. A plurality of the shares voted shall elect all of the directors then standing for election at a meeting of shareholders at which a quorum is present.

        Redemption.     We have no obligation or right to redeem our common stock.

        Stock Exchange Listing.     We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol "LEVL."

Preferred Stock

        Upon authorization of our board of directors, we may issue shares of one or more series of our preferred stock from time to time. Our board of directors may, without any action by holders of common stock and except as may be otherwise provided in the terms of any series of preferred stock of

124


Table of Contents

which there are shares outstanding, adopt resolutions to designate and establish a new series of preferred stock. Upon establishing such a series of preferred stock, the board will determine the number of shares of preferred stock of that series that may be issued and the rights and preferences of that series of preferred stock. The rights of any series of preferred stock may include, among others:

    general or special voting rights;

    preferential liquidation rights;

    preferential cumulative or noncumulative dividend rights;

    redemption or put rights; and

    conversion or exchange rights.

        We may issue shares of, or rights to purchase shares of, one or more series of our preferred stock that have been designated from time to time, the terms of which might:

    adversely affect voting or other rights evidenced by, or amounts otherwise payable with respect to, the common stock or other series of preferred stock;

    discourage an unsolicited proposal to acquire us; or

    facilitate a particular business combination involving us.

        Any of these actions could have an anti-takeover effect and discourage a transaction that some or a majority of our shareholders might believe to be in their best interests or in which our shareholders might receive a premium for their stock over our then market price.

Anti-Takeover Considerations and Special Provisions of Our Articles, Bylaws and Michigan Law

        Michigan law and certain provisions of our articles and bylaws could have the effect of delaying or deferring the removal of incumbent directors or delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us, even if such removal or acquisition would be viewed by our shareholders to be in their best interests. We believe that these provisions are beneficial because the negotiation they encourage could result in improved terms of any unsolicited proposal.

        Authorized But Unissued Capital Stock.     We have authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock, and our board of directors may authorize the issuance of one or more series of preferred stock without shareholder approval. These shares could be used by our board of directors to make it more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us through a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise.

        Number of Directors; Noncumulative Voting for Directors.     Our bylaws provide that the authorized number of directors of the Company may be fixed only by our board by resolution of a majority of the directors then in office, although such number may not be less than five nor more than twenty-five. In addition, our articles do not allow for noncumulative voting for directors, which may make it more difficult for a non-company nominee to be elected to our board of directors.

        Filling of Board Vacancies; Removals.     Any vacancies in our board of directors and any directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors may be filled by the board, acting by not less than a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum.

        Limitation on Right to Call a Special Meeting of Shareholders.     Our bylaws provide that special meetings of shareholders may only be called by our board or our president or by the holders of not less than a majority of our outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote for the purpose for which the meeting is being called.

125


Table of Contents

        Action By Unanimous Written Consent of Shareholders.     Our bylaws provide that any action required or permitted to be taken at an annual or special meeting of shareholders may be taken without a meeting, but only if all of the shareholders entitled to vote consent in writing.

        Advance Notice Provisions.     Our bylaws generally require a shareholder desiring to propose new business at a shareholder meeting to provide advance written notice to our corporate secretary, not later than 90 days nor earlier than 120 days prior to the anniversary of the preceding year's annual shareholder meeting, containing certain information about the shareholder and the business to be brought. Only business within the purposes described in the notice of the meeting may be conducted at a special meeting. This provision could delay shareholder actions that are favored by the holders of a majority of our outstanding stock until the next shareholders' meeting.

        Additionally, our bylaws provide that nominations for directors must be made in accordance with the provisions of our bylaws, which generally require, among other things, that such nominations be provided in writing to our corporate secretary, not later than 90 days nor earlier than 120 days prior to the anniversary of the preceding year's annual shareholder meeting, and that the notice to our corporate secretary contain certain information about the shareholder and the director nominee.

        Amendment of the Bylaws.     Our bylaws provide that our bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed by our board without prior notice to or approval by our shareholders. Our bylaws may also be altered, amended or repealed by the affirmative vote of holders of a majority of the shares of our capital stock entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders. Accordingly, our board could take action to amend our bylaws in a manner that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us.

        Michigan Law.     We may opt-in to the provisions of Chapter 7A of the MBCA. In general, subject to certain exceptions, Chapter 7A of the MBCA prohibits a Michigan corporation from engaging in a "business combination" with an "interested shareholder" for a period of five years following the date that such shareholder became an interested shareholder, unless: (i) prior to such date, the board of directors approved the business combination; or (ii) on or subsequent to such date, the business combination is approved by at least 90% of the votes of each class of the corporation's stock entitled to vote and by at least two-thirds of such voting stock not held by the interested shareholder or such shareholder's affiliates. The MBCA defines a "business combination" to include certain mergers, consolidations, dispositions of assets or shares and recapitalizations. An "interested shareholder" is defined by the MBCA to include a beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 10% or more of the voting power of the outstanding voting shares of the corporation. While our board to date has not elected to opt-in to these provisions, any future decision to do so could have an anti-takeover effect.

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

        Our articles provide that our directors will not be liable to us or our shareholders for monetary damages for any action taken or any failure to take any action as a director, subject to limited exceptions.

        Our bylaws provide that we must indemnify each of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the laws of the State of Michigan and consistent with the provisions of the MBCA.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

        The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company.

126


Table of Contents


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

        Prior to this offering, there has been no established public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. Furthermore, because only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to existing contractual and legal restrictions on resale as described below, there may be sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the restrictions lapse. This may adversely affect the prevailing market price and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

        Upon completion of this offering, we will have                shares of common stock outstanding. Of these shares,                 shares of our common stock (or                shares if the underwriters exercise their purchase option in full) sold in this offering will be freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by our "affiliates," as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining                shares of our common stock (or                shares if the underwriters exercise their purchase option in full) outstanding are "restricted shares" as defined in Rule 144. Restricted shares may be sold in the public market only if registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144. As a result of the contractual 180-day lock-up period described below,                 of these shares will be available for sale in the public market only after 180 days from the date of this prospectus (generally subject to volume and other offering limitations).

Rule 144

        In general, a person who has beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell such securities, provided that (i) such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the 90 days preceding, the sale and (ii) we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. Persons who have beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the 90 days preceding, the sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of the following:

    1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately                shares immediately after this offering; or

    the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale;

provided, in each case, that we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. Such sales both by affiliates and by non-affiliates must also comply with the manner of sale and notice provisions of Rule 144 to the extent applicable.

Registration Statement on Form S-8

        In connection with or as soon as practicable following the completion of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement with the SEC on Form S-8 to register an aggregate of approximately                shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans, as described further under "Executive Compensation—Long Term Incentive Plans." That registration statement will become effective upon filing and shares of common stock covered by such registration statement will be eligible for sale in the public market immediately after the effective date of such registration statement (unless held by affiliates) subject to the lock-up agreements described below.

127


Table of Contents

Lock-up Agreements

        We, each of the selling shareholders, and each of our directors and executive officers have agreed, subject to certain limited exceptions, not to offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of, otherwise dispose of or transfer any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, without the prior written consent of Raymond James & Associates, Inc. on behalf of the underwriters. See "Underwriting." The underwriters do not have any present intention or arrangement to release any shares of our common stock subject to lock-up agreements prior to the expiration of the 180-day lock-up period.

128


Table of Contents


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

        In addition to the compensation arrangements with directors and executive officers described in "Executive Compensation" above, the following is a description of transactions since January 1, 2016, to which we have been a party in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000, and in which any of our directors, executive officers or beneficial holders of more than five percent of our capital stock, or their immediate family members or entities affiliated with them, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Ordinary Banking Relationships

        Our directors, officers, certain of our beneficial owners of more than five percent of our voting securities and their respective associates were customers of and had transactions with us in the past, and additional transactions with these persons are expected to take place in the future. All outstanding loans and commitments to loan with these persons were made in the ordinary course of business, were made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable loans with persons not related to the Company or the Bank and did not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features. All such loans are approved by the Bank's board of directors in accordance with the bank regulatory requirements. Similarly, all certificates of deposit and depository relationships with these persons were made in the ordinary course of business and involved substantially the same terms, including interest rates, as those prevailing at the time for comparable depository relationships with persons not related to the Company or the Bank.

Policies and Procedures Regarding Related Party Transactions

        Transactions by the Company or the Bank with related parties are subject to a formal written policy, as well as regulatory requirements and restrictions. These requirements and restrictions include Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act (which govern certain transactions by the Bank with its affiliates) and the Federal Reserve's Regulation O (which governs certain loans by the Bank to its executive officers, directors and principal shareholders). We have adopted policies to comply with these regulatory requirements and restrictions.

        In addition, prior to completion of this offering, our board of directors will adopt a written policy governing the approval of related party transactions that complies with all applicable requirements of the SEC and the Nasdaq Global Select Market concerning related party transactions. Related party transactions are transactions in which we are a participant, the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and a related party has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. Related parties of the Company include directors (including nominees for election as directors), executive officers, five percent shareholders and the immediate family members of these persons. Management, in consultation with outside counsel, as appropriate, will review potential related party transactions to determine if they are subject to the policy. If so, the transaction will be referred to Audit Committee for approval. In determining whether to approve a related party transaction, the Audit Committee will consider, among other factors, the fairness of the proposed transaction, the direct or indirect nature of the related party's interest in the transaction, the appearance of an improper conflict of interests for any director or executive officer taking into account the size of the transaction and the financial position of the related party, whether the transaction would impair an outside director's independence, the acceptability of the transaction to our regulators and the potential violations of other corporate policies. Upon completion of this offering, our Related Party Transactions Policy will be available on our website at www.levelonebank.com, as an annex to our Corporate Governance Guidelines.

129


Table of Contents

Reserved Share Program

        At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 10.0% of the shares offered by this prospectus for sale to the directors, senior management, certain existing shareholders, certain employees of the Company and the Bank, and other persons having relationships with us through a reserved share program. See "Underwriting—Reserved Share Program" for additional information regarding the reserved share program.

130


Table of Contents


SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

General

        FDIC-insured institutions, their holding companies and their affiliates are extensively regulated under federal and state law. As a result, the Company's growth and earnings performance may be affected not only by management decisions and general economic conditions, but also by the requirements of federal and state statutes and by the regulations and policies of various bank regulatory agencies, including the Michigan Department of Insurance and Financial Services (DIFS), the FDIC, the Federal Reserve, and the CFPB. Furthermore, taxation laws administered by the Internal Revenue Service and state taxing authorities, accounting rules developed by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, securities laws administered by the SEC and state securities authorities, and anti-money laundering laws enforced by the Treasury, have an impact on the Company's business. The effect of these statutes, regulations, regulatory policies and accounting rules are significant to the Company's operations and results.

        Federal and state banking laws impose a comprehensive system of supervision, regulation and enforcement on the operations of FDIC-insured institutions, their holding companies and affiliates that is intended primarily for the protection of the FDIC-insured deposits and depositors of banks, rather than shareholders. These laws, and the regulations of the bank regulatory agencies issued under them, affect, among other things, the scope of the Company's business, the kinds and amounts of investments the Company and the Bank may make, reserve requirements, required capital levels relative to the Company's assets, the nature and amount of collateral for loans, the establishment of branches, the Company's ability to merge, consolidate and acquire, dealings with the Company's and the Bank's insiders and affiliates, and the Company's and the Bank's payment of dividends. In reaction to the global financial crisis and particularly following the passage of the Dodd-Frank Act, reforms in regulation of the banking industry have heightened regulatory requirements and scrutiny. These reforms have caused the Company's compliance and risk management processes, and the costs thereof, to increase. Although proposals have been made to decrease the regulatory burden on community banks like the Bank, it is not possible to predict whether or when such proposals may be enacted.

        The supervisory framework for U.S. banking organizations subjects banks and bank holding companies to regular examination by their respective regulatory agencies, which results in examination reports and ratings that are not publicly available and that can impact the conduct and growth of their business. These examinations consider not only compliance with applicable laws and regulations, but also capital levels, asset quality and risk, management ability and performance, earnings, liquidity, and various other factors. The regulatory agencies generally have broad discretion to impose restrictions and limitations on the operations of a regulated entity where the agencies determine, among other things, that such operations are unsafe or unsound, fail to comply with applicable law or are otherwise inconsistent with laws and regulations or with the supervisory policies of these agencies.

        The following is a summary of the material elements of the supervisory and regulatory framework applicable to the Company and the Bank, beginning with a discussion of the continuing regulatory emphasis on the Company's capital levels. It does not describe all of the statutes, regulations and regulatory policies that apply, nor does it restate all of the requirements of those that are described. The descriptions are qualified in their entirety by reference to the particular statutory and regulatory provision.

Regulatory Emphasis on Capital

        Regulatory capital represents the net assets of a banking organization available to absorb losses. Because of the risks attendant to their business, FDIC-insured institutions are generally required to hold more capital than other businesses, which directly affects the Company's earnings capabilities. While capital has historically been one of the key measures of the financial health of both bank holding

131


Table of Contents

companies and banks, its role became fundamentally more important in the wake of the global financial crisis, as the banking regulators recognized that the amount and quality of capital held by banks prior to the crisis was insufficient to absorb losses during periods of severe stress. Certain provisions of the regulations resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act and Basel III, discussed below, establish strengthened capital standards for banks and bank holding companies that are meaningfully more stringent than those in place previously and, among other things, require more capital to be held in the form of common stock.

        Minimum Required Capital Levels.     Banks have been required to hold minimum levels of capital based on guidelines established by the bank regulatory agencies since 1983. The minimums have been expressed in terms of ratios of capital divided by total assets. As discussed below, bank capital measures have become more sophisticated over the years and have focused more on the quality of capital and the risk of assets.

        The Basel III Rule.     On September 12, 2010, the Group of Governors and Heads of Supervision, the oversight body of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, announced agreement on a strengthened set of capital requirements for banking organizations around the world, known as Basel III, to address deficiencies recognized in connection with the global financial crisis.

        In July 2013, the U.S. federal banking agencies approved the regulations implementing Basel III in pertinent part and certain changes to the earlier capital regulations required by the Dodd-Frank Act, or the Basel III Rule, applicable to federal and state banks and savings and loan associations, as well as to bank and savings and loan holding companies, other than "small bank holding companies" (generally bank holding companies with consolidated assets of less than $1 billion).

        Compared to earlier capital standards, the Basel III Rule requires higher capital levels, increases the required quality of capital, and requires more detailed categories of risk weighting of riskier, more opaque assets. For nearly every class of assets, the Basel III Rule requires a more complex, detailed and calibrated assessment of credit risk and calculation of risk weightings.

        The Basel III Rule also introduced the concept of Common Equity Tier 1 Capital, which consists primarily of common stock, related surplus (net of Treasury stock), retained earnings, and Common Equity Tier 1 minority interests subject to certain regulatory adjustments. The Basel III Rule also changed the definition of capital by establishing more stringent criteria that instruments must meet to be considered Additional Tier 1 Capital (primarily non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock that meets certain requirements) and Tier 2 Capital (primarily other types of preferred stock and subordinated debt, subject to limitations). A number of instruments that qualified as Tier 1 Capital under Basel I do not qualify, or their qualifications changed. For example, noncumulative perpetual preferred stock, which qualified as simple Tier 1 Capital earlier does not qualify as Common Equity Tier 1 Capital, but qualifies as Additional Tier 1 Capital. The Basel III Rule also constrains the inclusion of minority interests, mortgage-servicing assets, and deferred tax assets in capital and requires deductions from Common Equity Tier 1 Capital in the event that such assets exceed a certain percentage of a banking institution's Common Equity Tier 1 Capital.

        The Basel III Rule minimum capital ratio requirements are as follows:

    Common Equity Tier 1 Capital equal to 4.5% of risk-weighted assets;

    Tier 1 Capital equal to 6% of risk-weighted assets;

    Total Capital (Tier 1 plus Tier 2) equal to 8% of risk-weighted assets; and

    Tier 1 Capital equal to 4% of total quarterly average assets, referred to as the leverage ratio.

        In addition, institutions that seek the freedom to make capital distributions (including for dividends and repurchases of stock) and pay discretionary bonuses to executive officers without

132


Table of Contents

restriction must also maintain a capital conservation buffer of more than 2.5% in Common Equity Tier 1 Capital over the minimum risk-weighted capital requirements. The capital conservation buffer requirement phases in over three years beginning in 2016 (as of January 1, 2018, it had phased in to 1.875%). The purpose of the conservation buffer is to ensure that banking institutions maintain capital that can be used to absorb losses during periods of financial and economic stress. Factoring in the fully phased-in conservation buffer increases the minimum ratios depicted above to 7% for Common Equity Tier 1 Capital, 8.5% for Tier 1 Capital and 10.5% for Total Capital.

        Banking organizations (except for large, internationally active banking organizations) became subject to the new rules on January 1, 2015. However, there are separate phase-in/phase-out periods for: (i) the capital conservation buffer; (ii) certain regulatory capital adjustments and deductions; (iii) nonqualifying capital instruments; and (iv) changes to the prompt corrective action rules discussed below. The phase-in periods commenced on January 1, 2016 and generally extend until January 1, 2019.

        Well-Capitalized Requirements.     The ratios described above are minimum standards in order for banking organizations to be considered "adequately capitalized." Bank regulatory agencies uniformly encourage banks to hold more capital and be "well-capitalized" and, to that end, federal law and regulations provide various incentives for banking organizations to maintain regulatory capital at levels in excess of minimum regulatory requirements. For example, a banking organization that is well-capitalized may: (i) qualify for exemptions from prior notice or application requirements otherwise applicable to certain types of activities; (ii) qualify for expedited processing of other required notices or applications; and (iii) accept, roll-over or renew brokered deposits. Higher capital levels could also be required if warranted by the particular circumstances or risk profiles of individual banking organizations. For example, the Federal Reserve's capital guidelines contemplate that additional capital may be required to take adequate account of, among other things, interest rate risk, or the risks posed by concentrations of credit, nontraditional activities or securities trading activities. Further, any banking organization experiencing or anticipating significant growth would be expected to maintain capital ratios, including tangible capital positions ( i.e. , Tier 1 Capital less all intangible assets), well above the minimum levels.

        Under the capital regulations of the FDIC and Federal Reserve, in order to be well-capitalized, a banking organization must maintain:

    A ratio of Common Equity Tier 1 Capital to risk-weighted assets of 6.5% or more;

    A ratio of Tier 1 Capital to total risk-weighted assets of 8% or more (6% under Basel I);

    A ratio of Total Capital to total risk-weighted assets of 10% or more (the same as Basel I); and

    A leverage ratio (Tier 1 Capital to total adjusted average quarterly assets) of 5% or greater.

It is possible under the Basel III Rule to be well-capitalized while remaining out of compliance with the capital conservation buffer discussed above. In addition, to be well-capitalized, a banking organization must not be subject to a capital requirement imposed on it as an individual institution to maintain any specified capital ratio.

        As of December 31, 2017: (i) the Bank was not subject to a directive from DIFS or FDIC to increase its capital and (ii) the Bank was well-capitalized, as defined by FDIC regulations. As of December 31, 2017, the Company had regulatory capital in excess of the Federal Reserve's requirements and met the Basel III Rule requirements to be well-capitalized.

        Prompt Corrective Action.     An FDIC-insured institution's capital plays an important role in connection with regulatory enforcement as well. Federal law provides the federal banking regulators with broad power to take prompt corrective action to resolve the problems of undercapitalized institutions. The extent of the regulators' powers depends on whether the institution in question is "adequately capitalized," "undercapitalized," "significantly undercapitalized" or "critically

133


Table of Contents

undercapitalized," in each case as defined by regulation. Depending upon the capital category to which an institution is assigned, the regulators' corrective powers include: (i) requiring the institution to submit a capital restoration plan; (ii) limiting the institution's asset growth and restricting its activities; (iii) requiring the institution to issue additional capital stock (including additional voting stock) or to sell itself; (iv) restricting transactions between the institution and its affiliates; (v) restricting the interest rate that the institution may pay on deposits; (vi) ordering a new election of directors of the institution; (vii) requiring that senior executive officers or directors be dismissed; (viii) prohibiting the institution from accepting deposits from correspondent banks; (ix) requiring the institution to divest certain subsidiaries; (x) prohibiting the payment of principal or interest on subordinated debt; and (xi) ultimately, appointing a receiver for the institution.

Regulation and Supervision of the Company

        General.     The Company, as the sole shareholder of the Bank, is a bank holding company. As a bank holding company, the Company is registered with, and subject to regulation by, the Federal Reserve under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (BHCA). The Company is legally obligated to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to the Bank and to commit resources to support the Bank in circumstances where the Company might not otherwise do so. Under the BHCA, the Company is subject to periodic examination by the Federal Reserve and is required to file with the Federal Reserve periodic reports of the Company's operations and such additional information regarding the Company and the Bank as the Federal Reserve may require.

        Acquisitions, Activities and Change in Control.     The primary purpose of a bank holding company is to control and manage banks. The BHCA generally requires the prior approval of the Federal Reserve for any merger involving a bank holding company or any acquisition by a bank holding company of another bank or bank holding company. Subject to certain conditions (including deposit concentration limits established by the BHCA), the Federal Reserve may allow a bank holding company to acquire banks located in any state of the United States. In approving interstate acquisitions, the Federal Reserve is required to give effect to applicable state law limitations on the aggregate amount of deposits that may be held by the acquiring bank holding company and its FDIC-insured institution affiliates in the state in which the target bank is located (provided that those limits do not discriminate against out-of-state institutions or their holding companies) and state laws that require that the target bank have been in existence for a minimum period of time (not to exceed five years) before being acquired by an out-of-state bank holding company. Furthermore, in accordance with the Dodd-Frank Act, bank holding companies must be well-capitalized and well-managed in order to effect interstate mergers or acquisitions. For a discussion of the capital requirements, see "Regulatory Emphasis on Capital" above.

        The BHCA generally prohibits the Company from acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any company that is not a bank and from engaging in any business other than that of banking, managing and controlling banks or furnishing services to banks and their subsidiaries. This general prohibition is subject to a number of exceptions. The principal exception allows bank holding companies to engage in, and to own shares of companies engaged in, certain businesses found by the Federal Reserve prior to November 11, 1999 to be "so closely related to banking ... as to be a proper incident thereto." This authority would permit the Company to engage in a variety of banking-related businesses, including the ownership and operation of a savings association, or any entity engaged in consumer finance, equipment leasing, the operation of a computer service bureau (including software development) and mortgage banking and brokerage services. The BHCA does not place territorial restrictions on the domestic activities of nonbank subsidiaries of bank holding companies.

        Additionally, bank holding companies that meet certain eligibility requirements prescribed by the BHCA and elect to operate as financial holding companies may engage in, or own shares in companies

134


Table of Contents

engaged in, a wider range of nonbanking activities, including securities and insurance underwriting and sales, merchant banking and any other activity that the Federal Reserve, in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury, determines by regulation or order is financial in nature or incidental to any such financial activity or that the Federal Reserve determines by order to be complementary to any such financial activity and does not pose a substantial risk to the safety or soundness of FDIC-insured institutions or the financial system generally. The Company has elected to operate as a financial holding company.

        In order to maintain our status as a financial holding company, both the Company and the Bank must be well-capitalized, well-managed, and have at least a satisfactory Community Reinvestment Act (CRA) rating. If the Federal Reserve determines that the Company is not well-capitalized or well-managed, the Company will have a period of time in which to achieve compliance, but during the period of noncompliance, the Federal Reserve may place any limitations on the Company it believes to be appropriate. Furthermore, if the Federal Reserve determines that the Bank has not received a satisfactory CRA rating, the Company will not be able to commence any new financial activities or acquire a company that engages in such activities.

        Federal law also prohibits any person or company from acquiring "control" of an FDIC-insured depository institution or its holding company without prior notice to the appropriate federal bank regulator. "Control" is conclusively presumed to exist upon the acquisition of 25% or more of the outstanding voting securities of a bank or bank holding company, but may arise under certain circumstances between 10% and 24.99% ownership.

        Capital Requirements.     Bank holding companies are required to maintain capital in accordance with Federal Reserve capital adequacy requirements. For a discussion of capital requirements, see "—Regulatory Emphasis on Capital" above.

        Dividend Payments.     The Company's ability to pay dividends to its shareholders may be affected by both general corporate law considerations and policies of the Federal Reserve applicable to bank holding companies. As a Michigan corporation, the Company is subject to the Michigan Business Corporation Act, as amended, which prohibits the Company from paying a dividend if, after giving effect to the dividend the Company would not be able to pay its debts as the debts become due in the usual course of business, or the Company's total assets would be less than the sum of its total liabilities plus, the amount that would be needed, if the Company were to be dissolved at the time of the distribution, to satisfy the preferential rights upon dissolution of shareholders whose preferential rights are superior to those receiving the distribution.

        As a general matter, the Federal Reserve has indicated that the board of directors of a bank holding company should eliminate, defer or significantly reduce dividends to shareholders if: (i) the company's net income available to shareholders for the past four quarters, net of dividends previously paid during that period, is not sufficient to fully fund the dividends; (ii) the prospective rate of earnings retention is inconsistent with the company's capital needs and overall current and prospective financial condition; or (iii) the company will not meet, or is in danger of not meeting, its minimum regulatory capital adequacy ratios. The Federal Reserve also possesses enforcement powers over bank holding companies and their non-bank subsidiaries to prevent or remedy actions that represent unsafe or unsound practices or violations of applicable statutes and regulations. Among these powers is the ability to proscribe the payment of dividends by banks and bank holding companies. In addition, under the Basel III Rule, institutions that seek the freedom to pay dividends must maintain the capital conservation buffer. See "—Regulatory Emphasis on Capital" above.

        Incentive Compensation.     There have been a number of developments in recent years focused on incentive compensation plans sponsored by bank holding companies and banks, reflecting recognition by the bank regulatory agencies and Congress that flawed incentive compensation practices in the

135


Table of Contents

financial industry were one of many factors contributing to the global financial crisis. In addition, there are concerns about the abuses relating to product cross-selling incentive plans. The result is interagency guidance on sound incentive compensation practices and rulemaking by the agencies required under Section 956 of the Dodd-Frank Act.

        The interagency guidance recognized three core principles: effective incentive plans should: (i) provide employees incentives that appropriately balance risk and reward; (ii) be compatible with effective controls and risk-management; and (iii) be supported by strong corporate governance, including active and effective oversight by the organization's board of directors. Much of the guidance addresses large banking organizations and, because of the size and complexity of their operations, the regulators expect those organizations to maintain systematic and formalized policies, procedures, and systems for ensuring that the incentive compensation arrangements for all executive and non-executive employees covered by this guidance are identified and reviewed, and appropriately balance risks and rewards. Smaller banking organizations like the Company that use incentive compensation arrangements are expected to be less extensive, formalized, and detailed than those of the larger banks.

        Section 956 of the Dodd-Frank Act requires the banking agencies, the National Credit Union Administration, the SEC and the Federal Housing Finance Agency to jointly prescribe regulations that prohibit types of incentive-based compensation that encourages inappropriate risk taking and to disclose certain information regarding such plans. On June 10, 2016, the agencies released an updated proposed rule for comment. Section 956 applies only to banking organizations with assets of greater than $1 billion. The Company has consolidated assets greater than $1 billion and less than $50 billion and the Company is considered a Level 3 banking organization under the proposed rules. The proposed rules contain mostly general principles and reporting requirements for Level 3 institutions. Risk management and controls are required, as is board or committee level approval and oversight. Management has reviewed its incentive plans in light of the proposed rulemaking and guidance and has begun implementing policies and procedures to mitigate risk based on this review. As of December 31, 2017, these rules remained in proposed form.

        Monetary Policy.     The monetary policy of the Federal Reserve has a significant effect on the operating results of financial or bank holding companies and their subsidiaries. Among the tools available to the Federal Reserve to affect the money supply are open market transactions in U.S. government securities, changes in the discount rate on bank borrowings and changes in reserve requirements against bank deposits. These means are used in varying combinations to influence overall growth and distribution of bank loans, investments and deposits, and their use may affect interest rates charged on loans or paid on deposits.

        Federal Securities Regulation.     The Company's common stock sold in this offering will be registered with the SEC under the Exchange Act. Consequently, the Company will be subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading and other restrictions and requirements of the SEC under the Exchange Act.

        Corporate Governance.     The Dodd-Frank Act addressed many investor protection, corporate governance and executive compensation matters that will affect most U.S. publicly traded companies. The Dodd-Frank Act increased shareholder influence over boards of directors by requiring companies to give shareholders a non-binding vote on executive compensation and so-called "golden parachute" payments, and authorizing the SEC to promulgate rules that would allow shareholders to nominate and solicit voters for their own candidates using a company's proxy materials. The legislation also directed the Federal Reserve to promulgate rules prohibiting excessive compensation paid to executives of bank holding companies, regardless of whether such companies are publicly traded.

136


Table of Contents

Regulation and Supervision of the Bank

        General.     The Bank is a Michigan-chartered bank. The deposit accounts of the Bank are insured by the FDIC's Deposit Insurance Fund (DIF) to the maximum extent provided under federal law and FDIC regulations, currently $250,000 per insured depositor category. As a Michigan-chartered FDIC-insured bank, the Bank is subject to the examination, supervision, reporting and enforcement requirements of the DIFS, the chartering authority for Michigan banks, and the FDIC, designated by federal law as the primary federal regulator of insured state banks that, like the Bank, are not members of the Federal Reserve.

        Deposit Insurance.     As an FDIC-insured institution, the Bank is required to pay deposit insurance premium assessments to the FDIC. The FDIC has adopted a risk-based assessment system whereby FDIC-insured institutions like the Bank, that are not considered large and highly complex banking organizations, pay assessments based on examination ratings and financial ratios, which range from 1.5 basis points to 30 basis points. At least semi-annually, the FDIC updates its loss and income projections for the DIF and, if needed, increases or decreases the assessment rates, following notice and comment on proposed rulemaking. The assessment base against which an FDIC-insured institution's deposit insurance premiums paid to the DIF are calculated is based on its average consolidated total assets less its average tangible equity. This method shifts the burden of deposit insurance premiums toward those large depository institutions that rely on funding sources other than U.S. deposits.

        The reserve ratio is the FDIC insurance fund balance divided by estimated insured deposits. The Dodd-Frank Act altered the minimum reserve ratio of the DIF, increasing the minimum from 1.15% to 1.35% of the estimated amount of total insured deposits, and eliminating the requirement that the FDIC pay dividends to FDIC-insured institutions when the reserve ratio exceeds certain thresholds. The reserve ratio reached 1.30% on December 31, 2017. If the reserve ratio does not reach 1.35% by December 31, 2018 (provided it is at least 1.15%), the FDIC will impose a shortfall assessment on March 31, 2019 on insured depository institutions with total consolidated assets of $10 billion or more. The FDIC will provide assessment credits to insured depository institutions, like the Bank, with total consolidated assets of less than $10 billion for the portion of their regular assessments that contribute to growth in the reserve ratio between 1.15% and 1.35%. The FDIC will apply the credits each quarter that the reserve ratio is at least 1.38% to offset the regular deposit insurance assessments of institutions.

        FICO Assessments.     In addition to paying basic deposit insurance assessments, FDIC-insured institutions must pay Financing Corporation (FICO) assessments. FICO is a mixed-ownership governmental corporation chartered by the former Federal Home Loan Bank Board pursuant to the Competitive Equality Banking Act of 1987 to function as a financing vehicle for the recapitalization of the former Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation. FICO issued 30-year noncallable bonds of approximately $8.1 billion that mature in 2017 through 2019. FICO's authority to issue bonds ended on December 12, 1991. Since 1996, federal legislation has required that all FDIC-insured institutions pay assessments to cover interest payments on FICO's outstanding obligations. The FICO assessment rate is adjusted quarterly and for the fourth quarter of 2017 was 54 cents per $100 dollars of assessable deposits.

        Supervisory Assessments.     All Michigan-chartered banks are required to pay supervisory assessments to the DIFS to fund the operations of that agency. The amount of the assessment is calculated on the basis of the Bank's total assets. During the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Bank paid supervisory assessments to the DIFS totaling approximately $151 thousand and $142 thousand, respectively.

        Capital Requirements.     Banks are generally required to maintain capital levels in excess of other businesses. For a discussion of capital requirements, see "—Regulatory Emphasis on Capital" above.

137


Table of Contents

        Liquidity Requirements.     Liquidity is a measure of the ability and ease with which bank assets may be converted to cash. Liquid assets are those that can be converted to cash quickly if needed to meet financial obligations. To remain viable, FDIC-insured institutions must have enough liquid assets to meet their near-term obligations, such as withdrawals by depositors. Because the global financial crisis was in part a liquidity crisis, Basel III also includes a liquidity framework that requires FDIC-insured institutions to measure their liquidity against specific liquidity tests. One test, referred to as the Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR), is designed to ensure that the banking entity has an adequate stock of unencumbered high-quality liquid assets that can be converted easily and immediately in private markets into cash to meet liquidity needs for a 30-calendar day liquidity stress scenario. The other test, known as the Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR), is designed to promote more medium- and long-term funding of the assets and activities of FDIC-insured institutions over a one-year horizon. These tests provide an incentive for banks and holding companies to increase their holdings in Treasury securities and other sovereign debt as a component of assets, increase the use of long-term debt as a funding source and rely on stable funding like core deposits (in lieu of brokered deposits).

        In addition to liquidity guidelines already in place, the federal bank regulatory agencies implemented the Basel III LCR in September 2014, which requires large financial firms to hold levels of liquid assets sufficient to protect against constraints on their funding during times of financial turmoil, and in 2016 proposed implementation of the NSFR. While these requirements apply only to the largest banking organizations in the country, it is possible that certain elements may be applied in the future to all FDIC-insured institutions.

        Stress Testing.     A stress test is an analysis or simulation designed to determine the ability of a given FDIC-insured institution to deal with an economic crisis. In October 2012, U.S. bank regulators unveiled new rules mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act that require the largest U.S. banks to undergo stress tests twice per year, once internally and once conducted by the regulators. Stress tests are not required for banks with less than $10 billion in assets; however, the FDIC now recommends stress testing as means to identify and quantify loan portfolio risk.

        Dividend Payments.     The primary source of funds for the Company is dividends from the Bank. Under the Michigan Banking Code, the Bank cannot declare or pay a cash dividend or dividend in kind unless it will have a surplus amounting to not less than 20% of its capital after payment of the dividend. In addition, the Bank may pay dividends only out of net income then on hand, after deducting its bad debts. Further, the Bank may not declare or pay a dividend until cumulative dividends on preferred stock, if any, are paid in full.

        The payment of dividends by any FDIC-insured institution is affected by the requirement to maintain adequate capital pursuant to applicable capital adequacy guidelines and regulations, and a FDIC-insured institution generally is prohibited from paying any dividends if, following payment thereof, the institution would be undercapitalized. As described above, the Bank exceeded its capital requirements under applicable guidelines as of December 31, 2017. Notwithstanding the availability of funds for dividends, however, the FDIC and the DIFS may prohibit the payment of dividends by the Bank if either or both determine such payment would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice. In addition, under the Basel III Rule, institutions that seek the freedom to pay dividends will have to maintain the capital conservation buffer. See "Regulatory Emphasis on Capital" above.

        Insider Transactions.     The Bank is subject to certain restrictions imposed by federal law on "covered transactions" between the Bank and its "affiliates." The Company is an affiliate of the Bank for purposes of these restrictions, and covered transactions include extensions of credit to the Company (which must be collateralized at specified levels), investments in the stock or other securities of the Company and the acceptance of the stock or other securities of the Company as collateral for loans made by the Bank. Certain limitations and reporting requirements are also placed on extensions of credit by the Bank to its directors and officers, to directors and officers of the Company and its

138


Table of Contents

subsidiaries, to principal shareholders of the Company and to "related interests" of such directors, officers and principal shareholders. In addition, federal law and regulations may affect the terms upon which any person who is a director or officer of the Company or the Bank, or a principal shareholder of the Company, may obtain credit from banks with which the Bank maintains a correspondent relationship.

        Safety and Soundness Standards/Risk Management.     The federal banking agencies have adopted guidelines that establish operational and managerial standards to promote the safety and soundness of FDIC-insured institutions. The guidelines set forth standards for internal controls, information systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth, compensation, fees and benefits, asset quality and earnings.

        In general, the safety and soundness guidelines prescribe the goals to be achieved in each area, and each institution is responsible for establishing its own procedures to achieve those goals. If an institution fails to comply with any of the standards set forth in the guidelines, the FDIC-insured institution's primary federal regulator may require the institution to submit a plan for achieving and maintaining compliance. If an FDIC-insured institution fails to submit an acceptable compliance plan, or fails in any material respect to implement a compliance plan that has been accepted by its primary federal regulator, the regulator is required to issue an order directing the institution to cure the deficiency. Until the deficiency cited in the regulator's order is cured, the regulator may restrict the FDIC-insured institution's rate of growth, require the FDIC-insured institution to increase its capital, restrict the rates the institution pays on deposits or require the institution to take any action the regulator deems appropriate under the circumstances. Noncompliance with the standards established by the safety and soundness guidelines may also constitute grounds for other enforcement action by the federal bank regulatory agencies, including cease and desist orders and civil money penalty assessments.

        During the past decade, the bank regulatory agencies have increasingly emphasized the importance of sound risk management processes and strong internal controls when evaluating the activities of the FDIC-insured institutions they supervise. Properly managing risks has been identified as critical to the conduct of safe and sound banking activities and has become even more important as new technologies, product innovation, and the size and speed of financial transactions have changed the nature of banking markets. The agencies have identified a spectrum of risks facing a banking institution including, but not limited to, credit, market, liquidity, operational, legal, and reputational risk. In particular, recent regulatory pronouncements have focused on operational risk, which arises from the potential that inadequate information systems, operational problems, breaches in internal controls, fraud, or unforeseen catastrophes will result in unexpected losses. New products and services, third-party risk and cybersecurity are critical sources of operational risk that FDIC-insured institutions must address in the current environment. The Bank is expected to have active board and senior management oversight; adequate policies, procedures, and limits; adequate risk measurement, monitoring, and management information systems; and comprehensive internal controls.

        Branching Authority.     Michigan banks, such as the Bank, have the authority under Michigan law to establish branches anywhere in the State of Michigan, subject to receipt of all required regulatory approvals. Federal law permits state and national banks to merge with banks in other states subject to: (i) regulatory approval; (ii) federal and state deposit concentration limits; and (iii) state law limitations requiring the merging bank to have been in existence for a minimum period of time (not to exceed five years) prior to the merger. The establishment of interstate branches has historically been permitted only in those states the laws of which expressly authorize such expansion. The Dodd-Frank Act permits well-capitalized and well-managed banks to establish de novo interstate branches without impediments.

        Transaction Account Reserves.     Federal Reserve regulations require FDIC-insured institutions to maintain reserves against their transaction accounts (primarily NOW and regular checking accounts). For 2018, the first $16.0 million of otherwise reservable balances are exempt from reserves and have a

139


Table of Contents

zero percent reserve requirement; for transaction accounts aggregating more than $16.0 million to $122.3 million, the reserve requirement is 3% of total transaction accounts; and for net transaction accounts in excess of $122.3 million, the reserve requirement is 3% up to $122.3 million plus 10% of the aggregate amount of total transaction accounts in excess of $122.3 million. These reserve requirements are subject to annual adjustment by the Federal Reserve.

        Community Reinvestment Act Requirements.     The Community Reinvestment Act requires the Bank to have a continuing and affirmative obligation in a safe and sound manner to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods. Federal regulators regularly assess the Bank's record of meeting the credit needs of its communities. Applications for additional acquisitions would be affected by the evaluation of the Bank's effectiveness in meeting its Community Reinvestment Act requirements.

        Anti-Money Laundering.     The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (USA PATRIOT Act) is designed to deny terrorists and criminals the ability to obtain access to the U.S. financial system and has significant implications for FDIC-insured institutions, brokers, dealers and other businesses involved in the transfer of money. The USA PATRIOT Act requires that financial services companies have policies and procedures with respect to measures designed to address any or all of the following matters: (i) customer identification programs; (ii) money laundering; (iii) terrorist financing; (iv) identifying and reporting suspicious activities and currency transactions; (v) currency crimes; and (vi) cooperation between FDIC-insured institutions and law enforcement authorities.

        Concentrations in Commercial Real Estate.     Concentration risk exists when FDIC-insured institutions deploy too many assets to any one industry or segment. A concentration in commercial real estate is one example of regulatory concern. The interagency Concentrations in Commercial Real Estate Lending, Sound Risk Management Practices guidance, or CRE Guidance, provides supervisory criteria, including the following numerical indicators, to assist bank examiners in identifying banks with potentially significant commercial real estate loan concentrations that may warrant greater supervisory scrutiny: (i) commercial real estate loans exceeding 300% of capital and increasing 50% or more in the preceding three years; or (ii) construction and land development loans exceeding 100% of capital. The CRE Guidance does not limit banks' levels of commercial real estate lending activities, but rather guides institutions in developing risk management practices and levels of capital that are commensurate with the level and nature of their commercial real estate concentrations. On December 18, 2015, the federal banking agencies issued a statement to reinforce prudent risk-management practices related to CRE lending, having observed substantial growth in many CRE asset and lending markets, increased competitive pressures, rising CRE concentrations in banks, and an easing of CRE underwriting standards. The federal bank agencies reminded FDIC-insured institutions to maintain underwriting discipline and exercise prudent risk-management practices to identify, measure, monitor, and manage the risks arising from CRE lending. In addition, FDIC-insured institutions must maintain capital commensurate with the level and nature of their CRE concentration risk.

        Based on the Bank's loan portfolio as of December 31, 2017, it exceeded the 300% guideline for commercial real estate loans.

        Consumer Financial Services.     The CFPB has broad rulemaking authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all providers of consumer products and services, including the Bank, as well as the authority to prohibit "unfair, deceptive or abusive" acts and practices. The CFPB has examination and enforcement authority, except that FDIC-insured institutions with $10 billion or less in assets, like the Bank, continue to be examined by their applicable bank regulators.

140


Table of Contents


MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS

        The following is a summary of the material United States federal income tax consequences relevant to non-U.S. holders, as defined below, of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock. The following summary is based on current provisions of the Code, Treasury regulations and judicial and administrative authority, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. This section does not consider the Medicare tax on certain investment income, state, local, estate, gift or foreign tax consequences, nor does it address tax consequences to special classes of investors, including, but not limited to, tax-exempt or governmental organizations, insurance companies, banks or other financial institutions, partnerships or other entities classified as partnerships for United States federal income tax purposes, dealers in securities or foreign currencies, persons liable for the alternative minimum tax, traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings, persons who have acquired our common stock as compensation or otherwise in connection with the performance of services, certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States, or persons that will hold our common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, "straddle," "conversion transaction" or other risk reduction transaction. Tax consequences may vary depending upon the particular status of an investor. The summary is limited to non-U.S. holders who will hold our common stock as "capital assets" (generally, property held for investment). PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE ENCOURAGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS (INCLUDING ANY RECENT CHANGES THERETO) TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATION, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX LAWS OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE INCOME TAX TREATY.

        You are a "non-U.S. holder" or purposes of this discussion if you are a beneficial owner of our common stock that for U.S. federal income tax purposes is not a partnership or any of the following:

            (1)   an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

            (2)   a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

            (3)   an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

            (4)   a trust (i) the administration of which is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more United States persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (ii) which has made a valid election under applicable Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person.

        If an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. If you are treated as a partner in such an entity holding our common stock, you should consult your tax advisor as to the United States federal income tax consequences applicable to you.

Distributions

        Distributions with respect to our common stock will be treated as dividends when paid to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits as determined for United States federal income tax purposes. Except as described below, if you are a non-U.S. holder of our shares, dividends

141


Table of Contents

paid to you are subject to withholding of United States federal income tax at a 30% rate or at a lower rate if you are eligible for the benefits of an income tax treaty that provides for a lower rate. Even if you are eligible for a lower treaty rate, we and other payors will generally be required to withhold at a 30% rate (rather than the lower treaty rate) on dividends paid to you, unless you have furnished to us or another payor, as applicable:

    a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E, another applicable or successor variation of Form W-8 or an acceptable substitute form upon which you certify, under penalties of perjury, your status as a non-U.S. person and your entitlement to the lower treaty rate with respect to such payments, or

    in the case of payments made outside the United States to an offshore account (generally, an account maintained by you at an office or branch of a bank or other financial institution at any location outside the United States), other documentary evidence establishing your entitlement to the lower treaty rate in accordance with Treasury regulations.

        If you are eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax under a tax treaty, you may obtain a refund of any amounts withheld in excess of that rate by timely filing a refund claim with the IRS.

        If dividends paid to you are "effectively connected" with your conduct of a trade or business within the United States, and, if required by a tax treaty, the dividends are attributable to a permanent establishment that you maintain in the United States, we and other payors generally are not required to withhold tax from the dividends, provided that you have furnished to us or another payor a valid IRS Form W-8ECI or an acceptable substitute form upon which you represent, under penalties of perjury, that:

    you are a non-U.S. person; and

    the dividends are effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business within the United States and are includible in your gross income.

        "Effectively connected" dividends are generally taxed on a net income basis at rates applicable to United States citizens, resident aliens and domestic United States corporations. If you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, "effectively connected" dividends that you receive may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional "branch profits tax" at a 30% rate, or at a lower rate if you are eligible for the benefits of an income tax treaty that provides for a lower rate.

Sale or Redemption

        If you are a non-U.S. holder, you generally will not be subject to United States federal income or withholding tax on gain realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock unless (i) you are an individual, you hold our shares as a capital asset, you are present in the United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of the sale and certain other conditions exist, (ii) the gain is "effectively connected" with your conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment that you maintain in the United States, if that is required by an applicable income tax treaty as a condition to subjecting you to United States taxation on a net income basis, or (iii) our common stock constitutes a United States real property interest by reason of our status as a United States real property holding corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition, and your holding period and certain conditions are satisfied.

        If you are a foreign corporation, the branch profits tax described above may also apply to such effectively connected gain. If you are an individual who is subject to U.S. federal income tax because you were present in the United States for 183 days or more during the year of sale or other disposition of our common stock, you will be subject to a flat 30% tax (or lower rate as specified by any applicable

142


Table of Contents

income tax treaty) on the gain derived from such sale or other disposition, which generally may be offset by U.S. source capital losses. Gain that is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax, net of certain deductions, at regular U.S. federal income tax rates.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

        Payment of dividends, and the tax withheld on those payments, are subject to information reporting requirements. These information reporting requirements apply regardless of whether withholding was reduced or eliminated by an applicable income tax treaty. Under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty or agreement, copies of the information returns reporting such dividends and withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides. U.S. backup withholding will generally apply on payment of dividends to non-U.S. holders unless such non-U.S. holders furnish to the payor a Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E (or other applicable or successor form), or otherwise establish an exemption and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the holder is a U.S. person, as defined under the Code, that is not an exempt recipient.

        Payment of the proceeds of a sale of our common stock within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries is subject to information reporting and, depending on the circumstances, backup withholding, unless the non-U.S. holder, or beneficial owner thereof, as applicable, certifies that it is a non-U.S. holder on Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E (or other applicable or successor form), or otherwise establishes an exemption and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know the holder is a U.S. person, as defined under the Code, that is not an exempt recipient.

        Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amount withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a non-U.S. holder is allowable as a credit against the non-U.S. holder's United States federal income tax, which may entitle the non-U.S. holder to a refund, provided that the non-U.S. holder timely provides the required information to the IRS. Moreover, certain penalties may be imposed by the IRS on a non-U.S. holder who is required to furnish information but does not do so in the proper manner. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of backup withholding in their particular circumstances and the availability of and procedure for obtaining an exemption from backup withholding under current Treasury regulations.

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act

        Under Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, imposes a 30% withholding tax on certain types of payments made to "foreign financial institutions" (FFI) and certain other non-U.S. entities unless certain due diligence, reporting, withholding, and certification requirements are satisfied.

        As a general matter, FATCA imposes a 30% withholding tax on dividends on, and gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our common stock if paid to a foreign entity unless (i) in the case of a FFI, such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments, and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are non-U.S. entities with U.S. owners), (ii) in the case of a non-financial foreign entity, such entity certifies that it does not have any "substantial United States owners" (as defined in the Code) or provides the applicable withholding agent with a certification identifying the direct and indirect substantial United States owners of the entity (in either case, generally on an IRS Form W-8BEN-E), or (iii) the FFI or non-financial foreign entity otherwise

143


Table of Contents

qualifies for an exemption from these rules and provides appropriate documentation (such as an IRS Form W-8BEN-E).

        Different rules from those described above may apply to non-U.S. holders resident in jurisdictions that have entered into inter-governmental agreements with the United States.

        Pursuant to the delayed effective dates provided for in the final regulations, the required withholding currently applies to dividends on our common stock and will apply to gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our common stock beginning on January 1, 2019. If withholding is required under FATCA on a payment related to our common stock, investors that otherwise would not be subject to withholding (or that otherwise would be entitled to a reduced rate of withholding) generally will be required to seek a refund or credit from the IRS to obtain the benefit of such exemption or reduction (provided that such benefit is available). Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the effect of FATCA in their particular circumstances.

        Non-U.S. holders are encouraged to consult with their tax advisors regarding the possible implications of the legislation on their investment in our common stock.

         INVESTORS CONSIDERING THE PURCHASE OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS (INCLUDING ANY RECENT CHANGES THERETO) TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AND THE APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE AND GIFT TAX LAWS AND ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAX LAWS AND TAX TREATIES.

144


Table of Contents


UNDERWRITING

        We and the selling shareholders are offering the shares of our common stock described in this prospectus through Raymond James & Associates, Inc., or Raymond James, or the representative, and the underwriters listed below. Raymond James is acting as sole representative of the underwriters listed below. We and the selling shareholders have entered into an underwriting agreement with Raymond James, as representative of the underwriters, dated                        , 2018, or the Underwriting Agreement. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Underwriting Agreement, each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table.

Underwriters
  Number of
Shares

Raymond James & Associates, Inc. 

   

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. 

   

Piper Jaffray & Co. 

   

Total

   

        The Underwriting Agreement provides that the underwriters' obligations to purchase the shares of common stock depend on the satisfaction of the conditions contained in the Underwriting Agreement, including (among other things):

    the representations and warranties made by us and the selling shareholders to the underwriters are true;

    there is no material adverse change in the financial markets; and

    we and the selling shareholders deliver customary closing documents and legal opinions to the underwriters.

        The underwriters are committed to purchase and pay for all of the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus, if any such shares of common stock are purchased. However, the underwriters are not obligated to purchase or pay for the shares of common stock covered by the underwriters' over-allotment option described below, unless and until the underwriters exercise such option.

        The shares of common stock are being offered by the underwriters, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by the underwriters, subject to approval of certain legal matters by counsel for the underwriters and other conditions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel, or modify this offering and to reject orders in whole or in part.

        We have applied to have our common stock listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol "LEVL".

Over-Allotment Option

        We have granted the underwriters an option, exercisable no later than 30 days after the date of this prospectus to purchase up to an aggregate of            additional shares of common stock from us at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. The underwriters may exercise this option only to cover over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the sale of the shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised and the conditions of the Underwriting Agreement are satisfied, we will be obligated to sell to the underwriters, and the underwriters will be obligated to purchase, these additional shares of common stock.

145


Table of Contents

Commissions and Expenses

        The underwriters propose to offer the shares of our common stock directly to the public at the offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain securities dealers at the public offering price, less a concession not in excess of $            per share. We and the selling shareholders estimate that the total expenses of the offering, excluding the underwriting discount, will be approximately $            and are payable by us and the selling shareholders. We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain fees and expenses incurred by them in connection with this offering, which may not exceed $250,000 without our prior written consent. We estimate that the amount of such expenses will be $250,000. If all of the shares are not sold at the public offering price, the underwriter may change the offering price, concessions and other selling terms.

        The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discount that we will pay to the underwriters and the proceeds we and the selling shareholders will receive before expenses. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares.

 
  Per Share   Total Without
Over-Allotment
Exercise
  Total With
Over-Allotment
Exercise
 

Public offering price

  $     $     $    

Underwriting discounts payable by us

  $     $     $    

Proceeds to us (before expenses)

  $     $     $    

Proceeds to the selling shareholders (before expenses)

  $     $     $    

Reserved Share Program

        At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 10.0% of the shares offered by this prospectus for sale to the directors, senior management, certain existing shareholders, certain employees of the Company and the Bank, and other persons having relationships with us. If these persons purchase reserved shares, it will reduce the number of shares available for sale to the general public. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares offered by this prospectus.

Lock-Up Agreements

        We, and each of our executive officers and directors and the selling shareholders, have agreed, for the period beginning on and including the date of this prospectus through and including the date that is 180 days after the date of this prospectus, not to (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for common stock or file any registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to any of the foregoing or (ii) enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the common stock, whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise.

        The restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will not apply with respect to (1) the issuance by us of common stock to the underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement; or (2) our issuance, exercise or related transfer of shares of our common stock, rights or options to purchase our common stock, granted pursuant to the 2007 Plan, the 2014 EIP and the 2018 EIP.

146


Table of Contents

        Raymond James may, in its sole discretion and at any time and from time to time, without notice, release all or any portion of the foregoing shares and other securities from the foregoing restrictions.

Indemnity

        We and the selling shareholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters, and each of the persons who control one of the several underwriters, against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in respect of these liabilities.

Stabilization

        In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids in accordance with Regulation M promulgated under the Exchange Act.

    Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase shares of common stock so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.

    Over-allotment transactions involve sales by the underwriter of shares of common stock in excess of the number of shares the underwriter is obligated to purchase. This creates a syndicate short position that may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares of common stock over-allotted by the underwriter is not greater than the number of shares that it may purchase in the over-allotment option. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in the over-allotment option. The underwriters may close out any short position by exercising its over-allotment option and/or purchasing shares in the open market.

    Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriter will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared with the price at which it may purchase shares through exercise of the over-allotment option. If the underwriter sells more shares than could be covered by exercise of the over-allotment option and therefore has a naked short position, the position can be closed out only by buying shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriter is concerned that after pricing there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

    Penalty bids permit the representative to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common stock originally sold by that syndicate member is purchased in stabilizing or syndicate covering transactions to cover syndicate short positions.

        These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock in the open market may be higher than it would otherwise be in the absence of these transactions. Neither we nor the underwriter makes any representation or prediction as to the effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. These transactions may be effected in the Nasdaq Global Select Market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

Passive Market Making

        In addition, in connection with this offering the underwriters and selected dealers, if any, who are qualified market makers on the Nasdaq Global Select Market may engage in passive market making

147


Table of Contents

transactions in our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market in accordance with Rule 103 of Regulation M promulgated under the Exchange Act during a period before the commencement of offers or sales of common stock and extending through the completion of the distribution of this offering. In general, a passive market maker must display its bid at a price not in excess of the highest independent bid for the security. If all independent bids are lowered below the bid of the passive market maker, however, the bid must then be lowered when purchase limits are exceeded. Net purchases by a passive market maker on each day are limited to a specified percentage of the passive market maker's average daily trading volume in the common stock during a specified period and must be discontinued when that limit is reached. Passive market making may cause the price of our common stock to be higher than the price that otherwise would exist in the open market in the absence of those transactions. The underwriters are not required to engage in passive market making and may end passive market making activities at any time.

Other Considerations

        It is expected that delivery of the shares of our common stock will be made against payment therefor on or about the date specified on the cover page of this prospectus. Under Rule 15c6-1 promulgated under the Exchange Act trades in the secondary market generally are required to settle in two business days, unless the parties to any such trade expressly agree otherwise.

Our Relationship with the Underwriters

        The underwriters and some of their affiliates have performed and expect to continue to perform financial advisory and investment banking services for us from time to time in the ordinary course of their business, and have received, and may continue to receive, compensation for such services.

148


Table of Contents


LEGAL MATTERS

        The validity of the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Barack Ferrazzano Kirschbaum & Nagelberg LLP, Chicago, Illinois. Silver, Freedman, Taff & Tiernan LLP, Washington, D.C., is acting as counsel for the underwriters in connection with this offering.


EXPERTS

        The consolidated financial statements of Level One Bancorp, Inc. as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of Crowe Horwath LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

        We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to our common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits or schedules filed therewith. Some items are omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information about us and our common stock that we propose to sell in this offering, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements or summaries in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to in this prospectus are not necessarily complete and, where that contract or document is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, each statement or summary is qualified in all respects by reference to the exhibit to which the reference relates. You may read and copy the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement, at the SEC's Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the Public Reference Room. Our filings with the SEC, including the registration statement, are also available to you for free on the SEC's internet website at www.sec.gov.

        Following the offering, we will become subject to the informational and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with those requirements, will file reports and proxy and information statements and other information with the SEC. You will be able to inspect and copy these reports and proxy and information statements and other information at the addresses set forth above. We intend to furnish to our shareholders our annual reports containing our audited consolidated financial statements certified by an independent public accounting firm.

        We also maintain an internet site at www.levelonebank.com. Information on, or accessible through, our website is not part of this prospectus.

149


Table of Contents


INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Consolidated Financial Statements

   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 
F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016

 
F-3

Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015

  F-4

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015

  F-5

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015

  F-6

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015

  F-7

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-8

F-1


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Level One Bancorp, Inc.
Farmington Hills, Michigan

Opinion on the Financial Statements

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Level One Bancorp, Inc. (the "Company") as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

        These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB") and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB.

        Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

    GRAPHIC

  Crowe Horwath LLP

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2007.
South Bend, Indiana
March 20, 2018

F-2


Table of Contents


LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Dollars in thousands, except share data)
  December 31,
2017
  December 31,
2016
 

Assets

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 63,661   $ 19,116  

Securities available-for-sale

    150,969     100,533  

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

    8,303     5,828  

Mortgage loans held for sale, at fair value

    4,548     9,860  

Loans:

             

Originated loans

    920,895     803,572  

Acquired loans

    114,028     149,821  

Total loans

    1,034,923     953,393  

Less: Allowance for loan losses

    (11,713 )   (11,089 )

Net loans

    1,023,210     942,304  

Premises and equipment

    13,435     15,719  

Goodwill

    9,387     9,387  

Other intangible assets, net

    667     901  

Bank-owned life insurance

    11,542     11,214  

Income tax benefit

    3,102     5,137  

Other assets

    12,467     7,532  

Total assets

  $ 1,301,291   $ 1,127,531  

Liabilities

             

Deposits:

             

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits

  $ 324,923   $ 280,779  

Interest-bearing demand deposits

    62,644     60,472  

Money market and savings deposits

    289,363     284,249  

Time deposits

    443,452     299,424  

Total deposits

    1,120,382     924,924  

Borrowings

    47,833     82,645  

Subordinated notes

    14,844     14,786  

Other liabilities

    10,272     8,605  

Total liabilities

    1,193,331     1,030,960  

Shareholders' equity

             

Common stock:

             

Authorized—20,000,000 shares at 12/31/2017 and 12/31/2016

             

Issued and outstanding—6,435,461 shares at 12/31/2017 and 6,350,532 shares at 12/31/2016

    59,511     58,306  

Retained earnings

    49,232     39,391  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax

    (783 )   (1,126 )

Total shareholders' equity

    107,960     96,571  

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

  $ 1,301,291   $ 1,127,531  

   

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-3


Table of Contents


LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 
  For the years ended
December 31,
 
(In thousands, except per share data)
  2017   2016   2015  

Interest income

                   

Originated loans, including fees

  $ 39,812   $ 33,771   $ 26,978  

Acquired loans, including fees

    12,231     16,956     11,762  

Securities:

                   

Taxable

    1,746     1,431     1,674  

Tax-exempt

    955     441     674  

Federal funds sold and other

    863     304     247  

Total interest income

    55,607     52,903     41,335  

Interest Expense

                   

Deposits

    6,267     4,499     3,512  

Borrowed funds

    797     318     252  

Subordinated notes

    1,014     1,015     28  

Total interest expense

    8,078     5,832     3,792  

Net interest income

    47,529     47,071     37,543  

Provision for loan losses

    1,416     3,925     1,359  

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

    46,113     43,146     36,184  

Noninterest income

                   

Service charges on deposits

    2,543     1,885     972  

Net gain on sale of securities

    208     926     280  

Net gain on sale of residential mortgage loans

    1,698     2,249     1,701  

Net gain on sale of commercial loans

    146         92  

Gain on FDIC loss share agreement termination

            3,117  

Other charges and fees

    1,907     1,347     1,052  

Total noninterest income

    6,502     6,407     7,214  

Noninterest expense

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Salary and employee benefits

    21,555     17,978     14,663  

Occupancy and equipment expense

    4,208     3,370     2,792  

Professional service fees

    2,314     1,189     892  

Acquisition and due diligence fees

        2,684     722  

Marketing expense

    930     806     567  

Printing and supplies expense

    477     468     349  

Data processing expense

    1,912     2,023     1,350  

Other expense

    4,655     3,889     3,553  

Total noninterest expense

    36,051     32,407     24,888  

Income before income taxes

    16,564     17,146     18,510  

Income tax provision

    6,723     6,100     5,982  

Net income

    9,841     11,046     12,528  

Less: Preferred stock dividends

            112  

Net income allocated to common shareholders

  $ 9,841   $ 11,046   $ 12,416  

Earnings per common share:

                   

Basic

  $ 1.54   $ 1.74   $ 1.97  

Diluted

  $ 1.49   $ 1.69   $ 1.92  

Average common shares outstanding—basic

    6,388     6,341     6,307  

Average common shares outstanding—diluted

    6,610     6,549     6,463  

   

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents


LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 
  For the years ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)
  2017   2016   2015  

Net income

  $ 9,841   $ 11,046   $ 12,528  

Other comprehensive income:

                   

Unrealized holding gains (losses) on securities available-for-sale arising during the period

    735     (275 )   197  

Reclassification adjustment for gains included in income(1)

    (208 )   (926 )   (280 )

Tax effect(2)

    (184 )   426     28  

Net unrealized gains (losses) on securities available-for-sale, net of tax

    343     (775 )   (55 )

Total comprehensive income, net of tax

  $ 10,184   $ 10,271   $ 12,473  

(1)
Included in net gain on sale of securities in the Consolidated Income Statement.

(2)
Tax expense related to reclassifications includes $73 thousand, $324 thousand, and $95 thousand, for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 respectively.

   

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents


LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

(Dollars in thousands)
  Preferred
Stock
  Common
Stock
  Retained
Earnings
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
  Total
Shareholders'
Equity
 

Balance at January 1, 2015

  $ 11,287   $ 57,501   $ 15,929   $ (296 ) $ 84,421  

Net income

            12,528         12,528  

Other comprehensive income (loss)

                (55 )   (55 )

Exercise of stock options (2,835 shares), including tax benefit

        25             25  

Preferred stock dividends

            (112 )       (112 )

Preferred stock redemption

    (11,287 )               (11,287 )

Stock-based compensation expense

        114             114  

Balance at December 31, 2015

  $   $ 57,640   $ 28,345   $ (351 ) $ 85,634  

Net income

            11,046         11,046  

Other comprehensive income (loss)

                (775 )   (775 )

Exercise of stock options (27,008 shares), including tax benefit

        300             300  

Tax benefit from restricted stock vesting

        2             2  

Stock-based compensation expense

        364             364  

Balance at December 31, 2016

  $   $ 58,306   $ 39,391   $ (1,126 ) $ 96,571  

Net income

            9,841         9,841  

Other comprehensive income (loss)

                343     343  

Exercise of stock options (57,506 shares), including tax benefit

        605             605  

Stock-based compensation expense, net of shares net settled

        600             600  

Balance at December 31, 2017

  $   $ 59,511   $ 49,232   $ (783 ) $ 107,960  

   

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents


LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 
  For the year ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)
  2017   2016   2015  

Cash flows from operating activities

                   

Net income

  $ 9,841   $ 11,046   $ 12,528  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

                   

Depreciation

    1,369     1,445     1,026  

Amortization of core deposit intangibles

    234     233     154  

Stock-based compensation expense, net of shares net settled

    600     364     114  

Provision for loan losses

    1,416     3,925     1,359  

Discount on acquired SBA/USDA retained loans

        133     33  

Net securities premium amortization

    871     608     864  

Net gain on sales of securities

    (208 )   (926 )   (280 )

Originations of loans held for sale

    (64,184 )   (78,950 )   (58,245 )

Proceeds from sales of loans originated for sale

    69,753     74,995     59,622  

Net gain on sales of loans

    (1,844 )   (2,249 )   (1,793 )

Net accretion on acquired purchase credit impaired loans

    (5,340 )   (8,412 )   (6,960 )

Writedowns on other real estate owned

            105  

Gain on sale of other real estate owned

    (237 )   (35 )   (181 )

Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance

    (328 )   (181 )   (100 )

Net (increase)/decrease in accrued interest receivable and other assets

    (1,519 )   (4,658 )   4,952  

Net increase/(decrease) in accrued interest payable and other liabilities

    1,725     2,865     (1,454 )

Net cash from operating activities

    12,149     203     11,744  

Cash flows from investing activities

                   

Net increase in loans

    (75,780 )   (89,466 )   109,972 )

Principal payments on securities available-for-sale

    8,850     12,900     12,610  

Purchases of securities available-for-sale

    (74,225 )   (91,041 )   (68,072 )

Purchases of Bank Owned Life Insurance

        (7,520 )    

Purchases of FHLB Stock

    (2,475 )   (1,536 )    

Additions to premises and equipment

    (913 )   3,066 )   (1,050 )

Proceeds from:

                   

Redemption of FHLB Stock

            313  

Sale of securities available-for-sale

    14,803     93,427     50,801  

Sale of other real estate owned

    885     116     714  

Net cash from/(used) in acquisition

        2,458     (965 )

Net cash used in investing activities

    (128,855 )   (83,728 )   (115,621 )

Cash flows from financing activities

                   

Net increase in deposits

    195,458     46,170     145,358  

Repayment of Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) advances

    (348,500 )   (16,600 )   (37,000 )

Issuances of FHLB advances

    314,000     65,000     35,000  

Change in short term borrowings

    (1,826 )   (8,265 )   (43,798 )

Increase in secured borrowing

    1,514          

Proceeds from issuance of subordinated notes

            14,733  

Preferred stock dividends

            (112 )

Redemption of preferred stock

            (11,287 )

Proceeds from exercised stock options, including tax benefit

    605     300     25  

Net cash from financing activities

    161,251     86,605     102,919  

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

    44,545     3,080     (958 )

Beginning cash and cash equivalents

    19,116     16,036     16,994  

Ending cash and cash equivalents

  $ 63,661   $ 19,116   $ 16,036  

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

                   

Interest paid

  $ 7,427   $ 5,864   $ 3,603  

Income taxes paid

    4,625     1,200     1,050  

Transfer from premises and equipment to other assets

    1,793          

Transfer of loans held for sale to loans held for investment

    1,587          

Transfer from loans to other real estate owned

    385     258     399  

Non-cash transactions:

                   

Increase in assets and liabilities in acquisitions:

                   

Assets acquired—Bank of Michigan (2016), Lotus Bank (2015)

        114,442     111,428  

Liabilities assumed—Bank of Michigan (2016), Lotus Bank (2015)

        102,762     98,906  

   

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-7


Table of Contents


LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 1—BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Organization and Nature of Operations:

        Level One Bancorp, Inc. (the "Company") was organized to become a bank holding company to establish and operate a new bank, Level One Bank (the "Bank") in Farmington Hills, Michigan. The organization process began in June 2006 and the Company was incorporated on July 17, 2006 under Michigan law. The Bank began operations on October 5, 2007.

        The Company began raising capital in 2007 to establish the bank and has periodically issued additional shares to raise capital to support its growth initiatives. The following table presents capital raised since inception:

Year
  Number of
Shares
  Price
Per Share $
  Issuance Cost
(in 000's)
  Net Proceeds
(in 000's)
 

October 2007

    1,670,700   $ 10   $ 469   $ 16,238  

April 2009

    663,502     8     14     5,294  

June 2010

    1,647,498     8     218     12,962  

December 2010

    800,500     10     8     7,997  

September 2012

    1,481,888     10     849     13,970  

        Level One Bank is a Michigan banking corporation with depository accounts insured by the Deposit Insurance Fund of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the "FDIC"). The Bank provides a wide range of business and consumer financial services in the greater Farmington Hills, Novi, Northville, Birmingham, Ferndale, Sterling Heights, Bloomfield Township, Detroit and Grand Rapids areas. Its primary deposit products are checking, interest-bearing demand, savings, and term certificate accounts, and its primary lending products are commercial, residential mortgage, and installment loans. Substantially all loans are secured by specific items of collateral including business assets, consumer assets, and commercial and residential real estate. Commercial loans are expected to be repaid from cash flow from operations of businesses. Other financial instruments, which potentially represent concentrations of credit risk, include federal funds sold.

        On July 9, 2017, the Company formed a new subsidiary, Hamilton Court Captive Insurance ("Captive"), which is a wholly-owned insurance subsidiary of the Company that provides property and casualty insurance coverage to the Company and the Bank, and reinsurance to ten other third party insurance captives for which insurance may not be currently available or economically feasible in the insurance marketplace. The Captive insurance subsidiary was designed to insure the risks of the Holding Company and the Bank by providing additional insurance coverage for deductibles, excess limits and uninsured exposures. The Captive is domiciled in Nevada.

Principles of Consolidation:

        The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Level One Bancorp, Inc. ("Company") and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Level One Bank ("Bank") and Hamilton Court Insurance ("Captive"), after elimination of significant intercompany transactions and accounts.

F-8


Table of Contents


LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 1—BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Use of Estimates:

        To prepare financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP"), management makes estimates and assumptions based on available information. These estimates and assumptions affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and the disclosures provided, and future results could differ.

         Cash Flows:    Cash and cash equivalents include cash, deposits with other financial institutions, and federal funds sold. Net cash flows are reported for customer loan and deposit transactions and repurchase agreements and other short-term borrowings.

         Securities:    Debt securities are classified as available for sale when they might be sold before maturity. Securities available for sale are carried at fair value, with unrealized holding gains and losses reported in other comprehensive income, net of tax.

        Interest income includes amortization of purchase premium or discount. Premiums and discounts on securities are amortized on the level-yield method. Gains and losses on sales are recorded on the trade date and determined using the specific identification method

        Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment ("OTTI") at least on a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market conditions warrant such an evaluation.

         Loans Held for Sale:    Loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at fair value at year end, as determined by outstanding commitments from investors. Fair value includes the servicing value of the loans as well as any accrued interest. Mortgage loans held for sale are generally sold with servicing rights released. SBA and USDA guaranteed loans are sold servicing retained. All loans held for sale at year end 2017 and 2016 are mortgage loans.

         Loans:    Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are reported at the principal balance outstanding, net of purchase premiums and discounts, deferred loan fees and costs, and an allowance for loan losses. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance. Loan origination fees, net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and recognized in interest income using the level yield method without anticipating prepayments.

        Interest income on mortgage and commercial loans is discontinued at the time the loan is 90 days delinquent unless the loan is well-secured and in process of collection. Consumer loans are typically charged off no later than 120 days past due. Past due status is based on the contractual terms of the loan. In all cases, loans are placed on nonaccrual or charged-off at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful. Nonaccrual loans and loans past due 90 days still on accrual include both smaller balance homogeneous loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment and individually classified impaired loans. A loan is moved to non-accrual status in accordance with the Company's policy, typically after 90 days of non-payment.

        All interest accrued but not received for loans placed on nonaccrual is reversed against interest income. Interest received on such loans is accounted for on the cash-basis or cost recovery method,

F-9


Table of Contents


LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 1—BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

until qualifying for return to accrual. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.

         Certain Purchased Loans:    The Company purchases individual loans and groups of loans, some of which have shown evidence of credit deterioration since origination. These purchased credit impaired ("PCI") loans are recorded at the amount paid or at fair value at acquisition in a business combination, such that there is no carryover of the seller's allowance for loan losses. After acquisition, losses are recognized by an increase in the allowance for loan losses.

        These PCI loans are accounted for individually or aggregated into pools of loans based on common risk characteristics such as, credit grade, loan type, and date of origination. The Company estimates the amount and timing of expected cash flows for each purchased loan or pool, and the expected cash flows in excess of amount paid is recorded as interest income over the remaining life of the loan or pool ( accretable yield). The excess of the loan's or pool's contractual principal and interest over expected cash flows is not recorded (nonaccretable difference).

        Over the life of the loan or pool, expected cash flows continue to be estimated. If the present value of expected cash flows is less than the carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognized by establishing an allocation for the loan or pool in the allowance for loan losses. If the present value of expected cash flows is greater than the carrying amount, it is recognized, prospectively, as loan interest income.

         Allowance for Loan Losses:    The allowance for loan losses is a valuation allowance for probable incurred credit losses. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. Management estimates the allowance balance required using past loan loss experience, the nature and volume of the portfolio, information about specific borrower situations and estimated collateral values, economic conditions, and other factors. Allocations of the allowance may be made for specific loans, but the entire allowance is available for any loan that, in management's judgment, should be charged off.

        The allowance consists of specific and general components. The specific component relates to loans that are individually classified as impaired. A loan is impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower's prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed.

        Commercial and commercial real estate loans over $250 thousand are individually evaluated for impairment. If a loan is impaired, a portion of the allowance is allocated so that the loan is reported,

F-10


Table of Contents


LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 1—BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

net, at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan's existing rate or at the fair value of collateral if repayment is expected solely from the collateral. Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans, such as consumer and residential real estate loans, are collectively evaluated for impairment, and accordingly, they are not separately identified for impairment disclosures.

        Loans for which the terms have been modified resulting in a concession, and for which the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties, are considered troubled debt restructurings, are classified as impaired, regardless of size, and are measured for impairment based upon the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan's effective rate at inception or, if considered to collateral dependent, based upon the fair value of the collateral. For troubled debt restructurings that subsequently default, the Company determines the amount of reserve in accordance with the accounting policy for the allowance for loan losses.

        An allowance for loan losses for purchased credit impaired loans is recorded when projected future cash flows decrease. The measurement of impairment on these loans or pools of loans is based upon the excess of the loan or pool's carrying value over the present value of the projected future cash flows, discounted at the last accounting yield applicable to the loan or pool of loans.

        The general component covers non impaired loans and is based on historical loss experience adjusted for current factors. The historical loss experience is determined by portfolio segment and is based on the actual loss history experienced by the Company over the most recent 36 months. The historical loss estimates for loans prior to 2017 were based primarily on the actual historical loss experienced by our peer banks combined with a small factor representing our own loss history. Starting in 2017, the Company modified its methodology on historical loss analysis to incorporate and fully rely on the Bank's own historical loss data, which did not have a material impact. The historical loss estimates are established by loan type including commercial and industrial and commercial real estate. This actual loss experience is supplemented with other economic factors based on the risks present for each portfolio segment. These economic factors include consideration of the following: levels of and trends in delinquencies and impaired loans; levels of and trends in charge-offs and recoveries; trends in volume and terms of loans; effects of any changes in risk selection and underwriting standards; other changes in lending policies, procedures, and practices; experience, ability, and depth of lending management and other relevant staff; national and local economic trends and conditions; industry conditions; and effects of changes in credit concentrations. The following portfolio segments have been identified:

        Commercial real estate loans are secured by a mortgage lien on the real property. Owner-occupied real estate loans generally are considered to carry less risk than non-owner occupied real estate (properties) because the Company considers them to be less sensitive to the condition of the commercial real estate market. Repayment is based on the operations of the business. Investment real estate loans rely on rental income for loan repayment, which involves risk such as rent rollover, tenants going out of business, competitive properties in the area. Construction and land development loans generally are considered the riskiest class of commercial real estate, due to possible cost overruns, contractor/lien issues, loss of tenant, etc. Risk of loss is managed by adherence to standard loan policies that establish certain levels of performance prior to the extension of a loan to the borrower.

F-11


Table of Contents


LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 1—BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

        Commercial and Industrial loans have varying degrees of risk, but overall are considered to have less risk than commercial real estate. These loans are generally short-term in nature and is almost always backed by collateral. Unsecured commercial loans are supported by strong borrower(s)/guarantor(s) in terms of liquidity, net worth, cash flow, etc. Collateral security of these loans is relatively liquid (i.e., accounts receivable, inventory, equipment) and readily available to cover potential loan loss. Credit risk is managed through standardized loan policies, established and authorized credit limits, portfolio management and the diversification of industries.

        Consumer and Residential Real Estate loan portfolios, unlike commercial, tend to be composed of many relatively homogeneous loans. Loan repayment is based on personal cash flow. To assess the risk of a consumer loan request, loan purpose, collateral, debt to income ratio, credit bureau report, and cash flow/employment verification are analyzed. A certain level of security is provided through liens on credits supported by collateral.

        Economic conditions that affect consumers in Level One Bank's market have a direct impact on the credit quality of these loans. Higher levels of unemployment, lower levels of income growth and weaker economic growth are factors that may adversely impact consumer loan credit quality.

        The majority of residential real estate loans originated by the Bank conform to secondary market underwriting standards and are sold within a short timeframe to unaffiliated third parties, including the future servicing rights to the loans. The credit underwriting standards for these loans require a certain level of documentation, verifications, valuations, and overall credit performance of the borrower.

         Servicing Rights:    When loans are sold with servicing retained, servicing rights are initially recorded at fair value with the income statement effect recorded in gains on sales of loans. Fair value is based on market prices for comparable mortgage servicing contracts, when available or alternatively, is based on a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income. All classes of servicing assets are subsequently measured using the amortization method which requires servicing rights to be amortized into non-interest income in proportion to, and over the period of, the estimated future net servicing income of the underlying loans.

        Servicing rights are evaluated for impairment based upon the fair value of the rights as compared to carrying amounts. Impairment is determined by grouping assets based on predominant risk characteristics, such as interest rate, loan type and investor type. Impairment is recognized through a valuation allowance for an individual grouping, to the extent that fair value is less than the carrying amount. If the Company later determines that all or a portion of impairment no longer exists for a particular grouping, a reduction of the allowance may be recorded as an increase to income.

        Servicing fee income, which is reported on the income statement as other charges and fees, is recorded for fees earned for servicing loans. The fees are based on contractual percentage of the outstanding principal; or a fixed amount per loan and are recorded as income when earned. The amortization of servicing rights is netted against loan servicing fee income. Servicing fees totaled $145 thousand, $175 thousand and $68 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

F-12


Table of Contents


LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 1—BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

         Transfers of Financial Assets:    Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales, when control over the assets has been relinquished. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when the assets have been isolated from the Company, the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.

         Secured borrowing:    Transfers of financial assets that do not qualify for sale accounting are reported as collateralized borrowings. Accordingly, the related assets remain on the Company's balance sheet and continue to be reported and accounted for as if the transfer had not occurred. Cash proceeds from these transfers are reported as liabilities, with attributable interest expense recognized over the life of the related transactions.

         Foreclosed Assets:    Assets acquired through or instead of loan foreclosure are initially recorded at fair value less costs to sell when acquired, establishing a new cost basis. If fair value declines subsequent to foreclosure, a valuation allowance is recorded through expense. Operating costs after acquisition are expensed.

        Premises and Equipment:     Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the life of the asset or the expected term of the lease.

         Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) Stock:    The Bank is a member of the FHLB system. Members are required to own a certain amount of stock based on the level of borrowings and other factors, and may invest in additional amounts. FHLB stock is carried at cost, classified as a restricted security, and periodically evaluated for impairment based on ultimate recovery of par value. Both cash and stock dividends are reported as income.

         Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets:    Goodwill resulting from business combinations is generally determined as the excess of the fair value on the consideration transferred over the fair value of the net assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date. Goodwill and intangible assets acquired in a purchase business combination and determined to have an indefinite useful life are not amortized, but tested for impairment at least annually or more frequently if events and circumstances exists that indicate that a goodwill impairment test should be performed. The Company has selected September 30 as the date to perform the annual impairment test. Intangible assets with definite useful lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives to their estimated residual values. Goodwill is the only intangible asset with an indefinite life on our balance sheet.

         Mortgage Banking Derivatives:    Commitments to fund mortgage loans (interest rate locks) to be sold into the secondary market and forward commitments for the future delivery of these mortgage loans are accounted for as freestanding derivatives. Fair values of these mortgage derivatives are estimated based on changes in mortgage interest rates from the date the interest on the loan is locked. The Company enters into forward commitments for the future delivery of mortgage loans when interest rate locks are entered into, in order to hedge the change in interest rates resulting from its

F-13


Table of Contents


LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 1—BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

commitments to fund the loans. Changes in the fair values of these derivatives are included in net gains on sales of loans.

         Long-Term Assets:    Premises and equipment and other long-term assets are reviewed for impairment when events indicate their carrying amount may not be recoverable from future undiscounted cash flows. If impaired, the assets are recorded at fair value.

         Stock-Based Compensation:    Compensation cost is recognized for stock options and restricted stock awards issued to employees, based on the fair value of these awards at the date of grant. A Black-Scholes model is utilized to estimate the fair value of stock options, while the market price of the Company's common stock at the date of grant is used for restricted stock awards. Compensation cost is recognized over the required service period, generally defined as the vesting period. For awards with graded vesting, compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award.

         Income Taxes:    Income tax expense or benefit is the total of the current year income tax due or refundable and the change in deferred tax assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are the expected future tax amounts for the temporary differences between carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities, computed using enacted tax rates. A valuation allowance, if needed, reduces deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

        A tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is "more likely than not" that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur. The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized on examination. For tax positions not meeting the "more likely than not" test, no tax benefit is recorded. The Company recognizes interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense.

         Loan Commitments and Related Financial Instruments:    Financial instruments include off-balance sheet credit instruments, such as commitments to make loans and standby letters of credit, issued to meet customer financing needs. The face amount for these items represents the exposure to loss, before considering customer collateral or ability to repay. Such financial instruments are recorded when they are funded.

         Comprehensive Income:    Comprehensive income consists of net income and other comprehensive income. Other comprehensive income includes unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale, net of taxes and reclassifications.

         Bank-owned Life Insurance:    The Bank has purchased life insurance policies on certain key executives and senior managers. Bank owned life insurance is recorded at the amount that can be realized under the insurance contract at the balance sheet date, which is the cash surrender value adjusted for other charges or other amounts due that are probable at settlement.

         Loss Contingencies:    Loss contingencies, including claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business, are recorded as liabilities when the likelihood of loss is probable and an amount or range of loss can be reasonably estimated. Management does not believe there now are such matters that will have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

F-14


Table of Contents


LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 1—BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

         Restrictions on Cash:    Cash on hand or on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank was required to meet regulatory reserve and clearing requirements.

         Dividend Restriction:    Banking regulations require maintaining certain capital levels and may limit the dividends paid by the bank to the holding company or by the holding company to shareholders. The total amount of dividends which may be paid out at any date is also generally limited to retained earnings.

         Fair Value of Financial Instruments:    Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market information and other assumptions, as more fully disclosed in a separate note. Fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment regarding interest rates, credit risk, prepayments, and other factors, especially in the absence of broad markets for particular items. Changes in assumptions or in market conditions could significantly affect the estimates.

         Operating Segments:    While chief decision-makers monitor the revenue streams of the various products and services, operations are managed and financial performance is evaluated on a Company-wide basis. Operating results are not reviewed by senior management to make resource allocation or performance decisions. Accordingly, all of the financial service operations are considered by management to be aggregated in one reportable operating segment.

         Reclassifications:    Some items in the prior year financial statements were reclassified to conform to the current presentation. Such items had no impact on net income or shareholder's equity.

Emerging Growth Company Status:

        We are an "emerging growth company," as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period when complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to take advantage of this extended transition period, which means these financial statements, as well as financial statements we file in the future, will be subject to all new or revised accounting standards generally applicable to private companies.

Recent Accounting Standards:

Revenue Recognition

        In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2014-09 "Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)," which provides a framework for revenue recognition that replaces the existing industry and transaction specific requirements under the existing standards. ASU 2014-09 requires an entity to apply a five-step model to determine when to recognize revenue and at what amount. The model specifies that revenue should be recognized when (or as) an entity transfers control of goods or services to a customer at the amount in which the entity expects to be entitled. Depending on whether certain criteria are met, revenue

F-15


Table of Contents


LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 1—BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

should be recognized either over time, in a manner that depicts the entity's performance, or at a point in time, when control of the goods or services are transferred to the customer.

        The amendments of ASU 2014-09 may be applied either retrospectively to each prior reporting period presented or retrospectively with the cumulative effect of initially applying ASU 2014-09 recognized at the date of initial application. The guidance will be effective for the Company for the fiscal year ended after December 31, 2018. The Company plans to adopt these amendments during the first quarter of 2019.

        The Company is continuing to evaluate the impact ASU 2014-09 will have on our consolidated financial statements. Based on this evaluation to date, management has determined that the majority of the revenues earned by the Company are not within the scope of ASU 2014-09, and that some of the revenue streams that have been identified as being in scope would include service charges and interchange fees. Management will continue to evaluate the impact the adoption of ASU 2014-09 will have on our consolidated financial statements, focusing on noninterest income sources within the scope of ASU 2014-09 as well as new disclosures required by these amendments; however, the adoption of ASU 2014-09 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements but is expected to result in additional disclosures.

Financial Instruments

        In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-01, "Financial Instruments—Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities," to improve the accounting for financial instruments. This ASU requires equity investments with readily determinable fair values to be measured at fair value with changes recognized in net income regardless of classification. For equity investments without a readily determinable fair value, the value of the investment would be measured at cost minus impairment, if any, plus or minus changes resulting from observable price changes in orderly transactions for the identical or a similar investment of the same issuer instead of fair value, unless a qualitative assessment indicates impairment. Additionally, this ASU requires the separate presentation of financial assets and financial liabilities by measurement category and form of financial asset on the balance sheet or the accompanying notes to the financial statements, as well as the required use of exit pricing when measuring the fair value of financial instruments for disclosure purposes. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and is to be applied prospectively with a cumulative-effect adjustment to the balance sheet as of the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption. Management is in the planning stages of developing processes and procedures to comply with the disclosures requirements of this ASU, which could impact the disclosures the Company makes related to fair value of its financial instruments. The Company is planning to adopt this new guidance within the time frames stated above.

Leases

        In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, "Leases (Topic 842)," to improve transparency and comparability across entities regarding leasing arrangements. This ASU requires the recognition of a separate lease liability representing the required discounted lease payments over the

F-16


Table of Contents


LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 1—BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

lease term and a separate lease asset representing the right to use the underlying asset during the same lease term. Additionally, this ASU provides clarification regarding the identification of certain components of contracts that would represent a lease as well as requires additional disclosures to the notes of the financial statements.

        This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, and is to be applied under a modified retrospective approach. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this new guidance on the consolidated financial statements. Additionally, the Company does not expect to significantly change operating lease agreements prior to adoption. The Company is planning to adopt this new guidance within the time frames stated above.

Employee Share-Based Compensation

        In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, "Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting," to simplify the accounting for several areas of share-based payment transactions. This includes the recognition of all excess tax benefits and tax deficiencies as income tax expense instead of surplus, the classification on the statement of cash flows of excess tax benefits and taxes paid when the employer withholds shares for tax-withholding purposes. Additionally, related to forfeitures, the ASU provides the option to estimate the number of awards that are expected to vest or account for forfeitures as they occur. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years, and is to be applied under a modified retrospective and retrospective approach based upon the specific amendment of the ASU. The Company early adopted this new guidance during the fourth quarter 2017, which did not have a material impact on our financials.

Allowance for Credit Losses

        In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, "Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments," to replace the current incurred loss methodology for recognizing credit losses, which delays recognition until it is probable a loss has been incurred, with a methodology that reflects an estimate of all expected credit losses and considers additional reasonable and supportable forecasted information when determining credit loss estimates. This impacts the calculation of the allowance for credit losses for all financial assets measured under the amortized cost basis, including PCI loans at the time of and subsequent to acquisition. Additionally, credit losses related to available-for-sale debt securities would be recorded through the allowance for credit losses and not as a direct adjustment to the amortized cost of the securities. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, including interim periods after those fiscal years, and is to be applied under a modified retrospective approach. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this new guidance on the consolidated financial statements as well as the impact on current systems and processes. At this time, the Company is reviewing potential methodologies for estimating expected credit losses using reasonable and supportable forecast information as well as has identified certain data and system requirements. Once adopted, we expect our allowance for loan losses to increase through a one-time adjustment to retained earnings, however,

F-17


Table of Contents


LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 1—BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

until our evaluation is complete, the estimated increase in allowance will be unknown. The Company is planning to adopt this new guidance within the time frames stated above.

Investment Securities

        The Company elected to early adopt ASU No. 2017-08, "Receivables-Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs (Subtopic 310-20): Premium Amortization on Purchased Callable Debt Securities ("ASU 2017-08")" during the first quarter of 2017. The guidance in ASU 2017-08 shortens the amortization period for certain callable debt securities that are held at a premium to the earliest call date. Debt securities held at a discount will continue to be amortized as a yield adjustment over the life of the instrument. The early adoption of ASU 2017-08 in the first quarter of 2017 did not have a material impact on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.

Income Statement—Reporting Comprehensive Income

        In February 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-02, "Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Topic 220)," which allows an entity to elect a reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI) to retained earnings for stranded tax effects resulting from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act ("TCJA"). The amount of that reclassification should include the effect of changes of tax rate on the deferred tax amount, any related valuation allowance and other income tax effects on the items in AOCI. In addition, the ASU requires that an entity state if an election to reclassify the tax effects to retained earnings is made, along with a description of other income tax effects that are reclassified from AOCI. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018 and interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. The Company has chosen to early adopt and reclassify $169 thousand from retained earnings to AOCI during the first quarter of 2018.

NOTE 2—BUSINESS COMBINATION

        On March 1, 2016, the Company acquired Bank of Michigan including all of the issued and outstanding common shares of Bank of Michigan for cash consideration of $16.5 million. With the acquisition, the Company has continued the commitment to local community banking while providing new office locations and conveniences, advanced treasury management services and a complete line of home mortgage services to Bank of Michigan clients.

        Bank of Michigan's results of operations were included in the Company's results beginning March 1, 2016. Acquisition-related costs of $2.7 million are included in other in the Company's income statement for the year ended December 31, 2016.

        Goodwill of $4.8 million arising from the acquisition consisted largely of synergies and the cost savings resulting from the combining of the operations of the companies. The goodwill arising from the acquisition of Bank of Michigan is not deductible for tax purposes. The following table summarizes the amounts of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed recognized at the acquisition date.

F-18


Table of Contents


LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 2—BUSINESS COMBINATION (Continued)

        Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed:

(Dollars in thousands)
   
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 18,976  

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

    240  

Loans

    91,663  

Premises and equipment

    2,149  

Core deposit intangibles

    487  

Other assets

    927  

Total assets acquired

    114,442  

Deposits

    94,639  

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

    8,000  

Other liabilities

    123  

Total liabilities assumed

    102,762  

Total identifiable net assets

    11,680  

Goodwill

    4,838  

Total cash consideration

  $ 16,518  

        Loans acquired in the acquisition were initially recorded at fair value with no separate allowance for loan losses. The Company reviewed the loans at acquisition to determine which should be considered purchased credit impaired loans (i.e. loans accounted for under ASC 310-30) defining impaired loans as those that were either not accruing interest or exhibited credit risk factors consistent with nonperforming loans at the acquisition date. Fair values for purchased loans are based on a discounted cash flow methodology that considers various factors including the type of loan and related collateral, classification status, fixed or variable interest rate, term of the loan and whether or not the loan was amortizing, and a discount rate reflecting the Company's assessment of risk inherent in the cash flow estimates. The Company accounts for purchased credit impaired loans in accordance with the provisions of ASC 310-30. The cash flows expected to be collected on purchased loans are estimated based upon the expected remaining life of the underlying loans, which includes the effects of estimated prepayments. Purchased loans are considered credit impaired if there is evidence of credit deterioration at the date of purchase and if it is probable that not all contractually required payments will be collected. Interest income, through accretion of the difference between the carrying value of the loans and the expected cash flows is recognized on the acquired loans accounted for under ASC 310-30.

F-19


Table of Contents


LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 2—BUSINESS COMBINATION (Continued)

        Purchased loans outside the scope of ASC 310-30 are accounted for under ASC 310-20. Premiums and discounts created when the loans were recorded at their fair values at acquisition are amortized over the remaining terms of the loans as an adjustment to the related loan's yield.

(Dollars in thousands)
   
 

Accounted for under ASC 310-30:

       

Contractual cash flows

  $ 2,901  

Contractual cash flows not expected to be collected (nonaccretable difference)

    306  

Expected cash flows

    2,595  

Interest component of expected cash flows (accretable yield)

    741  

Fair value at acquisition

    1,854  

Excluded from ASC 310-30 accounting:

   
 
 

Unpaid principal and interest balance

    90,080  

Fair value discount/(premium)

    271  

Fair value at acquisition

    89,809  

Total fair value at acquisition

  $ 91,663  

F-20


Table of Contents


LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 3—SECURITIES

        The following table summarizes the amortized cost and fair value of the available-for-sale securities portfolio at December 31, 2017 and 2016 and the corresponding amounts of gross unrealized gains and losses recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

(Dollars in thousands)
  Amortized
Cost
  Gross
Unrealized
Gains
  Gross
Unrealized
Losses
  Fair
Value
 

December 31, 2017

                         

State and political subdivision

  $ 52,951   $ 602   $ (329 ) $ 53,224  

Mortgage-backed securities: residential

    8,689     3     (261 )   8,431  

Mortgage-backed securities: commercial

    9,879     12     (72 )   9,819  

Collateralized mortgage obligations: residential              

    19,304     125     (208 )   19,221  

Collateralized mortgage obligations: commercial              

    20,879     11     (333 )   20,557  

US Treasury

    24,283         (710 )   23,573  

SBA

    12,644     10     (38 )   12,616  

Corporate Bonds

    3,545         (17 )   3,528  

Total available-for-sale

  $ 152,174   $ 763   $ (1,968 ) $ 150,969  

December 31, 2016

                         

State and political subdivision

  $ 24,832   $ 126   $ (517 ) $ 24,441  

Mortgage-backed securities: residential

    7,440     16     (250 )   7,206  

Mortgage-backed securities: commercial

    4,966         (77 )   4,889  

Collateralized mortgage obligations: residential              

    24,652     98     (277 )   24,473  

Collateralized mortgage obligations: commercial              

    6,600         (67 )   6,533  

US Treasury

    30,315     7     (753 )   29,569  

SBA

    1,417         (22 )   1,395  

Corporate Bonds

    2,043     1     (17 )   2,027  

Total available-for-sale

  $ 102,265   $ 248   $ (1,980 ) $ 100,533  

        The proceeds from sales and calls of securities and the associated gains and losses are listed below:

 
  For the years ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)
  2017   2016   2015  

Proceeds

  $ 14,803   $ 93,427   $ 50,801  

Gross gains

    217     1,048     348  

Gross losses

    (9 )   (122 )   (68 )

F-21


Table of Contents


LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 3—SECURITIES (Continued)

        The amortized cost and fair value of securities are shown in the table below by contractual maturity. Actual timing may differ from contractual maturities if borrowers have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. Additionally, residential mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations receive monthly principal payments, which are not reflected below.

 
  December 31, 2017  
(Dollars in thousands)
  Amortized
Cost
  Fair
Value
 

Within one year

  $ 374   $ 374  

One to five years

    37,089     36,277  

Five to ten years

    27,898     27,830  

Beyond ten years

    86,813     86,488  

Total

  $ 152,174   $ 150,969  

        Securities pledged at year-end 2017 and 2016 had a carrying amount of $36.5 million and $23.0 million, respectively, and were pledged to secure Federal Home Loan Bank advances, Federal Reserve Bank line of credit and repurchase agreements.

        As of December 31, 2017, the Bank held 33 tax-exempt state and local municipal securities totaling $22.5 million backed by the Michigan School Bond Loan Fund (MSBLF). Other than the aforementioned investments, at year-end 2017 and 2016, there were no holdings of securities of any one issuer, other than the U.S. Government and its agencies, in an amount greater than 10% of shareholders' equity.

F-22


Table of Contents


LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 3—SECURITIES (Continued)

        The following table summarizes securities with unrealized losses at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, aggregated by major security type and length of time in a continuous unrealized loss position:

 
  Less than 12 Months   12 Months or Longer   Total  
(Dollars in thousands)
  Fair
value
  Unrealized
Losses
  Fair
value
  Unrealized
Losses
  Fair
value
  Unrealized
Losses
 

December 31, 2017

                                     

Available-for-sale

                                     

State and political subdivision

  $ 17,285   $ (127 ) $ 6,002   $ (202 ) $ 23,287   $ (329 )

Mortgage-backed securities: residential

    1,966     (33 )   6,226     (228 )   8,192     (261 )

Mortgage-backed securities: commercial

    5,874     (31 )   1,867     (41 )   7,741     (72 )

Collateralized mortgage obligations: residential

    4,609     (40 )   7,828     (168 )   12,437     (208 )

Collateralized mortgage obligations: commercial

    15,717     (294 )   2,813     (39 )   18,530     (333 )

US Treasury

    3,937     (27 )   19,637     (683 )   23,574     (710 )

SBA

    8,516     (25 )   367     (13 )   8,883     (38 )

Corporate

    3,528     (17 )           3,528     (17 )

Total available -for-sale

  $ 61,432   $ (594 ) $ 44,740   $ (1,374 ) $ 106,172   $ (1,968 )

December 31, 2016

                                     

Available-for-sale

                                     

State and political subdivision

  $ 14,777   $ (517 ) $   $   $ 14,777   $ (517 )

Mortgage-backed securities: residential

    5,986     (250 )   15         6,001     (250 )

Mortgage-backed securities: commercial

    4,889     (77 )           4,889     (77 )

Collateralized mortgage obligations: residential

    12,122     (193 )   3,843     (84 )   15,965     (277 )

Collateralized mortgage obligations: commercial

    5,168     (57 )   1,365     (10 )   6,533     (67 )

US Treasury

    26,561     (753 )           26,561     (753 )

SBA

            1,395     (22 )   1,395     (22 )

Corporate

    1,521     (17 )           1,521     (17 )

Total available -for-sale

  $ 71,024   $ (1,864 ) $ 6,618   $ (116 ) $ 77,642   $ (1,980 )

        As of December 31, 2017, the Company's investment portfolio consisted of 213 securities, 127 of which were in an unrealized loss position. The unrealized losses for these securities resulted primarily from changes in interest rates. The Company expects full recovery of the carrying amount of these securities and does not intend to sell the securities in an unrealized loss position nor does it believe it will be required to sell securities in an unrealized loss position before the value is recovered. The Company does not consider these securities to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2017.

F-23


Table of Contents


LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 4—LOANS

        The following table presents the recorded investment in loans at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016. The recorded investment in loans excludes accrued interest receivable.

(Dollars in thousands)
  Originated   Acquired   Total  

December 31, 2017

                   

Commercial real estate

  $ 431,872   $ 79,890   $ 511,762  

Commercial and industrial

    365,679     12,007     377,686  

Residential real estate

    122,551     21,888     144,439  

Consumer

    793     243     1,036  

Total

  $ 920,895   $ 114,028   $ 1,034,923  

December 31, 2016

                   

Commercial real estate

  $ 389,545   $ 102,157   $ 491,702  

Commercial and industrial

    323,690     18,379     342,069  

Residential real estate

    89,818     28,912     118,730  

Consumer

    519     373     892  

Total

  $ 803,572   $ 149,821   $ 953,393  

        Information as to nonperforming assets was as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
  December 31,
2017
  December 31,
2016
 

Nonaccrual loans:

             

Commercial real estate

  $ 2,257   $ 147  

Commercial and industrial

    9,024     13,389  

Residential real estate

    2,767     1,498  

Total nonaccrual loans

    14,048     15,034  

Other real estate owned

    652     258  

Total nonperforming assets

  $ 14,700   $ 15,292  

Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing

  $ 440   $ 377  

        At December 31, 2017 and 2016, all of the loans past due over 90 days and still accruing were PCI loans.

F-24


Table of Contents


LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 4—LOANS (Continued)

        Loan delinquency as of the dates presented below was as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
  Current   30 - 59 Days
Past Due
  60 - 89 Days
Past Due
  90+ Days
Past Due
  Total  

December 31, 2017

                               

Commercial real estate

  $ 507,250   $ 3,066   $ 1,412   $ 34   $ 511,762  

Commercial and industrial

    373,829     1,397     2,455     5     377,686  

Residential real estate

    138,613     3,808     1,258     760     144,439  

Consumer

    985     51             1,036  

Total

  $ 1,020,677   $ 8,322   $ 5,125   $ 799   $ 1,034,923  

December 31, 2016

                               

Commercial real estate

  $ 491,070   $ 333   $ 131   $ 168   $ 491,702  

Commercial and industrial

    339,060     2,466     220     323     342,069  

Residential real estate

    115,492     1,678     924     636     118,730  

Consumer

    881     11             892  

Total

  $ 946,503   $ 4,488   $ 1,275   $ 1,127   $ 953,393  

Impaired Loans

        Information as to impaired loans, excluding purchased credit impaired loans, is as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
  December 31,
2017
  December 31,
2016
 

Nonaccrual loans

  $ 14,048   $ 15,034  

Performing troubled debt restructurings:

             

Commercial real estate

        290  

Commercial and industrial

    961     1,018  

Residential real estate

    261     207  

Total performing troubled debt restructurings

    1,222     1,515  

Total impaired loans, excluding purchase credit impaired loans

  $ 15,270   $ 16,549  

Troubled Debt Restructurings

        The Company assesses loan modifications to determine whether a modification constitutes a TDR. This applies to all loan modifications except for modifications to loans accounted for in pools under ASC 310-30, which are not eligible for TDR classification. For loans excluded from ASC 310-30 accounting, a modification is considered a TDR when a borrower is experiencing financial difficulties and the Company grants a concession to the borrower. For loans accounted for individually under ASC 310-30, a modification is considered a TDR when a borrower is experiencing financial difficulties and the effective yield after the modification is less than the effective yield at the time the loan was acquired or less than the effective yield of any re-estimation of cash flows subsequent to acquisition in

F-25


Table of Contents


LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 4—LOANS (Continued)

association with consideration of qualitative factors included within ASC 310-40. All TDRs are considered impaired loans. The nature and extent of impairment of TDRs, including those which have experienced a subsequent default, is considered in the determination of an appropriate level of allowance for loan losses.

        As of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the Company had a recorded investment in troubled debt restructurings of $7.6 million and $7.3 million, respectively. The Company has allocated a specific reserve of $975 thousand for those loans at December 31, 2017 and a specific reserve of $1.2 million for those loans at December 31, 2016. The Company has not committed to lend additional amounts to borrowers whose loans have been modified. As of December 31, 2017, there were $6.4 million of nonperforming TDRs and $1.2 million of performing TDRs included in impaired loans. As of December 31, 2016, there were $5.8 million of nonperforming TDRs and $1.5 million of performing TDRs included in impaired loans.

        All TDRs are considered impaired loans in the calendar year of their restructuring. A loan that has been modified will return to performing status if it satisfies a six-month performance requirement; however, it will continue to be reported as a TDR and considered impaired.

        The following tables present the recorded investment of loans modified in TDRs during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, by type of concession granted. In cases where more than one type of concession was granted, the loans were categorized based on the most significant concession.

 
  Concession type    
   
  Financial effects of
modification
 
(Dollars in thousands)
  Principal
deferral
  Interest
rate
  Forbearance
agreement
  Total
number of
loans
  Total
recorded
investment
  Net
charge-
offs
  Provision
for loan
losses
 

For the year ended
December 31, 2017

                                           

Commercial real estate

  $ 297   $   $ 1,229     2   $ 1,526   $   $  

Residential real estate

    784     357         3     1,141         15  

Total

  $ 1,081   $ 357   $ 1,229     5   $ 2,667   $   $ 15  

For the year ended
December 31, 2016

                                           

Commercial real estate

  $ 289   $   $     2   $ 289   $   $  

Commercial and industrial

            5,268     3     5,268         852  

Residential real estate

            414     3     414     14      

Total

  $ 289   $   $ 5,682     8   $ 5,971   $ 14   $ 852  

For the year ended
December 31, 2015

                                           

Residential real estate

  $   $ 258   $ 80     3   $ 339   $   $  

Total

  $   $ 258   $ 80     3   $ 339   $   $  

F-26


Table of Contents


LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 4—LOANS (Continued)

        The troubled debt restructurings modified during the year ended December 31, 2016 resulted in a decrease in allowance for loan losses of $235 thousand and chargeoffs of $272 thousand during the year ended December 31, 2017, primarily due to the semi-annual re-estimation of purchase credit impaired loans, as the related loans were purchase credit impaired loans prior to restructuring and continue to be accounted for in the purchase accounting model. The troubled debt restructurings modified during the year ended December 31, 2015 resulted in a decrease in allowance of $2 thousand, no chargeoffs, and a gain on sale of real estate owned of $180 thousand during the year ended December 31, 2017.

        On an ongoing basis, the Company monitors the performance of TDRs to their modified terms. The following table presents the number of loans modified in TDRs during the previous 12 months for which there was payment default during the twelve month periods ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, including the recorded investment as of each period end. A payment on a TDR is considered to be in default once it is greater than 30 days past due.

 
  For the year ended December 31, 2017  
(Dollars in thousands)
  Total number of
loans
  Total recorded
investment
  Charged off following a
subsequent default
 

Commercial real estate

    1   $ 1,229   $  

Commercial and industrial

    5         497  

Residential real estate

    1     292      

Total

    7   $ 1,521   $ 497  

 

 
  For the year ended December 31, 2016  
(Dollars in thousands)
  Total number of
loans
  Total recorded
investment
  Charged off following a
subsequent default
 

Commercial real estate

    2   $ 289   $  

Total

    2   $ 289   $  

 

 
  For the year ended December 31, 2016  
(Dollars in thousands)
  Total number of
loans
  Total recorded
investment
  Charged off following a
subsequent default
 

Residential real estate

    1   $ 24      

Total

    1   $ 24   $  

Credit Quality Indicators:

        The Company categorizes loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt such as: current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information, and current economic trends, among other factors. The Company analyzes loans individually by classifying the loans as to credit risk. This analysis includes

F-27


Table of Contents


LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 4—LOANS (Continued)

non-homogeneous loans, such as commercial and commercial real estate loans. This analysis is performed on an annual basis. The Company uses the following definitions for risk ratings:

    Pass.     Higher quality loans that do not fit any of the other categories described below. This category includes loans risk rated with the following ratings: cash/stock secured, excellent credit risk, superior credit risk, good credit risk, satisfactory credit risk, and marginal credit risk.

    Special Mention.     Loans classified as special mention have a potential weakness that deserves management's close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the loan or of the institution's credit position at some future date.

    Substandard.     Loans classified as substandard are inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Loans so classified have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the institution will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

    Doubtful.     Loans classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified as substandard, with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable.

        Based on the most recent analysis performed, the risk category of loans by class of loans is as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
  Pass   Special
Mention
  Substandard   Doubtful   Total  

December 31, 2017

                               

Commercial real estate

  $ 492,731   $ 10,664   $ 8,323   $ 44   $ 511,762  

Commercial and industrial

    361,740     5,945     9,963     38     377,686  

Total

  $ 854,471   $ 16,609   $ 18,286   $ 82   $ 889,448  

December 31, 2016

                               

Commercial real estate

  $ 477,386     11,131     2,799     386     491,702  

Commercial and industrial

    321,814     1,990     18,034     231     342,069  

Total

  $ 799,200   $ 13,121   $ 20,833   $ 617   $ 833,771  

        For residential real estate loans and consumer loans, the Company evaluates credit quality based on the aging status of the loan and by payment activity. Residential real estate loans and consumer loans are considered nonperforming if 90 days or more past due. Consumer loan types are continuously monitored for changes in delinquency trends and other asset quality indicators.

F-28


Table of Contents


LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 4—LOANS (Continued)

        The following presents residential real estate and consumer loans by credit quality:

(Dollars in thousands)
  Performing   Nonperforming   Total  

December 31, 2017

                   

Residential real estate

  $ 141,672   $ 2,767   $ 144,439  

Consumer

    1,036         1,036  

Total

  $ 142,708   $ 2,767   $ 145,475  

December 31, 2016

                   

Residential real estate

  $ 117,232   $ 1,498   $ 118,730  

Consumer

    892         892  

Total

  $ 118,124   $ 1,498   $ 119,622  

Purchased Credit Impaired Loans:

        For certain loans purchased from the Bank of Michigan in 2016 there was, at acquisition, evidence of deterioration of credit quality since origination, and it was probable that all contractually-required payments would not be collected. At acquisition, the contractual principal amount of such loans was $2.8 million and they had an acquisition date fair value of $1.9 million.

        The Bank has completed a total of four acquisitions. The total balance of all purchase credit impaired loans from these acquisitions is as follows:

(Dollars in thousand)
  Unpaid Principal Balance   Recorded Investment  

December 31, 2017

             

Commercial real estate

  $ 10,084   $ 5,771  

Commercial and industrial

    808     417  

Residential real estate

    4,068     3,558  

Total acquired PCI loans

  $ 14,960   $ 9,746  

December 31, 2016

             

Commercial real estate

  $ 16,156   $ 5,608  

Commercial and industrial

    1,796     1,901  

Residential real estate

    5,188     4,007  

Consumer

        101  

Total acquired PCI loans

  $ 23,140   $ 11,617  

        As part of the Company's previous four acquisitions, the Company acquired PCI loans for which there was evidence of credit quality deterioration since origination and we determined that it was probable that the Company would be unable to collect all contractually required principal and interest payments. The following table reflects the activity in the accretable yield of PCI loans from past

F-29


Table of Contents


LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 4—LOANS (Continued)

acquisitions, which includes total expected cash flows, including interest, in excess of the recorded investment.

 
  For the years ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)
  2017   2016   2015  

Balance at beginning of period

  $ 19,893   $ 27,852   $ 30,372  

Additions due to acquisitions

        741     795  

Accretion of income

    (5,340 )   (8,412 )   (6,960 )

Adjustments to accretable yield

    121     250     3,202  

Other activity, net

    (222 )   (538 )   443  

Balance at end of period

  $ 14,452   $ 19,893   $ 27,852  

        "Accretion of income" represents the income earned on these loans for the year. "Adjustments to accretable yield" represents the net amount of accretable yield added/(removed) as a result of the semi-annual re-estimation of expected cash flows. "Other activity, net" represents reductions in expected cash flows and accretable yield as a result of loan payoffs, charge-offs, and foreclosures.

        For the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, allowance for loans losses on purchase credit impaired loans was increased by $234 thousand and $197 thousand.

Related Party Loans:

        At December 31, 2017 and 2016, loans to directors, officers and related interests totaled approximately $2.1 million and $1.3 million, respectively.

NOTE 5—ALLOWANCE

        An allowance for loan losses is maintained to absorb losses from the loan portfolio. The allowance for loan losses is based on management's continuing valuation of the risk characteristics and credit quality of the loan portfolio, assessment of current economic conditions, diversification and size of the portfolio, adequacy of collateral, past and anticipated loss experience, and the amount of nonperforming loans.

        The Company established an allowance for loan losses associated with purchased credit impaired loans (accounted for under ASC 310-30) based on credit deterioration subsequent to the acquisition date. As December 31, 2017, the Company has six purchase credit impaired loan pools and 14 non-pooled purchase credit impaired loans. The Company re-estimates cash flows expected to be collected for purchased credit impaired loans on a semi-annual basis, with any decline in expected cash flows recorded as provision for loan losses on a discounted basis during the period. For any increases in cash flows expected to be collected, the Company adjusts the amount of accretable yield recognized on a prospective basis over the loan's remaining life.

        For loans not accounted for under ASC 310-30, the Company individually evaluates certain impaired loans on a quarterly basis and establishes specific allowances for such loans, if required. A loan is considered impaired when it is probable that interest or principal payments will not be made in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Consistent with this definition, all loans

F-30


Table of Contents


LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 5—ALLOWANCE (Continued)

for which the accrual of interest has been discontinued (nonaccrual loans) and all troubled debt restructurings (TDRs) are considered impaired. The Company individually evaluates nonaccrual loans with book balances of $250 thousand or more, all loans whose terms have been modified in a TDR, and certain other loans. The threshold for individual evaluation is revised on an infrequent basis, generally when economic circumstances change significantly. Specific allowances for impaired loans are estimated using one of several methods, including the estimated fair value of underlying collateral, observable market value of similar debt or discounted expected future cash flows. All other impaired loans are individually evaluated by identifying its risk characteristics and applying the standard reserve factor for the corresponding loan pool.

        Loans which do not meet the criteria to be individually evaluated are evaluated in homogeneous pools of loans with similar risk characteristics. Business loans are assigned to pools based on the Company's internal risk rating system. Internal risk ratings are assigned to each business loan at the time of approval and are subjected to subsequent periodic reviews by the Company's senior management, generally at least annually or more frequently upon the occurrence of a circumstance that affects the credit risk of the loan. For business loans not individually evaluated, losses inherent to the pool are estimated by applying standard reserve factors to outstanding principal balances.

        The allowance for loans not individually evaluated is determined by applying estimated loss rates to various pools of loans within the portfolios with similar risk characteristics. Estimated loss rates for all pools are updated quarterly, incorporating quantitative and qualitative factors such as recent charge-off experience, current economic conditions and trends, changes in collateral values of properties securing loans (using index-based estimates), and trends with respect to past due and nonaccrual amounts.

        Loans acquired in business combinations are initially recorded at fair value, which includes an estimate of credit losses expected to be realized over the remaining lives of the loans, and therefore no corresponding allowance for loan losses is recorded for these loans at acquisition. Methods utilized to estimate any subsequently required allowance for loan losses for acquired loans not deemed credit-impaired at acquisition are similar to originated loans; however, the estimate of loss is based on the unpaid principal balance less any remaining purchase discount.

F-31


Table of Contents


LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 5—ALLOWANCE (Continued)

        Information as to loans individually evaluated for impairment, including impaired ASC 310-30 loans, is as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
  Recorded with
no related
allowance
  Recorded
with related
allowance
  Total
recorded
investment
  Contractual
principal
balance
  Related
allowance
 

December 31, 2017

                               

Individually evaluated impaired loans:

                               

Commercial real estate

  $ 2,222   $ 5,339   $ 7,561   $ 13,536   $ 876  

Commercial and industrial

    5,238     5,059     10,297     11,677     1,549  

Residential real estate

    1,696     3,132     4,828     6,502     154  

Total

  $ 9,156   $ 13,530   $ 22,686   $ 31,715   $ 2,579  

December 31, 2016

                               

Individually evaluated impaired loans:

                               

Commercial real estate

  $ 564   $ 1,367   $ 1,931   $ 2,356   $ 136  

Commercial and industrial

    12,038     7,393     19,431     27,416     2,132  

Residential real estate

    1,398     3,608     5,006     6,799     198  

Total

  $ 14,000   $ 12,368   $ 26,368   $ 36,571   $ 2,466  

 

(Dollars in thousands)
  Average
Recorded
Investment
  Interest
Income
Recognized
  Cash Basis
Interest
Recognized
 

For the year ended December 31, 2017

                   

Individually evaluated impaired loans:

                   

Commercial real estate

  $ 8,145   $ 218   $  

Commercial and industrial

    17,738     76      

Residential real estate

    5,361     35      

Total

  $ 31,244   $ 329   $  

For the year ended December 31, 2016

                   

Individually evaluated impaired loans:

                   

Commercial real estate

  $ 689   $ 1,719   $ 1  

Commercial and industrial

    8,894     59     82  

Residential real estate

    5,379     526     11  

Consumer

    18          

Total

  $ 14,980   $ 2,304   $ 94  

For the year ended December 31, 2015

                   

Individually evaluated impaired loans:

                   

Commercial real estate

  $ 427   $ 14   $  

Commercial and industrial

    1,964     65     6  

Residential real estate

    5,861     436     1  

Consumer

    41     2      

Total

  $ 8,293   $ 517   $ 7  

F-32


Table of Contents


LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 5—ALLOWANCE (Continued)

        Activity in the allowance for loan losses and the allocation of the allowance for loans were as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
  Commercial
Real Estate
  Commercial
and Industrial
  Residential
Real Estate
  Consumer   Total  

For the year ended December 31, 2017

                               

Allowance for loan losses:

                               

Beginning Balance

  $ 4,124   $ 5,932   $ 1,030   $ 3   $ 11,089  

Provision for loan losses

    1,071     478     (136 )   3     1,416  

Gross chargeoffs

    (360 )   (697 )   (85 )       (1,142 )

Recoveries

    17     190     141     2     350  

Net (chargeoffs) recoveries

    (343 )   (507 )   56     2     (792 )

Ending Allowance for loan losses

  $ 4,852   $ 5,903   $ 950   $ 8   $ 11,713  

As of December 31, 2017

                               

Allowance for loan losses:

                               

Individually evaluated for impairment

  $   $ 1,480   $ 18   $   $ 1,498  

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    3,976     4,354     796     8     9,134  

Acquired with deteriorated credit quality

    876     69     136         1,081  

Ending Allowance for loan losses

  $ 4,852   $ 5,903   $ 950   $ 8   $ 11,713  

Balance of loans:

                               

Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 2,222   $ 9,976   $ 1,778   $   $ 13,976  

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    503,769     367,293     139,103     1,036     1,011,201  

Acquired with deteriorated credit quality

    5,771     417     3,558         9,746  

Total loans

  $ 511,762   $ 377,686   $ 144,439   $ 1,036   $ 1,034,923  

F-33


Table of Contents


LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 5—ALLOWANCE (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)
  Commercial
Real Estate
  Commercial
and Industrial
  Residential
Real Estate
  Consumer   Total  

For the year ended December 31, 2016

                               

Allowance for loan losses:

                               

Beginning Balance

  $ 3,299   $ 3,256   $ 1,307   $ 28   $ 7,890  

Provision for loan losses

    772     3,447     (267 )   (27 )   3,925  

Gross chargeoffs

        (943 )   (211 )       (1,154 )

Recoveries

    53     172     201     2     428  

Net (chargeoffs) recoveries

    53     (771 )   (10 )   2     (726 )

Ending Allowance for loan losses

  $ 4,124   $ 5,932   $ 1,030   $ 3   $ 11,089  

As of December 31, 2016

                               

Allowance for loan losses:

                               

Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 115   $ 1,495   $ 9   $   $ 1,619  

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    3,988     3,800     832     3     8,623  

Acquired with deteriorated credit quality

    21     637     189         847  

Ending Allowance for loan losses

  $ 4,124   $ 5,932   $ 1,030   $ 3   $ 11,089  

Balance of loans:

                               

Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 436   $ 14,409   $ 1,704   $   $ 16,549  

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    485,658     325,759     113,019     791     925,227  

Acquired with deteriorated credit quality

    5,608     1,901     4,007     101     11,617  

Total loans

  $ 491,702   $ 342,069   $ 118,730   $ 892   $ 953,393  

For the year ended December 31, 2015

                               

Allowance for loan losses:

                               

Beginning Balance

  $ 2,404   $ 1,930   $ 1,218   $ 37   $ 5,589  

Provision for loan losses

    369     1,088     (42 )   (56 )   1,359  

Gross chargeoffs

    (26 )   (427 )   (50 )   (16 )   (519 )

Recoveries

    552     665     181     63     1,461  

Net (chargeoffs) recoveries

    526     238     131     47     942  

Ending Allowance for loan losses

  $ 3,299   $ 3,256   $ 1,307   $ 28   $ 7,890  

F-34


Table of Contents


LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 6—PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

        Premises and equipment were as follows for the periods ended December 31, 2017 and 2016:

 
  As of
December 31,
 
(Dollars in thousands)
  2017   2016  

Land

  $ 2,197   $ 2,885  

Building

    9,132     10,342  

Leasehold improvements

    1,655     1,460  

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

    5,614     5,346  

Total premises and equipment

  $ 18,598   $ 20,033  

Less: Accumulated depreciation

    5,163     4,314  

Net premises and equipment

  $ 13,435   $ 15,719  

        Depreciation expense was $1.4 million, $1.3 million and $993 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

        The Company's branch facilities are rented under non-cancelable operating lease agreements. Total rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $909 thousand, $604 thousand and $594 thousand, respectively.

        Rent commitments under non-cancelable operating leases (including renewal options that the Company will likely exercise) were as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
  As of
December 31, 2017
 

2018

  $ 925  

2019

    841  

2020

    735  

2021

    551  

2022

    544  

Thereafter

    3,103  

Total lease commitments

  $ 6,699  

NOTE 7—GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

         Goodwill :    Level One Bancorp, Inc. was involved in the acquisition of two banks, Lotus Bank (March 2015) and Bank of Michigan (March 2016), which resulted in the recognition of goodwill. Goodwill was $9.4 million for the periods ended December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively. The Corporation recorded goodwill in the amount of $4.8 million related to the acquisition of Bank of Michigan during the first quarter of 2016.

        Goodwill is not amortized but is evaluated at least annually for impairment. The Corporation's most recent annual goodwill impairment review performed as of September 30, 2017 did not indicate that an impairment of goodwill existed. The Corporation also determined that no triggering events have

F-35


Table of Contents


LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 7—GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS (Continued)

occurred that indicated impairment from the most recent valuation date through December 31, 2017 and that the Corporation's goodwill was not impaired at December 31, 2017.

        The change in goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 is as follows:

 
  As of
December 31,
 
(Dollars in thousands)
  2017   2016  

Beginning balance

  $ 9,387   $ 4,549  

Acquired goodwill

        4,838  

Ending balance

  $ 9,387   $ 9,387  

         Acquired Intangible Assets :    The Company has recorded core deposit intangibles (CDIs) associated with each of its acquisitions. CDIs are amortized on an accelerated basis over their estimated useful lives.

        The table below presents the Company's net carrying amount of CDIs:

 
  As of
December 31,
 
(Dollars in thousands)
  2017   2016  

Gross carrying amount

  $ 2,045   $ 2,045  

Accumulated amortization

    1,378     1,144  

Net Intangible

  $ 667   $ 901  

        Aggregate amortization expense was $234 thousand, $233 thousand and $154 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

        Estimated amortization expense for each of the next five years:

(Dollars in thousands)
   
 

2018

  $ 220  

2019

    116  

2020

    102  

2021

    68  

2022

    53  

NOTE 8—DEPOSITS

        Time deposits that meet or exceed FDIC Insurance limit issued in denominations greater than $250 thousand were approximately $187.5 million and $76.8 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

F-36


Table of Contents


LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 8—DEPOSITS (Continued)

        The scheduled maturities of total time deposits were as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
  As of
December 31, 2017
 

Due in 2018

  $ 345,817  

Due in 2019

    79,544  

Due in 2020

    9,213  

Due in 2021

    6,770  

Due in 2022

    2,108  

  $ 443,452  

        Related party deposits totaled approximately $81.2 million and $29.5 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The Company had brokered deposits of $87.8 million and $51.4 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

NOTE 9—BORROWINGS AND SUBORDINATED DEBT

        The following table presents the components of our long-term debt and short-term borrowings.

 
  December 31, 2017   December 31, 2016  
(Dollars in thousands)
  Amount   Weighted
Average
Rate(1)
  Amount   Weighted
Average
Rate(1)
 

Short-term borrowings:

                         

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

  $ 1,319     0.30 % $ 1,331     0.30 %

FHLB Line of credit

            1,808     0.90  

FHLB Advances

    35,000     1.25     65,000     0.65  

Total short-term borrowings

    36,319     1.22     68,139     0.65  

Long-term debt:

                         

Secured borrowing due in 2022

    1,514     1.00          

FHLB advances due in 2022

    10,000     1.75     14,506     1.14  

Subordinated notes due in 2025(2)

    14,844     6.38     14,786     6.38  

Total long-term debt

    26,358     4.31     29,292     3.79  

Total short-term and long-term borrowings

  $ 62,677     2.52 % $ 97,431     1.59 %

(1)
Weighted average rate presented is the contractual rate which excludes premiums and discounts related to purchase accounting.

(2)
The December 31, 2017 balance includes subordinated notes of $15.0 million and debt issuance costs of $156 thousand. The December 31, 2016 balance includes subordinated notes of $15.0 million and debt issuance costs of $214 thousand.

F-37


Table of Contents


LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 9—BORROWINGS AND SUBORDINATED DEBT (Continued)

        The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB), which provides short- and long-term funding collateralized by mortgage-related assets to its members. FHLB short-term borrowings bear interest at variable rates based on LIBOR. The advances were secured by a blanket lien on $316.5 million of real estate-related loans as of December 31, 2017. Based on this collateral and the Company's holdings of FHLB stock, the Company is eligible to borrow up to $93.0 million.

        At December 31, 2017, the Company had $1.3 million of repurchase agreements outstanding. These borrowings are secured by collateralized mortgage obligations with a fair value of $2.5 million at December 31, 2017. Additionally, the Company had a secured borrowing of $1.5 million as of December 31, 2017 relating to certain loan participations sold by the Company that did not qualify for sales treatment. The secured borrowing bears a fixed rate of 1.00% and matures on September 15, 2022.

        As of December 31, 2017, the Company had outstanding $15.0 million of subordinated notes. The note bears a fixed interest rate of 6.375% per annum, payable semiannually through December 15, 2020. The note will bear a floating interest rate of three-month LIBOR plus 477 basis points payable quarterly after December 15, 2020 through maturity. The note matures no later than December 15, 2025 and the Company has the option to redeem or prepay any or all of the subordinated notes without premium or penalty any time after December 15, 2020 or upon an occurrence of a Tier 2 Capital Event or tax event. The note is subordinated to all other borrowings. For the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company recognized debt issuance costs of $156 thousand, which are netted against the balance of the subordinated notes and recognized as expense over the expected term of the notes.

        Selected financial information pertaining to the components of our short-term borrowings is as follows:

 
  For the years ended
December 31,
 
(Dollars in thousands)
  2017   2016   2015  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

                   

Average Daily Balance

  $ 971   $ 1,049   $ 1,682  

Weighted-average rate

    0.30 %   0.30 %   0.30 %

Maximum month-end balance

  $ 1,533   $ 1,668   $ 2,493  

FHLB Advances

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Average Daily Balance

  $ 64,095   $ 11,154   $ 3,846  

Weighted-average rate

    0.96 %   0.58 %   0.32 %

Maximum month-end balance

  $ 120,000   $ 65,000   $ 35,000  

NOTE 10—INCOME TAXES

        On December 22, 2017, the U.S government enacted the TCJA, a comprehensive tax legislation, which reduced the federal income tax rate for C corporations from 35% to 21%, effective January 1, 2018. As a result of the reduction in the U.S corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%, the Company remeasured its ending net deferred tax assets. The Company recognized a $1.3 million tax

F-38


Table of Contents


LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 10—INCOME TAXES (Continued)

expense in the Consolidated Statement of Income for the year ended December 31, 2017 as a result of the TCJA, of which the expense recorded is primarily attributable to the remeasurement of net deferred tax assets.

        The SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 to address the application of U.S. GAAP in situations when a registrant does not have the necessary information available, prepared, or analyzed in reasonable detail to complete the accounting for certain income tax effects of the TCJA, thereby allowing a one-year measurement period to reflect provisional adjustments as information becomes available. The Company will have adjustments in 2018 to reflect the impact of the rate reduction on various deferred items that the Company reasonably estimated at December 31, 2017, such as on partnership investments and accrued expenses, and will therefore true up these adjustments with the filing of the 2017 tax return.

        The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to U.S. federal income tax. In the ordinary course of business, we are routinely subject to audit by Internal Revenue Services. Currently, the Company is subject to examination by taxing authorities for the 2014 tax return year and forward.

        The current and deferred components of the provision for income taxes were as follows:

 
  For the years ended
December 31,
 
(Dollars in thousands)
  2017   2016   2015  

Current expense

  $ 5,721   $ 6,163   $ 752  

Remeasurement due to tax reform

    1,293          

Deferred expense (benefit)

    (291 )   (63 )   5,230  

Total

  $ 6,723   $ 6,100   $ 5,982  

        A reconciliation of expected income tax expense using the federal statutory rate of 35% and actual income tax expense is as follows:

 
  For the years ended
December 31,
 
(Dollars in thousands)
  2017   2016   2015  

Income tax expense based on Federal statutory rate

  $ 5,797   $ 6,001   $ 6,293  

Changes resulting from:

                   

Tax-exempt income

    (446 )   (211 )   (257 )

Remeasurement due to tax reform

    1,293          

Other, net

    79     310     (54 )

Income tax expense

  $ 6,723   $ 6,100   $ 5,982  

        Upon exercise or vesting of a share-based award, if the tax deduction exceeds the compensation cost that was previously recorded for financial statement purposes, this will result in an excess tax benefit. ASU 2016-09, "Compensation-Stock Compensation (718) Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting" requires the Company to recognize all excess tax benefits or tax deficiencies through the income statement as income tax expense/benefit. Under previous GAAP

F-39


Table of Contents


LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 10—INCOME TAXES (Continued)

guidance, any excess tax benefits were recognized in additional paid-in capital to offset current period and subsequent period tax deficiencies. The Company chose to early adopt ASU 2016-09 for which early adoption should be applied using the modified retrospective transition method by means of a cumulative-effect adjustment to equity as of the beginning of the period in which guidance was adopted. A tax benefit of $27 thousand was recorded during the year ended December 31, 2017 as a result of share awards vesting/exercised during the year.

        The tax effects of temporary differences that resulted in the significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 2017 and 2016 are as follows:

 
  For the years ended
December 31,
 
(Dollars in thousands)
  2017   2016  

Deferred tax assets:

             

Allowance for loan losses

  $ 2,460   $ 3,881  

Start-up/pre-opening expenses

    100     208  

Stock options

    100     136  

Deferred loan fees

    195     290  

Unrealized loss—AFS securities

    253     606  

Nonaccrued Interest

    177     24  

Accrued expenses

    95     299  

Other

    90     110  

Total gross deferred tax assets

    3,470     5,554  

Deferred tax liabilities:

             

Depreciation

    (554 )   (838 )

Prepaid expenses

    (199 )   (107 )

Business combination adjustments

    (532 )   (948 )

Partnership Investments

    (288 )   (401 )

Other

    (12 )   (20 )

Total gross deferred tax liabilities

    (1,585 )   (2,314 )

Net deferred tax assets

  $ 1,885   $ 3,240  

        Management has determined that a valuation allowance is not required for the deferred tax assets at December 31, 2017 because it is more likely than not that these assets could be realized through carry back to taxable income in prior years, future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, tax planning strategies and future taxable income. This conclusion is based on the Company's historical earnings, its current level of earnings and prospects for continued growth and profitability.

        There were no unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2017 and the Company does not expect the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits to significantly increase in the next twelve months. The Company recognizes interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense, when applicable. The Company did not record any interest and penalties for 2017, 2016 or 2015.

F-40


Table of Contents


LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 11—STOCK BASED COMPENSATION

    Stock Option Plan

        On January 16, 2008, the shareholders of the Company, by majority vote, approved the Level One Bancorp, Inc. 2007 Stock Option Plan (the "Stock Option Plan"). The Stock Option Plan is intended to promote equity ownership of the Company by (i) selected officers and employees of the Company and the Bank; (ii) Directors of the Company and the Bank; and (iii) Organizers. Such ownership is intended to promote the proprietary interest of the individuals to whom stock options will be granted ("Optionees"), to attract and retain qualified officers, employees and directors, and to further align the interests of Optionees with the interests of the Company's shareholders.

        The Company's Board of Directors has reserved (with consent of the Company's shareholders) 630,265 shares of Common Stock for issuance under the Stock Option Plan, of which 23,759 shares were available to be granted as of December 31, 2017. During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company granted 88,500 and 99,000 stock options, respectively. No options were granted during the year ended December 31, 2017.

        The term of the options is ten years and options vest over three years, 1/3 rd  each year. The Company will use authorized but unissued shares to satisfy share option exercises. The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using a closed form option valuation (Black-Scholes) model.

        Expected volatilities are based on historical volatilities of the Company's common stock, which is not actively traded. The Company expects all awards will vest. The expected term of options granted represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding, which takes into account that the options are not transferable. The risk-free interest rate for the expected term of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant. The fair value of the stock options granted was determined using the following weighted-average assumptions as of grant date:

 
  2016   2015

Risk Free Interest Rate

  1.51%   1.99%

Expected Term

  7 years   7 years

Expected Volatility

  0.04   0.04

Dividend Yield

  0.0%   0.0%

Weighted average fair value of options granted

  $3.05   $2.41

F-41


Table of Contents


LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 11—STOCK BASED COMPENSATION (Continued)

        Summary of the employee stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2017 is summarized below:

 
  Shares   Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
  Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding at 1/1/2017

    555,153   $ 13.52   5.4 years   $ 5,321  

Granted

                   

Exercised

    57,506     10.53            

Forfeited

    13,500     10.22            

Outstanding at 12/31/2017

    484,147   $ 13.96   4.7 years   $ 5,247  

Exercisable at 12/31/2017

    392,134   $ 12.62   3.9 years   $ 4,778  

        The intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $755 thousand, $294 thousand and $13 thousand, respectively.

        Share-based compensation expense charged against income was $165 thousand and $169 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Total cash received from option exercises, including tax benefit, during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $606 thousand, $300 thousand and $26 thousand, respectively.

        As of December 31, 2017, there was $126 thousand of total unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options granted under the Plan. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 0.87 years.

    Restricted Stock Awards

        Under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, the Company can grant restricted stock awards to its directors ("Plan A") and employees ("Plan B"). The Company has reserved 150,000 shares of Common Stock for issuance under the Equity Incentive Plan, of which 100,986 shares were available to be granted as of December 31, 2017. Restricted stock awards are participating shares that vest upon completion of future service requirements. If an individual awarded restricted stock awards terminates employment prior to the end of the vesting period, the unvested portion of the stock award is forfeited. The fair value of these awards is equal to the fair value of the stock as of the issuance date and determined by using an independent valuation. The Company recognizes stock-based compensation expense for these awards over the vesting period, using the straight-line method, based upon the number of shares of restricted stock ultimately expected to vest. For Plan A, Restricted stock awards granted during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 were 21,400 and 9,700 , respectively and fully vest after 3 years. For Plan B, Restricted stock awards granted during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 were 11,577 and 4,791, respectively and vested one fourth at quarter ends.

F-42


Table of Contents


LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 11—STOCK BASED COMPENSATION (Continued)

        A summary of changes in the Company's nonvested shares for the year ended December 31, 2017 is as follows:

Nonvested Shares
  Shares   Weighted Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
 

Nonvested at 1/1/2017

    16,800   $ 18.35  

Granted

    32,977     23.10  

Vested

    14,627     21.10  

Forfeited

    5,000     19.48  

Nonvested at 12/31/2017

    30,150   $ 22.03  

        Total expense for restricted stock awards totaled $448 thousand and $195 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. As of December 31, 2017, there was $400 thousand of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested shares granted under the Plan. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.97 years. The total fair value of shares vested as of December 31, 2017 was $309 thousand, compared to a fair value of $103 thousand as of December 31, 2016.

NOTE 12—OTHER BENEFIT PLANS

        401(k) Plan: The Company sponsors a 401(K) plan for substantially all employees. The plan is a "Safe Harbor" plan by statute and requires the Corporation to make a 3% non-elective contribution for each eligible employee. Contributions to the plan were approximately $460 thousand, $405 thousand and $348 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

        Deferred Compensation Plan: The Company's deferred compensation plan that was established in 2015 covers all executive officers. Under the plan, the Company pays each participant, or their beneficiary, the amount of contributions deferred plus adjustments for deemed investment experience. A liability is accrued for the obligation under these plans. The expense incurred for the deferred compensation was $149 thousand, $81 thousand and $36 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, which resulted in a deferred compensation liability of $267 thousand, $117 thousand and $36 thousand as of December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

NOTE 13—OFF-BALANCE SHEET ACTIVITIES

        In the normal course of business, the Company offers a variety of financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include outstanding commitments to extend credit, credit lines, commercial letters of credit and standby letters of credit. These are agreements to provide credit, as long as conditions established in the contract are met, and usually have expiration dates. Commitments may expire without being used. Off-balance sheet risk to credit loss exists up to the face amount of these instruments, although material losses are not anticipated. The same credit policies used for loans are used to make such commitments, including obtaining collateral at exercise of the commitment.

F-43


Table of Contents


LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 13—OFF-BALANCE SHEET ACTIVITIES (Continued)

        A summary of the contractual amounts of the Company's exposure to off-balance sheet risk is as follows:

 
  December 31, 2017   December 31, 2016  
(Dollars in thousands)
  Fixed   Variable   Fixed   Variable  

Commitments to make loans

  $ 5,041   $ 8,837   $ 10,440   $ 21,074  

Unused lines of credit

    12,407     189,787     6,272     197,266  

Unused standby letters of credit

    3,584     1,411     1,592     1,218  

        Commitments to make loans are generally made for periods of 90 days or less. The fixed rate loan commitments have interest rates ranging from 4.75% to 5.50% and maturities ranging from 5 to 7 years.

NOTE 14—REGULATORY CAPITAL MATTERS

        Banks and bank holding companies are subject to regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies. Capital adequacy guidelines and, additionally for banks, prompt corrective action regulations, involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by regulators. Failure to meet capital requirements can initiate regulatory action. Management believes as of December 31, 2017, the Company and Bank meet all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.

        Effective January 1, 2015 the Company adopted the new Basel III regulatory capital framework as approved by federal banking agencies, which are subject to a multi-year phase-in period. The adoption of this new framework modified the calculation of the various capital ratios, added a new ratio, common equity tier 1, and revised the adequately and well capitalized thresholds. In addition, Basel III establishes a new capital conservation buffer of 2.5% of risk-weighted assets, which is phased-in over a four-year period beginning January 1, 2016. The capital conservation buffer was 1.25% and 0.625% at December 31, 2017 and December 30, 2016, respectively, and was not included in the capital table below.

        Prompt corrective action regulations provide five classifications: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized, although these terms are not used to represent overall financial condition. If adequately capitalized, regulatory approval is required to accept brokered deposits. If undercapitalized, capital distributions are limited, as is asset growth and expansion, and capital restoration plans are required.

        At December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the most recent regulatory notifications categorized the Bank as "well capitalized" under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the institution's category.

F-44


Table of Contents


LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 14—REGULATORY CAPITAL MATTERS (Continued)

        Actual and required capital amounts and ratios are presented below:

 
  Actual   For Capital
Adequacy
Purposes
  For Capital Adequacy
Purposes +
Capital
Conservation Buffer(1)
  Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
 
(Dollars in thousands)
  Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio  

December 31, 2017

                                                 

Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)

                                                 

Consolidated

  $ 125,472     11.55 % $ 86,940     8.00 % $ 100,525     9.25 %            

Bank

    123,496     11.37 %   86,917     8.00 %   100,498     9.25 % $ 108,646     10.00 %

Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)

                                                 

Consolidated

  $ 98,912     9.10 % $ 65,205     6.00 % $ 78,790     7.25 %            

Bank

    111,781     10.29 %   65,188     6.00 %   78,768     7.25 % $ 86,917     8.00 %

Common Tier 1 (CET 1) (to Risk Weighted Assets)

                                                 

Consolidated

  $ 98,912     9.10 % $ 48,904     4.50 % $ 62,488     5.75 %            

Bank

    111,781     10.29 %   48,891     4.50 %   62,472     5.75 % $ 70,620     6.50 %

Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets)

                                                 

Consolidated

  $ 98,912     7.92 % $ 49,978     4.00 % $ 49,978     4.00 %            

Bank

    111,781     8.96 %   49,893     4.00 %   49,893     4.00 % $ 62,366     5.00 %

December 31, 2016

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)

                                                 

Consolidated

  $ 113,801     11.28 % $ 80,676     8.00 % $ 86,979     8.63 %            

Bank

    111,679     11.09 %   80,545     8.00 %   86,837     8.63 % $ 100,681     10.00 %

Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)

                                                 

Consolidated

  $ 87,915     8.72 % $ 60,507     6.00 % $ 66,810     6.63 %            

Bank

    100,579     9.99 %   60,409     6.00 %   66,701     6.63 % $ 80,545     8.00 %

Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets)

                                                 

Consolidated

  $ 87,915     8.72 % $ 45,380     4.50 % $ 51,683     5.13 %            

Bank

    100,579     9.97 %   45,306     4.50 %   51,599     5.13 % $ 65,443     6.50 %

Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets)

                                                 

Consolidated

  $ 87,915     7.95 % $ 44,228     4.00 % $ 44,228     4.00 %            

Bank

    100,579     9.11 %   44,167     4.00 %   44,167     4.00 % $ 55,208     5.00 %

(1)
Reflects the capital conservation buffer of 1.25% and .625% applicable during 2017 and 2016, respectively.

F-45


Table of Contents


LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 15—FAIR VALUE

        Fair value is the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. There are three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair values:

    Level 1—Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date.

    Level 2—Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

    Level 3—Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a company's own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

        The Company used the following methods and significant assumptions to estimate the fair value of each type of financial instrument:

         Investment Securities:     Securities available for sale are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis as follows: the fair values for investment securities are determined by quoted market prices, if available (Level 1). For securities where quoted prices are not available, fair values are calculated based on market prices of similar securities (Level 2). No securities are valued using a Level 3 approach.

         Loans Held for Sale, at Fair Value:     The fair value of loans held for sale is determined using quoted prices for similar assets, adjusted for specific attributes of that loan (Level 2). Mortgage banking related derivatives including interest rate locks with customers and commitments to sell loans are also recorded at fair value using observable market data as of the measurement date (Level 2) but were not significant at year end 2017 or 2016.

         Loans Measured at Fair Value:     During the normal course of business, loans originated with the initial intention to sell but not ultimately sold, are transferred from held for sale to our portfolio of loans held for investment at fair value as the Company adopted the fair value option at origination. The fair value of these loans is determined by obtaining fair value pricing from a third-party software, and then layering an additional adjustment, ranging from 5 to 75 basis points, as determined by management, depending on the reason for the transfer. Due to the adjustments made, the Company classifies the loans transferred from loans held for sale as recurring Level 3.

         Impaired Loans:     The fair value of impaired loans with specific allocations of the allowance for loan losses is generally based on recent real estate or collateral appraisals. These appraisals may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales and the income approach. Adjustments are routinely made in the appraisal process by the appraisers to adjust for differences between the comparable sales and income data available. Such adjustments are usually significant and typically result in a Level 3 classification of the inputs for determining fair value. Non-real estate collateral may be valued using an appraisal, net book value per the borrower's financial statements, or aging reports, adjusted or discounted based on management's historical knowledge, changes in market conditions from the time of the valuation, and management's expertise and knowledge of the client and client's business, resulting in a Level 3 fair value classification.

F-46


Table of Contents


LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 15—FAIR VALUE (Continued)

         Other Real Estate Owned:     The fair value of other real estate owned is based on recent real estate appraisals which are generally updated annually. These appraisals may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales, cost, and the income approach. Adjustments are routinely made in the appraisal process by the independent appraisers to adjust for differences between the comparable sales and income data available. Such adjustments are usually significant and typically result in a Level 3 classification of the inputs for determining fair value. Other real estate owned properties are evaluated on a quarterly basis for additional impairment and adjusted accordingly.

        Appraisals for both collateral-dependent impaired loans and real estate owned are performed by certified general appraisers (for commercial properties) or certified residential appraisers (for residential properties) whose qualifications and licenses have been reviewed and verified by the Company. Once received, management reviews the assumptions and approaches utilized in the appraisal as well as the overall resulting fair value in comparison with independent data sources such as recent market data or industry-wide statistics. Management monitors the actual selling price of collateral that has been sold to the most recent appraised value to determine what additional adjustment should be made to the appraisal value to arrive at fair value.

F-47


Table of Contents


LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 15—FAIR VALUE (Continued)

        Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are summarized below:

(Dollars in thousands)
  Carrying
Value
  Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

December 31, 2017

                         

Securities available for sale:

                         

State and political subdivision

  $ 53,224   $   $ 53,224   $  

Mortgage-backed securities: residential

    8,431         8,431      

Mortgage-backed securities: commercial

    9,819         9,819      

Collateralized mortgage obligations: residential

    19,221         19,221      

Collateralized mortgage obligations: commercial

    20,557         20,557      

US Treasury

    23,573         23,573      

SBA

    12,616         12,616      

Corporate Bonds

    3,528         3,528      

Total securities available for sale

    150,969         150,969      

Loans held for sale

    4,548         4,548      

Loans measured at fair value:

                         

Residential real estate

    4,291             4,291  

Total assets at fair value

  $ 159,808   $   $ 155,517   $ 4,291  

December 31, 2016

                         

Securities available for sale:

                         

State and political subdivision

  $ 24,441   $   $ 24,441   $  

Mortgage-backed securities: residential

    7,206         7,206      

Mortgage-backed securities: commercial

    4,889         4,889      

Collateralized mortgage obligations: residential

    24,473         24,473      

Collateralized mortgage obligations: commercial

    6,533         6,533      

US Treasury

    29,569         29,569      

SBA

    1,395         1,395      

Corporate Bonds

    2,027         2,027      

Total securities available for sale

  $ 100,533   $   $ 100,533   $  

Loans held for sale

    9,860         9,860      

Loans measured at fair value:

                         

Residential real estate

    3,287                 3,287  

Total assets at fair value

  $ 113,680   $   $ 110,393   $ 3,287  

F-48


Table of Contents


LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 15—FAIR VALUE (Continued)

        There were no transfers between levels within the fair value hierarchy during the year ended December 31, 2017.

        The following table summarizes the changes in Level 3 assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

 
  For the year ended December 31, 2017  
Dollars in thousands
  Loans held for investment  

Balance, beginning of period

  $ 3,287  

Transfers from loans held for sale

    1,587  

Gains (losses):

       

Recorded in earnings (realized):

       

Recorded in "Net gain on sale of residential mortgage loans"

    77  

Repayments

    (660 )

Balance, end of period

  $ 4,291  

        The Company has elected the fair value option for loans held for sale. These loans are intended for sale and the Company believes that the fair value is the best indicator of the resolution of these loans. Interest income is recorded based on the contractual terms of the loan and in accordance with the Company's policy on loans held for investment. There were no loans held for sale that were on nonaccrual status or 90 days past due as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016.

        As of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the aggregate fair value, contractual balance (including accrued interest), and gain or loss for loans held for sale carried at fair value was as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
  December 31,
2017
  December 31,
2016
 

Aggregate fair value

  $ 4,548   $ 9,860  

Contractual balance

    4,466     9,606  

Unrealized gain

    82     254  

        The total amount of gains (losses) from changes in fair value of loans held for sale included in "Net gain on sale of residential mortgage loans" were as follows:

 
  For the year ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)
  2017   2016  

Change in fair value

  $ (172 ) $ 167  

F-49


Table of Contents


LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 15—FAIR VALUE (Continued)

        Assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis are summarized below:

(Dollars in thousands)
  Carrying
Value
  Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

December 31, 2017

                         

Other real estate owned

  $ 652   $   $   $ 652  

Other asset (1)

    1,654             1,654  

Total

  $ 2,306   $   $   $ 2,306  

December 31, 2016

                         

Impaired loans:

                         

Residential real estate

  $ 18   $   $   $ 18  

Commercial real estate

    69             69  

Commercial and industrial

    176             176  

Total impaired loans

  $ 263   $   $   $ 263  

Other real estate owned

    258             258  

Total

  $ 521   $   $   $ 521  

(1)
Impaired other asset is comprised of building held-for-sale, which had a writedown of $140 thousand during the year ended December 31, 2017.

        Impaired loans, which are measured for impairment using the fair value of the collateral for collateral dependent loans, had carrying amounts $263 thousand, with no valuation allowance, at December 31, 2016. During the year ended December 31, 2016, additional provisions for loan losses of $767 thousand were recorded related to these impaired loans. There were no impaired loans at fair value at December 31, 2017.

        Other real estate owned measured at fair value, had a net carrying amount of $652 thousand and $258 thousand at year end 2017 and 2016. There were no write downs in other real estate owned during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016.

F-50


Table of Contents


LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 15—FAIR VALUE (Continued)

        The table below presents quantitative information about the significant unobservable inputs for assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis at December 31, 2017:

(Dollars in thousands)
  Fair value at
December 31,
2017
  Valuation
Technique
  Significant
Unobservable Input
  Range  

Other real estate owned

  $ 652   Sales comparison approach per appraisal   Discount for type of collateral and age of appraisal     0-5 %

Other asset (building held for sale)

    1,654   Sales comparison approach per appraisal   Discount for difference between appraisal and offer to sell     0-10 %

        The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of financial instruments, excluding those previously presented unless otherwise noted, at December 31, 2017 and 2016 are as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
  Carrying Value   Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other Observable
Inputs (Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)
 

December 31, 2017

                         

Financial assets:

                         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 63,661   $ 17,712   $ 45,949   $  

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

    8,303     NA     NA     NA  

Net loans

    1,023,210             1,025,319  

Accrued interest receivable

    3,730         807     2,923  

Financial liabilities:

                         

Deposits

    1,120,382         1,122,473      

Borrowings

    47,833         47,473      

Subordinated notes

    14,844         14,993      

Accrued interest payable

    908         908      

December 31, 2016

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Financial assets:

                         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 19,116   $ 12,750   $ 6,366   $  

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

    5,828     NA     NA     NA  

Net loans

    942,304             947,298  

Accrued interest receivable

    2,860         403     2,457  

Financial liabilities:

                         

Deposits

    924,924         926,127      

Borrowings

    82,645         82,240      

Subordinated notes

    14,786         14,786      

Accrued interest payable

    257         257      

F-51


Table of Contents


LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 15—FAIR VALUE (Continued)

        The methods and assumptions, not previously presented, used to estimate fair value are described as follows:

(a)
Cash and Cash Equivalents

        The carrying amounts of cash on hand and non-interest due from bank accounts approximate fair values and are classified as Level 1. The carrying amounts of fed funds sold and interest bearing due from bank accounts approximate fair values and are classified as Level 2.

(b)
FHLB Stock

        It is not practical to determine the fair value of FHLB stock due to restrictions placed on its transferability.

(c)
Loans

        Fair value of loans, excluding loans held for sale, are estimated as follows: Fair values for all loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, using interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality resulting in a Level 3 classification. Impaired loans are values at the lower of cost or fair value as described previously. The methods utilized to estimate the fair value of loans do not necessarily represent an exit price.

        The fair value of loans held for sale is estimated based upon binding contracts and quotes from third party investors resulting in a Level 2 classification.

(d)
Deposits

        The fair values disclosed for demand deposits (e.g., interest and non-interest checking, passbook savings, and money market accounts) are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date (i.e., their carrying amount) resulting in a Level 2 classification. Fair values for fixed and variable rate certificates of deposit are estimated using a discounted cash flows calculation that applies interest rates currently being offered on certificates of aggregated expected monthly maturities on time deposits resulting in a Level 2 classification.

(e)
Borrowings

        The fair values of the Company's short-term and long-term borrowings are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses based on the current borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements resulting in a Level 2 classification.

(f)
Accrued Interest Receivable/Payable

        The carrying amounts of accrued interest approximate fair value resulting in a Level 3 classification for Receivable and a Level 2 classification for Payable, consistent with their associated assets/liabilities.

F-52


Table of Contents


LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 16—PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Balance Sheets—Parent Company

 
  As of December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)
  2017   2016  

Assets

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 1,158   $ 539  

Investment in banking subsidiary

    120,829     109,235  

Investment in captive subsidiary

    663      

Income tax benefit

    339     1,637  

Other assets

    30     4  

Total assets

  $ 123,019   $ 111,415  

Liabilities

             

Long-term debt

  $ 14,844   $ 14,786  

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

    215     58  

Total liabilities

    15,059     14,844  

Shareholders' equity

    107,960     96,571  

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

  $ 123,019   $ 111,415  

F-53


Table of Contents


LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 16—PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income—Parent Company

 
  For the years ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)
  2017   2016   2015  

Income

                   

Dividend income from banking subsidiary

  $   $ 14,000   $ 4,141  

Other noninterest income

             

Total income

        14,000     4,141  

Expenses

                   

Salaries and employee benefits

    83     32     52  

Professional services

    673     31     82  

Interest on long-term debt

    1,015     1,015     28  

Other expenses

    466     289     228  

Total expenses

    2,237     1,367     390  

Income (loss) before income taxes and equity in (overdistributed)/undistributed net earnings of subsidiaries

    (2,237 )   12,633     3,751  

Income tax benefit

    686     478     123  

Equity in (overdistributed)/undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

    11,392     (2,065 )   8,654  

Net income

  $ 9,841   $ 11,046   $ 12,528  

Other comprehensive income (loss)

    343     (775 )   (55 )

Total comprehensive income, net of tax

  $ 10,184   $ 10,271   $ 12,473  

F-54


Table of Contents


LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 16—PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Statements of Cash Flows—Parent Company

 
  For the years ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)
  2017   2016   2015  

Cash flows from operating activities

                   

Net income

  $ 9,841   $ 11,046   $ 12,528  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

                   

Equity in over (under) distributed earnings of subsidiaries

    (11,392 )   2,065     (8,654 )

Stock based compensation expense

    329     139     13  

(Increase) decrease in other assets, net

    1,271     (480 )   (504 )

Increase (decrease) in other liabilities, net

    216     (5 )   38  

Net cash from operating activities

    264     12,765     3,421  

Cash flows from investing activities

                   

Cash (used in) proceeds from acquisitions

        (16,518 )   (17,071 )

Capital contributions to captive subsidiary

    (250 )        

Net cash used in investing activities

    (250 )   (16,518 )   (17,071 )

Cash flows from financing activities

                   

Proceeds from issuance of subordinated notes

            14,733  

Preferred stock dividends

            (112 )

Redemption of preferred stock

            (11,287 )

Exercise of stock options, including tax benefit

    605     300     25  

Net cash from financing activities

    605     300     3,359  

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    619     (3,453 )   (10,290 )

Beginning cash and cash equivalents

    539     3,992     14,282  

Ending cash and cash equivalents

  $ 1,158   $ 539   $ 3,992  

NOTE 17—EARNINGS PER SHARE

        The calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share for each period noted below was as follows:

 
  For the years ended December 31,  
(In thousands, except per share data)
  2017   2016   2015  

Basic:

                   

Net Income attributable to common shareholders

  $ 9,841   $ 11,046   $ 12,416  

Weighted average common shares outstanding

    6,388     6,341     6,307  

Basic earnings per share

  $ 1.54   $ 1.74   $ 1.97  

Diluted:

                   

Net Income attributable to common shareholders

  $ 9,841   $ 11,046   $ 12,416  

Weighted average common shares outstanding

    6,388     6,341     6,307  

Add: Dilutive effects of assumed exercises of stock options

    222     208     156  

Weighted average common and dilutive potential common shares outstanding

    6,610     6,549     6,463  

Diluted earnings per common share

  $ 1.49   $ 1.69   $ 1.92  

F-55


Table of Contents


LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS (Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 17—EARNINGS PER SHARE (Continued)

        Stock options for 64 thousand shares and 38 thousand shares of common stock were not considered in computing diluted earnings per common share for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, because they were antidilutive. There were no antidilutive stock options as of December 31, 2017.

NOTE 18—SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

        On March 15, 2018, the Company declared a dividend of $0.03 for shareholders on record as of March 31, 2018. The dividend is to be paid out on April 15, 2018.

        On March 15, 2018, the Company's Board of Directors approved the 2018 Equity Incentive Compensation Plan ("2018 Plan"). This plan is subject to, and will become effective upon, shareholder approval at the annual shareholders meeting to be held on April 17, 2018. Under the 2018 Plan, the Company can grant incentive and non-qualified stock options, stock awards, stock appreciation rights, and other incentive awards to directors and employees of, and certain service providers to, the Company and its subsidiaries. The Company has reserved 250,000 shares of Common Stock for issuance under the 2018 Plan. Once the 2018 Plan becomes effective, no further awards may be granted from the 2007 Stock Option Plan or the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan. However, any outstanding equity award granted under the 2007 Stock Option Plan or the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan will remain subject to the terms of such plans until the time it is no longer outstanding. In the event the 2018 Plan is not approved by our shareholders, the Company will continue to grant equity awards from the 2007 Stock Option Plan and the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

F-56


Table of Contents

 

                        Shares

LOGO

Common Stock



PROSPECTUS
                        , 2018



 
   
RAYMOND JAMES   Keefe, Bruyette & Woods
A Stifel Company

Piper Jaffray

         Through and including                        ,             (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents


PART II—INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

        The following table sets forth all costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, in connection with the sale of shares of our common stock being registered, all of which will be paid by us. All amounts shown are estimates, except for the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the Nasdaq listing fee.

 
  Amount  

SEC registration fee

  $ 3,112.50  

FINRA filing fee

    [4,250.00]  

Nasdaq listing fee

    25,000.00  

Legal fees and expenses

             *

Accounting fees and expenses

             *

Printing fees and expenses

             *

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

             *

Blue sky qualification fees and expenses

             *

Miscellaneous

                                                                           *

Total

  $          *

*
To be completed by amendment.

Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Michigan Business Corporation Act

        The Company is organized under the Michigan Business Corporation Act (MBCA), which, in general, empowers Michigan corporations to indemnify a person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to a threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative and whether formal or informal, other than an action by or in the right of the corporation, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent of another enterprise, against expenses, including attorneys' fees, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith if the person acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation or its shareholders, and, with respect to a criminal action or proceeding, if the person had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

        The MBCA also empowers Michigan corporations to provide similar indemnity to such a person for expenses, including attorneys' fees, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with actions or suits by or in the right of the corporation if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation or its shareholders, except in respect of any claim, issue or matter in which the person has been found liable to the corporation, unless the court determines that the person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification in view of all relevant circumstances, in which case indemnification is limited to reasonable expenses incurred. If a person is successful in defending against a derivative action or third-party action, the MBCA requires that a Michigan corporation indemnify the person against actual and reasonable expenses, including attorneys' fees, incurred in the action.

        The MBCA also permits a Michigan corporation to purchase and maintain on behalf of such a person insurance against liabilities incurred in such capacities.

II-1


Table of Contents

        The MBCA further permits Michigan corporations to eliminate or limit the personal liability of directors for money damages for any action taken or any failure to take any action as a director. However, the MBCA does not eliminate or limit the liability of a director for any of the following: (i) the amount of a financial benefit received by a director to which he or she is not entitled; (ii) intentional infliction of harm on the corporation or the shareholders; (iii) a violation of Section 551 of the MBCA; or (iv) an intentional criminal act. If a Michigan corporation adopts such a provision, then the Michigan corporation may indemnify its directors without a determination that they have met the applicable standards for indemnification set forth above, except, in the case of an action or suit by or in the right of the corporation, only against expenses actually and reasonably incurred in the action. The foregoing does not apply if the director's actions fall into one of the exceptions to the limitation on personal liability discussed above, unless a court determines that the person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification in view of all relevant circumstances.

Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws

        The Company's articles of incorporation limit the personal liability of directors for a breach of their fiduciary duty except under the circumstances required to be excepted under Michigan law described above. In addition, the Company's bylaws provide that the Company must indemnify each person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company and each person who serves or served at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another enterprise in accordance with, and to the fullest extent authorized by, the MBCA, as the same now exists or may be amended in the future.

Insurance

        We have obtained a policy of directors' and officers' liability insurance, under which our directors and officers of the Company are insured within the limits and subject to the limitations of the policy.

Underwriting Agreement

        Reference is made to the form of underwriting agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 hereto for provisions providing that the underwriters are obligated under certain circumstances to indemnify our directors, officers and controlling persons against certain liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.

Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

        The following sets forth information regarding unregistered securities that were sold by the Company within the past three years.

        On December 21, 2015, the Company sold $15 million of subordinated debt to accredited institutional investors. The Company incurred debt issuance costs of $267 thousand. The subordinated notes were issued in a private placement exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated thereunder as a transaction by an issuer not involving any public offering.

II-2


Table of Contents

Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a)
Exhibits .    The following exhibits are filed as part of this Registration Statement:
Exhibit
Number
  Description
  1.1 * Form of Underwriting Agreement.

 

2.1

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger among Level One Bancorp, Inc., LBI Acquisition, Inc. and Lotus Bancorp, Inc., dated as of November 20, 2014.†

 

2.2

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger between Level One Bancorp, Inc. and Bank of Michigan, dated as of October 21, 2015.†

 

3.1

 

Articles of Incorporation of Level One Bancorp, Inc.

 

3.2

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Level One Bancorp, Inc.

 

4.1

 

Form of common stock certificate of Level One Bancorp, Inc.

 

 

 

The other instruments defining the rights of holders of the long-term debt securities of the Company and its subsidiaries are omitted pursuant to section (b)(4)(iii)(A) of Item 601 of Regulation S-K. The Company hereby agrees to furnish copies of these instruments to the SEC upon request.

 

5.1

 

Form of opinion of Barack Ferrazzano Kirschbaum & Nagelberg LLP.

 

10.1

 

Employment Agreement, dated September 12, 2017, among Level One Bancorp, Inc., Level One Bank and Patrick Fehring.

 

10.2

 

Employment Agreement, dated July 8, 2015, among Level One Bancorp, Inc., Level One Bank and Gregory Wernette.

 

10.3

 

Employment Agreement, dated July 16, 2015, among Level One Bancorp, Inc., Level One Bank and David Walker.

 

10.4

 

Form of Level One Bank Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, dated June 18, 2015.

 

10.5

 

Level One Bancorp, Inc. 2007 Stock Option Plan as amended and restated April 15, 2015.

 

10.6

 

Amendment to the Level One Bancorp, Inc. 2007 Stock Option Plan, dated August 29, 2017.

 

10.7

 

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the Level One Bancorp, Inc. 2007 Stock Option Plan.

 

10.8

 

Level One Bancorp, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

10.9

 

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the Level One Bancorp, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

10.10

 

Form of Level One Executive Incentive Plan.

 

10.11

 

Level One Bancorp, Inc. 2018 Equity Incentive Plan

 

21.1

 

Subsidiaries of Level One Bancorp, Inc.

 

23.1

 

Consent of Crowe Horwath LLP.

 

23.2

 

Consent of Barack Ferrazzano Kirschbaum & Nagelberg LLP (included as part of Exhibit 5.1).

II-3


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description
  24.1   Power of Attorney (included on the signature page).

*
To be filed by amendment.

Schedules and/or exhibits have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. The Company agrees to furnish a copy of any omitted schedule or exhibit to the SEC upon request.

(b)
Financial Statement Schedules. All schedules are omitted because the required information is inapplicable or the information is presented in the consolidated financial statements and the related notes.

Item 17.    Undertakings.

        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

            (1)   For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

            (2)   For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-4


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Farmington Hills, State of Michigan, on March 23, 2018.

    LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ PATRICK J. FEHRING

        Name:   Patrick J. Fehring
        Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated. Each of the undersigned officers and directors of Level One Bancorp, Inc. hereby constitutes and appoints Patrick J. Fehring and David C. Walker, and each of them individually (with full power to each of them to act alone), his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution in each of them for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, and in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement (or any other registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as full to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ PATRICK J. FEHRING

Patrick J. Fehring
  Director, President and Chief Executive Officer
(principal executive officer)
  March 23, 2018

/s/ DAVID C. WALKER

David C. Walker

 

Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
(principal financial officer)

 

March 23, 2018

/s/ BARBARA A. FELTS

Barbara A. Felts

 

Controller
(principal accounting officer)

 

March 23, 2018

/s/ BARBARA E. ALLUSHUSKI

Barbara E. Allushuski

 

Director

 

March 23, 2018

II-5


Table of Contents

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ VICTOR L. ANSARA

Victor L. Ansara
  Director   March 23, 2018

/s/ JAMES L. BELLINSON

James L. Bellinson

 

Director

 

March 23, 2018

/s/ MICHAEL A. BRILLATI

Michael A. Brillati

 

Director

 

March 23, 2018

/s/ SHUKRI W. DAVID

Shukri W. David

 

Director

 

March 23, 2018

/s/ THOMAS A. FABBRI

Thomas A. Fabbri

 

Director

 

March 23, 2018

/s/ MARK J. HERMAN

Mark J. Herman

 

Director

 

March 23, 2018

/s/ STEVEN H. RIVERA

Steven H. Rivera

 

Director

 

March 23, 2018

/s/ STEFAN WANCZYK

Stefan Wanczyk

 

Director

 

March 23, 2018

II-6




Exhibit 2.1

 

Execution Version

 

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

 

AMONG

 

LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.,

 

LBI ACQUISITION, INC.

 

AND

 

LOTUS BANCORP, INC.

 

AS OF NOVEMBER 20, 2014

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

PAGE

 

 

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger

1

 

 

 

Recitals

 

1

 

 

 

Agreements

 

1

 

 

Article 1 Definitions

1

 

 

 

Section 1.1

Definitions

1

Section 1.2

Principles of Construction

8

 

 

 

Article 2 The Merger

9

 

 

 

Section 2.1

The Merger

9

Section 2.2

Closing; Effective Time

10

Section 2.3

Effects of Merger

10

Section 2.4

Articles of Incorporation

10

Section 2.5

Bylaws

10

Section 2.6

Board of Directors

10

Section 2.7

Officers

11

Section 2.8

Acquiror’s Deliveries at Closing

11

Section 2.9

Lotus’s Deliveries at Closing

11

Section 2.10

Second Step Merger and Bank Merger

12

Section 2.11

Alternative Structure

13

Section 2.12

Absence of Control

13

 

 

 

Article 3 Conversion of Stock in the Merger

13

 

 

 

Section 3.1

Manner of Merger

13

Section 3.2

Rights as Shareholders; Stock Transfers

13

Section 3.3

Exchange Procedures

14

Section 3.4

Stock Options and Warrants

14

Section 3.5

Dissenting Shares

15

 

 

 

Article 4 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF LOTUS

15

 

 

 

Section 4.1

Lotus Organization

15

Section 4.2

Bank Organization

15

Section 4.3

Authorization; Enforceability

16

Section 4.4

No Conflict

16

 

i



 

Section 4.5

Lotus Capitalization

17

Section 4.6

Lotus Subsidiary Capitalization

18

Section 4.7

Financial Statements and Reports

18

Section 4.8

Books and Records

18

Section 4.9

Title to Properties

19

Section 4.10

Condition and Sufficiency of Assets

19

Section 4.11

Loans; Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

19

Section 4.12

Undisclosed Liabilities; Adverse Changes

20

Section 4.13

Taxes

20

Section 4.14

Compliance with ERISA

21

Section 4.15

Compliance with Legal Requirements

21

Section 4.16

Legal Proceedings; Orders

22

Section 4.17

Absence of Certain Changes and Events

22

Section 4.18

Properties, Contracts and Employee Benefit Plans

25

Section 4.19

No Defaults

27

Section 4.20

Deposit Insurance

27

Section 4.21

Other Insurance

27

Section 4.22

Compliance with Environmental Laws

27

Section 4.23

Regulatory Filings

28

Section 4.24

Fiduciary Accounts

28

Section 4.25

Indemnification Claims

28

Section 4.26

Insider Interests

28

Section 4.27

Brokerage Commissions

29

Section 4.28

Approval Delays

29

Section 4.29

Code Sections 280G, 409A and 4999

29

Section 4.30

Intellectual Property

29

Section 4.31

Disclosure

29

 

 

Article 5 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF ACQUIROR AND ACQUISITION CORP.

30

 

 

 

Section 5.1

Acquiror Organization

30

Section 5.2

Bank Organization

30

Section 5.3

Authorization; Enforceability

30

Section 5.4

Compliance with Legal Requirements

31

Section 5.5

No Conflict

31

 

ii



 

Section 5.6

Approval Delays

31

Section 5.7

Disclosure

32

Section 5.8

Financial Resources

32

 

 

Article 6 COVENANTS OF LOTUS

32

 

 

 

Section 6.1

Access and Investigation

32

Section 6.2

Operation of Lotus

32

Section 6.3

Negative Covenant

34

Section 6.4

Subsequent Financial Statements

34

Section 6.5

Advice of Changes

35

Section 6.6

Other Offers

35

Section 6.7

Voting Agreement

35

Section 6.8

Shareholders’ Meeting

35

Section 6.9

Information Provided to Acquiror

36

Section 6.10

Amendment or Termination of Employee Benefit Plans

36

Section 6.11

Data and Item Processing Agreements

36

Section 6.12

Tax Matters

36

Section 6.13

Accounting and Other Adjustments

36

Section 6.14

Severance Payments

36

 

 

Article 7 ACQUIROR’S COVENANTS

37

 

 

 

Section 7.1

Advice of Changes

37

Section 7.2

Information Provided to Lotus

37

Section 7.3

Indemnification and Insurance

37

Section 7.4

Severance Payment Obligation

38

Section 7.5

Employment Agreement

38

Section 7.6

Acquiror Employment Benefit Plans

38

 

 

Article 8 COVENANTS OF ALL PARTIES

38

 

 

 

Section 8.1

Regulatory Approvals

38

Section 8.2

Necessary Approvals

39

Section 8.3

Customer and Employee Relationships

39

Section 8.4

Best Efforts; Cooperation

39

 

 

Article 9 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF ACQUIROR AND ACQUISITION CORP.

39

 

 

 

Section 9.1

Accuracy of Representations and Warranties

40

 

iii



 

Section 9.2

Lotus’s Performance

40

Section 9.3

Documents Satisfactory

40

Section 9.4

No Proceedings

40

Section 9.5

Absence of Material Adverse Effects

40

Section 9.6

Consents and Approvals

40

Section 9.7

No Prohibition

41

Section 9.8

Minimum Shareholders’ Equity

41

Section 9.9

Exercise of Stock Options and Warrants

41

 

 

Article 10 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF LOTUS

41

 

 

 

Section 10.1

Accuracy of Representations and Warranties

41

Section 10.2

Acquiror’s and Acquisition Corp’s Performance

41

Section 10.3

Documents Satisfactory

42

Section 10.4

No Proceedings

42

Section 10.5

Consents and Approvals

42

Section 10.6

No Prohibition

42

 

 

Article 11 TERMINATION

42

 

 

 

Section 11.1

Reasons for Termination and Abandonment

42

Section 11.2

Effect of Termination

43

Section 11.3

Expenses

43

 

 

Article 12 MISCELLANEOUS

44

 

 

 

Section 12.1

Governing Law

44

Section 12.2

Jurisdiction and Service of Process

44

Section 12.3

Assignments, Successors and No Third Party Rights

44

Section 12.4

Waiver

44

Section 12.5

Modification

45

Section 12.6

Publicity

45

Section 12.7

Confidentiality

45

Section 12.8

Notices

45

Section 12.9

Entire Agreement

46

Section 12.10

Severability

46

Section 12.11

Further Assurances

47

Section 12.12

Counterparts; Facsimile or Other Electronic Signatures

47

Section 12.13

Survival

47

 

iv



 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit A

 

Form of Voting Agreement

Exhibit B

 

Bank Agreement of Merger

 

v


 

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

 

THIS AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of this 20 th  day of November, 2014 (the “ Agreement Date ”), among Level One Bancorp, Inc. , a Michigan corporation (“ Acquiror ”), LBI Acquisition, Inc., a Michigan corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Acquiror (“ Acquisition Corp ”), and Lotus Bancorp, Inc. , a Michigan corporation (“ Lotus ”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.                                     The parties to this Agreement desire to effect a reorganization whereby Acquiror acquires control of Lotus through the merger (the “ Merger ”) of Acquisition Corp with and into Lotus with Lotus being the surviving entity as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Acquiror (the “ Surviving Entity ”), immediately followed by the merger of Lotus with and into Acquiror with Acquiror being the surviving entity.

 

B.                                     As a result of the Merger and at the time of the consummation thereof, each outstanding share of the common stock of Lotus, (“ Lotus Common Stock ”), will be cancelled and converted solely into the right to receive cash in the amount and pursuant to the terms set forth in this Agreement.

 

C.                                     The parties desire to make certain representations, warranties and agreements in connection with the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement and also agree to certain prescribed conditions to the Merger and the other transactions.

 

AGREEMENTS

 

In consideration of the foregoing premises, which are incorporated herein by this reference, and the mutual promises, covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

Article 1

DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.1                                                            Definitions .

 

In addition to those terms defined throughout this Agreement, the following terms, when used herein, shall have the following meanings.

 

(a)                                  “Acquiror” has the meaning given to such term in the introductory paragraph.

 

(b)                                  “Acquisition Corp” has the meaning given to such term in the introductory paragraph.

 

(c)                                   “Acquisition Transaction” means the acquisition by a third party of: (i) legal or beneficial ownership (as defined by Rule 13d-4 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of

 

1



 

greater than 20% of the then issued and outstanding voting stock of a party hereto or any of their Subsidiaries through any transaction to which a party hereto or any Affiliate of a party hereto is a party; or (ii) more than 50% of the assets of a party or any of their Subsidiaries hereto.

 

(d)                                  Affiliate ” means with respect to:

 

(i)                                      a particular individual: (A) each other member of such individual’s Family; (B) any Person that is directly or indirectly controlled by such individual or one or more members of such individual’s Family; (C) any Person in which such individual or members of such individual’s Family hold (individually or in the aggregate) a Material Interest; and (D) any Person with respect to which such individual or one or more members of such individual’s Family serves as a director, officer, partner, executor or Director (or in a similar capacity); and

 

(ii)                                   a specified Person other than an individual: (A) any Person that directly or indirectly controls, is directly or indirectly controlled by, or is directly or indirectly under common control with such specified Person; (B) any Person that holds a Material Interest in such specified Person; (C) each Person that serves as a director, officer, partner, executor or Director of such specified Person (or in a similar capacity); (D) any Person in which such specified Person holds a Material Interest; (E) any Person with respect to which such specified Person serves as a general partner or a Director (or in a similar capacity); and (F) any Affiliate of any individual described in clauses (B) or (C) of this subsection (ii).

 

(e)                                   Aggregate Merger Consideration ” means cash in the amount equal to the product of the number of Outstanding Lotus Shares as of the Effective Time multiplied by $12.00; provided, however , that if the Closing has not occurred on or prior to April 15, 2015, the Aggregate Merger Consideration will be increased by $2,600 per Business Day from April 1, 2015 to the Closing Date; provided, further, only the Outstanding Lotus Shares as of the Agreement Date plus shares of Lotus Common Stock issued in conjunction with a Permitted Warrant Exercise shall be considered to be Outstanding Lotus Shares for purposes of this Section 1.1(e) .

 

(f)                                    “Agreement” has the meaning given to such term in the introductory paragraph.

 

(g)                                   “Agreement Date” has the meaning given to such term in the introductory paragraph.

 

(h)                                  ALLL ” means allowance for loan and lease losses.

 

(i)                                      Bank ” means Lotus Bank, a Michigan state chartered commercial bank with its main office located in Novi, Michigan, and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Lotus.

 

(j)                                     Bank Loans ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 4.11 .

 

(k)                                  Bank Merger ” means the merger of the Bank with and into and under the charter of Level One Bank.

 

(l)                                      Bank Shares ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 4.6 .

 

2



 

(m)                              Best Efforts ” means the efforts that a prudent Person desirous of achieving a result would use in similar circumstances to ensure that such result is achieved as expeditiously as possible; provided, however , that an obligation to use Best Efforts under this Agreement does not require the Person subject to that obligation to take actions that would result in a materially adverse change in the benefits to such Person of this Agreement and the Merger.

 

(n)                                  “BHCA” has the meaning given to such term in Section 4.1 .

 

(o)                                  Borrowing Affiliate ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 6.2(d) .

 

(p)                                  Breach ” means with respect to a representation, warranty, covenant, obligation or other provision of this Agreement or any instrument delivered pursuant to this Agreement: (i) any inaccuracy in or breach of, or any failure to perform or comply with, such representation, warranty, covenant, obligation or other provision; or (ii) any claim (by any Person) or other occurrence or circumstance that is or was inconsistent with such representation, warranty, covenant, obligation or other provision.

 

(q)                                  Business Day ” means any day except Saturday, Sunday and any day on which Level One Bank is authorized or required by law or other government action to close.

 

(r)                                     Call Reports ” means Reports of Condition and Income as filed with the FDIC.

 

(s)                                    Certificates ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 3.3(a) .

 

(t)                                     “Closing” has the meaning given to such term in Section 2.2(a) .

 

(u)                                  “Closing Date” has the meaning given to such term in Section 2.2(a) .

 

(v)                                  Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(w)                                Confidentiality Agreement ” means the letter agreement dated as of August 7, 2014 by and between Acquiror and Lotus (as it may be amended from time to time).

 

(x)                                  Contemplated Transactions ” means all of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including: (i) the Merger; (ii) the Second Step Merger; (iii) the Bank Merger; (iv) the performance by Acquiror, Acquisition Corp and Lotus of their respective covenants and obligations under this Agreement; (v) Acquiror’s acquisition of control of Lotus and, indirectly, the Bank; and (vi) Acquiror’s payment of cash in exchange for shares of Lotus Common Stock.

 

(y)                                  Contract ” means any agreement, contract, obligation, promise or understanding (whether written or oral and whether express or implied) that is legally binding: under which a Person has or may acquire any rights; (ii) under which such Person has or may become subject to any obligation or liability; or (iii) by which such Person or any of the assets owned or used by such Person is or may become bound.

 

3



 

(z)                                   Corporation Division ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 2.2(b) .

 

(aa)                           DIFS ” means the Michigan Department of Insurance and Financial Services.

 

(bb)                           Effective Time ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 2.2(b) .

 

(cc)                             Environmental Laws ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 4.22 .

 

(dd)                           Expense Fee ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 11.3(b) .

 

(ee)                             Family ” means with respect to an individual: (i) the individual; (ii) the individual’s spouse; (iii) any other natural person who is related to the individual or the individual’s spouse within the second degree; and (iv) any other natural person who resides with such individual.

 

(ff)                               FDI Act ” means the Federal Deposit Insurance Act.

 

(gg)                             FDIC ” means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

 

(hh)                           Federal Reserve ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

 

(ii)                                   Financial Statements ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 4.7 .

 

(jj)                                 GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles as applied in the United States.

 

(kk)                           IIPI ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 4.15(b) .

 

(ll)                                   Intellectual Property Assets ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 4.18(g) .

 

(mm)                   Knowledge ” with respect to:

 

(i)                                      an individual means that such person will be deemed to have “Knowledge” of a particular fact or other matter if: (A) such individual is actually aware of such fact or other matter; or (B) a prudent individual could be expected to discover or otherwise become aware of such fact or other matter in the course of conducting a reasonably comprehensive investigation concerning the existence of such fact or other matter; and

 

(ii)                                   a Person (other than an individual) means that such Person will be deemed to have “Knowledge” of a particular fact or other matter if any individual who is serving, or who has served in the past twelve (12) months, as a director, officer, partner, executor or Director of such Person (or in any similar capacity) has, or at any time had, Knowledge of such fact or other matter.

 

4



 

(nn)                           Legal Requirement ” means any federal, state, local, municipal, foreign, international, multinational or other Order, constitution, law, ordinance, regulation, rule, policy statement, directive, statute or treaty.

 

(oo)                           Letter of Transmittal ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 3.3(a) .

 

(pp)                           Level One Bank ” means Level One Bank, a Michigan state chartered commercial bank with its main office located in Farmington Hills, Michigan, and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Acquiror.

 

(qq)                           Lotus ” has the meaning given to such term in the introductory paragraph.

 

(rr)                                 Lotus Common Stock ” has the meaning given to such term in the Recitals hereof.

 

(ss)                               Lotus Employee Benefit Plans ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 4.18(m) .

 

(tt)                                 Lotus Shareholders ” mean the holders of record of Lotus Common Stock.

 

(uu)                           Lotus’ Shareholders’ Equity ” means the consolidated Shareholders’ equity of Lotus, calculated in accordance with GAAP, but adjusted to exclude (i) Lotus Transaction Expenses, (ii) any unrealized gains or losses relating to investment securities attributed to ASC 320 and (iii) the cost or expense directly related to any accounting or other adjustments made pursuant to Section 6.14 . For all purposes of this Agreement, Lotus’ Shareholders’ Equity shall each be calculated by Lotus, in consultation with and as agreed to by Acquiror and Lotus’s and Acquiror’s independent auditors, in any case with such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld, as of the close of business on the Closing Date, using reasonable estimates of revenues and expenses through the Closing Date where actual amounts are not available. Such calculation shall be subject to verification and approval prior to the Closing by Acquiror’s independent auditors, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

(vv)                           Lotus Transaction Expenses ” means all transaction costs of Lotus necessary to consummate the Contemplated Transactions, including the aggregate expenses of attorneys, accountants, consultants, financial advisors and other professional advisors incurred by Lotus or the Bank in connection with this Agreement and the Contemplated Transactions, termination and deconversion costs associated with the data proceeding agreement with Jack Henry, costs associated with employee change in control agreements and other severance payments and all other non-payroll related costs and expenses in each case incurred or to be incurred by Lotus or the Bank through the Effective Time in connection with this Agreement and the Contemplated Transactions.

 

(ww)                       Material Adverse Effect ” with respect to a Person (other than an individual) means a material adverse effect (whether or not required to be accrued or disclosed under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 5): (i) on the condition (financial or

 

5



 

otherwise), properties, assets, liabilities, businesses or results of operations of such Person; or on the ability of such Person to perform its obligations under this Agreement on a timely basis; provided, however , that a Material Adverse Effect with respect to any Person that is a party hereto shall not include: (A) a change with respect to, or effect on, that Person and its subsidiaries resulting from a change in law, rule, regulation, GAAP or regulatory accounting principles, as such would apply to the financial statements of such Person; (B) a change with respect to, or effect on, that Person or any of its subsidiaries resulting from any other matter affecting depository institutions generally (including financial institutions and their holding companies) including changes in general economic conditions and changes in prevailing interest and deposit rates; and (C) actions or omissions taken by that Person as required hereunder and actions or omissions by such Person with the prior written consent of the other parties hereto.

 

(xx)                           Maximum Amount ” has the meaning given such term in Section 7.3(b) .

 

(yy)                           Material Interest ” means the direct or indirect beneficial ownership (as currently defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of voting securities or other voting interests representing at least ten percent (10%) of the outstanding voting power of a Person or equity securities or other equity interests representing at least ten percent (10%) of the outstanding equity securities or equity interests in a Person.

 

(zz)                             MBC ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 4.4 .

 

(aaa)                    MBCA ” means the Michigan Business Corporation Act, as amended.

 

(bbb)                    Merger ” has the meaning given to such term in the Recitals hereof.

 

(ccc)                       Order ” means any award, decision, injunction, judgment, order, ruling, extraordinary supervisory letter, policy statement, memorandum of understanding, resolution, agreement, directive, subpoena or verdict entered, issued, made, rendered or required by any court, administrative or other governmental agency, including any Regulatory Authority, or by any arbitrator.

 

(ddd)                    Ordinary Course of Business ” shall include any action taken by a Person only if such action:

 

(i)                                      is consistent with the past customs and practices of such Person, including with respect to quantity and frequency, and is taken in the ordinary course of the normal day-to-day operations of such Person;

 

(ii)                                   is not required to be authorized by the board of directors of such Person (or by any Person or group of Persons exercising similar authority), other than loan approvals for customers of a financial institution; and

 

(iii)                                is similar in nature and magnitude to actions customarily taken, without any authorization by the board of directors (or by any Person or group of Persons exercising similar authority), other than loan approvals for customers of a financial institution, in the ordinary course of the normal day-to-day operations of other Persons that are in the same line of business as such Person.

 

6



 

(eee)                       OREO ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 4.9 .

 

(fff)                          Outstanding Lotus Shares ” means the number of shares of Lotus Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (excluding any shares held as treasury stock).

 

(ggg)                       Paying Agent ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 3.3(a) .

 

(hhh)                    Per Share Merger Consideration ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 3.1(b) .

 

(iii)                                Permitted Warrant Exercise ” means the exercise of a Warrant by a Person other than by a Person identified in Section 9.9 .

 

(jjj)                             Person ” means any individual, corporation (including any non-profit corporation), general or limited partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, estate, trust, association, organization, labor union or other entity or any Regulatory Authority.

 

(kkk)                    Proceeding ” means any action, arbitration, audit, hearing, investigation, litigation or suit (whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or informal) commenced, brought, conducted or heard by or before, or otherwise involving, any judicial or governmental authority, including a Regulatory Authority, or arbitrator.

 

(lll)                                Proxy Statement ” has the meaning given such term in Section 6.8 .

 

(mmm)        Regulatory Authority ” means any federal, state or local governmental body, agency or authority that, under applicable statutes and regulations: (i) has supervisory, judicial, administrative, police, taxing or other power or authority over Lotus, Acquiror, Acquisition Corp, or the Bank; (ii) is required to approve, or give its consent to, the Contemplated Transactions; or (iii) with which a filing must be made in connection therewith, including the Federal Reserve, the FDIC and DIFS.

 

(nnn)                    Representative ” means with respect to a particular Person, any director, officer, manager, employee, agent, consultant, advisor or other representative of such Person, including legal counsel, accountants and financial advisors.

 

(ooo)                    Schedules ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 1.2(b) .

 

(ppp)                    Second Step Merger ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 2.10 .

 

(qqq)                    Severance Payment Obligation ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 7.4 .

 

(rrr)                             Stock Options ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 4.5(b) .

 

(sss)                          Stock Option Holder ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 4.5(b)

 

7



 

(ttt)                             Subsequent Financial Statements ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 6.4 .

 

(uuu)                    Surviving Entity ” has the meaning given to such term in the Recitals hereof.

 

(vvv)                    Tax ” means any tax (including any income, gross receipts, capital gains, value-added, sales use, property, gift, estate, license, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, windfall profits, capital stock franchise, withholding, social security, unemployment, disability, transfer, estimated or any other tax), levy, assessment, tariff, duty (including any customs duty), deficiency or other fee, and any related charge or amount (including any fine, penalty, interest or addition to tax), imposed, assessed or collected by or under the authority of any Regulatory Authority or payable pursuant to any tax-sharing agreement or any other Contract relating to the sharing or payment of any such tax, levy, assessment, tariff, duty, deficiency or fee.

 

(www)              Tax Return ” means any return (including any informational return), report, statement, schedule, notice, form or other document or information filed with or submitted to, or required to be filed with or submitted to, any Regulatory Authority in connection with the determination, assessment, collection or payment of any Tax or in connection with the administration, implementation or enforcement of or compliance with any Legal Requirement relating to any Tax.

 

(xxx)                    Termination Date ” has the meaning given such term in Section 11.1(e) .

 

(yyy)                    Threatened ” means a claim, Proceeding, dispute, action or other matter for which any demand or statement has been made (orally or in writing) or any notice has been given (orally or in writing), or if any other event has occurred or any other circumstances exist, that would lead a prudent Person to conclude that such a claim, Proceeding, dispute, action or other matter is likely to be asserted, commenced, taken or otherwise pursued in the future.

 

(zzz)                       Voting Agreement ” means the Voting Agreement by and among Acquiror, Acquisition Corp, and the directors of Lotus and joined in by Lotus, in the form attached as Exhibit A .

 

(aaaa)             Warrants ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 4.5(b) .

 

(bbbb)             Warrant Holder ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 4.5(b) .

 

Section 1.2                     Principles of Construction .

 

(a)                                  In this Agreement, unless otherwise stated or the context otherwise requires, the following uses apply: (i) actions permitted under this Agreement may be taken at any time and from time to time in the actor’s sole discretion; (ii) references to a statute shall refer to the statute and any successor statute, and to all regulations promulgated under or implementing the statute or successor, as in effect at the relevant time; (iii) in computing periods from a specified date to a later specified date, the words “ from ” and “ commencing on ” (and the like) mean “ from and including ,” and the words “ to ,” “ until ” and “ ending on ” (and the like) mean

 

8



 

to, but excluding ”; (iv) references to a governmental or quasi- governmental agency, authority or instrumentality shall also refer to a regulatory body that succeeds to the functions of the agency, authority or instrumentality; (v) indications of time of day mean Farmington Hills, Michigan time; (vi) “ including ” means “ including, but not limited to ”; (vii) all references to sections, schedules and exhibits are to sections, schedules and exhibits in or to this Agreement unless otherwise specified; (viii) all words used in this Agreement will be construed to be of such gender or number as the circumstances require; (ix) captions and headings of articles, sections, schedules and exhibits appearing in or attached to this Agreement have been inserted solely for convenience of reference and shall not be considered a part of this Agreement nor shall any of them affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement or any of its provisions; and (x) any reference to a document or set of documents in this Agreement, and the rights and obligations of the parties under any such documents, means such document or documents as amended from time to time, and any and all modifications, extensions, renewals, substitutions or replacements thereof.

 

(b)                                  Unless otherwise specified herein, all references in this Agreement to schedules are to the disclosure schedules of Lotus attached to and made part of this Agreement, (the “ Schedules ”). The Schedules consist of the agreements, lists, instruments and other documentation described or referred to in this Agreement with respect to Lotus and the Bank, which Schedules were delivered by Lotus to Acquiror before the Agreement Date. The disclosures in the Schedules, and those in any update or supplement thereto, relate only to the representations and warranties in the sections of this Agreement to which they expressly relate and not to any other representation or warranty in this Agreement. In the event of any inconsistency between the statements in the body of this Agreement and those in the Schedules (other than an exception expressly set forth as such in the Schedules with respect to a specifically identified representation or warranty), the statements in the body of this Agreement will control.

 

(c)                                   All accounting terms not specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with GAAP.

 

(d)                                  With regard to each and every term and condition of this Agreement and any and all agreements and instruments subject to the terms hereof, the parties hereto understand and agree that the same have or has been mutually negotiated, prepared and drafted, and that if at any time the parties hereto desire or are required to interpret or construe any such term or condition or any agreement or instrument subject hereto, no consideration shall be given to the issue of which party hereto actually prepared, drafted or requested any term or condition of this Agreement or any agreement or instrument subject hereto.

 

Article 2

THE MERGER

 

Section 2.1                                                  The Merger .       Provided that this Agreement shall not have been terminated in accordance with its express terms, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement and in accordance with applicable Legal Requirements, including the receipt of all requisite regulatory and shareholder approvals, at the Effective Time, Acquisition Corp shall be merged with and into Lotus pursuant to the provisions of, and with the effects provided in, the MBCA, the separate existence of Acquisition Corp shall thereupon cease, and Lotus shall be the Surviving Entity. As a result of the Merger, at the Effective Time, each share of stock of

 

9



 

Acquisition Corp issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted into shares of common stock of the Surviving Entity and each of the Outstanding Lotus Shares will be cancelled and converted into the right to receive the Per Share Merger Consideration, in each case as provided in Article 3.

 

Section 2.2                                                  Closing; Effective Time .

 

(a)                        Provided that this Agreement shall not have been terminated in accordance with its express terms, the closing of the Merger (the “ Closing ”) shall occur on a date that is mutually agreed upon by the parties, provided that, in the absence of an agreement, the Closing shall occur as soon as practicable following the date on which the conditions set forth in Article 9 and Article 10 have been satisfied or waived, but in no event later than the tenth (10th) Business Day of the calendar month following the calendar month in which such date occurs (the “ Closing Date ”). The Closing shall occur electronically or through the mail or at a time and place that is mutually acceptable to Acquiror and Lotus. Subject to the provisions of Article 11 , failure to consummate the Contemplated Transactions on the date and time and at the place determined pursuant to this Section 2.2(a)  will not result in the termination of this Agreement and will not relieve any party of any obligation under this Agreement.

 

(b)                        The parties hereto agree to file on the Closing Date an appropriate certificate of merger reflecting the terms of the Merger contained in this Agreement with the Corporation Division of the Michigan Department of Licensing and Regulatory Affairs (the “ Corporation Division ”), as contemplated by Section 707 of the MBCA. The Merger shall be effective as specified by Acquiror in the certificate of merger as filed and accepted by the Corporation Division (the “ Effective Time ”).

 

Section 2.3                                                  Effects of Merger . At the Effective Time, the effect of the Merger shall be as provided in the MBCA. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, at the Effective Time all the property, rights, privileges, powers and franchises of Acquisition Corp and Lotus shall be vested in the Surviving Entity, and all debts, liabilities and duties of Acquisition Corp and Lotus shall become the debts, liabilities and duties of the Surviving Entity.

 

Section 2.4                                                  Articles of Incorporation . At the Effective Time, the articles of incorporation of Acquisition Corp, as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall be the articles of incorporation of the Surviving Entity until thereafter amended in accordance with applicable law.

 

Section 2.5                                                  Bylaws . At the Effective Time, the bylaws of Acquisition Corp, as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall be the bylaws of the Surviving Entity until thereafter amended in accordance with applicable law.

 

Section 2.6                                                  Board of Directors . At the Effective Time, the directors of Acquisition Corp immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be the initial directors of the Surviving Entity and shall hold office until their respective successors are duly elected or appointed and qualified in the manner provided in the articles of incorporation and bylaws of the Surviving Entity.

 

10


 

Section 2.7                                                                    Officers . At the Effective Time, the officers of Acquisition Corp immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be the initial officers of the Surviving Entity and shall hold office until their respective successors are duly elected or appointed and qualified in the manner provided in the articles of incorporation and bylaws of the Surviving Entity.

 

Section 2.8                                                                    Acquiror’s Deliveries at Closing . At the Closing, Acquiror shall deliver the following items to Lotus:

 

(a)                                  copies of resolutions of the board of directors of Acquiror authorizing and approving this Agreement and the consummation of the Contemplated Transactions certified by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of Acquiror;

 

(b)                                  copies of resolutions of the board of directors and sole shareholder of Acquisition Corp authorizing and approving this Agreement and the consummation of the Contemplated Transactions certified by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of Acquisition Corp;

 

(c)                                   copies of resolutions of the board of directors and sole shareholder of Level One Bank authorizing and approving the Bank Merger certified by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of Level One Bank; and

 

(d)                                  a certificate executed by the President or Chief Executive Officer of Acquiror, dated as the Closing Date, to the effect that the conditions set forth Sections 10.1, 10.2 and 10.5 have been satisfied.

 

Section 2.9                                                                    Lotus’s Deliveries at Closing . At the Closing, Lotus shall deliver the following items to Acquiror:

 

(a)                                  a good standing certificate for Lotus issued by the Corporation Division dated not more than ten (10) Business Days prior to the Closing Date;

 

(b)                                  a copy of the articles of incorporation and all amendments thereto of Lotus certified by the Corporation Division not more than ten (10) Business Days prior to the Closing Date;

 

(c)                                   a certificate of the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of Lotus dated the Closing Date certifying a copy of the bylaws of Lotus and stating that there have been no further amendments to the articles of incorporation of Lotus delivered pursuant to this Section 2.9 ;

 

(d)                                  copies of resolutions of the shareholders and the board of directors of Lotus authorizing and approving this Agreement and the Contemplated Transactions certified by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of Lotus;

 

(e)                                   a good standing certificate for the Bank issued by DIFS dated not more than ten (10) Business Days prior to the Closing Date;

 

(f)                                    a copy of the articles of incorporation and all amendments thereto of the Bank certified by DIFS dated not more than ten (10) Business Days prior to the Closing Date;

 

11



 

(g)                                   a certificate of the Secretary of the Bank dated the Closing Date certifying a copy of the bylaws of the Bank and stating that there have been no further amendments to the articles of incorporation of the Bank delivered pursuant to this Section 2.9 ;

 

(h)                                  copies of resolutions of the sole shareholder and the board of directors of the Bank authorizing and approving the Bank Merger certified by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Bank;

 

(i)                                      a list of Lotus Shareholders as of the Closing Date and a list of all Persons as of the Closing Date who hold or have the right at any time to acquire shares of Lotus Common Stock or any other equity security of Lotus certified in each case by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of Lotus;

 

(j)                                     a certificate of each of Lotus’s legal counsel, accountants and financial and investment banker if any representing that all of their respective fees and expenses incurred by Lotus prior to and including the Effective Time in connection with the Contemplated Transactions have been paid in full or were fully accrued prior to the close of business on the day immediately preceding the Closing;

 

(k)                                  a certificate executed by the President or Chief Executive of Lotus, dated as the Closing Date, to the effect that the conditions set forth Sections 9.1, 9.2, 9.5, 9.6 , and 9.8 have been satisfied as to Lotus.

 

(l)                                      such other documents as Acquiror or Acquisition Corp or their counsel shall reasonably request.

 

Section 2.10                                                     Second Step Merger and Bank Merger .

 

(a)                                  On the Closing Date and as soon as reasonably practicable following the Effective Time, in accordance with the MBCA, Acquiror shall cause the Surviving Entity to be merged with and into Acquiror, with Acquiror being the surviving entity in the merger (the “ Second Step Merger ”). Acquiror shall continue its existence under the Laws of the State of Michigan, and the separate corporate existence of the Surviving Entity shall cease as of the effective time of the Second Step Merger. In furtherance of the foregoing, Acquiror shall cause certificate of merger relating to the Second Step Merger to be filed with the Corporation Division, and the Second Step Merger shall become effective as of the date and time specified in the certificate of merger.

 

(b)                                  Concurrently with or as soon as practicable after the execution and delivery of this Agreement, Level One Bank and the Bank shall enter into the Bank Agreement of Merger, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B, with such changes thereto as Acquiror may reasonably request. Acquiror and Lotus agree to cooperate and to take such steps as may be necessary to cause the Bank Merger to occur and to obtain all requisite regulatory, corporate and other approvals to effect the Bank Merger. The resulting bank shall be Level One Bank. The parties intend that the Bank Merger will become effective immediately following the Second Step Merger. In furtherance of such agreement, each of Acquiror and Lotus agrees: (i) respectively, to cause the board of directors of each of the Bank and Level One Bank to approve the Bank Merger

 

12



 

and to submit the same to its respective sole shareholder for approval and (ii) respectively, to vote the shares of stock of the Bank and Level One Bank owned by them in favor of the Bank Merger

 

Section 2.11                                                     Alternative Structure . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, Acquiror may request, for any reasonable business, tax or regulatory purpose of Acquiror that Lotus enter into transactions other than those described in this Agreement to effect the purposes of this Agreement, including the merger of Lotus with any Affiliate of Acquiror or any other entity selected by Acquiror, and if requested by Acquiror, the parties to this Agreement shall take all action necessary and appropriate to effect, or cause to be effected, such transactions; provided, however , that no such proposed change in the structure of the Contemplated Transactions shall delay the Closing (if such a date has already been firmly established) by more than twenty (20) Business Days or adversely affect the economic benefits or the tax effect of the Merger at the Effective Time to the Lotus Shareholders.

 

Section 2.12                                                     Absence of Control . Subject to any specific provisions of this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties to this Agreement that none of Acquiror, Acquisition Corp or Lotus by reason of this Agreement shall be deemed (until consummation of the Contemplated Transactions) to control, directly or indirectly, any other party and shall not exercise, or be deemed to exercise, directly or indirectly, a controlling influence over the management or policies of any such other party.

 

Article 3

CONVERSION OF STOCK IN THE MERGER

 

Section 3.1                                                            Manner of Merger . Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, at the Effective Time, automatically by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of any Person:

 

(a)                                  Each share of common stock of Acquisition Corp that is issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted into one validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable share of common stock of the Surviving Entity.

 

(b)                                  Each Outstanding Lotus Share that is issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be automatically converted into the right to receive an amount in cash equal to the quotient of: (i) the Aggregate Merger Consideration; divided by the Outstanding Lotus Shares (the “ Per Share Merger Consideration ”). Based on the number of Outstanding Lotus Shares as of the Agreement Date, and assuming none of the changes contemplated by Section 1.1(e)  occur, the Per Share Merger Consideration will be $12.00 and the Aggregate Merger Consideration will be $16,785,516.

 

Section 3.2                                                            Rights as Shareholders; Stock Transfers . At the Effective Time, Lotus Shareholders shall cease to be, and shall have no rights as, Lotus Shareholders, other than to receive the Per Share Merger Consideration. All rights to receive the Per Share Merger Consideration in exchange for each share of Lotus Common Stock shall be deemed to have been paid in full satisfaction of all rights pertaining to all Outstanding Lotus Shares. After the Effective Time, there shall be no transfers on the stock transfer books of Lotus or the Surviving Entity of shares of Lotus Common Stock.

 

13



 

Section 3.3                                                            Exchange Procedures .

 

(a)                                  As soon as reasonably practicable, but not later than five (5) Business Days, after the Effective Time, Acquiror shall cause the paying agent selected by Acquiror (which may be Level One Bank) (the “ Paying Agent ”) to mail to each then current holder of record of Lotus Common Stock instructions for use in effecting the surrender of the certificates representing Lotus Common Stock (the “ Certificates ”) in exchange for the Per Share Merger Consideration (the “ Letter of Transmittal ”). Upon proper surrender of a Certificate for exchange and cancellation to or as directed by Acquiror in the Letter of Transmittal, together with such properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal and such documents as may reasonably be required by the Paying Agent, the holder of such Certificates shall be entitled to receive in exchange therefore a check representing the amount of the cash, without interest thereon, that such holder is entitled to receive pursuant to this Article 3 , and the Certificates so surrendered shall forthwith be cancelled.

 

(b)                                  Neither the Paying Agent nor any party hereto shall be liable to any former holder of Lotus Common Stock for any amount properly delivered to a public official pursuant to applicable abandoned property, escheat or similar laws.

 

(c)                                   If a check representing any part of the Per Share Merger Consideration is to be issued in a name other than that in which the Certificate surrendered in exchange therefor is registered, it shall be a condition of the issuance thereof that the Certificate so surrendered shall be properly endorsed, accompanied by all documents required to evidence and effect such transfer and otherwise in proper form for transfer and that the Person requesting such exchange shall pay to Acquiror any transfer or other taxes required by reason of the issuance of a check representing cash in any name other than that of the registered holder of the Certificate surrendered, or otherwise required, or shall establish to the satisfaction of Acquiror that such tax has been paid or is not payable.

 

(d)                                  Each of Acquiror and the Paying Agent shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from the consideration otherwise payable pursuant to this Agreement to any holder of Lotus Common Stock, Stock Options and Warrants, such amounts, if any, as it is required to deduct and withhold with respect to the making of such payment under the Code or any provision of any Legal Requirement or by any Regulatory Authority. To the extent that any amounts are so withheld by Acquiror or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the holder of the Lotus Common Stock, Stock Options and Warrants, as applicable, in respect of which such deduction and withholding was made by Acquiror or the Paying Agent, as the case may be.

 

(e)                                   Adoption of this Agreement by the shareholders of Seller shall constitute ratification of the appointment of the Exchange Agent.

 

Section 3.4                                                            Stock Options and Warrants .

 

(a)                                  At the Effective Time, all rights with respect to Stock Options with exercise prices that are less than the Per Share Merger Consideration shall be cancelled in exchange for a cash payment equal to the product obtained by multiplying (1) the number of shares of Lotus

 

14



 

Common Stock underlying such Stock Option Holder’s Stock Options by (2) the Per Share Merger Consideration less the exercise price per share under such Stock Options. Any Stock Options where the exercise price equals or exceeds the Per Share Merger Consideration shall be canceled without any payment. As soon as practicable after the Effective Time, Acquiror shall cause the payment contemplated by this Section 3.4(a)  to be paid.

 

(b)                                  At the Effective Time, and by virtue of the Merger, all rights with respect to Warrants with exercise prices that are less than the Per Share Merger Consideration shall be cancelled in exchange for a cash payment equal to the product obtained by multiplying (1) the number of shares of Lotus Common Stock underlying such Warrant Holder’s Warrants by (2) the Per Share Merger Consideration less the exercise price per share under such Warrants. Any Warrants where the exercise price equals or exceeds the Per Share Merger Consideration shall be canceled without any payment. As soon as practicable after the Effective Time, Acquiror shall cause the payment contemplated by this Section 3.4(b)  to be paid.

 

(c)                                   Lotus’ board of directors or its compensation committee shall not make any grants of Stock Options or Warrants following the execution of this Agreement.

 

(d)                                  Lotus’ board of directors or its compensation committee shall make such adjustments and amendments to or make such determinations with respect to the Stock Options and Warrants necessary to effect the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.4 .

 

Section 3.5                                                            Dissenting Shares . As provided in Section 762 of the MBCA, no Lotus Shareholder shall have the right to dissent from the Merger.

 

Article 4

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF LOTUS

 

Lotus hereby represents and warrants to Acquiror and Acquisition Corp that the following are true and correct as of the Agreement Date, and will be true and correct as of the Effective Date:

 

Section 4.1                                                            Lotus Organization . Lotus: (a) is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Michigan and is also in good standing in each other jurisdiction in which the nature of business conducted or the properties or assets owned or leased by it makes such qualification necessary; (b) is registered with the Federal Reserve as a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “ BHCA ”); and (c) has full power and authority, corporate and otherwise, to operate as a bank holding company and to own, operate and lease its properties as presently owned, operated and leased, and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted. Copies of the articles of incorporation and bylaws of Lotus and all amendments thereto are set forth on Schedule 4.1 and are complete and correct.

 

Section 4.2                                                            Bank Organization . The Bank is a commercial bank duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Michigan. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.2 , Lotus has no direct or indirect subsidiaries other than the Bank. The Bank has full power and authority, corporate and otherwise, to own, operate and lease its properties as

 

15



 

presently owned, operated and leased, and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted, and is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the nature of the business conducted or the properties or assets owned or leased by it makes such qualification necessary. Copies of the articles of incorporation and bylaws of the Bank and all amendments thereto are set forth on Schedule 4.2 and are complete and correct.

 

Section 4.3                                                            Authorization; Enforceability .

 

(a)                                  Lotus has the requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Lotus, and the consummation by it of its obligations under this Agreement, have been authorized by all necessary corporate action, subject to shareholder approval, and this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Lotus enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity.

 

(b)                                  Except for ordinary corporate requirements, no “business combination,” “moratorium,” “control share” or other state anti-takeover statute or regulation or any provisions contained in the articles of incorporation or bylaws of Lotus or the articles of incorporation or bylaws of the Bank: (i) prohibits or restricts Lotus’s ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement, or its ability to consummate the Contemplated Transactions; (ii) would have the effect of invalidating or voiding this Agreement, or any provision hereof; or (iii) would subject Acquiror or Acquisition Corp to any material impediment or condition in connection with the exercise of any of its rights under this Agreement. The board of directors of Lotus has unanimously approved the execution of, and performance by Lotus of its obligations under, this Agreement.

 

Section 4.4                                                            No Conflict . Except as set forth on Schedule 4.4 , neither the execution nor delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation or performance of any of the Contemplated Transactions will, directly or indirectly (with or without notice or lapse of time): (a) contravene, conflict with or result in a violation of any provision of the articles of incorporation or bylaws, each as in effect on the Agreement Date, or any currently effective resolution adopted by the board of directors or shareholders of Lotus or the Bank; (b) contravene, conflict with or result in a violation of, or give any Regulatory Authority or other Person the valid and enforceable right to challenge any of the Contemplated Transactions or to exercise any remedy or obtain any relief under, any Legal Requirement or any Order to which Lotus or the Bank, or any of their respective assets that are owned or used by them, may be subject, except for any contravention, conflict or violation that is permissible by virtue of obtaining the regulatory approvals necessitated by the Contemplated Transactions, including such approvals under the BHCA, the FDI Act, and the Michigan Banking Code of 1999, as amended (the “ MBC ”); (c) contravene, conflict with or result in a violation or breach of any provision of, or give any Person the right to declare a default or exercise any remedy under, or to accelerate the maturity or performance of, or to cancel, terminate or modify any material Contract to which Lotus or the Bank is a party or by which any of their respective assets is bound; or (d) result in the creation of any material lien, charge or encumbrance upon or with respect to any of the assets owned or used by Lotus or the Bank. Except for the approvals referred to in Section 8.1 and the requisite approval of the Lotus

 

16



 

Shareholders, neither Lotus nor the Bank is or will be required to give any notice to or obtain any consent from any Person in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation or performance of any of the Contemplated Transactions.

 

Section 4.5                                                            Lotus Capitalization .

 

(a)                                  The authorized capital stock of Lotus currently consists, and at the Closing will consist, exclusively of 8,000,000 shares of capital stock: (i) of which 7,500,000 shares of Lotus Common Stock are authorized and of which there are 1,398,793 Outstanding Lotus Shares all of which are duly authorized, validly issued and outstanding, fully paid and nonassessable; and (ii) 500,000 shares of preferred stock, of which no shares are issued and outstanding; and (iii) no shares are held in the treasury of Lotus. To the Knowledge of Lotus, none of the shares of Lotus Common Stock are, nor on the Closing Date will they be, subject to any claim of right that would prevent or delay the consummation of the Contemplated Transactions, except for any liens that will be released at or prior to the Closing (which liens are disclosed on Schedule 4.5 ).

 

(b)                                  None of the shares of Lotus Common Stock have been issued in violation of any federal or state securities laws or any other Legal Requirement. Except as disclosed in Schedule 4.5 , since December 31, 2011, no shares of Lotus Common Stock have been purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired, directly or indirectly, by Lotus, and no dividends or other distributions payable in any equity securities of Lotus have been declared, set aside, made or paid to Lotus Shareholders. To the Knowledge of Lotus, none of the shares of authorized capital stock of Lotus are, nor on the Closing Date will they be, subject to any claim of right inconsistent with this Agreement. Schedule 4.5 sets forth the name of each holder (each, a “ Stock Option Holder ”) of outstanding options to acquire shares of Lotus Common Stock (the “ Stock Options ”) and the number of Stock Options held by each such Stock Option Holder as well as the applicable exercise price. Schedule 4.5 sets forth the name of each holder (each, a “ Warrant Holder ”) of outstanding warrants to acquire shares of Lotus Common Stock (the “ Warrants ”) and the number of Warrants held by each such Warrant Holder as well as the applicable exercise price. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.5 or as otherwise contemplated in this Agreement, there are, as of the Agreement Date, no outstanding subscriptions, contracts, conversion privileges, options, warrants, calls or other rights obligating Lotus to issue, sell or otherwise dispose of, or to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, any shares of capital stock of Lotus, and except as provided in this Section 4.5 of as otherwise disclosed in this Agreement, Lotus is not a party to any Contract relating to the issuance, purchase, sale or transfer of any equity securities or other securities of Lotus. Lotus does not own or have any Contract to acquire any equity securities or other securities of any Person or any direct or indirect equity or ownership interest in any other business except as set forth on Schedule 4.5 .

 

(c)                                   Lotus acknowledges that the Aggregate Merger Consideration was determined based upon the accuracy of the representations and warranties made in this Section 4.5 with respect to the number of Outstanding Lotus Shares, Stock Options and Warrants or other rights to purchase additional shares of Lotus Common Stock, and acknowledges that any Breach of such representations and warranties shall be deemed to have a Material Adverse Effect on Lotus for purposes of this Agreement.

 

17


 

Section 4.6                     Lotus Subsidiary Capitalization . The authorized capital stock of the Bank consists, and at the Closing will consist, exclusively of 1,010,000 shares of capital stock, $5.00 par value per share, all of which are, and at the Closing will be, duly authorized, validly issued and outstanding, fully paid and nonassessable (the “ Bank Shares ”). Lotus is, and will be on the Closing Date, the record and beneficial owner of one hundred percent (100%) of the Bank Shares, free and clear of any lien or encumbrance whatsoever. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.6 , the Bank Shares are, and will be on the Closing Date, freely transferable and subject to no claim of right inconsistent with this Agreement. There are, as of the Agreement Date, no outstanding subscriptions, contracts, conversion privileges, options, warrants, calls or other rights obligating the Bank to issue, sell or otherwise dispose of, or to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, any shares of capital stock of the Bank, and except as provided in this Section 4.6 or otherwise disclosed in this Agreement, the Bank is not a party to any Contract relating to the issuance, purchase, sale or transfer of any equity securities or other securities of the Bank. The Bank does not own or have any Contract to acquire any equity securities or other securities of any Person or any direct or indirect equity or ownership interest in any other business except as set forth on Schedule 4.6 .

 

Section 4.7                     Financial Statements and Reports . True, correct and complete copies of the following financial statements are included in Schedule 4.7 :

 

(a)           audited consolidated balance sheets for Lotus as of December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the related audited consolidated statements of income, statements of cash flows and statements of changes in shareholders’ equity for Lotus for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013;

 

(b)           Call Reports for the Bank as of the close of business on December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, and for each of the three months ended March 31, 2014, June 30, 2014 and September 30, 2014; and

 

(c)           FR Y-9SP Reports for Lotus as of the close of business on December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, as filed with the Federal Reserve.

 

The financial statements described above have been prepared in accordance with GAAP (except with respect to the absence of footnotes in the case the financial statements described in clauses (b) and (c) above), and have been prepared on a basis consistent with past accounting practices and as required by applicable Legal Requirements. Taken together, the financial statements described in clauses (a), (b) and (c) above (collectively, the “ Financial Statements ”) are complete and correct and fairly and accurately present the respective financial position, assets, liabilities and results of operations of Lotus and the Bank as at the respective dates of, and for the periods referred to in, the Financial Statements. The Financial Statements do not include any material assets or omit to state any material liabilities, absolute or contingent, or other facts, which inclusion or omission would render the Financial Statements misleading in any material respect.

 

Section 4.8                     Books and Records . The books of account, minute books, stock record books and other records of Lotus and the Bank are complete and correct in all material respects and have been maintained in accordance with sound business practices and all applicable Legal

 

18



 

Requirements, including the maintenance of any adequate system of internal controls required by the Legal Requirements. The minute books of Lotus and the Bank contain accurate and complete records in all material respects of all meetings held of, and corporate action taken by, their respective shareholders, board of directors and committees of the board of directors. At the Closing, all of those books and records will be in the possession of Lotus and the Bank.

 

Section 4.9                     Title to Properties . Each of Lotus and the Bank has good and marketable title to all assets and properties, whether real or personal, tangible or intangible, that it purports to own, including all real property carried by the Bank as other real estate owned (“ OREO ”). Except as set forth on Schedule 4.9 , the ownership interests of Lotus or the Bank in such assets and properties are not subject to any valid liens, mortgages, security interests, encumbrances or charges of any kind except: (a) as noted in the most recent Financial Statements; (b) statutory liens for Taxes not yet delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate Proceedings and for which appropriate reserves have been established and reflected on the Financial Statements; (c) pledges or liens required to be granted in connection with the acceptance of government deposits or granted in connection with repurchase or reverse repurchase agreements or pursuant to borrowings from Federal Home Loan Banks or similar borrowings; and (d) pledges or liens incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.9 , each of Lotus and the Bank as lessee has the right under valid and existing leases to occupy, use, possess and control any and all of the respective property leased by it. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.9 , no consent of any lessor or other Person is required to permit the Bank following completion of the Contemplated Transactions to continue to lease or occupy any such leased property on the same terms and conditions as are currently in effect. Except where any failure would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Lotus on a consolidated basis, all buildings and structures owned by each of Lotus and the Bank lie wholly within the boundaries of the real property owned or validly leased by it and do not encroach upon the property of, or otherwise conflict with the property rights of, any other Person.

 

Section 4.10                  Condition and Sufficiency of Assets . The buildings, structures and equipment of Lotus and the Bank are structurally sound, are in good operating condition and repair, and are adequate for the uses to which they are being put, and none of such buildings, structures or equipment is in need of maintenance or repairs except for ordinary, routine maintenance and repairs that are not material in the aggregate in nature or in cost. The real property, buildings, structures and equipment owned or leased by Lotus and the Bank are in compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder, and in material compliance with all other building and development codes and other restrictions, including subdivision regulations, utility tariffs and regulations, conservation laws and zoning laws and ordinances. The assets and properties, whether real or personal, tangible or intangible, that Lotus or the Bank purport to own or lease are sufficient for the continued conduct of the business of Lotus and the Bank after the Closing in substantially the same manner as conducted prior to the Closing.

 

Section 4.11                  Loans; Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses . Except as set forth on Schedule 4.11 , all loans and loan commitments extended by the Bank and any extensions, renewals or continuations of such loans and loan commitments (the “ Bank Loans ”) were made materially in accordance with the lending policies of the Bank in the Ordinary Course of Business or an appropriate exception to the lending policies of the Bank was made. The Bank Loans are

 

19



 

evidenced by appropriate and sufficient documentation and constitute valid and binding obligations to the Bank enforceable in accordance with their terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity. All of the Bank Loans are, and at the Closing will be, free and clear of any encumbrance or other charge (except for liens, if any, set forth on Schedule 4.9 ) and the Bank has complied, and at the Closing will have complied with all Legal Requirements relating to the Bank Loans, except where any such failure to comply would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Lotus on a consolidated basis. To the Knowledge of Lotus: (a) none of the Bank Loans is subject to any material offset or claim of offset; (b) the aggregate loan balances in excess of the Bank’s allowance for loan and lease losses are, based on past loan loss experience, collectible in accordance with their terms (except as limited above); and (c) all uncollectible loans have been charged off or the Bank has made an appropriate reserve for such uncollectible loans. Except as set forth in Schedule 4.11 , as of the Agreement Date the Bank has no loan in excess of $250,000 that has been classified by regulatory examiners or management of the Bank as “Substandard,” “Doubtful” or “Loss” or in excess of $250,000 that has been identified by accountants or auditors (internal or external) as having a significant risk of uncollectability. The most recent loan watch list of the Bank and a list of all loans in excess of $250,000 that are ninety (90) days or more past due with respect to principal or interest payments or that the Bank has placed on nonaccrual status are set forth in Schedule 4.11 . Except as set forth in Schedule 4.11 , the reserves, the ALLL and the carrying value for OREO which are shown in the latest balance sheet in the Financial Statements are, in the opinion of management of Lotus, adequate in all material respects under GAAP to provide for possible losses as of such date on items for which such reserves, allowances and values were established. Set forth in Schedule 4.11 is a true, accurate and complete list of all loans in which the Bank has any participation interest or which have been made with or through another financial institution on a recourse basis against the Bank.

 

Section 4.12                  Undisclosed Liabilities; Adverse Changes . Except as set forth on Schedule 4.12 , neither Lotus nor the Bank has any debt, secured or unsecured, or other material liabilities or obligations of any nature (whether absolute, accrued, contingent or otherwise), except for debt and other liabilities or obligations reflected or reserved against in the Financial Statements and current liabilities incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business since the respective dates thereof. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.12 , since the date of the latest Financial Statements, there has not been any change in the business, operations, properties, prospects, assets or condition of Lotus or the Bank, and, to the Knowledge of Lotus, no event has occurred or circumstance exists, that has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Lotus on a consolidated basis.

 

Section 4.13                  Taxes . Each of Lotus and the Bank has duly filed all material Tax Returns required to be filed by it, and each such Tax Return is complete and accurate in all material respects. Each of Lotus and the Bank has paid, or made adequate provision for the payment of, all Taxes (whether or not reflected in Tax Returns as filed or to be filed) due and payable by Lotus and the Bank, or claimed to be due and payable by any Regulatory Authority, and is not delinquent in the payment of any Tax, except such Taxes as are being contested in good faith and as to which adequate reserves have been provided. There is no claim or assessment pending or, to the Knowledge of Lotus, Threatened against Lotus or the Bank for any Taxes owed by either of them. No audit, examination or investigation related to Taxes paid or payable by Lotus or the

 

20



 

Bank is presently being conducted or, to the Knowledge of Lotus, Threatened by any Regulatory Authority. Each of Lotus and the Bank has delivered or made available to Acquiror true, correct and complete copies of all material Tax Returns filed with respect to the last three fiscal years by Lotus and the Bank and any tax examination reports and statements of deficiencies assessed or agreed to for any such time period. Neither Lotus nor any subsidiary of Lotus has participated in or been a party to a transaction that, as of the Agreement Date, constitutes a “listed transaction” for purposes of Section 6011 of the Code (or a similar provision of state Law).

 

Section 4.14                  Compliance with ERISA . Except as set forth on Schedule 4.14 , all employee benefit plans (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) and all other Lotus Employee Benefit Plans established or maintained by Lotus or the Bank or to which Lotus or the Bank contributes, are in compliance with all applicable requirements of ERISA, and are in compliance with all applicable requirements (including qualification and non-discrimination requirements in effect as of the Closing) of the Code for obtaining the tax benefits the Code thereupon permits with respect to such employee benefit plans, except where the failure to comply would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Lotus on a consolidated basis. No such employee benefit plan has any amount of unfunded benefit liabilities (as defined in Section 4001(a)(18) of ERISA) for which Lotus or the Bank would be liable to any Person under Title IV of ERISA if any such employee benefit plan were terminated as of the Closing. Such employee benefit plans are funded in accordance with Section 412 of the Code (if applicable). There would be no obligations of Lotus or the Bank under Title IV of ERISA relating to any such employee benefit plan that is a multi-employer plan if any such plan were terminated or if Lotus or the Bank withdrew from any such plan as of the Closing. All contributions and premium payments that are due under any such benefit plans have been made.

 

Section 4.15                  Compliance with Legal Requirements .

 

(a)           Each of Lotus and the Bank holds all licenses, certificates, permits, franchises and rights from all appropriate Regulatory Authorities necessary for the conduct of its respective business. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.15 , each of Lotus and the Bank is, and at all times since December 31, 2009, has been, in compliance with each Legal Requirement that is or was applicable to it or to the conduct or operation of its respective businesses or the ownership or use of any of its respective assets, except where the failure to comply would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Lotus on a consolidated basis. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.15 , no event has occurred or circumstance exists that (with or without notice or lapse of time): (a) may constitute or result in a violation by Lotus or the Bank of, or a failure on the part of Lotus or the Bank to comply with, any Legal Requirement; or (b) may give rise to any obligation on the part of Lotus or the Bank to undertake, or to bear all or any portion of the cost of, any remedial action of any nature in connection with a failure to comply with any Legal Requirement; except, in either case, where the failure to comply or the violation would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Lotus on a consolidated basis. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.15 , neither Lotus nor the Bank has received, at any time since December 31, 2009, any notice or other communication (whether oral or written) from any Regulatory Authority or any other Person, nor does Lotus have any Knowledge regarding: (x) any actual, alleged, possible or potential violation of, or failure to comply with, any Legal Requirement; or (y) any actual, alleged, possible or potential obligation on the part of Lotus or the Bank to undertake, or to bear all or any portion of the cost of, any remedial action of any nature in

 

21



 

connection with a failure to comply with any Legal Requirement, except, in either case, where any such violation, failure or obligation would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Lotus on a consolidated basis.

 

(b)           Each of Lotus and the Bank is the sole owner of all individually identifiable personal information relating to identifiable or identified natural person (“ IIPI ”) relating to customers, former customers, and prospective customers that will be transferred to Acquiror and Level One Bank pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(c)           Each of Lotus’ and the Bank’s collection and use of such IIPI, the transfer of such IIPI to Acquiror and Level One Bank, and the use of such IIPI by Acquiror and Level One Bank as contemplated by this Agreement, complies with each of Lotus’ and the Bank’s privacy policy, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, and all other applicable privacy Laws, and any Lotus or Bank Contract and industry standards relating to privacy.

 

Section 4.16                  Legal Proceedings; Orders .

 

(a)           Schedule 4.16 is a true and correct list of all Proceedings and Orders pending, entered into or, to the Knowledge of Lotus, Threatened against, affecting or involving Lotus or the Bank or any of their respective assets or businesses, or the Contemplated Transactions, since December 31, 2013, and there is no fact to the Knowledge of Lotus that would provide a basis for any other Proceeding or Order. To the Knowledge of Lotus, no officer, director, agent or employee of Lotus or the Bank is subject to any Order that prohibits such officer, director, agent or employee from engaging in or continuing any conduct, activity or practice relating to the businesses of Lotus and the Bank as currently conducted.

 

(b)           Except as set forth on Schedule 4.16 , neither Lotus nor the Bank: (i) is subject to any cease and desist or other Order or enforcement action issued by; (ii) is a party to any written agreement, consent agreement or memorandum of understanding with; (iii) is a party to any commitment letter or similar undertaking to; (iv) is subject to any order or directive by; (v) is subject to any supervisory letter from; (vi) has been ordered to pay any civil money penalty, which has not been paid, by; or (vii) has adopted any policies, procedures or board resolutions at the request of; any Regulatory Authority that currently restricts in any material respect the conduct of its business, (x) that in any material manner relates to its capital adequacy, (y) restricts its ability to pay dividends, or (z) limits in any material manner its credit or risk management policies, its management or its business; nor has Lotus or the Bank been advised by any Regulatory Authority that it is considering issuing, initiating, ordering or requesting any of the foregoing.

 

Section 4.17                     Absence of Certain Changes and Events . Except as set forth on Schedule 4.17 , since December 31, 2013, each of Lotus and the Bank has conducted its business only in the Ordinary Course of Business, and without limiting the foregoing, with respect to each, since December 31, 2013, there has not been any:

 

(a)           change in its authorized or issued capital stock; grant of any stock option or right to purchase shares of its capital stock; issuance of any security convertible into such capital stock or evidences of indebtedness (except in connection with customer deposits); grant of any

 

22



 

registration rights; purchase, redemption, retirement or other acquisition by it of any shares of any such capital stock; or declaration or payment of any dividend or other distribution or payment in respect of shares of its capital stock; provided, however , a bona fide capital raising transaction is not prohibited pursuant to Section 6.3 as long as there is a proportionate adjustment to the Aggregate Merger Consideration.

 

(b)           amendment to its articles of incorporation or bylaws (or similar organizational documents) or adoption of any resolutions by its board of directors or shareholders with respect to the same;

 

(c)           payment or increase of any bonus, salary or other compensation to any of its shareholders, directors, officers or employees, except for normal increases made in the Ordinary Course of Business or in accordance with any then existing Lotus Employee Benefit Plan disclosed in the Schedules, or entry by it into any employment, consulting, non- competition, change in control, severance or similar Contract with any shareholder, director, officer or employee;

 

(d)           adoption, amendment (except for any amendment necessary to comply with any Legal Requirement) or termination of, or increase in the payments to or benefits under, any Lotus Employee Benefit Plan;

 

(e)           damage to or destruction or loss of any of its assets or property, whether or not covered by insurance and where the resulting diminution in value individually or in the aggregate is greater than $25,000;

 

(f)            entry into, termination or extension of, or receipt of notice of termination of any joint venture or similar agreement pursuant to any Contract or any similar transaction;

 

(g)           except for this Agreement, entry into any new, or modification, amendment, renewal or extension (through action or inaction) of the terms of any existing, lease, Contract or license that has a term of more than one year or that involves the payment by Lotus or the Bank of more than $25,000 in the aggregate;

 

(h)           Bank Loan or commitment to make any Bank Loan other than in the Ordinary Course of Business;

 

(i)            Bank Loan or commitment to make, renew, extend the term or increase the amount of any Bank Loan to any Person if such Bank Loan or any other Bank Loans to such Person or an Affiliate of such Person is on the “watch list” or similar internal report of the Bank, or has been classified by the Bank or Regulatory Authority as “substandard,” “doubtful,” “loss,” or “other loans specially mentioned” or listed as a “potential problem loan”; provided, however , that, for purposes of Section 6.3 , nothing in this Section 4.17(i)  shall prohibit the Bank from honoring any contractual obligation in existence on the Agreement Date;

 

(j)            sale (other than any sale in the Ordinary Course of Business), lease or other disposition of any of its assets or properties, or mortgage, pledge or imposition of any lien or other encumbrance upon any of its material assets or properties, except for tax and other liens that arise by operation of law and with respect to which payment is not past due, and except for

 

23



 

pledges or liens: (i) required to be granted in connection with the acceptance by the Bank of government deposits; (ii) granted in connection with repurchase or reverse repurchase agreements; (iii) pursuant to borrowings from Federal Home Loan Banks or similar borrowings; or (iv) otherwise incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business;

 

(k)           cancellation or waiver by it of any claims or rights with a value in excess of $10,000

 

(l)            any investment by it of a capital nature exceeding $25,000 or aggregate investments of a capital nature exceeding $25,000;

 

(m)          except for the Contemplated Transactions, merger or consolidation with or into any other Person, or acquisition of any stock, equity interest or business of any other Person;

 

(n)           transaction for the borrowing or loaning of monies, or any increase in any outstanding indebtedness, other than in the Ordinary Course of Business;

 

(o)           material change in any policies and practices with respect to liquidity management and cash flow planning, marketing, deposit origination, lending, budgeting, profit and tax planning, accounting or any other material aspect of its business or operations, except for such changes as may be required in the opinion of the management of Lotus or the Bank to respond to then current market or economic conditions or as may be required by any Regulatory Authorities;

 

(p)           filing of any applications for additional branches, opening of any new office or branch, closing of any current office or branch, or relocation of operations from existing locations;

 

(q)           discharge or satisfaction of any material lien or encumbrance on its assets or repayment of any material indebtedness for borrowed money, except for obligations incurred and repaid in the Ordinary Course of Business;

 

(r)            entry into any Contract or agreement to buy, sell, exchange or otherwise deal in any assets or series of assets in a single transaction in excess of $25,000 in aggregate value, except for sales by the Bank of (i) any Bank Loan, (ii) OREO and (iii) other repossessed properties or the acceptance of a deed in lieu of foreclosure;

 

(s)            purchase or other acquisition of any investments, direct or indirect, in any derivative securities, financial futures or commodities or entry into any interest rate swap, floors and option agreements, or other similar interest rate management agreements;

 

(t)            hiring of any employee with an annual salary in excess of $50,000, except for employees at will who are hired to replace employees who have resigned or whose employment has otherwise been terminated; or

 

(u)           agreement, whether oral or written, by it to do any of the foregoing in this Section 4.17 .

 

24



 

Section 4.18                     Properties, Contracts and Employee Benefit Plans . Except for Contracts evidencing Bank Loans made by the Bank in the Ordinary Course of Business, Schedule 4.18 lists or describes the following with respect to each of Lotus and the Bank:

 

(a)           all real property owned by it and the principal buildings and structures located thereon, together with the address of such real estate, and each lease of real property to which it is a party, identifying the parties thereto, the annual rental payable, the expiration date thereof and a brief description of the property covered, and in each case of either owned or leased real property, the proper identification, if applicable, of each such property as a branch or main office or other office;

 

(b)           all loan and credit agreements, conditional sales contracts or other title retention agreements or security agreements relating to money borrowed by it, exclusive of deposit agreements with customers of the Bank entered into in the Ordinary Course of Business, agreements for the purchase of federal funds and repurchase agreements;

 

(c)           each Contract that involves performance of services or delivery of goods or materials by it of an amount or value in excess of $25,000 in one year;

 

(d)           each Contract that was not entered into in the Ordinary Course of Business and that involves expenditures or receipts of it in excess of $25,000 in one year;

 

(e)           each Contract not referred to elsewhere in this Section 4.18 that:

 

(i)            relates to the future purchase of goods or services that materially exceeds the requirements of its respective business at current levels or for normal operating purposes; or

 

(ii)           has a Material Adverse Effect on Lotus on a consolidated basis;

 

(f)            each lease, rental, license, installment and conditional sale agreement and other Contract affecting the ownership of, leasing of, title to or use of, any personal property (except personal property leases and installment and conditional sales agreements having a value per item or aggregate payments of less than $25,000 or with terms of less than one year);

 

(g)           each licensing agreement or other Contract with respect to patents, trademarks, copyrights, or other intellectual property (collectively, “ Intellectual Property Assets ”), including agreements with current or former employees, consultants or contractors regarding the appropriation or the non-disclosure of any of its Intellectual Property Assets;

 

(h)           each collective bargaining agreement and other Contract to or with any labor union or other employee representative of a group of employees;

 

(i)            each joint venture, partnership and other Contract (however named) involving a sharing of profits, losses, costs or liabilities by it with any other Person;

 

(j)            each Contract containing covenants that in any way purport to restrict the business activity of Lotus, the Bank or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing, or limit the ability of

 

25



 

Lotus, the Bank or any Affiliate of the foregoing to engage in any line of business or to compete with any Person;

 

(k)           each Contract providing for payments to or by any Person based on sales, purchases or profits, other than direct payments for goods;

 

(l)            the name and annual salary of each director, officer or employee of Lotus and the Bank, and actual or planned profit sharing, bonus or other form of compensation (other than salary) paid or payable by Lotus or the Bank to or for the benefit of each such person in question for the year ended December 31, 2013, and for the current fiscal year, and any employment agreement, consulting agreement, non-competition, severance or change in control agreement or similar arrangement or plan with respect to each such person;

 

(m)          each profit sharing, group insurance, hospitalization, stock option, pension, retirement, bonus, severance, change of control, deferred compensation, stock bonus, stock purchase, employee stock ownership or other employee welfare or benefit agreements, plans or arrangements established, maintained, sponsored or undertaken by Lotus or the Bank for the benefit of the officers, directors or employees of Lotus or the Bank, including each trust or other agreement with any custodian or any Director for funds held under any such agreement, plan or arrangement, and all other Contracts or arrangements under which pensions, deferred compensation or other retirement benefits are being paid or may become payable by Lotus or the Bank for the benefit of the employees of Lotus or the Bank (collectively, the “ Lotus Employee Benefit Plans ”), and, in respect to any of them, the latest reports or forms, if any, filed with the Department of Labor and Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation under ERISA, any current financial or actuarial reports and any currently effective Internal Revenue Service private rulings or determination letters obtained by or for the benefit of Lotus or the Bank;

 

(n)           the name of each Person who is or would be entitled pursuant to any Contract or Lotus Employee Benefit Plan to receive any payment from Lotus or the Bank as a result of the consummation of the Contemplated Transactions (including any payment that is or would be due as a result of any actual or constructive termination of a Person’s employment or position following such consummation, but excluding any payment from a qualified retirement plan of Lotus or the Bank) and the maximum amount of such payment;

 

(o)           each Contract entered into other than in the Ordinary Course of Business that contains or provides for an express undertaking by Lotus or the Bank to be responsible for consequential damages;

 

(p)           each Contract for capital expenditures in excess of $25,000;

 

(q)           each written warranty, guaranty or other similar undertaking with respect to contractual performance extended by Lotus or the Bank other than in the Ordinary Course of Business; and

 

(r)            each amendment, supplement and modification in respect of any of the foregoing in this Section 4.18 .

 

Copies of each document, plan or Contract listed and described on Schedule 4.18 are

 

26



 

appended to such Schedule.

 

Section 4.19                  No Defaults . Except as set forth on Schedule 4.19 , each Contract identified or required to be identified on Schedule 4.18 is in full force and effect and is valid and enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity. Each of Lotus and the Bank is, and at all times since December 31, 2011, has been, in full compliance with all applicable terms and requirements of each Contract under which either Lotus or the Bank has or had any obligation or liability or by which Lotus or the Bank or any asset owned or used by it is or was bound, except where the failure to be in full compliance would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Lotus on a consolidated basis. To the Knowledge of Lotus, each other Person that has or had any obligation or liability under any such Contract under which Lotus or the Bank has or had any rights is, and at all times since December 31, 2011, has been, in full compliance with all applicable terms and requirements of such Contract, except where the failure to be in full compliance would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Lotus on a consolidated basis. No event has occurred or circumstance exists that (with or without notice or lapse of time) may contravene, conflict with or result in a material violation or breach of, or give Lotus, the Bank or other Person the right to declare a default or exercise any remedy under, or to accelerate the maturity or performance of, or to cancel, terminate or modify, any Contract. Except in the Ordinary Course of Business with respect to any Bank Loan, neither Lotus nor the Bank has given to or received from any other Person, at any time since December 31, 2011, any notice or other communication (whether oral or written) regarding any actual, alleged, possible or potential violation or breach of, or default under, any Contract, that has not been terminated or satisfied prior to the Agreement Date. Other than in the Ordinary Course of Business in connection with workouts and restructured loans, there are no renegotiations of, attempts to renegotiate, or outstanding rights to renegotiate, any material amounts paid or payable to Lotus or the Bank under current or completed Contracts with any Person and no such Person has made written demand for such renegotiation.

 

Section 4.20                  Deposit Insurance . The deposits of the Bank are insured by the FDIC up to applicable limits and in accordance with the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended, and the Bank has paid or properly reserved or accrued for all current premiums and assessments with respect to such deposit insurance, if any.

 

Section 4.21                  Other Insurance . Schedule 4.21 lists the policies and material terms of insurance (including bankers’ blanket bond and insurance providing benefits for employees) owned or held by Lotus and the Bank on the Agreement Date. Each policy is in full force and effect (except for any expiring policy which is replaced by coverage at least as extensive). All premiums due on such policies have been paid in full.

 

Section 4.22                  Compliance with Environmental Laws . Except as set forth on Schedule 4.22 , there are no actions, suits, investigations, liabilities, inquiries, Proceedings or Orders involving Lotus or the Bank or any of their respective assets that are pending or, to the Knowledge of Lotus, Threatened, nor to the Knowledge of Lotus is there any factual basis for any of the foregoing, as a result of any asserted failure of Lotus or the Bank, or any predecessor thereof, to comply with any federal, state, county and municipal law, including any statute,

 

27


 

regulation, rule, ordinance, Order, restriction and requirement, relating to underground storage tanks, petroleum products, air pollutants, water pollutants or process waste water or otherwise relating to the environment or toxic or hazardous substances or to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, recycling, generation, treatment, handling, storage, disposal or transport of any hazardous or toxic substances or petroleum products (including polychlorinated biphenyls, whether contained or uncontained, and asbestos-containing materials, whether friable or not), including, the Federal Solid Waste Disposal Act, the Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments, the Federal Clean Air Act, the Federal Clean Water Act, the Occupational Health and Safety Act, the Federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the Toxic Substances Control Act, the Federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 and the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, all as amended, and regulations of the Environmental Protection Agency, the Nuclear Regulatory Agency and any state department of natural resources or state environmental protection agency now or at any time hereafter in effect (collectively, the “ Environmental Laws ”). No environmental clearances or other governmental approvals are required for the conduct of the business of Lotus or the Bank or the consummation of the Contemplated Transactions. To the Knowledge of Lotus, neither Lotus nor the Bank is the owner of any interest in real estate on which any substances have been used, stored, deposited, treated, recycled or disposed of, which substances if known to be present on, at or under such property, would require clean-up, removal or some other remedial action under any Environmental Law.

 

Section 4.23                                                     Regulatory Filings . Each of Lotus and the Bank has filed in a timely manner all required filings with all Regulatory Authorities, including the Federal Reserve, the FDIC and the DIFS. All such filings were accurate and complete in all material respects as of the dates of the filings, and no such filing has made any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

Section 4.24                                                     Fiduciary Accounts . The Bank has properly administered in all material respects all accounts for which it acts as fiduciary, including accounts for which it serves as Director, agent, custodian or investment advisor, in accordance with the material terms of the governing documents and applicable Legal Requirements and common law. None of the Bank or any of its directors, officers or employees, has committed any breach of trust with respect to any such fiduciary account, and the accountings for each such fiduciary account are true and correct in all material respects and accurately reflect the assets of such fiduciary account.

 

Section 4.25                                                     Indemnification Claims . Except as set forth on Schedule 4.25 , no action or failure to take action by any director or executive officer or, to the Knowledge of Lotus, any employee or agent of Lotus or the Bank has occurred that may give rise to a claim or a potential claim by any such Person for indemnification against Lotus or the Bank under any Contract with, or the corporate indemnification provisions of, Lotus or the Bank, or under any Legal Requirements.

 

Section 4.26                                                     Insider Interests . Except as set forth on Schedule 4.26 , no officer or director of Lotus or the Bank, or any member of the Family of any such Person, and no entity that any such Person “controls” within the meaning of Regulation O of the Federal Reserve, has any loan, deposit account or any other agreement with Lotus or the Bank, or any interest in any

 

28



 

material property, real, personal or mixed, tangible or intangible, used in or pertaining to the business of Lotus or the Bank.

 

Section 4.27                                                     Brokerage Commissions . Except as set forth on Schedule 4.27 , none of Lotus, the Bank or any of its Representatives has incurred any obligation or liability, contingent or otherwise, for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or other similar payment in connection with this Agreement or the Contemplated Transactions.

 

Section 4.28                                                     Approval Delays . To the Knowledge of Lotus, there is no reason why the granting of any of the regulatory approvals referred to in Section 8.1 would be denied or unduly delayed. The Bank’s most recent CRA rating is “satisfactory” or better.

 

Section 4.29                                                     Code Sections 280G, 409A and 4999 . Except as set forth on Schedule 4.29 , no payment that is owed or may become due to any director, officer, employee or agent of Lotus or the Bank will be non-deductible to Lotus or the Bank (or, following the Merger, Acquiror or Acquisition Corp) or subject to tax under Section 280G, Section 409A or Section 4999 of the Code, nor will Lotus or the Bank (or, following the Merger, Acquiror or Acquisition Corp) be required to “gross up” or otherwise compensate any such person because of the imposition of any tax or excise tax on a payment to such person. Except to the extent required under Section 601 et seq. of ERISA and Section 4980B of the Code, and except as set forth on Schedule 4.29 , neither Lotus nor the Bank provides health or welfare benefits to any active employee following such employee’s retirement or other termination of service.

 

Section 4.30                                                     Intellectual Property . Except as set forth on Schedule 4.30 , each of Lotus and the Bank owns or has a license to use all of the Intellectual Property Assets used by Lotus and the Bank in the course of its business. Each of Lotus and the Bank is the owner of or has a license, with the right to sublicense, to any Intellectual Property Assets sold or licensed to a third party by it in connection with its business operations, and each of Lotus and the Bank has the right to convey by sale or license any Intellectual Property so conveyed. Neither Lotus nor the Bank is in material default under any of its Intellectual Property Assets. No proceedings have been instituted, or are pending or to the Knowledge of Lotus threatened, which challenge the rights of Lotus or the Bank with respect to Intellectual Property Assets, nor has any person claimed or alleged any rights to such Intellectual Property Assets. To the Knowledge of Lotus, the conduct of the business of Lotus and the Bank does not infringe any intellectual property of any other person in any material respect. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.30 , neither Lotus nor the Bank is obligated to pay any recurring royalties to any Person with respect to any Intellectual Property Assets. To the Knowledge of Lotus, no officer, director, or employee of Lotus or the Bank is party to any confidentiality, nonsolicitation, noncompetition, or other Contract which restricts or prohibits such officer, director, or employee from engaging in activities competitive with any Person, including Lotus or the Bank.

 

Section 4.31                                                     Disclosure . Neither any representation nor warranty of Lotus in, nor any Schedule to, this Agreement contains any untrue statement of a material fact, or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. No notice given pursuant to Section 6.6 will contain any untrue statement or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the

 

29



 

statements therein or in this Agreement, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

Article 5

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF ACQUIROR AND ACQUISITION CORP

 

Acquiror and Acquisition Corp hereby represent and warrant to Lotus that the following are true and correct as of the Agreement Date, and will be true and correct as of the Effective Date:

 

Section 5.1                                                            Acquiror Organization . Acquiror: (a) is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Michigan and in each other jurisdiction in which the nature of business conducted or the properties or assets owned or leased by it makes such qualification necessary; (b) is registered with the Federal Reserve as a bank holding company under the BHCA; and (c) has full power and authority, corporate and otherwise, to operate as a bank holding company and to own, operate and lease its properties as presently owned, operated and leased, and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted.

 

Section 5.2                                                            Bank Organization . Level One Bank is a commercial bank duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Michigan. Level One Bank has full power and authority, corporate and otherwise, to own, operate and lease its properties as presently owned, operated and leased, and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted, and is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the nature of the business conducted or the properties or assets owned or leased by it makes such qualification necessary.

 

Section 5.3                                                            Authorization; Enforceability .

 

(a)                                  Each of Acquiror and Acquisition Corp has the requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Acquiror and Acquisition Corp, and the consummation by each of them of its respective obligations under this Agreement, have been authorized by all necessary actions, and this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of each of Acquiror and Acquisition Corp enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity.

 

(b)                                  Except for ordinary corporate requirements, no “business combination,” “moratorium,” “control share” or other state anti-takeover statute or regulation or any provisions contained in the articles of incorporation or bylaws or similar organizational documents of Acquiror or Acquisition Corp: (i) prohibits or restricts Acquiror’s or Acquisition Corp’s ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement, or its ability to consummate the Contemplated Transactions; (ii) would have the effect of invalidating or voiding this Agreement, or any provision hereof; or (iii) would subject Lotus to any material impediment or condition in connection with the exercise of any of its rights under this Agreement. The boards of directors of Acquiror and Acquisition Corp have unanimously approved the execution of, and performance by Acquiror and Acquisition Corp of their respective obligations under, this Agreement.

 

30



 

Section 5.4                                                            Compliance with Legal Requirements . Each of Acquiror and Level One Bank holds all licenses, certificates, permits, franchises and rights from all appropriate Regulatory Authorities necessary for the conduct of its respective business. As of the Agreement Date, each of Acquiror and Level One Bank is in compliance with each Legal Requirement that is or was applicable to it or to the conduct or operation of its respective businesses or the ownership or use of any of its respective assets, except where the failure to comply would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Acquiror on a consolidated basis. As of the Agreement Date, no event has occurred or circumstance exists that (with or without notice or lapse of time): (a) may constitute or result in a violation by Acquiror or Level One Bank of, or a failure on the part of Acquiror or Level One Bank to comply with, any Legal Requirement; or (b) may give rise to any obligation on the part Acquiror or Level One Bank to undertake, or to bear all or any portion of the cost of, any remedial action of any nature in connection with a failure to comply with any Legal Requirement; except, in either case, where the failure to comply or the violation would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Acquiror on a consolidated basis. As of the Agreement Date, neither Acquiror nor Level One Bank is in receipt of any notice or other communication (whether oral or written) from any Regulatory Authority or any other Person, nor does Acquiror have any Knowledge regarding: (x) any actual, alleged, possible or potential violation of, or failure to comply with, any Legal Requirement; or (y) any actual, alleged, possible or potential obligation on the part of Acquiror or Level One Bank to undertake, or to bear all or any portion of the cost of, any remedial action of any nature in connection with a failure to comply with any Legal Requirement, except, in either case, where any such violation, failure or obligation would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Acquiror on a consolidated basis.

 

Section 5.5                                                            No Conflict . To the Knowledge of Acquiror and Acquisition Corp, neither the execution nor delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation or performance of any of the Contemplated Transactions will, directly or indirectly (with or without notice or lapse of time): (a) contravene, conflict with or result in a violation of any provision of the articles of incorporation or bylaws (or similar organization documents), each as in effect on the Agreement Date, or any currently effective resolution adopted by the board of directors or shareholders of, Acquiror or Acquisition Corp; or (b) contravene, conflict with or result in a violation of, or give any Regulatory Authority or other Person the valid and enforceable right to challenge any of the Contemplated Transactions or to exercise any remedy or obtain any relief under, any Legal Requirement or any Order to which Acquiror or Acquisition Corp, or any of their respective assets that are owned or used by them, may be subject, except for any contravention, conflict or violation that is permissible by virtue of obtaining the regulatory approvals necessitated by the Contemplated Transactions, including any such approvals under the BHCA, the FDI Act and the MBC. Neither Acquiror nor any Acquiror Subsidiary is or will be required to give any notice to or obtain any consent from any Person in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation or performance of any of the Contemplated Transactions except such approvals of the Federal Reserve, the FDIC and DIFS that are required by law or regulation to consummate the Contemplated Transactions.

 

Section 5.6                                                            Approval Delays . To the Knowledge of Acquiror, after consultation with applicable Regulatory Authorities, as of the Agreement Date, there is no reason why the granting of any of the regulatory approvals referred to in Section 8.1 would be denied or unduly delayed. Level One Bank’s most recent CRA rating is “satisfactory” or better.

 

31



 

Section 5.7                                                            Disclosure . Neither any representation nor warranty of Acquiror in this Agreement contains any untrue statement of a material fact, or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. No notice given pursuant to Section 7.1 will contain any untrue statement or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein or in this Agreement, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

Section 5.8                                                            Financial Resources . Acquiror will have sufficient cash available on the Closing Date to enable it to comply with its obligation to fund the Aggregate Merger Consideration and to otherwise perform its other obligations under this Agreement.

 

Article 6

COVENANTS OF LOTUS

 

Section 6.1                                                            Access and Investigation . Subject to the Confidentiality Agreement, Acquiror and its Representatives shall, at all times during normal business hours and with reasonable advance notice prior to the Closing, have full and continuing access to the facilities, operations, records, employees and properties of Lotus and the Bank in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.1 . Acquiror and its Representatives may, prior to the Closing, make or cause to be made such reasonable investigation of the operations, records, employees and properties of Lotus and the Bank and of their respective financial and legal condition as Acquiror shall deem necessary or advisable to familiarize itself with such operations, records, employees, properties and other matters; provided, however , that such access or investigation shall not interfere unnecessarily with the normal operations of Lotus or the Bank. Upon request, Lotus will furnish Acquiror or its Representatives, attorneys’ responses to auditors’ requests for information regarding Lotus and the Bank, and such financial and operating data and other information reasonably requested by Acquiror (provided that, with respect to attorneys, such disclosure would not result in the waiver by Lotus or the Bank of any claim of attorney-client privilege), and will permit Acquiror and its Representatives to discuss such information directly with any individual or firm performing auditing or accounting functions for Lotus or the Bank, and such auditors and accountants shall be directed to furnish copies of any reports or financial information as developed to Acquiror or its Representatives. No investigation by Acquiror or any of its Representatives shall affect the representations and warranties made by Lotus or the Bank. This Section 6.1 shall not require the disclosure of any information the disclosure of which to Acquiror would be prohibited by any Legal Requirement.

 

Section 6.2                                                            Operation of Lotus . Except with the prior written consent of the Acquiror, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, between the Agreement Date and the Closing, Lotus will, and will cause the Bank, to:

 

(a)                                  conduct its business only in the Ordinary Course of Business and in material compliance with all Legal Requirements;

 

(b)                                  use its Best Efforts to preserve intact its current business organization, keep available the services of its current officers, employees and agents, and maintain the goodwill of its suppliers, customers, landlords, creditors, employees, agents and others who have business relationships with it;

 

32



 

(c)                                   confer with Acquiror concerning operational matters of a material nature;

 

(d)                                  enter into loan transactions only in accordance with sound credit practices and only on terms and conditions that are not materially more favorable than those available to the borrower from competitive sources in arm’s-length transactions, and in that connection, from the date hereof to the Closing, shall not:

 

(i)                                      enter into any new credit or new lending relationships in excess of $1,000,000 with any Person and such Person’s Borrowing Affiliate (as defined below); or

 

(ii)                                   other than incident to a reasonable loan restructuring, extend additional credit to any Person and any director or officer of, or any owner of a ten percent (10%) or greater equity interest in, such Person (any of the foregoing with respect to a Person being referred to as a “ Borrowing Affiliate ”) if such Person or such Borrowing Affiliate is the obligor under any indebtedness to the Bank which constitutes a non-performing loan or against any part of such indebtedness the Bank has established specific loss reserves or any part of which has been charged-off by the Bank or which is included on the Bank’s watch list.

 

provided, however , that the Bank shall be permitted to make any loan that is otherwise prohibited by this subsection if Lotus or the Bank has made a written request to Acquiror for permission to make an otherwise prohibited loan and has provided the Acquiror with sufficient information to make an informed decision with respect to such request, and the Acquiror has failed to respond to such request within three (3) Business Days after his receipt of such request and such information;

 

(e)                                   maintain an ALLL which is adequate in all material respects under the requirements of GAAP or any Legal Requirement to provide for possible losses, net of recoveries relating to loans previously charged off, on loans outstanding (including accrued interest receivable), and charge-off any loans or leases that would be deemed uncollectible in accordance with GAAP or any Legal Requirements and place on non-accrual any loans or leases that are past due greater than ninety (90) days;

 

(f)                                    maintain all of its assets necessary for the conduct of its business in good operating condition and repair, reasonable wear and tear and damage by fire or unavoidable casualty excepted, and maintain policies of insurance upon its assets and with respect to the conduct of its business in amounts and kinds comparable to that in effect on the date hereof and pay all premiums on such policies when due;

 

(g)                                   not buy or sell any security held, or intended to be held, for investment; provided, however, that such restriction shall not affect the buying and selling by the Bank of Federal Funds or the securities set forth on Schedule 6.2(g)  or the reinvestment of dividends paid on any securities owned by the Bank as of the Agreement Date;

 

(h)                                  not declare or pay any dividends or make any other distributions of cash or property to any of Lotus’s or the Bank’s directors, officers, employees or shareholders, other than (i) regular salary or other earned compensation and (ii) dividends from the Bank to Lotus made in the Ordinary Course of Business;

 

33



 

(i)                                      not incur any financial obligation to any financial advisor, valuation expert or similar consultant if Lotus or the Bank will be liable for the fees payable to any such consultant; provided, however , that nothing contained in this Agreement shall prevent the retention by Lotus or the Bank of any such consultant which is currently engaged by Lotus so long as any fees or expenses associated therewith are paid by Lotus on or before the Closing Date and are included in the Lotus Transaction Expenses;

 

(j)                                     file in a timely manner all required filings with all Regulatory Authorities and cause such filings to be true and correct in all material respects;

 

(k)                                  record and carry on its books and records the net realizable value of OREO, with such value to be supported by reasonable documentation of the same;

 

(l)                                      maintain its books, accounts and records in the Ordinary Course of Business, on a basis consistent with prior years; and

 

(m)                              comply with all material Legal Requirements and material Contracts.

 

Section 6.3                                                            Negative Covenant . Except as otherwise expressly permitted by this Agreement, between the Agreement Date and the Closing, Lotus will not, and will cause the Bank not to, without the prior written consent of Acquiror, take any affirmative action, or fail to take any reasonable action within its control, as a result of which any of the changes or events listed in Section 4.17 is likely to occur other than the issuance of shares of Lotus Common Stock upon the occurrence of a Permitted Warrant Exercise. Between the Agreement Date and the Closing neither Lotus nor the Bank will increase the fees, salaries or other payments to Lotus’s or the Bank’s directors, officers or shareholders. For purposes of this Section 6.3 , Acquiror’s consent shall be deemed to be given if Lotus has made a written request to Acquiror for permission to take any action otherwise prohibited by this Section 6.3 and has provided Acquiror with sufficient information to make an informed decision with respect to such request, and the Acquiror has failed to respond to such request within ten (10) Business Days after his receipt of such request and such information.

 

Section 6.4                                                            Subsequent Financial Statements . As soon as reasonably available after the date hereof, Lotus will deliver to Acquiror copies of: (a) monthly unaudited financial statements of Lotus and the Bank that are provided to the management and directors of Lotus and the Bank, respectively; (b) Call Reports of the Bank for each quarterly or annual period completed after the Agreement Date; and (c) all other financial reports or statements, including Form FR Y-9SP Reports, submitted after the date hereof by Lotus or the Bank to any Regulatory Authority, to the extent permitted by law (collectively, the “ Subsequent Financial Statements ”). Except as may be required by changes in any Legal Requirements effective after the date hereof, the Subsequent Financial Statements shall be prepared on a basis consistent with past accounting practices and shall fairly present in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of Lotus and the Bank, as applicable, for the dates and periods presented. The Subsequent Financial Statements will not include any material assets or omit to state any material liabilities, absolute or contingent, or other facts, which inclusion or omission would render such Subsequent Financial Statements misleading in any material respect.

 

34


 

Section 6.5                                                            Advice of Changes . Between the Agreement Date and the Closing Date, Lotus shall promptly notify Acquiror in writing if Lotus becomes aware of any fact or condition that causes or constitutes a Breach of any of Lotus’s representations and warranties as of the Agreement Date, or if Lotus becomes aware of the occurrence after the Agreement Date of any fact or condition that would (except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement) cause or constitute a Breach of any such representation or warranty had such representation or warranty been made as of the time of occurrence or discovery of such fact or condition. If any such fact or condition would require any change in the Schedules if the Schedules were dated the date of the occurrence or discovery of any such fact or condition, Lotus will promptly deliver to Acquiror a supplement to the Schedules specifying such change. During the same period, Lotus will promptly notify Acquiror of the occurrence of any Breach of any covenant of Lotus in this Agreement or of the occurrence of any event that might reasonably be expected to make the satisfaction of the conditions in Article 9 impossible or unlikely.

 

Section 6.6                                                            Other Offers . Until such time, if any, as this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Article 11 , Lotus will not, and will cause its Representatives and the Bank and its Representatives not to, directly or indirectly solicit, initiate or encourage any inquiries or proposals from, discuss or negotiate with, provide any non-public information to, or consider the merits of any inquiries or proposals from, any Person (other than Acquiror) relating to any Acquisition Transaction or a potential Acquisition Transaction involving Lotus or the Bank. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lotus may provide information at the request of, or enter into negotiations with, a third party with respect to an Acquisition Transaction if the board of directors of Lotus determines, in good faith, that the exercise of its fiduciary duties to Lotus’s shareholders under applicable law, as advised by its counsel, requires it to take such action, and, provided further , that Lotus may not, in any event, provide to such third party any information which it has not provided to Acquiror. Lotus shall promptly notify Acquiror orally, confirmed in writing, in the event it receives any such inquiry or proposal and shall provide reasonable detail of all relevant facts relating to such inquiries.

 

Section 6.7                                                            Voting Agreement . Concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, Lotus has delivered the Voting Agreement signed by Lotus and each of the directors of Lotus.

 

Section 6.8                                                            Shareholders’ Meeting . Lotus shall cause a meeting of its shareholders for the purpose of acting upon this Agreement to be held not later than ninety (90) days after the Agreement Date. Lotus shall mail to its shareholders, at least twenty (20) Business Days prior to such meeting, notice of such meeting together with a proxy statement (the “ Proxy Statement ”), which shall include a copy of this Agreement. Subject to its fiduciary duties, Lotus and its board of directors shall recommend to shareholders the approval of this Agreement and shall solicit proxies voting only in favor thereof from the shareholders of Lotus. For the avoidance of doubt, the parties acknowledge that the failure of Lotus to cause a meeting of its shareholders to be held for the purposes set forth in the Agreement or otherwise to make the recommendations required by or to withdraw, modify or change such recommendation as provided in the provisions of this Section 6.8 shall be deemed to have a Material Adverse Effect on Lotus on a consolidated basis and on Acquiror’s and its shareholders’ rights under this Agreement.

 

35



 

Section 6.9                                                            Information Provided to Acquiror . Lotus agrees that the information concerning Lotus that is provided or to be provided by Lotus to Acquiror for inclusion in any documents to be filed with any Regulatory Authority in connection with the Contemplated Transactions, at the respective times such documents are filed, will not be false or misleading with respect to any material fact, or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading.

 

Section 6.10                                                     Amendment or Termination of Employee Benefit Plans . To the extent permitted by applicable Legal Requirements, upon the written request of Acquiror, Lotus shall take such action as may be necessary to amend or terminate any Lotus Employee Benefit Plan on or before the Closing Date on terms reasonably acceptable to Acquiror; provided, however , that Lotus shall not be obligated to take any such requested action that is irrevocable until immediately prior to the Closing Date.

 

Section 6.11                                                     Data and Item Processing Agreements . Lotus agrees to consult with Acquiror prior to the entry by it, either through action or inaction, into any new, or any extension of any existing, data or item processing agreements. Lotus agrees to coordinate with Acquiror the negotiation of any new or extension of any existing data or item processing agreement, with the purpose of achieving the best possible economic and business result in light of the Merger.

 

Section 6.12                                                     Tax Matters . Neither Lotus nor the Bank shall make any election inconsistent with prior Tax Returns or elections or settle or compromise any liability with respect to Taxes without prior written notice to Acquiror. Each of Lotus and the Bank shall timely file all Tax Returns required to be filed prior to the Closing; provided, however , that each such Tax Return shall be delivered to Acquiror for its review at least fifteen (15) Business Days prior to the anticipated date of filing of such Tax Return.

 

Section 6.13                                                     Accounting and Other Adjustments . Subject to applicable Legal Requirements, Lotus agrees that it shall, and shall cause the Bank to: (a) make any accounting adjustments or entries to its books of account and other financial records; (b) make additional provisions to any allowance for loan and lease losses; (c) sell or transfer any investment securities held by it; (d) charge-off any loan or lease; (e) create any new reserve account or make additional provisions to any other existing reserve account; (f) make changes in any accounting method; (g) accelerate, defer or accrue any anticipated obligation, expense or income item; and make any other adjustments that would affect the financial reporting of Acquiror, on a consolidated basis after the Effective Time, in any case as Acquiror shall reasonably and in good faith request; provided, however , that neither Lotus nor the Bank shall be obligated to take any such requested action until immediately prior to the Closing and at such time as Acquiror shall confirm in writing that all conditions precedent to Lotus’s obligations under this Agreement (except for the completion of actions to be taken at the Closing) have been satisfied and that there are no facts or circumstances which would prevent Acquiror from consummating the Contemplated Transactions; provided further , that neither Lotus nor the Bank shall be obligated to take any such requested action if the primary purpose of such action is to reduce the Aggregate Merger Consideration pursuant to the adjustments in Section 3.3 .

 

Section 6.14                                                     Severance Payments . If requested by Acquiror, Lotus shall cause the Bank to satisfy the Severance Payment Obligation on or before the Closing Date with respect to

 

36



 

any employee of Lotus or the Bank identified by Acquiror who will not be retained by Acquiror or Level One Bank on and after the Effective Time.

 

Article 7

ACQUIROR’S COVENANTS

 

Section 7.1                                                            Advice of Changes . Between the Agreement Date and the Closing Date, Acquiror shall promptly notify Lotus in writing if Acquiror or any Acquiror Subsidiary becomes aware of any fact or condition that causes or constitutes a Breach of any of Acquiror’s representations and warranties as of the Agreement Date, or if Acquiror or any Acquiror Subsidiary becomes aware of the occurrence after the Agreement Date of any fact or condition that would (except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement) cause or constitute a Breach of any such representation or warranty had such representation or warranty been made as of the time of occurrence or discovery of such fact or condition. During the same period, Acquiror will promptly notify Lotus of the occurrence of any Breach of any covenant of Acquiror in this Agreement or of the occurrence of any event that might reasonably be expected to make the satisfaction of the conditions in Article 10 impossible or unlikely.

 

Section 7.2                                                                    Information Provided to Lotus . Acquiror agrees that none of the information concerning Acquiror or any Acquiror Subsidiary that is provided or to be provided by Acquiror to Lotus for inclusion or that is included in any documents to be filed with any Regulatory Authority in connection with the Contemplated Transactions will, at the respective times such documents are filed, be false or misleading with respect to any material fact, or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Acquiror shall have no responsibility for the truth or accuracy of any information with respect to Lotus or any of its Affiliates contained in any document submitted to, or other communication with, any Regulatory Authority.

 

Section 7.3                                                            Indemnification and Insurance .

 

(a)                                  Except as may be limited by applicable Legal Requirements, including applicable banking regulations, Acquiror shall honor any of Lotus’s obligations in respect of indemnification and advancement of expenses currently provided by each of Lotus and the Bank in its articles of incorporation or bylaws in favor of the current and former directors and officers of Lotus or the Bank for five (5) years from the Effective Time with respect to matters occurring prior to the Effective Time.

 

(b)                                  Acquiror shall maintain in effect for not less than one (1) year from the Effective Time the current policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance maintained by Lotus prior to the Effective Time with respect to matters occurring at or prior to the Effective Time, including the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Alternatively, Acquiror may substitute therefor policies of substantially the same coverage containing terms and conditions that, taken as a whole, are no less advantageous to the current and former directors and officers of Lotus and the Bank. After the Effective Time, Acquiror shall not be required to pay premiums for insurance coverages in excess of 150% of the last annual premium (such 150% threshold, the “ Maximum Amount ”) paid by Lotus or the Bank prior to the Agreement Date in respect of the coverages required to be obtained pursuant to this Section 7.3(b) , but in such case shall purchase

 

37



 

the greatest coverage available for a cost not exceeding the Maximum Amount. Alternatively, Acquiror may purchase at or after the Effective Time, at a total aggregate cost not exceeding the Maximum Amount, a one-year prepaid “tail” policy on terms and conditions providing substantially equivalent benefits as the current policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance maintained by Lotus and the Bank with respect to matters occurring at or prior to the Effective Time, including the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

Section 7.4                                                            Severance Payment Obligation . Acquiror covenants and agrees to pay severance payments (the “ Severance Payment Obligation ”) to any full-time employee of Lotus or the Bank whose employment is terminated by Acquiror or Level One Bank other than for cause within six months after the Closing Date. The Severance Payment Obligation as to any such terminated employee (other than employees subject to employment agreements existing on the date hereof as identified on Schedule 7.5 ), shall equal two (2) weeks of salary for each year of service with Lotus or the Bank, subject, in each case, to a minimum of two (2) weeks and a maximum of sixteen (16) weeks pay. No officer or employee of Lotus or Bank is, or shall be, entitled to receive duplicative severance payments and benefits under (i) an employment or severance agreement; (ii) this section; or (iii) any other program or arrangement.

 

Section 7.5                                                                    Employment Agreement . Acquiror agrees to cause Level One Bank and Acquiror to honor the terms of those employment agreements identified on Schedule 7.5 .

 

Section 7.6                                                            Acquiror Employment Benefit Plans . Acquiror covenants and agrees that each Continuing Employee shall receive credit for years of service at Lotus and the Bank for all purposes, including, without limitation, for purposes of eligibility to participate, entitlement to benefits, and levels of benefits of any Acquiror employee benefit plan (including, but not limited to, Acquiror’s 401(k) plan and vacation leave policy) or any other employee benefit plan of the Surviving Corporation commencing after the Effective Time, except to the extent that credit would result in duplication of benefits. At such time as Lotus and Bank employees become eligible to participate in a medical, dental or health plan of Acquiror, Acquiror shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause each such plan to (i) provide full credit under such plans for any deductibles, co-payment and out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the employees of Lotus and the Bank and their beneficiaries during the portion of the calendar year prior to such participation as if such amounts had been paid in accordance with such plan of Acquiror; and (ii) waive any waiting period limitation, evidence of insurability or actively-at-work requirement which would otherwise be applicable to such employee on or after the Effective Time to the extent such employee had satisfied any similar limitation or requirement under an analogous Acquiror Plan.

 

Article 8

COVENANTS OF ALL PARTIES

 

Section 8.1                                                            Regulatory Approvals . By no later than forty-five (45) days after the Agreement Date, Acquiror and Level One Bank shall make all appropriate filings with Regulatory Authorities for approval of the Contemplated Transactions, including the preparation of an application or any amendment thereto or any other required statements or documents filed or to be filed by any party with: (a) the Federal Reserve pursuant to the BHCA; (b) DIFS pursuant to the MBC; (c) the FDIC pursuant to the FDI Act; and (d) any other Person or Regulatory Authority

 

38



 

pursuant to any applicable Legal Requirement, for authority to consummate the Contemplated Transactions. Lotus shall cause the Bank to join in any such application as reasonably requested by Acquiror. Acquiror shall pursue in good faith the regulatory approvals necessary to consummate the Contemplated Transactions. In advance of any filing made under this Section 8.1 , Lotus and its counsel shall be provided with the opportunity to comment upon all non-confidential portions thereof, and Acquiror agrees promptly to advise Lotus and its counsel of, and share with them, any material communication received by Acquiror or its counsel from any Regulatory Authorities with respect to the non-confidential portions of such filings.

 

Section 8.2                                                            Necessary Approvals . Each of Acquiror, Acquisition Corp and Lotus agree to fully and promptly cooperate with each other and their respective counsels and accountants in connection with any steps to be taken as part of their obligations under this Agreement.

 

Section 8.3                                                            Customer and Employee Relationships . Each of Acquiror and Lotus agrees that its respective Representatives may jointly:

 

(a)                                  participate in meetings or discussions with officers and employees of Lotus, Acquiror and the Bank in connection with continuing employment opportunities with the Bank after the Effective Time; and

 

(b)                                  contact Persons having dealings with the Bank for the purpose of informing such Persons of the services to be offered by the Bank after the Effective Time.

 

Section 8.4                                                            Best Efforts; Cooperation . Each of Acquiror, Acquisition Corp and Lotus agrees to exercise good faith and use its Best Efforts to satisfy the various covenants and conditions to Closing in this Agreement, and to consummate the Contemplated Transactions as promptly as possible, and if possible, by no later than April 15, 2015. In furtherance, and not in limitation, of the foregoing, Lotus agrees to use its Best Efforts to obtain: ( a) other than with respect to the employment agreements identified on Schedule 7.5 , the release of any change in control rights or similar rights relating to any employee of Lotus or the Bank or any other Person under any other agreement by which Lotus or the Bank is bound ; and (b) the consent of any lessor or other Person whose consent is required to permit Acquiror or the Bank to continue to lease its properties or continue its existing agreements in effect. None of Acquiror, Acquisition Corp or Lotus will intentionally take or intentionally permit to be taken any action that would be a Breach of the terms or provisions of this Agreement. Between the Agreement Date and the Closing, each of Acquiror, Acquisition Corp and Lotus will, and will cause all of their respective Affiliates and Representatives to, cooperate with respect to all filings that any party is required by Legal Requirements to make in connection with the Contemplated Transactions.

 

Article 9

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF ACQUIROR

AND ACQUISITION CORP

 

The obligations of Acquiror and Acquisition Corp to consummate the Merger and to take the other actions required to be taken by Acquiror or Acquisition Corp at the Closing are subject to the satisfaction, at or prior to the Closing, of each of the following conditions (any of

 

39



 

which may be waived by Acquiror and Acquisition Corp, in whole or in part):

 

Section 9.1                                                            Accuracy of Representations and Warranties . For purposes of this Section 9.1, the accuracy of the representations and warranties of Lotus set forth in this Agreement shall be assessed as of the Agreement Date and as of the Effective Time with the same effect as though all such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the Effective Time ( provided, that representations and warranties which are confined to a specified date shall speak only as of such date). The representations and warranties set forth in Sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4(a), 4.5, 4.6 , and 4.27 shall be true and correct (except for inaccuracies which are de minimis in amount or effect). There shall not exist inaccuracies in the representations and warranties of Seller set forth in this Agreement (including the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4(a), 4.5, 4.6 , and 4.27 ) such that the aggregate effect of such inaccuracies has, or is reasonably likely to have, a Material Adverse Effect on Lotus or the Bank; provided, that for purposes of this sentence only, those representations and warranties which are qualified by references to “material” or “Material Adverse Effect” or to the “Knowledge” of any Person shall be deemed not to include such qualifications.

 

Section 9.2                                                            Lotus’s Performance . Each and all of the agreements and covenants of Lotus to be performed and complied with pursuant to this Agreement and the other agreements contemplated hereby prior to the Effective Time shall have been duly performed and complied with in all material respects.

 

Section 9.3                                                            Documents Satisfactory . All proceedings, corporate or other, to be taken by Lotus in connection with the Contemplated Transactions, and all documents incident thereto, shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to Acquiror and Acquisition Corp and their counsel, and Lotus shall have made available to Acquiror and Acquisition Corp for examination the originals or true and correct copies of all records and documents relating to the business and affairs of Lotus or the Bank which Acquiror or Acquisition Corp may reasonably request in connection with the Contemplated Transactions.

 

Section 9.4                                                            No Proceedings . No Regulatory Authority of competent jurisdiction shall have enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced, or entered any Law or Order (whether temporary, preliminary or permanent) or taken any other action which prohibits, restricts, or makes illegal consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

Section 9.5                                                            Absence of Material Adverse Effects . From September 30, 2014, to the Closing, there shall be and have been no change in the financial condition, assets or business of Lotus that has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Lotus on a consolidated basis.

 

Section 9.6                                                            Consents and Approvals . Any consents or approvals required to be secured by any party by the terms of this Agreement or otherwise reasonably necessary in the opinion of Acquiror to consummate the Merger, including (a) the approval of Regulatory Authorities and (b) the approval of the Lotus Shareholders, shall have been obtained and shall be reasonably satisfactory to Acquiror and Acquisition Corp, and all applicable waiting periods shall have expired. No Consent obtained from any Regulatory Authority which is necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby shall be conditioned or restricted in a manner

 

40



 

(including requirements relating to the raising of additional capital or the disposition of assets) which in the reasonable judgment of the board of directors of Acquiror would so materially adversely affect the economic or business benefits of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement that, had such condition or requirement been known, the Acquiror would not, in its reasonable judgment, have entered into this Agreement.

 

Section 9.7                                                            No Prohibition . The consummation of the Merger will not, directly or indirectly (with or without notice or lapse of time), materially contravene, or conflict with or result in a material violation of, or cause Acquiror, Acquisition Corp or any of Acquiror’s Affiliates to be required to make any material change in its operations as a result of: (a) any applicable Legal Requirement or Order; or (b) any Legal Requirement or Order that has been published, introduced or otherwise proposed by or before any Regulatory Authority.

 

Section 9.8                                                                    Minimum Shareholders’ Equity . Lotus’ Shareholders’ Equity shall not be less than Lotus’ adjusted Shareholders’ Equity at September 30, 2014.

 

Section 9.9                                                                    Exercise of Stock Options and Warrants . The directors and officers of Lotus and the Bank shall not have exercised any Stock Options or Warrants held by such persons following the execution of this Agreement.

 

Article 10

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF LOTUS

 

Lotus’s obligation to consummate the Merger and to take the other actions required to be taken by Lotus at the Closing are subject to the satisfaction, at or prior to the Closing, of each of the following conditions (any of which may be waived by Lotus, in whole or in part):

 

Section 10.1                                                     Accuracy of Representations and Warranties . For purposes of this Section 10.1, the accuracy of the representations and warranties of Acquiror and Acquisition Corp set forth in this Agreement shall be assessed as of the Agreement Date and as of the Effective Time with the same effect as though all such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the Effective Time ( provided, that representations and warranties which are confined to a specified date shall speak only as of such date). The representations and warranties set forth in Sections 5.1, 5.2 , and 5.3(a)  shall be true and correct (except for inaccuracies which are de minimis in amount or effect). There shall not exist inaccuracies in the representations and warranties of Seller set forth in this Agreement (including the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 5.1, 5.2 , and 5.3(a) ) such that the aggregate effect of such inaccuracies has, or is reasonably likely to have, a Material Adverse Effect on Acquiror and Acquisition Corp; provided, that for purposes of this sentence only, those representations and warranties which are qualified by references to “material” or “Material Adverse Effect” or to the “Knowledge” of any Person shall be deemed not to include such qualifications.

 

Section 10.2                                                             Acquiror’s and Acquisition Corp’s Performance . Each and all of the agreements and covenants of Acquiror and Acquisition Corp to be performed and complied with pursuant to this Agreement and the other agreements contemplated hereby prior to the Effective Time shall have been duly performed and complied with in all material respects.

 

41



 

Section 10.3                                                             Documents Satisfactory . All proceedings, corporate or other, to be taken by Acquiror and Acquisition Corp in connection with the Merger, and all documents incident thereto, shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to Lotus and its counsel.

 

Section 10.4                                                     No Proceedings . No Regulatory Authority of competent jurisdiction shall have enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced, or entered any Law or Order (whether temporary, preliminary or permanent) or taken any other action which prohibits, restricts, or makes illegal consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

Section 10.5                                                     Consents and Approvals . Any consents or approvals required to be secured by any party by the terms of this Agreement or otherwise reasonably necessary for Lotus to consummate the Merger, including the approval of the Lotus Shareholders, shall have been obtained, and all applicable waiting periods shall have expired.

 

Section 10.6                                                     No Prohibition . The consummation of the Merger will not, directly or indirectly (with or without notice or lapse of time), materially contravene, or conflict with or result in a material violation of, or cause Lotus or the Bank to violate any applicable Legal Requirement or Order.

 

Article 11

TERMINATION

 

Section 11.1                                                             Reasons for Termination and Abandonment . This Agreement may, by prompt written notice given to the other parties prior to or at the Closing, be terminated:

 

(a)                                  by mutual consent of the board of directors of Lotus and Acquiror;

 

(b)                                  by Acquiror or Lotus ( provided, that the terminating party is not then in material breach of any representation, warranty, covenant, or other agreement contained in this Agreement) in the event of a breach by the other party of any representation or warranty contained in this Agreement which cannot be or has not been cured within thirty (30) days after the giving of written notice to the breaching party of such breach and which breach is reasonably likely, in the opinion of the non-breaching party, to permit such party to refuse to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement pursuant to Articles 9 or 10 , as applicable;

 

(c)                                   by Acquiror or Lotus in the event (i) any approval of any Regulatory Authority required for consummation of the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby shall have been denied by final nonappealable action of such authority or if any action taken by such authority is not appealed within the time limit for appeal, (ii) any Legal Requirement or Order permanently restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the consummation of the Merger shall have become final and nonappealable, or (iii) the meeting for Lotus Shareholders (including any postponements or adjournments) shall have concluded and been finally adjourned and the Lotus Shareholders did not approve the Merger;

 

(d)                                  by Acquiror or Lotus, if in the exercise of its fiduciary duties, the board of directors of Lotus determines to (i) enter into negotiations with a third party for an Acquisition

 

42



 

Transaction as contemplated by Section 6.6 hereof or (ii) not recommend to Lotus Shareholders that they approve this Agreement in the manner contemplated by Section 6.8 hereof; or

 

(e)                                   by Acquiror or Lotus if the Closing has not occurred (other than through the failure of any party seeking to terminate this Agreement to comply fully with its obligations under this Agreement) on or before June 30, 2015 (the “ Termination Date ”); provided, however, that the Termination Date shall be extended by two (2) months if the primary reason the Closing has not occurred is that the parties have not obtained the approval of Regulatory Authorities described in Section 8.1 ; or

 

Section 11.2                                                     Effect of Termination . Except as provided in Section 11.3 , if this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 11.1 , all further obligations of the parties under this Agreement will terminate, and there shall be no liability under this Agreement to or on the part of any party (or such party’s respective officers, directors, shareholders and Affiliates), and all rights and obligations of each party shall cease, except that the obligations in Section 11.2 (Effective of Termination), Section 11.3 (Expenses) and Article 12 will survive; provided , however , that, subject to Section 11.3 , nothing herein shall relieve any party from liability for fraud of the willful and material Breach of any provision of this Agreement, in which case the aggrieved party shall be entitled to all rights and remedies available at law or in equity.

 

Section 11.3                                                     Expenses .

 

(a)                                  Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, each party to this Agreement will bear its own respective expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, execution, and performance of this Agreement and the Merger, including all fees and expenses of agents, representatives, counsel, and accountants. If any of the parties hereto files suit to enforce this Section 11.3 or a suit seeking to recover costs and expenses or damages for Breach of this Agreement, the costs, fees, charges and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) of the prevailing party in such litigation (and any related litigation) shall be borne by the non-prevailing party.

 

(b)                                  If this Agreement is terminated:

 

(i)                                      pursuant to Section 11.1(b), the breaching party shall pay to the terminating party, within five (5) business days of such termination, a fee equal to (1) the amount of the terminating party’s reasonable costs and expenses (including financial advisor, consultant, accountant and counsel fees) in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, up to a maximum of Seventy-Five Thousand Dollars ($75,000) (the “ Expense Fee ”), plus (2) One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000).

 

(ii)                                   pursuant to Section 11.1(b)  as a result of a breach by Lotus or Section 11.(d)  and, either at or prior to the date of termination, or within eighteen (18) months after such termination, Lotus enters into a Contract with any party other than Acquiror (or any Affiliate of Acquiror) which constitutes an Acquisition Transaction with such other party, then, Lotus shall pay Acquiror, upon its written demand in same day funds, the Expense Fee (if not previously paid) and an additional sum of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000); provided,

 

43



 

however , that in such case, the provisions of this Section shall in no way limit Acquiror’s rights against such third party.

 

(c)                                   The amounts payable pursuant to Section 11.3(b)  constitute liquidated damages and the receipt thereof shall be the sole and exclusive remedy of Acquiror and Lotus, as applicable, under this Agreement for all Breaches of this Agreement by Acquiror and Lotus, as applicable.

 

Article 12

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 12.1                                                     Governing Law . All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Agreement and the performance of the obligations imposed by this Agreement shall be governed by the internal laws of the State of Michigan applicable to Contracts made and wholly to be performed in such state without regard to conflicts of laws.

 

Section 12.2                                                     Jurisdiction and Service of Process . Any action or proceeding seeking to enforce, challenge or avoid any provision of, or based on any right arising out of, this Agreement shall be brought only in the courts of the State of Michigan, County of Oakland or, if it has or can acquire jurisdiction, in the United States District Court serving the County of Oakland, and each of the parties consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts (and of the appropriate appellate courts) in any such action or proceeding and waives any objection to jurisdiction or venue laid therein. Process in any action or proceeding referred to in the preceding sentence may be served on any party anywhere in the world.

 

Section 12.3                                                     Assignments, Successors and No Third Party Rights . No party may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to any other Person without the prior written consent of the other parties, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided, however , that Acquiror may assign its respective rights under this Agreement to any wholly-owned subsidiary of Acquiror without the consent of Lotus so long as Acquiror continues to guarantee the performance of all of its covenants set forth in this Agreement. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement and every representation, warranty, covenant, agreement and provision hereof shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Nothing expressed or referred to in this Agreement will be construed to give any Person other than the parties to this Agreement any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or with respect to this Agreement or any provision of this Agreement, other than Sections 7.3 , 7.4 and 7.5 which are intended to be for the benefit of the individuals covered thereby.

 

Section 12.4                                                     Waiver . Except as provided in Article 11 , rights and remedies of the parties to this Agreement are cumulative and not alternative. Neither the failure nor any delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Agreement or the documents referred to in this Agreement will operate as a waiver of such right, power or privilege, and no single or partial exercise of any such right, power or privilege will preclude any other or further exercise of such right, power or privilege or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law: (a) no claim or right arising out of this Agreement or the documents referred to in this Agreement can be discharged by one party, in

 

44


 

whole or in part, by a waiver or renunciation of the claim or right unless in writing signed by the other parties; (b) no waiver that may be given by a party will be applicable except in the specific instance for which it is given; and (c) no notice to or demand on one party will be deemed to be a waiver of any obligation of such party or of the right of the party giving such notice or demand to take further action without notice or demand as provided in this Agreement or the documents referred to in this Agreement.

 

Section 12.5                                                             Modification . This Agreement may not be amended except by a written agreement signed by each of Acquiror, Acquisition Corp and Lotus.

 

Section 12.6                                                     Publicity . Prior to the Closing and except as required by law, the parties hereto will consult with each other before issuing any press releases or otherwise making any public statements with respect to this Agreement or the Merger and shall not issue any such press release or make any such public statement without the prior consent of the other parties, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Unless consented to by each of Acquiror and Lotus in advance or except as required by law, prior to the Closing, the parties shall keep this Agreement strictly confidential and not make any disclosure of this Agreement to any Person. Lotus and Acquiror will consult with each other concerning the means by which Lotus’s and the Bank’s employees, customers and suppliers and others having dealings with Lotus the Bank will be informed of the Merger.

 

Section 12.7                                                     Confidentiality . No termination of this Agreement shall affect the obligations of the parties contained in the Confidentiality Agreement, all of which obligations shall survive the termination of this Agreement in accordance with its terms. If the Contemplated Transactions are not consummated, each party will return or destroy as much of such written information as any other party may reasonably request.

 

Section 12.8                                                     Notices . All notices, consents, waivers and other communications under this Agreement must be in writing (which shall include facsimile communication) and will be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand or by nationally recognized overnight delivery service (receipt requested), mailed by certified mail (return receipt requested) with postage prepaid or faxed or sent by electronic mail if confirmed immediately thereafter by also mailing a copy of any notice, request or other communication by mail as required in this Section 12.8 :

 

(a)                                  If to Acquiror or Acquisition Corp, to:

 

Level One Bancorp, Inc.

32991 Hamilton Court

Farmington Hills, Michigan 48334

Telephone:                                    (248) 737-6903

Facsimile:                                          (248) 536-5060

Email:             dwalker@levelonebank.com

Attention:                                          David C. Walker

 

45



 

with a copy to:

 

Nelson Mullins Riley & Scarborough, LLP

Atlantic Station

201 17th Street NW, Suite 1700

Atlanta, GA 30363

Telephone:                                    (404) 322-6218

Facsimile:                                          (404) 322-6041

Email:             brennan.ryan@nelsonmullins.com

Attention:                                          Brennan Ryan, Esq.

 

(b)                                  if to Lotus, to:

 

Lotus Bancorp, Inc.

44350 West Twelve Mile Road

Novi, Michigan 48377

Telephone:                                    (248) 912-1881

Facsimile:                                          (248) 735-3830

Email:                                                             nsearle@banklotus.net

Attention:                                          Neal J. Searle

 

with a copy to:

 

Howard and Howard Attorneys PLLC

200 South Michigan Avenue, Suite 200

Chicago, Illinois 60604

Telephone:                                    (312) 456-3444

Facsimile:                                          (312) 939-5617

Email:             jhemker@howardandhoward.com

Attention:                                          Joseph B. Hemker, Esq.

 

or to such other Person or place as any party shall furnish to the other parties hereto in writing. Except as otherwise provided herein, all such notices, consents, waivers and other communications shall be effective: (a) if delivered by hand, when delivered; (b) if mailed in the manner provided in this Section 12.8 , five (5) Business Days after deposit with the United States Postal Service; (c) if delivered by overnight express delivery service, on the next Business Day after deposit with such service; and (d) if by facsimile or other electronic means, on the next Business Day if also confirmed by mail in the manner provided in this Section 12.8 .

 

Section 12.9                                                     Entire Agreement . This Agreement and any documents executed by the parties pursuant to this Agreement and referred to herein constitute a complete and exclusive statement of the entire understanding and agreement of the parties hereto with respect to their subject matter and supersede all other prior agreements and understandings, written or oral, relating to such subject matter between the parties.

 

Section 12.10                                              Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such

 

46



 

provision will be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement unless the consummation of the Merger is adversely affected thereby.

 

Section 12.11                                              Further Assurances . The parties agree: (a) to furnish upon request to each other such further information; (b) to execute and deliver to each other such other documents; and (c) to do such other acts and things, as any party may reasonably request for the purpose of carrying out the intent of this Agreement and the documents referred to in this Agreement.

 

Section 12.12                                              Counterparts; Facsimile or Other Electronic Signatures . This Agreement and any amendments thereto may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement may be executed and accepted by facsimile or other electronic signature and any such signature shall be of the same force and effect as an original signature.

 

Section 12.13                                              Survival . Except for covenants that are expressly to be performed after the Closing, the representations, warranties and covenants set forth in this Agreement shall not survive beyond the Closing.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

47



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers as of the day and year first written above.

 

LOTUS BANCORP, INC.

 

LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Neal J. Searle

 

By:

/s/ Patrick J. Fehring

Name:

Neal J. Searle

 

Name:

Patrick J. Fehring

Title:

President and CEO

 

Title:

President and CEO

 

LBI ACQUISITION, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Patrick J. Fehring

 

Name:

Patrick J. Fehring

 

Title:

CEO

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

 




Exhibit 2.2

 

Execution Version

 

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

 

BETWEEN

 

LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

 

AND

 

BANK OF MICHIGAN

 

AS OF OCTOBER 21, 2015

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

PAGE

 

 

Agreement And Plan of Merger

1

 

 

Recitals

1

 

 

Agreements

1

 

 

Article 1 Definitions

1

 

 

Section 1.1

Definitions

1

Section 1.2

Principles of Construction

8

 

 

Article 2 The Merger

9

 

 

Section 2.1

The Merger

9

Section 2.2

Closing; Effective Time

9

Section 2.3

Effects of Merger

10

Section 2.4

Articles of Incorporation

10

Section 2.5

Bylaws

10

Section 2.6

Board of Directors

10

Section 2.7

Officers

11

Section 2.8

Acquiror’s Deliveries at Closing

11

Section 2.9

Seller’s Deliveries at Closing

11

Section 2.10

Alternative Structure

12

Section 2.11

Absence of Control

12

 

 

Article 3 Conversion of Stock in the Merger

12

 

 

Section 3.1

Manner of Merger

12

Section 3.2

Rights as Shareholders; Stock Transfers

13

Section 3.3

Exchange Procedures

13

Section 3.4

Restricted Shares

14

Section 3.5

Dissenter Shares

14

 

 

Article 4 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER

14

 

 

Section 4.1

Seller Organization

15

Section 4.2

Authorization; Enforceability

15

Section 4.3

No Conflict

15

Section 4.4

Seller Capitalization

16

Section 4.5

Financial Statements and Reports

16

 

i



 

Section 4.6

Books and Records

17

Section 4.7

Title to Properties

17

Section 4.8

Condition and Sufficiency of Assets

18

Section 4.9

Loans; Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

18

Section 4.10

Undisclosed Liabilities; Adverse Changes

18

Section 4.11

Taxes

19

Section 4.12

Compliance with ERISA

19

Section 4.13

Compliance with Legal Requirements

20

Section 4.14

Legal Proceedings; Orders

20

Section 4.15

Absence of Certain Changes and Events

21

Section 4.16

Properties, Contracts and Employee Benefit Plans

23

Section 4.17

No Defaults

25

Section 4.18

Deposit Insurance

25

Section 4.19

Other Insurance

26

Section 4.20

Compliance with Environmental Laws

26

Section 4.21

Regulatory Filings

26

Section 4.22

Fiduciary Accounts

26

Section 4.23

Indemnification Claims

27

Section 4.24

Insider Interests

27

Section 4.25

Brokerage Commissions

27

Section 4.26

Approval Delays

27

Section 4.27

Code Sections 280G, 409A and 4999

27

Section 4.28

Intellectual Property

27

Section 4.29

Disclosure

28

 

 

Article 5 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF ACQUIROR

28

 

 

Section 5.1

Acquiror Organization

28

Section 5.2

Bank Organization

28

Section 5.3

Authorization; Enforceability

28

Section 5.4

Compliance with Legal Requirements

29

Section 5.5

No Conflict

30

Section 5.6

Approval Delays

30

Section 5.7

Disclosure

30

Section 5.8

Financial Resources

30

 

ii



 

Article 6 COVENANTS OF SELLER

30

 

 

Section 6.1

Access and Investigation

30

Section 6.2

Operation of Seller

31

Section 6.3

Negative Covenant

32

Section 6.4

Subsequent Financial Statements

33

Section 6.5

Advice of Changes

33

Section 6.6

Other Offers

33

Section 6.7

Voting Agreement

34

Section 6.8

Shareholders’ Meeting

34

Section 6.9

Information Provided to Acquiror

34

Section 6.10

Amendment or Termination of Employee Benefit Plans

34

Section 6.11

Data and Item Processing Agreements

34

Section 6.12

Tax Matters

34

Section 6.13

Accounting and Other Adjustments

35

Section 6.14

Severance Payments

35

 

 

Article 7 ACQUIROR’S COVENANTS

35

 

 

Section 7.1

Advice of Changes

35

Section 7.2

Information Provided to Seller

35

Section 7.3

Indemnification and Insurance

36

Section 7.4

Severance Payment Obligation

36

Section 7.5

Employment Agreement

36

Section 7.6

Acquiror Employment Benefit Plans

36

Section 7.7

Formation of Acquisition Bank

37

 

 

Article 8 COVENANTS OF ALL PARTIES

37

 

 

Section 8.1

Regulatory Approvals

37

Section 8.2

Necessary Approvals

37

Section 8.3

Customer and Employee Relationships

37

Section 8.4

Best Efforts; Cooperation

38

 

 

Article 9 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF ACQUIROR

38

 

 

Section 9.1

Accuracy of Representations and Warranties

38

Section 9.2

Seller’s Performance

38

Section 9.3

Documents Satisfactory

38

Section 9.4

No Proceedings

39

 

iii



 

Section 9.5

Absence of Material Adverse Effects

39

Section 9.6

Consents and Approvals

39

Section 9.7

No Prohibition

39

Section 9.8

Minimum Seller’s Shareholders’ Equity

39

Section 9.9

Notices of Dissent

39

 

 

Article 10 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF SELLER

39

 

 

Section 10.1

Accuracy of Representations and Warranties

39

Section 10.2

Acquiror’s Performance

40

Section 10.3

Documents Satisfactory

40

Section 10.4

No Proceedings

40

Section 10.5

Consents and Approvals

40

Section 10.6

No Prohibition

40

 

 

Article 11 TERMINATION

40

 

 

Section 11.1

Reasons for Termination and Abandonment

40

Section 11.2

Effect of Termination

41

Section 11.3

Expenses

41

 

 

Article 12 MISCELLANEOUS

42

 

 

Section 12.1

Governing Law

42

Section 12.2

Jurisdiction and Service of Process

42

Section 12.3

Assignments, Successors and No Third Party Rights

42

Section 12.4

Waiver

43

Section 12.5

Modification

43

Section 12.6

Publicity

43

Section 12.7

Confidentiality

43

Section 12.8

Notices

43

Section 12.9

Entire Agreement

45

Section 12.10

Severability

45

Section 12.11

Further Assurances

45

Section 12.12

Counterparts; Facsimile or Other Electronic Signatures

45

Section 12.13

Survival

45

 

iv



 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit A

 

Form of Voting Agreement

 

 

 

Exhibit B

 

Form of Statutory Consolidation Agreement

 

v



 

SCHEDULE INDEX

 

Schedule 4.1

 

Seller Organization

Schedule 4.3

 

Conflicts

Schedule 4.4

 

Seller Capitalization

Schedule 4.5

 

Financial Statements and Reports

Schedule 4.7

 

Title to Properties

Schedule 4.9

 

Loans; ALLL

Schedule 4.10

 

Undisclosed Liabilities; Adverse Changes

Schedule 4.12

 

Compliance with ERISA

Schedule 4.13

 

Compliance with Legal Requirements

Schedule 4.14

 

Legal Proceedings; Orders

Schedule 4.15

 

Absence of Certain Changes and Events

Schedule 4.16

 

Properties, Contracts and Employee Benefit Plans

Schedule 4.17

 

Defaults

Schedule 4.19

 

Other Insurance

Schedule 4.20

 

Compliance with Environmental Laws

Schedule 4.23

 

Indemnification Claims

Schedule 4.24

 

Insider Interests

Schedule 4.25

 

Brokerage Commissions

Schedule 4.27

 

Code Sections 280G, 409A and 4999

Schedule 4.28

 

Intellectual Property

Schedule 6.2(g)

 

Securities Eligible for Sale

Schedule 7.4

 

Severance Payment Obligation

Schedule 7.5

 

Employment Agreement

 

vi


 

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

 

THIS AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of this 21st day of October, 2015 (the “ Agreement Date ”), between Level One Bancorp, Inc. , a Michigan corporation (“ Acquiror ”), and Bank of Michigan , a Michigan state chartered bank (“ Seller ”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.                                     The parties to this Agreement desire to effect a reorganization whereby Acquiror acquires control of Seller through the consolidation (the “ Merger ”) of a Michigan chartered interim bank that will be formed by Acquiror for purposes of the Merger and will be a wholly-owned subsidiary of Acquiror (the “ Acquisition Bank ”) with and into Seller with Seller being the surviving entity as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Acquiror (the “ Surviving Entity ”). Immediately following the Merger, Acquiror intends that Seller, as the surviving entity in the Merger, would be merged with and into Level One Bank with Level One Bank being the surviving entity (the “ Second Merger ”).

 

B.                                     As a result of the Merger and at the time of the consummation thereof, each outstanding share of the common stock of Seller (“ Seller Common Stock ”) will be cancelled and converted solely into the right to receive cash in the amount and pursuant to the terms set forth in this Agreement.

 

C.                                     The parties desire to make certain representations, warranties and agreements in connection with the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement and also agree to certain prescribed conditions to the Merger and the other transactions.

 

AGREEMENTS

 

In consideration of the foregoing premises, which are incorporated herein by this reference, and the mutual promises, covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

Article 1

DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.1                                    Definitions.

 

In addition to those terms defined throughout this Agreement, the following terms, when used herein, shall have the following meanings.

 

(a)                                  “Acquiror” has the meaning given to such term in the introductory paragraph.

 

(b)                                  “Acquisition Bank” has the meaning given to such term in the Recitals hereof.

 

1



 

(c)                                   “Acquisition Transaction” means the acquisition by a third party of: (i) legal or beneficial ownership (as defined by Rule 13d-4 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of greater than 20% of the then issued and outstanding voting stock of a party hereto or any of their subsidiaries through any transaction to which a party hereto or any Affiliate of a party hereto is a party; or (ii) more than 50% of the assets of a party or any of their subsidiaries hereto.

 

(d)                                  Affiliate ” means with respect to:

 

(i)                                      a particular individual: (A) each other member of such individual’s Family; (B) any Person that is directly or indirectly controlled by such individual or one or more members of such individual’s Family; (C) any Person in which such individual or members of such individual’s Family hold (individually or in the aggregate) a Material Interest; and (D) any Person with respect to which such individual or one or more members of such individual’s Family serves as a director, officer, partner or executor (or in a similar capacity); and

 

(ii)                                   a specified Person other than an individual: (A) any Person that directly or indirectly controls, is directly or indirectly controlled by, or is directly or indirectly under common control with such specified Person; (B) any Person that holds a Material Interest in such specified Person; (C) each Person that serves as a director, officer, partner or executor of such specified Person (or in a similar capacity); (D) any Person in which such specified Person holds a Material Interest; (E) any Person with respect to which such specified Person serves as a general partner or a director (or in a similar capacity); and (F) any Affiliate of any individual described in clauses (B) or (C) of this subsection (ii).

 

(e)                                   Aggregate Merger Consideration ” means cash in the amount equal to the product of the number of Outstanding Seller Shares as of the Effective Time multiplied by $17.00; provided, only the Outstanding Seller Shares as of the Agreement Date shall be considered to be Outstanding Seller Shares for purposes of this Section 1.1(e) .

 

(f)                                    “Agreement” has the meaning given to such term in the introductory paragraph.

 

(g)                                   “Agreement Date” has the meaning given to such term in the introductory paragraph.

 

(h)                                  ALLL ” means allowance for loan and lease losses.

 

(i)                                      Best Efforts ” means the efforts that a prudent Person desirous of achieving a result would use in similar circumstances to ensure that such result is achieved as expeditiously as possible; provided, however , that an obligation to use Best Efforts under this Agreement does not require the Person subject to that obligation to take actions that would result in a materially adverse change in the benefits to such Person of this Agreement and the Merger.

 

(j)                                     BHCA ” means the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended.

 

(k)                                  Borrowing Affiliate ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 6.2(d)(ii) .

 

2



 

(l)                                      Breach ” means with respect to a representation, warranty, covenant, obligation or other provision of this Agreement or any instrument delivered pursuant to this Agreement: (i) any inaccuracy in or breach of, or any failure to perform or comply with, such representation, warranty, covenant, obligation or other provision; or (ii) any claim (by any Person) or other occurrence or circumstance that is or was inconsistent with such representation, warranty, covenant, obligation or other provision.

 

(m)                              Business Day ” means any day except Saturday, Sunday and any day on which Level One Bank is authorized or required by law or other government action to close.

 

(n)                                  Call Reports ” means Reports of Condition and Income as filed with the FDIC.

 

(o)                                  Certificates ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 3.3(a) .

 

(p)                                  Closing” has the meaning given to such term in Section 2.2(a) .

 

(q)                                  Closing Date” has the meaning given to such term in Section 2.2(a) .

 

(r)                                     Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(s)                                    Confidentiality Agreement ” means the letter agreement dated as of June 4, 2015 by and between Level One Bank and Seller (as it may be amended from time to time).

 

(t)                                     Contemplated Transactions ” means all of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including: (i) Acquiror’s formation of Acquisition Bank; (ii) the Merger; (iii) the performance by Acquiror and Seller of their respective covenants and obligations under this Agreement; (iv) Acquiror’s acquisition of control of Seller; and (v) Acquiror’s payment of cash in exchange for shares of Seller Common Stock.

 

(u)                                  Contract ” means any agreement, contract, obligation, promise or understanding (whether written or oral and whether express or implied) that is legally binding: (i) under which a Person has or may acquire any rights; (ii) under which such Person has or may become subject to any obligation or liability; or (iii) by which such Person or any of the assets owned or used by such Person is or may become bound.

 

(v)                                  DIFS ” means the Michigan Department of Insurance and Financial Services.

 

(w)                                Dissenter Shares ” the meaning given to such term in Section 3.1 .

 

(x)                                  Effective Time ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 2.2(c) .

 

(y)                                  Environmental Laws ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 4.20 .

 

(z)                                   Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

3



 

(aa)                           Expense Fee ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 11.3(b) .

 

(bb)                           Family ” means with respect to an individual: (i) the individual; (ii) the individual’s spouse; (iii) any other natural person who is related to the individual or the individual’s spouse within the second degree; and (iv) any other natural person who resides with such individual.

 

(cc)                             FDI Act ” means the Federal Deposit Insurance Act.

 

(dd)                           FDIC ” means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

 

(ee)                             Federal Reserve ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or the appropriate Federal Reserve Bank acting under delegated authority.

 

(ff)                               Financial Statements ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 4.5 .

 

(gg)                             GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles as applied in the United States.

 

(hh)                           IIPI ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 4.13(b) .

 

(ii)                                   Intellectual Property Assets ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 4.16(g) .

 

(jj)                                 Knowledge ” with respect to:

 

(iii)                                an individual means that such person will be deemed to have “Knowledge” of a particular fact or other matter if: (A) such individual is actually aware of such fact or other matter; or (B) a prudent individual could be expected to discover or otherwise become aware of such fact or other matter in the course of conducting a reasonably comprehensive investigation concerning the existence of such fact or other matter; and

 

(iv)                               a Person (other than an individual) means that such Person will be deemed to have “Knowledge” of a particular fact or other matter if any individual who is serving, or who has served in the past twelve (12) months, as a director, officer, partner or executor of such Person (or in any similar capacity) has, or at any time had, Knowledge of such fact or other matter.

 

(kk)                           Legal Requirement ” means any federal, state, local, municipal, foreign, international, multinational or other Order, constitution, law, ordinance, regulation, rule, policy statement, directive, statute or treaty.

 

(ll)                                   Letter of Transmittal ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 3.3(a) .

 

(mm)                   Level One Bank ” means Level One Bank, a Michigan state-chartered commercial bank with its main office located in Farmington Hills, Michigan, and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Acquiror.

 

4



 

(nn)                           Material Adverse Effect ” with respect to a Person (other than an individual) means a material adverse effect (whether or not required to be accrued or disclosed under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 5) on the condition (financial or otherwise), properties, assets, liabilities, businesses or results of operations of such Person; or on the ability of such Person to perform its obligations under this Agreement on a timely basis; provided, however , that a Material Adverse Effect with respect to any Person that is a party hereto shall not include: (A) a change with respect to, or effect on, that Person and its subsidiaries resulting from a change in law, rule, regulation, GAAP or regulatory accounting principles, as such would apply to the financial statements of such Person; (B) a change with respect to, or effect on, that Person or any of its subsidiaries resulting from any other matter affecting depository institutions generally (including financial institutions and their holding companies) including changes in general economic conditions and changes in prevailing interest and deposit rates; (C) actions or omissions taken by that Person as required hereunder and actions or omissions by such Person with the prior written consent of the other parties hereto; (D) a change arising from or relating to the announcement of the Contemplated Transactions; or (E) the impact on Seller of any Seller Transaction Expenses.

 

(oo)                           Material Interest ” means the direct or indirect beneficial ownership (as currently defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of voting securities or other voting interests representing at least ten percent (10%) of the outstanding voting power of a Person or equity securities or other equity interests representing at least ten percent (10%) of the outstanding equity securities or equity interests in a Person.

 

(pp)                           Maximum Amount ” has the meaning given such term in Section 7.3(b) .

 

(qq)                           MBC ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 2.1 .

 

(rr)                                 Merger ” has the meaning given to such term in the Recitals hereof.

 

(ss)                               Order ” means any award, decision, injunction, judgment, order, ruling, extraordinary supervisory letter, policy statement, memorandum of understanding, resolution, agreement, directive, subpoena or verdict entered, issued, made, rendered or required by any court, administrative or other governmental agency, including any Regulatory Authority, or by any arbitrator.

 

(tt)                                 Ordinary Course of Business ” shall include any action taken by a Person only if such action:

 

(v)                                is consistent with the past customs and practices of such Person, including with respect to quantity and frequency, and is taken in the ordinary course of the normal day-to-day operations of such Person;

 

(vi)                               is not required to be authorized by the board of directors of such Person (or by any Person or group of Persons exercising similar authority), other than loan approvals for customers of a financial institution; and

 

(vii)                              is similar in nature and magnitude to actions customarily taken, without any authorization by the board of directors (or by any Person or group of Persons

 

5



 

exercising similar authority), other than loan approvals for customers of a financial institution, in the ordinary course of the normal day-to-day operations of other Persons that are in the same line of business as such Person.

 

(uu)                           OREO ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 4.7 .

 

(vv)                           Outstanding Seller Shares ” means the number of shares of Seller Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time, including shares of restricted stock held by employees and board members of Seller (but excluding any shares held as treasury stock).

 

(ww)                       Paying Agent ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 3.3(a) .

 

(xx)                           Per Share Merger Consideration ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 3.1 .

 

(yy)                           Person ” means any individual, corporation (including any non-profit corporation), general or limited partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, estate, trust, association, organization, labor union or other entity or any Regulatory Authority.

 

(zz)                             Proceeding ” means any action, arbitration, audit, hearing, investigation, litigation or suit (whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or informal) commenced, brought, conducted or heard by or before, or otherwise involving, any judicial or governmental authority, including a Regulatory Authority, or arbitrator.

 

(aaa)                    Proxy Statement ” has the meaning given such term in Section 6.8 .

 

(bbb)                    Regulatory Authority ” means any federal, state or local governmental body, agency or authority that, under applicable statutes and regulations: (i) has supervisory, judicial, administrative, police, taxing or other power or authority over Seller, Acquiror, Level One Bank or Acquisition Bank; (ii) is required to approve, or give its consent to, the Contemplated Transactions; or (iii) with which a filing must be made in connection therewith, including the Federal Reserve, the FDIC and DIFS.

 

(ccc)                       Representative ” means with respect to a particular Person, any director, officer, manager, employee, agent, consultant, advisor or other representative of such Person, including legal counsel, accountants and financial advisors.

 

(ddd)                    Restricted Share ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 3.4(a) .

 

(eee)                       Restricted Stock Holder ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 4.4(b) .

 

(fff)                          Schedules ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 1.2(b)

 

(ggg)                       “Second Merger” has the meaning given to such term in the Recitals hereof.

 

6



 

(hhh)                    Seller ” has the meaning given to such term in the introductory paragraph.

 

(iii)                               Seller Common Stock ” has the meaning given to such term in the Recitals hereof.

 

(jjj)                             Seller Employee Benefit Plans ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 4.16(m) .

 

(kkk)                    Seller Loans ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 4.9 .

 

(lll)                               Seller Shareholders ” mean the holders of record of Seller Common Stock.

 

(mmm)        Seller’s Shareholders’ Equity ” means the Shareholders’ equity of Seller, calculated in accordance with GAAP, but adjusted to exclude (i) Seller Transaction Expenses, (ii) any unrealized gains or losses relating to investment securities attributed to ASC 320 and (iii) the cost or expense directly related to any accounting or other adjustments made pursuant to Section 6.13 . For all purposes of this Agreement, Seller’s Shareholders’ Equity shall each be calculated by Seller, in consultation with and as agreed to by Acquiror and Seller’s and Acquiror’s independent auditors, in any case with such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld, as of the close of business on the Closing Date, using reasonable estimates of revenues and expenses through the Closing Date where actual amounts are not available. Such calculation shall be subject to verification and approval prior to the Closing by Acquiror’s independent auditors, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

(nnn)                    Seller Transaction Expenses ” means all transaction costs of Seller necessary to consummate the Contemplated Transactions, including the aggregate expenses of attorneys, accountants, consultants, financial advisors and other professional advisors incurred by Seller in connection with this Agreement and the Contemplated Transactions, termination and deconversion costs associated with data processing agreements, costs associated with employee change in control agreements and other severance payments (including but not limited to payments contemplated by Sections 6.14, 7.3(b) and 7.4 ) and all other non-payroll related costs and expenses in each case incurred or to be incurred by Seller through the Effective Time in connection with this Agreement and the Contemplated Transactions.

 

(ooo)                    Severance Payment Obligation ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 7.4 .

 

(ppp)                    Statutory Consolidation Agreement ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 2.2(b) .

 

(qqq)                    Subsequent Financial Statements ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 6.4.

 

(rrr)                            Surviving Entity ” has the meaning given to such term in the Recitals hereof.

 

(sss)                         Tax ” means any tax (including any income, gross receipts, capital gains,

 

7


 

value-added, sales use, property, gift, estate, license, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, windfall profits, capital stock franchise, withholding, social security, unemployment, disability, transfer, estimated or any other tax), levy, assessment, tariff, duty (including any customs duty), deficiency or other fee, and any related charge or amount (including any fine, penalty, interest or addition to tax), imposed, assessed or collected by or under the authority of any Regulatory Authority or payable pursuant to any tax-sharing agreement or any other Contract relating to the sharing or payment of any such tax, levy, assessment, tariff, duty, deficiency or fee.

 

(ttt)                             Tax Return ” means any return (including any informational return), report, statement, schedule, notice, form or other document or information filed with or submitted to, or required to be filed with or submitted to, any Regulatory Authority in connection with the determination, assessment, collection or payment of any Tax or in connection with the administration, implementation or enforcement of or compliance with any Legal Requirement relating to any Tax.

 

(uuu)                    Termination Date ” has the meaning given such term in Section 11.1(e) .

 

(vvv)                    Threatened ” means a claim, Proceeding, dispute, action or other matter for which any demand or statement has been made (orally or in writing) or any notice has been given (orally or in writing), or if any other event has occurred or any other circumstances exist, that would lead a prudent Person to conclude that such a claim, Proceeding, dispute, action or other matter is likely to be asserted, commenced, taken or otherwise pursued in the future.

 

(www)              Voting Agreement ” means the Voting Agreement by and among Acquiror and the directors of Seller and joined in by Seller, in the form attached as Exhibit A .

 

Section 1.2                                    Principles of Construction.

 

(a)                                  In this Agreement, unless otherwise stated or the context otherwise requires, the following uses apply: (i) actions permitted under this Agreement may be taken at any time and from time to time in the actor’s sole discretion; (ii) references to a statute shall refer to the statute and any successor statute, and to all regulations promulgated under or implementing the statute or successor, as in effect at the relevant time; (iii) in computing periods from a specified date to a later specified date, the words “ from ” and “ commencing on ” (and the like) mean “ from and including ,” and the words “ to ,” “ until ” and “ ending on ” (and the like) mean “ to, but excluding ”; (iv) references to a governmental or quasi- governmental agency, authority or instrumentality shall also refer to a regulatory body that succeeds to the functions of the agency, authority or instrumentality; (v) indications of time of day mean Farmington Hills, Michigan time; (vi) “ including ” means “ including, but not limited to ”; (vii) all references to sections, schedules and exhibits are to sections, schedules and exhibits in or to this Agreement unless otherwise specified; (viii) all words used in this Agreement will be construed to be of such gender or number as the circumstances require; (ix) captions and headings of articles, sections, schedules and exhibits appearing in or attached to this Agreement have been inserted solely for convenience of reference and shall not be considered a part of this Agreement nor shall any of them affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement or any of its provisions; and (x) any reference to a document or set of documents in this Agreement, and the rights and obligations of

 

8



 

the parties under any such documents, means such document or documents as amended from time to time, and any and all modifications, extensions, renewals, substitutions or replacements thereof.

 

(b)                                  Unless otherwise specified herein, all references in this Agreement to schedules are to the disclosure schedules of Seller attached to and made part of this Agreement, (the “ Schedules ”). The Schedules consist of the agreements, lists, instruments and other documentation described or referred to in this Agreement with respect to Seller, which Schedules were delivered by Seller to Acquiror before the Agreement Date. The disclosures in the Schedules, and those in any update or supplement thereto, relate only to the representations and warranties in the sections of this Agreement to which they expressly relate and not to any other representation or warranty in this Agreement. In the event of any inconsistency between the statements in the body of this Agreement and those in the Schedules (other than an exception expressly set forth as such in the Schedules with respect to a specifically identified representation or warranty), the statements in the body of this Agreement will control.

 

(c)                                   All accounting terms not specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with GAAP.

 

(d)                                  With regard to each and every term and condition of this Agreement and any and all agreements and instruments subject to the terms hereof, the parties hereto understand and agree that the same have or has been mutually negotiated, prepared and drafted, and that if at any time the parties hereto desire or are required to interpret or construe any such term or condition or any agreement or instrument subject hereto, no consideration shall be given to the issue of which party hereto actually prepared, drafted or requested any term or condition of this Agreement or any agreement or instrument subject hereto.

 

Article 2

THE MERGER

 

Section 2.1                                    The Merger. Provided that this Agreement shall not have been terminated in accordance with its express terms, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement and in accordance with applicable Legal Requirements, including the receipt of all requisite regulatory and shareholder approvals, at the Effective Time, Acquisition Bank shall be merged with and into Seller pursuant to the provisions of, and with the effects provided in, the Michigan Banking Code of 1999, as amended (the “ MBC ”), the separate existence of Acquisition Bank shall thereupon cease, and Seller shall be the Surviving Entity. As a result of the Merger, at the Effective Time, each share of stock of Acquisition Bank issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted into shares of common stock of the Surviving Entity and each of the Outstanding Seller Shares will be cancelled and converted into the right to receive the Per Share Merger Consideration as provided in Article 3 . The parties intend that the Second Merger will become effective immediately following the Merger.

 

Section 2.2                                    Closing; Effective Time.

 

(a)                                  Provided that this Agreement shall not have been terminated in accordance with its express terms, the closing of the Merger (the “ Closing ”) shall occur on a date that is mutually agreed upon by the parties, provided that, in the absence of an agreement, the Closing

 

9



 

shall occur as soon as practicable following the date on which the conditions set forth in Article 9 and Article 10 have been satisfied or waived, but in no event later than the tenth (10th) Business Day of the calendar month following the calendar month in which such date occurs (the “ Closing Date ”). The Closing shall occur electronically or through the mail or at a time and place that is mutually acceptable to Acquiror and Seller. Subject to the provisions of Article 11 , failure to consummate the Contemplated Transactions on the date and time and at the place determined pursuant to this Section 2.2(a)  will not result in the termination of this Agreement and will not relieve any party of any obligation under this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  The parties hereto agree that concurrently with or as soon as practicable after the formation of Acquisition Bank, Acquisition Bank and the Seller shall enter into a merger agreement (the “ Statutory Consolidation Agreement ”) (in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B , with such changes thereto as shall be appropriate to reflect the final structure and regulatory approval process appropriate for the Contemplated Transactions), the terms of which shall be consistent with and subject to the terms of this Agreement.

 

(c)                                   The Merger shall be effective as specified in the Certified Plan of Consolidation from DIFS (the “ Effective Time ”).

 

Section 2.3                                    Effects of Merger. At the Effective Time, the effect of the Merger shall be as provided in the MBC. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, at the Effective Time, all rights, franchises, and interests of both Acquisition Bank and Seller in and to every type of property (real, personal, and mixed), and all choses in action of both Acquisition Bank and Seller shall be transferred to and vested in the Surviving Entity without any deed or other transfer. The Surviving Entity, without any Order or other action on the part of any court or otherwise, shall hold and enjoy all rights of property, franchises, and interests, including appointments, designations, and nominations, and all other rights and interests as trustee, executor, administrator, registrar of stocks and bonds, guardian of estates, assignee, receiver, and committee of estates of incompetent persons, and in every other fiduciary capacity, in the same manner and to the same extent as such rights, franchises and interests were held or enjoyed by either Acquisition Bank or Seller at the Effective Time. All liabilities and obligations of both Acquisition Bank and Seller of every kind and description shall be assumed by the Surviving Entity, and the Surviving Entity shall be bound thereby in the same manner and to the same extent that Acquisition Bank and Seller were so bound at the Effective Time.

 

Section 2.4                                    Articles of Incorporation. At the Effective Time, the articles of incorporation of Seller, as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall be the articles of incorporation of the Surviving Entity until thereafter amended in accordance with applicable law.

 

Section 2.5                                    Bylaws. At the Effective Time, the bylaws of Seller, as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall be the bylaws of the Surviving Entity until thereafter amended in accordance with applicable law.

 

Section 2.6                                    Board of Directors. At the Effective Time, the directors of Acquisition Bank immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be the initial directors of the Surviving Entity and shall hold office until their respective successors are duly elected or appointed and qualified

 

10



 

in the manner provided in the articles of incorporation and bylaws of the Surviving Entity.

 

Section 2.7                                    Officers. At the Effective Time, the officers of Acquisition Bank immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be the initial officers of the Surviving Entity and shall hold office until their respective successors are duly elected or appointed and qualified in the manner provided in the articles of incorporation and bylaws of the Surviving Entity.

 

Section 2.8                                    Acquiror’s Deliveries at Closing. At the Closing, Acquiror shall deliver the following items to Seller:

 

(a)                                  copies of resolutions of the board of directors of Acquiror, authorizing and approving this Agreement and the consummation of the Contemplated Transactions certified by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of Acquiror;

 

(b)                                  copies of the resolutions of the board of directors and sole shareholder of Acquisition Bank authorizing and approving the Statutory Consolidation Agreement certified by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of Acquisition Bank;

 

(c)                                   a certificate executed by the President or Chief Executive Officer of Acquiror, dated as the Closing Date, to the effect that the conditions set forth in Sections 10.1, 10.2 and 10.5 have been satisfied;

 

(d)                                  evidence that the Aggregate Merger Consideration has been deposited by the Acquiror with the Paying Agent; and

 

(e)                                   such other documents as Seller or Seller’s counsel shall reasonably request.

 

All such items shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to Acquiror, Acquisition Bank and their counsel.

 

Section 2.9                                    Seller’s Deliveries at Closing. At the Closing, Seller shall deliver the following items to Acquiror:

 

(a)                                  a good standing certificate for Seller issued by DIFS dated not more than ten (10) Business Days prior to the Closing Date;

 

(b)                                  a copy of the articles of incorporation and all amendments thereto of Seller certified by the DIFS dated not more than ten (10) Business Days prior to the Closing Date;

 

(c)                                   a certificate of the Secretary of Seller dated the Closing Date certifying a copy of the bylaws of Seller and stating that there have been no further amendments to the articles of incorporation of the Seller delivered pursuant to this Section 2.9 ;

 

(d)                                  copies of resolutions of the shareholders and the board of directors of Seller authorizing and approving this Agreement, the Statutory Consolidation Agreement and the consummation of the Contemplated Transactions certified by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of Seller;

 

11



 

(e)                                   a list of Seller Shareholders as of the Closing Date and a list of all Persons as of the Closing Date who hold or have the right at any time to acquire shares of Seller Common Stock or any other equity security of Seller certified in each case by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of Seller;

 

(f)                                    a certificate of each of Seller’s legal counsel, accountants and financial and investment banker if any representing that all of their respective fees and expenses incurred by Seller prior to and including the Effective Time in connection with the Contemplated Transactions have been paid in full or were fully accrued prior to the close of business on the day immediately preceding the Closing;

 

(g)                                   a certificate executed by the President or Chief Executive of Seller, dated as of the Closing Date, to the effect that the conditions set forth Sections 9.1, 9.2, 9.5, 9.6 , and 9.8 have been satisfied as to Seller.

 

(h)                                  such other documents as Acquiror or its counsel shall reasonably request.

 

All such items shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to Seller and its counsel.

 

Section 2.10                             Alternative Structure. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, Acquiror may request, for any reasonable business, tax or regulatory purpose of Acquiror that Seller enter into transactions other than those described in this Agreement to effect the purposes of this Agreement, and if requested by Acquiror, the parties to this Agreement shall take all action necessary and appropriate to effect, or cause to be effected, such transactions; provided, however , that no such proposed change in the structure of the Contemplated Transactions shall delay the Closing (if such a date has already been firmly established) by more than twenty (20) Business Days or adversely affect the economic benefits or the tax effect of the Merger at the Effective Time to the Seller Shareholders.

 

Section 2.11                             Absence of Control. Subject to any specific provisions of this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties to this Agreement that none of Acquiror, Acquisition Bank or Seller by reason of this Agreement shall be deemed (until consummation of the Contemplated Transactions) to control, directly or indirectly, any other party and shall not exercise, or be deemed to exercise, directly or indirectly, a controlling influence over the management or policies of any such other party.

 

Article 3

CONVERSION OF STOCK IN THE MERGER

 

Section 3.1                                    Manner of Merger. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, at the Effective Time, automatically by virtue of the Merger, and without any action on the part of any Person, each Outstanding Seller Share that is issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (other than Seller Common Stock that is owned by shareholders properly exercising their dissenters’ rights pursuant to the MBC (the “ Dissenter Shares ”)) shall be automatically converted into the right to receive an amount in cash equal to the quotient of: (i) the Aggregate Merger Consideration; divided by the Outstanding Seller Shares (the “ Per Share Merger Consideration ”).

 

12



 

Section 3.2                                    Rights as Shareholders; Stock Transfers. At the Effective Time, Seller Shareholders shall cease to be, and shall have no rights as, Seller Shareholders, other than to receive the Per Share Merger Consideration and any Dissenter Shares shall thereafter represent only the right to receive applicable payments as set forth in Section 3.5 . All rights to receive the Per Share Merger Consideration and the payments set forth in Section 3.5 for the Dissenter Shares in exchange for each share of Seller Common Stock shall be deemed to have been paid in full satisfaction of all rights pertaining to all Outstanding Seller Shares. After the Effective Time, there shall be no transfers on the stock transfer books of Seller or the Surviving Entity of shares of Seller Common Stock.

 

Section 3.3                                    Exchange Procedures.

 

(a)                                  Within seven (7) Business Days after the Effective Time, Acquiror shall cause the paying agent selected by Acquiror (which may be Level One Bank) (the “ Paying Agent ”) to mail to each then current holder of record of Seller Common Stock instructions for use in effecting the surrender of the certificates representing Seller Common Stock (the “ Certificates ”) in exchange for the Per Share Merger Consideration (the “ Letter of Transmittal ”). Upon proper surrender of a Certificate for exchange and cancellation to or as directed by Acquiror in the Letter of Transmittal, together with such properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal and such documents as may reasonably be required by the Paying Agent, the holder of such Certificates shall be entitled to receive in exchange therefore a check representing the amount of the cash, without interest thereon, that such holder is entitled to receive pursuant to this Article 3 , and the Certificates so surrendered shall forthwith be cancelled.

 

(b)                                  Neither the Paying Agent nor any party hereto shall be liable to any former holder of Seller Common Stock for any amount properly delivered to a public official pursuant to applicable abandoned property, escheat or similar laws.

 

(c)                                   If a check representing any part of the Per Share Merger Consideration is to be issued in a name other than that in which the Certificate surrendered in exchange therefor is registered, it shall be a condition of the issuance thereof that the Certificate so surrendered shall be properly endorsed, accompanied by all documents required to evidence and effect such transfer and otherwise in proper form for transfer and that the Person requesting such exchange shall pay to Acquiror any transfer or other taxes required by reason of the issuance of a check representing cash in any name other than that of the registered holder of the Certificate surrendered, or otherwise required, or shall establish to the satisfaction of Acquiror that such tax has been paid or is not payable.

 

(d)                                  Each of Acquiror and the Paying Agent shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from the consideration otherwise payable pursuant to this Agreement to any holder of Seller Common Stock such amounts, if any, as it is required to deduct and withhold with respect to the making of such payment under the Code or any provision of any Legal Requirement or by any Regulatory Authority. To the extent that any amounts are so withheld by Acquiror or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the holder of the Seller Common Stock in respect of which such deduction and withholding was made by Acquiror or the Paying Agent, as the case may be.

 

13


 

(e)                                   Adoption of this Agreement by the shareholders of Seller shall constitute ratification of the appointment of the Paying Agent.

 

(f)                                    If any Certificate shall have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the Person claiming such Certificate to be lost, stolen or destroyed and, if required by Acquiror, the posting by such Person of a bond, in such reasonable amount as Acquiror ay direct, as indemnity against any claim that may be made against it with respect to such Certificate, the Paying Agent shall issue, in exchange for such lost, stolen or destroyed Certificate, the Per Share Merger Consideration to be paid in respect of the Outstanding Seller Shares represented by such Certificate as contemplated under this Article 3 .

 

Section 3.4                                    Restricted Shares.

 

(a)                                  As of immediately prior to the Effective Time, restrictions related to each restricted share of Seller Common Stock (each a “ Restricted Share ”) that is outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall lapse.

 

(b)                                  Seller’s board of directors or its compensation committee shall make such adjustments and amendments to or make such determinations with respect to the Restricted Shares necessary to effect the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.4 .

 

Section 3.5                                    Dissenter Shares. Any holder of Seller Common Stock who perfects such holder’s dissenters’ rights in accordance with and as contemplated by Section 3706(b) of the MBC shall be entitled to dissent from the Merger and obtain payment in cash of the fair value of such shares of Seller Common Stock; provided , that no such payment shall be made to any dissenting shareholder unless and until such dissenting shareholder has complied with all applicable provisions of the MBC, and surrendered to the Surviving Entity the Certificate or Certificates representing the shares for which payment is being made. Any holder of Seller Common Stock who objects to the Merger and desires to receive payment for his or her Seller Common Stock must either vote against the Merger or deliver notice in writing to Seller at or prior to the Seller Shareholders’ meeting that such shareholder dissents from the Merger shall be entitled to receive in cash from the Surviving Entity the fair value of such shares of Seller Common Stock, if and when the Merger is consummated, upon written request made to the Surviving Entity at any time within thirty (30) days after the Effective Time, accompanied by the surrender of the Certificate or Certificates representing the shares for which payment is being made, in accordance with the MBC. In the event that, after the Effective Time, a dissenting shareholder of Seller fails to perfect, or effectively withdraws or loses such holder’s right to appraisal of and payment for such holder’s Dissenter Shares, Acquiror shall deliver to such holder the Per Share Merger Consideration (without interest) in respect of such shares upon surrender by such holder of the Certificate or Certificates representing such shares of Seller Common Stock held by such holder.

 

Article 4

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER

 

Seller hereby represents and warrants to Acquiror that the following are true and correct as of the Agreement Date, and will be true and correct as of the Effective Time:

 

14



 

Section 4.1                                    Seller Organization. Seller is a commercial bank duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Michigan. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.1 , Seller has no direct or indirect subsidiaries. Seller has full power and authority, corporate and otherwise, to own, operate and lease its properties as presently owned, operated and leased, and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted, and is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the nature of the business conducted or the properties or assets owned or leased by it makes such qualification necessary. Copies of the articles of incorporation and bylaws of Seller and all amendments thereto are set forth on Schedule 4.1 and are complete and correct.

 

Section 4.2                                    Authorization; Enforceability.

 

(a)                                  Seller has the requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Seller, and the consummation by it of its obligations under this Agreement, have been authorized by all necessary corporate action, subject to shareholder approval, and this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Seller enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity.

 

(b)                                  Except for ordinary corporate requirements, no “business combination,” “moratorium,” “control share” or other state anti-takeover statute or regulation or any provisions contained in the articles of incorporation or bylaws of Seller: (i) prohibits or restricts Seller’s ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement, or its ability to consummate the Contemplated Transactions; (ii) would have the effect of invalidating or voiding this Agreement, or any provision hereof; or (iii) would subject Acquiror to any material impediment or condition in connection with the exercise of any of its rights under this Agreement. The board of directors of Seller has unanimously approved the execution of, and performance by Seller of its obligations under, this Agreement.

 

Section 4.3                                    No Conflict. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.3 , neither the execution nor delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation or performance of any of the Contemplated Transactions will, directly or indirectly (with or without notice or lapse of time): (a) contravene, conflict with or result in a violation of any provision of the articles of incorporation or bylaws, each as in effect on the Agreement Date, or any currently effective resolution adopted by the board of directors or shareholders of Seller; (b) contravene, conflict with or result in a violation of, or give any Regulatory Authority or other Person the valid and enforceable right to challenge any of the Contemplated Transactions or to exercise any remedy or obtain any relief under, any Legal Requirement or any Order to which Seller, or any of its assets that are owned or used by it, may be subject, except for any contravention, conflict or violation that is permissible by virtue of obtaining the regulatory approvals necessitated by the Contemplated Transactions, including such approvals under the BHCA, the FDI Act, and the MBC; (c) contravene, conflict with or result in a violation or breach of any provision of, or give any Person the right to declare a default or exercise any remedy under, or to accelerate the maturity or performance of, or to cancel, terminate or modify any material Contract to which Seller is a party or by which any of its assets is bound; or (d) result in the creation of any material lien, charge or encumbrance upon or with respect to

 

15



 

any of the assets owned or used by Seller. Except for the approvals referred to in Section 8.1 and the requisite approval of the Seller Shareholders, Seller is not nor will it be required to give any notice to or obtain any consent from any Person in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation or performance of any of the Contemplated Transactions.

 

Section 4.4                                    Seller Capitalization.

 

(a)                                  The authorized capital stock of Seller currently consists, and at the Closing will consist, exclusively of 980,000 shares of capital stock: (i) of which 971,625 shares of Seller Common Stock are issued and outstanding as of the date of this Agreement, all of which are duly authorized, validly issued and outstanding, fully paid and nonassessable; and (ii) no shares are held in the treasury of Seller. To the Knowledge of Seller, none of the shares of Seller Common Stock are, nor on the Closing Date will they be, subject to any claim of right that would prevent or delay the consummation of the Contemplated Transactions, except for any liens that will be released at or prior to the Closing (which liens are disclosed on Schedule 4.4 ).

 

(b)                                  None of the shares of Seller Common Stock have been issued in violation of any federal or state securities laws or any other Legal Requirement. Except as disclosed in Schedule 4.4 , since December 31, 2012, no shares of Seller Common Stock have been purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired, directly or indirectly, by Seller, and no dividends or other distributions payable in any equity securities of Seller have been declared, set aside, made or paid to Seller Shareholders. To the Knowledge of Seller, none of the shares of authorized capital stock of Seller are, nor on the Closing Date will they be, subject to any claim of right inconsistent with this Agreement. Schedule 4.4 sets forth the name of each holder of Restricted Shares (each, a “ Restricted Stock Holder ”) and the number of Restricted Shares held by each such Restricted Stock Holder as well as the applicable vesting terms. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.4 or as otherwise contemplated in this Agreement, there are, as of the Agreement Date, no outstanding subscriptions, contracts, conversion privileges, options, warrants, calls or other rights obligating Seller to issue, sell or otherwise dispose of, or to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, any shares of capital stock of Seller, and except as provided in this Section 4.4 or as otherwise disclosed in this Agreement, Seller is not a party to any Contract relating to the issuance, purchase, sale or transfer of any equity securities or other securities of Seller. Seller does not own or have any Contract to acquire any equity securities or other securities of any Person or any direct or indirect equity or ownership interest in any other business except as set forth on Schedule 4.4 .

 

(c)                                   Seller acknowledges that the Aggregate Merger Consideration was determined based upon the accuracy of the representations and warranties made in this Section 4.4 with respect to the number of Outstanding Seller Shares other rights to purchase additional shares of Seller Common Stock, and acknowledges that any Breach of such representations and warranties shall be deemed to have a Material Adverse Effect on Seller for purposes of this Agreement.

 

Section 4.5                                            Financial Statements and Reports. True, correct and complete copies of the following financial statements are included in Schedule 4.5 :

 

(a)                                  audited balance sheets for Seller as of December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014

 

16



 

and the related audited statements of income, statements of cash flows and statements of changes in shareholders’ equity for Seller for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014; and

 

(b)                                  Call Reports for Seller as of the close of business on December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014, and for each of the three months ended March 31, 2015 and June 30, 2015.

 

The financial statements described above have been prepared in accordance with GAAP (except with respect to the absence of footnotes in the case the financial statements described in clause (b) above), and have been prepared on a basis consistent with past accounting practices and as required by applicable Legal Requirements. Taken together, the financial statements described in clauses (a) and (b) (collectively, the “ Financial Statements ”) are complete and correct and fairly and accurately present the financial position, assets, liabilities and results of operations of Seller at the respective dates of, and for the periods referred to in, the Financial Statements. The Financial Statements do not include any material assets or omit to state any material liabilities, absolute or contingent, or other facts, which inclusion or omission would render the Financial Statements misleading in any material respect.

 

Section 4.6                                    Books and Records. The books of account, minute books, stock record books and other records of Seller are complete and correct in all material respects and have been maintained in accordance with sound business practices and all applicable Legal Requirements, including the maintenance of any adequate system of internal controls required by the Legal Requirements. The minute books of Seller contain accurate and complete records in all material respects of all meetings held of, and corporate action taken by, their respective shareholders, board of directors and committees of the board of directors. At the Closing, all of those books and records will be in the possession of Seller.

 

Section 4.7                                    Title to Properties. Seller has good and marketable title to all assets and properties, whether real or personal, tangible or intangible, that it purports to own, including all real property carried by Seller as other real estate owned (“ OREO ”). Except as set forth on Schedule 4.7 , the ownership interests of Seller in such assets and properties are not subject to any valid liens, mortgages, security interests, encumbrances or charges of any kind except: (a) as noted in the most recent Financial Statements; (b) statutory liens for Taxes not yet delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate Proceedings and for which appropriate reserves have been established and reflected on the Financial Statements; (c) pledges or liens required to be granted in connection with the acceptance of government deposits or granted in connection with repurchase or reverse repurchase agreements or pursuant to borrowings from Federal Home Loan Banks or similar borrowings; and (d) pledges or liens incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.7 , Seller as lessee has the right under valid and existing leases to occupy, use, possess and control any and all of the property leased by it. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.7 , no consent of any lessor or other Person is required to permit Seller following completion of the Contemplated Transactions to continue to lease or occupy any such leased property on the same terms and conditions as are currently in effect. Except where any failure would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Seller, all buildings and structures owned by Seller lie wholly within the boundaries of the real property owned or validly leased by it and do not encroach upon the property of, or otherwise conflict with the property rights of, any other Person.

 

17



 

Section 4.8                                    Condition and Sufficiency of Assets. The buildings, structures and equipment of Seller are structurally sound, are in good operating condition and repair, and are adequate for the uses to which they are being put, and none of such buildings, structures or equipment is in need of maintenance or repairs except for ordinary, routine maintenance and repairs that are not material in the aggregate in nature or in cost. The real property, buildings, structures and equipment owned or leased by Seller are in compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder, and in material compliance with all other building and development codes and other restrictions, including subdivision regulations, utility tariffs and regulations, conservation laws and zoning laws and ordinances. The assets and properties, whether real or personal, tangible or intangible, that Seller purports to own or lease are sufficient for the continued conduct of the business of Seller after the Closing in substantially the same manner as conducted prior to the Closing.

 

Section 4.9                                    Loans; Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.9 , all loans and loan commitments extended by Seller and any extensions, renewals or continuations of such loans and loan commitments (the “ Seller Loans ”) were made materially in accordance with the lending policies of Seller in the Ordinary Course of Business or an appropriate exception to the lending policies of Seller was made. The Seller Loans are evidenced by appropriate and sufficient documentation and constitute valid and binding obligations to Seller enforceable in accordance with their terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity. All of the Seller Loans are, and at the Closing will be, free and clear of any encumbrance or other charge (except for liens, if any, set forth on Schedule 4.7 ) and Seller has complied, and at the Closing will have complied with all Legal Requirements relating to the Seller Loans, except where any such failure to comply would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Seller. To the Knowledge of Seller: (a) none of the Seller Loans is subject to any material offset or claim of offset; (b) the aggregate loan balances in excess of Seller’s allowance for loan and lease losses are, based on past loan loss experience, collectible in accordance with their terms (except as limited above); and (c) all uncollectible loans have been charged off or Seller has made an appropriate reserve for such uncollectible loans. Except as set forth in Schedule 4.9 , as of the Agreement Date, Seller has no loan in excess of $250,000 that has been classified by regulatory examiners or management of Seller as “Substandard,” “Doubtful” or “Loss” or in excess of $250,000 that has been identified by accountants or auditors (internal or external) as having a significant risk of uncollectability. The most recent loan watch list of Seller and a list of all loans in excess of $250,000 that are ninety (90) days or more past due with respect to principal or interest payments or that Seller has placed on nonaccrual status are set forth in Schedule 4.9 . Except as set forth in Schedule 4.9 , the reserves, the ALLL and the carrying value for OREO which are shown in the latest balance sheet in the Financial Statements are, in the opinion of management of Seller, adequate in all material respects under GAAP to provide for possible losses as of such date on items for which such reserves, allowances and values were established. Set forth in Schedule 4.9 is a true, accurate and complete list of all loans in which Seller has any participation interest or which have been made with or through another financial institution on a recourse basis against Seller.

 

Section 4.10                             Undisclosed Liabilities; Adverse Changes. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.10 , Seller has no debt, secured or unsecured, or other material liabilities or obligations of any nature (whether absolute, accrued, contingent or otherwise), except for debt and other

 

18



 

liabilities or obligations reflected or reserved against in the Financial Statements and current liabilities incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business since the respective dates thereof. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.10 , since the date of the latest Financial Statements, there has not been any change in the business, operations, properties, prospects, assets or condition of Seller, and, to the Knowledge of Seller, no event has occurred or circumstance exists, that has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Seller.

 

Section 4.11                             Taxes. Seller has duly filed all material Tax Returns required to be filed by it, and each such Tax Return is complete and accurate in all material respects. Seller has paid, or made adequate provision for the payment of, all Taxes (whether or not reflected in Tax Returns as filed or to be filed) due and payable by Seller, or claimed to be due and payable by any Regulatory Authority, and is not delinquent in the payment of any Tax, except such Taxes as are being contested in good faith and as to which adequate reserves have been provided. There is no claim or assessment pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller, Threatened against Seller for any Taxes owed by it. No audit, examination or investigation related to Taxes paid or payable by Seller is presently being conducted or, to the Knowledge of Seller, Threatened by any Regulatory Authority. Seller has delivered or made available to Acquiror true, correct and complete copies of all material Tax Returns filed with respect to the last three fiscal years by Seller and any tax examination reports and statements of deficiencies assessed or agreed to for any such time period. Neither Seller nor any subsidiary of Seller has participated in or been a party to a transaction that, as of the Agreement Date, constitutes a “listed transaction” for purposes of Section 6011 of the Code (or a similar provision of state law).

 

Section 4.12                             Compliance with ERISA. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.12 , all employee benefit plans (as defined in Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ,” and whether or not covered by or subject to ERISA) and all other Seller Employee Benefit Plans established or maintained by Seller or to which Seller contributes or in connection with which Seller has any liability or other obligation, are in compliance with all applicable requirements of ERISA, and are in compliance with all applicable requirements (including qualification and non-discrimination requirements in effect as of the Closing) of the Code for obtaining the tax benefits the Code thereupon permits with respect to such employee benefit plans. No such employee benefit plan has any amount of unfunded benefit liabilities (as defined in Section 4001(a)(18) of ERISA) for which Seller would be liable to any Person under Title IV of ERISA if any such employee benefit plan were terminated as of the Closing. Such employee benefit plans are funded in accordance with Section 412 of the Code (if applicable). There would be no obligations of Seller under Title IV of ERISA relating to any such employee benefit plan that is a multi-employer plan if any such plan were terminated or if Seller withdrew from any such plan as of the Closing. All contributions and premium payments that are due under any such benefit plans have been made. No such employee benefit plan is or has been subject to Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 or Title IV of ERISA, and Seller has no liability or other obligation in connection therewith. No such employee benefit plan provides for retiree, post-termination of employment, or other similar health or life or death benefits, except to the extent required under Part 6 of Title I of ERISA or Code Section 4980B. No event has occurred or condition exists that could subject the Seller to any liability or other obligation on account of a violation of the health care requirements of Part 6 or 7 of Title I or ERISA or Section 4980B or 4980D of the Code.

 

19



 

Section 4.13                             Compliance with Legal Requirements.

 

(a)                                  Seller holds all licenses, certificates, permits, franchises and rights from all appropriate Regulatory Authorities necessary for the conduct of its business. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.13 , Seller is, and at all times since December 31, 2012, has been, in compliance with each Legal Requirement that is or was applicable to it or to the conduct or operation of its respective businesses or the ownership or use of any of its respective assets, except where the failure to comply would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Seller. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.13 , no event has occurred or circumstance exists that (with or without notice or lapse of time): (i) may constitute or result in a violation by Seller of, or a failure on the part of Seller to comply with, any Legal Requirement; or (ii) may give rise to any obligation on the part of Seller to undertake, or to bear all or any portion of the cost of, any remedial action of any nature in connection with a failure to comply with any Legal Requirement; except, in either case, where the failure to comply or the violation would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Seller. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.13 , Seller has not received, at any time since December 31, 2012, any notice or other communication (whether oral or written) from any Regulatory Authority or any other Person, nor does Seller have any Knowledge regarding: (x) any actual, alleged, possible or potential violation of, or failure to comply with, any Legal Requirement; or (y) any actual, alleged, possible or potential obligation on the part of Seller to undertake, or to bear all or any portion of the cost of, any remedial action of any nature in connection with a failure to comply with any Legal Requirement, except, in either case, where any such violation, failure or obligation would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Seller. The conditions under that certain FDIC Order Conditionally Granting Approval For Waiver of Cross Guarantee Liability (FDIC-12-289kk) were satisfied and it remains in full force and effect.

 

(b)                                  Seller is the sole owner of all individually identifiable personal information relating to identifiable or identified natural person (“ IIPI ”) relating to customers, former customers, and prospective customers that will be transferred to Acquiror pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(c)                                   Seller’s collection and use of such IIPI, the transfer of such IIPI to Acquiror, and the use of such IIPI by Acquiror as contemplated by this Agreement, complies with Seller’s privacy policy, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, and all other applicable privacy laws, and any Seller Contract and industry standards relating to privacy.

 

Section 4.14                             Legal Proceedings; Orders.

 

(a)                                  Schedule 4.14 is a true and correct list of all Proceedings and Orders pending, entered into or, to the Knowledge of Seller, Threatened against, affecting or involving Seller or any of its respective assets or businesses, or the Contemplated Transactions, since December 31, 2013, and there is no fact to the Knowledge of Seller that would provide a basis for any other Proceeding or Order. To the Knowledge of Seller, no officer, director, agent or employee of Seller is subject to any Order that prohibits such officer, director, agent or employee from engaging in or continuing any conduct, activity or practice relating to the businesses of Seller as currently conducted.

 

20



 

(b)                                  Except as set forth on Schedule 4.14 , Seller: (i) is not subject to any cease and desist or other Order or enforcement action issued by; (ii) is not a party to any written agreement, consent agreement or memorandum of understanding with; (iii) is not a party to any commitment letter or similar undertaking to; (iv) is not subject to any Order or directive by; (v) is not subject to any supervisory letter from; (vi) has not been ordered to pay any civil money penalty, which has not been paid, by; or (vii) has not adopted any policies, procedures or board resolutions at the request of; any Regulatory Authority that currently restricts in any material respect the conduct of its business, (x) that in any material manner relates to its capital adequacy, (y) restricts its ability to pay dividends, or (z) limits in any material manner its credit or risk management policies, its management or its business; nor has Seller been advised by any Regulatory Authority that it is considering issuing, initiating, ordering or requesting any of the foregoing.

 

Section 4.15                                     Absence of Certain Changes and Events. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.15 , since December 31, 2014, Seller has conducted its business only in the Ordinary Course of Business, and without limiting the foregoing, with respect to each, since December 31, 2014, there has not been any:

 

(a)                                  change in its authorized or issued capital stock; grant of any stock option or right to purchase shares of its capital stock; issuance of any security convertible into such capital stock or evidences of indebtedness (except in connection with customer deposits); grant of any registration rights; purchase, redemption, retirement or other acquisition by it of any shares of any such capital stock; or declaration or payment of any dividend or other distribution or payment in respect of shares of its capital stock; provided, however , a bona fide capital raising transaction is not prohibited pursuant to Section 6.3 as long as there is a proportionate adjustment to the Aggregate Merger Consideration.

 

(b)                                  amendment to its articles of incorporation or bylaws (or similar organizational documents) or adoption of any resolutions by its board of directors or shareholders with respect to the same;

 

(c)                                   payment or increase of any bonus, salary or other compensation to any of its shareholders, directors, officers or employees, except for normal increases made in the Ordinary Course of Business or in accordance with any then existing Seller Employee Benefit Plan disclosed in the Schedules, or entry by it into any employment, consulting, non-competition, change in control, severance or similar Contract with any shareholder, director, officer or employee;

 

(d)                                  adoption, amendment (except for any amendment necessary to comply with any Legal Requirement) or termination of, or increase in the payments to or benefits under, any Seller Employee Benefit Plan;

 

(e)                                   damage to or destruction or loss of any of its assets or property, whether or not covered by insurance and where the resulting diminution in value individually or in the aggregate is greater than $25,000;

 

(f)                                    entry into, termination or extension of, or receipt of notice of termination of

 

21



 

any joint venture or similar agreement pursuant to any Contract or any similar transaction;

 

(g)                                   except for this Agreement, entry into any new, or modification, amendment, renewal or extension (through action or inaction) of the terms of any existing, lease, Contract or license that has a term of more than one year or that involves the payment by Seller of more than $25,000 in the aggregate;

 

(h)                                  Seller Loan or commitment to make any Seller Loan other than in the Ordinary Course of Business;

 

(i)                                      Seller Loan or commitment to make, renew, extend the term or increase the amount of any Seller Loan to any Person if such Seller Loan or any other Seller Loans to such Person or an Affiliate of such Person is on the “watch list” or similar internal report of Seller, or has been classified by Seller or by a Regulatory Authority as “substandard,” “doubtful,” “loss,” or “other loans specially mentioned” or listed as a “potential problem loan”; provided, however , that, for purposes of Section 6.3 , nothing in this Section 4.15(i)  shall prohibit Seller from honoring any contractual obligation in existence on the Agreement Date;

 

(j)                                     sale (other than any sale in the Ordinary Course of Business), lease or other disposition of any of its assets or properties, or mortgage, pledge or imposition of any lien or other encumbrance upon any of its material assets or properties, except for tax and other liens that arise by operation of law and with respect to which payment is not past due, and except for pledges or liens: (i) required to be granted in connection with the acceptance by Seller of government deposits; (ii) granted in connection with repurchase or reverse repurchase agreements; (iii) pursuant to borrowings from Federal Home Loan Banks or similar borrowings; or (iv) otherwise incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business;

 

(k)                                  cancellation or waiver by it of any claims or rights with a value in excess of $10,000;

 

(l)                                      any investment by it of a capital nature exceeding $25,000 or aggregate investments of a capital nature exceeding $25,000;

 

(m)                              except for the Contemplated Transactions, merger or consolidation with or into any other Person, or acquisition of any stock, equity interest or business of any other Person;

 

(n)                                  transaction for the borrowing or loaning of monies, or any increase in any outstanding indebtedness, other than in the Ordinary Course of Business;

 

(o)                                  material change in any policies and practices with respect to liquidity management and cash flow planning, marketing, deposit origination, lending, budgeting, profit and tax planning, accounting or any other material aspect of its business or operations, except for such changes as may be required in the opinion of the management of Seller to respond to then current market or economic conditions or as may be required by any Regulatory Authorities;

 

(p)                                  filing of any applications for additional branches, opening of any new office or branch, closing of any current office or branch, or relocation of operations from existing locations;

 

22



 

(q)                                  discharge or satisfaction of any material lien or encumbrance on its assets or repayment of any material indebtedness for borrowed money, except for obligations incurred and repaid in the Ordinary Course of Business;

 

(r)                                     entry into any Contract or agreement to buy, sell, exchange or otherwise deal in any assets or series of assets in a single transaction in excess of $25,000 in aggregate value, except for sales by Seller of (i) any Seller Loan, (ii) OREO and (iii) other repossessed properties or the acceptance of a deed in lieu of foreclosure;

 

(s)                                    purchase or other acquisition of any investments, direct or indirect, in any derivative securities, financial futures or commodities or entry into any interest rate swap, floors and option agreements, or other similar interest rate management agreements;

 

(t)                                     hiring of any employee with an annual salary in excess of $50,000, except for employees at will who are hired to replace employees who have resigned or whose employment has otherwise been terminated; or

 

(u)                                  agreement, whether oral or written, by it to do any of the foregoing in this Section 4.15 .

 

Section 4.16                             Properties, Contracts and Employee Benefit Plans. Except for Contracts evidencing Seller Loans made by Seller in the Ordinary Course of Business, Schedule 4.16 lists or describes the following with respect to Seller:

 

(a)                                  all real property owned by it and the principal buildings and structures located thereon, together with the address of such real estate, and each lease of real property to which it is a party, identifying the parties thereto, the annual rental payable, the expiration date thereof and a brief description of the property covered, and in each case of either owned or leased real property, the proper identification, if applicable, of each such property as a branch or main office or other office;

 

(b)                                  all loan and credit agreements, conditional sales contracts or other title retention agreements or security agreements relating to money borrowed by it, exclusive of deposit agreements with customers of the Seller entered into in the Ordinary Course of Business, agreements for the purchase of federal funds and repurchase agreements;

 

(c)                                   each Contract that involves performance of services or delivery of goods or materials by it of an amount or value in excess of $25,000 in one year;

 

(d)                                  each Contract that was not entered into in the Ordinary Course of Business and that involves expenditures or receipts of it in excess of $25,000 in one year;

 

(e)                                   each Contract not referred to elsewhere in this Section 4.16 that:

 

(viii)                         relates to the future purchase of goods or services that materially exceeds the requirements of its respective business at current levels or for normal operating purposes; or

 

23


 

(ix)                               has a Material Adverse Effect on Seller;

 

(f)                                    each lease, rental, license, installment and conditional sale agreement and other Contract affecting the ownership of, leasing of, title to or use of, any personal property (except personal property leases and installment and conditional sales agreements having a value per item or aggregate payments of less than $25,000 or with terms of less than one year);

 

(g)                                   each licensing agreement or other Contract with respect to patents, trademarks, copyrights, or other intellectual property (collectively, “ Intellectual Property Assets ”), including agreements with current or former employees, consultants or contractors regarding the appropriation or the non-disclosure of any of its Intellectual Property Assets;

 

(h)                                  each collective bargaining agreement and other Contract to or with any labor union or other employee representative of a group of employees;

 

(i)                                      each joint venture, partnership and other Contract (however named) involving a sharing of profits, losses, costs or liabilities by it with any other Person;

 

(j)                                     each Contract containing covenants that in any way purport to restrict the business activity of Seller, or limit the ability of Seller to engage in any line of business or to compete with any Person;

 

(k)                                  each Contract providing for payments to or by any Person based on sales, purchases or profits, other than direct payments for goods;

 

(l)                                      the name and annual salary of each director, officer or employee of Seller, and actual or planned profit sharing, bonus or other form of compensation (other than salary) paid or payable by Seller to or for the benefit of each such person in question for the year ended December 31, 2014, and for the current fiscal year, and any employment agreement, consulting agreement, non-competition, severance or change in control agreement or similar arrangement or plan with respect to each such person;

 

(m)                              each profit sharing, group insurance, hospitalization, stock option, pension, retirement, bonus, severance, change of control, deferred compensation, stock bonus, stock purchase, employee stock ownership or other employee welfare or benefit agreements, plans or arrangements established, maintained, sponsored or undertaken by Seller for the benefit of the officers, directors or employees of Seller, including each trust or other agreement with any custodian or any director for funds held under any such agreement, plan or arrangement, and all other Contracts or arrangements under which pensions, deferred compensation or other retirement benefits are being paid or may become payable by Seller for the benefit of the employees of Seller (collectively, the “ Seller Employee Benefit Plans ”), and, in respect to any of them, the latest reports or forms, if any, filed with the Department of Labor and Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation under ERISA, any current financial or actuarial reports and any currently effective Internal Revenue Service private rulings or determination letters obtained by or for the benefit of Seller;

 

(n)                                  the name of each Person who is or would be entitled pursuant to any Contract or Seller Employee Benefit Plan to receive any payment from Seller as a result of the

 

24



 

consummation of the Contemplated Transactions (including any payment that is or would be due as a result of any actual or constructive termination of a Person’s employment or position following such consummation, but excluding any payment from a qualified retirement plan of Seller) and the maximum amount of such payment;

 

(o)                                  each Contract entered into other than in the Ordinary Course of Business that contains or provides for an express undertaking by Seller to be responsible for consequential damages;

 

(p)                                  each Contract for capital expenditures in excess of $25,000;

 

(q)                                  each written warranty, guaranty or other similar undertaking with respect to contractual performance extended by Seller other than in the Ordinary Course of Business; and

 

(r)                                     each amendment, supplement and modification in respect of any of the foregoing in this Section 4.16 .

 

Copies of each document, plan or Contract listed and described on Schedule 4.16 are appended to such Schedule.

 

Section 4.17                             No Defaults. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.17 , each Contract identified or required to be identified on Schedule 4.16 is in full force and effect and is valid and enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity. Seller is, and at all times since December 31, 2012, has been, in full compliance with all applicable terms and requirements of each Contract under which Seller has or had any obligation or liability or by which Seller or any asset owned or used by it is or was bound, except where the failure to be in full compliance would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Seller. To the Knowledge of Seller, each other Person that has or had any obligation or liability under any such Contract under which Seller has or had any rights is, and at all times since December 31, 2012, has been, in full compliance with all applicable terms and requirements of such Contract, except where the failure to be in full compliance would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Seller. No event has occurred or circumstance exists that (with or without notice or lapse of time) may contravene, conflict with or result in a material violation or breach of, or give Seller or other Person the right to declare a default or exercise any remedy under, or to accelerate the maturity or performance of, or to cancel, terminate or modify, any Contract. Except in the Ordinary Course of Business with respect to any Seller Loan, Seller has not given to or received from any other Person, at any time since December 31, 2012, any notice or other communication (whether oral or written) regarding any actual, alleged, possible or potential violation or breach of, or default under, any Contract, that has not been terminated or satisfied prior to the Agreement Date. Other than in the Ordinary Course of Business in connection with workouts and restructured loans, there are no renegotiations of, attempts to renegotiate, or outstanding rights to renegotiate, any material amounts paid or payable to Seller under current or completed Contracts with any Person and no such Person has made written demand for such renegotiation.

 

Section 4.18                             Deposit Insurance. The deposits of Seller are insured by the FDIC up to

 

25



 

applicable limits and in accordance with the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended, and Seller has paid or properly reserved or accrued for all current premiums and assessments with respect to such deposit insurance, if any.

 

Section 4.19                             Other Insurance. Schedule 4.19 lists the policies and material terms of insurance (including bankers’ blanket bond and insurance providing benefits for employees) owned or held by Seller on the Agreement Date. Each policy is in full force and effect (except for any expiring policy which is replaced by coverage at least as extensive). All premiums due on such policies have been paid in full.

 

Section 4.20                             Compliance with Environmental Laws. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.20 , there are no actions, suits, investigations, liabilities, inquiries, Proceedings or Orders involving Seller or any of its respective assets that are pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller, Threatened, nor to the Knowledge of Seller is there any factual basis for any of the foregoing, as a result of any asserted failure of Seller, or any predecessor thereof, to comply with any federal, state, county and municipal law, including any statute, regulation, rule, ordinance, Order, restriction and requirement, relating to underground storage tanks, petroleum products, air pollutants, water pollutants or process waste water or otherwise relating to the environment or toxic or hazardous substances or to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, recycling, generation, treatment, handling, storage, disposal or transport of any hazardous or toxic substances or petroleum products (including polychlorinated biphenyls, whether contained or uncontained, and asbestos-containing materials, whether friable or not), including, the Federal Solid Waste Disposal Act, the Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments, the Federal Clean Air Act, the Federal Clean Water Act, the Occupational Health and Safety Act, the Federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the Toxic Substances Control Act, the Federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 and the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, all as amended, and regulations of the Environmental Protection Agency, the Nuclear Regulatory Agency and any state department of natural resources or state environmental protection agency now or at any time hereafter in effect (collectively, the “ Environmental Laws ”). No environmental clearances or other governmental approvals are required for the conduct of the business of Seller or the consummation of the Contemplated Transactions. To the Knowledge of Seller, Seller is not the owner of any interest in real estate on which any substances have been used, stored, deposited, treated, recycled or disposed of, which substances if known to be present on, at or under such property, would require clean-up, removal or some other remedial action under any Environmental Law.

 

Section 4.21                             Regulatory Filings. Seller has filed in a timely manner all required filings with all Regulatory Authorities, including the FDIC and the DIFS. All such filings were accurate and complete in all material respects as of the dates of the filings, and no such filing has made any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

Section 4.22                             Fiduciary Accounts. Seller has properly administered in all material respects all accounts for which it acts as fiduciary, including accounts for which it serves as director, agent, custodian or investment advisor, in accordance with the material terms of the governing documents and applicable Legal Requirements and common law. None of Seller or any of its directors, officers or employees, has committed any breach of trust with respect to any

 

26



 

such fiduciary account, and the accountings for each such fiduciary account are true and correct in all material respects and accurately reflect the assets of such fiduciary account.

 

Section 4.23                             Indemnification Claims. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.23 , no action or failure to take action by any director or executive officer or, to the Knowledge of Seller, any employee or agent of Seller has occurred that may give rise to a claim or a potential claim by any such Person for indemnification against Seller under any Contract with, or the corporate indemnification provisions of, Seller, or under any Legal Requirements.

 

Section 4.24                             Insider Interests. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.24 , no officer or director of Seller, or any member of the Family of any such Person, and no entity that any such Person “controls” within the meaning of Regulation O of the Federal Reserve, has any loan, deposit account or any other agreement with Seller, or any interest in any material property, real, personal or mixed, tangible or intangible, used in or pertaining to the business of Seller.

 

Section 4.25                             Brokerage Commissions. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.25 , none of Seller or any of its Representatives has incurred any obligation or liability, contingent or otherwise, for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or other similar payment in connection with this Agreement or the Contemplated Transactions.

 

Section 4.26                             Approval Delays. To the Knowledge of Seller, there is no reason why the granting of any of the regulatory approvals referred to in Section 8.1 would be denied or unduly delayed. Seller’s most recent CRA rating is “satisfactory” or better.

 

Section 4.27                             Code Sections 280G, 409A and 4999. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.27 , no payment that is owed or may become due to any director, officer, employee or agent of Seller will be non-deductible to Seller (or, following the Merger, Acquiror) or subject to tax under Section 280G, Section 409A or Section 4999 of the Code, nor will Seller (or, following the Merger, Acquiror) be required to “gross up” or otherwise compensate any such person because of the imposition of any tax or excise tax on a payment to such person. Except to the extent required under Section 601 et seq. of ERISA and Section 4980B of the Code, and except as set forth on Schedule 4.27 , Seller provides no health or welfare benefits to any active employee following such employee’s retirement or other termination of service.

 

Section 4.28                             Intellectual Property. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.28 , Seller owns or has a license to use all of the Intellectual Property Assets used by Seller in the course of its business. Seller is the owner of or has a license, with the right to sublicense, to any Intellectual Property Assets sold or licensed to a third party by it in connection with its business operations, and Seller has the right to convey by sale or license any Intellectual Property so conveyed. Seller is not is in material default under any of its Intellectual Property Assets. No proceedings have been instituted, or are pending or to the Knowledge of Seller threatened, which challenge the rights of Seller with respect to Intellectual Property Assets, nor has any Person claimed or alleged any rights to such Intellectual Property Assets. To the Knowledge of Seller, the conduct of the business of Seller does not infringe any intellectual property of any other Person in any material respect. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.28 , Seller is not obligated to pay any recurring royalties to any Person with respect to any Intellectual Property Assets. To the Knowledge of Seller, no officer, director, or employee of Seller is party to any confidentiality, nonsolicitation,

 

27



 

noncompetition, or other Contract which restricts or prohibits such officer, director, or employee from engaging in activities competitive with any Person, including Seller.

 

Section 4.29                             Disclosure. Neither any representation nor warranty of Seller in, nor any Schedule to, this Agreement contains any untrue statement of a material fact, or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. No notice given pursuant to Section 6.6 will contain any untrue statement or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein or in this Agreement, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

Article 5

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF ACQUIROR

 

Acquiror hereby represents and warrants to Seller that the following are true and correct as of the Agreement Date, and will be true and correct as of the Effective Time:

 

Section 5.1                                    Acquiror Organization. Acquiror: (a) is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Michigan and in each other jurisdiction in which the nature of business conducted or the properties or assets owned or leased by it makes such qualification necessary; (b) is registered with the Federal Reserve as a bank holding company under the BHCA; and (c) has full power and authority, corporate and otherwise, to operate as a bank holding company and to own, operate and lease its properties as presently owned, operated and leased, and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted.

 

Section 5.2                                    Bank Organization.

 

(a)                                  Level One Bank is a commercial bank duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Michigan. Level One Bank has full power and authority, corporate and otherwise, to own, operate and lease its properties as presently owned, operated and leased, and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted, and is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the nature of the business conducted or the properties or assets owned or leased by it makes such qualification necessary.

 

(b)                                  Upon the formation of Acquisition Bank and at the Effective Time, Acquisition Bank will be duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Michigan, with full power and authority, corporate and otherwise to carry on its business as conducted as of the Effective Time, and will be duly qualified to do business and will be in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the nature of the business conducted or the properties or assets owned or leased by it makes such qualification necessary.

 

Section 5.3                                    Authorization; Enforceability.

 

(a)                                  Acquiror has the requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement. Upon the formation of Acquisition Bank, Acquisition Bank will have the requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and perform

 

28



 

its obligations under the Statutory Consolidation Agreement. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Acquiror, and the consummation by it of its obligations under this Agreement, have been authorized by all necessary actions, and this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Acquiror enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity. Upon the formation of Acquisition Bank, the execution, delivery and performance of the Statutory Consolidation Agreement by Acquisition Bank, and the consummation by it of its obligations thereunder, will have been authorized by all necessary actions, and the Statutory Consolidation Agreement will constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of Acquisition Bank enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity.

 

(b)                                  Except for ordinary corporate requirements, no “business combination,” “moratorium,” “control share” or other state anti-takeover statute or regulation or any provisions contained in the articles of incorporation or bylaws or similar organizational documents of Acquiror or, upon the formation of Acquisition Bank, Acquisition Bank: (i) prohibits or restricts Acquiror’s or, upon the formation of Acquisition Bank, Acquisition Bank’s ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement, or its ability to consummate the Contemplated Transactions; (ii) would have the effect of invalidating or voiding this Agreement, or any provision hereof; or (iii) would subject Seller to any material impediment or condition in connection with the exercise of any of its rights under this Agreement. The board of directors of Acquiror has unanimously approved the execution of, and performance by Acquiror of its obligations under, this Agreement.

 

Section 5.4                                    Compliance with Legal Requirements. Each of Acquiror and Level One Bank holds all licenses, certificates, permits, franchises and rights from all appropriate Regulatory Authorities necessary for the conduct of its respective business. As of the Agreement Date, each of Acquiror and Level One Bank is in compliance with each Legal Requirement that is or was applicable to it or to the conduct or operation of its respective businesses or the ownership or use of any of its respective assets, except where the failure to comply would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Acquiror on a consolidated basis. As of the Agreement Date, no event has occurred or circumstance exists that (with or without notice or lapse of time): (a) may constitute or result in a violation by Acquiror or Level One Bank of, or a failure on the part of Acquiror or Level One Bank to comply with, any Legal Requirement; or (b) may give rise to any obligation on the part Acquiror or Level One Bank to undertake, or to bear all or any portion of the cost of, any remedial action of any nature in connection with a failure to comply with any Legal Requirement; except, in either case, where the failure to comply or the violation would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Acquiror on a consolidated basis. As of the Agreement Date, neither Acquiror nor Level One Bank is in receipt of any notice or other communication (whether oral or written) from any Regulatory Authority or any other Person, nor does Acquiror have any Knowledge regarding: (x) any actual, alleged, possible or potential violation of, or failure to comply with, any Legal Requirement; or (y) any actual, alleged, possible or potential obligation on the part of Acquiror or Level One Bank to undertake, or to bear all or any portion of the cost of, any remedial action of any nature in connection with a failure to comply with any Legal Requirement, except, in either case, where any such violation, failure or obligation would not reasonably be expected to have a Material

 

29



 

Adverse Effect on Acquiror on a consolidated basis.

 

Section 5.5                                    No Conflict. To the Knowledge of Acquiror, neither the execution nor delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation or performance of any of the Contemplated Transactions will, directly or indirectly (with or without notice or lapse of time): (a) contravene, conflict with or result in a violation of any provision of the articles of incorporation or bylaws (or similar organization documents), each as in effect on the Agreement Date, or any currently effective resolution adopted by the board of directors or shareholders of, Acquiror; or (b) contravene, conflict with or result in a violation of, or give any Regulatory Authority or other Person the valid and enforceable right to challenge any of the Contemplated Transactions or to exercise any remedy or obtain any relief under, any Legal Requirement or any Order to which Acquiror, or any of its assets that are owned or used by it, may be subject, except for any contravention, conflict or violation that is permissible by virtue of obtaining the regulatory approvals necessitated by the Contemplated Transactions, including any such approvals under the BHCA, the FDI Act and the MBC. Neither Acquiror nor any subsidiary of Acquiror is or will be required to give any notice to or obtain any consent from any Person in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation or performance of any of the Contemplated Transactions except such approvals of the Federal Reserve, the FDIC and DIFS that are required by law or regulation to consummate the Contemplated Transactions.

 

Section 5.6                                    Approval Delays. To the Knowledge of Acquiror, after consultation with applicable Regulatory Authorities, there is no reason why the granting of any of the regulatory approvals referred to in Section 8.1 would be denied or unduly delayed. Level One Bank’s most recent CRA rating is “satisfactory” or better.

 

Section 5.7                                    Disclosure. Neither any representation nor warranty of Acquiror in this Agreement contains any untrue statement of a material fact, or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. No notice given pursuant to Section 7.1 will contain any untrue statement or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein or in this Agreement, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

Section 5.8                                    Financial Resources. Acquiror will have sufficient cash available on the Closing Date to enable it to comply with its obligation to fund the Aggregate Merger Consideration and to otherwise perform its other obligations under this Agreement.

 

Article 6

COVENANTS OF SELLER

 

Section 6.1                                    Access and Investigation. Subject to the Confidentiality Agreement, Acquiror and its Representatives shall, at all times during normal business hours and with reasonable advance notice prior to the Closing, have full and continuing access to the facilities, operations, records, employees and properties of Seller in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.1 . Acquiror and its Representatives may, prior to the Closing, make or cause to be made such reasonable investigation of the operations, records, employees and properties of Seller and of its financial and legal condition as Acquiror shall deem necessary or advisable to familiarize itself with such operations, records, employees, properties and other matters; provided,

 

30



 

however , that such access or investigation shall not interfere unnecessarily with the normal operations of Seller. Upon request, Seller will furnish Acquiror or its Representatives, attorneys’ responses to auditors’ requests for information regarding Seller, and such financial and operating data and other information reasonably requested by Acquiror (provided that, with respect to attorneys, such disclosure would not result in the waiver by Seller of any claim of attorney-client privilege), and will permit Acquiror and its Representatives to discuss such information directly with any individual or firm performing auditing or accounting functions for Seller, and such auditors and accountants shall be directed to furnish copies of any reports or financial information as developed to Acquiror or its Representatives. No investigation by Acquiror or any of its Representatives shall affect the representations and warranties made by Seller. This Section 6.1 shall not require the disclosure of any information the disclosure of which to Acquiror would be prohibited by any Legal Requirement.

 

Section 6.2                                    Operation of Seller. Except with the prior written consent of the Acquiror, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, between the Agreement Date and the Closing, Seller will:

 

(a)                                  conduct its business only in the Ordinary Course of Business and in material compliance with all Legal Requirements;

 

(b)                                  use its Best Efforts to preserve intact its current business organization, keep available the services of its current officers, employees and agents, and maintain the goodwill of its suppliers, customers, landlords, creditors, employees, agents and others who have business relationships with it;

 

(c)                                   confer with Acquiror concerning operational matters of a material nature;

 

(d)                                  enter into loan transactions only in accordance with sound credit practices and only on terms and conditions that are not materially more favorable than those available to the borrower from competitive sources in arm’s-length transactions, and in that connection, from the date hereof to the Closing, shall not:

 

(i)                                      enter into any new credit or new lending relationships in excess of $1,000,000 with any Person and such Person’s Borrowing Affiliate (as defined below); or

 

(ii)                                   other than incident to a reasonable loan restructuring, extend additional credit to any Person and any director or officer of, or any owner of a ten percent (10%) or greater equity interest in, such Person (any of the foregoing with respect to a Person being referred to as a “ Borrowing Affiliate ”) if such Person or such Borrowing Affiliate is the obligor under any indebtedness to Seller which constitutes a non-performing loan or against any part of such indebtedness Seller has established specific loss reserves or any part of which has been charged-off by Seller or which is included on Seller’s watch list.

 

provided, however , that Seller shall be permitted to make any loan that is otherwise prohibited by this subsection if Seller has made a written request to Acquiror for permission to make an otherwise prohibited loan and has provided the Acquiror with sufficient information to make an

 

31



 

informed decision with respect to such request, and the Acquiror has failed to respond to such request within three (3) Business Days after his receipt of such request and such information;

 

(e)                                   maintain an ALLL which is adequate in all material respects under the requirements of GAAP or any Legal Requirement to provide for possible losses, net of recoveries relating to loans previously charged off, on loans outstanding (including accrued interest receivable), and charge-off any loans or leases that would be deemed uncollectible in accordance with GAAP or any Legal Requirements and place on non-accrual any loans or leases that are past due greater than ninety (90) days;

 

(f)                                    maintain all of its assets necessary for the conduct of its business in good operating condition and repair, reasonable wear and tear and damage by fire or unavoidable casualty excepted, and maintain policies of insurance upon its assets and with respect to the conduct of its business in amounts and kinds comparable to that in effect on the date hereof and pay all premiums on such policies when due;

 

(g)                                   not buy or sell any security held, or intended to be held, for investment; provided, however, that such restriction shall not affect the buying and selling by Seller of Federal Funds or the securities set forth on Schedule 6.2(g)  or the reinvestment of dividends paid on any securities owned by Seller as of the Agreement Date;

 

(h)                                  except as set forth on subsection (c) to Schedule 4.15 , not declare or pay any dividends or make any other distributions of cash or property to any of Seller’s directors, officers, employees or shareholders, other than regular salary or other earned compensation;

 

(i)                                      not incur any financial obligation to any financial advisor, valuation expert or similar consultant if Seller will be liable for the fees payable to any such consultant; provided, however , that nothing contained in this Agreement shall prevent the retention by Seller of any such consultant which is currently engaged by Seller so long as any fees or expenses associated therewith are paid by Seller on or before the Closing Date and are included in the Seller Transaction Expenses;

 

(j)                                     file in a timely manner all required filings with all Regulatory Authorities and cause such filings to be true and correct in all material respects;

 

(k)                                  record and carry on its books and records the net realizable value of OREO, with such value to be supported by reasonable documentation of the same;

 

(l)                                      maintain its books, accounts and records in the Ordinary Course of Business, on a basis consistent with prior years; and

 

(m)                              comply with all material Legal Requirements and material Contracts.

 

Section 6.3                                    Negative Covenant. Except as otherwise expressly permitted by this Agreement, between the Agreement Date and the Closing, Seller will not, without the prior written consent of Acquiror, take any affirmative action, or fail to take any reasonable action within its control, as a result of which any of the changes or events listed in Section 4.15 is likely to occur. Except as set forth on subsection (c) to Schedule 4.15 , between the Agreement Date

 

32



 

and the Closing Seller will not increase the fees, salaries or other payments to Seller’s directors, officers or shareholders. For purposes of this Section 6.3 , Acquiror’s consent shall be deemed to be given if Seller has made a written request to Acquiror for permission to take any action otherwise prohibited by this Section 6.3 and has provided Acquiror with sufficient information to make an informed decision with respect to such request, and the Acquiror has failed to respond to such request within ten (10) Business Days after his receipt of such request and such information.

 

Section 6.4                                    Subsequent Financial Statements. As soon as reasonably available after the date hereof, Seller will deliver to Acquiror copies of: (a) monthly unaudited financial statements of Seller that are provided to the management and directors of Seller; (b) Call Reports of Seller for each quarterly or annual period completed after the Agreement Date; and (c) all other financial reports or statements submitted after the date hereof by Seller to any Regulatory Authority, to the extent permitted by law (collectively, the “ Subsequent Financial Statements ”). Except as may be required by changes in any Legal Requirements effective after the date hereof, the Subsequent Financial Statements shall be prepared on a basis consistent with past accounting practices and shall fairly present in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of Seller for the dates and periods presented. The Subsequent Financial Statements will not include any material assets or omit to state any material liabilities, absolute or contingent, or other facts, which inclusion or omission would render such Subsequent Financial Statements misleading in any material respect.

 

Section 6.5                                    Advice of Changes. Between the Agreement Date and the Closing Date, Seller shall promptly notify Acquiror in writing if Seller becomes aware of any fact or condition that causes or constitutes a Breach of any of Seller’s representations and warranties as of the Agreement Date, or if Seller becomes aware of the occurrence after the Agreement Date of any fact or condition that would (except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement) cause or constitute a Breach of any such representation or warranty had such representation or warranty been made as of the time of occurrence or discovery of such fact or condition. If any such fact or condition would require any change in the Schedules if the Schedules were dated the date of the occurrence or discovery of any such fact or condition, Seller will promptly deliver to Acquiror a supplement to the Schedules specifying such change. During the same period, Seller will promptly notify Acquiror of the occurrence of any Breach of any covenant of Seller in this Agreement or of the occurrence of any event that might reasonably be expected to make the satisfaction of the conditions in Article 9 impossible or unlikely.

 

Section 6.6                                    Other Offers. Until such time, if any, as this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Article 11 , Seller will not, and will cause its Representatives not to, directly or indirectly solicit, initiate or encourage any inquiries or proposals from, discuss or negotiate with, provide any non-public information to, or consider the merits of any inquiries or proposals from, any Person (other than Acquiror) relating to any Acquisition Transaction or a potential Acquisition Transaction involving Seller. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Seller may provide information at the request of, or enter into negotiations with, a third party with respect to an Acquisition Transaction if the board of directors of Seller determines, in good faith, that the exercise of its fiduciary duties to Seller’s shareholders under applicable law, as advised by its counsel, requires it to take such action, and, provided further , that Seller may not, in any event, provide to such third party any information which it has not provided to Acquiror. Seller shall promptly notify Acquiror orally, confirmed in writing, in the event it receives any such inquiry or

 

33


 

proposal and shall provide reasonable detail of all relevant facts relating to such inquiries.

 

Section 6.7                                    Voting Agreement. Concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, Seller has delivered the Voting Agreement signed by Seller and each of the directors of Seller.

 

Section 6.8                                    Shareholders’ Meeting. Seller shall cause a meeting of its shareholders for the purpose of acting upon this Agreement to be held not later than ninety (90) days after the Agreement Date. Seller shall mail to its shareholders, at least twenty (20) Business Days prior to such meeting, notice of such meeting together with a proxy statement (the “ Proxy Statement ”), which shall include a copy of this Agreement. Subject to its fiduciary duties, Seller and its board of directors shall recommend to shareholders the approval of this Agreement and shall solicit proxies voting only in favor thereof from the shareholders of Seller. For the avoidance of doubt, the parties acknowledge that the failure of Seller to cause a meeting of its shareholders to be held for the purposes set forth in the Agreement or otherwise to make the recommendations required by or to withdraw, modify or change such recommendation as provided in the provisions of this Section 6.8 shall be deemed to have a Material Adverse Effect on Seller and on Acquiror’s and its shareholders’ rights under this Agreement.

 

Section 6.9                                    Information Provided to Acquiror. Seller agrees that the information concerning Seller that is provided or to be provided by Seller to Acquiror for inclusion in any documents to be filed with any Regulatory Authority in connection with the Contemplated Transactions, at the respective times such documents are filed, will not be false or misleading with respect to any material fact, or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Seller shall have no responsibility for the truth or accuracy of any information with respect to Acquiror or any of its Affiliates contained in any document submitted to, or other communication with, any Regulatory Authority.

 

Section 6.10                             Amendment or Termination of Employee Benefit Plans. To the extent permitted by applicable Legal Requirements, upon the written request of Acquiror, Seller shall take such action as may be necessary to amend or terminate any Seller Employee Benefit Plan on or before the Closing Date on terms reasonably acceptable to Acquiror; provided, however , that Seller shall not be obligated to take any such requested action that is irrevocable until immediately prior to the Closing Date.

 

Section 6.11                             Data and Item Processing Agreements. Seller agrees to consult with Acquiror prior to the entry by it, either through action or inaction, into any new, or any extension of any existing, data or item processing agreements. Seller agrees to coordinate with Acquiror the negotiation of any new or extension of any existing data or item processing agreement, with the purpose of achieving the best possible economic and business result in light of the Merger.

 

Section 6.12                             Tax Matters. Seller shall not make any election inconsistent with prior Tax Returns or elections or settle or compromise any liability with respect to Taxes without prior written notice to Acquiror. Seller shall timely file all Tax Returns required to be filed prior to the Closing; provided, however , that each such Tax Return shall be delivered to Acquiror for its review at least fifteen (15) Business Days prior to the anticipated date of filing of such Tax

 

34



 

Return.

 

Section 6.13                             Accounting and Other Adjustments. Subject to applicable Legal Requirements, Seller agrees that it shall: (a) make any accounting adjustments or entries to its books of account and other financial records; (b) make additional provisions to any allowance for loan and lease losses; (c) sell or transfer any investment securities held by it; (d) charge-off any loan or lease; (e) create any new reserve account or make additional provisions to any other existing reserve account; (f) make changes in any accounting method; (g) accelerate, defer or accrue any anticipated obligation, expense or income item; and make any other adjustments that would affect the financial reporting of Acquiror, on a consolidated basis after the Effective Time, in any case as Acquiror shall reasonably and in good faith request; provided, however , that Seller shall not be obligated to take any such requested action until immediately prior to the Closing and at such time as Acquiror shall confirm in writing that all conditions precedent to Seller’s obligations under this Agreement (except for the completion of actions to be taken at the Closing) have been satisfied and that there are no facts or circumstances which would prevent Acquiror from consummating the Contemplated Transactions; provided further , that Seller shall not be obligated to take any such requested action if the primary purpose of such action is to reduce the Aggregate Merger Consideration pursuant to the adjustments in Section 3.3 ; and, provided further , that Seller shall not be obligated to take any such requested action if it would cause, or reasonably be expected to cause, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 6.14                             Severance Payments. If requested by Acquiror, Seller shall satisfy the Severance Payment Obligation on or before the Closing Date with respect to any employee of Seller identified by Acquiror who will not be retained by Acquiror or Level One Bank on and after the Effective Time.

 

Article 7

ACQUIROR’S COVENANTS

 

Section 7.1                                    Advice of Changes. Between the Agreement Date and the Closing Date, Acquiror shall promptly notify Seller in writing if Acquiror becomes aware of any fact or condition that causes or constitutes a Breach of any of Acquiror’s representations and warranties as of the Agreement Date, or if Acquiror becomes aware of the occurrence after the Agreement Date of any fact or condition that would (except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement) cause or constitute a Breach of any such representation or warranty had such representation or warranty been made as of the time of occurrence or discovery of such fact or condition. During the same period, Acquiror will promptly notify Seller of the occurrence of any Breach of any covenant of Acquiror in this Agreement or of the occurrence of any event that might reasonably be expected to make the satisfaction of the conditions in Article 10 impossible or unlikely.

 

Section 7.2                                    Information Provided to Seller. Acquiror agrees that none of the information concerning Acquiror that is provided or to be provided by Acquiror or Acquisition Bank to Seller for inclusion or that is included in any documents to be filed with any Regulatory Authority in connection with the Contemplated Transactions will, at the respective times such documents are filed, be false or misleading with respect to any material fact, or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Acquiror shall have no responsibility for the truth or accuracy of any information

 

35



 

with respect to Seller or any of its Affiliates contained in any document submitted to, or other communication with, any Regulatory Authority.

 

Section 7.3                                    Indemnification and Insurance.

 

(a)                                  Except as may be limited by applicable Legal Requirements, including applicable banking regulations, Acquiror shall honor any of Seller’s obligations in respect of indemnification and advancement of expenses currently provided by Seller in its articles of incorporation or bylaws in favor of the current and former directors and officers of Seller for five (5) years from the Effective Time with respect to matters occurring prior to the Effective Time.

 

(b)                                  Acquiror shall maintain in effect for not less than one (1) year from the Effective Time the current policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance maintained by Seller prior to the Effective Time with respect to matters occurring at or prior to the Effective Time, including the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Alternatively, Acquiror may substitute therefor policies of substantially the same coverage containing terms and conditions that, taken as a whole, are no less advantageous to the current and former directors and officers of Seller. After the Effective Time, Acquiror shall not be required to pay premiums for insurance coverages in excess of 150% of the last annual premium (such 150% threshold, the “ Maximum Amount ”) paid by Seller prior to the Agreement Date in respect of the coverages required to be obtained pursuant to this Section 7.3(b) , but in such case shall purchase the greatest coverage available for a cost not exceeding the Maximum Amount. Alternatively, Acquiror may purchase at or after the Effective Time, at a total aggregate cost not exceeding the Maximum Amount, a one-year prepaid “tail” policy on terms and conditions providing substantially equivalent benefits as the current policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance maintained by Seller with respect to matters occurring at or prior to the Effective Time, including the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

Section 7.4                                    Severance Payment Obligation. Acquiror covenants and agrees to pay severance payments (the “ Severance Payment Obligation ”) to any full-time employee of Seller whose employment is terminated by Acquiror or Level One Bank other than for cause within six months after the Closing Date. The Severance Payment Obligation as to any such terminated employee (other than employees subject to employment agreements existing on the date hereof as identified on Schedule 7.5, for which the severance obligation is set forth on Schedule 7.4 ), shall equal one (1) week of salary for each year of service with Seller, subject, in each case, to a minimum of two (2) weeks and a maximum of twelve (12) weeks pay. No officer or employee of Seller is, or shall be, entitled to receive duplicative severance payments and benefits under (i) an employment or severance agreement; (ii) this section; or (iii) any other program or arrangement.

 

Section 7.5                                    Employment Agreement. Acquiror agrees to cause Level One Bank to honor the terms of those employment agreements identified on Schedule 7.5 .

 

Section 7.6                                    Acquiror Employment Benefit Plans. Acquiror covenants and agrees that each Continuing Employee shall receive credit for years of service at Seller for all purposes, including, without limitation, for purposes of eligibility to participate, entitlement to benefits, and levels of benefits of any Acquiror employee benefit plan (including, but not limited to, Acquiror’s 401(k) plan and vacation leave policy) or any other employee benefit plan of the Surviving Entity

 

36



 

commencing after the Effective Time, except to the extent that credit would result in duplication of benefits. At such time as Seller employees become eligible to participate in a medical, dental or health plan of Acquiror, Acquiror shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause each such plan to (i) provide full credit under such plans for any deductibles, co-payment and out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the employees of Seller and their beneficiaries during the portion of the calendar year prior to such participation as if such amounts had been paid in accordance with such plan of Acquiror; and (ii) waive any waiting period limitation, evidence of insurability or actively-at-work requirement which would otherwise be applicable to such employee on or after the Effective Time to the extent such employee had satisfied any similar limitation or requirement under an analogous Acquiror Plan.

 

Section 7.7                                    Formation of Acquisition Bank. As soon as practicable after the Agreement Date, and in any event prior to the Effective Time, Acquiror shall take all action necessary to (i) cause Acquisition Bank to be duly and validly formed, and (ii) to cause the Acquisition Bank to perform its obligations under the Statutory Consolidation Agreement and to consummate the Merger.

 

Article 8

COVENANTS OF ALL PARTIES

 

Section 8.1                                    Regulatory Approvals. By no later than thirty (30) days after the Agreement Date, Acquiror and Acquisition Bank shall make all appropriate filings with Regulatory Authorities for approval of the Contemplated Transactions, including the preparation of an application or any amendment thereto or any other required statements or documents filed or to be filed by any party with: (a) the Federal Reserve pursuant to the BHCA; (b) DIFS pursuant to the MBC; (c) the FDIC pursuant to the FDI Act; and (d) any other Person or Regulatory Authority pursuant to any applicable Legal Requirement, for authority to consummate the Contemplated Transactions. Acquiror shall pursue in good faith the regulatory approvals necessary to consummate the Contemplated Transactions. In advance of any filing made under this Section 8.1 , Seller and its counsel shall be provided with the opportunity to comment upon all non-confidential portions thereof, and Acquiror agrees promptly to advise Seller and its counsel of, and share with them, any material communication received by Acquiror or its counsel from any Regulatory Authorities with respect to the non-confidential portions of such filings.

 

Section 8.2                                    Necessary Approvals. Each of Acquiror and Seller agree to fully and promptly cooperate with each other and their respective counsels and accountants in connection with any steps to be taken as part of their obligations under this Agreement.

 

Section 8.3                                    Customer and Employee Relationships. Each of Acquiror and Seller agrees that its respective Representatives may jointly:

 

(a)                                  participate in meetings or discussions with officers and employees of Seller and Acquiror in connection with continuing employment opportunities with Level One Bank after the Effective Time; and

 

(b)                                  contact Persons having dealings Seller for the purpose of informing such Persons of the services to be offered by Seller after the Effective Time.

 

37



 

Section 8.4                                    Best Efforts; Cooperation. Each of Acquiror and Seller agrees to exercise good faith and use its Best Efforts to satisfy the various covenants and conditions to Closing in this Agreement, and to consummate the Contemplated Transactions as promptly as possible. In furtherance, and not in limitation, of the foregoing, Seller agrees to use its Best Efforts to obtain: (a) the release of any change in control rights or similar rights relating to any employee of Seller or any other Person under any other agreement by which Seller is bound; and (b) the consent of any lessor or other Person whose consent is required to permit Acquiror or Seller to continue to lease its properties or continue its existing agreements in effect. None of Acquiror or Seller will intentionally take or intentionally permit to be taken any action that would be a Breach of the terms or provisions of this Agreement. Between the Agreement Date and the Closing, each of Acquiror and Seller will, and will cause all of their respective Affiliates and Representatives to, cooperate with respect to all filings that any party is required by Legal Requirements to make in connection with the Contemplated Transactions.

 

Article 9

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF ACQUIROR

 

The obligations of Acquiror to cause Acquisition Bank to consummate the Merger and to take the other actions required to be taken by Acquiror or Acquisition Bank at the Closing are subject to the satisfaction, at or prior to the Closing, of each of the following conditions (any of which may be waived by Acquiror, in whole or in part):

 

Section 9.1                                    Accuracy of Representations and Warranties. For purposes of this Section 9.1 , the accuracy of the representations and warranties of Seller set forth in this Agreement shall be assessed as of the Agreement Date and as of the Effective Time with the same effect as though all such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the Effective Time ( provided, that representations and warranties which are confined to a specified date shall speak only as of such date). The representations and warranties set forth in Sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.3(a), 4.4 and 4.25 shall be true and correct (except for inaccuracies which are de minimis in amount or effect). There shall not exist inaccuracies in the representations and warranties of Seller set forth in this Agreement (including the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.3(a), 4.4 and 4.25 ) such that the aggregate effect of such inaccuracies has, or is reasonably likely to have, a Material Adverse Effect on Seller; provided, that for purposes of this sentence only, those representations and warranties which are qualified by references to “material” or “Material Adverse Effect” or to the “Knowledge” of any Person shall be deemed not to include such qualifications.

 

Section 9.2                                    Seller’s Performance. Each and all of the agreements and covenants of Seller to be performed and complied with pursuant to this Agreement and the other agreements contemplated hereby prior to the Effective Time shall have been duly performed and complied with in all material respects.

 

Section 9.3                                    Documents Satisfactory. All proceedings, corporate or other, to be taken by Seller in connection with the Contemplated Transactions, and all documents incident thereto, shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to Acquiror and its counsel, and Seller shall have made available to Acquiror for examination the originals or true and correct copies of all records and documents relating to the business and affairs of Seller which Acquiror may

 

38



 

reasonably request in connection with the Contemplated Transactions.

 

Section 9.4                                    No Proceedings. No Regulatory Authority of competent jurisdiction shall have enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced, or entered any law or Order (whether temporary, preliminary or permanent) or taken any other action which prohibits, restricts, or makes illegal consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

Section 9.5                                    Absence of Material Adverse Effects. From June 30, 2015, to the Closing, there shall be and have been no change in the financial condition, assets or business of Seller that has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Seller.

 

Section 9.6                                    Consents and Approvals. Any consents or approvals required to be secured by any party by the terms of this Agreement or otherwise reasonably necessary in the opinion of Acquiror to consummate the Merger or the Second Merger, including (a) the approval of Regulatory Authorities and (b) the approval of the Seller Shareholders, shall have been obtained and shall be reasonably satisfactory to Acquiror, and all applicable waiting periods shall have expired. No consent obtained from any Regulatory Authority which is necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby shall be conditioned or restricted in a manner (including requirements relating to the raising of additional capital or the disposition of assets) which in the reasonable judgment of the board of directors of Acquiror would so materially adversely affect the economic or business benefits of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement that, had such condition or requirement been known, the Acquiror would not, in its reasonable judgment, have entered into this Agreement.

 

Section 9.7                                    No Prohibition. The consummation of the Merger will not, directly or indirectly (with or without notice or lapse of time), materially contravene, or conflict with or result in a material violation of, or cause Acquiror, Acquisition Bank or any of Acquiror’s Affiliates to be required to make any material change in its operations as a result of: (a) any applicable Legal Requirement or Order; or (b) any Legal Requirement or Order that has been published, introduced or otherwise proposed by or before any Regulatory Authority.

 

Section 9.8                                    Minimum Seller’s Shareholders’ Equity. Seller’s Shareholders’ Equity shall not be less than the Seller’s Shareholders’ Equity at September 30, 2015.

 

Section 9.9                                    Notices of Dissent. Not more than five percent (5%), in the aggregate, of the outstanding shares of Seller Common Stock shall have voted against the Merger or provided timely written notice to Seller of their intent to exercise their statutory right to dissent.

 

Article 10

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF SELLER

 

Seller’s obligation to consummate the Merger and to take the other actions required to be taken by Seller at the Closing are subject to the satisfaction, at or prior to the Closing, of each of the following conditions (any of which may be waived by Seller, in whole or in part):

 

Section 10.1                             Accuracy of Representations and Warranties. For purposes of this

 

39



 

Section 10.1 , the accuracy of the representations and warranties of Acquiror set forth in this Agreement shall be assessed as of the Agreement Date and as of the Effective Time with the same effect as though all such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the Effective Time ( provided, that representations and warranties which are confined to a specified date shall speak only as of such date). The representations and warranties set forth in Sections 5.1 , 5.2 and 5.3(a)  shall be true and correct (except for inaccuracies which are de minimis in amount or effect). There shall not exist inaccuracies in the representations and warranties of Seller set forth in this Agreement (including the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 5.1 , 5.2 and 5.3(a) ) such that the aggregate effect of such inaccuracies has, or is reasonably likely to have, a Material Adverse Effect on Acquiror; provided, that for purposes of this sentence only, those representations and warranties which are qualified by references to “material” or “Material Adverse Effect” or to the “Knowledge” of any Person shall be deemed not to include such qualifications.

 

Section 10.2                             Acquiror’s Performance. Each and all of the agreements and covenants of Acquiror to be performed and complied with pursuant to this Agreement and the other agreements contemplated hereby prior to the Effective Time shall have been duly performed and complied with in all material respects.

 

Section 10.3                             Documents Satisfactory. All proceedings, corporate or other, to be taken by Acquiror in connection with the Merger, and all documents incident thereto, shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to Seller and its counsel.

 

Section 10.4                             No Proceedings. No Regulatory Authority of competent jurisdiction shall have enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced, or entered any law or Order (whether temporary, preliminary or permanent) or taken any other action which prohibits, restricts, or makes illegal consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

Section 10.5                             Consents and Approvals. Any consents or approvals required to be secured by any party by the terms of this Agreement or otherwise reasonably necessary for Seller to consummate the Merger, including the approval of the Seller Shareholders, shall have been obtained, and all applicable waiting periods shall have expired.

 

Section 10.6                             No Prohibition. The consummation of the Merger will not, directly or indirectly (with or without notice or lapse of time), materially contravene, or conflict with or result in a material violation of, or cause Seller to violate any applicable Legal Requirement or Order.

 

Article 11

TERMINATION

 

Section 11.1                             Reasons for Termination and Abandonment. This Agreement may, by prompt written notice given to the other parties prior to or at the Closing, be terminated:

 

(a)                                  by mutual consent of the board of directors of Seller and Acquiror;

 

(b)                                  by Acquiror or Seller ( provided, that the terminating party is not then in

 

40



 

material Breach of any representation, warranty, covenant, or other agreement contained in this Agreement) in the event of a Breach by the other party of any representation or warranty contained in this Agreement which cannot be or has not been cured within thirty (30) days after the giving of written notice to the breaching party of such Breach and which Breach is reasonably likely, in the opinion of the non-breaching party, to permit such party to refuse to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement pursuant to Articles 9 or 10 , as applicable;

 

(c)                                   by Acquiror or Seller in the event (i) any approval of any Regulatory Authority required for consummation of the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby shall have been denied by final nonappealable action of such authority or if any action taken by such authority is not appealed within the time limit for appeal, (ii) any Legal Requirement or Order permanently restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the consummation of the Merger shall have become final and nonappealable, or (iii) the meeting for Seller Shareholders (including any postponements or adjournments) shall have concluded and been finally adjourned and the Seller Shareholders did not approve the Merger;

 

(d)                                  by Acquiror or Seller, if in the exercise of its fiduciary duties, the board of directors of Seller determines to (i) enter into negotiations with a third party for an Acquisition Transaction as contemplated by Section 6.6 hereof or (ii) not recommend to Seller Shareholders that they approve this Agreement in the manner contemplated by Section 6.8 hereof; or

 

(e)                                   by Acquiror or Seller if the Closing has not occurred (other than through the failure of any party seeking to terminate this Agreement to comply fully with its obligations under this Agreement) on or before May 1, 2016 (the “ Termination Date ”); provided, however, that the Termination Date shall be extended by two (2) months if the primary reason the Closing has not occurred is that the parties have not obtained the approval of Regulatory Authorities described in Section 8.1 .

 

Section 11.2                             Effect of Termination. Except as provided in Section 11.3 , if this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 11.1 , all further obligations of the parties under this Agreement will terminate, and there shall be no liability under this Agreement to or on the part of any party (or such party’s respective officers, directors, shareholders and Affiliates), and all rights and obligations of each party shall cease, except that the obligations in Section 11.2 (Effective of Termination), Section 11.3 (Expenses) and Article 12 will survive; provided , however , that, subject to Section 11.3 , nothing herein shall relieve any party from liability for fraud of the willful and material Breach of any provision of this Agreement, in which case the aggrieved party shall be entitled to all rights and remedies available at law or in equity.

 

Section 11.3                             Expenses.

 

(a)                                  Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, each party to this Agreement will bear its own respective expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, execution, and performance of this Agreement and the Merger, including all fees and expenses of agents, representatives, counsel, and accountants. If any of the parties hereto files suit to enforce this Section 11.3 or a suit seeking to recover costs and expenses or damages for Breach of this Agreement, the costs, fees, charges and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) of the prevailing party in such litigation (and any related litigation) shall be borne by

 

41



 

the non-prevailing party.

 

(b)                                  If this Agreement is terminated:

 

(i)                                        pursuant to Section 11.1(b), the breaching party shall pay to the terminating party, within five (5) business days of such termination, a fee equal to (1) the amount of the terminating party’s reasonable costs and expenses (including financial advisor, consultant, accountant and counsel fees) in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, up to a maximum of Seventy-Five Thousand Dollars ($75,000) (the “ Expense Fee ”), plus (2) One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000); or

 

(ii)                                     pursuant to Section 11.1(b)  as a result of a Breach by Seller of Section 11.(d)  and, either at or prior to the date of termination, or within eighteen (18) months after such termination, Seller enters into a Contract with any party other than Acquiror (or any Affiliate of Acquiror) which constitutes an Acquisition Transaction with such other party, then, Seller shall pay Acquiror, upon its written demand in same day funds, the sum of (1) the Expense Fee (if not previously paid) plus (2) Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000); provided, however , that in such case, the provisions of this Section shall in no way limit Acquiror’s rights against such third party.

 

(c)                                   The amounts payable pursuant to Section 11.3(b)  constitute liquidated damages and the receipt thereof shall be the sole and exclusive remedy of Acquiror and Seller, as applicable, under this Agreement for all Breaches of this Agreement by Acquiror and Seller, as applicable.

 

Article 12

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 12.1                             Governing Law. All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Agreement and the performance of the obligations imposed by this Agreement shall be governed by the internal laws of the State of Michigan applicable to Contracts made and wholly to be performed in such state without regard to conflicts of laws.

 

Section 12.2                             Jurisdiction and Service of Process. Any action or proceeding seeking to enforce, challenge or avoid any provision of, or based on any right arising out of, this Agreement shall be brought only in the courts of the State of Michigan, County of Oakland or, if it has or can acquire jurisdiction, in the United States District Court serving the County of Oakland, and each of the parties consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts (and of the appropriate appellate courts) in any such action or proceeding and waives any objection to jurisdiction or venue laid therein. Process in any action or proceeding referred to in the preceding sentence may be served on any party anywhere in the world.

 

Section 12.3                             Assignments, Successors and No Third Party Rights. No party may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to any other Person without the prior written consent of the other parties, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided,

 

42



 

however , that Acquiror may assign its respective rights under this Agreement to any wholly-owned subsidiary of Acquiror without the consent of Seller so long as Acquiror continues to guarantee the performance of all of its covenants set forth in this Agreement. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement and every representation, warranty, covenant, agreement and provision hereof shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Nothing expressed or referred to in this Agreement will be construed to give any Person other than the parties to this Agreement any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or with respect to this Agreement or any provision of this Agreement, other than Sections 7.3 , 7.4 and 7.5 which are intended to be for the benefit of the individuals covered thereby.

 

Section 12.4                             Waiver. Except as provided in Article 11 , rights and remedies of the parties to this Agreement are cumulative and not alternative. Neither the failure nor any delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Agreement or the documents referred to in this Agreement will operate as a waiver of such right, power or privilege, and no single or partial exercise of any such right, power or privilege will preclude any other or further exercise of such right, power or privilege or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law: (a) no claim or right arising out of this Agreement or the documents referred to in this Agreement can be discharged by one party, in whole or in part, by a waiver or renunciation of the claim or right unless in writing signed by the other parties; (b) no waiver that may be given by a party will be applicable except in the specific instance for which it is given; and (c) no notice to or demand on one party will be deemed to be a waiver of any obligation of such party or of the right of the party giving such notice or demand to take further action without notice or demand as provided in this Agreement or the documents referred to in this Agreement.

 

Section 12.5                             Modification. This Agreement may not be amended except by a written agreement signed by each of Acquiror and Seller.

 

Section 12.6                             Publicity. Prior to the Closing and except as required by law, the parties hereto will consult with each other before issuing any press releases or otherwise making any public statements with respect to this Agreement or the Merger and shall not issue any such press release or make any such public statement without the prior consent of the other parties, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Unless consented to by each of Acquiror and Seller in advance or except as required by law, prior to the Closing, the parties shall keep this Agreement strictly confidential and not make any disclosure of this Agreement to any Person. Seller and Acquiror will consult with each other concerning the means by which Seller’s employees, customers and suppliers and others having dealings with Seller will be informed of the Merger.

 

Section 12.7                             Confidentiality. No termination of this Agreement shall affect the obligations of the parties contained in the Confidentiality Agreement, all of which obligations shall survive the termination of this Agreement in accordance with its terms. If the Contemplated Transactions are not consummated, each party will return or destroy as much of such written information as any other party may reasonably request.

 

Section 12.8                             Notices. All notices, consents, waivers and other communications under

 

43


 

this Agreement must be in writing (which shall include facsimile communication) and will be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand or by nationally recognized overnight delivery service (receipt requested), mailed by certified mail (return receipt requested) with postage prepaid or faxed or sent by electronic mail if confirmed immediately thereafter by also mailing a copy of any notice, request or other communication by mail as required in this Section 12.8 :

 

(a)                                  If to Acquiror, to:

 

Level One Bancorp, Inc.

32991 Hamilton Court

Farmington Hills, Michigan 48334

Telephone:                                    (248) 737-6903

Facsimile:                                          (248) 536-5060

Email:             dwalker@levelonebank.com

Attention:                                          David C. Walker

 

with a copy to:

 

Nelson Mullins Riley & Scarborough, LLP

Atlantic Station

201 17th Street NW, Suite 1700

Atlanta, GA 30363

Telephone:                                    (404) 322-6218

Facsimile:                                          (404) 322-6041

Email:             brennan.ryan@nelsonmullins.com

Attention:                                          Brennan Ryan, Esq.

 

(b)                                  if to Seller, to:

 

Bank of Michigan

 

30095 Northwestern Highway

Farmington Hills, MI 48334

Telephone:                                    (248) 865-1307

Facsimile:                                          (248) 865-0355

Email:             mike.sarafa@bankofmi.com

Attention:                                          Michael G. Sarafa

 

with a copy to:

 

Howard and Howard Attorneys PLLC

200 South Michigan Avenue, Suite 200

Chicago, Illinois 60604

Telephone:                                    (312) 456-3444

Facsimile:                                          (312) 939-5617

Email:             jhemker@howardandhoward.com

 

44



 

Attention:                                          Joseph B. Hemker, Esq.

 

or to such other Person or place as any party shall furnish to the other parties hereto in writing. Except as otherwise provided herein, all such notices, consents, waivers and other communications shall be effective: (a) if delivered by hand, when delivered; (b) if mailed in the manner provided in this Section 12.8 , five (5) Business Days after deposit with the United States Postal Service; (c) if delivered by overnight express delivery service, on the next Business Day after deposit with such service; and (d) if by facsimile or other electronic means, on the next Business Day if also confirmed by mail in the manner provided in this Section 12.8 .

 

Section 12.9                             Entire Agreement. This Agreement and any documents executed by the parties pursuant to this Agreement and referred to herein constitute a complete and exclusive statement of the entire understanding and agreement of the parties hereto with respect to their subject matter and supersede all other prior agreements and understandings, written or oral, relating to such subject matter between the parties.

 

Section 12.10                      Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision will be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement unless the consummation of the Merger is adversely affected thereby.

 

Section 12.11                      Further Assurances. The parties agree: (a) to furnish upon request to each other such further information; (b) to execute and deliver to each other such other documents; and (c) to do such other acts and things, as any party may reasonably request for the purpose of carrying out the intent of this Agreement and the documents referred to in this Agreement.

 

Section 12.12                      Counterparts; Facsimile or Other Electronic Signatures. This Agreement and any amendments thereto may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement may be executed and accepted by facsimile or other electronic signature and any such signature shall be of the same force and effect as an original signature.

 

Section 12.13                      Survival. Except for covenants that are expressly to be performed after the Closing, the representations, warranties and covenants set forth in this Agreement shall not survive beyond the Closing.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

45



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers as of the day and year first written above.

 

 

BANK OF MICHIGAN

 

LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael G. Sarafa

 

By:

/s/ Patrick J. Fehring

Name: Michael G. Sarafa

 

Name: Patrick J. Fehring

Title: President

 

Title: President and CEO

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

 




Exhibit 3.1

 

Doc 4 3.1 BCS/CD.500 (Rev. 12/05) MICHIGAN DEPARTMENT OF LABOR & ECONOMIC GROWTH BUREAU OF COMMERCIAL SERVICES Date Received (FOR BUREAU USE ONLY) This document is effective on the date filed, unless a subsequent effective date within 90 days after received date is stated in the document. Name Joseph B. Hemker, Esq., Howard & Howard Attorneys, P.C. Address 151 S. Rose Street, Suite 800 City State ZIP Code Kalamazoo MI 49007 Effective Date: Document will be returned to the name and address you enter above. If left blank document will be mailed to the registered office. ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION For use by Domestic Profit Corporations (Please read information and instructions on the last page) Pursuant to the provisions of Act 284, Public Acts of 1972, the undersigned corporation executes the following Articles: ARTICLE I The name of the corporation is: FD Financial Holdings, Inc. ARTICLE II, The purpose or purposes for which the corporation is formed is to engage in any activity within the purposes for which corporations may be formed under the Business Corporation Act of Michigan, including, but not limited to acquiring, owning, managing, and controlling banks, bank affiliates, bank holding companies, financial holding companies, and voting securities thereof; or all, or substantially all, of the assets of any of the foregoing entities or other business entities which bank holding companies or financial holding companies may now or hereafter be permitted by law to own, manage or control. ARTICLE III The total authorized shares: 1. Common Shares 60,000, no par value Preferred Shares None 2. A statement of all or any of the relative rights, preferences and limitations of the shares of each class is as follows: Each share shall have the same relative rights, preferences, and limitations. ARTICLE IV 1. The address of the registered office is: 151 S. Rose Street, Suite 800, Kalamazoo , Michigan 49007 (Street Address) (City) (ZIP Code) 2. The mailing address of the registered office, if different than above: N/A , Michigan (Street Address or P.O. Box) (City) (ZIP Code) 3. The name of the resident agent at the registered office is: Joseph B. Hemker

GRAPHIC

 


BCS/CD-500 (Rev. 12/05) ARTICLE V The name(s) and address(es) of the incorporator(s) is(are) as follows: Name Residence or Business Address Joseph B. Hemker, Howard & Howard Attorneys, P.O. 151 S. Rose St., Suite 800, Kalamazoo, MI 49007 ARTICLE VI (Optional, Delete if not applicable) ARTICLE VII (Optional, Delete if not applicable)

GRAPHIC

 

 

The space below for additional Articles or for continuation of previous Articles. Please identify any Article being continued or added. Attach additional pages if needed.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

A director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its shareholders for money damages for any action taken or any failure to take any action as a director, except for liability for any of the following:

 

a.               The amount of a financial benefit, received by a director to which such director is not entitled;

 

b.               Intentional infliction of harm on the Corporation or its shareholders;

 

c.                A violation of Section 551 of the Michigan Business Corporation Act; and

 

d.               An intentional criminal act.

 

If the Michigan Business Corporation Act is hereafter amended to further eliminate or limit the liability of a director, then a director of the Corporation (in addition to the circumstances in which a director is not personally liable as set forth in the preceding paragraph) shall not be liable to the Corporation or its shareholders to the fullest extent permitted by the Michigan Business Corporation Act, as so amended. Any repeal or modification of this Section 1 by the shareholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

 

 

I, (We), the incorporator(s) sign my (our) name(s) this 17th day of July, 2006.

 

/s/ Joseph B. Hemker

 

 

Joseph B. Hemker

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

BCS/CD-515 (Rev. 12/05) MICHIGAN DEPARTMENT OF LABOR & ECONOMIC GROWTH BUREAU OF COMMERCIAL SERVICES Date Received (FOR BUREAU USE ONLY)   This document is effective on the date filed, unless a subsequent effective date within 90 days after received date is stated in the document. Name Joseph B. Hemker, Esq., Howard & Howard Attorneys, P.C. Address 151 S. Rose Street, Suite 800 City State ZIP code Kalamazoo MI 49007 EFFECTIVE DATE: Document will be returned to the name and address you enter above. If left blank document will be mailed to the registered office. CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT TO THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION For use by Domestic Profit and Nonprofit Corporations (Please read information and instructions on the last page) Pursuant to the provisions of Act 284, Public Acts of 1972, (profit corporations), or Act 162, Public Acts of 1982 (nonprofit corporations), the undersigend corporation executes the following Certificate: 1. The present name of the corporation is: FD Financial Holdings, Inc. 2. The identification number assigned by the Bureau is: 41500A  3. Article III of the Articles of Incorporation is hereby amended to read as follows: The total authorized shares: 1. Common Shares: 150,000 no par value Preferred Shares: None 2. A statement of all or any of the relative rights, preferences and limitations of the shares of each class is as follows: Each share shall have the same relative rights, preferences, and limitations.

GRAPHIC

 


BCS/CD-515 (Rev. 12/05) COMPLETE ONLY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: 4. (For amendments adopted by unanimous consent of incorporators before the first meeting of the board of directors or trustees.) The foregoing amendment to the Articles of incorporation was duly adopted on the 16th day of November , 2006 , in accordance with the provisions of the Act by the unanimous consent of the incorporator(s) before the first meeting of the Board of Directors or Trustees. Signed this 16th day of November , 2006 [ILLEGIBLE] (signature) (Signature) Joseph B. Hemker (Type or Print Name) (Type or Print Name) (signature) (Signature) (Type or Print Name) (Type or Print Name)  5. (For profit and nonprofit corporations whose Articles state the corporation is organized on a stock or on a membership basis.) The foregoing amendment to the Articles of Incorporation was duly adopted on the day of , , by the shareholders if a profit corporation, or by the shareholders or members if a nonprofit corporation (check one of the following) at a meeting the necessary votes were cast in favor of the amendment. by written consent of the shareholders or members having not less than the minimum number of votes required by statute in accordance with Section 407(1) and (2) of the Act if a nonprofit corporation, or Section 407(1) of the Act if a profit corporation. Written notice to shareholders or members who have not consented in writing has been given. (Note: Written consent by less than all of the shareholders or members is permitted only if such provision appears in the Articles of Incorporation.) by written consent of all the shareholders or members entitled to vote in accordance with section 407(3) of the Act if a nonprofit corporation, or Section 407(2) of the Act if a profit corporation. by consents given by electronic transmission in accordance with Section 407(3) if a profit corporation. by the board of a profit corporation pursuant to section 611(2). Profit Corporations and Professional Service Corporations Nonprofit Corporations Signed this day of ,  Signed this day of , By  By (Signature of an authorized officer or agent)  (Signature President, Vice-President, Chariperson or Vice-Chairperson)  (Type or Print Name) (Type or Print Name)

GRAPHIC

 

 

MAR-09-200709:40 HOWARD HOWARD ATTORNEYS 269 382 9702 P.03 subsequflllt etraclive dille within 90 days alklt ractliWid 151 S. Rose Street, Suite sao l)ocumont will I»murnlld tv the nama and adclraQ YDU .ntar abcwa. # If lOft blantc docl.lmt1nt will 1M mailed 1D the NGIWrad alllca. CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT TO THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION For use by Domestic Profit and Nonprofit Corporations (Pleased information and instructions on the last page) Pursuant to the provisions of Act 284, Public Acts of 1972, (profit corporations), or Act 162, Public Acts of 1982 (notlprofit corporations), the undersigend corporation executes the follow ng Certificate: 03/09/2007 9:27AM 3. Article .....;;._...,.... of the Articles of Incorporation is hereby amended to read as follows: The name of 1he Corporation is Level One Bancorp,Inc. 4. Article Ill of 1he Articles of Incorporation is hereby amended to read as follows: The total authorized shares: 1. Common Shares:5,000,000 no par value Preferred Shares: None 2. A statement of all or any of the relative rights, preferences and limitations of the Shares of each class is as follows: Each share shallhave the same relativa rights,preferences, and limitations. 1. The present nama of the corpor.; tion is: FD Financial Holdings,Inc. 2. The identification number assigned by the Bureau is: [41500A MICHIGAN DEPARTMENT OF LABOR & ECONOMIC GROWTH BUREAU OF COMMERCIAL SERVICES DBtv Received (FOR BUREAU : seON1..V) This dOCIIMtnl iS tfl"fK:five 011 the dllte filed, llnlll&l; II d•taiS$I:IIttcllnllle Neme Joseph B.Hemker,Esq., Howard & Howard Attorneys, P.C. EFFECTIVE DATE: Addl9u Ci $tiM'!:IPCod111 KalamazooMl49007

GRAPHIC

 


MAR-09-200709:41 HOWARD HOWARD ATTORNEYS 269 382 9702 P.04 COMPLETE ONLY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING·. I required by statutin acoordance with Section 407(1) and (2) of the Act if a nonprofit corporation, or 1\Aba -, 03/09/2007 9:27AM 4. (For amendments adapted by unanimous consent of incorporators before the ftrst meeting of the board of directors or trustees.) The foregoing amendment to the Articles of Incorporation was duly adopted on the day of • , in accordance with the. provisions of the Act by the unanimous consent of the inoorporator(s) before the first meeting of the Board of Directors or Trustees. Signed this day of • (Signature) (SignabJI'e) (Type or nt Name) (Type or Print Name) (Signature) (Sign< Wre) (Type Ot Print Notm$)(Type or Print Nam&) 5. (For profit and nonprofit corporations whose Articles stde U. corporation is organized on a stock or on a membership basis.) The foregoing amendment to the Articles of Incorporation was duly adopted on the 21st day of February 2007 ,by the shareholders if a profit corporation,or by the $hareholders or members if a nonprofit corporation (check one of the following) D at a meeting the necessary votes were oast in favor of the amendment. 0 by written consent of the shareholders or members having not less than the minimum number of votes Section 407(1) of the Act if a profit corporation. Written notice to shareholders or members whO have not consented in writing has been given. (Note: Written consent by less than all of the shareholders or members is permitted only if such provision appears in the Articles of Incorporation.) [ZJ by written consent of all the shareholders or members entitled to vote in accordance with section 407(3) of . the A¢t if a nonprofit corporation.or Section 407(2} of the Act if a profit corporation. 0 by consents given by electronic transmission in aeoordanoe with Sac:tion 407(3) if a profit corporation_ 0 by the board of a profit oorporation pursuant to section 611(2)-Nonprofit Corporations Signed this day of ay ' (Signa!ure President. VICB-PresfdAnl, CMriPQ!$011 01' Viee-Cha(l'per.ron) !IYPG or Pilm Name) Profit Corporations and Profe$sional Service Corporations Signed this day ofMarch 2007 ' By 11 ype or Pnnt Name) .. (::>91avn an SUIIIOnzsa omcer or Patrick J. Fehring, PreSide genii (\t

GRAPHIC

 

 

BCS/CD-515 (Rev. 08/10) MICHIGAN DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY, LABOR & ECONOMIC GROWTH BUREAU OF COMMERCIAL SERVICES Date Received This document is effective on the date filed, unless a subsequent effective date within 90 days after received date is stated in the document  Name Joseph B. Hemker, Esq., Howard & Howard Attorneys, P.C. Address 151 S. Rose Street, Suite 800 City State ZIP Code Kalamazoo MI 49007 EFFECTIVE DATE: Document will be returned to the name and address you enter above. If left blank, document will be returned to the registered office. CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT TO THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION For use by Domestic Profit and Nonprofit Corporations (Please read Information and instructions on the last page) Pursuant to the provisions of Act 284, Public Acts of 1972, (profit corporations), or Act 162, Public Acts of 1982 (nonprofit corporations), the undersigned corporation executes the following Certificate: 1. The present name of the corporation is: Level One Bancorp, Inc.  2. The Identification number assigned by the Bureau is: 41500A  3. Article III of the Articles of incorporation is hereby amended to read as follows: The total authorized shares: 1. Common Shares: 20,000,000 no par value Preferred Shares: None 2. A statement of all or any of the relative rights, preferences and limitations of the shares of each class is as follows: Each share shall have the same relative rights, preferences and limitations

GRAPHIC

 


COMPLETE ONLY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: 4. Profit or Nonprofit Corporations: For amendments adopted by unanimous consent of incorporators before the first meeting of the board of directors or trustees. The foregoing amendment to the Articles of Incorporation was duly adopted on the day of , , in accordance with the provisions of the Act by the unanimous consent of the incorporator(s) before the first meeting of the Board of Directors or Trustees. Signed this day of ,  (Signature) (Signature) (Type or Print Name) (Type or Print Name) (Signature) (Signature) (Type or Print Name) (Type or Print Name) 5. Profit Corporation Only: Shareholder or Board Approval The foregoing amendment to the Articles of Incorporation proposed by the board was was duly adopted on the 30th day of November , 2010 , by the: (check one of the following) shareholders at a meeting in accordance with Section 811(3) of the Act.  written consent of the shareholders having not leas than the minimum number of votes required by statute in accordance with Section 407(1) of the Act. Written notice to shareholders who have not consented in writing has been given. (Note: Written consent by less than all of the shareholders is permitted only if such provision appears in the Articles of incorporation.) written consent of all the shareholders entitled to vote in accordance with Section 407(2) of the Act. board of a profit corporation pursuant to section 611(2) of the Act. Profit Corporations and Professional Service Corporations Signed this 1st day of December , 2010 By [ILLEGIBLE] (Signature of an authorized officer or agent) Patrick J. Fehring, President (Type or Print Name)

GRAPHIC

 

 

BCS/CD-515 (Rev.08/10) MICHIGAN DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY, LABOR & ECONOMIC GROWTH BUREAU OF COMMERCIAL SERVICES Date Received  This document is effective on the date filed, unless a subsequent effective date within 90 days after received date is stated in the document. Name Joseph B. Hemker, Esq., Howard & Howard Attorneys, P.C. Address 200 South Michigan Avenue, Suite 1100 City State ZIP Code Chicago Illinois 60604 EFFECTIVE DATE: Document will be returned to the name and address you enter above. If left blank, document will be returned to the registered office. CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT TO THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION For use by Domestic Profit and Nonprofit Corporations (Please read information and Instructions on the last page) Pursuant to the provisions of Act 284, Public Acts of 1972, (profit corporations), or Act 162, Public Acts of 1982 (nonprofit corporations), the undersigned corporation executes the following. Certificate: 1. The present name of the corporation is: Level One Bancorp, Inc.  2. The identification number assigned by the Bureau is: 41500A 3. Article III of the Articles of Incorporation is hereby amended to read as follows: See Exhibit A attached hereto

GRAPHIC

 


COMPLETE ONLY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: 4. Profit or Nonprofit Corporations: For amendments adopted by unanimous consent of incorporators before the first meeting of the board of directors or trustees. The foregoing amendment to the Articles of Incorporation was duly adopted on the day of , , in accordance with the provisions of the Act by the unanimous consent of the incorporator(s) before the first meeting of the Board of Directors or Trustees. Signed this day of ,  (Signature) (Signature) (Type or Print Name) (Type or Print Name) (Signature) (Signature) (Type or Print Name) (Type or Print Name)  5. Profit Corporation Only: Shareholder or Board Approval The foregoing amendment to the Articles of Incorporation proposed by the board was was duly adopted on the 20th day of April , 2011 , by the: (check one of the following) shareholders at a meeting in accordance with Section 611(3) of the Act. written consent of the shareholders having not less than the minimum number of votes required by statute in accordance with Section 407(1) of the Act. Written notice to shareholders who have not consented in writing has been given. (Note: Written consent by less than all of the shareholders is permitted only if such provision appears in the Articles of Incorporation.) written consent of all the shareholders entitled to vote in accordance with Section 407(2) of the Act. board of a profit corporation pursuant to section 611(2) of the Act. Profit Corporations and Professional Service Corporations Signed this 20th day of April , 2011 By [ILLEGIBLE] (Signature of an authorized officer or agent) Patrick J. Fehring, President (Type or Print Name)

GRAPHIC

 

 

Exhibit A

 

LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC,

 

AMENDMENT TO ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

 

ARTICLE III

 

The total number of shares of all classes of the capital stock which the Corporation has authority to issue is 20,050,000, which shall be divided into a class of 20,000,000 shares of common stock, no par value per share, and a class of 50,000 shares of preferred stock, no par value per share.

 

Common Stock

 

Each share of Common Stock shall have the same relative rights, preferences, and limitations.

 

Preferred Stock

 

Subject to the limitations and restrictions set forth in this Article III, the board of directors is authorized and empowered at any time, and from time to time, to designate and issue any authorized and unissued preferred stock (whether or not previously designated as shares of a particular series, and including preferred stock of any series issued and thereafter acquired by the Corporation) as shares of one or more series, hereby or hereafter to be designated. Each different series of preferred stock may vary as to dividend rate, redemption price, liquidation price, voting rights and conversion rights, if any, all of which shall be fixed as hereinafter provided. Each series of preferred stock issued hereunder shall be so designated as to distinguish the shares thereof from the shares of the other series and classes. All preferred stock of any one series shall be alike in every particular.

 

The rights, qualifications, limitations or restrictions or each series of preferred stock shall be as stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the board of directors which provides for the issuance of such series, which resolutions may include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

 

(i)                                      The distinctive designation and number of shares comprising such series, which number may (except where otherwise provided by the board of directors in creating such series) be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares then outstanding) from time to time by action of the board of directors;

 

(ii)                                   The rate of the dividends thereon and the relation which such dividends shall bear to the dividends payable on any other class of capital stock or any other series of preferred stock, the terms and conditions upon which and the periods in respect of which dividends shall be payable, whether and upon what conditions such dividends shall be cumulative and if cumulative, the date or dates from which dividends shall accumulate;

 

(iii)                                The amount per share, if any, which the holders of preferred stock of such series shall be entitled to receive, in addition to any dividends accrued and unpaid thereon, (a) upon the redemption thereof, plus the premium payable upon redemption, if any; or (b) upon the voluntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation; or (o) upon the involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation;

 



 

(iv)                               The conversion or exchange rights, if any, of such series, including without limitation, the price of prices, rate or rates, provision for the adjustment thereof (including provisions for protection against the dilution or impairment of such rights), and all other terms and conditions upon which preferred stock constituting such series may be convertible into, or exchangeable for shares of any other class or classes or series;

 

(v)                                  Whether the shares of such series shall be redeemable, and, if redeemable, whether redeemable for cash, property or rights, including securities of any other corporation, at the option of either the holder or the Corporation or upon the happening of a specified event, the limitations and restrictions with respect to such redemption, the time or times when, the price or prices or rate or rates at which, the adjustments with which and the manner in which such shares shall be redeemable, including the manner of selecting shares of such series for redemption if less than all shares are to be redeemed;

 

(vi)                               Whether the shares of such series shall be subject to the operation of a purchase, retirement, or sinking fund, and, if so, whether and upon what conditions such purchase, retirement or sinking fund shall be cumulative or noncumulative, the extent to which and the manner in which such fund shall be applied to the purchase or redemption of the shares of such series for retirement or to other corporate purposes and the terms and provisions relative to the operation thereof;

 

(vii)                            The voting rights per share, if any, of each such series, and whether and under what conditions the shares of such series (alone or together with the shares of one or more other series) shall be entitled to vote separately as a single class, upon any merger, share exchange or other transaction of the Corporation, or upon any other matter, including (without limitation) the elections of one or more additional directors of the Corporation in case of dividend arrearage or other specified events; and

 

(viii)                         Whether the issuance of any additional shares of such series, or of any shares of any other series shall be subject to restrictions of such series, as the board of directors may deem advisable and as shall not be inconsistent with the provisions of these articles of incorporation.

 

2



 

JUN 29 2011

FILED

 

JUN 29 2011

 

Administrator

 

BUREAU OF COMMERCIAL SERVICES

 

CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION

 

CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION

OF

SENIOR NON-CUMULATIVE PERPETUAL PREFERRED STOCK, SERIES A

OF

 

LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

 

LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Michigan (the “ Issuer ”), in accordance with the provisions of Sections 302 of the Michigan Business Corporation Act thereof, does hereby certify:

 

The board of directors of the Issuer (the “ Board of Directors ”) or an applicable committee of the Board of Directors, in accordance with the articles of incorporation and bylaws of the Issuer and applicable law, adopted the following resolution on June 29, 2011 creating a series of 11,301 shares of Preferred Stock of the Issuer designated as “ Senior Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A ”.

 

RESOLVED, that pursuant to the provisions of the articles of incorporation and the bylaws of the Issuer and applicable law, a series of Preferred Stock, no par value per share, of the Issuer be and hereby is created, and that the designation and number of shares of such series, and the voting and other powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, of the shares of such series, are as follows:

 

Part 1.    Designation and Number of Shares . There is hereby created out of the authorized and unissued shares of preferred stock of the Issuer a series of preferred stock designated as the “ Senior Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A ” (the “ Designated Preferred Stock ”). The authorized number of shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall be 11,301.

 

Part 2.    Standard Provisions . The Standard Provisions contained in Schedule A attached hereto are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety and shall be deemed to be a part of this Certificate of Designation to the same extent as if such provisions had been set forth in full herein.

 

Part 3.              Definitions . The following terms are used in this Certificate of Designation (including the Standard Provisions in Schedule A hereto) as defined below:

 

(a)                                  Common Stock ” means the common stock, no par value per share, of the Issuer.

 

(b)                                  Definitive Agreement ” means that certain Securities Purchase Agreement by and between Issuer and Treasury, dated as of the Signing Date.

 



 

(c)                                   Junior Stock ” means the Common Stock, and any other class or series of stock of the Issuer the terms of which expressly provide that it ranks junior to Designated Preferred Stock as to dividend and redemption rights and/or as to rights on liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Issuer.

 

(d)                                  Liquidation Amount ” means $1,000 per share of Designated Preferred Stock.

 

(e)                                   Minimum Amount ” means (i) the amount equal to twenty-five percent (25%) of the aggregate Liquidation Amount of Designated Preferred Stock issued on the Original Issue Date or (ii) all of the outstanding Designated Preferred Stock, if the aggregate liquidation preference of the outstanding Designated Preferred Stock is less than the amount set forth in the preceding clause (i).

 

(f)                                    Parity Stock ” means any class or series of stock of the Issuer (other than Designated Preferred Stock) the terms of which do not expressly provide that such class or series will rank senior or junior to Designated Preferred Stock as to dividend rights and/or as to rights on liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Issuer (in each case without regard to whether dividends accrue cumulatively or non-cumulatively).

 

(g)                                   Signing Date ” means June 30, 2011.

 

(h)                                  Treasury ” means the United States Department of the Treasury and any successor in interest thereto.

 

Part 4.    Certain Voting Matters . Holders of shares of Designated Preferred Stock will be entitled to one vote for each such share on any matter on which holders of Designated Preferred Stock are entitled to vote, including any action by written consent.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC. has caused this Certificate of Designation to be signed by Patrick J. Fehring, its President and CEO, this 29 th  day of June, 2011.

 

 

 

LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Patrick J. Fehring

 

 

Name: Patrick J. Fehring

 

 

Title: President & CEO

 


 

Schedule A

 

STANDARD PROVISIONS

 

Section 1.     General Matters . Each share of Designated Preferred Stock shall be identical in all respects to every other share of Designated Preferred Stock. The Designated Preferred Stock shall be perpetual, subject to the provisions of Section 5 of these Standard Provisions that form a part of the Certificate of Designation. The Designated Preferred Stock shall rank equally with Parity Stock and shall rank senior to Junior Stock with respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets in the event of any dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Issuer, as set forth below.

 

Section 2.     Standard Definitions . As used herein with respect to Designated Preferred Stock:

 

(a)           “ Acquiror ,” in any Holding Company Transaction, means the surviving or resulting entity or its ultimate parent in the case of a merger or consolidation or the transferee in the case of a sale, lease or other transfer in one transaction or a series of related transactions of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Issuer and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

(b)           “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to any person, any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with, such other person. For purposes of this definition, “ control ” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”) when used with respect to any person, means the possession, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, of the power to cause the direction of management and/or policies of such person, whether through the ownership of voting securities by contract or otherwise.

 

(c)           “ Applicable Dividend Rate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a).

 

(d)           “ Appropriate Federal Banking Agency ” means the “appropriate Federal banking agency” with respect to the Issuer as defined in Section 3(q) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. Section 1813(q)), or any successor provision.

 

(e)           “ Bank Holding Company ” means a company registered as such with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System pursuant to 12 U.S.C. §1842 and the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System thereunder.

 

(f)            “ Baseline ” means the “Initial Small Business Lending Baseline” set forth on the Initial Supplemental Report (as defined in the Definitive Agreement), subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 3(a).

 

(g)           “ Business Combination ” means a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or similar transaction that requires the approval of the Issuer’s stockholders.

 

A- 1



 

(h)           “ Business Day ” means any day except Saturday, Sunday and any day on which banking institutions in the State of New York or the District of Columbia generally are authorized or required by law or other governmental actions to close.

 

(i)            “ Bylaws ” means the bylaws of the Issuer, as they may be amended from time to time.

 

(j)            “ Call Report ” has the meaning set forth in the Definitive Agreement.

 

(k)           “ Certificate of Designation ” means the Certificate of Designation or comparable instrument relating to the Designated Preferred Stock, of which these Standard Provisions form a part, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

(l)            “ Charge-Offs ” means the net amount of loans charged off by the Issuer or, if the Issuer is a Bank Holding Company or a Savings and Loan Holding Company, by the IDI Subsidiary(ies) during quarters that begin on or after the Signing Date, determined as follows:

 

(i)            if the Issuer or the applicable IDI Subsidiary is a bank, by subtracting (A) the aggregate dollar amount of recoveries reflected on line RIAD4605 of its Call Reports for such quarters from (B) the aggregate dollar amount of charge-offs reflected on line RIAD4635 of its Call Reports for such quarters (without duplication as a result of such dollar amounts being reported on a year-to-date basis); or

 

(ii)           if the Issuer or the applicable IDI Subsidiary is a thrift, by subtracting (A) the sum of the aggregate dollar amount of recoveries reflected on line VA140 of its Call Reports for such quarters and the aggregate dollar amount of adjustments reflected on line VA150 of its Call Reports for such quarters from (B) the aggregate dollar amount of charge-offs reflected on line VA160 of its Call Reports for such quarters.

 

(m)          “ Charter ” means the Issuer’s certificate or articles of incorporation, articles of association, or similar organizational document.

 

(n)           “ CPP Lending Incentive Fee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(e).

 

(o)           “ Current Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a)(i)(2).

 

(p)           “ Dividend Payment Date ” means January 1, April 1, July 1, and October 1 of each year.

 

(q)           “ Dividend Period ” means the period from and including any Dividend Payment Date to, but excluding, the next Dividend Payment Date; provided, however , the initial Dividend Period shall be the period from and including the Original Issue Date to, but excluding, the next Dividend Payment Date (the “ Initial Dividend Period ”).

 

(r)            “ Dividend Record Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(b).

 

A- 2



 

(s)            “ Dividend Reference Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a)(i)(2).

 

(t)            “ GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

 

(u)           “ Holding Company Preferred Stock ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7(c)(v).

 

(v)           “ Holding Company Transaction ” means the occurrence of (a) any transaction (including, without limitation, any acquisition, merger or consolidation) the result of which is that a “person” or “group” within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (i) becomes the direct or indirect ultimate “beneficial owner,” as defined in Rule 13d-3 under that Act, of common equity of the Issuer representing more than 50% of the voting power of the outstanding Common Stock or (ii) is otherwise required to consolidate the Issuer for purposes of generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or (b) any consolidation or merger of the Issuer or similar transaction or any sale, lease or other transfer in one transaction or a series of related transactions of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Issuer and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than one of the Issuer’s subsidiaries; provided that, in the case of either clause (a) or (b), the Issuer or the Acquiror is or becomes a Bank Holding Company or Savings and Loan Holding Company.

 

(w)          “ IDI Subsidiary ” means any Issuer Subsidiary that is an insured depository institution.

 

(x)           “ Increase in QSBL ” means:

 

(i)            with respect to the first (1st) Dividend Period, the difference obtained by subtracting (A) the Baseline from (B) QSBL set forth in the Initial Supplemental Report (as defined in the Definitive Agreement); and

 

(ii)           with respect to each subsequent Dividend Period, the difference obtained by subtracting (A) the Baseline from (B) QSBL for the Dividend Reference Period for the Current Period.

 

(y)           “ Initial Dividend Period ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Dividend Period”.

 

(z)           “ Issuer Subsidiary ” means any subsidiary of the Issuer.

 

(aa)         “ Liquidation Preference ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(a).

 

(bb)         “ Non-Qualifying Portion Percentage ” means, with respect to any particular Dividend Period, the percentage obtained by subtracting the Qualifying Portion Percentage from one (1).

 

A- 3



 

(cc)         “ Original Issue Date ” means the date on which shares of Designated Preferred Stock are first issued.

 

(dd)         “ Percentage Change in QSBL ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a)(ii).

 

(ee)         “ Person ” means a legal person, including any individual, corporation, estate, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, limited liability company or trust.

 

(ff)          “ Preferred Director ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7(c).

 

(gg)         “ Preferred Stock ” means any and all series of preferred stock of the Issuer, including the Designated Preferred Stock.

 

(hh)         “ Previously Acquired Preferred Shares ” has the meaning set forth in the Definitive Agreement.

 

(ii)           “ Private Capital ” means, if the Issuer is Matching Private Investment Supported (as defined in the Definitive Agreement), the equity capital received by the Issuer or the applicable Affiliate of the Issuer from one or more non-governmental investors in accordance with Section 1.3(m) of the Definitive Agreement.

 

(jj)           “ Publicly-traded ” means a company that (i) has a class of securities that is traded on a national securities exchange and (ii) is required to file periodic reports with either the Securities and Exchange Commission or its primary federal bank regulator.

 

(kk)         “ Qualified Small Business Lending ” or “ QSBL ” means, with respect to any particular Dividend Period, the “Quarter-End Adjusted Qualified Small Business Lending” for such Dividend Period set forth in the applicable Supplemental Report.

 

(ll)           “ Qualifying Portion Percentage ” means, with respect to any particular Dividend Period, the percentage obtained by dividing (i) the Increase in QSBL for such Dividend Period by (ii) the aggregate Liquidation Amount of then-outstanding Designated Preferred Stock.

 

(mm)      “ Savings and Loan Holding Company ” means a company registered as such with the Office of Thrift Supervision pursuant to 12 U.S.C. §1467a(b) and the regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision promulgated thereunder.

 

(nn)         “ Share Dilution Amount ” means the increase in the number of diluted shares outstanding (determined in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis, and as measured from the date of the Issuer’s most recent consolidated financial statements prior to the Signing Date) resulting from the grant, vesting or exercise of equity-based compensation to employees and equitably adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, reverse stock split, reclassification or similar transaction.

 

A- 4


 

(oo)           “ Signing Date Tier 1 Capital Amount ” means $43,200,000.

 

(pp)           “ Standard Provisions ” mean these Standard Provisions that form a part of the Certificate of Designation relating to the Designated Preferred Stock.

 

(qq)           “ Supplemental Report ” means a Supplemental Report delivered by the Issuer to Treasury pursuant to the Definitive Agreement

 

(rr)             “ Tier 1 Dividend Threshold ” means, as of any particular date, the result of the following formula:

 

((A + B – C)*0.9) – D

 

where:

 

A = Signing Date Tier 1 Capital Amount;

 

B = the aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Designated Preferred Stock issued to Treasury;

 

C = the aggregate amount of Charge-Offs since the Signing Date; and

 

D = (i) beginning on the first day of the eleventh (11th) Dividend Period, the amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Designated Preferred Stock issued to Treasury as of the Effective Date (without regard to any redemptions of Designated Preferred Stock that may have occurred thereafter) for every one percent (1%) of positive Percentage Change in Qualified Small Business Lending between the ninth (9th) Dividend Period and the Baseline; and

 

(ii) zero (0) at all other times.

 

(ss)             “ Voting Parity Stock ” means, with regard to any matter as to which the holders of Designated Preferred Stock are entitled to vote as specified in Section 7(d) of these Standard Provisions that form a part of the Certificate of Designation, any and all series of Parity Stock upon which like voting rights have been conferred and are exercisable with respect to such matter.

 

Section 3.    Dividends .

 

(a)          Rate .

 

(i)               The “ Applicable Dividend Rate ” shall be determined as follows:

 

A- 5



 

(1)                                  With respect to the Initial Dividend Period, the Applicable Dividend Rate shall be one percent (1%).

 

(2)                                  With respect to each of the second (2nd) through the tenth (10th) Dividend Periods, inclusive (in each case, the “ Current Period ”), the Applicable Dividend Rate shall be:

 

(A)                (x) the applicable rate set forth in column “A” of the table in Section 3(a)(iii), based on the Percentage Change in QSBL between the Dividend Period that was two Dividend Periods prior to the Current Period (the “ Dividend Reference Period ”) and the Baseline, multiplied by (y) the Qualifying Portion Percentage; plus

 

(B)                (x) five percent (5%) multiplied by (y) the Non-Qualifying Portion Percentage.

 

In each such case, the Applicable Dividend Rate shall be determined at the time the Issuer delivers a complete and accurate Supplemental Report to Treasury with respect to the Dividend Reference Period.

 

(3)                                  With respect to the eleventh (11th) through the eighteenth (18th) Dividend Periods, inclusive, and that portion of the nineteenth (19th) Dividend Period prior to, but not including, the four and one half (4½) year anniversary of the Original Issue Date, the Applicable Dividend Rate shall be:

 

(A)                (x) the applicable rate set forth in column “B” of the table in Section 3(a)(iii), based on the Percentage Change in QSBL between the ninth (9th) Dividend Period and the Baseline, multiplied by (y) the Qualifying Portion Percentage, calculated as of the last day of the ninth (9th) Dividend Period; plus

 

(B)                (x) five percent (5%) multiplied by (y) the Non-Qualifying Portion Percentage, calculated as of the last day of the ninth (9th) Dividend Period.

 

In such case, the Applicable Dividend Rate shall be determined at the time the Issuer delivers a complete and accurate Supplemental Report to Treasury with respect to the ninth (9th) Dividend Period.

 

A- 6



 

(4)                                  With respect to (A) that portion of the nineteenth (19th) Dividend Period beginning on the four and one half (4½) year anniversary of the Original Issue Date and (B) all Dividend Periods thereafter, the Applicable Dividend Rate shall be nine percent (9%).

 

(5)                                  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the Issuer fails to submit a Supplemental Report that is due during any of the second (2nd) through tenth (10th) Dividend Periods on or before the sixtieth (60th) day of such Dividend Period, the Issuer’s QSBL for the Dividend Period that would have been covered by such Supplemental Report shall be zero (0) for purposes hereof.

 

(6)                                  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, but subject to Section 3(a)(i)(5) above, if the Issuer fails to submit the Supplemental Report that is due during the tenth (10th) Dividend Period, the Issuer’s QSBL for the shall be zero (0) for purposes of calculating the Applicable Dividend Rate pursuant to Section 3(a)(i)(3) and (4). The Applicable Dividend Rate shall be re-determined effective as of the first day of the calendar quarter following the date such failure is remedied, provided it is remedied prior to the four and one half (4½) anniversary of the Original Issue Date.

 

(7)                                  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the Issuer fails to submit any of the certificates required by Sections 3.1(d)(ii) or 3.1(d)(iii) of the Definitive Agreement when and as required thereby, the Issuer’s QSBL for the shall be zero (0) for purposes of calculating the Applicable Dividend Rate pursuant to Section 3(a)(i)(2) or (3) above until such failure is remedied.

 

(ii)           The “ Percentage Change in Qualified Lending ” between any given Dividend Period and the Baseline shall be the result of the following formula, expressed as a percentage:

 

 

(iii)          The following table shall be used for determining the Applicable Dividend Rate:

 

A- 7



 

 

 

The Applicable Dividend Rate shall be:

 

 

 

 

 

Column “B”

 

 

 

Column “A”

 

(11th – 18th, and

 

 

 

(each of the

 

the first part of the

 

If the Percentage Change in

 

2nd – 10th

 

19th, Dividend

 

Qualified Lending is:

 

Dividend Periods)

 

Periods )

 

0% or less

 

5

%

7

%

More than 0%, but less than 2.5%

 

5

%

5

%

2.5% or more, but less than 5%

 

4

%

4

%

5% or more, but less than 7.5%

 

3

%

3

%

7.5% or more, but less than 10%

 

2

%

2

%

10% or more

 

1

%

1

%

 

(iv)          If the Issuer consummates a Business Combination, a purchase of loans or a purchase of participations in loans and the Designated Preferred Stock remains outstanding thereafter, then the Baseline shall thereafter be the “Quarter-End Adjusted Small Business Lending Baseline” set forth on the Quarterly Supplemental Report (as defined in the Definitive Agreement).

 

(b)           Payment . Holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, on each share of Designated Preferred Stock if, as and when declared by the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors, but only out of assets legally available therefor, non-cumulative cash dividends with respect to:

 

(i)            each Dividend Period (other than the Initial Dividend Period) at a rate equal to one-fourth ( 1 / 4 ) of the Applicable Dividend Rate with respect to each Dividend Period on the Liquidation Amount per share of Designated Preferred Stock, and no more, payable quarterly in arrears on each Dividend Payment Date; and

 

(ii)           the Initial Dividend Period, on the first such Dividend Payment Date to occur at least twenty (20) calendar days after the Original Issue Date, an amount equal to (A) the Applicable Dividend Rate with respect to the Initial Dividend Period multiplied by (B) the number of days from the Original Issue Date to the last day of the Initial Dividend Period (inclusive) divided by 360.

 

In the event that any Dividend Payment Date would otherwise fall on a day that is not a Business Day, the dividend payment due on that date will be postponed to the next day that is a Business Day and no additional dividends will accrue as a result of that postponement. For avoidance of doubt, “payable quarterly in arrears” means that, with respect to any particular Dividend Period, dividends begin accruing on the first day of such Dividend Period and are payable on the first day of the next Dividend Period.

 

The amount of dividends payable on Designated Preferred Stock on any date prior to the end of a Dividend Period, and for the initial Dividend Period, shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of four 90-day quarters, and actual days elapsed over a 90-day quarter.

 

A- 8



 

Dividends that are payable on Designated Preferred Stock on any Dividend Payment Date will be payable to holders of record of Designated Preferred Stock as they appear on the stock register of the Issuer on the applicable record date, which shall be the 15th calendar day immediately preceding such Dividend Payment Date or such other record date fixed by the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors that is not more than 60 nor less than 10 days prior to such Dividend Payment Date (each, a “ Dividend Record Date ”). Any such day that is a Dividend Record Date shall be a Dividend Record Date whether or not such day is a Business Day.

 

Holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any dividends, whether payable in cash, securities or other property, other than dividends (if any) declared and payable on Designated Preferred Stock as specified in this Section 3 (subject to the other provisions of the Certificate of Designation).

 

(c)              Non-Cumulative . Dividends on shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall be non-cumulative. If the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors does not declare a dividend on the Designated Preferred Stock in respect of any Dividend Period:

 

(i)            the holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall have no right to receive any dividend for such Dividend Period, and the Issuer shall have no obligation to pay a dividend for such Dividend Period, whether or not dividends are declared for any subsequent Dividend Period with respect to the Designated Preferred Stock; and

 

(ii)           the Issuer shall, within five (5) calendar days, deliver to the holders of the Designated Preferred Stock a written notice executed by the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of the Issuer stating the Board of Directors’ rationale for not declaring dividends.

 

(d)           Priority of Dividends; Restrictions on Dividends .

 

(i)            Subject to Sections 3(d)(ii), (iii) and (v) and any restrictions imposed by the Appropriate Federal Banking Agency or, if applicable, the Issuer’s state bank supervisor (as defined in Section 3(r) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. § 1813(q)), so long as any share of Designated Preferred Stock remains outstanding, the Issuer may declare and pay dividends on the Common Stock, any other shares of Junior Stock, or Parity Stock, in each case only if (A) after giving effect to such dividend the Issuer’s Tier 1 capital would be at least equal to the Tier 1 Dividend Threshold, and (B) full dividends on all outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock for the most recently completed Dividend Period have been or are contemporaneously declared and paid.

 

(ii)           If a dividend is not declared and paid in full on the Designated Preferred Stock in respect of any Dividend Period, then from the last day of such Dividend Period until the last day of the third (3rd) Dividend Period immediately following it, no dividend or distribution shall be declared or paid on the Common Stock or any other shares of Junior Stock (other than dividends payable solely in shares of

 

A- 9



 

Common Stock) or Parity Stock; provided, however, that in any such Dividend Period in which a dividend is declared and paid on the Designated Preferred Stock, dividends may be paid on Parity Stock to the extent necessary to avoid any material breach of a covenant by which the Issuer is bound.

 

(iii)             When dividends have not been declared and paid in full for an aggregate of four (4) Dividend Periods or more, and during such time the Issuer was not subject to a regulatory determination that prohibits the declaration and payment of dividends, the Issuer shall, within five (5) calendar days of each missed payment, deliver to the holders of the Designated Preferred Stock a certificate executed by at least a majority of the Board of Directors stating that the Board of Directors used its best efforts to declare and pay such dividends in a manner consistent with (A) safe and sound banking practices and (B) the directors’ fiduciary obligations.

 

(iv)             Subject to the foregoing and Section 3(e) below and not otherwise, such dividends (payable in cash, securities or other property) as may be determined by the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors may be declared and paid on any securities, including Common Stock and other Junior Stock, from time to time out of any funds legally available for such payment, and holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to participate in any such dividends.

 

(v)              If the Issuer is not Publicly-Traded, then after the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Signing Date, so long as any share of Designated Preferred Stock remains outstanding, no dividend or distribution shall be declared or paid on the Common Stock or any other shares of Junior Stock (other than dividends payable solely in shares of Common Stock) or Parity Stock.

 

(e)           Special Lending Incentive Fee Related to CPP . If Treasury held Previously Acquired Preferred Shares immediately prior to the Original Issue Date and the Issuer did not apply to Treasury to redeem such Previously Acquired Preferred Shares prior to December 16, 2010, and if the Issuer’s Supplemental Report with respect to the ninth (9th) Dividend Period reflects an amount of Qualified Small Business Lending that is less than or equal to the Baseline (or if the Issuer fails to timely file a Supplemental Report with respect to the ninth (9th) Dividend Period), then beginning on NA and on all Dividend Payment Dates thereafter ending on NA, the Issuer shall pay to the Holders of Designated Preferred Stock, on each share of Designated Preferred Stock, but only out of assets legally available therefor, a fee equal to 0.5% of the Liquidation Amount per share of Designated Preferred Stock (“ CPP Lending Incentive Fee ”). All references in Section 3(d) to “dividends” on the Designated Preferred Stock shall be deemed to include the CPP Lending Incentive Fee.

 

A- 10



 

Section 4.     Liquidation Rights .

 

(a)      Voluntary or Involuntary Liquidation . In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Issuer, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive for each share of Designated Preferred Stock, out of the assets of the Issuer or proceeds thereof (whether capital or surplus) available for distribution to stockholders of the Issuer, subject to the rights of any creditors of the Issuer, before any distribution of such assets or proceeds is made to or set aside for the holders of Common Stock and any other stock of the Issuer ranking junior to Designated Preferred Stock as to such distribution, payment in full in an amount equal to the sum of (i) the Liquidation Amount per share and (ii) the amount of any accrued and unpaid dividends on each such share (such amounts collectively, the “ Liquidation Preference ”).

 

(b)      Partial Payment . If in any distribution described in Section 4(a) above the assets of the Issuer or proceeds thereof are not sufficient to pay in full the amounts payable with respect to all outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock and the corresponding amounts payable with respect of any other stock of the Issuer ranking equally with Designated Preferred Stock as to such distribution, holders of Designated Preferred Stock and the holders of such other stock shall share ratably in any such distribution in proportion to the full respective distributions to which they are entitled.

 

(c)      Residual Distributions . If the Liquidation Preference has been paid in full to all holders of Designated Preferred Stock and the corresponding amounts payable with respect of any other stock of the Issuer ranking equally with Designated Preferred Stock as to such distribution has been paid in full, the holders of other stock of the Issuer shall be entitled to receive all remaining assets of the Issuer (or proceeds thereof) according to their respective rights and preferences.

 

(d)      Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets Is Not Liquidation . For purposes of this Section 4, the merger or consolidation of the Issuer with any other corporation or other entity, including a merger or consolidation in which the holders of Designated Preferred Stock receive cash, securities or other property for their shares, or the sale, lease or exchange (for cash, securities or other property) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer, shall not constitute a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Issuer.

 

Section 5.     Redemption .

 

(a)        Optional Redemption .

 

(i)          Subject to the other provisions of this Section 5:

 

(1)                                  The Issuer, at its option, subject to the approval of the Appropriate Federal Banking Agency, may redeem, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, out of funds legally available therefor, the shares of Designated Preferred Stock at the time outstanding; and

 

A- 11



 

(2)                                  If, after the Signing Date, there is a change in law that modifies the terms of Treasury’s investment in the Designated Preferred Stock or the terms of Treasury’s Small Business Lending Fund program in a materially adverse respect for the Issuer, the Issuer may, after consultation with the Appropriate Federal Banking Agency, redeem all of the shares of Designated Preferred Stock at the time outstanding.

 

(ii)              The per-share redemption price for shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall be equal to the sum of:

 

(1)                                  the Liquidation Amount per share,

 

(2)                                  the per-share amount of any unpaid dividends for the then current Dividend Period at the Applicable Dividend Rate to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption (regardless of whether any dividends are actually declared for that Dividend Period; and

 

(3)                                  the pro rata amount of CPP Lending Incentive Fees for the current Dividend Period.

 

The redemption price for any shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall be payable on the redemption date to the holder of such shares against surrender of the certificate(s) evidencing such shares to the Issuer or its agent. Any declared but unpaid dividends for the then current Dividend Period payable on a redemption date that occurs subsequent to the Dividend Record Date for a Dividend Period shall not be paid to the holder entitled to receive the redemption price on the redemption date, but rather shall be paid to the holder of record of the redeemed shares on such Dividend Record Date relating to the Dividend Payment Date as provided in Section 3 above.

 

(b)           No Sinking Fund . The Designated Preferred Stock will not be subject to any mandatory redemption, sinking fund or other similar provisions. Holders of Designated Preferred Stock will have no right to require redemption or repurchase of any shares of Designated Preferred Stock.

 

(c)           Notice of Redemption . Notice of every redemption of shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall be given by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the holders of record of the shares to be redeemed at their respective last addresses appearing on the books of the Issuer. Such mailing shall be at least 30 days and not more than 60 days before the date fixed for redemption. Any notice mailed as provided in this Subsection shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the holder receives such notice, but failure duly to give such notice by mail, or any defect in such notice or in the mailing thereof, to any holder of shares of Designated Preferred Stock designated for redemption shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other shares of Designated Preferred Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if shares of Designated Preferred Stock are issued in

 

A- 12



 

book-entry form through The Depository Trust Company or any other similar facility, notice of redemption may be given to the holders of Designated Preferred Stock at such time and in any manner permitted by such facility. Each notice of redemption given to a holder shall state: (1) the redemption date; (2) the number of shares of Designated Preferred Stock to be redeemed and, if less than all the shares held by such holder are to be redeemed, the number of such shares to be redeemed from such holder; (3) the redemption price; and (4) the place or places where certificates for such shares are to be surrendered for payment of the redemption price.

 

(d)           Partial Redemption . In case of any redemption of part of the shares of Designated Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, the shares to be redeemed shall be selected either pro rata or in such other manner as the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof may determine to be fair and equitable, but in any event the shares to be redeemed shall not be less than the Minimum Amount. Subject to the provisions hereof, the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof shall have full power and authority to prescribe the terms and conditions upon which shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall be redeemed from time to time, subject to the approval of the Appropriate Federal Banking Agency. If fewer than all the shares represented by any certificate are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued representing the unredeemed shares without charge to the holder thereof.

 

(e)           Effectiveness of Redemption . If notice of redemption has been duly given and if on or before the redemption date specified in the notice all funds necessary for the redemption have been deposited by the Issuer, in trust for the pro rata benefit of the holders of the shares called for redemption, with a bank or trust company doing business in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, and having a capital and surplus of at least $500 million and selected by the Board of Directors, so as to be and continue to be available solely therefor, then, notwithstanding that any certificate for any share so called for redemption has not been surrendered for cancellation, on and after the redemption date dividends shall cease to accrue on all shares so called for redemption, all shares so called for redemption shall no longer be deemed outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith on such redemption date cease and terminate, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive the amount payable on such redemption from such bank or trust company, without interest. Any funds unclaimed at the end of three years from the redemption date shall, to the extent permitted by law, be released to the Issuer, after which time the holders of the shares so called for redemption shall look only to the Issuer for payment of the redemption price of such shares.

 

(f)            Status of Redeemed Shares . Shares of Designated Preferred Stock that are redeemed, repurchased or otherwise acquired by the Issuer shall revert to authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock ( provided that any such cancelled shares of Designated Preferred Stock may be reissued only as shares of any series of Preferred Stock other than Designated Preferred Stock).

 

Section 6.      Conversion . Holders of Designated Preferred Stock shares shall have no right to exchange or convert such shares into any other securities.

 

A- 13



 

Section 7.      Voting Rights .

 

(a)           General. The holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall not have any voting rights except as set forth below or as otherwise from time to time required by law.

 

(b)           Board Observation Rights . Whenever, at any time or times, dividends on the shares of Designated Preferred Stock have not been declared and paid in full within five (5) Business Days after each Dividend Payment Date for an aggregate of five (5) Dividend Periods or more, whether or not consecutive, the Issuer shall invite a representative selected by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock, voting as a single class, to attend all meetings of its Board of Directors in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, shall give such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to its directors in connection with such meetings; provided, that the holders of the Designated Preferred Stock shall not be obligated to select such a representative, nor shall such representative, if selected, be obligated to attend any meeting to which he/she is invited. The rights of the holders of the Designated Preferred Stock set forth in this Section 7(b) shall terminate when full dividends have been timely paid on the Designated Preferred Stock for at least four consecutive Dividend Periods, subject to revesting in the event of each and every subsequent default of the character above mentioned.

 

(c)           Preferred Stock Directors . Whenever, at any time or times, (i) dividends on the shares of Designated Preferred Stock have not been declared and paid in full within five (5) Business Days after each Dividend Payment Date for an aggregate of six (6) Dividend Periods or more, whether or not consecutive, and (ii) the aggregate liquidation preference of the then-outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock is greater than or equal to $25,000,000, the authorized number of directors of the Issuer shall automatically be increased by two and the holders of the Designated Preferred Stock, voting as a single class, shall have the right, but not the obligation, to elect two directors (hereinafter the “ Preferred Directors ” and each a “ Preferred Director ”) to fill such newly created directorships at the Issuer’s next annual meeting of stockholders (or, if the next annual meeting is not yet scheduled or is scheduled to occur more than thirty days later, the President of the Company shall promptly call a special meeting for that purpose) and at each subsequent annual meeting of stockholders until full dividends have been timely paid on the Designated Preferred Stock for at least four consecutive Dividend Periods; at which time such right shall terminate with respect to the Designated Preferred Stock, except as herein or by law expressly provided, subject to revesting in the event of each and every subsequent default of the character above mentioned; provided that it shall be a qualification for election for any Preferred Director that the election of such Preferred Director shall not cause the Issuer to violate any corporate governance requirements of any securities exchange or other trading facility on which securities of the Issuer may then be listed or traded that listed or traded companies must have a majority of independent directors. Upon any termination of the right of the holders of shares of Designated Preferred Stock to vote for directors as provided above, the Preferred Directors shall cease to be qualified as directors, the term of office of all Preferred Directors then in office shall terminate immediately and the authorized number of directors shall be reduced by the number of Preferred Directors elected pursuant hereto. Any Preferred Director may be removed at any time, with or without cause, and any vacancy created thereby may be filled, only by the affirmative vote of the holders a majority of the shares of Designated Preferred Stock at the time outstanding voting separately as a class. If the office of any Preferred Director

 

A- 14


 

becomes vacant for any reason other than removal from office as aforesaid, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock, voting as a single class, may choose a successor who shall hold office for the unexpired term in respect of which such vacancy occurred.

 

(d)           Class Voting Rights as to Particular Matters . So long as any shares of Designated Preferred Stock are outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent of stockholders required by law or by the Charter, the written consent of (x) Treasury if Treasury holds any shares of Designated Preferred Stock, or (y) the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock, voting as a single class, if Treasury does not hold any shares of Designated Preferred Stock, shall be necessary for effecting or validating:

 

(i)            Authorization of Senior Stock . Any amendment or alteration of the Certificate of Designation for the Designated Preferred Stock or the Charter to authorize or create or increase the authorized amount of, or any issuance of, any shares of, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of, any class or series of capital stock of the Issuer ranking senior to Designated Preferred Stock with respect to either or both the payment of dividends and/or the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Issuer;

 

(ii)           Amendment of Designated Preferred Stock . Any amendment, alteration or repeal of any provision of the Certificate of Designation for the Designated Preferred Stock or the Charter (including, unless no vote on such merger or consolidation is required by Section 7(d)(iii) below, any amendment, alteration or repeal by means of a merger, consolidation or otherwise) so as to adversely affect the rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers of the Designated Preferred Stock;

 

(iii)          Share Exchanges, Reclassifications, Mergers and Consolidations . Subject to Section 7(d)(v) below, any consummation of a binding share exchange or reclassification involving the Designated Preferred Stock, or of a merger or consolidation of the Issuer with another corporation or other entity, unless in each case (x) the shares of Designated Preferred Stock remain outstanding or, in the case of any such merger or consolidation with respect to which the Issuer is not the surviving or resulting entity, are converted into or exchanged for preference securities of the surviving or resulting entity or its ultimate parent, and (y) such shares remaining outstanding or such preference securities, as the case may be, have such rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and limitations and restrictions thereof that are the same as the rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and limitations and restrictions thereof, of Designated Preferred Stock immediately prior to such consummation, taken as a whole; provided , that in all cases, the obligations of the Issuer are assumed (by operation of law or by express written assumption) by the resulting entity or its ultimate parent;

 

(iv)          Certain Asset Sales . Any sale of all, substantially all, or any material portion of, the assets of the Company, if the Designated Preferred Stock will not be redeemed in full contemporaneously with the consummation of such sale; and

 

A- 15



 

(v)           Holding Company Transactions . Any consummation of a Holding Company Transaction, unless as a result of the Holding Company Transaction each share of Designated Preferred Stock shall be converted into or exchanged for one share with an equal liquidation preference of preference securities of the Issuer or the Acquiror (the “ Holding Company Preferred Stock ”). Any such Holding Company Preferred Stock shall entitle holders thereof to dividends from the date of issuance of such Holding Company Preferred Stock on terms that are equivalent to the terms set forth herein, and shall have such other rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and limitations and restrictions thereof that are the same as the rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and limitations and restrictions thereof, of Designated Preferred Stock immediately prior to such conversion or exchange, taken as a whole;

 

provided, however , that for all purposes of this Section 7(d), any increase in the amount of the authorized Preferred Stock, including any increase in the authorized amount of Designated Preferred Stock necessary to satisfy preemptive or similar rights granted by the Issuer to other persons prior to the Signing Date, or the creation and issuance, or an increase in the authorized or issued amount, whether pursuant to preemptive or similar rights or otherwise, of any other series of Preferred Stock, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any other series of Preferred Stock, ranking equally with and/or junior to Designated Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends (whether such dividends are cumulative or non-cumulative) and the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Issuer will not be deemed to adversely affect the rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers, and shall not require the affirmative vote or consent of, the holders of outstanding shares of the Designated Preferred Stock.

 

(e)           Changes after Provision for Redemption . No vote or consent of the holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall be required pursuant to Section 7(d) above if, at or prior to the time when any such vote or consent would otherwise be required pursuant to such Section, all outstanding shares of the Designated Preferred Stock shall have been redeemed, or shall have been called for redemption upon proper notice and sufficient funds shall have been deposited in trust for such redemption, in each case pursuant to Section 5 above.

 

(f)            Procedures for Voting and Consents . The rules and procedures for calling and conducting any meeting of the holders of Designated Preferred Stock (including, without limitation, the fixing of a record date in connection therewith), the solicitation and use of proxies at such a meeting, the obtaining of written consents and any other aspect or matter with regard to such a meeting or such consents shall be governed by any rules of the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors, in its discretion, may adopt from time to time, which rules and procedures shall conform to the requirements of the Charter, the Bylaws, and applicable law and the rules of any national securities exchange or other trading facility on which Designated Preferred Stock is listed or traded at the time.

 

Section 8.      Restriction on Redemptions and Repurchases .

 

(a)           Subject to Sections 8(b) and (c), so long as any share of Designated Preferred Stock remains outstanding, the Issuer may repurchase or redeem any shares of Capital Stock (as defined below), in each case only if (i) after giving effect to such dividend, repurchase

 

A- 16



 

or redemption, the Issuer’s Tier 1 capital would be at least equal to the Tier 1 Dividend Threshold and (ii) dividends on all outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock for the most recently completed Dividend Period have been or are contemporaneously declared and paid (or have been declared and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof has been set aside for the benefit of the holders of shares of Designated Preferred Stock on the applicable record date).

 

(b)           If a dividend is not declared and paid on the Designated Preferred Stock in respect of any Dividend Period, then from the last day of such Dividend Period until the last day of the third (3rd) Dividend Period immediately following it, neither the Issuer nor any Issuer Subsidiary shall, redeem, purchase or acquire any shares of Common Stock, Junior Stock, Parity Stock or other capital stock or other equity securities of any kind of the Issuer or any Issuer Subsidiary, or any trust preferred securities issued by the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer (“Capital Stock”), (other than (i) redemptions, purchases, repurchases or other acquisitions of the Designated Preferred Stock and (ii) repurchases of Junior Stock or Common Stock in connection with the administration of any employee benefit plan in the ordinary course of business (including purchases to offset any Share Dilution Amount pursuant to a publicly announced repurchase plan) and consistent with past practice; provided that any purchases to offset the Share Dilution Amount shall in no event exceed the Share Dilution Amount, (iii) the acquisition by the Issuer or any of the Issuer Subsidiaries of record ownership in Junior Stock or Parity Stock for the beneficial ownership of any other persons (other than the Issuer or any other Issuer Subsidiary), including as trustees or custodians, (iv) the exchange or conversion of Junior Stock for or into other Junior Stock or of Parity Stock or trust preferred securities for or into other Parity Stock (with the same or lesser aggregate liquidation amount) or Junior Stock, in each case set forth in this clause (iv), solely to the extent required pursuant to binding contractual agreements entered into prior to the Signing Date or any subsequent agreement for the accelerated exercise, settlement or exchange thereof for Common Stock, (v) redemptions of securities held by the Issuer or any wholly-owned Issuer Subsidiary or (vi) redemptions, purchases or other acquisitions of capital stock or other equity securities of any kind of any Issuer Subsidiary required pursuant to binding contractual agreements entered into prior to (x) if Treasury held Previously Acquired Preferred Shares immediately prior to the Original Issue Date, the original issue date of such Previously Acquired Preferred Shares, or (y) otherwise, the Signing Date).

 

(c)           If the Issuer is not Publicly-Traded, then after the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Signing Date, so long as any share of Designated Preferred Stock remains outstanding, no Common Stock, Junior Stock or Parity Stock shall be, directly or indirectly, purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired for consideration by the Issuer or any of its subsidiaries.

 

Section 9.      No Preemptive Rights . No share of Designated Preferred Stock shall have any rights of preemption whatsoever as to any securities of the Issuer, or any warrants, rights or options issued or granted with respect thereto, regardless of how such securities, or such warrants, rights or options, may be designated, issued or granted.

 

Section 10.    References to Line Items of Supplemental Reports . If Treasury modifies the form of Supplemental Report, pursuant to its rights under the Definitive Agreement, and any such modification includes a change to the caption or number of any line item on the

 

A- 17



 

Supplemental Report, then any reference herein to such line item shall thereafter be a reference to such re-captioned or re-numbered line item.

 

Section 11.    Record Holders . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Issuer and the transfer agent for Designated Preferred Stock may deem and treat the record holder of any share of Designated Preferred Stock as the true and lawful owner thereof for all purposes, and neither the Issuer nor such transfer agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

 

Section 12.    Notices . All notices or communications in respect of Designated Preferred Stock shall be sufficiently given if given in writing and delivered in person or by first class mail, postage prepaid, or if given in such other manner as may be permitted in this Certificate of Designation, in the Charter or Bylaws or by applicable law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if shares of Designated Preferred Stock are issued in book-entry form through The Depository Trust Company or any similar facility, such notices may be given to the holders of Designated Preferred Stock in any manner permitted by such facility.

 

Section 13.    Replacement Certificates . The Issuer shall replace any mutilated certificate at the holder’s expense upon surrender of that certificate to the Issuer. The Issuer shall replace certificates that become destroyed, stolen or lost at the holder’s expense upon delivery to the Issuer of reasonably satisfactory evidence that the certificate has been destroyed, stolen or lost, together with any indemnity that may be reasonably required by the Issuer.

 

Section 14.    Other Rights . The shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall not have any rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers or relative, participating, optional or other special rights, or qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, other than as set forth herein or in the Charter or as provided by applicable law.

 

A- 18


 

BCS/CD-[ILLEGIBLE] MICHIGAN DEPARTMENT OF LICENSING AND REGULATORY AFFAIRS BUREAU OF COMMERCIAL SERVICES Date Received (FOR BUREAU USE ONLY) This document is effective on the date filed, unless a subsequent effective date with in 90 days after received date is stated in the document. Name Joseph B. Hemker Address 200 S. Michigan Avenue, Suite 1100 City State Zip Code Chicago Illinois 60604 EFFECTIVE DATE: Document will be returned to the name and address you enter above. If left blank document will be mailed to the registered office. CERTIFICATE OF CHANGE OF REGISTERED OFFICE AND/OR CHANGE OF RESIDENT AGENT For use by Domestic and Foreign Corporations and Limited Liability Companies (Please read information and instructions on reverse side) Pursuant to the provisions of Act 284, Public Acts of 1972 (profit corporations), Act 162, Public Acts of 1982 (nonprofit corporations), or Act 23, Public Acts of 1993 (limited liability companies), the undersigned corporation on limited liability company executes the following Certificate: 1. The name of the corporation or limited liability company is: Level One Bancorp, Inc. 2. The identification number assigned by the Bureau is: 41500A 3. a. The name of the resident agent on file with the Bureau is: Daniel Davis b. The location of the registered office on file with the Bureau is: 30201 Orchard Lake Road, Suite 165, Farmington Hills , Michigan 48334 (Street Address) (City) (ZIP Code) c. The mailing address of the above registered office on fife with the Bureau is: N/A , Michigan (Street Address of P.O. Box) (City) (ZIP Code) ENTER IN ITEM 4 THE INFORMATION AS IT SHOULD NOW APPEAR ON THE PUBLIC RECORD 4. a. The name of the resident agent is: Gregory A. Wernette b. The address of the registered office is: 30201 Orchard Lake Road, Suite 165, Farmington Hills , Michigan 48334 (Street Address) (City) (ZIP Code) c. The mailing address of the registered office IF DIFFERENT THAN 4B is: N/A , Michigan (Street Address or P.O. Box) (City) (ZIP Code) 5. The above changes were authorized by resolution duly adopted by: 1. ALL CORPORATIONS: Its Board of Directors; 2. PROFIT CORPORATIONS ONLY: the resident agent if only the address of the registered office is changed, in which case a copy of this statement has been mailed to the corporation; 3. LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANIES: an operating agreement, [ILLEGIBLE] vote of a majority of the members pursuant to section 502(1), managers pursuant to section 405, or the resident agent if only the address of the registered office is changed. 6. The corporation or limited liability company further states that the address of its registered office and the address of its resident agent, as changed, are identical. Signature Type or Print Name and Title or Capacity Date Signed [ILLEGIBLE] Patrick J. Fehring/President May18, 2011

 


CSCL/CD-2500 (01/15) DEPARTMENT OF LICENSING AND REGULATORY AFFAIRS PROFIT CORPORATION INFORMATION UPDATE 2015 Due May 15, 2015 File Online at www.michigan.gov/fileonline Identification Number Corporation name 41500A LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC. Resident agent name and mailing address of the registered office For Bureau use only GREGORY A WERNETTE Fee Received 32991 HAMILTON COURT FARMINGTON HILLS MI 48334 $25 before May 16 FILED RECEIVED $35 (May 16 - 31) FEB 10 2015 FEB — 3 2015 $45 (June 1 - 30) CORPORATIONS DIVISION LARA $25.00 $55 (July 1 - 31) The address of the registered office $65 (Aug 1 - 31) 32991 HAMILTON CT $75 after August 31 FARMINGTON HILLS Ml 48334 To certify there are no changes from your previous filing check this box and proceed to Item 6. If the resident agent and/or registered office has changed complete Items 1-6. If only officer and director information has changed complete Items 4-6. 1. Mailing address of registered office in Michigan (may be a P.O. Box) 2. Resident Agent 32991 HAMILTON CT., FARMINGTON HILLS, MI GREGORY WERNETTE 3. The address of the registered office in Michigan (a P.O. Box may not be designated as the address of the registered office) 32991 HAMILTON CT., FARMINGTON HILLS, MI 48334 4. Describe the general nature and kind of business in which the corporation is engaged: COMMERCIAL BANKING 5. NAME BUSINESS OR RESIDENCE ADDRESS President (Required) 32991 HAMILTON CT. FARM HLS PATRICK FEHRING If Secretary (Required) different GREGORY WERNETTE than Treasurer (Required) President DAVID WALKER Vice-President Director If THOMAS FABBRI different than Director Officers SHUKRI DAVID Director JAMES BELLINSON 6. Signature of authorized officer or agent Title EVP, CHIEF Date Phone (Optional) [ILLEGIBLE] LENDING OFFICER 1/23/2015 Filing fee $25 File online at www.michigan.gov/fileonline or mail your completed report with a check or money order Report due May 15, 2015. payable to the State of Michigan. Return to: Corporations Division If received after May 15, penalty fees will P.O. Box 30481 be assessed. Lansing, MI 48909 (517) 241-6470 If more space is needed additional pages may be included. Do not staple any items to report. This report is required by Section 911, Act 284, Public Acts of 1972, as amended. Failure to file this report may result in the dissolution of the corporation. Late filing will result in penalty fees.

 



Exhibit 3.2

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS

OF

LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

 

A Michigan Corporation

 

May 16, 2012

(Amendment 10.19.2017)

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

PAGE

 

 

ARTICLE I - INDEMNIFICATION

1

1.1

Name

1

1.2

Registered Office and Registered Agent

1

 

 

 

ARTICLE II - SHAREHOLDERS MEETING

1

2.1

Annual Meeting

1

2.2

Special Meetings

1

2.3

Place of Meetings

1

2.4

Notice of Meeting of Shareholders

1

2.5

Business of Meeting

2

2.6

Adjournments

3

2.7

Quorum

3

2.8

Voting Rights

3

2.9

Proxies

3

2.10

Inspection of Elections

3

2.11

Action by Unanimous Written Consent

4

 

 

 

ARTICLE III - BOARD OF DIRECTORS

4

3.1

General Powers

4

3.2

Number and Tenure and Qualification

4

3.3

Nomination Procedures for Election of Directors

4

3.4

Vacancies

5

3.5

Regular Meetings

5

3.6

Special Meetings

5

3.7

Waiver of Notice

6

3.8

Electronic Participation

6

3.9

Quorum

6

3.10

Director’s Compensation

6

3.11

Appointment of Committees

6

3.12

Action by Unanimous Written Consent

6

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV - OFFICERS

7

4.1

Election of Officers

7

4.2

Tenure, Vacancy and Compensation of Officers

7

4.3

Chairman of the Board

7

4.4

Lead Director

7

4.5

President

7

4.6

Vice-President

7

 



 

4.7

Secretary

8

4.8

Treasurer

8

4.9

Other Officers

8

 

 

 

ARTICLE V - CAPITAL STOCK

8

5.1

Certificates

8

5.2

Transfer

8

5.3

Lost, Destroyed, or Stolen Certificates

8

5.4

Registered Shareholder

9

5.5

Lien for Shareholder Indebtedness

9

5.6

Transfer Agent and Registrar

9

5.7

Nominees

9

5.8

Regulations

9

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI - DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

10

6.1

Dividends

10

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII - INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

10

7.1

General

10

7.2

Purchase of Director and Officer Liability Insurance

10

7.3

Provisions for Indemnification Not Exclusive

10

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII - EXECUTION OF INSTRUMENTS

10

8.1

Money Instruments

10

8.2

Other Instruments

10

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX - CORPORATE SEAL

11

9.1

Seal

11

 

 

 

ARTICLE X - FISCAL YEAR

11

10.1

Fiscal Year

11

 

 

 

ARTICLE XI - AMENDMENTS

11

11.1

Amendments

11

 



 

BYLAWS

OF

LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

A Michigan Corporation

 

ARTICLE I

 

IDENTIFICATION

 

1.1                                Name . The name of the corporation (the “Corporation”) shall be that name designated in the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation, as the same may from time-to-time be amended.

 

1.2                                Registered Office and Registered Agent . The registered office and the registered agent of the Corporation shall be such place in the State of Michigan and such person as has been most recently designated in the files of the Michigan Department of Consumer and Industry Services, either by the Articles of Incorporation or by a certificate of change of registered office or annual report changing the location of such office or such person.

 

ARTICLE II

 

SHAREHOLDERS MEETING

 

2.1                                Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of the shareholders shall be held each year after the date of expiration of the fiscal year of the Corporation at such time and place as shall be determined by the Board of Directors, for the purpose of electing Directors and of transacting such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

 

2.2                                Special Meetings . A special meeting of the shareholders may be called to be held at such time and place as may be designated by the President of the Corporation, a majority of the Board of Directors, or not less than a majority of the outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

2.3                                Place of Meetings . All meetings of the shareholders shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation, except as otherwise provided by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

2.4                                Notice of Meeting of Shareholders . Notice of the time and place of the annual meeting and the time, place, and purpose of each special meeting, shall be given to each shareholder of record entitled to vote not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days prior to such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail, addressed to the shareholder at his or her address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, it is not necessary to give notice of the adjourned meeting if the time and place to which the meeting is adjourned are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken and at the adjourned meeting only such business is transacted as might have been transacted at the original meeting. However, if after the adjourned meeting the Board of Directors fixes a new

 

1



 

record date for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

2.5                                Business of Meeting .

 

(A)                                Business to be considered by the shareholders of the Corporation shall be brought before an annual meeting (i) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting, (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (iii) by any shareholder of the Corporation who was a shareholder of record at the time of giving of notice of meeting, who is entitled to vote with respect thereto and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.5. For business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a shareholder, the shareholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation and such proposed business must otherwise be a proper matter for shareholder action. To be timely, a shareholder’s notice must be delivered to or mailed to and received by the Secretary at the principal office of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the 90th day nor earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting of shareholders. In no event shall the public or other announcement of an adjournment of an annual meeting of shareholders or the adjournment thereof commence a new time period for the giving of a shareholder’s notice as described above. Such shareholder’s notice to the President shall set forth (i) as to any business the shareholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting, (A) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting, (B) the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (C) any material interest in such business of such shareholder and (D) the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made, and (ii) as to the shareholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposed business is to be brought, (A) the name and address of such shareholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, and the name and address of such beneficial owner and (B) the class and number of shares of the Corporation’s capital stock that are owned beneficially and of record by such shareholder and such beneficial owner.

 

(B)                                At any special meeting of the shareholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the notice of meeting required by Section 2.4 hereof.

 

(C)                                Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, only such business shall be brought before or conducted at a meeting of shareholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.4 and this Section 2.5. The person presiding over the meeting shall, if the facts so warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that business was not brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.4 and this Section 2.5 and, if such person should so determine, such person shall so declare to the meeting and any such business so determined not to be properly before the meeting shall be disregarded.

 

2



 

2.6                                Adjournments . Any meeting of shareholders, annual or special, may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

2.7                                Quorum . At every meeting of the shareholders, the holders of record of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting, whether present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum. If less than a quorum shall be present at any meeting of shareholders, those holders of record of outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice other than by announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall have been obtained, at which time any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as first convened, had there been a quorum.

 

2.8                                Voting Rights . Except as otherwise required by law, if an action other than the election of Directors is to be taken by vote of the shareholders, it shall be authorized by a majority of the votes cast by the holders of shares entitled to vote on the action. Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at an election. Except as otherwise provided by law, each outstanding share of stock is entitled to one (1) vote on each matter submitted to a vote.

 

2.9                                Proxies . A vote which may be cast in person or by proxy at any meeting of the shareholders. No share may be voted by proxy at any meeting unless a written instrument appointing a proxy, subscribed by the person making the appointment, is placed on file with the Secretary of the Corporation for verification prior to or on the date the meeting for which such proxy is given. Proxies shall be valid only for one meeting, to be specified therein, and any adjournments of such meeting.

 

2.10                         Inspection of Elections . The Board of Directors, in advance at a shareholders meeting, may appoint one or more inspectors of election to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof. Inspectors of election shall hold and conduct the election at which they are appointed to serve, and after the election they shall file with the Secretary a certificate under their hands, certifying the results thereof and the name of the directors elected. If inspectors are not appointed, the person presiding at a shareholders meeting may, and on a request of a shareholder entitled to vote shall, appoint one or more inspectors. In case a person appointed fails to appear or act, the vacancy may be filed by an appointment made by the Board of Directors in advance of the meeting or at the meeting by the person presiding thereat.

 

The inspectors shall determine: the number of shares outstanding, the shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, and the validity and effect of a proxy, and shall: receive votes, ballots or consents, hear and determine challenges and questions arising in connection with the right to vote; count and tabulate votes, ballots or consents, determine the result, and do such acts as are proper to conduct the election with fairness to all shareholders. On request of the person presiding at the meeting or a shareholder entitled to vote thereat, the inspector(s) shall make an executed written report to the person presiding at the meeting of any of the facts found by

 

3



 

them and any matter determined by them. The report shall be prima facie evidence of the facts stated and the vote as certified by the inspectors.

 

2.11                         Action by Unanimous Written Consent . Any action required or permitted to be taken at an annual or special meeting of shareholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if before or after the action, all the shareholders entitled to vote consent in writing.

 

ARTICLE III

 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

3.1                                General Powers . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

 

3.2                                Number and Tenure and Qualification . The number of directors of the Corporation shall be not less than five (5) nor more than twenty-five (25) with the exact number of directors to be fixed from time to time pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Board of Directors then in office. The first Board shall hold office until the first annual meeting of the shareholders. At each annual meeting of the shareholders, the shareholders shall elect directors to hold office until the succeeding annual meeting. A director shall hold office for the term for which he is elected and until his successor is elected and qualified or until his resignation or removal. The Board of Directors shall have a lead director who shall be a director who is not an employee of the Corporation. The powers and responsibilities of the lead director shall be established by the Board of Directors. The powers and responsibilities of the lead director may be modified from time to time at the discretion of the Board of Directors.

 

3.3                                Nomination Procedures for Election of Directors .

 

(A)                                Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors shall be brought before an annual meeting (i) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting, (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (iii) by any shareholder of the Corporation who was a shareholder of record at the time of giving of notice of the meeting, who is entitled to vote with respect thereto and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 3.3. Nominations by the Board of Directors to fill any vacancy, or for election to the Board for which proxies will be solicited by the Board, shall be made by the Board. In order to facilitate the Board’s review, recommendations to the Board of Directors by any shareholder for the nomination for election as director of any one or more persons for which written proxy solicitation by the Board of Directors is sought shall be made in writing and be delivered or mailed to the President of the Corporation not later than the close of business on January 1 of the year in which the nomination is proposed. For nominations to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a shareholder, the shareholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a shareholder’s notice must be delivered to or mailed to and received by the Secretary at the principal office of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the 90th day nor earlier than the close of business on the

 

4



 

120th day prior to the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting of shareholders. In no event shall the public or other announcement of an adjournment of an annual meeting of shareholders or the adjournment thereof commence a new time period for the giving of a shareholder’s notice as described above. Such shareholder’s notice to the Secretary shall contain a representation that: (i) the shareholder is, and will be on the record date, a beneficial owner or a holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting; (ii) the shareholder has, and will have on the record date, full voting power with respect to such shares; and (iii) the shareholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons specified in the notice. Additionally, each such notice shall include: (a) the name and address of the shareholder who intends to make the nomination and of the person or persons to be nominated; (b) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the shareholder and each proposed nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nomination or nominations are to be made by the shareholder; (c) the number and kinds of securities of the Corporation held beneficially or of record by each proposed nominee; (d) such other information regarding each proposed nominee as may be requested by the Board of Directors; and (e) the consent of each proposed nominee to serve as a director if so elected. Any such notice of shareholder’s intent, and any nomination based thereon, which is not fully in compliance with the requirements of this Section 3.3, or which contains any information which is false or misleading, shall be void and of no effect.

 

(B)                                Notwithstanding anything in the Bylaws to the contrary, only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 3.3 shall be eligible for election as Directors. The person presiding over the meeting shall, if the facts so warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3.3 and, if such person should so determine, such person shall so declare to the meeting and any such defective nomination shall be disregarded.

 

3.4                                Vacancies . Except as otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation, a vacancy occurring the Board of Directors (including a vacancy resulting from an increase in the number of directors) may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors though less than a quorum of the Board. A vacancy that will occur at a specific date, by reason of a resignation effective at a later date, may be filled before the vacancy occurs but the newly elected or appointed director may not take office until the vacancy occurs.

 

3.5                                Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such time and place as the Board of Directors shall from time to time determine by resolution of the Board of Directors or by waiver of notice and consent. No notice of regular meetings of the Board shall be required.

 

3.6                                Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called on at least one (1) day’s notice by the Chairman, if any, the President or any two of the Directors in office at the time of the call, whenever in his or her judgment it may be necessary, by giving reasonable notice, either personally or by mail, telegram, or telecopier, of the time and place of such meeting.

 

5


 

A notice that is mailed shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail with postage fully prepaid, addressed to such director as his or her address appears on the records of the Corporation. Any action taken at any such meeting shall not be invalidated for want of notice if such notice shall be waived as herein provided. A telecopied notice shall be deemed to be given when it is transmitted by telecopier to the director’s home or place of business.

 

3.7                                Waiver of Notice . Notice of the time and place of any meeting of the Board of Directors may be waived in writing or by telegram, radiogram, cablegram, or telecopier, either before or after such meeting has been held. A director’s attendance at or participation in a Board meeting constitutes a waiver of notice of the meeting, unless at the beginning of the meeting (or upon the director’s arrival) the director objects to the meeting or transacting of business at the meeting and does not thereafter vote for or assent to any action taken at the meeting.

 

3.8                                Electronic Participation . A member of the Board or a committee designated by the Board may participate in a meeting by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment through which all persons participating in the meeting can communicate with each other. Participation in a meeting pursuant to this Paragraph constitutes presence in person at the meeting.

 

3.9                                Quorum . A majority of the directors in office or of the members of a committee of the Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, unless the Board resolution establishing the committee provides for a larger or smaller number. If there shall be less than a quorum present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without notice other than announcement at the meeting until a quorum shall be present, at which time any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as first convened had there been a quorum present. The acts of a majority of the directors or committee members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the acts of the Board or of the committee, unless the vote of a larger number is required by the Board resolution establishing the committee.

 

3.10                         Director’s Compensation . The directors shall receive such compensation and reimbursement of expenses as shall be authorized by the Board from time to time.

 

3.11                         Appointment of Committees . The Board shall designate an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and governance committee and such other committees as it may deem necessary composed of such officers and directors and endowed with such powers and charged with such duties as the Board may prescribe. The Board may designate one (1) or more directors as alternate members of a committee, who may replace an absent or disqualified member at a meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the members thereof present at a meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in place of such an absent or disqualified member. A committee, and each member thereof, shall serve at the pleasure of the Board.

 

3.12                         Action by Unanimous Written Consent . Action required or permitted to be taken under authorization voted at a meeting of the Board or a committee of the Board, may be taken without a meeting if, before or after the action, all members of the Board then in office or of the

 

6



 

committee consent to the action in writing. The written consents shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board or the committee. The consent has the same effect as a vote of the Board or committee for all purposes.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

OFFICERS

 

4.1                                Election of Officers . The Board of Directors, in its organizational meeting immediately following the annual election of directors, shall elect a Chairman of the Board, if any, a President, and one or more Vice-Presidents. The Board may also appoint such other officers and agents as it may deem necessary for the transaction of the business of the Corporation.

 

4.2                                Tenure, Vacancy and Compensation of Officers . The term of office of all officers shall be one (1) year or until their respective successors are elected or appointed, but any officer may be removed from office by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors at their pleasure. The Board of Directors shall have the power to fill a vacancy in any office occurring for whatever reason. In the case of the absence or disability of any officer of the Corporation and of any person hereby authorized to act in his or her place during periods of absence or disability, the Board of Directors may, from time to time, delegate the powers and duties of such officer to any other officer, or any director, or any other person whom it may elect or appoint. The compensation of the officers and employees of the Corporation shall be such as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. An officer may resign by written notice to the Corporation. Resignation is effective upon its receipt by the Corporation or a subsequent time specified in the notice of resignation acceptable to the Board of Directors.

 

4.3                                Chairman of the Board . The Chairman of the Board, if any, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and at all meetings of the shareholders. The Chairman shall perform such other duties as the Board of Directors shall prescribe. He or she shall serve as ex-officio member of all standing committees.

 

4.4                                Lead Director . The Lead Director shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and directors in the absence of the Chairman of the Board.

 

4.5                                President . The President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. The President shall be a full-time employee of the Corporation and shall have general and active management of the Corporation, and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board are carried into effect. He or she shall execute all authorized conveyances, contracts, and other obligations in the name of the Corporation, except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly designated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the Corporation.

 

4.6                                Vice-Presidents . The Board of Directors may elect or appoint one or more Vice Presidents. The Board may designate one or more Vice-Presidents as Executive or Senior Vice-Presidents. In the absence or disability of the President, the Vice-Presidents in the order designated by the Board of Directors, or lacking such designation, then as previously designated

 

7



 

by the President, shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the President and shall perform such other duties as the President or Board of Directors shall prescribe.

 

4.7                                Secretary . The Secretary shall be the principal recording officer of the Corporation and shall have the custody and charge of its corporate seal and records and be responsible for their safekeeping and proper use. He or she shall be charged with the responsibility for the safe custody of all money, notes, and other assets belonging to or in the custody of the Corporation and, in addition, shall exercise such other powers and perform such other duties as may be properly delegated to him or her.

 

4.8                                Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have custody of all corporate funds and securities, and shall keep in books belonging to the Corporation full and accurate accounts of all receipts and disbursements. He or she shall deposit all moneys, securities and other valuable effects in the name of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated for that purpose by the Board of Directors. He or she shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board, making proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Chairman and the directors at regular meetings of the Board and whenever requested by them and to the President, an account of all his or her transactions as Treasurer. He or she shall in general perform all duties incident to the office of Treasurer, and shall have such additional powers and duties as may be assigned to him or her by the President or by the Board of Directors.

 

4.9                                Other Officers . The Board of Directors may appoint one or more Assistant Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers, and such other officers and attorneys in fact as from time to time may appear to the Board of Directors to be required or desirable to transact and exercise such powers and perform such duties as pertain to their several offices, or as may be conferred upon or assigned to them by the Board or the President.

 

ARTICLE V

 

CAPITAL STOCK

 

5.1                                Certificates . Every shareholder of this Corporation shall be entitled to a certificate of his or her shares signed in accordance with the direction of the Board of Directors certifying the number and class of shares, and designation of the series, if any, represented by such certificate; provided that where such certificate is signed by a transfer agent acting on behalf of the Corporation, and by a registrar, the signature of any such officer may be facsimile.

 

5.2                                Transfer . Except as otherwise provided by a written agreement between the Corporation and a shareholder, shares shall be transferable only on the books of the Corporation by the person named in the certificate, or by attorney lawfully constituted in writing, and upon surrender of the certificates therefor. A record shall be made of every such transfer and issue. Whenever any transfer is made for collateral security and not absolutely, the fact shall be so expressed in the entry of such transfer.

 

5.3                                Lost, Destroyed, or Stolen Certificates . Where the owner claims that his or her certificate for shares has been lost, destroyed, or wrongfully taken, a new certificate shall be issued in place thereof if the owner (a) so requests before the Corporation has notice that such shares have

 

8



 

been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, and (b) satisfies such other reasonable requirements as the Board of Directors or the appropriate officers of the Corporation may prescribe.

 

5.4                                Registered Shareholder . The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the person in whose name any share of stock is registered as the owner of it for purposes of dividends and other distributions or for any recapitalization, merger, reorganization, sale of assets, or liquidation and for the purpose of votes, approvals, and consents by shareholders, and for the purpose of notices to shareholders and for all other purposes whatever, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in the shares by any other person, whether or not the Corporation shall have notice of it, except as expressly required by the laws of the State of Michigan or Section 5.7.

 

5.5                                Lien for Shareholder Indebtedness . The Corporation shall have a lien upon the capital stock of any holder thereof who is indebted to the Corporation or any of its affiliates in any way and shall have the right to not accept any transfer of capital stock by the holder thereof which will impair the security of its lien for the balance of the indebtedness then owing by such holder to the Corporation.

 

5.6                                Transfer Agent and Registrar . The Board of Directors may appoint a transfer agent and a registrar of transfer, and may require all certificates of shares to bear the signature of such transfer agent and of such registrar of transfers.

 

5.7                                Nominees . The Board of Directors may establish a procedure by which the beneficial owner of shares that are registered in the name of a nominee is recognized by the Corporation as the shareholder. The procedure established may determine the extent of this recognition. The procedure may set forth any of the following:

 

(A)                                The types of nominees to which it applies.

 

(B)                                The rights or privileges that the Corporation recognizes in a beneficial owner.

 

(C)                                The manner in which the procedures is selected by the nominee.

 

(D)                                The information that must be provided when the procedure is selected.

 

(E)                                 The period for which selection of the procedure is effective.

 

(F)                                  Other aspects of the rights and duties created.

 

5.8                                Regulations . The Board of Directors shall have power and authority to make such rules and regulations as the Board shall deem expedient regulating the issue, transfer and registration of certificates for shares of the Corporation.

 

9



 

ARTICLE VI

 

DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

 

6.1                                Dividends . The Board of Directors may authorize and the Corporation may pay dividends or make other distributions, except when the distribution would be contrary to the laws of the State of Michigan or any restriction contained in the Articles of Incorporation.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

 

7.1                                General . The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative including without limitation any proceeding in the right of the Corporation, by reason of the fact that he/she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses, including attorney fees, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement as are actually and reasonably incurred by him/her in connection with such action, suit or proceeding to the maximum extent permitted by the laws of the State of Michigan and consistent with the provisions of the Michigan Business Corporation Act, as the same now exists or may hereafter be amended (the “Act”).

 

7.2                                Purchase of Director and Officer Liability Insurance . The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance or create and maintain a trust fund or other form of funded arrangement on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent of another depository institution, domestic or foreign corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, whether for profit or not, against any liability asserted against the person and incurred by him or her in any such capacity or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify the person against the liability under these Bylaws or the Act.

 

7.3                                Provisions for Indemnification Not Exclusive . The foregoing provisions for indemnification of advancement of expenses shall not be exclusive of other rights to which a person seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled by contract or otherwise by law, and the foregoing rights of indemnification shall inure to the benefit of the heirs and personal representatives of such persons.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

EXECUTION OF INSTRUMENTS

 

8.1                                Money Instruments . All checks, drafts and orders for payment of money shall be signed in the name of the Corporation, and shall be countersigned by such officers or agents and in such manner including the use of facsimile signatures as the Board of Directors shall from time to time designate for that purpose.

 

8.2                                Other Instruments . The Board of Directors shall have power to designate the officers and agents who shall have authority to execute any contract, conveyance or other

 

10



 

instrument or document on behalf of the Corporation. When the execution of any instrument of conveyance has been authorized without specification of the executing officers, the Chairman, if any, or the President may execute the same in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, and any Secretary or Assistant Secretary may attest to the same in the name and on behalf of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

CORPORATE SEAL

 

9.1                                Seal . The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal.

 

ARTICLE X

 

FISCAL YEAR

 

10.1                         Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on such date as the Board of Directors shall specify.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

AMENDMENTS

 

11.1                         Amendments . These Bylaws may be added to, altered, amended, repealed or new Bylaws may be adopted:

 

(A)                                By the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote at any meeting of the shareholders, provided that the proposed addition, alteration, amendment, or repeal is contained in the notice of such meeting; or

 

(B)                                By the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the members of the Board of Directors then in office, provided notice of the proposed addition, alteration, amendment or repeal is contained in the notice of such meeting.

 

11




Exhibit 4.1

18zaf77502 18-2775-2 C4.1 P1 Exhibit 4.1 Doc 6

 

 

18zaf77502 18-2775-2 C4.1 P1 Exhibit 4.1 Doc 6

 



Exhibit 5.1

 

[Letterhead of Barack Ferrazzano Kirschbaum & Nagelberg LLP]

 

Form of Opinion of Barack Ferrazzano Kirschbaum & Nagelberg LLP

 

[           ], 2018

 

Level One Bancorp, Inc.

32991 Hamilton Court

Farmington Hills, Michigan 48334

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as special counsel to Level One Bancorp, Inc., a Michigan corporation (the “ Company ”), in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. [           ]) (as amended through the date hereof, the “ Registration Statement ”) filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”).  The Registration Statement relates to the issuance and sale by the Company and the sale by the selling shareholders identified in the Registration Statement (the “ Selling Shareholders ”) of up to an aggregate of [           ] shares of the Company’s common stock, no par value per share (together with any additional shares of such common stock that may be issued and sold by the Company or sold by the Selling Shareholders pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Act in connection with the offering contemplated by the Registration Statement, the “ Shares ”), up to [           ] of which are being offered by the Company (including up to [           ] Shares issuable upon exercise of an over-allotment option granted by the Company), and [           ] of which are being offered by the Selling Shareholders.  The Shares are to be sold pursuant to an underwriting agreement to be entered into by and among the Company, the Selling Shareholders and the underwriters named therein, the form of which has been filed as Exhibit 1.1 to the Registration Statement (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”).  This opinion letter is being furnished in connection with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K under the Act, and no opinion is expressed herein as to any matter pertaining to the contents of the Registration Statement or related prospectus, other than as expressly stated herein.

 

For the purposes of providing the opinions contained herein, we have examined such documents, including the Registration Statement and the form of Underwriting Agreement, corporate records, certificates of public officials and other instruments as we have deemed necessary.  As to questions of fact material to this opinion letter, we have relied, with your approval, upon oral and written representations of officers and representatives of the Company and the Selling Shareholders and certificates or comparable documents of public officials and of officers and representatives of the Company and the Selling Shareholders.  In our examination, we have assumed, without verification, the genuineness of all signatures, the proper execution of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity with the originals of all documents submitted to us as copies, the authenticity of the originals of such documents and the legal competence of all signatories to such documents.

 

This opinion letter is limited to the laws of the State of Michigan, and we do not express any opinion as to the effect of the laws of any other jurisdiction.

 



 

Based upon the foregoing, and subject to the qualifications, assumptions and limitations set forth herein, it is our opinion that:

 

1.  When the Registration Statement has been declared effective pursuant to the Act, the Pricing Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company has taken action necessary to set the sale price of the Shares and the Shares have been issued, delivered and paid for in the manner contemplated by and upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Registration Statement and the Underwriting Agreement, the Shares to be issued and sold by the Company will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable; and

 

2.  The Shares to be sold by the Selling Shareholders are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion letter as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement and to the use of our name under the caption “Legal Matters” in the prospectus included in the Registration Statement.  We further consent to the incorporation by reference of this opinion letter and consent into any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Act with respect to the Shares.  In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

2




Exhibit 10.1

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

 

 

32991 Hamilton Court

 

Farmington Hills, MI

 

1 1833 1 1 main: 248-737-

 

0300 fax: 2’18-536-5060

 

 

 

levelonebank.com

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of the 12 day of September, 2017 (the “Effective Date”), by and between Level One Bancorp, Inc., a bank holding company organized under the laws of the State of Michigan (the “Corporation”), Level One Bank, a banking association chartered under the laws of the State of Michigan with its main office located in Farmington Hills, Michigan (the “Bank”) and Patrick Fehring (“Executive”).

 

SECTION 1. EMPLOYMENT.

 

The Corporation and the Bank hereby agree to employ Executive on the terms and conditions set forth below.

 

(a)                                  Position. Executive shall be an employee of the Bank and the Corporation during, and only during, the Term (as defined in Section 3a) of this Agreement, and during the Term the Executive shall serve as the Corporation’s and the Bank’s Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer.

 

(b)                                  Duties. Executive’s duties, authority and responsibilities as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation and the Bank include all duties, authority and responsibilities customarily held by such officer(s) at comparable bank holding companies and banks, subject always to the respective articles, charter and bylaw provisions and the policies of the Corporation and the Bank and the directions of their Board of Directors (collectively the “Board”).

 

(c)                                   Care and Loyalty. Executive will devote his best efforts and full business time, energy, skills and attention to the business and affairs of the Corporation and the Bank, and will faithfully and loyally discharge his duties to the Corporation and the Bank.

 

SECTION 2. COMPENSATION.

 

Executive shall be compensated for his services as follows during the term of this Agreement:

 

(a)                                  Base Compensation. Executive currently receives an annual base salary of $350,000. The Board or a committee designated by the Board will review Executive’s base salary annually during the term of this Agreement to determine whether it should be maintained at its existing level or increased.

 

(b)                                  Discretionary Performance Bonus. The Board will consider Executive for a bonus at the end of each year based on criteria set forth in incentive compensation plans as may be in effect from time to time for officers of equal or similar rank or on other performance criteria established by the Board and any other factors deemed by the Board to be

 

 



 

appropriate. Bonuses will be awarded, if at all, in the sole discretion of the Board, and nothing in this Agreement will require the payment of a bonus in any given year.

 

(c)                                   Supplemental Executive Retirement Program. As part of this Agreement, the Bank shall maintain a non-qualified Supplemental Executive Retirement Program (SERP), which is currently provided for the Executive through separate Agreement.

 

(d)                                   Other Benefits. Executive’s eligibility to participate in and receive benefits under the employee welfare or retirement benefit plans sponsored or maintained by the Corporation or the Bank, or both, that are subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”) will be governed solely by the terms of the applicable plan documents. Executive shall receive such holiday and other fringe benefits which the Corporation or the Bank extends, as a matter of policy and not under any employee benefit plan governed by ERISA, to all of its officers of equal or similar rank and shall be entitled to participate in any other compensation and fringe benefit-plans of the Corporation and the Bank on the same basis as other similar employees of the Corporation and the Bank; provided, however, Executive will be provided with not less than six (6) weeks of paid time off to be scheduled so as to minimize disruption to the Corporation’s and Bank’s operations. •

 

(e)                                       Stock Options/Stock Awards. Stock options and/or stock awards, if any, will be the subject of a separate agreement among the Corporation, the Bank and Executive.

 

(f)                                        Expenses. During the Term of this Agreement. Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement of all reasonable expenses incurred (in accordance with the policies and procedures of the Corporation and the Bank) in performing services under this Agreement.

 

(g)                                  Club Dues. During the Term of this Agreement, the Corporation or the Bank shall pay Executive’s Country Club dues of $600 per month and DAC dues which are currently $369 per month.

 

(h)                                  Withholding. Executive acknowledges that applicable federal, state or local withholding or other taxes will be withheld from payments that become due to him under this Agreement.

 

SECTION 3. TERM AND TERMINATION.

 

(a)                                   Term and Automatic Renewal The Executive’s employment by the Bank and the Corporation shall continue only during the term of this Agreement and thus the term of the Executive’s employment and the term of this Agreement are the same and may be referred to collectively as the “Term”. The Term will be one year commencing as of the Effective Date and the Term will automatically renew for one additional year on each anniversary of the Effective Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Executive’s employment hereunder is terminated in accordance with the provisions below of this Section 3, the Term will be deemed to have expired and the Executive’s Base Compensation and other rights of the Executive under this Agreement, or otherwise as an employee of the Bank and of

 

2



 

the Corporation, will immediately terminate unless otherwise expressly provided below in this Section 3 or provided under the terms of any benefit plan then in effect for which the Executive is a participant or as may be required notwithstanding this Agreement by operation of law.

 

(b)                                  Termination Prior to Change in Control, by Bank or Corporation Without Cause or by Executive. Prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control, the Corporation and the Bank may terminate this Agreement and Executive’s employment, for no reason or for any reason, other than for Cause (as defined in section (c) below), by delivering written notice of termination to Executive effective on the date specified in the notice of termination. In the event of such termination, the Executive shall be paid an amount equal to one (1) year’s base salary then in effect in 26 equal bi-weekly installments beginning not later than thirty (30) days following the date on which Executive’s employment terminates. The Corporation or the Bank will also reimburse the Executive’s COBRA premiums for the twelve (12) month period following the date of Executive’s termination of employment under this Section 3(b). As a precondition to the entitlement of Executive to receive any payments or benefits pursuant to the prior two sentences, Executive must execute and deliver to the Bank or Corporation a separate Settlement Agreement and Release of All Claims document as provided by the Bank or Corporation. Reimbursement of COBRA premiums by the Corporation or the Bank shall not entitle Executive to any greater period of COBRA coverage than is statutorily required. Executive may terminate this Agreement and his employment for no reason or for any reason by delivering written notice of termination to the Corporation and the Bank not less than thirty (30) days before the effective date of termination, which date will be specified in the notice of termination. If Executive terminates this Agreement prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control, Executive shall only be entitled to receive his base salary as shall have accrued through the effective date of such termination and the Corporation and the Bank shall have no further obligations to Executive other than those that may pertain to terminated employees under any benefit plan to which Executive may have been a participant or those rights that may arise independent of this Agreement by operation of law.

 

(c)                                           Termination for Cause. The Board of Directors of the Corporation and the Bank may terminate this Agreement and Executive’s employment for Cause by delivering written notice of termination to Executive effective on the date specified in the notice of termination. Executive shall be provided with written notice of the basis of the Board’s decision to terminate Executive for Cause and may request that the Board reconsider its decision at a meeting of the Board to be held not later than five (5) business days after the effective date of termination. Executive shall be provided with an opportunity to make a presentation at such meeting. “Cause” for termination will exist if (i) Executive engages in one or more unsafe and unsound banking practices or material violations of a law or regulation applicable to the Corporation or the Bank, which violation materially and adversely affects the business or affairs of the Corporation or the Bank, or a direction or order of the Board; (ii) Executive engages in a material breach of fiduciary duty or act of dishonesty involving the affairs of the Corporation or the Bank: or (iii) Executive commits a material breach of his obligations under this Agreement. If Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to this Section 3(c), Executive shall only be entitled to receive his base salary as shall have accrued through the effective date of such termination, and the Corporation and the Bank shall have no

 

3



 

further obligations to Executive.

 

(d)                                  Termination Following Change of Control.

 

(i)                                      If, within twelve (12) months following a Change of Control. either Executive’s employment under this Agreement is terminated by the Corporation or the Bank without Cause or this Agreement is terminated by Executive for “Good Reason,” Executive shall be paid an amount equal to two (2) year’s base salary as then in effect payable in one single lump sum within 30 days of such termination. The Corporation or the Bank will also reimburse the Executive’s COBRA premiums for the twelve (12) month period following the date of Executive’s termination of employment under this Section 3(d). Reimbursement of COBRA premiums by the Corporation or the Bank shall not entitle Executive to any greater period of COBRA coverage than is statutorily required. In the event of a termination by Executive for Good Reason, Executive shall provide notice to the Board specifying the facts and circumstances surrounding his belief that “Good Reason” exists and the Corporation or the Bank shall have the right to cure those matters within thirty (30) days from the date of such notice in which event such notice will be deemed withdrawn. As a precondition to the entitlement of Executive to receive any payments or benefits under this Section 3 (d), Executive must execute and deliver to the Bank or Corporation a separate Settlement Agreement and Release of All Claims document as provided by the Bank or Corporation.

 

(ii)                                   For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall include the occurrence of any of the following events which have not been consented to in advance by Executive in writing: (A) if Executive would be required to move his personal residence or perform his principal executive functions more than twenty-five (25) miles from the location of Executive’s primary office as of the date immediately preceding the date of the Change of Control; (B) if, in the organizational structure of the Corporation or the Bank, Executive would be required to report to a person or persons other than the Board; (C) if the Corporation and the Bank should fail to maintain Executive’s base salary or fail to maintain employee benefit plans or arrangements generally comparable to those in place as of the date immediately preceding the date of the Change of Control, except to the extent that such reduction in employee benefit plans is part of an overall adjustment in benefits for all employees of the Corporation or the Bank, which shall in no case be greater than 10% of the value of salary, bonuses, and benefits prior to the change of control, or (D) if there is a substantial diminution of Executive’s powers and duties of employment; or (E) if there is more than a de minimus breach by the Bank or Corporation of the terms of this Agreement or (F) if Executive would be assigned substantial duties and responsibilities other than those normally associated with his position as referenced in Section 1(a) of this Agreement. The preceding events shall only provide the basis for “Good Reason” if Executive provides the notice contemplated by this Section 3(d) within one hundred twenty (120) days of their occurrence.

 

(iii)                                A “Change of Control” will be deemed to have occurred if: (A) any person (as such term is defined in Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”) acquires beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the 1934 Act) of more than 50% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting, securities of the Corporation; or (B) during any twelve (12) month period, the individuals who were members of the Board of the Corporation on the Effective Date (the “Current Board Members”) cease for any reason (other than the reasons

 

4



 

specified below) to constitute a majority of the Board of the Corporation or its successor; however, if the election or the nomination for election of any new director of the Corporation or its successor is approved by a vote of a majority of the individuals who are Current Board Members, such new director shall, for the purposes of this Section 3(d)(iii), be considered a Current Board Member; or (C) the Corporation’s shareholders approve (1) a merger or consolidation of the Corporation and the shareholders of the Corporation immediately before such merger or consolidation do not, as a result of such merger or consolidation, own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the entity resulting from such merger or consolidation in substantially the same proportion as their ownership of the combined voting power of the outstanding securities of the Corporation immediately before such merger or consolidation; or (2) a complete liquidation or dissolution or an agreement for the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation. Notwithstanding the definition of Change in Control set forth above, a Change in Control shall not have occurred unless the event constitutes a “change in control event” as such term is defined by Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 ( “Section 409A”) and the final regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(iv)                             Notwithstanding the foregoing. a Change of Control will not be deemed to have occurred solely because more than 50% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Corporation are owned or acquired by: (A) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under one or more employee benefit plans maintained for employees of the Corporation or the Bank; or (B) any corporation which, immediately prior to or following such acquisition, is owned directly or indirectly by persons who were shareholders of the Corporation immediately prior to the acquisition in the same proportion as their ownership of stock in the Corporation immediately prior to such acquisition.

 

(v)                                  The Corporation, the Bank and Executive intend that no portion of any payment under this Agreement, or payments to or for the benefit of Executive under any other agreement or plan, be deemed to be an “Excess Parachute Payment” as defined in Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Section 280G”). It is agreed that the present value of any payments to or for the benefit of Executive in the nature of compensation, as determined by the legal counsel or certified public accountants for the Corporation or the Bank in accordance with Section 280G(d)(4), the receipt of which is contingent on the Change of Control, and to which Section 280G applies (in the aggregate “Total Payments”), shall not exceed an amount equal to one dollar less than the maximum amount which the Corporation or the Bank may pay without loss of deduction under Section 280G(a).

 

(vi)                               In no event shall payments be made under this Section 3, unless the Executive has incurred a Separation from Service as defined in Section 409A and the final regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Termination upon Death. This Agreement will terminate if Executive dies during the term of this Agreement, effective on the date of his death. Any payments that are owing to Executive under this Agreement or otherwise at the time of his death will be made to whomever Executive may designate in writing as his beneficiary, or absent such a designation, to the executor or administrator of his estate.

 

(g)                                  Removal from Office. If Executive is removed and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Corporation’s or the Bank’s affairs by an

 

5



 

order issued under Sections 8(e)(4) or (g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (“FDIA”) (12 U.S.C. 1818(e)(4) or (g)(1)), all obligations of the Corporation and the Bank under this Agreement shall terminate, as of the effective date of the order, but the rights of the Corporation and the Bank and Executive accrued under this Agreement as of the effective date of the order shall not be affected.

 

(h)                                  Default under FDIA If the Corporation or the Bank is in default (as defined in Section 3(x)(I) of the FDIA), all obligations under this Agreement shall terminate as of the date of default, but this Section shall not affect any rights of the Corporation and the Bank and Executive accrued under this Agreement as of the effective date of default.

 

(i)                                       Termination by Banking Director. All obligations under the Agreement shall be terminated, except to the extent it is determined by the Commissioner of the Office of Financial and Insurance Regulation of the State of Michigan (the “Commissioner”), or his or her designee, that continuation of the Agreement is necessary for the continued operation of the Corporation or the Bank; (A) by the Commissioner, or his or her designee at the time the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Corporation or the Bank under the authority contained in Section 13(c) of the FDIA; or (B) by the Commissioner, or his or her designee, at the time the Commissioner or his or her designee approves a supervisory merger to resolve problems related to operation of the Corporation or the Bank or when the Corporation or the Bank is determined by the Commissioner to be in an unsafe or unsound condition. Any rights of Executive that have already accrued under this Agreement as of the termination of the Agreement, however, shall not be affected by such action.

 

SECTION  4 . CONFIDENTIALITY.

 

Executive acknowledges that the nature of his employment will require that he produce and have access to records, data, trade secrets and information that are not available to the public regarding the Corporation and the Bank and their Affiliates (“Confidential Information”). For purposes of this Agreement, Confidential Information includes, but is not limited to client lists, client files, business plans, processes, techniques, know-how, patents (including business method patents), trademarks, copyrights, inventions, ideas, improvements, technology, procurement, operational procedures, marketing and sales strategies and practices, pricing information, margin information, markup information, banking and other financial information, prospect lists, client and prospect needs and preferences information, prospective employees, personnel files, employee lists, employee capabilities matrices, employee training information and practices, compensation data for employees and/or independent contractors, information related to strategic alliances, business plans, personal information, the methods and operations of the Company as they exist from time to time. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Affiliate” shall mean any wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation or the Bank, and any other entity deemed to be a trade or business under common control with the Corporation or the Bank pursuant to Sections 414(b), (c), (i), (n) and (o) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Executive will hold in confidence and not directly or indirectly disclose any Confidential Information to third parties unless disclosure becomes reasonably necessary in connection with Executive’s performance of his duties hereunder, or the Confidential Information lawfully becomes available to the public from other sources, or he is authorized in writing by the Corporation or the Bank to disclose it, or he is required to make disclosure by a law or pursuant to the authority of any administrative agency or judicial body. All Confidential Information and all other records, files, documents and other materials or copies thereof

 

6



 

relating to the business of the Corporation or the Bank or any of their Affiliates that Executive prepares or uses will remain the sole property of the Corporation and the Bank. Executive will promptly return all originals and copies of such Confidential Information and other records, files, documents and other materials to the Corporation or the Bank if his employment with the Corporation or the Bank is terminated for any reason.

 

Personal Information (“PI”) includes an individual’s first name and last name or first initial and last name in combination with any of the following: their Social Security number, tax I.D. number, social insurance number, driver’s license number, state issued identification card number, financial information, healthcare information, or credit or debit card number.

 

SECTION 5. ANTI-SOLICITATION AND NONCOMPETE COVENANTS.

 

(a)  Restrictive Covenant. The Corporation and the Bank and the Executive have agreed that the primary service area of the Corporation’s or the Bank’s and their Affiliates’ lending and deposit taking functions in which the Corporation, the Bank and their Affiliates have and will actively participate extends to an area within fifty (50) miles of the headquarters of the Corporation, the Bank and their Affiliates within the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding the date of termination of the Executive’s employment with the Corporation or the Bank (the “Restrictive Area”). Therefore, as an essential ingredient of and in consideration of this Agreement and the payment of the amounts described in Section 3, the Executive hereby agrees that, except with the express prior written consent of the Corporation and the Bank, for a period of twelve (12) months after the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Corporation or the Bank under any circumstances other than those which entitle Executive to payments under Section 3(d) of this Agreement (the “Restrictive Period”) the provisions of the immediately following subparts designated (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v) shall be in force.

 

(i)                                      The Executive will not, directly or indirectly, engage or invest in, own, manage, operate, finance, control, or participate in the ownership, management, operation or control of, be employed by, associated with, or in any manner connected with, lend the Executive’s name or any similar name to, lend the Executive’s credit to, or render services or advice to, any person, firm, partnership, corporation or trust which owns or operates, a bank, savings and loan association, credit union or similar financial institution (a “Financial Institution”) within the Restrictive Area: provided however, that the ownership by the Executive of shares of the capital stock which are listed on a securities exchange or quoted on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System which do not represent more than five percent (5%) of the outstanding capital stock of any Financial Institution, shall not violate any terms of this Agreement.

 

(ii)                                   The Executive will not, directly or indirectly, either for himself, or any other Financial Institution: (A) induce or attempt to induce any employee of the Corporation or the Bank or their Affiliates to leave the employ of the Corporation or the Bank or their Affiliates; (B) in any way interfere with the relationship between the Corporation or the Bank or their Affiliates and any employee of the Corporation or the Bank or their Affiliates; (C) employ, or otherwise engage as an employee, independent contractor or otherwise any

 

7


 

employee of the Corporation or the Bank or their Affiliates; or (D)  induce or attempt to induce any customer, supplier, licensee, or business relation of the Corporation or the Bank or their Affiliates to cease doing business with the Corporation or the Bank or their Affiliates or in any way interfere with the relationship between any customer, supplier, licensee or business relation of the Corporation or the Bank or their Affiliates.

 

(iii)          The Executive will not, directly or indirectly, either for himself, or any other Financial Institution, solicit the business of any person or entity known to the Executive to be a customer of the Corporation or the Bank or their Affiliates, whether or not such Executive had personal contact with such person or entity, with respect to products or activities which compete in whole or in part with the products or activities of the Corporation or the Bank or their Affiliates.

 

(iv)          The Executive will not, directly or indirectly, serve as the agent, broker or representative of, or otherwise assist, any person or entity in obtaining services or products from any Financial Institution within the Restrictive Area.

 

(v)           The Executive expressly agrees that the covenants contained in this Section 5(a) are reasonable with respect to their duration, geographical area, and scope. To the extent that the covenants contained in Section 5(a) may be found to be unreasonable in any respect by a court of competent jurisdiction, it is the desire of the parties that such court limit these provisions to render these covenants reasonable in light of the circumstances in which they are made so that the agreement may be specifically enforced.

 

(b)            Injunctive Relief, Right of Set-Off and Extension of Restriction Period. Executive agrees that a violation of this Section 5 and/or Section 4 would result in direct, immediate and irreparable harm to the Corporation and the Bank; in such event, agrees that the Corporation and the Bank, in addition to their other right and remedies, would be entitled to injunctive relief enforcing the terms and provisions of either Section 4 or 5; further, the Executive agrees that: i) the payment or provision of any monies or other entitlement due to the Executive from the Bank or the Corporation under the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, shall be stayed until there has been a final determination and satisfaction of a breach of Sections 4 or 5; and ii) the Restriction Period shall be extended by the length of time equal to the duration of any period during which the Executive is in violation of any of the covenants contained in Section 5(a). Should the Bank or Corporation seek injunctive relief and such relief is denied by the Court, Executive shall be entitled to reimbursement of his costs and attorney fees and release of all funds which were stayed.

 

SECTION 6. INDEMNITY; OTHER PROTECTIONS.

 

(a)            Indemnification. The Corporation or the Bank will indemnify Executive (and, upon his death, his heirs, executors and administrators) to the fullest extent permitted by law against all expenses, including, reasonable attorneys’ fees, court and investigative costs, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement (collectively, “Expenses”) reasonably incurred by him in connection with or arising out of any pending, threatened or completed action, suit or proceeding in which he may become involved by reason of his having been an officer or director of the Corporation or the Bank unless such Expenses result from

 

8



 

acts by the Executive which would give the Corporation or the Bank the right to terminate this Agreement and Executive’s employment pursuant to Section 3(c), (g), (h) or (i) of this Agreement. The indemnification rights provided for herein are not exclusive and will supplement any rights to indemnification that Executive may have under any applicable article, bylaw or charter provision of the Corporation or the Bank, or any resolution of the Corporation or the Bank, or any applicable statute.

 

(b)            Advancement of Expenses. In the event that Executive becomes a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to any pending, threatened or completed action, suit or proceeding for which the Corporation or the Bank is permitted or required to indemnify him under this Agreement, any applicable articles, bylaw or charter provision of the Corporation or the Bank, any resolution of the Corporation or the Bank, or any applicable statute, the Corporation or the Bank will, to the fullest extent permitted by law, advance all Expenses incurred by Executive in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement, or appeal of any threatened. pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, subject to receipt by the Corporation and the Bank of a written undertaking from Executive to reimburse the Corporation or the Bank for all Expenses actually paid by the Corporation and the Bank to or on behalf of Executive in the event it shall be ultimately determined that the Corporation and the Bank cannot lawfully indemnify Executive for such Expenses, and to assign to the Corporation and the Bank all rights of Executive to indemnification under any policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance to the extent of the amount of Expenses actually paid by the Corporation or the Bank to or on behalf of Executive.

 

(c)              Litigation. Unless precluded by an actual or potential conflict of interest, the Corporation and the Bank will have the right to recommend counsel to Executive to represent him in connection with any claim covered by this Section 6. Further, Executive’s choice of counsel, his decision to contest or settle any such claim, and the terms and amount of the settlement of any such claim will be subject to the Corporation’s and the Bank’s prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld by the Corporation or the Bank.

 

SECTION 7. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

 

(a)             Successors; Assignment. Executive may not assign his rights under this Agreement. This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Corporation and the Bank and their respective successors and assigns. For the purposes of this Agreement, any successor or assign of the Corporation and the Bank shall be deemed to be the “Corporation” or the “Bank,” as the case may be. The Corporation and the Bank will require any successor or assign of the Corporation or the Bank or any direct or indirect purchaser or acquirer of all or substantially all of the business, assets or liabilities of the Corporation or the Bank, whether by transfer, purchase, merger, consolidation, stock acquisition or otherwise, to assume and agree in writing to perform this Agreement and the Corporation’s and the Bank’s obligations hereunder in the same manner and to the same extent as the Corporation and the Bank would have been required to perform them if no such transaction had occurred.

 

(b)             Entire Agreement; Survival. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between Executive and the Corporation and the Bank concerning the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior negotiations, undertakings, agreements and arrangements with respect thereto, whether written or oral. The provisions of this Agreement will be regarded as divisible and separate; if any provision is ever declared invalid or unenforceable, the validity

 

9



 

and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not be affected. The Corporation and the Bank and Executive will agree on an amendment to the invalid or unenforceable provision that makes the provision valid and enforceable and accomplishes the parties’ original reasonable objectives for entering into this Agreement. Except as otherwise explicitly provided herein, this Agreement may not be amended or modified except by written agreement signed by the Executive and the Corporation and the Bank; provided, however, that the Corporation and the Bank may unilaterally modify the Agreement to comply with applicable law, including, but not limited to, Section 409A, while maintaining, the spirit and intent of the Agreement.

 

(c)            Governing Law and Enforcement. This Agreement will be construed and the legal relations of the parties hereto shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Michigan without reference to the law regarding conflicts of law.

 

(d)           Stock Based Compensation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, upon Executive’s termination from employment, any rights he has to stock based compensation shall be governed exclusively by the terms of the agreement related thereto and any related plan.

 

(e)            Source of Payments. Executive, the Corporation and the Bank intend that Executive will be a dual employee of the Corporation and the Bank. The Corporation and the Bank may allocate among the Corporation and the Bank any portion of Executive’s salary, cash bonus and other compensation and benefits that the Corporation and the Bank deem to be a lawful and appropriate allocation. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, to the extent that payments and benefits, as provided by this Agreement, are paid to or received by Executive from any of the Corporation, the Bank or any of their Affiliates, such compensation payments and benefits paid by any such source will be treated as amounts paid to Executive under this Agreement.

 

(f)             Resignation. Executive agrees that upon any termination of Executive’s Employment with the Corporation and the Bank pursuant to Section 3, he will immediately resign from all positions he has on the Corporation’s, the Bank’s or any of their Affiliates’ Boards of Directors.

 

(g)            Arbitration. Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration conducted within twenty-five (25) miles from the Bank’s main office, in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association. The decision of the arbitrator will be final, conclusive and binding on the parties. Judgment may be entered based on the arbitrator’s decision in any circuit court in the State of Michigan having jurisdiction or in any court otherwise having jurisdiction outside of the State of Michigan. Notwithstanding this Section and in addition to any remedies received through arbitration, the Corporation and the Bank may seek injunctive relief from the appropriate court in the event Executive violates either Section 4 or 5.

 

(h)            Legal Fees. All reasonable legal fees paid or incurred in connection with any dispute or question of interpretation relating to this Agreement shall be paid to the party who is successful on the merits by the other party.

 

(i)             Waiver. No waiver by either party at any time of any breach by the other party of or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by the other party, shall be deemed a waiver of any similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions

 

10



 

at the same time or any prior or subsequent time.

 

(j)              Notices. Notices pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given when received; and, if mailed, shall be mailed by United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; and if to the Corporation or the Bank. addressed to the principal headquarters of the Corporation or the Bank, attention: Chairman of the Board of Directors; or, if to Executive, to the address maintained in the Bank’s records, or to such other address as the party to be notified shall have given to the other.

 

(k)             Internal Revenue Code Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if at the time of a termination of employment, (i) Employee is a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A and the regulations and guidance thereunder in effect at the time of such termination (“409A”); and, (ii) any of the payments or benefits provided hereunder may constitute “deferred compensation” under 409A, then, and only to the extent required by such provisions, the date of payment of such payments or benefits otherwise provided shall be delayed for a period of up to six (6) months following the date of termination.

 

11



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

EXECUTIVE

 

 

 

/s/ Patrick J. Fehring

 

Patrick J. Fehring

CEO

 

 

LEVEL ONE BANK

 

 

 

/s/ Barbara Allushuski

 

 

 

Chairman, Compensation

 

Committee

 

 

12




Exhibit 10.2

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of the eighth day of July, 2015 (the “Effective Date”), by and between Level One Bancorp, Inc., a bank holding company organized under the laws of the State of Michigan (the “Corporation”), Level One Bank, a banking association chartered under the laws of the State of Michigan with its main office located in Farmington Hills, Michigan (the “Bank”) and Gregory Wernette (“Executive”).

 

SECTION 1. EMPLOYMENT.

 

The Corporation and the Bank hereby agree to employ Executive on the terms and conditions set forth below.

 

(a)            Position. Executive shall be an employee of the Bank and the Corporation during, and only during, the Term (as defined in Section 3a) of this Agreement, and during the Term the Executive shall serve as the Corporation’s and the Bank’s Executive Vice President and Chief Lending Officer.

 

(b)            Duties. Executive’s duties, authority and responsibilities as Executive Vice President and Chief Lending Officer of the Corporation and the Bank include all duties, authority and responsibilities customarily held by such officer(s) at comparable bank holding companies and banks, subject always to the respective articles, charter and bylaw provisions and the policies of the Corporation and the Bank and the directions of their Board of Directors (collectively the “Board”).

 

(c)            Care and Loyalty. Executive will devote his best efforts and full business time, energy, skills and attention to the business and affairs of the Corporation and the Bank, and will faithfully and loyally discharge his duties to the Corporation and the Bank.

 

SECTION 2. COMPENSATION.

 

Executive shall be compensated for his services as follows during the term of this Agreement:

 

(a)            Base Compensation. Executive currently receives an annual base salary of $224,952. The Board or a committee designated by the Board will review Executive’s base salary annually during the term of this Agreement to determine whether it should be maintained at its existing level or increased.

 

(b)            Discretionary Performance Bonus. The Board will consider Executive for a bonus at the end of each year based on criteria set forth in incentive compensation plans as may be in effect from time to time for officers of equal or similar rank or on other performance criteria established by the Board and any other factors deemed by the Board to be

 

1



 

appropriate. Bonuses will be awarded, if at all, in the sole discretion of the Board, and nothing in this Agreement will require the payment of a bonus in any given year.

 

(c)            Supplemental Executive Retirement Program. As part of this Agreement, the Bank shall maintain a non-qualified Supplemental Executive Retirement Program (SERP), which is currently provided for the Executive through separate Agreement.

 

(d)            Other Benefits. Executive’s eligibility to participate in and receive benefits under the employee welfare or retirement benefit plans sponsored or maintained by the Corporation or the Bank, or both, that are subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”) will be governed solely by the terms of the applicable plan documents. Executive shall receive such holiday and other fringe benefits which the Corporation or the Bank extends, as a matter of policy and not under any employee benefit plan governed by ERISA, to all of its officers of equal or similar rank and shall be entitled to participate in any other compensation and fringe benefit plans of the Corporation and the Bank on the same basis as other similar employees of the Corporation and the Bank; provided, however, Executive will be provided with not less than six (6) weeks of paid time off to be scheduled so as to minimize disruption to the Corporation’s and Bank’s operations..

 

(d)            Stock Options/Stock Awards. Stock options and/or stock awards, if any, will be the subject of a separate agreement among the Corporation, the Bank and Executive.

 

(e)            Expenses. During the Term of this Agreement. Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement of all reasonable expenses incurred (in accordance with the policies and procedures of the Corporation and the Bank) in performing services under this Agreement.

 

(f)             Club Dues. During the Term of this Agreement, the Corporation or the Bank shall pay Executive’s DAC dues which are currently $369 per month.

 

(g)            Withholding. Executive acknowledges that applicable federal, state or local withholding or other taxes will be withheld from payments that become due to him under this Agreement.

 

SECTION 3. TERM AND TERMINATION.

 

(a)            Term and Automatic Renewal. The Executive’s employment by the Bank and the Corporation shall continue only during the term of this Agreement and thus the term of the Executive’s employment and the term of this Agreement are the same and may be referred to collectively as the “Term”. The Term will be one year commencing as of the Effective Date and the Term will automatically renew for one additional year on each anniversary of the Effective Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Executive’s employment hereunder is terminated in accordance with the provisions below of this Section 3, the Term will be deemed to have expired and the Executive’s Base Compensation and other rights of the Executive under this Agreement, or otherwise as an employee of the Bank and of the Corporation, will immediately terminate unless otherwise expressly provided below in this

 

2



 

Section 3 or provided under the terms of any benefit plan then in effect for which the Executive is a participant or as may be required notwithstanding this Agreement by operation of law.

 

(b)            Termination Prior to Change in Control, by Bank or Corporation Without Cause or by Executive. Prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control, the Corporation and the Bank may terminate this Agreement and Executive’s employment, for no reason or for any reason, other than for Cause (as defined in section (c) below), by delivering written notice of termination to Executive effective on the date specified in the notice of termination. In the event of such termination, the Executive shall be paid an amount equal to one (1) year’s base salary then in effect in 26 equal bi-weekly installments beginning not later than thirty (30) days following the date on which Executive’s employment terminates. The Corporation or the Bank will also reimburse the Executive’s COBRA premiums for the twelve (12) month period following the date of Executive’s termination of employment under this Section 3(b). As a precondition to the entitlement of Executive to receive any payments or benefits pursuant to the prior two sentences, Executive must execute and deliver to the Bank or Corporation a separate Settlement Agreement and Release of All Claims document as provided by the Bank or Corporation. Reimbursement of COBRA premiums by the Corporation or the Bank shall not entitle Executive to any greater period of COBRA coverage than is statutorily required. Executive may terminate this Agreement and his employment for no reason or for any reason by delivering written notice of termination to the Corporation and the Bank not less than thirty (30) days before the effective date of termination, which date will be specified in the notice of termination. If Executive terminates this Agreement prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control, Executive shall only be entitled to receive his base salary as shall have accrued through the effective date of such termination and the Corporation and the Bank shall have no further obligations to Executive other than those that may pertain to terminated employees under any benefit plan to which Executive may have been a participant or those rights that may arise independent of this Agreement by operation of law.

 

(c)            Termination for Cause. The Board of Directors of the Corporation and the Bank may terminate this Agreement and Executive’s employment for Cause by delivering written notice of termination to Executive effective on the date specified in the notice of termination. Executive shall be provided with written notice of the basis of the Board’s decision to terminate Executive for Cause and may request that the Board reconsider its decision at a meeting of the Board to be held not later than five (5) business days after the effective date of termination. Executive shall be provided with an opportunity to make a presentation at such meeting. “Cause” for termination will exist if (i) Executive engages in one or more unsafe and unsound banking practices or material violations of a law or regulation applicable to the Corporation or the Bank, which violation materially and adversely affects the business or affairs of the Corporation or the Bank, or a direction or order of the Board; (ii) Executive engages in a material breach of fiduciary duty or act of dishonesty involving the affairs of the Corporation or the Bank: or (iii) Executive commits a material breach of his obligations under this Agreement. If Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to this Section 3(c), Executive shall only be entitled to receive his base salary as shall have accrued through the effective date of such termination, and the Corporation and the Bank shall have no further obligations to Executive.

 

3



 

(d)            Termination Following Change of Control.

 

(i)            If, within twelve (12) months following a Change of Control. either Executive’s employment under this Agreement is terminated by the Corporation or the Bank without Cause or this Agreement is terminated by Executive for “Good Reason,” Executive shall be paid an amount equal to one (1) year’s base salary as then in effect payable in one single lump sum within 30 days of such termination. The Corporation or the Bank will also reimburse the Executive’s COBRA premiums for the twelve (12) month period following the date of Executive’s termination of employment under this Section 3(d). Reimbursement of COBRA premiums by the Corporation or the Bank shall not entitle Executive to any greater period of COBRA coverage than is statutorily required. In the event of a termination by Executive for Good Reason, Executive shall provide notice to the Board specifying the facts and circumstances surrounding his belief that “Good Reason” exists and the Corporation or the Bank shall have the right to cure those matters within thirty (30) days from the date of such notice in which event such notice will be deemed withdrawn. As a precondition to the entitlement of Executive to receive any payments or benefits under this Section 3(d), Executive must execute and deliver to the Bank or Corporation a separate Settlement Agreement and Release of All Claims document as provided by the Bank or Corporation.

 

(ii)           For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall include the occurrence of any of the following events which have not been consented to in advance by Executive in writing: (A) if Executive would be required to move his personal residence or perform his principal executive functions more than twenty-five (25) miles from the location of Executive’s primary office as of the date immediately preceding the date of the Change of Control; (B) if, in the organizational structure of the Corporation or the Bank, Executive would be required to report to a person or persons other than the President, Chief Executive Officer or Chairman of the Board; (C) if the Corporation and the Bank should fail to maintain Executive’s base salary or fail to maintain employee benefit plans or arrangements generally comparable to those in place as of the date immediately preceding the date of the Change of Control, except to the extent that such reduction in employee benefit plans is part of an overall adjustment in benefits for all employees of the Corporation or the Bank, which shall in no case be greater than 10% of the value of salary, bonuses, and benefits prior to the change of control, or (D) if there is a substantial diminution of Executive’s powers and duties of employment; or (E) if there is more than a de minimus breach by the Bank or Corporation of the terms of this Agreement or (F) if Executive would be assigned substantial duties and responsibilities other than those normally associated with his position as referenced in Section 1(a) of this Agreement. The preceding events shall only provide the basis for “Good Reason” if Executive provides the notice contemplated by this Section 3(d) within one hundred twenty (120) days of their occurrence.

 

(iii)          A “Change of Control” will be deemed to have occurred if: (A) any person (as such term is defined in Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”) acquires beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the 1934 Act) of more than 50% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting, securities of the Corporation; or (B) during any twelve (12) month period, the individuals who were members of the Board of the Corporation on the Effective Date (the “Current Board Members”) cease for any reason (other than the reasons specified below) to constitute a majority of the Board of the Corporation or its successor; however, if the election or the nomination for election of any new director of the Corporation

 

4



 

or its successor is approved by a vote of a majority of the individuals who are Current Board Members, such new director shall, for the purposes of this Section 3(d)(iii), be considered a Current Board Member; or (C) the Corporation’s shareholders approve (1) a merger or consolidation of the Corporation and the shareholders of the Corporation immediately before such merger or consolidation do not, as a result of such merger or consolidation, own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the entity resulting from such merger or consolidation in substantially the same proportion as their ownership of the combined voting power of the outstanding securities of the Corporation immediately before such merger or consolidation; or (2) a complete liquidation or dissolution or an agreement for the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation. Notwithstanding the definition of Change in Control set forth above, a Change in Control shall not have occurred unless the event constitutes a “change in control event” as such term is defined by Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (“Section 409A”) and the final regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(iv)          Notwithstanding the foregoing. a Change of Control will not be deemed to have occurred solely because more than 50% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Corporation are owned or acquired by: (A) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under one or more employee benefit plans maintained for employees of the Corporation or the Bank; or (B) any corporation which, immediately prior to or following such acquisition, is owned directly or indirectly by persons who were shareholders of the Corporation immediately prior to the acquisition in the same proportion as their ownership of stock in the Corporation immediately prior to such acquisition.

 

(v)           The Corporation, the Bank and Executive intend that no portion of any payment under this Agreement, or payments to or for the benefit of Executive under any other agreement or plan, be deemed to be an “Excess Parachute Payment” as defined in Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Section 280G”). It is agreed that the present value of any payments to or for the benefit of Executive in the nature of compensation, as determined by the legal counsel or certified public accountants for the Corporation or the Bank in accordance with Section 280G(d)(4), the receipt of which is contingent on the Change of Control, and to which Section 280G applies (in the aggregate “Total Payments”), shall not exceed an amount equal to one dollar less than the maximum amount which the Corporation or the Bank may pay without loss of deduction under Section 280G(a).

 

(vi)          In no event shall payments be made under this Section 3, unless the Executive has incurred a Separation from Service as defined in Section 409A and the final regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(f)             Termination upon Death. This Agreement will terminate if Executive dies during the term of this Agreement, effective on the date of his death. Any payments that are owing to Executive under this Agreement or otherwise at the time of his death will be made to whomever Executive may designate in writing as his beneficiary, or absent such a designation, to the executor or administrator of his estate.

 

(g)            Removal from Office. If Executive is removed and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Corporation’s or the Bank’s affairs by an order issued under Sections 8(e)(4) or (g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (“FDIA”) (12 U.S.C. 1818(e)(4) or (g)(1)), all obligations of the Corporation and the Bank under this

 

5



 

Agreement shall terminate, as of the effective date of the order, but the rights of the Corporation and the Bank and Executive accrued under this Agreement as of the effective date of the order shall not be affected.

 

(h)            Default under FDIA If the Corporation or the Bank is in default (as defined in Section 3(x)( I ) of the FDIA), all obligations under this Agreement shall terminate as of the date of default, but this Section shall not affect any rights of the Corporation and the Bank and Executive accrued under this Agreement as of the effective date of default.

 

(i)             Termination by Banking Director. All obligations under the Agreement shall be terminated, except to the extent it is determined by the Commissioner of the Office of Financial and Insurance Regulation of the State of Michigan (the “Commissioner”), or his or her designee, that continuation of the Agreement is necessary for the continued operation of the Corporation or the Bank; (A) by the Commissioner, or his or her designee at the time the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Corporation or the Bank under the authority contained in Section 13(c) of the FDIA; or (B) by the Commissioner, or his or her designee, at the time the Commissioner or his or her designee approves a supervisory merger to resolve problems related to operation of the Corporation or the Bank or when the Corporation or the Bank is determined by the Commissioner to be in an unsafe or unsound condition. Any rights of Executive that have already accrued under this Agreement as of the termination of the Agreement, however, shall not be affected by such action.

 

SECTION 4. CONFIDENTIALITY.

 

Executive acknowledges that the nature of his employment will require that he produce and have access to records, data, trade secrets and information that are not available to the public regarding the Corporation and the Bank and their Affiliates (“Confidential Information”). For purposes of this Agreement, Confidential Information includes, but is not limited to client lists, client files, business plans, processes, techniques, know-how, patents (including business method patents), trademarks, copyrights, inventions, ideas, improvements, technology, procurement, operational procedures, marketing and sales strategies and practices, pricing information, margin information, markup information, banking and other financial information, prospect lists, client and prospect needs and preferences information, prospective employees, personnel files, employee lists, employee capabilities matrices, employee training information and practices, compensation data for employees and/or independent contractors, information related to strategic alliances, business plans, personal information, the methods and operations of the Company as they exist from time to time. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Affiliate” shall mean any wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation or the Bank, and any other entity deemed to be a trade or business under common control with the Corporation or the Bank pursuant to Sections 414(b), (c), (i), (n) and (o) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Executive will hold in confidence and not directly or indirectly disclose any Confidential Information to third parties unless disclosure becomes reasonably necessary in connection with Executive’s performance of his duties hereunder, or the Confidential Information lawfully becomes available to the public from other sources, or he is authorized in writing by the Corporation or the Bank to disclose it, or he is required to make disclosure by a law or pursuant to the authority of any administrative agency or judicial body. All Confidential Information and all other records, files, documents and other materials or copies thereof relating to the business of the Corporation or the Bank or any of their Affiliates that Executive prepares or uses will remain the sole property of the Corporation and the Bank. Executive will

 

6



 

promptly return all originals and copies of such Confidential Information and other records, files, documents and other materials to the Corporation or the Bank if his employment with the Corporation or the Bank is terminated for any reason.

 

Personal Information (“PI”) includes an individual’s first name and last name or first initial and last name in combination with any of the following: their Social Security number, tax I.D. number, social insurance number, driver’s license number, state issued identification card number, financial information, healthcare information, or credit or debit card number.

 

SECTION 5. ANTI-SOLICITATION AND NONCOMPETE COVENANTS.

 

(a)    Restrictive Covenant. The Corporation and the Bank and the Executive have agreed that the primary service area of the Corporation’s or the Bank’s and their Affiliates’ lending and deposit taking functions in which the Corporation, the Bank and their Affiliates have and will actively participate extends to an area within fifty (50) miles of the headquarters of the Corporation, the Bank and their Affiliates within the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding the date of termination of the Executive’s employment with the Corporation or the Bank (the “Restrictive Area”). Therefore, as an essential ingredient of and in consideration of this Agreement and the payment of the amounts described in Section 3, the Executive hereby agrees that, except with the express prior written consent of the Corporation and the Bank, for a period of twelve (12) months after the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Corporation or the Bank under any circumstances other than those which entitle Executive to payments under Section 3(d) of this Agreement (the “Restrictive Period”) the provisions of the immediately following subparts designated (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v) shall be in force.

 

(i)            The Executive will not, directly or indirectly, engage or invest in, own, manage, operate, finance, control, or participate in the ownership, management. operation or control of, be employed by, associated with, or in any manner connected with, lend the Executive’s name or any similar name to, lend the Executive’s credit to, or render services or advice to, any person, firm, partnership, corporation or trust which owns or operates, a bank, savings and loan association, credit union or similar financial institution (a “Financial Institution”) within the Restrictive Area: provided however, that the ownership by the Executive of shares of the capital stock which are listed on a securities exchange or quoted on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System which do not represent more than five percent (5%) of the outstanding capital stock of any Financial Institution, shall not violate any terms of this Agreement.

 

(ii)           The Executive will not, directly or indirectly, either for himself, or any other Financial Institution: (A) induce or attempt to induce any employee of the Corporation or the Bank or their Affiliates to leave the employ of the Corporation or the Bank or their Affiliates; (B) in any way interfere with the relationship between the Corporation or the Bank or their Affiliates and any employee of the Corporation or the Bank or their Affiliates; (C) employ, or otherwise engage as an employee, independent contractor or otherwise any employee of the Corporation or the Bank or their Affiliates; or (D) induce or attempt to induce any customer, supplier, licensee, or business relation of the Corporation or the Bank or their

 

7


 

Affiliates to cease doing business with the Corporation or the Bank or their Affiliates or in any way interfere with the relationship between any customer, supplier, licensee or business relation of the Corporation or the Bank or their Affiliates.

 

(iii)                                The Executive will not, directly or indirectly, either for himself, or any other Financial Institution, solicit the business of any person or entity known to the Executive to be a customer of the Corporation or the Bank or their Affiliates, whether or not such Executive had personal contact with such person or entity, with respect to products or activities which compete in whole or in part with the products or activities of the Corporation or the Bank or their Affiliates.

 

(iv)                               The Executive will not, directly or indirectly, serve as the agent, broker or representative of, or otherwise assist, any person or entity in obtaining services or products from any Financial Institution within the Restrictive Area.

 

(v)                                  The Executive expressly agrees that the covenants contained in this Section 5(a) are reasonable with respect to their duration, geographical area, and scope. To the extent that the covenants contained in Section 5(a) may be found to be unreasonable in any respect by a court of competent jurisdiction, it is the desire of the parties that such court limit these provisions to render these covenants reasonable in light of the circumstances in which they are made so that the agreement may be specifically enforced.

 

(b)                                  Injunctive Relief, Right of Set-Off and Extension of Restriction Period. Executive agrees that a violation of this Section 5 and/or Section 4 would result in direct, immediate and irreparable harm to the Corporation and the Bank; in such event, agrees that the Corporation and the Bank, in addition to their other right and remedies, would be entitled to injunctive relief enforcing the terms and provisions of either Section 4 or 5; further, the Executive agrees that: i) the payment or provision of any monies or other entitlement due to the Executive from the Bank or the Corporation under the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, shall be stayed until there has been a final determination and satisfaction of a breach of Sections 4 or 5; and ii) the Restriction Period shall be extended by the length of time equal to the duration of any period during which the Executive is in violation of any of the covenants contained in Section 5(a). Should the Bank or Corporation seek injunctive relief and such relief is denied by the Court, Executive shall be entitled to reimbursement of his costs and attorney fees and release of all funds which were stayed.

 

SECTION 6. INDEMNITY; OTHER PROTECTIONS.

 

(a)                                  Indemnification. The Corporation or the Bank will indemnify Executive (and, upon his death, his heirs, executors and administrators) to the fullest extent permitted by law against all expenses, including, reasonable attorneys’ fees, court and investigative costs, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement (collectively, “Expenses”) reasonably incurred by him in connection with or arising out of any pending, threatened or completed action, suit or proceeding in which he may become involved by reason of his having been an officer or director of the Corporation or the Bank unless such Expenses result from acts by the Executive which would give the Corporation or the Bank the right to terminate this Agreement and Executive’s employment pursuant to Section 3(c), (g), (h) or (i) of this

 

8



 

Agreement. The indemnification rights provided for herein are not exclusive and will supplement any rights to indemnification that Executive may have under any applicable article, bylaw or charter provision of the Corporation or the Bank, or any resolution of the Corporation or the Bank, or any applicable statute.

 

(b)                                  Advancement of Expenses. In the event that Executive becomes a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to any pending, threatened or completed action, suit or proceeding for which the Corporation or the Bank is permitted or required to indemnify him under this Agreement, any applicable articles, bylaw or charter provision of the Corporation or the Bank, any resolution of the Corporation or the Bank, or any applicable statute, the Corporation or the Bank will, to the fullest extent permitted by law, advance all Expenses incurred by Executive in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement, or appeal of any threatened. pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, subject to receipt by the Corporation and the Bank of a written undertaking from Executive to reimburse the Corporation or the Bank for all Expenses actually paid by the Corporation and the Bank to or on behalf of Executive in the event it shall be ultimately determined that the Corporation and the Bank cannot lawfully indemnify Executive for such Expenses, and to assign to the Corporation and the Bank all rights of Executive to indemnification under any policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance to the extent of the amount of Expenses actually paid by the Corporation or the Bank to or on behalf of Executive.

 

(c)                                   Litigation. Unless precluded by an actual or potential conflict of interest, the Corporation and the Bank will have the right to recommend counsel to Executive to represent him in connection with any claim covered by this Section 6. Further, Executive’s choice of counsel, his decision to contest or settle any such claim, and the terms and amount of the settlement of any such claim will be subject to the Corporation’s and the Bank’s prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld by the Corporation or the Bank.

 

SECTION 7. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

 

(a)                                  Successors; Assignment. Executive may not assign his rights under this Agreement. This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Corporation and the Bank and their respective successors and assigns. For the purposes of this Agreement, any successor or assign of the Corporation and the Bank shall be deemed to be the “Corporation” or the “Bank,” as the case may be. The Corporation and the Bank will require any successor or assign of the Corporation or the Bank or any direct or indirect purchaser or acquirer of all or substantially all of the business, assets or liabilities of the Corporation or the Bank, whether by transfer, purchase, merger, consolidation, stock acquisition or otherwise, to assume and agree in writing to perform this Agreement and the Corporation’s and the Bank’s obligations hereunder in the same manner and to the same extent as the Corporation and the Bank would have been required to perform them if no such transaction had occurred.

 

(b)                                  Entire Agreement; Survival. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between Executive and the Corporation and the Bank concerning the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior negotiations, undertakings, agreements and arrangements with respect thereto, whether written or oral. The provisions of this Agreement will be regarded as divisible and separate; if any provision is ever declared invalid or unenforceable, the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not be affected. The Corporation and the Bank and Executive will agree on an amendment to the invalid or unenforceable provision that

 

9



 

makes the provision valid and enforceable and accomplishes the parties’ original reasonable objectives for entering into this Agreement. Except as otherwise explicitly provided herein, this Agreement may not be amended or modified except by written agreement signed by the Executive and the Corporation and the Bank; provided, however, that the Corporation and the Bank may unilaterally modify the Agreement to comply with applicable law, including, but not limited to, Section 409A, while maintaining, the spirit and intent of the Agreement.

 

(c)                                   Governing Law and Enforcement. This Agreement will be construed and the legal relations of the parties hereto shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Michigan without reference to the law regarding conflicts of law.

 

(d)                                  Stock Based Compensation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, upon Executive’s termination from employment, any rights he has to stock based compensation shall be governed exclusively by the terms of the agreement related thereto and any related plan.

 

(e)                                   Source of Payments. Executive, the Corporation and the Bank intend that Executive will be a dual employee of the Corporation and the Bank. The Corporation and the Bank may allocate among the Corporation and the Bank any portion of Executive’s salary, cash bonus and other compensation and benefits that the Corporation and the Bank deem to be a lawful and appropriate allocation. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, to the extent that payments and benefits, as provided by this Agreement, are paid to or received by Executive from any of the Corporation, the Bank or any of their Affiliates, such compensation payments and benefits paid by any such source will be treated as amounts paid to Executive under this Agreement.

 

(f)                                    Resignation. Executive agrees that upon any termination of Executive’s Employment with the Corporation and the Bank pursuant to Section 3, he will immediately resign from all positions he has on the Corporation’s, the Bank’s or any of their Affiliates’ Boards of Directors.

 

(g)                                  Arbitration. Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration conducted within twenty-five (25) miles from the Bank’s main office, in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association. The decision of the arbitrator will be final, conclusive and binding on the parties. Judgment may be entered based on the arbitrator’s decision in any circuit court in the State of Michigan having jurisdiction or in any court otherwise having jurisdiction outside of the State of Michigan. Notwithstanding this Section and in addition to any remedies received through arbitration, the Corporation and the Bank may seek injunctive relief from the appropriate court in the event Executive violates either Section 4 or 5.

 

(h)                                  Legal Fees. All reasonable legal fees paid or incurred in connection with any dispute or question of interpretation relating to this Agreement shall be paid to the party who is successful on the merits by the other party.

 

(i)                                     Waiver. No waiver by either party at any time of any breach by the other party of or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by the other party, shall be deemed a waiver of any similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same time or any prior or subsequent time.

 

(j)                                     Notices. Notices pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be

 

10



 

deemed given when received; and, if mailed, shall be mailed by United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; and if to the Corporation or the Bank. addressed to the principal headquarters of the Corporation or the Bank, attention: Chairman of the Board of Directors; or, if to Executive, to the address maintained in the Bank’s records, or to such other address as the party to be notified shall have given to the other.

 

(k)                                  Internal Revenue Code Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if at the time of a termination of employment, (i) Employee is a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A and the regulations and guidance thereunder in effect at the time of such termination (“409A”); and, (ii) any of the payments or benefits provided hereunder may constitute “deferred compensation” under 409A, then, and only to the extent required by such provisions, the date of payment of such payments or benefits otherwise provided shall be delayed for a period of up to six (6) months following the date of termination.

 

11



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

EXECUTIVE

 

 

 

/s/ Gregory Wernette

 

Gregory Wernette

 

 

 

 

 

LEVEL ONE BANK

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Patrick J. Fehring

 

Patrick J. Fehring, its Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

 

 

 

 

LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Patrick J. Fehring

 

Patrick J. Fehring, its Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

 

12




Exhibit 10.3

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

 

 

 

 

32991 Hamilton Court

 

 

 

Farmington Hills, Ml 48334

 

 

 

main: 248-737-0300

 

 

 

fax: 248-536-5060

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

levelonebank.com

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of the sixteenth day of July, 2015 (the “Effective Date”), by and between Level One Bancorp, Inc., a bank holding company organized under the laws of the State of Michigan (the “Corporation”), Level One Bank, a banking association chartered under the laws of the State of Michigan with its main office located in Farmington Hills, Michigan (the “Bank”) and David Walker (“Executive”).

 

SECTION 1. EMPLOYMENT.

 

The Corporation and the Bank hereby agree to employ Executive on the terms and conditions set forth below.

 

(a)                                  Position. Executive shall be an employee of the Bank and the Corporation during, and only during, the Term (as defined in Section 3a) of this Agreement, and during the Term the Executive shall serve as the Corporation’s and the Bank’s Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer.

 

(b)                                  Duties. Executive’s duties, authority and responsibilities as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation and the Bank include all duties, authority and responsibilities customarily held by such officer(s) at comparable bank holding companies and banks, subject always to the respective articles, charter and bylaw provisions and the policies of the Corporation and the Bank and the directions of their Board of Directors (collectively the “Board”).

 

(c)                                   Care and Loyalty. Executive will devote his best efforts and full business time, energy, skills and attention to the business and affairs of the Corporation and the Bank, and will faithfully and loyally discharge his duties to the Corporation and the Bank.

 

SECTION 2. COMPENSATION.

 

Executive shall be compensated for his services as follows during the term of this Agreement:

 

(a)                                  Base Compensation. Executive currently receives an annual base salary of $200,000. The Board or a committee designated by the Board will review Executive’s base salary annually during the term of this Agreement to determine whether it should be maintained at its existing level or increased.

 

(b)                                  Discretionary Performance Bonus. The Board will consider Executive for a bonus at the end of each year based on criteria set forth in incentive compensation plans as may be in effect from time to time for officers of equal or similar rank or on other performance criteria established by the Board and any other factors deemed by the Board to be

 

 

1



 

in this Agreement will require the payment of a bonus in any given year.

 

(c)                                      Supplemental Executive Retirement Program. As part of this Agreement, the Bank shall maintain a non-qualified Supplemental Executive Retirement Program (SERP), which is currently provided for the Executive through separate Agreement.

 

(d)                                     Other Benefits. Executive’s eligibility to participate in and receive benefits under the employee welfare or retirement benefit plans sponsored or maintained by the Corporation or the Bank, or both, that are subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”) will be governed solely by the terms of the applicable plan documents. Executive shall receive such holiday and other fringe benefits which the Corporation or the Bank extends, as a matter of policy and not under any employee benefit plan governed by ERISA, to all of its officers of equal or similar rank and shall be entitled to participate in any other compensation and fringe benefit plans of the Corporation and the Bank on the same basis as other similar employees of the Corporation and the Bank; provided, however, Executive will be provided with not less than six (6) weeks of paid time off to be scheduled so as to minimize disruption to the Corporation’s and Bank’s operations.

 

(e)                                     Stock Options/Stock Awards. Stock options and/or stock awards, if any, will be the subject of a separate agreement among the Corporation, the Bank and Executive.

 

(f)                                      Expenses. During the Term of this Agreement. Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement of all reasonable expenses incurred (in accordance with the policies and procedures of the Corporation and the Bank) in performing services under this Agreement.

 

(g)                                    Club Dues. During the Term of this Agreement, the Corporation or the Bank shall pay Executive’s DAC dues which are currently $369 per month.

 

(h)                                    Withholding. Executive acknowledges that applicable federal, state or local withholding or other taxes will be withheld from payments that become due to him under this Agreement.

 

SECTION 3. TERM AND TERMINATION.

 

(a)                                  Term and Automatic Renewal. The Executive’s employment by the Bank and the Corporation shall continue only during the term of this Agreement and thus the term of the Executive’s employment and the term of this Agreement are the same and may be referred to collectively as the “Term”. The Term will be one year commencing as of the Effective Date and the Term will automatically renew for one additional year on each anniversary of the Effective Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Executive’s employment hereunder is terminated in accordance with the provisions below of this Section 3, the Term will be deemed to have expired and the Executive’s Base Compensation and other rights of the Executive under this Agreement, or otherwise as an employee of the Bank and of the Corporation, will immediately terminate unless otherwise expressly provided below in this Section 3 or provided under the terms of any benefit plan then in effect for which the

 

2



 

Executive is a participant or as may be required notwithstanding this Agreement by operation of law.

 

(b)                                  Termination Prior to Change in Control, by Bank or Corporation Without Cause or by Executive. Prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control, the Corporation and the Bank may terminate this Agreement and Executive’s employment, for no reason or for any reason, other than for Cause (as defined in section (c) below), by delivering written notice of termination to Executive effective on the date specified in the notice of termination. In the event of such termination, the Executive shall be paid an amount equal to one (1) year’s base salary then in effect in 26 equal bi-weekly installments beginning not later than thirty (30) days following the date on which Executive’s employment terminates. The Corporation or the Bank will also reimburse the Executive’s COBRA premiums for the twelve (12) month period following the date of Executive’s termination of employment under this Section 3(b). As a precondition to the entitlement of Executive to receive any payments or benefits pursuant to the prior two sentences, Executive must execute and deliver to the Bank or Corporation a separate Settlement Agreement and Release of All Claims document as provided by the Bank or Corporation. Reimbursement of COBRA premiums by the Corporation or the Bank shall not entitle Executive to any greater period of COBRA coverage than is statutorily required. Executive may terminate this Agreement and his employment for no reason or for any reason by delivering written notice of termination to the Corporation and the Bank not less than thirty (30) days before the effective date of termination, which date will be specified in the notice of termination. If Executive terminates this Agreement prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control, Executive shall only be entitled to receive his base salary as shall have accrued through the effective date of such termination and the Corporation and the Bank shall have no further obligations to Executive other than those that may pertain to terminated employees under any benefit plan to which Executive may have been a participant or those rights that may arise independent of this Agreement by operation of law.

 

(c)                                   Termination for Cause. The Board of Directors of the Corporation and the Bank may terminate this Agreement and Executive’s employment for Cause by delivering written notice of termination to Executive effective on the date specified in the notice of termination. Executive shall be provided with written notice of the basis of the Board’s decision to terminate Executive for Cause and may request that the Board reconsider its decision at a meeting of the Board to be held not later than five (5) business days after the effective date of termination. Executive shall be provided with an opportunity to make a presentation at such meeting. “Cause” for termination will exist if (i) Executive engages in one or more unsafe and unsound banking practices or material violations of a law or regulation applicable to the Corporation or the Bank, which violation materially and adversely affects the business or affairs of the Corporation or the Bank, or a direction or order of the Board; (ii) Executive engages in a material breach of fiduciary duty or act of dishonesty involving the affairs of the Corporation or the Bank: or (iii) Executive commits a material breach of his obligations under this Agreement. If Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to this Section 3(c), Executive shall only be entitled to receive his base salary as shall have accrued through the effective date of such termination, and the Corporation and the Bank shall have no further obligations to Executive.

 

3



 

(d)                                     Termination Following Change of Control.

 

(i)                                      If, within twelve (12) months following a Change of Control. either Executive’s employment under this Agreement is terminated by the Corporation or the Bank without Cause or this Agreement is terminated by Executive for “Good Reason,” Executive shall be paid an amount equal to one (1) year’s base salary as then in effect payable in one single lump sum within 30 days of such termination. The Corporation or the Bank will also reimburse the Executive’s COBRA premiums for the twelve (12) month period following the date of Executive’s termination of employment under this Section 3(d). Reimbursement of COBRA premiums by the Corporation or the Bank shall not entitle Executive to any greater period of COBRA coverage than is statutorily required. In the event of a termination by Executive for Good Reason, Executive shall provide notice to the Board specifying the facts and circumstances surrounding his belief that “Good Reason” exists and the Corporation or the Bank shall have the right to cure those matters within thirty (30) days from the date of such notice in which event such notice will be deemed withdrawn. As a precondition to the entitlement of Executive to receive any payments or benefits under this Section 3(d), Executive must execute and deliver to the Bank or Corporation a separate Settlement Agreement and Release of All Claims document as provided by the Bank or Corporation.

 

(ii)                                   For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall include the occurrence of any of the following events which have not been consented to in advance by Executive in writing: (A) if Executive would be required to move his personal residence or perform his principal executive functions more than twenty-five (25) miles from the location of Executive’s primary office as of the date immediately preceding the date of the Change of Control; (B) if, in the organizational structure of the Corporation or the Bank, Executive would be required to report to a person or persons other than the President, Chief Executive Officer or Chairman of the Board; (C) if the Corporation and the Bank should fail to maintain Executive’s base salary or fail to maintain employee benefit plans or arrangements generally comparable to those in place as of the date immediately preceding the date of the Change of Control, except to the extent that such reduction in employee benefit plans is part of an overall adjustment in benefits for all employees of the Corporation or the Bank, which shall in no case be greater than 10% of the value of salary, bonuses, and benefits prior to the change of control, or (D) if there is a substantial diminution of Executive’s powers and duties of employment; or (E) if there is more than a de minimus breach by the Bank or Corporation of the terms of this Agreement or (F) if Executive would be assigned substantial duties and responsibilities other than those normally associated with his position as referenced in Section 1(a) of this Agreement. The preceding events shall only provide the basis for “Good Reason” if Executive provides the notice contemplated by this Section 3(d) within one hundred twenty (120) days of their occurrence.

 

(iii)                                A “Change of Control” will be deemed to have occurred if: (A) any person (as such term is defined in Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”) acquires beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the 1934 Act) of more than 50% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting, securities of the Corporation; or (B) during any twelve (12) month period, the individuals who were members of the Board of the Corporation on the Effective Date (the “Current Board Members”) cease for any reason (other than the reasons specified below) to constitute a majority of the Board of the Corporation or its successor; however, if the election or the nomination for election of any new director of the Corporation

 

4



 

or its successor is approved by a vote of a majority of the individuals who are Current Board Members, such new director shall, for the purposes of this Section 3(d)(iii), be considered a Current Board Member; or (C) the Corporation’s shareholders approve (1) a merger or consolidation of the Corporation and the shareholders of the Corporation immediately before such merger or consolidation do not, as a result of such merger or consolidation, own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the entity resulting from such merger or consolidation in substantially the same proportion as their ownership of the combined voting power of the outstanding securities of the Corporation immediately before such merger or consolidation; or (2) a complete liquidation or dissolution or an agreement for the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation. Notwithstanding the definition of Change in Control set forth above, a Change in Control shall not have occurred unless the event constitutes a “change in control event” as such term is defined by Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (“Section 409A”) and the final regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(iv)                               Notwithstanding the foregoing. a Change of Control will not be deemed to have occurred solely because more than 50% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Corporation are owned or acquired by: (A) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under one or more employee benefit plans maintained for employees of the Corporation or the Bank; or (B) any corporation which, immediately prior to or following such acquisition, is owned directly or indirectly by persons who were shareholders of the Corporation immediately prior to the acquisition in the same proportion as their ownership of stock in the Corporation immediately prior to such acquisition.

 

(v)                                  The Corporation, the Bank and Executive intend that no portion of any payment under this Agreement, or payments to or for the benefit of Executive under any other agreement or plan, be deemed to be an “Excess Parachute Payment” as defined in Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Section 280G”). It is agreed that the present value of any payments to or for the benefit of Executive in the nature of compensation, as determined by the legal counsel or certified public accountants for the Corporation or the Bank in accordance with Section 280G(d)(4), the receipt of which is contingent on the Change of Control, and to which Section 280G applies (in the aggregate “Total Payments”), shall not exceed an amount equal to one dollar less than the maximum amount which the Corporation or the Bank may pay without loss of deduction under Section 280G(a).

 

(vi)                               In no event shall payments be made under this Section 3, unless the Executive has incurred a Separation from Service as defined in Section 409A and the final regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(f)                                Termination upon Death. This Agreement will terminate if Executive dies during the term of this Agreement, effective on the date of his death. Any payments that are owing to Executive under this Agreement or otherwise at the time of his death will be made to whomever Executive may designate in writing as his beneficiary, or absent such a designation, to the executor or administrator of his estate.

 

(g)                              Removal from Office. If Executive is removed and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Corporation’s or the Bank’s affairs by an order issued under Sections 8(e)(4) or (g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (“FDIA”) (12 U.S.C. 1818(e)(4) or (g)(1)), all obligations of the Corporation and the Bank under this

 

5



 

Agreement shall terminate, as of the effective date of the order, but the rights of the Corporation and the Bank and Executive accrued under this Agreement as of the effective date of the order shall not be affected.

 

(h)                                  Default under FDIA If the Corporation or the Bank is in default (as defined in Section 3(x)( I ) of the FDIA), all obligations under this Agreement shall terminate as of the date of default, but this Section shall not affect any rights of the Corporation and the Bank and Executive accrued under this Agreement as of the effective date of default.

 

(i)                                     Termination by Banking Director. All obligations under the Agreement shall be terminated, except to the extent it is determined by the Commissioner of the Office of Financial and Insurance Regulation of the State of Michigan (the “Commissioner”), or his or her designee, that continuation of the Agreement is necessary for the continued operation of the Corporation or the Bank; (A) by the Commissioner, or his or her designee at the time the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Corporation’ or the Bank under the authority contained in Section 13(c) of the FDIA; or (B) by the Commissioner, or his or her designee, at the time the Commissioner or his or her designee approves a supervisory merger to resolve problems related to operation of the Corporation or the Bank or when the Corporation or the Bank is determined by the Commissioner to be in an unsafe or unsound condition. Any rights of Executive that have already accrued under this Agreement as of the termination of the Agreement, however, shall not be affected by such action.

 

SECTION 4. CONFIDENTIALITY.

 

Executive acknowledges that the nature of his employment will require that he produce and have access to records, data, trade secrets and information that are not available to the public regarding the Corporation and the Bank and their Affiliates (“Confidential Information”). For purposes of this Agreement, Confidential Information includes, but is not limited to client lists, client files, business plans, processes, techniques, know-how, patents (including business method patents), trademarks, copyrights, inventions, ideas, improvements, technology, procurement, operational procedures, marketing and sales strategies and practices, pricing information, margin information, markup information, banking and other financial information, prospect lists, client and prospect needs and preferences information, prospective employees, personnel files, employee lists, employee capabilities matrices, employee training information and practices, compensation data for employees and/or independent contractors, information related to strategic alliances, business plans, personal information, the methods and operations of the Company as they exist from time to time. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Affiliate” shall mean any wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation or the Bank, and any other entity deemed to be a trade or business under common control with the Corporation or the Bank pursuant to Sections 414(b), (c), (i), (n) and (o) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Executive will hold in confidence and not directly or indirectly disclose any Confidential Information to third parties unless disclosure becomes reasonably necessary in connection with Executive’s performance of his duties hereunder, or the Confidential Information lawfully becomes available to the public from other sources, or he is authorized in writing by the Corporation or the Bank to disclose it, or he is required to make disclosure by a law or pursuant to the authority of any administrative agency or judicial body. All Confidential Information and all other records, files, documents and other materials or copies thereof relating to the business of the Corporation or the Bank or any of their Affiliates that Executive prepares or uses will remain the sole property of the Corporation and the Bank. Executive will

 

6



 

promptly return all originals and copies of such Confidential Information and other records, files, documents and other materials to the Corporation or the Bank if his employment with the Corporation or the Bank is terminated for any reason.

 

Personal Information (“PI”) includes an individual’s first name and last name or first initial and last name in combination with any of the following: their Social Security number, tax I.D. number, social insurance number, driver’s license number, state issued identification card number, financial information, healthcare information, or credit or debit card number.

 

SECTION 5. ANTI-SOLICITATION AND NONCOMPETE COVENANTS.

 

(a)        Restrictive Covenant. The Corporation and the Bank and the Executive have agreed that the primary service area of the Corporation’s or the Bank’s and their Affiliates’ lending and deposit taking functions in which the Corporation, the Bank and their Affiliates have and will actively participate extends to an area within fifty (50) miles of the headquarters of the Corporation, the Bank and their Affiliates within the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding the date of termination of the Executive’s employment with the Corporation or the Bank (the “Restrictive Area”). Therefore, as an essential ingredient of and in consideration of this Agreement and the payment of the amounts described in Section 3, the Executive hereby agrees that, except with the express prior written consent of the Corporation and the Bank, for a period of twelve (12) months after the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Corporation or the Bank under any circumstances other than those which entitle Executive to payments under Section 3(d) of this Agreement (the “Restrictive Period”) the provisions of the immediately following subparts designated (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v) shall be in force.

 

(i)                                      The Executive will not, directly or indirectly, engage or invest in, own, manage, operate, finance, control, or participate in the ownership, management. operation or control of, be employed by, associated with, or in any manner connected with, lend the Executive’s name or any similar name to, lend the Executive’s credit to, or render services or advice to, any person, firm, partnership, corporation or trust which owns or operates, a bank, savings and loan association, credit union or similar financial institution (a “Financial Institution”) within the Restrictive Area: provided however, that the ownership by the Executive of shares of the capital stock which are listed on a securities exchange or quoted on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System which do not represent more than five percent (5%) of the outstanding capital stock of any Financial Institution, shall not violate any terms of this Agreement.

 

(ii)                                   The Executive will not, directly or indirectly, either for himself, or any other Financial Institution: (A) induce or attempt to induce any employee of the Corporation or the Bank or their Affiliates to leave the employ of the Corporation or the Bank or their Affiliates; (B) in any way interfere with the relationship between the Corporation or the Bank or their Affiliates and any employee of the Corporation or the Bank or their Affiliates; (C) employ, or otherwise engage as an employee, independent contractor or otherwise any employee of the Corporation or the Bank or their Affiliates; or (D) induce or attempt to induce any customer, supplier, licensee, or business relation of the Corporation or the Bank or their

 

7


 

Affiliates to cease doing business with the Corporation or the Bank or their Affiliates or in any way interfere with the relationship between any customer, supplier, licensee or business relation of the Corporation or the Bank or their Affiliates.

 

(iii)                                The Executive will not, directly or indirectly, either for himself, or any other Financial Institution, solicit the business of any person or entity known to the Executive to be a customer of the Corporation or the Bank or their Affiliates, whether or not such Executive had personal contact with such person or entity, with respect to products or activities which compete in whole or in part with the products or activities of the Corporation or the Bank or their Affiliates.

 

(iv)                               The Executive will not, directly or indirectly, serve as the agent, broker or representative of, or otherwise assist, any person or entity in obtaining services or products from any Financial Institution within the Restrictive Area.

 

(v)                                  The Executive expressly agrees that the covenants contained in this Section 5(a) are reasonable with respect to their duration, geographical area, and scope. To the extent that the covenants contained in Section 5(a) may be found to be unreasonable in any respect by a court of competent jurisdiction, it is the desire of the parties that such court limit these provisions to render these covenants reasonable in light of the circumstances in which they are made so that the agreement may be specifically enforced.

 

(b)                                 Injunctive Relief, Right of Set-Off and Extension of Restriction Period. Executive agrees that a violation of this Section 5 and/or Section 4 would result in direct, immediate and irreparable harm to the Corporation and the Bank; in such event, agrees that the Corporation and the Bank, in addition to their other right and remedies, would be entitled to injunctive relief enforcing the terms and provisions of either Section 4 or 5; further, the Executive agrees that: i) the payment or provision of any monies or other entitlement due to the Executive from the Bank or the Corporation under the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, shall be stayed until there has been a final determination and satisfaction of a breach of Sections 4 or 5; and ii) the Restriction Period shall be extended by the length of time equal to the duration of any period during which the Executive is in violation of any of the covenants contained in Section 5(a). Should the Bank or Corporation seek injunctive relief and such relief is denied by the Court, Executive shall be entitled to reimbursement of his costs and attorney fees and release of all funds which were stayed.

 

SECTION 6. INDEMNITY; OTHER PROTECTIONS.

 

(a)                                      Indemnification. The Corporation or the Bank will indemnify Executive (and, upon his death, his heirs, executors and administrators) to the fullest extent permitted by law against all expenses, including, reasonable attorneys’ fees, court and investigative costs, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement (collectively, “Expenses”) reasonably incurred by him in connection with or arising out of any pending, threatened or completed action, suit or proceeding in which he may become involved by reason of his having been an officer or director of the Corporation or the Bank unless such Expenses result from acts by the Executive which would give the Corporation or the Bank the right to terminate this Agreement and Executive’s employment pursuant to Section 3(c), (g), (h) or (i) of this

 

8



 

Agreement. The indemnification rights provided for herein are not exclusive and will supplement any rights to indemnification that Executive may have under any applicable article, bylaw or charter provision of the Corporation or the Bank, or any resolution of the Corporation or the Bank, or any applicable statute.

 

(b)                               Advancement of Expenses. In the event that Executive becomes a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to any pending, threatened or completed action, suit or proceeding for which the Corporation or the Bank is permitted or required to indemnify him under this Agreement, any applicable articles, bylaw or charter provision of the Corporation or the Bank, any resolution of the Corporation or the Bank, or any applicable statute, the Corporation or the Bank will, to the fullest extent permitted by law, advance all Expenses incurred by Executive in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement, or appeal of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, subject to receipt by the Corporation and the Bank of a written undertaking from Executive to reimburse the Corporation or the Bank for all Expenses actually paid by the Corporation and the Bank to or on behalf of Executive in the event it shall be ultimately determined that the Corporation and the Bank cannot lawfully indemnify Executive for such Expenses, and to assign to the Corporation and the Bank all rights of Executive to indemnification under any policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance to the extent of the amount of Expenses actually paid by the Corporation or the Bank to or on behalf of Executive.

 

(c)                                     Litigation. Unless precluded by an actual or potential conflict of interest, the Corporation and the Bank will have the right to recommend counsel to Executive to represent him in connection with any claim covered by this Section 6. Further, Executive’s choice of counsel, his decision to contest or settle any such claim, and the terms and amount of the settlement of any such claim will be subject to the Corporation’s and the Bank’s prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld by the Corporation or the Bank.

 

SECTION 7. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

 

(a)                                  Successors; Assignment. Executive may not assign his rights under this Agreement. This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Corporation and the Bank and their respective successors and assigns. For the purposes of this Agreement, any successor or assign of the Corporation and the Bank shall be deemed to be the “Corporation” or the “Bank,” as the case may be. The Corporation and the Bank will require any successor or assign of the Corporation or the Bank or any direct or indirect purchaser or acquirer of all or substantially all of the business, assets or liabilities of the Corporation or the Bank, whether by transfer, purchase, merger, consolidation, stock acquisition or otherwise, to assume and agree in writing to perform this Agreement and the Corporation’s and the Bank’s obligations hereunder in the same manner and to the same extent as the Corporation and the Bank would have been required to perform them if no such transaction had occurred.

 

(b)                                  Entire Agreement; Survival. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between Executive and the Corporation and the Bank concerning the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior negotiations, undertakings, agreements and arrangements with respect thereto, whether written or oral. The provisions of this Agreement will be regarded as divisible and separate; if any provision is ever declared invalid or unenforceable, the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not be affected. The Corporation and the Bank and Executive will agree on an amendment to the invalid or unenforceable provision that

 

9



 

makes the provision valid and enforceable and accomplishes the parties’ original reasonable objectives for entering into this Agreement. Except as otherwise explicitly provided herein, this Agreement may not be amended or modified except by written agreement signed by the Executive and the Corporation and the Bank; provided, however, that the Corporation and the Bank may unilaterally modify the Agreement to comply with applicable law, including, but not limited to, Section 409A, while maintaining, the spirit and intent of the Agreement.

 

(c)                                 Governing Law and Enforcement. This Agreement will be construed and the legal relations of the parties hereto shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Michigan without reference to the law regarding conflicts of law.

 

(d)                                     Stock Based Compensation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, upon Executive’s termination from employment, any rights he has to stock based compensation shall be governed exclusively by the terms of the agreement related thereto and any related plan.

 

(e)                                Source of Payments. Executive, the Corporation and the Bank intend that Executive will be a dual employee of the Corporation and the Bank. The Corporation and the Bank may allocate among the Corporation and the Bank any portion of Executive’s salary, cash bonus and other compensation and benefits that the Corporation and the Bank deem to be a lawful and appropriate allocation. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, to the extent that payments and benefits, as provided by this Agreement, are paid to or received by Executive from any of the Corporation, the Bank or any of their Affiliates, such compensation payments and benefits paid by any such source will be treated as amounts paid to Executive under this Agreement.

 

(f)                                    Resignation. Executive agrees that upon any termination of Executive’s Employment with the Corporation and the Bank pursuant to Section 3, he will immediately resign from all positions he has on the Corporation’s, the Bank’s or any of their Affiliates’ Boards of Directors.

 

(g)                                  Arbitration. Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration conducted within twenty-five (25) miles from the Bank’s main office, in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association. The decision of the arbitrator will be final, conclusive and binding on the parties. Judgment may be entered based on the arbitrator’s decision in any circuit court in the State of Michigan having jurisdiction or, in any court otherwise having jurisdiction outside of the State of Michigan. Notwithstanding this Section and in addition to any remedies received through arbitration, the Corporation and the Bank may seek injunctive relief from the appropriate court in the event Executive violates either Section 4 or 5.

 

(h)                                  Legal Fees. All reasonable legal fees paid or incurred in connection with any dispute or question of interpretation relating to this Agreement shall be paid to the party who is successful on the merits by the other party.

 

(i)                                     Waiver. No waiver by either party at any time of any breach by the other party of or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by the other party, shall be deemed a waiver of any similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same time or any prior or subsequent time.

 

(j)                                     Notices. Notices pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be

 

10



 

deemed given when received; and, if mailed, shall be mailed by United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; and if to the Corporation or the Bank. addressed to the principal headquarters of the Corporation or the Bank, attention: Chairman of the Board of Directors; or, if to Executive, to the address maintained in the Bank’s records, or to such other address as the party to be notified shall have given to the other.

 

(k)                                      Internal Revenue Code Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if at the time of a termination of employment, (i) Employee is a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A and the regulations and guidance thereunder in effect at the time of such termination (“409A”); and, (ii) any of the payments or benefits provided hereunder may constitute “deferred compensation” under 409A, then, and only to the extent required by such provisions, the date of payment of such payments or benefits otherwise provided shall be delayed for a period of up to six (6) months following the date of termination.

 

11



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

EXECUTIVE

 

 

 

/s/ David Walker

 

David Walker

 

 

 

 

 

LEVEL ONE BANK

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Patrick J. Fehring

 

Patrick J. Fehring, its Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

 

 

 

 

LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Patrick J. Fehring

 

Patrick J. Fehring, its Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

 

12




Exhibit 10.4

 

LEVEL ONE BANK

SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN

FOR

Executive

 

(A Non-Qualified Supplemental Income Plan)

 

As of June 18, 2015

 

1



 

PREAMBLE

 

This Agreement is executed this 18 day of June, 2015 (the “Execution Date”) by Level One Bank, a Michigan state chartered commercial bank (hereinafter sometimes referred as the “Company” or “Employer”), and Executive (the “Executive”), evidencing and sometimes referred to as the “Level One Bank Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan for the Executive” or the or this “Plan.”

 

WHEREAS, Employer desires to retain the valuable services of Executive by providing the Plan; and

 

WHEREAS, The Employer believes that a non-qualified benefit plan such as the Plan would serve the Employer’s best business interests to retain the services of the Executive; and

 

WHEREAS, The Employer therefore adopts this Level One Bank Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan for the Executive, constituting a nonqualified deferred compensation plan which is unfunded and constitutes a “top-hat” plan under ERISA.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan is hereby established as follows:

 

ARTICLE I - INTRODUCTION

 

1.1                                Name

 

The name of this Plan is the “Level One Bank Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan for the Executive”.

 

1.2                                Effective Date

 

The effective date of the Plan is January 1, 2015 (the “Effective Date”).

 

1.3                                Purpose

 

The purpose of the Plan is to provide deferred income for the Executive.

 

This Plan is intended to be a non-qualified unfunded “top-hat” plan under applicable provisions of the Code and ERISA, and thus the Plan is an unfunded plan of deferred compensation maintained for a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees pursuant to sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1) of ERISA, and an unfunded plan of deferred compensation under the Code.

 

1.4                                Interpretation

 

Wherever appropriate, pronouns of any gender shall be deemed synonymous, as shall singular and plural pronouns. Headings of Articles and Sections are for convenience of reference only, and are not to be considered in the construction or interpretation of the Plan. The Plan shall be interpreted and administered so as to give effect to its purpose as expressed in Section 1.3 and to qualify as a non-qualified, unfunded plan of deferred compensation in compliance with the requirements of Code section 409A, and the Treasury regulations and IRS pronouncements thereunder, as in effect from time-to-time (collectively, “Section 409A”).

 

ARTICLE II - DEFINITIONS & TERMS

 

Definition of Terms.

 

Certain words and phrases are defined when first used in later paragraphs of this Agreement. Unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, the following words, when used in this Agreement, shall have the following respective meanings:

 

2.1.1                      Account

 

“Account” means a liability and hypothetical reserve on the books of the Company to which Account shall accrue and be credited, as of the last day of each Plan Year on which the Executive is employed by the Company, an aggregate dollar amount equal to the following:

 

2



 

A.             Ten percent (10%) of the Executive’s Base Salary for such applicable Plan Year, but only if the Company achieves “Threshold net income” for such applicable Plan Year as contemplated under the Level One Executive Incentive Plan for such applicable Plan Year, plus

 

B.             Ten percent (10%) of the Executive’s Base Salary, but only if the Company achieves “Target net income” for such applicable Plan Year as contemplated under the Level One Executive Incentive Plan for such applicable Plan Year.

 

C.             These contributions are discretionary. If there is a significant negative operational outcome outside of net income, the Board may determine that a different, or no, contribution would be credited for that plan year.

 

The Account shall be adjusted quarterly in accordance with the investment experience of the Lipper Balanced Fund Index.

 

All such accruals in respect of such applicable percentages of Base Salary and such adjustments for deemed investment experience of the Account shall be reflected as an aggregate dollar amount as of an applicable date, and shall constitute the Account as of such applicable date.

 

2.1.2                      Affiliate

 

“Affiliate” shall mean any corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, or similar organization or entity, the employees of which would be treated as employed by the Company under Section 414(b) and 414(c) of the Code. It also means any organization that is a member of an affiliated service group with the Company within the meaning of Section 414(m) of the Code and any other organization required to be aggregated with the Company under Section 414(o) of the Code. No entity shall be treated as an Affiliate for any period that it is not a part of a controlled group, under common control, part of an affiliated service group or is otherwise required to be aggregated under Section 414 of the Code.

 

2.1.3                      Agreement

 

“Agreement” shall mean this Agreement, evidencing the Plan, together with any and all amendments or restatements thereof.

 

2.1.4                      Bancorp

 

Bancorp shall mean Level One Bancorp, Inc., a bank holding company organized under the laws of the State of Michigan.

 

2.1.5                      Base Salary

 

“Base Salary” shall mean “Base Compensation” as defined under the Employment Agreement and as in effect as of the last day of an applicable Plan Year.

 

2.1.6                      Board of Directors or Board

 

“Board of Directors” or “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

2.1.7                      Cause

 

“Cause” shall have the meaning as provided under the Employment Agreement.

 

2.1.8                      Change in Control

 

“Change in Control” means the first to occur of any one of the events:

 

(i)                                      the date any Person (as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and as used in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) or more than one Person acting as a group (as determined under Treasury Regulation §1.409A-3(i)(5)(v)(B)), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company or Bancorp that, together with stock held by such Person or group, constitutes more than 50 percent of the total voting power of the stock of such Company or Bancorp;

 

(ii)                                   the date individuals who, as of the Effective Date (which, solely for purposes of this definition of Change in Control shall mean the Effective Date as defined under the Level One Bancorp, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, which is May 21, 2015), constituted the Board of Directors (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of such Board; provided , however , that any individual becoming a director subsequent to such Effective Date whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board (either by a

 

3



 

specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of Bancorp in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without objection to such nomination) shall be considered as though such individual were a member-of the Incumbent Board, but excluding for this purpose any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of either an actual or threatened election contest or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than such Board; or

 

(iii)                                the date that any Person or more than one Person acting as a group (as defined under Treasury Regulation §1.409A-3(i)(5)(v)(B)) acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such Person or Persons) assets from the Company and Bancorp that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 50 percent of the total gross fair market value of all assets of the Company and Bancorp immediately before such acquisition or acquisitions.

 

In addition, a Change in Control shall not be considered to have occurred under the Plan unless such Change in Control also constitutes a “change in the ownership or effective control” of the Company and Bancorp or a “change in ownership of a substantial portion of the assets” of the Company and Bancorp, in each case, within the meaning of Section 409A.

 

2.1.9                      Code

 

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and Treasury regulations thereunder, as amended.

 

2.1.10               Committee

 

“Committee” shall mean the person or persons described in Article VII who serve on the Compensation Committee and, as such, are charged with the day-to-day administration, interpretation and operation of the Plan.

 

2.1.11               Disability

 

“Disability” shall mean the definition of “disability” in Section 409A.

 

2.1.12               Effective Date

 

“Effective Date” shall mean the effective date of this Plan as defined in Section 1.2.

 

2.1.13               Employer

 

“Employer” shall mean the Company and its Affiliates and their successors or assigns.

 

2.1.14               Employment Agreement

 

“Employment Agreement” shall mean that certain Employment Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2015, by and between the Company, Bancorp and Executive, and any and all amendments thereof after the Effective Date.

 

2.1.15               ERISA

 

“ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 

2.1.16               Executive

 

“Executive” shall mean the individual identified as the “Executive” in the first sentence of this Agreement establishing and evidencing this Plan.

 

2.1.17               Leave of Absence.

 

“Leave of Absence” shall mean a temporary period of time, not to exceed twelve (12) consecutive calendar months during which time a Participant shall not be an active employee of an Employer, but shall be treated for purposes of this Plan as in continuous employment with the Employer, including for purposes of vesting; provided, however, and notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, if the Executive is on Leave of Absence for more than twelve (12) weeks during an applicable Plan Year, then no amount shall accrue or be credited to the Account for such applicable Plan Year. A Leave of Absence may be either paid or unpaid, but must be agreed to in writing by both the Employer and the Participant. A Leave Of Absence that continues beyond the twelve (12) consecutive months shall be treated as a voluntary Termination of Employment as of the first business day of the thirteenth month for purposes of the Plan.

 

4



 

2.1.18               Named Beneficiary

 

“Named Beneficiary” or “Designated Beneficiary” or “Beneficiary” shall mean any person or trust, or combination, as last designated by the Participant during his lifetime upon a “Beneficiary Designation Form” provided by the Employer and filed with the Committee, who is specifically named to be a direct or contingent recipient of all or a portion of a Participant’s benefits under the Plan in the event of the Participant’s death. Such designation shall be revocable by the Participant at any time during his lifetime without the consent of any Beneficiary, whether living or born hereafter. Unless expressly provided by law, the Named Beneficiary may not be designated or revoked and changed by the Participant in any other way. No beneficiary designation or beneficiary change shall be effective until received in writing and acknowledged according to established Employer procedures and practices. Should the Participant fail to designate the Named Beneficiary, the Named Beneficiary shall be the Participant’s estate.

 

2.1.19               Participant

 

“Participant” shall mean only the Executive. Solely and exclusively for purposes of payment of survivor death benefits, if any, the term “Participant” shall also include a surviving Beneficiary.

 

2.1.20               Plan

 

“Plan” shall mean the “Level One Bank Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan for the Executive” as set forth herein.

 

2.1.21               Plan Distribution

 

“Plan Distribution” shall mean a distribution and payment of the Account (the amount of which shall be determined as of the tenth day preceding the applicable date of distribution, provided that, if such tenth day is a weekend or holiday, the most recent preceding non-weekend or non-holiday shall be used as the date of determination) made from the Plan pursuant to applicable Plan provisions, and subject to vesting and forfeiture as provided under Article IV of this Plan.

 

2.1.22               Plan Year

 

“Plan Year” shall mean the twelve (12) consecutive month period constituting a calendar year, beginning on January 1 and ending on December 31.

 

2.1.23               Section 409A

 

“Section 409A” shall have the meaning as provided under Section 1.4.

 

2.1.24               Termination of Employment

 

“Termination of Employment” shall mean the Participant’s “separation from service” with the Employer and all Affiliates within the meaning of Section 409A.

 

2.1.25               Trust

 

“Trust” shall mean one or more grantor trusts (so-called “Rabbi Trusts”), if any, established pursuant to Sections 671 et. seq. of the Code, and maintained by the Employer for its own administrative convenience in connection with the operation of the Plan and the management of any of its general assets set aside to help cover its financial obligations under the Plan. Such Trusts, if any, shall be governed by a separate irrevocable agreement between the Employer and the Trustee. Any such assets held in such a Trust shall remain subject to the claims of the Employer’s general creditors. The Employer shall establish such a Trust not later than immediately prior to a Change in Control. Upon establishing the Trust, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an amount equal to the Account, determined as of such Change in Control. Thereafter, the Company (Level One Bank or its successors) shall make additional contributions to the Trust as frequently as necessary to cause the Trust to maintain assets in an amount equal to the Account, as determine from time-to-time pursuant to Section 2.1.1. Establishment of the Trust shall not diminish or relieve the Company of its obligations under the Agreement and the Plan, including a distribution of the Account to the Executive when the Executive terminates employment with the Bank and all related entities (or, if applicable, the Executive’s Beneficiary) in accordance with the terms of the Plan.

 

2.1.26               Trustee

 

“Trustee” shall mean the party or parties named under any Trust agreement (and such successor and/or additional trustees) who shall possess such authority and discretion to hold, manage and control such Employer assets in connection with the Plan as provided under the agreement between the Trustee and the Employer.

 

5



 

ARTICLE III - ELIGIBILITY & PARTICIPATION

 

3.1                                Eligibility Requirements

 

D.             General Eligibility - The Executive is the only Participant. The Participant shall remain eligible in accordance with and subject to the terms of the Plan.

 

E.              No Employee Contributions Required - No Participant contribution shall be required to become a Participant in the Plan or accrue benefits under the Plan, nor shall any such contribution be permitted. All Plan costs, including costs of administration and those relating to Trusts, shall be borne exclusively by the Employer. The Participant shall bear all federal, state and local (or other) personal income taxes on his/her plan benefits. The Employer shall be entitled to withhold any and all applicable income and employment taxes in connection with any distribution and payment of the Account.

 

ARTICLE IV - VESTING AND FORFEITURE

 

4.1                                Vesting

 

The Participant’s Account under this Plan shall vest as follows, provided that the Participant is employed by the Company and Bancorp on the last day of the applicable Plan Year set forth below:

 

Contribution

 

Vesting on

 

Vesting on

 

Vesting on

 

Vesting on

 

Vesting on

 

Vesting on

 

Year

 

12/31/15

 

12/31/16

 

12/31/17

 

12/31/18

 

12/31/19

 

12/31/20

 

2015

 

25

%

50

%

75

%

100

%

 

 

 

 

2016

 

 

 

25

%

50

%

75

%

100

%

 

 

2017

 

 

 

 

 

25

%

50

%

75

%

100

%

2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

25

%

50

%

75

%

2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

25

%

50

%

2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

25

%

 

The Contribution Year is the year for which a contribution is credited. The contribution will be credited no later than March 31 of the year following the contribution year, and immediately 25% vested. The chart illustrates the pattern for subsequent year vesting; this pattern will continue beyond the years reflected in this chart, as long as the executive remains a participant in this plan.

 

The Participant’s Account shall be 100% vested upon retirement no earlier than age 62, or the earlier of a Change in Control, or the Participant’s death or Disability, in each case, prior to Termination of Employment.

 

4.2                                Additional Vesting Matters

 

Notwithstanding anything in the Agreement or this Plan to the contrary, the following provision shall control and govern:

 

Upon the Participant’s involuntary Termination of Employment for Cause, or if circumstances constituting Cause exist at the time of or prior to the Participant’s Termination of Employment, the Account shall be completely forfeited, no additional crediting or accrual to the Account shall occur, and the Participant (and the Participant’s Beneficiary) shall have no right or claim to a distribution or payment of, or otherwise in respect of, the Account or this Agreement or Plan.

 

6



 

ARTICLE V - DISTRIBUTIONS

 

5.1                                Distributions

 

The Participant’s Plan Distributions shall be distributed only in accordance with the provisions of this Plan and Section 409A. No other distributions of a Participant’s Plan Distributions shall be allowed from the Plan under any circumstances.

 

5.2                                Method and Form of Payment

 

A Plan Distribution shall be made in cash, in U.S. currency in a single sum, less applicable withholding.

 

5.3                                Commencement of Plan Distribution

 

A.             Plan Distribution Upon Termination of Employment — No later than the first day of the month following 30 days after or coincident with the Participant’s Termination of Employment other than as a result of death of the Participant, and provided that circumstances constituting Cause do not exist at the time of or prior to such Termination of Employment, the Employer shall make payment of the Plan Distribution to the Participant.

 

B.             Death - In the event the Participant dies prior to the Plan Distribution, and at or prior to the time of the Participant’s death, circumstances constituting Cause do not exist, the Employer shall pay the Participant’s Named Beneficiary the Plan Distribution on the first day of the month following 30 days after or coincident with the Participant’s date of death.

 

5.4                                Acceleration or Deferral

 

Acceleration or deferral of the time or schedule of any payment under the Plan is not permitted except as may be permitted by Code Section 409A and as may be agreed upon by the Participant and Company, in writing.

 

ARTICLE VI - ADMINISTRATION & CLAIMS PROCEDURE

 

6.1                                Duties of the Employer

 

The Company shall have overall responsibility for the establishment, amendment, termination, administration, and operation of the Plan. The Company may discharge this responsibility through members of the Committee.

 

6.2                                The Committee

 

The Compensation Committee shall consist of one (1) to five (5) members appointed by the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee and one of whom shall be designated by the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee as Chairman of the Committee. The Committee shall consist of Board Members or other employees of the Employer, or any other persons who shall serve at the request of the Board. The members of the Committee shall serve at the will of the Board, and the Board may from time to time remove any Committee member for any or no reason and appoint their successors. In the event of a vacancy in membership, the remaining members shall constitute the Committee with full authority to act

 

6.3                                Committee’s Powers and Duties to Administer, Interpret and Enforce the Plan

 

The Committee shall be the “Plan Administrator” and “Named Fiduciary”, but only to the extent required by ERISA for “top-hat” plans, and shall have the authority to administer and enforce the Plan on behalf of any and all persons having or claiming any interest in the Plan in accordance with its terms and purposes. The Committee, or any single individual Committee member it may designate, shall have the authority to interpret the Plan and its provisions, and shall determine any and all questions or claims arising in the administration and application of the Plan, in accordance with applicable laws. Any such interpretation by the Committee, or its authorized individual member, shall be conclusive and binding on all persons. Written interpretations or responses by the Committee, or its authorized individual member, shall only be required to the extent required by the Claims Procedure of Section 6.8 herein.

 

7



 

6.4                                Organization of the Committee

 

The Committee shall act by a majority of its members at the time in office. Committee action may be taken either by a vote at a meeting or by written consent without a meeting. The Committee may authorize any one or more of its members to execute any document or documents on behalf of the Committee, or to act in its behalf without additional consent as to any issue of Plan administration. The Committee shall notify the Company, in writing, of such authorization and the name or names of its member or members so designated in such cases. The Company thereafter shall accept and rely on any documents executed by or actions taken by said member of the Committee or members as representing action by the Committee until the Committee shall file with the Company a written revocation of such designation. The Committee may adopt such by-laws and regulations, as it deems desirable for the proper conduct of the Plan and to change or amend these by-laws and regulations from time to time. With the permission of the Company, the Committee may employ and appropriately compensate accountants, legal counsel, benefit specialists, actuaries and record keepers and any other persons as it deems necessary or desirable in connection with the administration and maintenance of the Plan. Such professionals and advisors shall not be considered members of the Committee for any purpose.

 

6.5                                Limitation of Liability

 

A.             No member of the Board of Directors, the Company and no officer or employee of the Company shall be liable to any employee, Participant, Named Beneficiary or any other person for any action taken or act of omission in connection with the administration or operation of this Plan unless attributable to his or her own fraud or willful misconduct. Nor shall an Employer be liable to any employee, Participant, Named Beneficiary any other person for any such action taken or act of omission unless attributable to fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of a director, officer or employee of the Employer. Moreover, each Participant, Named Beneficiary, and any other person claiming a right to payment under the Plan shall only be entitled to look to the Employer for payment, and shall not have the right, claim or demand against the Committee (or any member thereof), or any director, officer, employee or other agent of the Employer or any Affiliate.

 

B.             To the fullest extent permitted by the law, the Employer shall indemnify the Committee, each of its members, and the Employer’s officers and directors for expenses, costs, or liabilities arising out of the performance of duties required by the Plan or any Trust agreement, except for those expenses, costs, or liabilities arising out of a member’s fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence.

 

6.6                                Committee Reliance on Records and Reports

 

The Committee shall be entitled to rely upon certificates, reports, and opinions provided by an accountant, tax or pension advisors, actuary or legal counsel employed by the Employer or Committee. The Committee shall keep a record of all its proceedings and acts, and shall keep all such books of account, records, and other data as may be necessary for the proper administration of the Plan. The regularly kept records of the Committee and the Employer shall be conclusive evidence of the service of a Participant, compensation, age, marital status, status as an employee, and all other matters contained therein and relevant to this Plan. However, a Participant may request a correction in the record of his age at any time prior to his Retirement Age. Such correction shall be made if Participant furnishes a birth certificate, or other satisfactory documentary proof of age within 90 days after such correction request. The Committee, in any of its dealings with Participant(s) may conclusively rely on any written statement, representation, or documents made or provided by such Participants.

 

6.7                                Costs of the Plan

 

All the costs and expenses for administering and operating the Plan and Trust shall be borne by the Employer.

 

6.8                                Claims Procedure

 

A.             Claim. - Benefits shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Plan. A Participant, Named Beneficiary or any person who believes that he is being denied a benefit to which he is entitled under the Plan (“Claimant”) may file a written request for such benefit with the Company, setting forth his claim. The request must be addressed to the Committee at the Company’s principal place of business.

 

B.             Claim Decision. - Upon the receipt of a claim, the Committee shall advise the Claimant that a reply will be forthcoming within ninety (90) days and shall, in fact, deliver such reply within such

 

8



 

period. However, the Committee may extend the reply period for an additional ninety (90) days for reasonable Cause. Any claim not granted or denied within such time period shall be deemed to have been denied. If the claim is denied in whole or in part, the Committee shall adopt a written opinion, using language calculated to be understood by the Claimant, setting forth:

 

1.               The specific reason or reasons for such denial;

 

2.               The specific reference to pertinent provisions of this Plan on which such denial is based;

 

3.               A description of any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to perfect his claim and an explanation why such material or such information is necessary;

 

4.               Steps to be taken if the Claimant wishes to submit the claim for review; and

 

5.               The time limits for requesting a review under Subsection C. and under Subsection D hereof.

 

C.             Request for Review - Within sixty (60) days after the receipt by the Claimant of the Committee’s written opinion described above, the Claimant may request in writing that the Secretary of the Company review the determination of the Committee. Such request must be addressed to the Secretary of the Company, at its then principal place of business. The Claimant or his duly authorized representative may, but need not, review the pertinent documents and submit issues and comments in writing for consideration by the Company. If the Claimant does not request a review of the Committee’s determination by the Secretary of the Company within such sixty (60) day period, he shall be barred and estopped from challenging the Committee’s determination.

 

D.             Review of Decision - Within sixty (60) days after the Secretary’s receipt of a request for review, he or she will review the Committee’s determination. After considering all materials presented by the Claimant, the Secretary will render a written opinion, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant, setting forth the specific reasons for the decision and containing specific references to the pertinent provisions of this Plan on which the decision is based. If special circumstances require that the sixty (60) day time period be extended, the Secretary will so notify the Claimant and shall render the decision as soon as possible, but no later than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of the request for review. Any claim not granted or denied within such time period will be deemed to have been denied.

 

6.9                                Litigation

 

It shall be necessary to join only the Employer as a party in any action or judicial proceeding affecting the Plan. Any final judgment in such action or proceeding shall be binding on the Participant, Named Beneficiaries and other persons claiming under the Plan.

 

ARTICLE VII - AMENDMENT, TERMINATION & MERGER

 

7.1                                Amendment

 

The Company by action of its Board of Directors, and with the written consent of the Executive, may amend or terminate the Agreement and Plan.

 

7.2                                Consolidation/Merger/Reorganization

 

Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, neither the Employer nor Bancorp shall enter into any consolidation, merger or reorganization without the Employer or Bancorp obtaining from the successor-in-interest organization an agreement to an assignment and assumption of the obligations under this Plan by its successor-in-interest or surviving company or companies. Should such consolidation, merger or reorganization occur with such an assignment and assumption of the Plan’s obligation, the term “Employer” as defined and used in this Agreement shall refer to the successor-in-interest or surviving company or companies.

 

ARTICLE VIII - GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

8.1                                Applicable Law

 

Except insofar as the law has been superseded by applicable federal law, Michigan law shall govern the construction, validity and administration of this Plan as created by this Agreement. This Plan is intended

 

9



 

be a non-qualified unfunded plan of deferred compensation and any ambiguities in its construction shall be resolved in favor of an interpretation which will affect this intention.

 

8.2                                Benefits Not Transferable or Assignable

 

A.             Benefits under the Plan shall not be subject to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or charge and any attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber or charge such benefits shall be void, nor shall any such benefits be in any way liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts of any person entitled to them. This section shall also apply to the creation, assignment or recognition of a right to any benefit payable with respect to a Participant pursuant to a domestic relations order, including a qualified domestic relations order under Section 414(p) of the Code.

 

B.             An Employer may bring an action for a declaratory judgment if a Participant’s Named Beneficiary or any beneficiary’s benefits hereunder are threatened to be attached by an order from any court. The Employer may seek such declaratory judgment in a court of competent jurisdiction to:

 

1.               Determine the proper recipient or recipients of the benefits to be paid under the plan;

 

2.               Protect the operation and consequences of the Plan for the Employer and all Participants; and

 

3.               Request any other equitable relief the Employer in its sole judgment may feel appropriate.

 

Benefits which may become payable during the pendency of such an action shall, at the sole discretion of the Employer, either be:

 

1.               Paid into the court as they become payable, or

 

2.               Held in a separate account subject to the court’s final distribution order. Any such delay shall comply in all respects with Code Section 409A.

 

C.             Notwithstanding anything in the Agreement or Plan to the contrary, the Participant’s (and, if applicable, Beneficiary’s) rights in respect of the Agreement and Plan shall be no greater than that of a general unsecured creditor of the Employer.

 

8.3                                Not an Employment Contract

 

The Plan is not and shall not be deemed to constitute a contract between the Employer or any Affiliate and any Participant, or to be a consideration for, or an inducement to, or a condition of, the employment of any employee. Nothing contained in the Plan shall give or be deemed to give the Executive the right to remain in the employment of the Employer or any Affiliate or to interfere with the right to be retained in the employ of the Employer, any legal or equitable right against the Employer or an Affiliate, or to interfere with the right of the Employer or any Affiliate to discharge or retire the Executive at any time. It is expressly understood by the parties that the Plan relates to the payment of deferred compensation for the Participant’s services, and is not intended to be an employment contract. Nothing in the Agreement or Plan modifies the Employment Agreement.

 

8.4                                Notices

 

A.             Any notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to be sufficiently given at the time when delivered personally or when mailed by certified or registered first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to either party hereto as follows:

 

If to the Company:

 

Level One Bank

32991 Hamilton Court

Farmington Hills, MI 48334

 

Or another address communicated by the Company to the Participant in future Plan communications.

 

If to the Participant:

 

At his last known address, as indicated by the records of the Employer, or to such changed address as such parties may have fixed by notice. However, any notice of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

 

10


 

B.             Any communication, benefit payment, statement of notice addressed to the Participant or Named Beneficiary at the last post office address as shown on the Employer’s records shall be binding on the Participant or Named Beneficiary, as applicable, for all purposes of the Plan. The Employer, and a Trustee, if applicable, shall not be obligated to search for any Participant or Named Beneficiary beyond sending a registered letter to such last known address.

 

8.5           Severability

 

The Plan as contained in this document constitutes the entire agreement with the Participant. If any provision of the Plan shall for any reason be invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions of the Plan shall be carried into effect, unless the effect thereof would be to materially alter or defeat the purposes of the Plan.

 

8.6           Participant is General Creditor with No Rights to Assets

 

A.             The payments to the Participant or his Named Beneficiary or any other beneficiary hereunder shall be made from assets that shall continue, for all purposes, to be a part of the general, unrestricted assets of the Employer; no person shall have any interest in any such assets by virtue of the provisions of this Plan. The Employer’s obligation under this Plan is solely and exclusively the Employer’s obligation and shall be an unfunded and unsecured promise to pay money in the future. No other company, bank, person or other entity shall in any way be responsible or otherwise accountable for such obligation. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive a benefit from the Employer under the provisions hereof, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Employer; no such person shall have nor acquire any legal or equitable right, or claim in or to any property or assets of the Employer. The Employer shall not be obligated under any circumstances to fund obligations under this Agreement.

 

B.             An Employer, at its sole discretion, may acquire and/or set aside assets or funds to support its financial obligations under this Plan. No such acquisition or set-aside shall impair or derogate from the Employer’s direct obligation to a Participant or Named Beneficiary under this Plan. However, no Participant or Named Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive duplicate payments of any benefits provided under the Plan because of the existence of such assets or funds.

 

C.             In the event that, in its discretion, the Employer purchases an asset(s) or insurance policy or policies insuring the life of the Participant to allow the Employer to recover the cost of providing benefits, in whole or in part hereunder, neither the Participant, Named Beneficiary nor any other beneficiary shall have any rights whatsoever therein in such assets or in the proceeds therefrom. The Employer shall be the sole owner and beneficiary of any such assets or insurance policies and shall possess and may exercise all incidents of ownership therein. No such asset or policy, policies or other property shall be held in any Trust either for the Participant or any other person nor as collateral security for any obligation of the Employer hereunder. The Participant’s participation in the acquisition of such assets or policy or policies shall not be a representation to the Participant, Named Beneficiary or any other beneficiary of any beneficial interest or ownership in such assets, policy or policies. The Participant may be required to submit to medical examinations, supply such information and to execute such documents as may be required by any insurance carriers as a pre-condition to participation in and any benefit under the Plan, or continuing participation in and any benefit under the Plan.

 

8.7           No Trust Relationship Created

 

Nothing contained in this Plan shall be deemed to create a trust of any kind or create any fiduciary relationship between the Employer and the Participant, Named Beneficiary, other beneficiaries of the Participant, or any other person claiming through the Participant. Funds allocated hereunder shall continue for all purposes to be part of the general assets and funds of the Employer and no person other than the Employer shall, by virtue of the provisions of this Plan, have any beneficial interest in such assets and funds. The creation of a grantor trust under the Code to hold such assets or funds for the administrative convenience of the Employer shall in no way represent to the Participant or Named Beneficiary a property or beneficial ownership interest in such assets.

 

11



 

8.8           Limitations on Liability of the Employer

 

Neither the establishment of the Plan nor any modification hereof nor the creation of any account under the Plan nor the payment of any benefits under the Plan shall be construed as giving to the Participant or any other person any legal or equitable right against the Employer or any officer or employee thereof except as provided by law.

 

8.9           Agreement between Employer and Participant Only; Certain Construction Matters

 

This Plan is solely between the Employer and the Participant. The Participant, Named Beneficiary, estate or any other person claiming through the Participant, shall only have recourse against the Employer for enforcement of the terms of this Plan. This Plan shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Employer and its successors and assigns, and the Participant, and his or her heirs, executors, administrators and Beneficiaries. This Agreement and Plan shall not be construed against the party preparing it, but shall be construed as if the Employer and Participant jointly prepared this Agreement and Plan, and no provision of this Agreement or Plan shall be interpreted against any one party.

 

8.10         Independence of Benefits

 

The benefits payable under this Plan are for services already rendered or to be rendered and shall be independent of, and in addition to, any other benefits or compensation, whether by salary, bonus or otherwise, payable to the Participant under any compensation and/or benefit arrangements or plans, incentive cash compensations and stock plans and other retirement or welfare benefit plans, that now exist or may hereafter exist from time to time.

 

8.11         Unclaimed Property

 

Except as may be required by law, the Company may take of any the following actions if it gives notice to the Participant or Named Beneficiary of an entitlement to a benefit under the Plan, and the Participant or Named Beneficiary fails to claim such benefit or fails to provide their location to the Company within three (3) calendar years of such notice:

 

A.             Direct distribution of such benefits, in such proportions as the Company may determine, to one or more or all, of the Participant’s next of kin, if the Company knows their location; or

 

B.             Deem this benefit to be forfeited and paid to the Employer if the location of the Participant’s next of kin is not known. However, the Employer shall pay the benefit, unadjusted for gains or losses from the date of such forfeiture, to the Participant or Named Beneficiary who subsequently makes proper claim to the benefit.

 

The Employer and any Trustee, if applicable, shall not be liable to any person for payment made in accordance pursuant to applicable state unclaimed property laws.

 

8.12         Named Beneficiary

 

As long as this Plan is in force, the Participant shall be entitled to specify or revoke and change the beneficiary or beneficiaries of a survivor benefit, if any, to be paid at the time of his/her death according to procedures set out by the Employer. No Named Beneficiary shall obtain any vested right to have this Plan continued in force, and it may be amended, modified, terminated in whole or in part by the Company in writing without the consent of any Named Beneficiary.

 

8.13         Required Tax Withholding and Reporting

 

The Employer shall withhold and report federal, state and local income and other tax amounts in connection with this Plan as may be required by law from time to time.

 

8.14         Discrepancies between the Plan Document and Any Other Understanding

 

In the event of any discrepancies or ambiguities between the terms of the Plan and any other understanding of the Plan, the terms of the Plan as set forth in this Agreement (and any amendment or restatement of this Agreement and Plan) shall control.

 

12



 

8.15         Code Section 409A Compliance

 

A.             This Plan shall be interpreted by the Committee to comply with Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) if at the time of Participant’s Termination of Employment Participant is a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A and the deferral of the commencement of any payments or benefits otherwise payable hereunder as a result of such Termination of Employment is necessary in order to prevent any accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A, then the Employer will defer the commencement of the payment of any such payments or benefits hereunder (without any reduction in such payments or benefits ultimately paid or provided to Participant) until the date that is six months following Participant’s Termination of Employment (or the earliest date as is permitted under Section 409A) and (ii) if any other payments of money or other benefits due to Participant hereunder could cause the application of an accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A, such payments or other benefits shall be deferred if deferral will make such payment or other benefits compliant under Section 409A, or otherwise such payment or other benefits shall be restructured, to the extent possible, in a manner, determined by the Board of Directors, that does not cause such an accelerated or additional tax.

 

B.             The intent of the parties is that payments and benefits under this Agreement comply with Section 409A and the regulations and guidance promulgated such that taxation under Section 409A shall not arise in connection with this Agreement, and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, this Agreement shall be interpreted so as to be in compliance with Section 409A. In no event whatsoever shall the Company, or any other company, bank, person or other entity be liable for any additional tax, interest or penalty that may be imposed on Participant or Beneficiary under Section 409A or damages or any other losses for failing to comply with Section 409A or any other provision of applicable tax or other similar law. Neither the Company nor any of its Affiliates, or any of the agents, employees, officers, directors or other representatives of one or more of the foregoing represents, warrants or guarantees any particular or favorable tax or other result in connection with this Agreement, the Plan, or otherwise. The Participant shall be solely and exclusively responsible for any and all such results.

 

13



 

ARTICLE IX - SIGNATURE PAGE

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement and Plan to be executed, and the Participant has executed this Agreement and Plan, on the Execution Date, effective as of the Effective Date.

 

 

COMPANY:

 

 

 

Level One Bank

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

PARTICIPANT:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name:

 

 

14



 

BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION FORM

 

Level One Bank Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan for Executive

 

1.

 

(Participant’s Last Name)

(MI)

(First Name)

 

 

 

(       )

 

(Social Security Number)

(Office Tel.)

(E Mail)

 

2. I hereby:

 

o             make the following first designation of my revocable beneficiary to receive any benefits, if any, to which I may be entitled and to possess my rights and interest under the Plan in the event of my death.

 

o             revoke any and all of my prior beneficiary designations as filed with the Company (Level One Bank) and make the following new designation of my revocable beneficiary to receive any benefits, if any, to which I may be entitled and to possess my rights and interest under the Plan in the event of my death.

 

I understand that this beneficiary designation shall become effective upon the date it is received and acknowledged by the Company.

 

3. Named Beneficiary (ies):

 

A. Primary Beneficiary:

 

B. Secondary Beneficiary:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

Address:

 

 

(Street)

 

 

(Street)

 

 

 

(City)

(State)

(ZIP)

 

(City)

(State)

(ZIP)

 

 

Relationship:

 

 

Relationship:

 

 

4. Your Signature:

 

 

 

 

(Participant’s Signature)

 

(Date)

 

We recommend you consult with legal counsel in the preparation of this designation.

 

Company Acknowledgment: By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Date)

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

15




Exhibit 10.5

 

LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

2007 STOCK OPTION PLAN

 

1. Purpose; Effectiveness of the Plan

 

(a) The purpose of this Plan is to advance the interests of Level One Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) and its shareholders by helping the Company and its Subsidiaries attract and retain the services of employees, officers and directors, upon whose judgment, initiative and efforts the Company is substantially dependent, and to provide those persons with further incentives to advance the interests of the Company. The Plan is also established with the objective of encouraging Stock ownership by such employees, officers and directors and aligning their interests with those of stockholders.

 

(b) This Plan will become effective on the date of its adoption by the Board, provided the Plan is approved by the shareholders of the Company (excluding holders of shares of Option Stock issued by the Company under this Plan) within twelve months after that date. If the Plan is not approved by the shareholders of the Company, any Options granted under this Plan will be rescinded and void. This Plan will remain in effect until it is terminated by the Board under Section 10 hereof, except that no Incentive Stock Option will be granted after the tenth anniversary of the date of this Plan’s adoption by the Board.

 

2. Definitions . Unless the context otherwise requires, the following defined terms (together with other capitalized terms defined elsewhere in this Plan) will govern the construction of this Plan, and of any Stock Option Agreements entered into pursuant to this Plan:

 

(a) “10% Stockholder” means a person who owns, either directly or indirectly by virtue of the ownership attribution provisions set forth in Section 424(d) of the Code at the time he or she is granted an Option, Stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of Stock of the Company and/or of its Subsidiaries.

 

b) “1934 Act” means the federal Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

c) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

d) “Cause” means, in the context of termination of status as an Eligible Participant,:

 

(i)                                      The willful and continued failure by the Eligible Participant to substantially perform his duties with the Company (other than any such failures resulting from the Eligible Participant’s being disabled), within a reasonable period of time after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Eligible Participant by the Board, which demand specifically identifies the manner in which the Boards believed that the Eligible Participant has not substantially performed his duties;

 



 

(ii)                                   the failure by the Eligible Participant to materially conform to the Company’s Code of Conduct, within a reasonable period of time after a written demand for compliance with the Company’s Code of Conduct is delivered to the Eligible Participant by the Board, which demand specifically identifies the manner in which the Board believes that the Eligible Participant has failed to materially conform to the Company’s Code of Conduct;

 

(iii)                                the willful engaging by the Eligible Participant in conduct which is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company or a Subsidiary, monetarily or otherwise; or

 

(iv)                               the engaging by the Eligible Participant in egregious misconduct involving serious moral turpitude to the extent that, in the reasonable judgment of the Board, the Eligible Participant’s credibility and reputation no longer conform to the standard of the employer’s employees.

 

For purposes of the Plan, no act, or failure to act, on the Eligible Participant’s part shall be deemed “willful” unless done, or omitted to be done, by the Eligible Participant not in good faith and without reasonable belief that the Eligible Participant’s action or omission was in the best interest of the Company.

 

(e) A “Change in Control” of the Company shall have occurred:

 

(i)                                      on the scheduled expiration date of a tender offer by, or exchange offer by any corporation, person, other entity or group (other than the Company, any of its wholly owned Subsidiaries or a qualified retirement plan of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries), to acquire Voting Stock of the Company if:

 

(1)                                  after giving effect to such offer such corporation, person, other entity or group would own 50% or more of the Voting Stock of the Company;

 

(2)                                  there shall have been filed documents with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection therewith (or, if no such filing is required, public evidence that the offer has already commenced); and

 

(3)                                  such corporation, person, other entity or group has secured all required regulatory approvals to own or control 50% or more of the Voting Stock of the Company;

 

(ii)                                   if the shareholders of the Company approve a definitive agreement to merge or consolidate the Company with or into another corporation in

 



 

a transaction in which neither the Company nor any of its wholly owned Subsidiaries will be the surviving corporation, or to sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to any corporation, person, other entity or group (other than the Company, any of its wholly owned Subsidiaries or a qualified retirement plan of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries), and such definitive agreement is consummated;

 

(iii)                                if any corporation, person, other entity or group (other than the Company or any of its wholly owned Subsidiaries) becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined in the Company’s articles of incorporation) of Stock representing 50% or more of the Voting Stock of the Company; or

 

(iv)                               if during any period of two consecutive years Continuing Directors cease to comprise a majority of the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

(f) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (references herein to Sections of the Code are intended to refer to Sections of the Code as enacted at the time of the Plan’s adoption by the Board and as subsequently amended, or to any substantially similar successor provisions of the Code resulting from recodification, renumbering or otherwise).

 

(g) “Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company provided that the Compensation Committee consists only of Non-Employee Directors of the Board; or, if so determined by the Board of Directors, entire Board may act as the Committee.

 

(h) “Company” means Level One Bancorp, Inc., Michigan corporation.

 

(i) “Continuing Director” means:

 

(i)                                      any member of the Board of Directors of the Company at the beginning of any period of two consecutive years; and

 

(ii)                                   any person who subsequently becomes a member of the Board of Directors of the Company; if

 

(1)                                  such person’s nomination for election or election to the Board of Directors of the Company is recommended or approved by resolution of a majority of the Continuing Directors; or

 

(2)                                  such person is included as a nominee in a proxy statement of the Company distributed when a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company consists of Continuing Directors.

 

(j) “Disability” has the same meaning as “permanent and total disability,” as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

 



 

(k) “Disqualifying Disposition” means a disposition, as defined in Section 424(c)(1) of the Code, of Option Stock acquired pursuant to an ISO, which occurs either:

 

(i)            within two years after the underlying Option is granted; or

 

(ii)           within one year after the underlying Option is exercised.

 

Under Section 424(c)(1) of the Code, the term “disposition” includes a sale, exchange, gift, or a transfer of legal title, but does not include (A) a transfer from a decedent to an estate or a transfer by bequest or inheritance, (B) an exchange to which Section 354, 355, 356, or 1036 (or so much of Section 1031 as relates to Section 1036) applies, or (C) a mere pledge or hypothecation.

 

(l) “Eligible Participants” means persons who, at a particular time, are employees, officers, directors or organizers of the Company or its Subsidiaries. With respect to ISOs only, this definition does not include persons who have been on leave of absence for greater than 90 days, unless re-employment is guaranteed by law or contract. An individual shall be considered an organizer of the Company for as long as he or she retains ownership of Company common stock in an amount equal to or greater than the number of shares he or she purchases in the initial offering of Company Stock.

 

(m) “Fair Market Value” means, with respect to Option Stock and as of the date in question, the market price per share of such Stock determined in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 422 of the Code and to the extent consistent therewith:

 

(i)                                      if the Stock was traded on a national stock exchange as of the date in question, then the Fair Market Value will be equal to the average of the high and low prices reported by the applicable composite transactions report for such date or, if no trading occurred on the applicable exchange for that date, for the latest trading date prior to such date.

 

(ii)                                   if the Stock was traded on any other established market as of the date in question, then the Fair Market Value will be equal to the average of the high and low prices reported for such date or, if no trading occurred on the applicable exchange for that date, for the latest trading date prior to such date; or

 

(iii)                                if neither of the foregoing provisions is applicable, then the Fair Market Value will be determined in good faith by an independent appraiser selected by the Committee.

 

(n) “ISO” or “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option, which is subject to certain holding requirements and tax benefits, and which qualifies as an “incentive stock option,” as defined in Section 422 of the Code.

 

(o) “Non-Employee Director” means a director who:

 



 

(i)                                      is not currently an officer of the Company or its Subsidiaries, or otherwise currently employed by the Company or its Subsidiaries;

 

(ii)                                   does not receive compensation, either directly or indirectly, from the Company or its Subsidiaries, for services rendered as a consultant or in any capacity other than as a director, except for an amount that does not exceed the dollar amount for which disclosure would be required in the Company’s proxy statement;

 

(iii)                                does not possess an interest in any other transaction for which disclosure would be required in the Company’s proxy statement; and

 

(iv)                               is not engaged in a business relationship for which disclosure would be required in the Company’s proxy statement.

 

(p) “NSO” means any Option granted under this Plan whether designated by the Committee as a “non-qualified stock option,” a “non-statutory stock option” or otherwise, other than an Option designated by the Committee as an ISO. The term “NSO” also includes any Option designated by the Committee as an ISO but which, for any reason, fails to qualify as an ISO pursuant to Section 422 of the Code and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

(q) “Option” means a right granted pursuant to this Plan entitling the Optionee to acquire shares of Stock issued by the Company.

 

(r) “Option Agreement” means an agreement between the Company and an Eligible Participant to evidence the terms and conditions of the issuance of Options hereunder.

 

(s) “Option Price” with respect to any particular Option means the exercise price at which the Optionee may acquire each share of the Option Stock called for under such Option.

 

(t) “Option Stock” means Stock issued or issuable by the Company pursuant to the valid exercise of an Option.

 

(u) “Optionee” means an Eligible Participant to whom an Option is granted hereunder, and any transferee of such Option received pursuant to a Transfer authorized under this Plan.

 

(v) “Plan” means this 2007 Level One Bancorp, Inc. Stock Option Plan, as the Plan may be amended from time-to-time.

 

(w) “Stock” means shares of the Company’s common stock.

 

(x) “Subsidiary” has the same meaning as “Subsidiary Corporation” as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

 

(y) “Transfer,” with respect to Option Stock, includes, without limitation, a voluntary or involuntary sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, disposal, loan, gift, attachment or levy of such Stock, including without limitation an assignment for the benefit of creditors of the Optionee, a transfer by operation of law, such as a transfer by will or under the laws of descent and distribution, an execution of judgment against the Option Stock or the acquisition of record or beneficial ownership thereof by a

 



 

lender or creditor, a transfer pursuant to any decree of divorce, dissolution or separate maintenance, any property settlement, any separation agreement or any other agreement with a spouse (except for estate planning purposes) under which a part or all of the shares of Option Stock are transferred or awarded to the spouse of the Optionee or are required to be sold, or a transfer resulting from the filing by the Optionee of a petition for relief, or the filing of an involuntary petition against such Optionee, under the bankruptcy laws of the United States or of any other nation.

 

(z) “Voting Stock” shall mean those shares of the Company Stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

 

3. Eligibility . Options may be granted under this Plan only to persons who are Eligible Participants as of the time of such grant. Only Eligible Participants who are employees or officers of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries shall be eligible to receive a grant of ISOs.

 

4. Administration

 

(a)           Administration by the Committee. The Committee will administer this Plan, but may delegate such powers or duties to employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries, as it deems appropriate.

 

(b)           Authority and Discretion of Committee. The Committee will have full and final authority in its discretion, at any time subject only to the express terms, conditions and other provisions of the Company’s articles of incorporation, bylaws and this Plan, and the specific limitations on such discretion set forth herein:

 

(i)                                      to select and approve the persons to whom Options will be granted under this Plan from among the Eligible Participants, including the number of Options and the amount of Option Stock available for purchase under such Options so granted to each person;

 

(ii)                                   to determine the period or periods of time during which Options may be exercised or become exercisable, the Option Price and the duration of such Options, the date on which Options are granted, and other matters to be determined by the Committee in connection with specific Option grants and Option Agreements as specified under this Plan; and

 

(iii)                                to interpret this Plan, to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to this Plan, and to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the operation and administration of this Plan.

 

(c)           Designation of Options. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Committee will designate any Option granted hereunder either as an ISO or as an NSO. To the extent that the Fair Market Value of Stock, determined at the time the Option is granted, with respect to which all ISOs are exercisable for the first time by any individual during any calendar year (pursuant to this Plan and all other plans of the Company and/or its Subsidiaries) exceeds

 



 

$100,000, such Option will be treated as an NSO.

 

(d)           Option Agreements. Options will be deemed granted hereunder only upon the execution and delivery of an Option Agreement by the Optionee and a duly authorized officer of the Company. Options will not be deemed granted hereunder merely upon the authorization of such grant by the Committee.

 

5.               Shares Reserved for Options . Subject to Sections 7 and 10 of this Plan, the aggregate number of shares of Option Stock that may be issued and outstanding pursuant to the exercise of Options under this Plan (the “Option Pool”) will not exceed 630,265 shares. . Shares of Option Stock that would have been issuable pursuant to Options, but that are no longer issuable because all or part of those Options have terminated or expired may also be added back into the Option Pool to be available for issuance.

 

6.               Terms of Stock Option Agreements . Each Option granted pursuant to this Plan will be evidenced by an Option Agreement between the Company and the Eligible Participant to whom such Option is granted, in form and substance satisfactory to the Committee in its sole discretion, consistent with this Plan. Without limiting the foregoing, the following terms and conditions will be considered a part of each Option Agreement (unless otherwise stated therein):

 

(a)          Covenants of Optionee. Nothing contained in this Plan, any Option Agreement or in any other agreement executed in connection with the granting of an Option under this Plan will confer upon any Optionee any right with respect to the continuation of his or her status as an employee, officer or director of the Company or its Subsidiaries.

 

(b)   Option Vesting Periods. Except as otherwise provided herein, each Option Agreement will specify the period or periods of time within which each Option or portion thereof will first become exercisable (the “Option Vesting Period”). Such Option Vesting Periods will be determined by the Committee in its discretion, and may be accelerated or shortened by the Committee in its discretion; provided, however, that the Option Vesting Period shall not be less than 3 years and the percentage of shares subject to an Option Agreement that become exercisable in any single year shall not exceed 33 1/3%.

 

(c)   Exercise of the Option.

 

(i)                                      Mechanics and Notice. Options may be exercised to the extent exercisable by giving written notice to the Company specifying the number of Options to be exercised, the date of the grant of the Option or Options to be exercised, the Option Price, the desired effective date of the exercise, the number of full shares of Option Stock to be retained by the Optionee after exercise, and the method of payment. Options shall not be exercisable if and to the extent the Company determines that such exercise would violate applicable state or Federal securities laws or the rules and regulations of any securities exchange on which the Stock is traded. If the Company makes such a determination, it shall use all reasonable efforts to obtain compliance with such laws, rules and regulations. Once written notice complying with the requirements of this subsection is received, the Committee or its designee shall promptly notify the Optionee of the amount of the Option Price and withholding taxes due, if either or both is applicable. Payment of any amounts owing shall be due immediately upon receipt of such notice.

 



 

(ii)                                   Withholding Taxes. As a condition to the issuance of shares of Option Stock upon exercise of an Option granted under this Plan, the Optionee will pay to the Company in cash or check the amount of the Company’s tax withholding liability, if any, associated with such exercise. The Committee may prescribe a specific method of payment of such withholding, in its discretion. For purposes of this subsection 6(c)(ii), “tax withholding liability” will mean all federal and state income taxes, social security tax, medicare tax and any other taxes applicable to the income arising from the transaction required by applicable law to be withheld by the Company.

 

(d)  Payment of Option Price. Each Option Agreement will specify the Option Price, with respect to the exercise of Option Stock granted thereunder, which may be stated in terms of a fixed dollar amount, a percentage of Fair Market Value at the time of the grant, or such other method as determined by the Committee in its discretion. In no event will the Option Price for an ISO or NSO granted hereunder be less than the Fair Market Value (or, where an ISO Optionee is a 10% Stockholder, one hundred ten percent (110%) of such Fair Market Value) of the Option Stock at the time such ISO or NSO is granted. The Option Price will be payable to the Company in United States dollars in cash or by check.

 

(e)  Notice of Disqualifying Disposition. In the event of a Disqualifying Disposition, the Optionee will promptly give written notice to the Company of such disposition including information regarding the number of shares involved, the exercise price of the underlying Option through which the shares were acquired and the date of the Disqualifying Disposition.

 

(f)  Termination of the Option. Except as otherwise provided herein, each Option Agreement will specify the period of time, to be determined by the Committee in its discretion, during which the Option granted therein will be exercisable, not to exceed ten years from the date of grant (the “Option Period”); provided that the Option Period will not exceed five years from the date of grant in the case of an ISO granted to a 10% Stockholder.

 

(i)                                      ISOs. To the extent not previously exercised, each ISO will terminate upon the expiration of the Option Period specified in the Option Agreement; provided, however, that, subject to the discretion of the Committee, each ISO will terminate, if earlier:

 

(a) immediately upon the cessation of status as an Eligible Participant due to Cause; (b) 90 days after the date that the Optionee ceases to be an Eligible Participant for any reason other than Cause, death, or Disability; or (c) one year after the Optionee ceases to be an Eligible Participant by reason of such person’s death or Disability.

 

(ii)                                   NSOs. To the extent not previously exercised, each NSO will terminate upon the expiration of the Option Period specified in the Option Agreement; provided, however, that, subject to the discretion of the Committee, each NSO will terminate, if earlier:

 



 

(a) immediately upon the cessation of status as an Eligible Participant due to Cause; (b) 90 days after the date that the Optionee ceases to be an Eligible Participant for any reason, other than Cause, death or Disability; or (c) one year after the date the Optionee ceases to be an Eligible Participant by reason of such person’s death or Disability.

 

(iii)  Effect of Change in Control. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, each Option that has not yet become fully exercisable will become fully exercisable upon the later of (1) the effective date of a Change in Control of the Company or a liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or (2) the third anniversary of the date on which the Option was granted.

 

(iv)  FDIC Direction to Terminate Options. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, in the event the capital of the Company’s Subsidiary, Level One Bank falls below the minimum requirements, as determined by its state regulator or the FDIC, the FDIC shall have the authority to require Optionees to exercise or forfeit their Options. In such cases, Options that are not yet exercisable shall be forfeited.

 

(g)  Transferability of Options. ISOs and NSOs will be subject to Transfer by the Optionee only by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

 

(h)  Compliance with Law. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, Options may be granted pursuant to this Plan, and Option Stock may be issued pursuant to the exercise thereof by an Optionee, only after there has been compliance with all applicable federal and state tax and securities laws. The right to exercise an Option, to Transfer an Option or to Transfer Option Stock, will be further subject to such requirements that at any time the Committee reasonably imposes, in its discretion, including, but not limited to, a determination that the listing, registration or qualification of the shares of Option Stock called for by any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory authority, is necessary or desirable as a condition of or in connection with the granting or Transfer of such Option or the purchase or the Transfer of shares of Option Stock, and the Option may not be exercised or Transferred, in whole or in part, or that the Option Stock may not be purchased or Transferred unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval is effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Committee, in its discretion.

 

(i)  Stock Certificates. Certificates representing the Option Stock issued pursuant to the exercise of Options will bear all legends required by law and necessary to effectuate this Plan’s provisions. The Company may place a “stop transfer” order against shares of the Option Stock until all restrictions and conditions set forth in this Plan and in the legends referred to in this subsection 6.(i) have been complied with.

 

(j)  Other Provisions. The Option Agreement may contain such other terms, provisions and conditions, including such special forfeiture conditions, rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal and other restrictions on Transfer of Option Stock issued upon exercise of any Options granted hereunder, not inconsistent with this Plan, as may be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

 



 

7. Adjustments Upon Changes in Stock . In the event of any change in the outstanding Stock of the Company as a result of a merger, reorganization, stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination or reclassification, appropriate proportionate adjustments will be made:

 

(a) in the aggregate number of shares of Option Stock in the Option Pool;

 

(b) in the Option Price and the number of shares of Option Stock that may be purchased pursuant to an outstanding Option granted hereunder;

 

(c) in the exercise price of any rights of repurchase or of first refusal under this Plan; and

 

(d) with respect to other rights and matters determined on a per share basis under this Plan or any associated Option Agreement.

 

Any such adjustments will be made only by the Committee, and when so made will be effective, conclusive and binding for all purposes with respect to the Plan and all Options then outstanding. No such adjustments will be required by reason of the issuance or sale by the Company for cash or other consideration of additional shares of its Stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of its Stock.

 

8.               Proceeds from Sale of Option Stock . Cash proceeds from the sale of shares of Option Stock issued from time to time upon the exercise of Options granted pursuant to this Plan will be added to the general funds of the Company and as such will be used from time to time for general corporate purposes.

 

9.               Modification, Extension and Renewal of Options . Subject to the terms and conditions and within the limitations of this Plan, the Committee may modify, extend or renew outstanding Options granted under this Plan, but in no event may the Committee change the Option Price as stated in the Option Agreement, if expressed as a fixed dollar amount, or the manner in which the Option Price is to be calculated as stated in the Option Agreement, if expressed as a percentage of Fair Market Value at the time of the grant or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no modification of any Option will, without the consent of the holder of the Option, alter or impair any rights or obligations under any Option previously granted under this Plan.

 

10.        Amendment and Discontinuance . The Committee may amend, and the Board may suspend or discontinue, this Plan at any time, provided that:

 

(a) No such action may, without the approval of the shareholders of the Company, increase the maximum total number of shares of Option Stock that may be granted to an individual over the term of this Plan, or materially increase (other than by reason of an adjustment pursuant to Section 7 hereof) the aggregate number of shares of Option Stock in the Option Pool that may be granted pursuant to this Plan;

 

(b) No action of the Committee will cause ISOs granted under this Plan not to comply with Section 422 of the Code unless the Committee specifically declares such action to be made for that purpose;

 



 

(c) No action of the Committee shall alter or impair any Option previously granted under this Plan without the consent of such affected Optionee.

 

11.        Plan Binding upon Successors . This Plan shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company, its Subsidiaries, and their respective successors and assigns, and Eligible Participants and their respective assigns, personal representatives, heirs, legatees and beneficiaries.

 

12.        Compliance with Rule 16b-3. With respect to persons subject to Section 16 of the 1934 Act, transactions under this Plan are intended to be exempt from short-swing profit liability. To the extent that any transaction made pursuant to the Plan may give rise to short-swing profit liability, the Committee may deem such transaction to be null and void, to the extent permitted by law and deemed advisable by the Committee.

 

Notices . Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of an Option Agreement will be addressed to Level One Bancorp, Inc., 32991 Hamilton Court, Farmington Hills, MI 48334; Attention: President, or at such other address as the Company may designate in writing. Any notice to be given to an Optionee will be addressed to the Optionee at the address provided to the Company by the Optionee. Any such notice will be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail at a post office or branch post office regularly maintained by the United States Postal Service, with postage fully prepaid, enclosed in a properly sealed envelope, and addressed as required under this Section 0.

 

13.        Governing Law . This Plan will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Michigan.

 

14.        Copies of Plan. A copy of this Plan will be delivered to each Optionee at or before the time he or she executes an Option Agreement.

 

Date Plan Adopted by Board of Directors: October 17, 2007

Date Plan Approved by Stockholders: January 16, 2008

Date Plan Amended by Stockholders: April 20, 2011

Date Plan Amended by Stockholders: April 15, 2015

 




Exhibit 10.6

 

AMENDMENT

TO THE

LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

2007 STOCK OPTION PLAN

 

WHEREAS , Level One Bancorp, Inc. (the “ Company ”) maintains the Level One Bancorp, Inc. 2007 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended and restated April 15, 2015 (the “ Plan ”);

 

WHEREAS , pursuant to Article 10 of the Plan, the Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) of the Company has reserved to itself the power, authority and discretion to amend the Plan from time-to-time;

 

WHEREAS , the Board has determined that it is in the best interest of the Company to amend the Plan in order to clarify the effect of a change in control on outstanding options; and

 

WHEREAS , the Board has duly authorized the undersigned officer to carry out the foregoing.

 

NOW, THEREFORE , effective as of August 29, 2017 the Plan be and hereby is amended in the following particulars:

 

1.             Section 6(f)(iii) shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following new Section 6(f)(iii):

 

“Effect of Change in Control. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, each Option that has not yet become fully exercisable will become fully exercisable upon the earlier of (1) the effective date of a Change in Control of the Company or a liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or (2) the third anniversary of the date on which the Option was granted.”

 

2.             In all other respects the Plan shall remain in full force and effect.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Amendment to be executed by its duly authorized officer this 29th day of August, 2017.

 

 

LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gregory Wernette

 

Its:

 EVP & Corp. Sec.

 




Exhibit 10.7

 

NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

UNDER THE

LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC. 2007 STOCK OPTION PLAN

 

THIS NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made as of this     day of         , 2018, between Level One Bancorp, Inc., a Michigan corporation (the “Company”), and            (the “Optionee”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company wishes to further align the interests of the Optionee with those of shareholders;

 

WHEREAS, on            , 2018 (the “Grant Date”), the Board of Directors granted incentive stock options under the Level One Bancorp, Inc. Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) to certain employees of the Company, including the Optionee; and

 

WHEREAS, the parties desire to document the terms of the stock option grants;

 

NOW THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Grant of Options. The Company has granted incentive stock options to purchase          shares of Company Stock to the Optionee (the “Options”).  Once vested, each Option is exercisable at a price of $        per share of the Company’s Stock (the “Option Price”).

 

2.                                       Vesting of Options.   Options are not exercisable until they vest.  Except as otherwise provided herein, 33 1/3 % of the Options shall be exercisable as of the first anniversary of the Grant Date (i.e.            , 2019), and an additional 33 1/3% of the Options shall be exercisable as of each successive anniversary of the Grant Date.  All Options which have not previously vested shall immediately vest and become fully exercisable upon the Disability or death of the Optionee. The Optionee shall not become further vested in any Options after the Optionee ceases to be an Eligible Participant unless the Optionee ceases to become an Eligible Participant due to the Optionee’s death or Disability.

 

3.                                       Expiration of Options.   Unless otherwise determined by the Committee for the Plan, to the extent not previously exercised, the Options will expire on the earliest of, (a) the tenth anniversary of the anniversary of the Option Date; (b) 90 days after the date that the Optionee ceases to be an Eligible Participant for any reason other than Cause, death or Disability; (c) immediately upon the date the Optionee ceases to be an Eligible Participant for Cause; (d) one year after the date that the Optionee ceases to be an Eligible Participant by reason of such person’s death or Disability.

 

4.                                       Optionee Rights.  No rights or privileges of a shareholder of the Company are conferred by reason of the granting of the Options.  The Optionee will not become a shareholder of the Company with respect to the Option Stock unless and until the Options have been properly exercised and the Option Price fully paid for the number of the Options exercised.

 



 

5.                                       Transferability.   The Options are not transferable, except by the laws of descent and distribution.

 

6.                                       Representations and Warranties of Optionee.

 

(a)                                  Optionee represents and warrants that the Option and the Option Stock issuable upon exercise of the Option are being acquired by Optionee for Optionee’s personal account, for investment purposes only, and not with a view to the distribution, resale or other disposition of the Option or the Option Stock issuable upon exercise of the Option.

 

(b)                                  Optionee acknowledges that the Company may issue Option Stock upon the exercise of the Option without registering such Common Stock under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”) on the basis of certain exemptions from such registration requirement.  Accordingly, Optionee agrees that Optionee’s exercise of the Option may be expressly conditioned upon Optionee’s delivery to the Company of such representations and undertakings as the Company may reasonably require in order to secure the availability of such exemptions, including a representation that Optionee is acquiring the Option Stock for investment and not with a present intention of selling or otherwise disposing of such Option Stock.  Optionee acknowledges that, because Option Stock received upon exercise of an Option may be unregistered, Optionee may be required to hold the Option Stock indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered for resale under the Act or an exemption from such registration is available.

 

(c)                                   Each certificate issued by the Company that represents any Option Stock shall bear the following legends:

 

“The securities evidenced by this certificate are subject to the terms and conditions of the Level One Bancorp, Inc. Stock Option Plan, including restrictions against transfer.  The holder of this certificate takes the same and holds it subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and any transfer in conflict with or in derogation thereof is void and of no legal force and effect or validity whatsoever.  The Company is under no obligation to recognize or give effect to any transfer in conflict with or in derogation of such Plan.  A copy of the Plan is on file at the principal office of the Company.”

 

“The securities evidenced by this certificate have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), or any applicable sate law, and such shares may not be sold or otherwise transferred unless (a) they are registered under the Act and any applicable state law or (b) such sale or transfer is exempt from such registration.”

 

(d)                                  Optionee acknowledges receipt of this Agreement granting the Option, and the Plan, and understands that all rights and liabilities connected with the Option are set forth herein and in the Plan.

 

2



 

7.                                       Terms of Options.   This Agreement, and the Options issued to the Optionee, are subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan, as may be amended from time to time, a copy of which has been provided to Optionee.  To the extent that any conflict may exist between any term or provision of this Agreement and any term or provision of the Plan, the Plan shall govern.  Capitalized terms referenced, but not defined herein, will have the meaning attributed to them by the Plan.  THE OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT HE OR SHE HAS READ THE PLAN AND AGREES TO BE BOUND BY ITS TERMS.

 

8.                                       Miscellaneous.   This Agreement, together with the Plan, sets forth the complete agreement of the parties concerning the subject matter hereof, superseding all prior agreements, negotiations and understandings.  Nothing contained in this Agreement will confer upon the Optionee any right with respect to the continuation of his or her status as an Employee or an Eligible Participant.  This Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the Company and the Optionee, and their respective heirs, personal legal representatives and successors.  No change or modification of this Agreement shall be valid unless the same is in writing and signed by the parties hereto; provided, however, that the Optionee hereby covenants and agrees to execute any amendment to this Agreement which shall be required or desirable (in the opinion of the Company or its counsel) in order to comply with the laws governing this Agreement.  This Agreement will be governed by the substantive law of the State of Michigan and may be executed in counterparts.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

ATTEST:

LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Patrick J. Fehring

 

 

President and CEO

 

 

 

 

 

Optionee:

 

 

3




Exhibit 10.8

 

LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

 

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Section 1.               General Purpose of Plan; Definitions.

 

The name of this plan is the Level One Bancorp, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). The Plan was approved by the Board of Directors on  October 16, 2014 (the “ Effective Date ”). The purpose of the Plan is to enable the Company and its Subsidiaries to attract and retain highly qualified personnel who will contribute to the Company’s success and to provide incentives to Participants to increase shareholder value and therefore further align the interests of the Participants with those of the shareholders to benefit all shareholders of the Company.

 

For purposes of the Plan, the following terms shall be defined as set forth below:

 

(a)           “ Administrator ” means the Board, or if so determined by the Board, the Committee, to the extent that it administers the Plan, as set forth in Section 2 below.

 

(b)           “ Award ” means any award granted under the Plan as further described in Sections 6 and 7 below.

 

(c)           “ Award Agreement ” means, with respect to each Award, the signed written agreement between the Company and the Participant setting forth the terms and conditions applicable to the Award.

 

(d)           “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(e)           “ Cause ” shall mean with respect to the Company or Participating Employer which employs the Participant or for which such Participant primarily performs services, termination because of personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, any breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit, intentional failure to perform stated duties, willful violation of any law, rule, or regulation (other than traffic violations, regulations that do not adversely affect the Company or its employees, or similar offenses) or final cease-and-desist order, or material breach of any provision of an agreement with the Company. In determining incompetence, the acts or omissions shall be measured against standards generally prevailing in the community banking industry. No act or failure to act shall be considered “willful” unless done, or omitted to be done, not in good faith and without reasonable belief that the Participant’s action or omission was in the best interest of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participant has entered into an employment agreement or change in control severance agreement that is binding as of the date of employment termination, and if such agreement defines “Cause,” then the definition of “Cause” in such agreement shall apply to the Participant for purposes of this Plan. The determination of “Cause” may be made by the Administrator solely for purposes of this Plan and without regard to any other purpose of the Company.

 



 

(f)            “ Change in Control ” means the first to occur of any one of the events:

 

(i)            the date any Person (as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and as used in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) or more than one Person acting as a group (as determined under Treasury Regulation §1.409A-3(i)(5)(v)(B)), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with stock held by such Person or group, constitutes more than 50 percent of the total voting power of the stock of such Company; or

 

(iv)          the date that any Person or more than one Person acting as a group (as defined under Treasury Regulation §1.409A-3(i)(5)(v)(B)) acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such Person or Persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 50 percent of the total gross fair market value of all assets of the Company immediately before such acquisition or acquisitions.

 

In addition, for any Award that constitutes deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code, a Change of Control shall be deemed to have occurred under the Plan with respect to such Award only if a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company or a change in ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company shall also be deemed to have occurred under Section 409A of the Code.

 

(g)           “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 or any successor thereto.

 

(h)           “ Committee ” means the Compensation Committee of the Board or, if applicable, any other committee the Board may appoint to administer the Plan. If at any time or to any extent the Board determines not to administer the Plan, then the Board shall determine to which committee that the functions of the Board specified in the Plan shall be exercised. The Committee shall be comprised solely of two or more “non-employee directors” as defined in Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

(i)            “ Common Stock ” or “ Stock ” means the common stock, no par value per share, of the Company.

 

(j)            “ Company ” means Level One Bancorp, Inc., a Michigan corporation (or any successor corporation that assumes this Plan, either contractually or by operation of law).

 

(k)           “ Eligible Recipient ” means an officer, director, employee, consultant, or advisor of the Company or any subsidiary.

 

(l)            “ Exercise Price ” means the per share price at which a Participant holding an Award of Options may purchase Shares issuable with respect to such Award of Options, if any.

 



 

(m)          “ Fair Market Value ” on any date shall mean:

 

(i)            if the Common Stock is readily tradable on an established securities market (as defined in Treasury Regulation §1.897-1(m)), the closing sales price of the Common Stock on such date on the securities exchange having the greatest volume of trading in the Common Stock during the 30-day period preceding the day the value is to be determined or, if there is no reported closing sales price on such date, the next preceding date on which there was a reported closing price; or

 

(ii)           if the Common Stock also is not traded on an established securities market (as defined in Treasury Regulation §1.897-1(m)), the fair market value as determined in good faith by the Board or the Committee by application of a reasonable valuation method consistently applied and taking into consideration all available information material to the value of the Company; factors to be considered may include, as applicable, independent third party valuations of the Common Stock, trading activity of the Common Stock known by the Board or the Committee, whether on the over-the-counter market or through private transactions, the value of the tangible and intangible assets of the Company, the present value of future cash-flows of the Company, the market value of stock or equity interests in similar corporations which can be readily determined through objective means (such as through trading prices on an established securities market or an amount paid in an arm’s length private transaction), and other relevant factors such as control premiums or discounts for lack of marketability. For purposes of the foregoing, a valuation prepared in accordance with any of the methods set forth in Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-1(b)(5)(iv)(B)(2) consistently used, shall be rebuttably presumed to result in a reasonable valuation. This paragraph is intended to comply with the definition of “fair market value” contained in Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-1(b)(5)(iv) and should be interpreted consistently therewith.

 

(n)           “ Grant Date ” means the later of (a) the date on which the Administrator completes the corporate action authorizing the grant of an Award or such later date specified by the Administrator or (b) the date on which all conditions precedent to an Award have been satisfied, provided that conditions to the exercisability or vesting of Awards shall not defer the Grant Date.

 

(o)           “ Option ” means an option to purchase Shares granted pursuant to Section 6 of the Plan, which are not intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

 

(p)           “ Participant ” means any Eligible Recipient selected by the Administrator, pursuant to the Administrator’s authority in Section 2 of the Plan, to receive an Award.

 

(q)           “ Participating Employer ” means any member of the following group, which includes the Company, if such member agrees, in writing, to be bound by the terms of the Plan:

 



 

(i)            a controlled group of corporations, within the meaning of Code Section 414(b),

 

(ii)           a group of trades or businesses under common control, within the meaning of Code Section 414(c),

 

(iii)          an affiliated service group, within the meaning of Code Section 414(m), or

 

(iv)          a trade or business required to be aggregated pursuant to Code Section 414(o).

 

Each Participating Employer is identified in Appendix A. The Company shall amend Appendix A as needed to reflect a Participating Employer’s adoption of the Plan or withdrawal from the Plan, without any need to otherwise amend the Plan. Amendment of Appendix A may be made by any authorized officer or designated representative of the Company and shall not require approval of the Board.

 

(r)            “ Performance Goals ” means the restrictions, based upon the achievement of performance goals, established by the Administrator. Such Performance Goals may be based upon any individual Participant or Company criteria or metric that the Administrator may determine. Performance for any goal can be measured on an absolute basis (i.e., versus the Company’s budget or prior year result) or relative to a peer group or industry index, as well as over a 1-year or multi-year period.

 

(s)            “ Performance Period ” is a period not less than one calendar year, beginning not earlier than the year in which such Performance Award is granted, which may be referred to herein and by the Administrator by use of the calendar year in which a particular Performance Period commences; provided however that the Administrator shall have the authority to adjust a Performance Period for unusual or non-recurring events to a period of not less than six months.

 

(t)            “ Permanent and Total Disability ” shall have the same meaning as given to that term by Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(4) and any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder.

 

(u)           “ Qualified Domestic Relations Order ” shall-have the-meaning-set forth in the Code or in the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, or the rules and regulations promulgated under the Code or such Act.

 

(v)           “ Restricted Stock ” means Shares subject to certain restrictions granted pursuant to Section 7 of the Plan.

 

(x)           “ Shares ” means shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan, as adjusted pursuant to Sections 3 or 4 of the Plan, and any successor security.

 



 

(y)           “ Substitute Awards ” means Awards granted or shares of Common Stock issued by the Company in substitution or exchange for awards previously granted by an Acquired Entity.

 

(z)           “ Treasury Regulations ” means regulations promulgated by the United States Department of Treasury pursuant to the Code, including proposed or temporary regulations as applicable.

 

Section 2.               Administration.

 

The Plan shall be administered by the Administrator. Pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the Board (or in the alternative, the Committee, as the case may be from time to time) shall serve as the Administrator and shall have the power and authority:

 

(a)           to select those Eligible Recipients who shall be Participants;

 

(b)           to determine whether and the extent to which Awards are to be granted to Participants under the Plan;

 

(c)           to determine the number of Shares to be covered by or subject to each Award granted under the Plan;

 

(d)           to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of each Award granted under the Plan; and

 

(e)           to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, that shall govern all written instruments evidencing Awards granted under the Plan, including Award Agreements.

 

The Administrator shall have the authority, in its sole discretion, to: adopt, alter, and repeal such administrative rules, guidelines and practices governing the Plan as it shall from time to time deem advisable; correct any defect, supply any omission, reconcile any inconsistency, and resolve any ambiguity in, and otherwise interpret, the terms and provisions of the Plan and any Award issued under the Plan (and any Award Agreement relating thereto); and otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan. All decisions made by the Administrator pursuant to the provisions of the Plan shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons, including the Company and the Participants.

 

Notwithstanding the above, and subject to Sections 3, 4, 6, 8, 9, and 12, outstanding Options granted under the Plan shall not be repriced without approval by the Company’s shareholders. In particular, neither the Board nor the Administrator may take any action: (1) to amend the terms of an outstanding Option to reduce the Exercise Price thereof, cancel an Option and replace it with a new Option with a lower Exercise Price, or that has an economic effect that is the same as any such reduction or cancellation or (2) to cancel an outstanding Option having an Exercise Price above the then-current Fair Market Value of the Stock in exchange for the grant of another type of Award, without, in each such case, first obtaining approval of the shareholders of the Company of such action.

 



 

The Company shall have no duty or obligation to any Participant to advise such holder as to the time or manner of exercising such Award. Furthermore, the Company shall have no duty or obligation to warn or otherwise advise such holder of a pending termination or expiration of an Award or a possible period in which the Award may not be exercised. The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences of an Award to the holder of such Award.

 

Section 3.               Shares Subject to the Plan.

 

Subject to Section 4 of the Plan, the total number of Shares reserved and available for issuance under the Plan shall be 150,000 Shares. Such Shares may consist in whole-or-in-part, of authorized and unissued shares or treasury shares. At all times the Company shall reserve and keep available a sufficient number of shares as shall be required to satisfy the requirements of all outstanding Options under the Plan. No fractional Shares shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan. The Administrator shall determine whether cash, additional Awards or other securities or property shall be issued or paid in lieu of fractional Shares or whether any fractional shares should be rounded, forfeited or otherwise eliminated.

 

(a)           Reissuance of Shares .

 

Shares of Common Stock covered by an Award shall not be counted as used unless and until they are actually issued and delivered to a Participant. If any Award lapses, expires, terminates or is canceled prior to the issuance of shares thereunder or if shares of Common Stock are issued under the Plan to a Participant and thereafter are forfeited to or otherwise reacquired by the Company, the shares subject to such Awards and the forfeited or reacquired shares shall again be available for issuance under the Plan. Any shares of Common Stock (i) tendered by a Participant or retained by the Company as full or partial payment to the Company for the purchase price of the Award, or (ii) covered by an Award that is settled in cash or in a manner that some or all of the shares covered by the Award are not issued, shall among other actions, result in such shares being available for Awards under the Plan. The number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan shall not be reduced to reflect any dividends or dividend equivalents that are reinvested into additional shares of Common Stock or credited as additional shares of Common stock subject or paid with respect to an Award.

 

(b)           Performance Goals . The Administrator, in its discretion, may set restrictions based upon the achievement of Performance Goals. The Administrator also has the authority to provide for accelerated vesting of any Award based on the achievement of Performance Goals pursuant to the performance criteria specified for such Award.

 

(c)           Substitute Awards . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Administrator may grant Substitute Awards under the Plan. In the event that a written agreement between the Company and an Acquired Entity pursuant to which a merger or consolidation is completed and approved by the Board and that agreement sets forth the terms and conditions of the substitution for or assumption of outstanding awards of the Acquired Entity, those terms and conditions shall be deemed to be the action of the Administrator without

 



 

any further action by the Administrator, and the persons holding such awards shall be deemed to be the Participants.

 

(d)           Administrator’s Discretion to Accelerate Vesting of Awards . Except upon the occurrence of a Change in Control (which is governed by the provisions of Section 9 hereof), the Administrator may, in its discretion and as of a date determined by the Administrator, fully vest any or all Awards awarded to a Participant pursuant to an Award and, upon such vesting, all restrictions applicable to such Award shall terminate as of such date. Any action by the Administrator pursuant to this section may vary among individual Participants and may vary among the Awards held by any individual Participant. Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this section, the Administrator may not take any action described in this section if such action shall cause any Award hereunder which is or becomes subject to Section 409A of the Code to fail to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

 

(e)           Forfeiture by Order of Regulatory Agency . If the Company’s or any of its financial institution subsidiaries’ capital falls below the minimum requirements contained in 12 CFR Section 3 or below a higher requirement as determined by the Company’s or such subsidiary’s primary bank regulatory agency, such agency may direct the Company to require Participants to exercise or forfeit some or all of their Awards. All Awards granted under this Plan are subject to the terms of any such directive.

 

Section 4.               Corporate Transactions.

 

Subject to the provisions of Section 9 hereof, in the event of any merger, consolidation, combination, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, extraordinary cash dividend, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, or other change in corporate structure, the Administrator shall make an equitable substitution or proportionate adjustment in (i) the aggregate number of Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, and (ii) the kind, number, and Exercise Price of Shares (or other cash or property) issuable with respect to outstanding Options granted under the Plan (which may become, without limitation, shares of an acquiring entity or other successor corporation that assumes this Plan), and (iii) the kind and number of Shares subject to any outstanding Awards of Restricted Stock granted under the Plan (which may become, without limitation, shares of an acquiring entity or other successor corporation that assumes this Plan), in each case as may be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion; provided , that no such adjustment shall cause any Award hereunder which is or becomes subject to Section 409A of the Code to fail to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

 

Section 5.               Eligibility.

 

The Participants under the Plan shall be selected from time to time by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, from among the Eligible Recipients. The Administrator shall have the authority to grant Awards under the Plan to the Eligible Recipients.

 



 

Section 6.               Options.

 

Options may be-granted alone or in addition to other Awards granted under the Plan. Any Option granted under the Plan shall be substantially in the form as the Administrator may from time to time approve, and the provisions of each Option need not be the same with respect to each Participant. Participants who are granted Options shall enter into an Award Agreement with the Company in such form as the Administrator shall determine, which Award Agreement shall set forth, among other things, the Exercise Price of the Option, the term of the Option and provisions regarding exercisability of the Option granted in connection with such Award Agreement. Options granted under the Plan shall be subject to the following terms and conditions and shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Administrator shall deem desirable:

 

(a)           Option Exercise Price . The Exercise Price of Shares issuable with respect to an Option shall be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, provided , however , that such Exercise Price shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant, except in the case of Substitute Awards.

 

(b)           Option Term . The term of each Option shall be fixed by the Administrator, but no Option shall be exercisable more than 10 years after the date such Option is granted.

 

(c)           Exercisability . Options shall be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Administrator at the time of grant. Specifically such terms and conditions may include (1) the attainment of one or more Performance Goals established by the Administrator, (2) the Participant’s continued employment with the Company or any subsidiary, or continued service as a director, consultant or advisor of the Company or any subsidiary, for a specified period of time, (3) the occurrence of any other event or the satisfaction of any other condition specified by the Administrator in its sole discretion, or (4) a combination of any of the foregoing. The Administrator may provide that any Option shall be exercisable only in installments, and the Administrator may waive such installment exercise provisions at any time, in whole or in part, based on such factors as the Administrator may determine, all in its sole discretion.

 

(d)           Method of Exercise . Subject to Sections 6(c) and 8 of the Plan, vested Options may be exercised in whole or in part at any time during the Option term, by giving notice as described in the applicable Award Agreement. As determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, payment in whole or in part may also be made: (i) to the extent permitted by applicable law, by means of any cashless exercise procedure approved by the Administrator, including by means of a net exercise whereby the Company issues net Shares and the remaining balance of the Shares to satisfy the Participant’s tax withholding obligations; (ii) in the form of unrestricted shares of Common Stock already owned by the Participant (based on the Fair Market Value on the date the Option is exercised); (iii) any other form of consideration approved by the Administrator and permitted by applicable law; or (iv) any combination of the foregoing. A Participant shall generally have the rights to dividends and any other rights of a shareholder with respect to the Shares subject to the Option only after the Participant has given written notice of exercise, has paid in full for such Shares, and, if requested, has given the representation described in paragraph (b) of Section 12 of the Plan.

 


 

(e)                                   Non-Transferability of Options . Except as otherwise provided in the Award Agreement and subject to Section 8 of the Plan, Options may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will, or by the laws of descent and distribution.

 

(f)                                    Non-Exempt Employees . No Option, whether or not vested, granted to a Participant who is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, shall be first exercisable for any shares of Common Stock until at least six months following the date of grant of the Option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, consistent with the provisions of the Worker Economic Opportunity Act, (i) in the event of the Participant’s death or Permanent and Total Disability, (ii) upon a Change in Control in which such Option is not assumed, continued, or substituted, or (iii) upon a Change in Control, any such vested Options may be exercised earlier than six months following the date of grant. The foregoing provision is intended to operate so that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise or vesting of an Option will be exempt from his or her regular rate of pay.

 

Section 7.                                           Restricted Stock.

 

(a)                                  Awards of Restricted Stock may be granted either alone or in addition to other Awards granted under the Plan. The Administrator shall determine the Eligible Recipients to whom, and the time or times at which, awards of Restricted Stock shall be made; the number of Shares to be awarded with respect to an Award of Restricted Stock; and the Restricted Period (as defined in Section 7(c) of this Plan) applicable to an Award of Restricted Stock. Award Agreements with respect to Restricted Stock shall be in such form as the Administrator may from time to time approve, and the provisions of Awards of Restricted Stock need not be the same with respect to each Participant. An Award of Restricted Stock shall be subject to such terms and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as the Administrator shall impose and shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Stock Certificates. Subject to Section 7(c) below, with respect to each Participant who is granted an Award of Restricted Stock, the Company shall either (i) issue a stock certificate in respect of such Award of Restricted Stock, which certificate shall be registered in the name of the Participant and shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Award of Restricted Stock; or (ii) enter such Award of Restricted Stock in book entry form (with appropriate restrictions noted with respect thereto), such method to be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion. The Company may require that any stock certificates evidencing Restricted Stock granted under the Plan be held in the custody of the Company until the restrictions thereon shall have lapsed, and that, as a condition of any Award of Restricted Stock, the Participant shall have delivered a stock power, endorsed in blank, relating to the Shares covered by such Award of Restricted Stock.

 

(c)                                   Restrictions and Conditions Applicable to Restricted Stock. An Award of Restricted Stock granted pursuant to this Section 7 shall be subject to the following restrictions and conditions:

 

(i)                                      Subject to the provisions of the Plan and the Award Agreement governing any such Award of Restricted Stock, during such period as may be set by the Administrator commencing on the date of grant of the Award, the

 



 

Participant shall not be permitted to sell, transfer, pledge, or assign such Shares of Restricted Stock (such period, the “Restricted Period”); provided, however, that the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, provide for the lapse of such restrictions in installments and may accelerate or waive such restrictions in whole or in part based on such factors and such circumstances as the Administrator may determine, in its sole discretion. Notwithstanding the preceding provision of this section, the Administrator may not take any action described in this section if such action shall cause any Award hereunder which is or becomes subject to Section 409A of the Code to fail to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. Such restrictions shall be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, and the Administrator may provide that such restrictions lapse upon (1) the attainment of one or more Performance Goals established by the Administrator, (2) the Participant’s continued employment with the Company or any subsidiary, or continued service as a director, consultant or advisor of the Company or any subsidiary, for a specified period of time, (3) the occurrence of any other event or the satisfaction of any other condition specified by the Administrator in its sole discretion, or (4) a combination of any of the foregoing.

 

(ii)                                   Subject to paragraph (b) of Section 12 of the Plan and/or unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, a Participant awarded Restricted Stock under the Plan generally shall have the rights of a shareholder of the Company with respect to such Restricted Stock during the Restricted Period (including, without limitation, the right to vote the Restricted Stock and to receive dividends thereon).

 

Section 8.                                           Termination of Employment or Service.

 

Effect of Termination on Vesting. Unless otherwise set forth in Section 12 of the Plan or as may otherwise be set forth in an Award Agreement, if a Participant’s employment with or service as an officer, director, employee, consultant, or advisor of the Company or of any subsidiary: (a) terminates for any reason and on the date of termination of employment or service the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Award, the Shares issuable with respect to the unvested portion of such Award shall be forfeited; and (b) terminates for the reasons described below and on the date of termination of employment or service the Participant is vested as to any Options, then if such termination is (i) by reason of his or her death or Permanent and Total Disability, any vested Option may thereafter be exercised for a period of twelve months following termination of employment or service; (ii) for Cause, then any vested Option shall immediately cease to be exercisable and shall terminate; or (iii) for any other reason than listed in subsections (b)(i) and (b)(ii) above, then any vested Option may thereafter be exercised for a period of 90 days following termination of employment or service. If, and to the extent that, after termination of employment or service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the applicable time stated above, the unexercised Option shall terminate.

 



 

Section 9.                                           Change in Control; Liquidation; Tender Offer.

 

Unless otherwise determined in an Award Agreement, in the event of a Change in Control:

 

(a)                                  Except as set forth Effective immediately prior to the occurrence of the Change in Control, (i) each outstanding Award shall become fully vested and, if applicable, exercisable, (ii) the restrictions and forfeiture conditions applicable under any such Award granted shall lapse, (iii) any performance conditions imposed with respect to Awards shall be deemed to be fully achieved and (iv) each unexercised Option shall be forfeited if not exercised immediately prior to the occurrence of the Change in Control.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan including subsection 8(a) above, in the event of a Change in Control, a complete liquidation of the Company, or an approved tender offer, except as would otherwise result in adverse tax consequences under Section 409A of the Code, the Board may, in its sole discretion,

 

(i)                              notify all Participants that all outstanding Awards shall be assumed by the acquiring entity or substituted on an equitable basis with awards issued by the acquiring entity. For purposes of this Section 9, an Award shall be considered assumed or substituted for if, following the Change in Control, the Award remains subject to the same terms and conditions that were applicable to the Award immediately prior to the Change in Control except that, if the Award related to Shares, the Award instead confers the right to receive common stock or other securities of the acquiring entity; or

 

(ii)                           provide that each Award shall, immediately upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, be cancelled in exchange for a payment in cash or securities in an amount equal to (i) the excess (if any) of the consideration paid per Share in the Change in Control (as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion) over the exercise or purchase price (if any) per Share subject to the Award multiplied by (ii) the number of Shares subject to the Award (if the consideration paid per share in the Change in Control is deemed by the Administrator to be less than the Exercise Price or purchase price (if any) per Share subject to an Award, then such Awards may be deemed to have been paid in full and canceled by the Administrator).

 

Section 10.                            Amendment and Termination.

 

The Board may amend, alter, or discontinue the Plan, but no amendment, alteration, or discontinuation that would materially impair the rights of a Participant under any Award granted or Award Agreement in effect under the Plan shall be made without such Participant’s consent. The Administrator may accept surrender of outstanding Awards and grant new Awards in substitution for them; provided, that the Administrator will not, without prior shareholder approval, exchange underwater Options or otherwise modify the exercise price or purchase price of any Option or Award that has the effect of being a repricing.

 

The Administrator may amend the terms of any Award granted under the Plan, prospectively or retroactively, but, subject to Section 4 of the Plan, no such amendment shall impair the rights of any Participant without his or her consent. Notwithstanding the previous

 



 

sentence, the Administrator reserves the right to amend the terms of any Award or Award Agreement as may be necessary or appropriate to avoid adverse tax consequences under Section 409A of the Code or to comply with any requirements under the Company’s “clawback” policy regarding incentive compensation, or such “clawback” requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 or the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, as amended from time to time.

 

Section 11.                                    Unfunded Status of Plan.

 

The Plan is intended to constitute an “unfunded” plan. With respect to any payments not yet made to a Participant by the Company, nothing contained herein shall give any such Participant any rights that are greater than those of a general unsecured creditor of the Company.

 

Section 12.                                    General Provisions.

 

(a)                                  Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the exercise or settlement of any Award granted under the Plan unless the exercise or settlement of such Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares pursuant to such Award shall comply with all relevant provisions of law, including, without limitation, the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, withholding tax requirements and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the Common Stock may then be listed, and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance. The Company may rely on an opinion of its counsel as to such compliance. Any share certificate issued to evidence Common Stock for which an Award is exercised or issued may bear such legends and statements as the Administrator may deem advisable to assure compliance with Federal and state laws and regulations.

 

(b)                                  The Administrator may require each person acquiring Shares granted under the Plan to represent to and agree with the Company in writing that (i) the Participant has knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and/or to employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Company who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters and that he or she is capable of evaluating, alone or together with the purchaser representative, the merits and risks of exercising the Award, and (ii) the Participant is acquiring the Shares without a view to distribution thereof. All certificates for Shares delivered under the Plan shall be subject to such stock-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Administrator may deem advisable under the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any stock exchange upon which the Common Stock is then listed, and any applicable Federal or state securities law. The certificates for such Shares may include the legend set forth below, or any other legend that the Administrator deems appropriate to reflect any restrictions on transfer for such Shares.

 

“THE ISSUANCE OF THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933. THE SHARES HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR ASSIGNED IN THE ABSENCE OF EITHER AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR THESE SHARES UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR AN

 



 

OPINION OF COUNSEL THAT REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE ACT.”

 

(c)                                   Nothing contained in the Plan shall prevent the Board from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements. The adoption of the Plan or granting of an Award shall not confer upon any Eligible Recipient any right to continued employment with or service to the Company or any subsidiary, as the case may be, nor shall it interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any subsidiary to terminate the employment or service of any Eligible Recipient at any time.

 

(d)                                  Unless otherwise set forth in an applicable Award Agreement, a Participant may elect, no later than the date as of which the value of an Award becomes includible in the gross income of the Participant for Federal income tax purposes (the “withholding date”), to have the Company withhold vested whole shares of Common Stock deliverable upon the exercise of an Option or the vesting of the Restricted Stock to satisfy (in whole or in part) the amount, if any, that the Company or any subsidiary is required to withhold for taxes; provided , however , that the amount of shares of Common Stock so withheld shall have a Fair Market Value (as of the withholding date) that is not in excess of the amount determined by the Company to be equal to the applicable minimum statutorily required withholding tax payments. Any such election shall be irrevocable.

 

To the extent that a Participant does not make such an election, or such election does not fully satisfy such minimum statutorily required withholding tax payments, then (x) the Company may require that the Participant pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Company regarding payment of, any Federal, state, or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to such Award, as a condition of the exercise of any Option, (y) the Company may withhold vested whole shares of Common Stock deliverable upon exercise of an Option or vesting of the Restricted Stock to satisfy (in whole or in part) the amount, if any, that the Company or any subsidiary is required to withhold for taxes; provided , however , that the amount of shares of Common Stock so withheld shall have a Fair Market Value (as of the withholding date) that is not in excess of the amount determined by the Company to be equal to the applicable minimum statutorily required withholding tax payments, and (z) the Company shall have the right to deduct from any payment of any kind otherwise due to a Participant up to an amount equal to any federal, state or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld in connection with the granting, vesting or exercise of an Award (not to exceed the amount determined by the Company to be the applicable minimum statutorily required withholding tax payments). Upon request, the Participant shall reimburse the Company for any taxes that the Company withholds that are not otherwise reimbursed as contemplated above in this Section 12(d).

 

(e)                                   No member of the Board or the Administrator, nor any officer or employee of the Company acting on behalf of the Board or the Administrator, shall be personally liable for any action, determination, or interpretation taken or made in good faith with respect to the Plan, and all members of the Board or the Administrator and each and any officer or employee of the Company acting on their behalf shall, to the extent permitted by law, be fully indemnified and protected by the Company in respect of any such action, determination, or interpretation. Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law, the Administrator may delegate

 



 

to one or more individuals the day-to-day administration of the Plan and any of the functions assigned to it in this Plan. Such delegation may be revoked at any time.

 

(f)                                    If an Award is granted to a Participant at a time when the Company is subject to Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and the Participant is an officer or director of the Company within the meaning of Section 16, then any Award granted hereunder shall be subject to all conditions required under Rule 16b-3, or any successor rule(s) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, to qualify the Award for any exemption from the provisions of Section 16 available under such Rule. Such conditions are hereby incorporated herein by reference and shall be set forth in the agreement with the Participant, which describes the Award.

 

(g)                                   The Company shall be under no obligation to effect the registration pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933 of any shares of Stock to be issued hereunder or to effect similar compliance under any state laws. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company shall not be obligated to cause to be issued or delivered any shares of Stock pursuant to the Plan unless and until the Company is advised by its counsel that the issuance and delivery of such shares is in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations or governmental authority and the requirements of any securities exchange on which shares of Stock are traded. The Administrator may require, as a condition of the issuance and delivery of shares of Stock pursuant to the terms hereof, that the recipient of such shares make such covenants, agreements and representations, and that such shares, if certificated, bear such legends, and if dematerialized, be so restricted, in each case, as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or desirable.

 

(h)                                  Proceeds from the sale of Stock pursuant to Awards, or upon exercise thereof, shall constitute general funds of the Company.

 

Section 13.                                    Section 409A of the Code.

 

Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, no payment or distribution under this Plan that constitutes an item of deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code and becomes payable by reason of a Participant’s termination of employment or service with the Company will be made to such Participant unless such Participant’s termination of employment or service constitutes a “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code). For purposes of this Plan, each amount to be paid or benefit to be provided shall be construed as a separate identified payment for purposes of Section 409A of the Code. If a participant is a “specified employee” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code), then to the extent necessary to avoid the imposition of taxes under Section 409A of the Code, such Participant shall not be entitled to any payments upon a termination of his or her employment or service until the earlier of: (i) the expiration of the six-month period measured from the date of such Participant’s “separation from service” or (ii) the date of such Participant’s death. Upon the expiration of the applicable waiting period set forth in the preceding sentence, all payments and benefits deferred pursuant to this Section 13 (whether they would have otherwise been payable in a single lump sum or in installments in the absence of such deferral) shall be paid to such Participant in a lump sum as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 60 calendar days,

 



 

following such expired period, and any remaining payments due under this Plan will be paid in accordance with the normal payment dates specified for them herein.

 

Section 14.                                    Notice.

 

All notices, requests, waivers, and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall in writing and shall be either personally delivered, sent by reputable overnight courier service or mailed by first class mail, return receipt requested, to the recipient at the address below:

 

Level One Bancorp, Inc.

32991 Hamilton Ct.

Farmington Hills, MI 48334

Attn: Patrick J. Fehring, President & CEO

 

or such other address or the attention of such other person as the recipient party shall have specified by prior written notice to the sending party, or sent by other electronic means. All such notices, requests, waivers and other communications shall be deemed to have been effectively given: (a) when personally delivered to the party to be notified; (b) when sent by confirmed facsimile to the party to be notified; (c) five (5) business days after deposit in the United States Mail postage prepared by certified or registered mail with return receipt requested at any time other than during a general discontinuance of postal service due to strike, lockout, or otherwise (in which case such notice, request, waiver or other communication shall be effectively given upon receipt) and addressed to the party to be notified as set forth above; or (d) two (2) business days after deposit with a national overnight delivery service, postage prepaid, addressed to the party to be notified as set forth above with next-business-day delivery guaranteed. A party may change its or his notice address given above by giving the other party ten (10) days’ written notice of the new address in the manner set forth above.

 

Section 15.                                    Governing Law and Interpretation.

 

The Plan and all Awards made and actions taken thereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Michigan, without reference to principles of conflict of laws.

 

Section 16.                                    Severability.

 

If, for any reason, any provision of this Plan is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Plan not held so invalid, and each such other provision shall to the full extent consistent with law continue in full force and effect. If any provision of this Plan shall be held invalid in part, such invalidity shall in no way affect the rest of such provision not held so invalid, and the rest of such provision, together with all other provisions of this Plan, shall to the full extent consistent with law continue in full force and effect.

 

Section 17.                                    Term of Plan.

 

The Plan shall be effective as of the Effective Date. No Award shall be granted pursuant to the Plan on or after the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date, but Awards granted

 



 

under the Plan prior to the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date may extend beyond the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date pursuant to the terms of the Award as provided for under the Plan and the terms of the applicable Award Agreement.

 

* * * * *

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Board of Directors of the Company has adopted this Level One Bancorp, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, to be executed on behalf of the Company by a duly designated officer of the Company, as of the day and year first above written as the Effective Date.

 

 

LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Patrick J. Fehring

 

 

 

Name:

Patrick J. Fehring

 

Title:

President & CEO

 



 

Appendix A

 

Participating Employers

 

Level One Bancorp, Inc.

Level One Bank

 




Exhibit 10.9

 

LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

Restricted Stock Award Agreement

 

Pursuant to the Restricted Stock Grant Notice (the “ Grant Notice ”) and this Restricted Stock Award Agreement (this “ Award Agreement ”), Level One Bancorp, Inc. (the “ Company ”) has granted the Participant, as identified in the Grant Notice, the number of restricted shares of the Company’s Common Stock under the Company’s 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) indicated in the Grant Notice (the “ Restricted Shares ”). Capitalized terms not defined in this Award Agreement but defined in the Plan or the Grant Notice will have the same definitions as in the Plan or the Grant Notice, respectively.

 

1.                                       Restrictions and Vesting Schedule . The Restricted Shares are being awarded to Participant subject to the transfer and forfeiture conditions set forth in this Award Agreement and the Plan (the “ Restrictions ”). Subject to the provisions of Section 2 below, the Restricted Shares will vest, and Restrictions shall lapse, as provided in the Participant’s Grant Notice. The period from the Date of Grant through the last Vesting Date set forth in the Grant Notice is referred to as the “ Restriction Period .” Except to the extent vesting accelerates pursuant to the terms of the Grant Notice or Section 2 below, any unvested Restricted Shares shall be automatically forfeited upon Participant’s Termination from Service.

 

2.                                       Acceleration of Vesting upon a Change in Control . In the event of a Change of Control, all unvested Restricted Shares will automatically vest in full immediately prior to the consummation of the Change of Control.

 

3.                                       Assignment or Transfer of Shares . Unless otherwise provided by the Board, prior to the vesting of the Restricted Shares, Participant may not directly or indirectly, by operation of law or otherwise, voluntarily or involuntarily, sell, assign, pledge, encumber, charge or otherwise transfer any of the Restricted Shares still subject to Restrictions. The Restricted Shares shall be forfeited if Participant violates or attempts to violate these transfer Restrictions. After any Stock has been released from the Restrictions, Participant shall not directly or indirectly, by operation of law or otherwise, voluntarily or involuntarily, sell, assign, pledge, encumber, charge or otherwise transfer any interest in the Stock except in compliance with the provisions herein and the provisions of applicable securities laws.

 

4.                                       Delivery of Shares. The Company shall enter such Award of Restricted Stock in certificate or book entry form with appropriate restrictions noted with respect thereto.

 

5.                                       Rights of Participant . Subject to the provisions of this Award Agreement, Participant shall exercise all rights and privileges of a shareholder of the Company with respect to the Restricted Shares deposited pursuant to Section 4. Participant shall be deemed to be the holder for purposes of receiving any dividends that may be paid with respect to such shares of Stock and for the purpose of exercising any voting rights relating to such shares of Stock, even if some or all of such shares of Stock have not yet vested and been released from the Restrictions.

 

6.                                       Restrictive Legends . The Company’s book entry notations representing the Stock shall have been noted with a legend in substantially the following form:

 

1



 

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN A RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR SUCH HOLDER’S PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY. ANY TRANSFER OR ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF ANY SHARES SUBJECT TO SUCH RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD IS VOID WITHOUT THE PRIOR EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY.”

 

The Company shall remove or cause the removal of the foregoing legend as and to the extent of the lapse of the applicable Restrictions.

 

7.                                       Section 83(b) Election . Participant understands that Section 83(a) of the Code taxes as ordinary income the difference between the amounts paid for the Stock and the fair market value of the Stock as of the date any Restrictions on the Stock lapse. Participant understands that Participant may elect to be taxed at the time the Restricted Shares are granted rather than when and as the Restrictions lapse, by filing an election under Section 83(b) ( 83(b) Election ) of the Code with the Internal Revenue Service within 30 days from the Date of Grant. Even if the fair market value of the Restricted Shares at the time of the Grant equals the amount paid for the Stock, if any, the 83(b) Election must be made to avoid income under Section 83(a) in the future. Participant understands that failure to file such an 83(b) Election in a timely manner may result in adverse tax consequences for Participant. Participant further understands that an additional copy of such 83(b) Election is required to be filed with his or her federal income tax return for the calendar year in which the Grant Date in connection with this Award Agreement falls. Participant further acknowledges and understands that it is Participant’s decision as to whether to file such 83(b) Election, and neither the Company nor the Company’s legal or financial advisors shall have any obligation or responsibility with respect to such filing. Participant acknowledges that the foregoing is only a summary of the effect of United States federal income taxation with respect to purchase of the Stock hereunder, and does not purport to be complete. Participant further acknowledges that the Company has directed Participant to seek independent advice regarding the applicable provisions of the Code, the income tax laws of any municipality, state or foreign country in which Participant may reside, and the tax consequences of Participant’s death. Participant assumes all responsibility for filing an 83(b) Election and paying all taxes resulting from such election or the lapse of the Restrictions on the Stock.

 

8.                                       Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required to transfer on its books any shares of Stock of the Company which shall have been transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Award Agreement.

 

9.                                       No Employment Rights . This Award Agreement is not an employment contract and nothing in this Award Agreement shall confer upon the Participant any right to continued employment with or service to the Company or any Subsidiary, as the case may be, nor shall it interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate the employment or service of the Participant at any time.

 

10.                                Governing Plan Document . The Restricted Shares granted hereunder are subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby incorporated by reference herein, and

 

2



 

is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. Capitalized terms used herein and not defined shall have the meanings assigned in the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Award Agreement and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control.

 

11.                                Adjustments. The Restricted Shares shall be subject to adjustments as provided in Sections 4, 8, 9, 10 and 13 of the Plan.

 

12.                                Acknowledgements . No waiver of any breach of any provision of this Award Agreement by the Company shall be construed to be a waiver of any succeeding breach or as a modification of such provision.

 

13.                                Miscellaneous .

 

(a)                                  Notices. All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) when personally delivered to the party to be notified; (b) when sent by confirmed facsimile to the party to be notified; (c) five business days after deposit in the United States Mail postage prepared by certified or registered mail with return receipt requested at any time other than during a general discontinuance of postal service due to strike, lockout, or otherwise (in which case notice, request, waiver or other communication shall be effectively given upon receipt) and address to the party to be notified as set forth above; or (d) two business days after deposit with a national recognized overnight delivery service, postage prepaid, addressed to the party to be notified as set forth above with next-business-day delivery guaranteed. A party may change its notice address by giving the other party ten days’ written of the new address in the manner set forth above.

 

(b)                                  Successors and Assigns. This Award Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company and, subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, be binding upon Participant, Participant’s successors, and assigns.

 

(c)                                   Governing Law. This Award Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Michigan, without reference to principles of conflict of laws.

 

(d)                                  Entire Award Agreement; Amendment. This Award Agreement, along with the Grant Notice and the Plan constitute the entire Award Agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and merges all prior agreements or understandings, whether written or oral. This Award Agreement may only be amended as described in Section 10 of the Plan.

 

3



 

ATTACHMENT A

ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(B)

OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986

 

The undersigned taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to §83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, to include in taxpayer’s gross income or alternative minimum tax income, as applicable, for the current taxable year, the amount of any income that may be taxable to taxpayer in connection with taxpayer’s receipt of the property described below:

 

1.                                       The taxpayer’s name, address and taxpayer identification number are as follows:

 

Name:

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

SS#                             

 

2.                                       Description of property with respect to which the election is being made:

 

250 shares of Common Stock of Level One Bancorp, Inc., a Michigan corporation (the “ Company ”) granted pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award under the Company’s 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

3.                                       The date on which the property was transferred is.

 

The taxable year for which the election is made is calendar year 20   .

 

4.                                       The property is subject to the following restrictions:

 

The Restricted Shares are subject to a vesting schedule pursuant to which restrictions on transfer will lapse.

 

5.                                       The fair market value at time of transfer (determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which by its terms will never lapse) of such property is $                               .

 

6.                                       Furnishing statement to employer:

 

A copy of this statement has been furnished to the Company.

 

Dated:                , 20

 

 

Taxpayer:

 

4




Exhibit 10.10

 

 

Level One Executive Incentive Plan

 

1



 

Level One Executive Incentive Plan

 

Introduction

 

Level One Bank (“Level One” or the “Bank”) is committed to rewarding key employees for their contributions to Level One’s success.  The Level One Executive Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) is part of a total compensation package which includes base salary, annual incentives, long-term incentives and benefits. The Plan is designed to:

 

·             Communicate expectations in terms of business goals and results.

 

·             Recognize and reward achievement of the Bank’s annual business goals.

 

·             Motivate and reward superior performance.

 

·             Attract and retain talent needed for Level One’s success.

 

·             Encourage teamwork and collaboration.

 

·             Ensure incentives are appropriately risk-balanced.

 

Effective Date and Plan Administrator

 

The Plan is effective January 1, [       ].  The Plan Administrator is the Compensation Committee (the “Committee”) of the Board of Directors (the “Board”).  Participation and payments under this Plan are recommended by the Committee and approved by the Board.

 

Performance Period / Plan Year

 

The performance period is January 1 st  through December 31 st  (the “Plan Year”).

 

Participation

 

The President & CEO participates in the Plan unless the Board deems otherwise.  The President & CEO recommends other executives/senior officers for approval by the Board.  New hires must be employed prior to October 1 st  to be eligible to participate in the Plan for the performance period.  Participants hired after that date must wait until the next calendar year to be eligible for an award under the Plan.  Eligibility begins the first full month worked.

 

Award Funding

 

To ensure dollars are available based on performance to fund the Plan, the Bank must achieve a minimum level of net income to formally fund the Plan. In addition, the Bank must sustain satisfactory regulatory requirements (e.g. asset quality, management, earnings, liquidity, and asset and liability sensitivity). If either gate/trigger is not achieved, the Plan will not activate. However, the Committee will have the ability to make discretionary awards to key performers if the Plan does not activate. This minimum level of net income is established at 65% of the annual budget approved by the Board.

 

Incentive Award Opportunities

 

Each participant is assigned an incentive award target, calculated as a percentage of base earnings for the Plan Year.  Award opportunities vary based on participant roles and are approved by the Board at the beginning of the Plan Year.

 

Base earnings are defined as the annual base salary at the beginning of the Plan Year ignoring any cash deferred under the Bank’s 401(k) plan, health and welfare plans or nonqualified compensation plans.  Base earnings does not include any bonuses, commissions, reimbursed expenses, employer credits or contributions

 

2



 

to nonqualified compensation plans (other than salary reduction contributions as described above), or any additional cash or noncash compensation.

 

Establishment of Performance Measures, Goals, Weightings and Definitions

 

The President & CEO recommends to the Committee for approval by the Board the performance measures, goals, weightings and definitions at the beginning of the Plan Year.  For purposes of this Plan, these terms have the following meanings:

 

Performance Measures — The criteria for which awards may be paid.  Performance measures may be financial or non-financial.

 

Goals — Identifies the specific results required to achieve a certain level of performance.  Goals may be quantitative or qualitative.  For each performance measure, a threshold, target and superior goal is established.

 

·             Threshold / Trigger — is the minimum level of performance for which an award is paid.  If performance is below threshold, the payout is zero.  Performance at threshold results in a payment equal to 50% of the targeted incentive opportunity.

 

·             Target — is the expected level of performance.  Performance at target results in a payment equal to 100% of the targeted incentive opportunity.

 

·             Superior — is considered outstanding performance.  Performance at superior results in a payment equal to 150% of the participant’s targeted incentive opportunity, which is the highest amount to be paid under the Plan.

 

Weightings — Weightings are used to differentiate the relative importance/priority of the performance measures.  Each performance measure is weighted a minimum of 10%, and the total of all performance measures for a Plan Year equals 100%.

 

Definitions — Each performance measure is described at the beginning of the Plan Year.  Qualitative measures should carry, at a minimum, a general description of the criteria which will be reviewed in order to make an assessment regarding performance.

 

The following schedules are attached to this Plan document.  Schedules A and B are approved by the Board prior to the beginning of each performance period:

 

·                   Schedule A:  Participants and Incentive Award Opportunities

 

·                   Schedule B:  Participant’s Performance Measures, Goals and Weightings as well as Plan gate/trigger

 

·                   Schedule C:  Example Payout Calculation

 

3



 

Award Criteria

 

If the Bank meets or exceeds the award funding goals, award payouts are based on the executive achieving Bank and Individual/Team goals using a balanced scorecard, as attached in Schedule C.

 

Determination of Payout Level

 

At the end of the Plan Year, actual performance is compared to the established goals.  First, it is determined whether the Bank award funding was achieved.

 

If the award funding was achieved, Bank and Individual/Team goals are measured.  Individual incentive awards are based on a participant’s base salary and performance against the participant’s scorecard results.  Performance between threshold and target and target and superior are interpolated to reward incremental improvement.

 

Award Payouts

 

Awards will be paid no later than March 15 th  following the end of the Plan Year.  Awards will be paid out as a percentage of a participant’s annual base earnings as of December 31 st .

 

Awards paid in cash are considered taxable income to participants in the year paid and will be subject to withholding for required income and other applicable taxes.

 

Participants must be employed on a full or part-time basis at the date of payment distribution for the Plan Year in evaluation unless retired, deceased or disabled. Participants on a performance improvement plan or have an unsatisfactory performance rating at the time of payment are not eligible to receive an award.

 

New Hires, Reduced Work Schedules, Promotions and Transfers

 

New hires that meet the eligibility criteria and are hired prior to October 1 st  of the Plan Year will receive a pro-rated award based on the number of full months worked during the Plan Year.  New hires employed by the Bank on or after October 1 st  are not eligible to receive an award for the current Plan Year.

 

Participants that are promoted or change roles where the participant becomes eligible or ineligible for an award or experience a change in incentive opportunity will be paid out on a pro-rated basis using their status and the effective date of the promotion or role change.  Award amounts will be calculated using the participant’s base earnings and the incentive target for the applicable period.

 

Participants that have an approved leave of absence are eligible to receive a pro-rated award calculated using their time in active status as permitted by the Family Medical Leave Act or other applicable state and federal laws and regulations.

 

Termination of Employment

 

To encourage retention, a participant must be an active employee of the Bank at the time of incentive payment distribution in order to receive an award (please see exceptions for death, disability and retirement below).  Participants who terminate employment during the Plan Year or in the following plan year prior to the incentive payment distribution will not be eligible to receive an award.  Participants who have given notice of resignation during the Plan Year are not eligible to receive an award.

 

4



 

Death, Disability or Retirement

 

If a participant ceases to be employed by the Bank due to disability as defined under the Bank’s long-term disability program, his/her cash incentive award for the Plan Year will be pro-rated to the date of termination.

 

In the event of death, the Bank will pay to the participant’s estate the pro rata portion of the cash award that had been earned by the participant during his/her period of employment.

 

Individuals who retire, defined as the date in which the Participant attains age 65, are eligible to receive a cash incentive payout if they are actively employed through October 1 st  of the performance period.

 

Plan Documentation

 

Each participant will receive documentation at the beginning of the Plan Year indicating their target payout level and their specific performance measures, weightings and goals for the Plan Year.  Each participant will also receive a copy of this Plan Summary and any subsequent changes upon becoming a Plan participant.

 

Administration

 

The Plan is authorized by the Board and administered by the Committee.  The Plan will be reviewed annually to ensure proper alignment with Level One’s business objectives.  The Committee has the sole authority to interpret the Plan and to make or nullify any rules and procedures, as necessary, for proper administration of the Plan.  Any determination by the Committee will be final and binding on all participants.  The Committee retains the rights as described below to amend or modify the Plan at any time.

 

Plan Changes or Discontinuance

 

The Bank has developed the Plan on the basis of existing business, market and economic conditions; current services; and staff assignments. If substantial changes occur that affect these conditions, services, assignments, or forecasts, the Committee may add to, amend, modify or discontinue any of the terms or conditions of the Plan at any time.  Examples of substantial changes may include mergers, dispositions or other corporate transactions, changes in laws or accounting principles or other events that would in the absence of some adjustment, frustrate the intended operation of this arrangement.

 

The Committee may, at its sole discretion, waive, change or amend the Plan as it deems appropriate.

 

No Entitlement to Incentive Compensation

 

Each Plan participant is eligible for a distribution under the Plan only upon attainment of certain performance objectives defined under the Plan and after the approval of the award by the Board of Directors.

 

Participants Rights not Assignable

 

Any participant awards shall not be subject to assignment, pledge or other disposition, nor shall such amounts be subject to garnishment, attachment, transfer by operation of law, or any legal process. Nothing contained in this Plan shall confer upon any employee any right to continued employment, nor does the Plan affect the right of Level One to terminate a Plan participant’s employment.  Participation in the Plan does not confer rights to participation in other Bank plans, including annual or long-term incentive plans, non-qualified retirement or deferred compensation plans or other perquisite plans.

 

5



 

Clawback

 

In the event that an award payout is due to error, omission or fraud (as determined by the Plan Administrator), each participant shall reimburse the Bank for part or the entire incentive award made to such participant on the basis of having met or exceeded specific targets for performance periods.  For purposes of this policy, (i) the term “incentive awards” means awards under this Level One Executive Incentive Plan, the amount of which is determined in whole or in part upon specific performance targets relating to the financial results of Level One; and (ii) the term participant means current or former employees who have participated in the Level One Executive Incentive Plan.  The Bank may seek to reclaim incentives within a three-year period of the incentive payout.  Reimbursement may be fulfilled through reductions in compensation or other payments to the participant.

 

Non Solicitation

 

As a condition of this incentive plan, Participant agrees for a period of twelve (12) months from the date of termination of participant’s employment with Level One Bank not to directly or indirectly solicit competitive business from any client or customer of the organization (including any potential client of Level One Bank that was contacted, solicited, or served by Participant or about which Participant received confidential information while participant was employed by Level One Bank), nor for the same period of time, will participant perform services or accept any business, competitive with that of Level One Bank, directly or indirectly from any of the customers and clients described above, which involves Participant performing similar functions or acting in a similar capacity as when employed with Level One Bank.

 

Participant also agrees so long as employed by Level One Bank and for a period of twelve (12) months after leaving for any reason whatsoever, not to directly or indirectly recruit, solicit, or otherwise induce or attempt to induce any employee of Level One Bank to terminate his or her employment with the Company or otherwise to act contrary to the interests of Level One Bank.

 

Risk Mitigation

 

Level One seeks to appropriately balance risk with financial rewards in the Plan design and implementation. The compensation arrangements in this Plan are designed to be sufficient to incent participants to achieve approved strategic and tactical goals while at the same time not be excessive or lead to material financial loss to the Bank.

 

Awards may be reduced or eliminated if after a review of the Bank’s performance, the Board considers it imprudent to provide awards under this Plan.

 

Ethics and Interpretation

 

If there is any ambiguity as to the meaning of any terms or provisions of this Plan or any questions as to the correct interpretation of any information contained therein, the Bank’s interpretation expressed by the Committee will be final and binding.

 

The altering, inflating, and/or inappropriate manipulation of performance/financial results or any other infraction of recognized ethical business standards, will subject the employee to disciplinary action up to and including termination of employment.  In addition, any incentive compensation as provided by this Plan to which the employee would otherwise be entitled will be revoked or if paid, be obligated to repay any incentive award earned during the award period in which the wrongful conduct occurred regardless of employment status.

 

6



 

Severability

 

Each provision in this Plan is severable, and if any provision is held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not, in any way, be affected or impaired thereby.

 

Choice of Law

 

The Plan and the transactions and payments hereunder shall, in all respect, be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the state of Michigan, except to the extent preempted by federal law.

 

Plan Approval

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed and approved the Plan effective as of [               ].

 

 

 

Company

 

 

 

[Executive]

 

This Plan is proprietary and confidential to Level One and its employees and should not be shared outside the organization other than as required by executive compensation reporting and disclosure requirements.

 

7




Exhibit 10.11

 

LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

 

2018 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Article 1
INTRODUCTION

 

Section 1.1                                    Purpose, Effective Date and Term The purpose of this Level One Bancorp, Inc. 2018 Equity Incentive Plan is to promote the long-term financial success of Level One Bancorp, Inc. and its Subsidiaries by providing a means to attract, retain and reward individuals who can and do contribute to such success, and to further align their interests with those of the Shareholders. The “ Effective Date ” of the Plan is April 17, 2018, the date of the approval of the Plan by the Shareholders. The Plan shall remain in effect as long as any Awards are outstanding; provided, however, that no Awards may be granted after the 10-year anniversary of the Effective Date.

 

Section 1.2                                    Participation . Each employee and director of, and service provider (with respect to which issuances of securities may be registered under Form S-8) to, the Company and each Subsidiary who is granted, and currently holds, an Award in accordance with the provisions of the Plan shall be a “ Participant ” in the Plan. Award recipients shall be limited to employees and directors of, and service providers (with respect to which issuances of securities may be registered under Form S-8) to, the Company and its Subsidiaries; provided, however, that an Award (other than an ISO) may be granted to an individual prior to the date on which he or she first performs services as an employee, director or service provider, provided that such Award does not become vested prior to the date such individual commences such services.

 

Section 1.3                                    Definitions . Capitalized terms in the Plan shall be defined as set forth in the Plan (including the definition provisions of Article  8 ).

 

Article 2
AWARDS

 

Section 2.1                                    General . Any Award may be granted singularly, in combination with another Award (or Awards), or in tandem whereby the exercise or vesting of one Award held by a Participant cancels another Award held by the Participant. Each Award shall be subject to the provisions of the Plan and such additional provisions as the Committee may provide with respect to such Award and as may be evidenced in the Award Agreement. Subject to the provisions of Section 3.4(b) , an Award may be granted as an alternative to or replacement of an existing award under the Plan, any other plan of the Company or a Subsidiary, a Predecessor Plan, or as the form of payment for grants or rights earned or due under any other compensation plan or arrangement of the Company or a Subsidiary, including the plan of any entity acquired by the Company or a Subsidiary. The types of Awards that may be granted include the following:

 

(a)                      Stock Options . A stock option represents the right to purchase Shares at an exercise price established by the Committee. Any stock option may be either an ISO or a nonqualified stock option that is not intended to be an ISO. No ISOs may be (i) granted after the 10-year anniversary of the Effective Date or (ii) granted to a non-employee. To the extent the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of Shares with respect to which ISOs are exercisable for the first time by any Participant during any calendar year under all plans of the Company and its Subsidiaries exceeds $100,000, the stock options or portions thereof that exceed such limit shall be treated as nonqualified stock options. Unless otherwise specifically provided by the Award Agreement, any stock option granted under the Plan shall be a nonqualified stock option. All or a portion of any ISO granted under the Plan that does not qualify as an ISO for any reason shall be deemed to be a nonqualified stock

 



 

option. In addition, any ISO granted under the Plan may be unilaterally modified by the Committee to disqualify such stock option from ISO treatment such that it shall become a nonqualified stock option.

 

(b)                      Stock Appreciation Rights.  A stock appreciation right (a “ SAR ”) is a right to receive, in cash, Shares or a combination of both (as shall be reflected in the respective Award Agreement), an amount equal to or based upon the excess of (i) the Fair Market Value at the time of exercise of the SAR over (ii) an exercise price established by the Committee.

 

(c)                       Stock Awards.  A stock award is a grant of Shares or a right to receive Shares (or their cash equivalent or a combination of both, as shall be reflected in the respective Award Agreement) in the future, excluding Awards designated as stock options, SARs or cash incentive awards by the Committee. Such Awards may include bonus shares, stock units, performance shares, performance units, restricted stock, restricted stock units or any other equity-based Award as determined by the Committee.

 

(d)                      Cash Incentive Awards . A cash incentive award is the grant of a right to receive a payment of cash (or Shares having a value equivalent to the cash otherwise payable, excluding Awards designated as stock options, SARs or stock awards by the Committee, all as shall be reflected in the respective Award Agreement) determined on an individual basis or as an allocation of an incentive pool that is contingent on the achievement of performance objectives established by the Committee.

 

Section 2.2                                    Exercise of Stock Options and SARs A stock option or SAR shall be exercisable in accordance with such provisions as may be established by the Committee; provided , however , that a stock option or SAR shall expire no later than 10 years after its grant date (five years in the case of an ISO granted to a 10% Shareholder). The exercise price of each stock option and SAR shall be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the grant date (or, if greater, the par value of a Share); provided, however, that the exercise price of an ISO shall not be less than 110% of Fair Market Value on the grant date in the case of a 10% Shareholder; and provided, further , that, to the extent permitted under Code Section 409A, and subject to Section 3.4(b) , the exercise price may be higher or lower in the case of stock options and SARs granted in replacement of existing awards held by an employee, director or service provider granted by an acquired entity or under a Predecessor Plan. The payment of the exercise price of a stock option shall be by cash or, subject to limitations imposed by applicable law, by any of the following means unless otherwise determined by the Committee from time to time: (a) by tendering, either actually or by attestation, Shares acceptable to the Committee and valued at Fair Market Value as of the day of exercise; (b) by irrevocably authorizing a third party, acceptable to the Committee, to sell Shares acquired upon exercise of the stock option and to remit to the Company no later than the third business day following exercise of a sufficient portion of the sale proceeds to pay the entire exercise price and any tax withholding resulting from such exercise; (c) by payment through a net exercise such that, without the payment of any funds, the Participant may exercise the option and receive the net number of Shares equal in value to (i) the number of Shares as to which the option is being exercised, multiplied by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Fair Market Value (on the date of exercise) less the exercise price, and the denominator of which is such Fair Market Value (the number of net Shares to be received shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number of Shares); (d) by personal, certified or cashiers’ check; (e) by other property deemed acceptable by the Committee or (f) by any combination thereof.

 

Section 2.3                                    Performance Based Compensation. Any Award that is intended to be performance-based compensation shall be conditioned on the achievement of one or more objective performance measures as may be determined by the Committee.

 

2



 

(a)                      Performance Measures. The performance measures described in this Section 2.3 may be based on any one or more of the following: earnings ( e.g., earnings before interest and taxes; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; and earnings per share; each as may be defined by the Committee); financial return ratios ( e.g., return on investment; return on invested capital; return on equity; and return on assets; each as may be defined by the Committee); “Texas ratio”; expense ratio; efficiency ratio; increase in revenue, operating or net cash flows; cash flow return on investment; total shareholder return; market share; net operating income, operating income or net income; net income margin; interest income margins; debt load reduction; loan and lease losses; expense management; economic value added; stock price; book value; overhead; assets; asset quality level; assets per employee; charge offs; loan loss reserves; loans; deposits; nonperforming assets; growth of loans, deposits, or assets; interest sensitivity gap levels; regulatory compliance; improvement of financial rating; achievement of balance sheet or income statement objectives; improvements in capital structure; profitability; profit margins; customer retention or growth; employee retention or growth; budget comparisons or strategic business objectives, consisting of one or more objectives based on meeting specific cost targets, business expansion goals and goals relating to acquisitions or divestitures. Performance measures may be based on the performance of the Company as a whole or of any one or more Subsidiaries, business units or financial reporting segments of the Company or a Subsidiary, or any combination thereof, and may be measured relative to a peer group, an index or a business plan.

 

(b)                      Partial Achievement. An Award may provide that partial achievement of the performance measures may result in payment or vesting based upon the degree of achievement.

 

(c)                       Extraordinary Items. In establishing any performance measures, the Committee may provide for the exclusion of the effects of the following items, to the extent identified in the audited financial statements of the Company, including footnotes, or in the Management’s Discussion and Analysis section of the Company’s annual report: (i) extraordinary, unusual or nonrecurring items of gain or loss, including non-cash refinancing charges; (ii) gains or losses on the disposition of a business; (iii) changes in tax or accounting principles, regulations or laws; and (iv) mergers or acquisitions. To the extent not specifically excluded, such effects shall be included in any applicable performance measure.

 

(d)                      Adjustments . Pursuant to this Section 2.3 , in certain circumstances the Committee may adjust performance measures. If the Committee determines that a change in the business, operations, corporate structure or capital structure of the Company or the manner in which the Company or a Subsidiary conducts its business or other events or circumstances render current performance measures to be unsuitable, the Committee may modify such performance measures, in whole or in part, as the Committee deems appropriate. If a Participant is promoted, demoted or transferred to a different business unit during a performance period, the Committee may determine that the selected performance measures or applicable performance period are no longer appropriate, in which case, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may (i) adjust, change or eliminate the performance measures or change the applicable performance period or (ii) cause to be made a cash payment to the Participant in an amount determined by the Committee.

 

Section 2.4                                    Restrictions on Stock Awards .   If the right to become vested in an Award granted to an employee Participant is conditioned on the completion of a specified period of service with the Company or its Subsidiaries, without achievement of performance measures or other performance objectives (whether or not related to the performance measures) being required as a condition of vesting, and without it being granted in lieu of, or in exchange for, other compensation, or other Awards, then the required period of service for full vesting shall not be less than one year (subject to acceleration of

 

3



 

vesting, to the extent permitted by the Committee, as provided herein); provided, however , that the required period of service for full vesting with respect to stock awards shall not apply to Awards granted to Director Participants provided that the aggregate of such director grants do not exceed 5% of the total Share reserve set forth in Section 3.2(a) .

 

Section 2.5                                    Dividends and Dividend Equivalents Any Award may provide the Participant with the right to receive dividend payments or dividend equivalent payments with respect to Shares subject to the Award.

 

Section 2.6                                    Forfeiture of Awards . Unless specifically provided to the contrary in an Award Agreement, upon notification of Termination of Service for Cause, any outstanding Award, whether vested or unvested, held by a Participant shall terminate immediately, such Award shall be forfeited and the Participant shall have no further rights thereunder.

 

Section 2.7                                    Deferred Compensation . The Plan is, and all Awards are, intended to be exempt from (or, in the alternative, to comply with) Code Section 409A, and each shall be construed, interpreted and administered accordingly. The Company does not guarantee that any benefits that may be provided under the Plan will satisfy all applicable provisions of Code Section 409A. If any Award would be considered “deferred compensation” under Code Section 409A (“ Deferred Compensation ”), the Committee reserves the absolute right (including the right to delegate such right) to unilaterally amend the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement, without the consent of the Participant, to avoid the application of, or to maintain compliance with, Code Section 409A. Any amendment by the Committee to the Plan or an Award Agreement pursuant to this Section 2.7 shall maintain, to the extent practicable, the original intent of the applicable provision without violating Code Section 409A. A Participant’s acceptance of any Award shall be deemed to constitute the Participant’s acknowledgment of, and consent to, the rights of the Committee under this Section 2.7 , without further consideration or action. Any discretionary authority retained by the Committee pursuant to the terms of the Plan or pursuant to an Award Agreement shall not be applicable to an Award that is determined to constitute Deferred Compensation, if such discretionary authority would contravene Code Section 409A.

 

Article 3
SHARES SUBJECT TO PLAN

 

Section 3.1                                    Available Shares The Shares with respect to which Awards may be granted shall be Shares currently authorized but unissued, currently held or, to the extent permitted by applicable law, subsequently acquired by the Company, including Shares purchased in the open market or in private transactions.

 

Section 3.2                                    Share Limitations .

 

(a)                      Share Reserve . Subject to the following provisions of this Section  3.2 , the maximum number of Shares that may be delivered under the Plan shall be 250,000 Shares (all of which may be granted as ISOs). As of the Effective Date, no further awards shall be granted pursuant to a Predecessor Plan. The maximum number of Shares available for delivery under the Plan and the number of Shares subject to outstanding Awards shall be subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3.4 .

 

(b)                      Reuse of Shares. Any Shares subject to an Award that is canceled, forfeited or expires prior to exercise or realization, either in full or in part, shall again become available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein: shares subject to an Award

 

4



 

under the Plan shall not again be made available for issuance or delivery under the Plan if such shares are (a) shares tendered in payment of a stock option, (b) shares delivered or withheld by the Company to satisfy any tax withholding obligation, or (c) shares covered by a stock-settled SAR or other Awards that were not issued upon the settlement of the Award.

 

Section 3.3                                    Limitations on Grants to Individuals . The following limitations shall apply with respect to Awards:

 

(a)                      Awards to Non-Director Participants. With respect to any Award other than an Award to a Director Participant:

 

(i)                                      Stock Options and SARs. The maximum number of Shares that may be subject to stock options or SARs granted to any one Participant during any calendar year shall be 20,000. For purposes of this Section 3.3(a) , if a stock option is granted in tandem with an SAR, such that the exercise of the option or SAR with respect to a Share cancels the tandem SAR or option right, respectively, with respect to such Share, the tandem option and SAR rights with respect to each Share shall be counted as covering one Share for purposes of applying the limitations of this Section 3.3(a) .

 

(ii)                                   Stock Awards. The maximum number of Shares that may be subject to stock awards that are granted to any one Participant during any calendar year shall be 10,000.

 

(iii)                                Cash Incentive Awards and Stock Awards Settled in Cash. The maximum dollar amount that may be payable to any one Participant pursuant to cash incentive awards and cash-settled stock awards that are granted to any one Participant during any calendar year shall be $500,000.

 

(b)                      Awards to Director Participants . With respect to any Award to a Director Participant:

 

(i)                                      Stock Options and SARs. The maximum number of Shares that may be subject to stock options or SARs granted to any one Director Participant during any calendar year shall be 4,000.

 

(ii)                                   Stock Awards. The maximum number of Shares that may be subject to stock awards that are granted to any one Director Participant during any calendar year shall be 2,000.

 

(iii)                                Cash Incentive Awards and Stock Awards Settled in Cash. The maximum dollar amount that may be payable to any one Director Participant pursuant to cash incentive awards and cash-settled stock awards that are granted to any one Director Participant during any calendar year shall be $100,000.

 

(iv)                               Director Election. The foregoing limitations shall not apply to cash-based Director fees that the Director elects to receive in the form of Shares or Share based units equal in value to the cash-based Director fee.

 

Section 3.4                                    Corporate Transactions; No Repricing .

 

(a)                      Adjustments . To the extent permitted under Code Section 409A, to the extent applicable, in the event of a corporate transaction involving the Company or the Shares (including any stock dividend, stock split, extraordinary cash dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares), all outstanding Awards, the number of Shares available for delivery under the Plan under Section 3.2 and each of the specified

 

5



 

limitations set forth in Section 3.3 shall be adjusted automatically to proportionately and uniformly reflect such transaction; provided, however, that, subject to Section 3.4(b) , the Committee may otherwise adjust Awards (or prevent such automatic adjustment) as it deems necessary, in its sole discretion, to preserve the benefits or potential benefits of the Awards and the Plan. Action by the Committee under this Section 3.4(a)  may include: (i) adjustment of the number and kind of shares that may be delivered under the Plan; (ii) adjustment of the number and kind of shares subject to outstanding Awards; (iii) adjustment of the exercise price of outstanding stock options and SARs; and (iv) any other adjustments that the Committee determines to be equitable (which may include (A) replacement of an Award with another award that the Committee determines has comparable value and that is based on stock of a company resulting from a corporate transaction, and (B) cancellation of an Award in return for cash payment of the current value of the Award, determined as though the Award were fully vested at the time of payment, provided that in the case of a stock option or SAR, the amount of such payment shall be the excess of the value of the stock subject to the option or SAR at the time of the transaction over the exercise price, and provided , further , that no such payment shall be required in consideration for the cancellation of the Award if the exercise price is greater than the value of the stock at the time of such corporate transaction).

 

(b)                      No Repricing . Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, no adjustment or reduction of the exercise price of any outstanding stock option or SAR in the event of a decline in Stock price shall be permitted without approval by the Shareholders or as otherwise expressly provided under Section 3.4(a) . The foregoing prohibition includes (i) reducing the exercise price of outstanding stock options or SARs, (ii) cancelling outstanding stock options or SARs in connection with the granting of stock options or SARs with a lower exercise price to the same individual, (iii) cancelling stock options or SARs with an exercise price in excess of the current Fair Market Value in exchange for a cash or other payment, and (iv) taking any other action that would be treated as a repricing of a stock option or SAR under the rules of the primary securities exchange or similar entity on which the Shares are listed.

 

Section 3.5                                    Delivery of Shares .   Delivery of Shares or other amounts under the Plan shall be subject to the following:

 

(a)                      Compliance with Applicable Laws.  Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Company shall have no obligation to deliver any Shares or make any other distribution of benefits under the Plan unless such delivery or distribution complies with all applicable laws and the applicable requirements of any securities exchange or similar entity.

 

(b)                      No Certificates Required.  To the extent that the Plan provides for the delivery of Shares, the delivery may be effected on a non-certificated basis, to the extent not prohibited by applicable law or the applicable rules of any securities exchange or similar entity.

 

Article 4
CHANGE IN CONTROL

 

Section 4.1                                    Consequence of a Change in Control . Subject to the provisions of Section 3.4 (relating to the adjustment of shares), and except as otherwise provided in the Plan or in any Award Agreement, at the time of a Change in Control:

 

(a)                      Subject to any forfeiture and expiration provisions otherwise applicable to the respective Awards, all stock options and SARs under the Plan then held by the Participant shall become fully exercisable immediately if, and all stock awards and cash incentive awards under the Plan then

 

6



 

held by the Participant shall become fully earned and vested immediately if, (i) the Plan and the respective Award Agreements are not the obligations of the entity, whether the Company, a successor thereto or an assignee thereof, that conducts following a Change in Control substantially all of the business conducted by the Company and its Subsidiaries immediately prior to such Change in Control or (ii) the Plan and the respective Award Agreements are the obligations of the entity, whether the Company, a successor thereto or an assignee thereof, that conducts following a Change in Control substantially all of the business conducted by the Company and its Subsidiaries immediately prior to such Change in Control and the Participant incurs a Termination of Service without Cause or by the Participant for Good Reason following such Change in Control.

 

(b)                      Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.1 , if the vesting of an outstanding Award is conditioned upon the achievement of performance measures, then such vesting shall be subject to the following:

 

(i)                                      If, at the time of the Change in Control, the established performance measures are less than 50% attained (as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, but in any event, based pro rata in accordance with time lapsed through the date of the Change in Control in the event of any period-based performance measures), then such Award shall become vested and exercisable on a fractional basis with the numerator being equal to the percentage of attainment and the denominator being 50% upon the Change in Control.

 

(ii)                                   If, at the time of the Change in Control, the established performance measures are at least 50% attained (as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, but in any event based pro rata in accordance with time lapsed through the date of the Change in Control in the event of any period-based performance measures), then such Award shall become fully earned and vested immediately upon the Change in Control.

 

Section 4.2                                    Definition of Change in Control .

 

(a)                      For purposes of the Plan, “ Change in Control ” means the first to occur of the following:

 

(i)                                      The consummation of the acquisition by any “person” (as such term is defined in Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act) of “beneficial ownership” (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 50% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding Voting Securities of the Company;

 

(ii)                                   During any 12-month period, the individuals who, as of the Effective Date, are members of the Board cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board, unless either the election of, or the nomination for election by, the Shareholders of any new director was approved by a vote of a majority of the Board, in which case such new director shall for purposes of the Plan be considered as a member of the Board; or

 

(iii)                                The consummation by the Company of (i) a merger, consolidation or other similar transaction if the Shareholders immediately before such merger, consolidation or other similar transaction do not, as a result of such merger, consolidation or other similar transaction, own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding Voting Securities of the entity resulting from such merger or consolidation in substantially the same proportion as their ownership of the combined voting power of the Voting Securities of the Company outstanding

 

7



 

immediately before such merger or consolidation or (ii) a complete liquidation or dissolution of, or an agreement for the sale or other disposition of, all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

 

(b)                       Notwithstanding any provision in the foregoing definition of Change in Control to the contrary, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur solely because 50% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Company are acquired by (i) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under one or more employee benefit plans maintained for employees of the entity or (ii) any corporation that, immediately prior to such acquisition, is owned directly or indirectly by the Shareholders in the same proportion as their ownership of Stock immediately prior to such acquisition.

 

(c)                        Further notwithstanding any provision in the foregoing definition of Change in Control to the contrary, in the event that any Award constitutes Deferred Compensation, and the settlement of, or distribution of benefits under such Award is to be triggered by a Change in Control, then such settlement or distribution shall be subject to the event constituting the Change in Control also constituting a “change in control event” under Code Section 409A.

 

Article 5
COMMITTEE

 

Section 5.1                                    Administration The authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan shall be vested in the Committee in accordance with this Article 5 . The Committee shall be selected by the Board, provided that the Committee shall consist of two or more members of the Board, each of whom is a “non-employee director” (within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) and an “independent director” (within the meaning of the rules of the securities exchange which then constitutes the principal listing for the Stock), in each case to the extent required by the Exchange Act or the applicable rules of the securities exchange which then constitutes the principal listing for the Stock, respectively.  Subject to the applicable rules of any securities exchange or similar entity, if the Committee does not exist, or for any other reason determined by the Board, the Board may take any action under the Plan that would otherwise be the responsibility of the Committee.

 

Section 5.2                                    Powers of Committee The Committee’s administration of the Plan shall be subject to the other provisions of the Plan and the following:

 

(a)                      The Committee shall have the authority and discretion to select from among the Company’s and each Subsidiarys’ employees, directors and service providers those persons who shall receive Awards, to determine the time or times of receipt, to determine the types of Awards and the number of Shares covered by the Awards, to establish the terms of Awards, to cancel or suspend Awards and to reduce or eliminate any restrictions or vesting requirements applicable to an Award at any time after the grant of the Award.

 

(b)                      The Committee shall have the authority and discretion to interpret the Plan, to establish, amend and rescind any rules and regulations relating to the Plan and to make all other determinations that may be necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.

 

(c)                       The Committee shall have the authority to define terms not otherwise defined in the Plan.

 

8



 

(d)                      Any interpretation of the Plan by the Committee and any decision made by it under the Plan shall be final and binding on all persons.

 

(e)                       In controlling and managing the operation and administration of the Plan, the Committee shall take action in a manner that conforms to the articles and bylaws of the Company and to all applicable law.

 

Section 5.3                                    Delegation by Committee Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law, the applicable rules of any securities exchange or similar entity, the Plan, the charter of the Committee, or as necessary to comply with the exemptive provisions of Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act, the Committee may allocate all or any portion of its responsibilities and powers to any one or more of its members and may delegate all or any part of its responsibilities and powers under the Plan to any person or persons selected by it.  The acts of such delegates shall be treated under the Plan as acts of the Committee and such delegates shall report regularly to the Committee regarding the delegated duties and responsibilities and any Awards granted. Any such allocation or delegation may be revoked by the Committee at any time.

 

Section 5.4                                    Information to be Furnished to Committee As may be permitted by applicable law, the Company and each Subsidiary shall furnish the Committee with such data and information as it determines may be required for it to discharge its duties under the Plan. The records of the Company and each Subsidiary as to an employee’s or Participant’s employment, termination of employment, leave of absence, reemployment and compensation shall be conclusive with respect to all persons unless determined by the Committee to be manifestly incorrect. Subject to applicable law, Participants and other persons entitled to benefits under the Plan shall furnish the Committee such evidence, data or information as the Committee considers desirable to carry out the terms of the Plan.

 

Section 5.5                                    Expenses and Liabilities . All expenses and liabilities incurred by the Committee in the administration and interpretation of the Plan or any Award Agreement shall be borne by the Company. The Committee may employ attorneys, consultants, accountants or other persons in connection with the administration and interpretation of the Plan, and the Company, and its officers and directors, shall be entitled to rely upon the advice, opinions and valuations of any such persons.

 

Article 6
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

 

Section 6.1                                    General .  The Board may, as permitted by law, at any time, amend or terminate the Plan, and may amend any Award Agreement; provided , however , that no amendment or termination may (except as provided in Section 2.7 , Section 3.4 and Section 6.2 ), in the absence of written consent to the change by the affected Participant (or, if the Participant is not then living, the affected beneficiary), impair the rights of any Participant or beneficiary under any Award granted prior to the date such amendment or termination is adopted by the Board; and provided, further , that, no amendment may (a) materially increase the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan; (b) materially increase the aggregate number of securities that may be delivered under the Plan, other than pursuant to Section 3.4 , or (c) materially modify the requirements for participation in the Plan, unless the amendment under (a), (b) or (c) immediately above is approved by the Shareholders.

 

Section 6.2                                    Amendment to Conform to Law .  Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan or an Award Agreement to the contrary, the Committee may amend the Plan or any Award Agreement, to take effect retroactively or otherwise, as deemed necessary or advisable for the purpose of conforming the Plan or the Award Agreement to any applicable law. By accepting an Award, the Participant shall be

 

9



 

deemed to have acknowledged and consented to any amendment to an Award made pursuant to this Section 6.2 , Section 2.7 or Section 3.4 without further consideration or action.

 

Article 7
GENERAL TERMS

 

Section 7.1                                    No Implied Rights .

 

(a)                      No Rights to Specific Assets.  No person shall by reason of participation in the Plan acquire any right in or title to any assets, funds or property of the Company or any Subsidiary, including any specific funds, assets, or other property that the Company or a Subsidiary, in its sole discretion, may set aside in anticipation of a liability under the Plan. A Participant shall have only a contractual right to the Shares or amounts, if any, distributable in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, unsecured by any assets of the Company or any Subsidiary, and nothing contained in the Plan or an Award Agreement shall constitute a guarantee that the assets of the Company or any Subsidiary shall be sufficient to provide any benefits to any person.

 

(b)                      No Contractual Right to Employment or Future Awards.  The Plan does not constitute a contract of employment, and selection as a Participant shall not give any person the right to be retained in the service of the Company or a Subsidiary or any right or claim to any benefit under the Plan, unless such right or claim has specifically accrued under the Plan. No individual shall have the right to be selected to receive an Award, or, having been so selected, to receive a future Award.

 

(c)                       No Rights as a Shareholder . Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, no Award shall confer upon the holder thereof any rights as a Shareholder prior to the date on which the individual fulfills all conditions for receipt of such rights.

 

Section 7.2                                    Transferability Except as otherwise provided by the Committee, Awards are not transferable except as designated by the Participant by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a domestic relations order. The Committee shall have the discretion to permit the transfer of Awards; provided, however, that such transfers shall be limited to immediate family members of Participants, trusts, partnerships, limited liability companies and other entities that are permitted to exercise rights under Awards in accordance with Form S-8 established for the primary benefit of such family members or to charitable organizations; and provided, further, that such transfers shall not be made for value to the Participant.

 

Section 7.3                                    Designation of Beneficiaries .  A Participant hereunder may file with the Company a designation of a beneficiary or beneficiaries under the Plan and may from time to time revoke or amend any such designation. Any designation of beneficiary under the Plan shall be controlling over any other disposition, testamentary or otherwise; provided, however, that if the Committee is in doubt as to the entitlement of any such beneficiary to any Award, the Committee may determine to recognize only the legal representative of the Participant in which case the Company, the Committee and the members thereof shall not have any further liability to anyone.

 

Section 7.4                                    Non-Exclusivity .  Neither the adoption of the Plan by the Board nor the submission of the Plan to the Shareholders for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board or the Committee to adopt such other incentive arrangements as either may deem desirable.

 

10


 

Section 7.5                                    Award Agreement Each Award shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement. A copy of the Award Agreement, in any medium chosen by the Committee, shall be made available to the Participant, and the Committee may require that the Participant sign a copy of the Award Agreement.

 

Section 7.6                                    Form and Time of Elections Unless otherwise specified in the Plan, each election required or permitted to be made by any Participant or other person entitled to benefits under the Plan, and any permitted modification, or revocation thereof, shall be filed with the Company at such times, in such form, and subject to such terms or conditions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as the Committee may require.

 

Section 7.7                                    Evidence Evidence required of anyone under the Plan may be by certificate, affidavit, document or other information that the person acting on it considers pertinent and reliable, and signed, made or presented by the proper party or parties.

 

Section 7.8                                    Tax Withholding All distributions under the Plan shall be subject to withholding of all applicable taxes and the Committee may condition the delivery of any Shares or other benefits under the Plan on satisfaction of the applicable withholding obligations. Except as otherwise provided by the Committee, such withholding obligations may be satisfied (a) through cash payment by the Participant; (b) through the surrender of Shares that the Participant already owns or (c) through the surrender of Shares to which the Participant is otherwise entitled under the Plan; provided, however, that except as otherwise specifically provided by the Committee, such Shares under clause (c) may not be used to satisfy more than the maximum individual statutory tax rate for each applicable tax jurisdiction.

 

Section 7.9                                    Successors All obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successor to the Company.

 

Section 7.10                             Indemnification To the fullest extent permitted by law, each person who is or shall have been a member of the Committee or the Board, or an officer of the Company to whom authority was delegated in accordance with Section 5.3 , or an employee of the Company shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from any loss (including amounts paid in settlement), cost, liability or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action taken or failure to act under the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by him or her in settlement thereof, with the Company’s approval, or paid by him or her in satisfaction of any judgment in any such action, suit, or proceeding against him or her ( provided that he or she shall give the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf), unless such loss, cost, liability or expense is a result of his or her own willful misconduct or except as expressly provided by statute. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Company’s charter or bylaws, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

 

Section 7.11                             No Fractional Shares Unless otherwise permitted by the Committee, no fractional Shares shall be delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Award. The Committee shall determine whether cash, Shares or other property shall be delivered or paid in lieu of fractional Shares or whether such fractional Shares or any rights thereto shall be forfeited or otherwise eliminated.

 

Section 7.12                             Governing Law The Plan, all Awards, and all actions taken in connection herewith and therewith shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of

 

11



 

Michigan without reference to principles of conflict of laws, except as superseded by applicable federal law.

 

Section 7.13                             Benefits Under Other Plans Except as otherwise provided by the Committee, Awards granted to a Participant (including the grant and the receipt of benefits) shall be disregarded for purposes of determining the Participant’s benefits under, or contributions to, any qualified retirement plan, nonqualified plan and any other benefit plan maintained by the Participant’s employer.

 

Section 7.14                             Validity .  If any provision of the Plan is determined to be illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining provisions of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal or invalid provision had never been included in the Plan.

 

Section 7.15                             Notice Unless provided otherwise in an Award Agreement or policy adopted from time to time by the Committee, all communications to the Company provided for in the Plan, or any Award Agreement, shall be delivered personally or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid ( provided that international mail shall be sent via overnight or two-day delivery), or sent by facsimile or prepaid overnight courier to the Company at the address set forth below:

 

Level One Bancorp, Inc.

Chief Human Resources Officer

32991 Hamilton Court, Farmington Hills, MI 48331

 

Such communications shall be deemed given:

 

(a)                      In the case of delivery by overnight service with guaranteed next day delivery, the next day or the day designated for delivery;

 

(b)                      In the case of certified or registered U.S. mail, five days after deposit in the U.S. mail; or

 

(c)                       In the case of facsimile, the date upon which the transmitting party receives confirmation of receipt by facsimile, telephone or otherwise;

 

provided, however, that in no event shall any communication be deemed to be given later than the date it is actually received, provided it is actually received. In the event a communication is not received, it shall be deemed received only upon the showing of an original of the applicable receipt, registration or confirmation from the applicable delivery service provider. Communications that are to be delivered by facsimile, U.S. mail or by overnight service to the Company shall be directed to the attention of the Company’s Corporate Secretary.

 

Section 7.16                             Clawback Policy . Any Award, amount or benefit received under the Plan shall be subject to potential cancellation, recoupment, rescission, payback or other similar action in accordance with any applicable Company clawback policy (the “ Policy ”) or any applicable law. A Participant’s receipt of an Award shall be deemed to constitute the Participant’s acknowledgment of and consent to the Company’s application, implementation and enforcement of (i) the Policy and any similar policy established by the Company that may apply to the Participant, whether adopted prior to or following the making of any Award and (ii) any provision of applicable law relating to cancellation, rescission, payback or recoupment of compensation, as well as the Participant’s express agreement that the Company may take such actions as are necessary to effectuate the Policy, any similar policy and applicable law, without further consideration or action.

 

12



 

Section 7.17                             Breach of Restrictive Covenants Except as otherwise provided by the Committee, notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, if the Participant breaches a non-competition, non-solicitation, non-disclosure, non-disparagement or other restrictive covenant set forth in an Award Agreement or any other agreement between the Participant and the Company or a Subsidiary, whether during or after the Participant’s Termination of Service, in addition to and not in limitation of any other rights, remedies, damages, penalties or restrictions available to the Company under the Plan, an Award Agreement, any other agreement between the Participant and the Company or a Subsidiary, or otherwise at law or in equity, the Participant shall forfeit or pay to the Company:

 

(a)                      Any and all outstanding Awards granted to the Participant, including Awards that have become vested or exercisable;

 

(b)                      Any Shares held by the Participant in connection with the Plan that were acquired by the Participant after the Participant’s Termination of Service and within the 12-month period immediately preceding the Participant’s Termination of Service;

 

(c)                       The profit realized by the Participant from the exercise of any stock options and SARs that the Participant exercised after the Participant’s Termination of Service and within the 12-month period immediately preceding the Participant’s Termination of Service, which profit is the difference between the exercise price of the stock option or SAR and the Fair Market Value of any Shares or cash acquired by the Participant upon exercise of such stock option or SAR; and

 

(d)                      The profit realized by the Participant from the sale, or other disposition for consideration, of any Shares received by the Participant in connection with the Plan after the Participant’s Termination of Service and within the 12-month period immediately preceding the Participant’s Termination of Service and where such sale or disposition occurs in such similar time period.

 

Article 8
DEFINED TERMS; CONSTRUCTION

 

Section 8.1                                    Definitions . In addition to the other definitions contained in the Plan, unless otherwise specifically provided in an Award Agreement, the following definitions shall apply:

 

(a)                      10% Shareholder ” means an individual who, at the time of grant, owns Voting Securities possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of the Voting Securities.

 

(b)                      Award ” means an award under the Plan.

 

(c)                       Award Agreement ” means the document that evidences the terms and conditions of an Award. Such document shall be referred to as an agreement regardless of whether a Participant’s signature is required.

 

(d)                      Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(e)                       If the Participant is subject to an employment agreement (or other similar agreement) with the Company or a Subsidiary that provides a definition of termination for “cause” (or the like), then, for purposes of the Plan, the term “ Cause ” has the meaning set forth in such agreement; and in the absence of such a definition, “ Cause ” means (i) any act of (A) fraud or intentional misrepresentation or (B) embezzlement, misappropriation or conversion of assets or opportunities of the Company or a Subsidiary, (ii) willful violation of any law, rule or regulation in connection with the

 

13



 

performance of the Participant’s duties to the Company or a Subsidiary (other than traffic violations or similar offenses), (iii) with respect to any employee of the Company or a Subsidiary, commission of any act of moral turpitude or conviction of a felony or (iv) the willful or negligent failure of the Participant to perform the Participant’s duties to the Company or a Subsidiary in any material respect.

 

Further, the Participant shall be deemed to have terminated for Cause if, after the Participant’s Termination of Service, facts and circumstances arising during the course of the Participant’s employment with the Company are discovered that would have constituted a termination for Cause.

 

Further, all rights a Participant has or may have under the Plan shall be suspended automatically during the pendency of any investigation by the Board or its designee or during any negotiations between the Board or its designee and the Participant regarding any actual or alleged act or omission by the Participant of the type described in the applicable definition of “Cause.”

 

(f)                        Change in Control ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section  4.2 .

 

(g)                      Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

 

(h)                      Code Section 409A ” means the provisions of Section 409A of the Code and any rules, regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder.

 

(i)                         Committee ” means the Committee acting under Article 5 , and in the event a Committee is not currently appointed, the Board.

 

(j)                         Company ” means Level One Bancorp, Inc., a Michigan corporation.

 

(k)                      Director Participant ” means a Participant who is a member of the Board or the board of directors of a Subsidiary that is not otherwise an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary.

 

(l)                         Disability ” means the Participant is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, or is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident or health plan covering the Company’s or a Subsidiary’s employees.

 

(m)                  Effective Date ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.1 .

 

(n)                      Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

(o)                      Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the officially-quoted closing selling price of the Shares on such date on the principal national securities exchange on which Shares are listed or admitted to trading or, if there have been no sales with respect to Shares on such date, or if the Shares are not so listed or admitted to trading, the Fair Market Value shall be the value established by the Committee in good faith and, to the extent required, in accordance with Code Section 409A and Section 422 of the Code.

 

(p)                      Form S-8 ” means a Registration Statement on Form S-8 promulgated by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor thereto.

 

14



 

(q)                      If the Participant is subject to an employment agreement (or other similar agreement) with the Company or a Subsidiary that provides a definition of termination for “good reason” (or the like), then, for purposes of the Plan, the term “ Good Reason ” has the meaning set forth in such agreement; and in the absence of such a definition, “ Good Reason ” means the occurrence of any one of the following events, unless the Participant agrees in writing that such event shall not constitute Good Reason:

 

(i)                                      A material, adverse change in the nature, scope or status of the Participant’s position, authorities or duties from those in effect immediately prior to the applicable Change in Control;

 

(ii)                                   A material reduction in the Participant’s aggregate compensation or benefits in effect immediately prior to the applicable Change in Control; or

 

(iii)                                Relocation of the Participant’s primary place of employment of more than 50 miles from the Participant’s primary place of employment immediately prior to the applicable Change in Control, or a requirement that the Participant engage in travel that is materially greater than prior to the applicable Change in Control.

 

Notwithstanding any provision of this definition to the contrary, prior to the Participant’s Termination of Service for Good Reason, the Participant must give the Company written notice of the existence of any condition set forth in clause (i) — (iii) immediately above within 90 days of its initial existence and the Company shall have 30 days from the date of such notice in which to cure the condition giving rise to Good Reason, if curable. If, during such 30-day period, the Company cures the condition giving rise to Good Reason, the condition shall not constitute Good Reason. Further notwithstanding any provision of this definition to the contrary, in order to constitute a termination for Good Reason, such termination must occur within 12 months of the initial existence of the applicable condition.

 

(r)                       ISO ” means a stock option that is intended to satisfy the requirements applicable to an “incentive stock option” described in Section 422(b) of the Code.

 

(s)                        Participant ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.2 .

 

(t)                         Plan ” means the Level One Bancorp, Inc. 2018 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

(u)                      Policy ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 7.16 .

 

(v)                      Predecessor Plan ” means collectively the Level One Bancorp, Inc. 2007 Stock Option Plan and the Level One Bancorp, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

(w)                    SAR ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section  2.1(b) .

 

(x)                      Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933.

 

(y)                      Share ” means a share of Stock.

 

(z)                       Shareholders ” means the shareholders of the Company.

 

(aa)               Stock ” means the common stock of the Company, no par value per share.

 

15



 

(bb)               Subsidiary ” means any corporation or other entity that would be a “subsidiary corporation,” as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code, with respect to the Company.

 

(cc)                 Termination of Service ” means the first day occurring on or after a grant date on which the Participant ceases to be an employee and director of, and service provider to the Company and each Subsidiary, regardless of the reason for such cessation, subject to the following:

 

(i)                                      The Participant’s cessation as an employee or service provider shall not be deemed to occur by reason of the transfer of the Participant between the Company and a Subsidiary or between two Subsidiaries.

 

(ii)                                   The Participant’s cessation as an employee or service provider shall not be deemed to occur by reason of the Participant’s being on a leave of absence from the Company or a Subsidiary approved by the Company or Subsidiary otherwise receiving the Participant’s services.

 

(iii)                                If, as a result of a sale or other transaction, the Subsidiary for whom the Participant is employed (or to whom the Participant is providing services) ceases to be a Subsidiary, and the Participant is not, following the transaction, an employee or director of, or service provider to, the Company or an entity that is then a Subsidiary, then the occurrence of such transaction shall be treated as the Participant’s Termination of Service caused by the Participant being discharged by the entity for whom the Participant is employed or to whom the Participant is providing services.

 

(iv)                               A service provider, other than an employee or director, whose services to the Company or a Subsidiary are governed by a written agreement with such service provider shall cease to be a service provider at the time the provision of services under such written agreement ends (without renewal); and such a service provider whose services to the Company or a Subsidiary are not governed by a written agreement with the service provider shall cease to be a service provider on the date that is 90 days after the date the service provider last provides services requested by the Company or a Subsidiary.

 

(v)                                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any Award constitutes deferred compensation, the term Termination of Service shall be interpreted by the Committee in a manner consistent with the definition of “separation from service” as defined under Code Section 409A.

 

(dd)               Voting Securities ” means any securities that ordinarily possess the power to vote in the election of directors without the happening of any precondition or contingency.

 

Section 8.2                                    Construction . In the Plan, unless otherwise stated, the following uses apply:

 

(a)                      Actions permitted under the Plan may be taken at any time in the actor’s reasonable discretion;

 

(b)                      References to a statute shall refer to the statute and any amendments and any successor statutes, and to all regulations promulgated under or implementing the statute, as amended, or its successors, as in effect at the relevant time;

 

(c)                       In computing periods from a specified date to a later specified date, the words “from” and “commencing on” (and the like) mean “from and including,” and the words “to,” “until” and “ending on” (and the like) mean “to, and including”;

 

16



 

(d)                      References to a governmental or quasi-governmental agency, authority or instrumentality shall also refer to a regulatory body that succeeds to the functions of the agency, authority or instrumentality;

 

(e)                       Indications of time of day shall be based upon the time applicable to the location of the principal headquarters of the Company;

 

(f)                        The words “include,” “includes” and “including” mean “include, without limitation,” “includes, without limitation” and “including, without limitation,” respectively;

 

(g)                      All references to articles and sections are to articles and sections in the Plan unless otherwise specified;

 

(h)                      All words used shall be construed to be of such gender or number as the circumstances and context require;

 

(i)                         The captions and headings of articles and sections appearing in the Plan have been inserted solely for convenience of reference and shall not be considered a part of the Plan, nor shall any of them affect the meaning or interpretation of the Plan or any of its provisions;

 

(j)                         Any reference to an agreement, plan, policy, form, document or set of documents, and the rights and obligations of the parties under any such agreement, plan, policy, form, document or set of documents, shall mean such agreement, plan, policy, form, document or set of documents as amended from time to time, and any and all modifications, extensions, renewals, substitutions or replacements thereof; and

 

(k)                      All accounting terms not specifically defined in the Plan shall be construed in accordance with GAAP.

 

17




Exhibit 21.1

 

LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES OF LEVEL ONE BANCORP, INC.

 

Subsidiary

 

Organized Under Laws of

 

Percent Owned by
the Company

Level One Bank

 

State of Michigan

 

100%

Hamilton Court Insurance Company

 

State of Nevada

 

100%

Property Management Advisors, Inc.

 

State of Michigan

 

100% owned by the Bank

30095 Northwestern Highway, LLC

 

State of Michigan

 

100% owned by the Bank

 




Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement of Level One Bancorp, Inc. on Form S-1 of our report dated March 20, 2018 on the consolidated financial statements of Level One Bancorp, Inc. and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

 

 

 

Crowe Horwath LLP

 

 

South Bend, Indiana

 

March 22, 2018